Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:29:37 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89751 Added: trunk/yast/gl/po/cio.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/audit-laf.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/autoinst.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/base.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/bootloader.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/ca-management.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/cluster.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/control-center.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/country.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/crowbar.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/dhcp-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/dns-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/drbd.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/fcoe-client.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall-services.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/firstboot.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/ftp-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/geo-cluster.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/gtk.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/isns.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/kdump.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-client.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/live-installer.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/lxc.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/mail.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/multipath.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses-pkg.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/network.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs_server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/nis.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/nis_server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/ntp-client.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/oneclickinstall.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update-configuration.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/packager.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/pam.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/pkg-bindings.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/printer.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/product-creator.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/proxy.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/qt-pkg.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/rdp.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/rear.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/registration.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/reipl.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/relocation-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/s390.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-client.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-users.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/scanner.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/security.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/services-manager.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/slp-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/snapper.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/sound.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/squid.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/sshd.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/storage.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/sudo.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/support.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/tftp-server.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/update.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/users.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/vm.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/wagon.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/wol.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/xpram.gl.po trunk/yast/gl/po/yast2-apparmor.gl.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -178,9 +178,7 @@ #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Número dos complementos seleccionados (usar a orde 'list' para os números de " -"produto)." +msgstr "Número dos complementos seleccionados (usar a orde 'list' para os números de produto)." #. command line help text for 'changelog' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 @@ -268,12 +266,8 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"Non existe configuración dos complementos. Crear unha nova empregando as " -"ordes \"create\" ou \"clone\"" +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "Non existe configuración dos complementos. Crear unha nova empregando as ordes \"create\" ou \"clone\"" #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 @@ -312,19 +306,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Comezar a creación dunha nova configuración de complemento con " -"<b>Engadir</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Comezar a creación dunha nova configuración de complemento con <b>Engadir</b>.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue <b>Edit</b> para modificar a configuración do complemento " -"seleccionado.<p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Edit</b> para modificar a configuración do complemento seleccionado.<p>" #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 @@ -333,12 +321,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"<b>Build</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Xerar un novo complemento baseado na configuración seleccionada con " -"<b>Xerar</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Xerar un novo complemento baseado na configuración seleccionada con <b>Xerar</b>.</p>" #. table header item #. summary header @@ -1077,29 +1061,18 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>Este módulo ofrece orientación para a creación dun complemento.</p>" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Escolla como crear un novo complemento. Pode crealo desde o principio ou " -"basearse nun produto existente.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Escolla como crear un novo complemento. Pode crealo desde o principio ou basearse nun produto existente.</p>" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate " -"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cando se basea un produto nun xa existente, revise <b>Xerar descrición de " -"paquetes</b> para xerar unha nova descrición dos paquetes no produto " -"existente.</p>" +msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cando se basea un produto nun xa existente, revise <b>Xerar descrición de paquetes</b> para xerar unha nova descrición dos paquetes no produto existente.</p>" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 @@ -1118,12 +1091,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Escolla o produto ao que pode ser aplicado o novo complemento. Esta " -"selección forma o valor de <b>REQUIRES</b> no ficheiro <tt>content</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Escolla o produto ao que pode ser aplicado o novo complemento. Esta selección forma o valor de <b>REQUIRES</b> no ficheiro <tt>content</tt>.</p>" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 @@ -1132,12 +1101,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Escolla a ruta do directorio que contén os paquetes RPM que debe formar o " -"seu complemento.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Escolla a ruta do directorio que contén os paquetes RPM que debe formar o seu complemento.</p>" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 @@ -1146,16 +1111,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Opcionamente escolla a ruta do directorio que contén os paquetes RPM do " -"produto nos que debe estar baseado o complemento. Estes paquetes non estarán " -"contidos no complemento, pero poderían ser usados para crear os patróns " -"posteriormente no fluxo de traballo.</p>" +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Opcionamente escolla a ruta do directorio que contén os paquetes RPM do produto nos que debe estar baseado o complemento. Estes paquetes non estarán contidos no complemento, pero poderían ser usados para crear os patróns posteriormente no fluxo de traballo.</p>" #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1164,62 +1121,33 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza a información requirida para identificar o complemento. " -"Desmarque <b>Mostrar só chaves requiridas</b> para ver todos os atributos do " -"ficheiro <tt>content</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduza a información requirida para identificar o complemento. Desmarque <b>Mostrar só chaves requiridas</b> para ver todos os atributos do ficheiro <tt>content</tt>.</p>" #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar un ficheiro <tt>content</tt> existente." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar un ficheiro <tt>content</tt> existente.</p>" #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Editar aquí as descricións específicas dos paquetes da cada idioma " -"(ficheiros <tt>packages.lang</tt>).</p>" +msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Editar aquí as descricións específicas dos paquetes da cada idioma (ficheiros <tt>packages.lang</tt>).</p>" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue <b>Engadir idioma</b> para engadir a descrición dun novo idioma. " -"A lista dos idiomas dispoñibles lese desde o valor <b>LINGUAS</b> do " -"ficheiro <tt>content</tt>. Importar un ficheiro existente coa descrición de " -"paquetes con <b>Importar</b>. Eliminar o ficheiro de descrición con " -"<b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Engadir idioma</b> para engadir a descrición dun novo idioma. A lista dos idiomas dispoñibles lese desde o valor <b>LINGUAS</b> do ficheiro <tt>content</tt>. Importar un ficheiro existente coa descrición de paquetes con <b>Importar</b>. Eliminar o ficheiro de descrición con <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue <b>Engadir</b> e <b>Editar</b> na segunda táboa para modificar " -"as entradas de descrición para o paquete seleccionado.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Engadir</b> e <b>Editar</b> na segunda táboa para modificar as entradas de descrición para o paquete seleccionado.</p>" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package " -"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Opcionalmente escolla a ruta para o ficheiro que proporciona " -"<b>dependencias do paquete adicional</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Opcionalmente escolla a ruta para o ficheiro que proporciona <b>dependencias do paquete adicional</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 @@ -1228,212 +1156,112 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " -"existing one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue <b>Novo</b> para crear un novo patrón ou <b>Importar</b> para " -"importar un existente.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Novo</b> para crear un novo patrón ou <b>Importar</b> para importar un existente.</p>" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue <b>Engadir</b> e<b>Editar</b> na segunda táboa para modificar " -"atributos do patrón.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Engadir</b> e<b>Editar</b> na segunda táboa para modificar atributos do patrón.</p>" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Patróns requiridos</b> se quere poñer os patróns seleccionados " -"como\n" -"requiridos para o complemento. Estes patróns serán preseleccionados de xeito " -"automático cando se inicie a instalación do complemento.</p>" +"<p>Marque <b>Patróns requiridos</b> se quere poñer os patróns seleccionados como\n" +"requiridos para o complemento. Estes patróns serán preseleccionados de xeito automático cando se inicie a instalación do complemento.</p>" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique a ruta ao directorio no que debe ser creado o complemento. " -"Escolla <b>Crear imaxe ISO</b> para crear a imaxe ISO do produto no " -"directorio de destino.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique a ruta ao directorio no que debe ser creado o complemento. Escolla <b>Crear imaxe ISO</b> para crear a imaxe ISO do produto no directorio de destino.</p>" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue <b>Xerar rexistro de cambios</b> para xerar un ficheiro de " -"rexistro de cambios con todos os cambios dos paquetes no complemento nos " -"últimos dous anos.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Xerar rexistro de cambios</b> para xerar un ficheiro de rexistro de cambios con todos os cambios dos paquetes no complemento nos últimos dous anos.</p>" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. " -"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Adapte o fluxo de traballo mediante <b>Configurar fluxo de traballo</b>. " -"Use <b>Ficheiros opcionais</b> para configurar textos dos ficheiros " -"<tt>README </tt>, licenzas e outros valores opcionais.</p>" +msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Adapte o fluxo de traballo mediante <b>Configurar fluxo de traballo</b>. Use <b>Ficheiros opcionais</b> para configurar textos dos ficheiros <tt>README </tt>, licenzas e outros valores opcionais.</p>" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí pode especificar os ficheiros necesarios para personalizar o fluxo " -"de traballo do seu complemento.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí pode especificar os ficheiros necesarios para personalizar o fluxo de traballo do seu complemento.</p>" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique onde está o ficheiro coa descrición do fluxo de traballo. " -"Este ficheiro é unha alternativa a <tt>control.xml</tt> e gárdase como " -"<tt>installation.xml<//tt> no directorio de base dos complementos.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique onde está o ficheiro coa descrición do fluxo de traballo. Este ficheiro é unha alternativa a <tt>control.xml</tt> e gárdase como <tt>installation.xml<//tt> no directorio de base dos complementos.</p>" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para usar os módulos personalizados de YaST durante a instalación do " -"complemento, especifique a ruta ao ficheiro <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> onde están " -"gardados eses módulos ou configure o contido de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> " -"especificando os paquetes RPM de YaST en <b>Importar os paquetes</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para usar os módulos personalizados de YaST durante a instalación do complemento, especifique a ruta ao ficheiro <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> onde están gardados eses módulos ou configure o contido de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> especificando os paquetes RPM de YaST en <b>Importar os paquetes</b>.</p>" #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O ficheiro opcional <tt>info.txt</tt> dá información sobre o complemento " -"que se debe amosar como un pop-up (xanela emerxente) cun botón de " -"<b>Aceptar</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O ficheiro opcional <tt>info.txt</tt> dá información sobre o complemento que se debe amosar como un pop-up (xanela emerxente) cun botón de <b>Aceptar</b>.</p>" #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and " -"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O texto da licenza móstrase nunha xanela cos botóns para <b>Aceptar</b> e " -"<b>Rexeitar</b> antes de que comece a instalación. Os ficheiros coas " -"licenzas en diferentes idiomas están comprimidos no ficheiro <tt>license." -"zip</tt> e almacénanse no directorio <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O texto da licenza móstrase nunha xanela cos botóns para <b>Aceptar</b> e <b>Rexeitar</b> antes de que comece a instalación. Os ficheiros coas licenzas en diferentes idiomas están comprimidos no ficheiro <tt>license.zip</tt> e almacénanse no directorio <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os ficheiros <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> e <tt>COPYING</tt> poden ter varias " -"modificacións de idioma e almacénanse no directorio raíz do complemento.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os ficheiros <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> e <tt>COPYING</tt> poden ter varias modificacións de idioma e almacénanse no directorio raíz do complemento.</p>" #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configure aquí a sinatura do complemento. Escolla unha chave secreta da " -"lista de chaves dispoñibles ou cree unha nova con <b>Crear</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configure aquí a sinatura do complemento. Escolla unha chave secreta da lista de chaves dispoñibles ou cree unha nova con <b>Crear</b>.</p>" #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique a frase de paso que se precisa para desbloquear a chave " -"secreta.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique a frase de paso que se precisa para desbloquear a chave secreta.</p>" #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Decida se quere <b>Asinar todos os paquetes</b> do complemento coa chave " -"seleccionada. Todas as sinaturas do paquete previas serán eliminadas.</p>" +msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Decida se quere <b>Asinar todos os paquetes</b> do complemento coa chave seleccionada. Todas as sinaturas do paquete previas serán eliminadas.</p>" #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique os valores necesarios para xerar o novo par de chaves " -"primarias</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique os valores necesarios para xerar o novo par de chaves primarias</p>" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O tamaño predeterminado da chave DSA é de 1024 bits. As chaves RSA deben " -"estar comprendidas entre 1024 e 4096 bits.</p>" +msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O tamaño predeterminado da chave DSA é de 1024 bits. As chaves RSA deben estar comprendidas entre 1024 e 4096 bits.</p>" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Como <b>data de caducidade</b>, especifique o número de días despois dos " -"cales caduca a chave. Se o número está seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, ou " -"<tt>y</tt>, indica o número de semanas, meses ou anos. Deixe a entrada " -"baleira para crear unha chave que nunca caduque.</p>" +msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Como <b>data de caducidade</b>, especifique o número de días despois dos cales caduca a chave. Se o número está seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, ou <tt>y</tt>, indica o número de semanas, meses ou anos. Deixe a entrada baleira para crear unha chave que nunca caduque.</p>" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue <b>Nome</b>, <b>Comentario</b>, e <b>Enderezo de correo-e</b> " -"para ofrecer identificación do usuario con que será asociada a nova chave.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Nome</b>, <b>Comentario</b>, e <b>Enderezo de correo-e</b> para ofrecer identificación do usuario con que será asociada a nova chave.</p>" #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>Revise aquí o resumo dos datos para xerar o complemento.</p>" #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Prema <b>Finalizar</b> para crear o complemento no directorio de destino.." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Prema <b>Finalizar</b> para crear o complemento no directorio de destino..</p>" #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1542,8 +1370,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'NAME' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"Para uso interno. Aplícanse algunhas restriccións nos nomes dos paquetes." +msgstr "Para uso interno. Aplícanse algunhas restriccións nos nomes dos paquetes." #. label of content file BASEARCHS key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 @@ -1552,13 +1379,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Lista de arquitecturas de produtos separadas por un espazo. Atopa os " -"paquetes dispoñibles para as arquitecturas soportadas pola versión do " -"produto. " +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Lista de arquitecturas de produtos separadas por un espazo. Atopa os paquetes dispoñibles para as arquitecturas soportadas pola versión do produto. " #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1568,8 +1390,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Versión do produto e lanzamento como un RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." +msgstr "Versión do produto e lanzamento como un RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." #. table item label #. table item label @@ -1584,14 +1405,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Algunhas liñas indican a distribución. A mesma liña é máis probable que sexa " -"empregada nos .rpms para indicar a distribución. Habitualmente formada polo " -"nome, versión e arquitectura." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Algunhas liñas indican a distribución. A mesma liña é máis probable que sexa empregada nos .rpms para indicar a distribución. Habitualmente formada polo nome, versión e arquitectura." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1601,8 +1416,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." -msgstr "" -"Directorio de descrición do paquete (relativo ao directorio do produto)." +msgstr "Directorio de descrición do paquete (relativo ao directorio do produto)." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 @@ -1621,12 +1435,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Etiquetas codifcadas en UTF-8. A etiqueta predeterminada se se omite " -"<b>LINGUAS</b> ou se non se pode determinar o idioma por defecto." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Etiquetas codifcadas en UTF-8. A etiqueta predeterminada se se omite <b>LINGUAS</b> ou se non se pode determinar o idioma por defecto." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1695,14 +1505,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching " -"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> ten a mesma sintaxe que os valores " -"de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma en <b>LINGUAS</b>, agárdase unha " -"<b>LABEL.lang</b> ." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgstr "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> ten a mesma sintaxe que os valores de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma en <b>LINGUAS</b>, agárdase unha <b>LABEL.lang</b> ." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1740,13 +1544,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Categoría dunha liña no idioma predeterminado usado para os patróns de " -"grupo. As categorías están pensadas para os usuarios e poden ser " -"especificadas con liberdade." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Categoría dunha liña no idioma predeterminado usado para os patróns de grupo. As categorías están pensadas para os usuarios e poden ser especificadas con liberdade." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1780,11 +1579,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Estes paquetes instálanse por defecto pero poden ser eliminados sen " -"problemas." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Estes paquetes instálanse por defecto pero poden ser eliminados sen problemas." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 @@ -1796,12 +1592,8 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Trátase só de suxerencias para unha aplicación que non se xestionan durante " -"a resolución de dependencias." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Trátase só de suxerencias para unha aplicación que non se xestionan durante a resolución de dependencias." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1812,20 +1604,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Se non se especifica, emprégase o nome do patrón\n" -"no seu lugar (os espazos no nome son reemplazados por subliñados). Se o nome " -"do ficheiro non inclúe unha extensión .png ou .jpg, engadirase a extensión ." -"png. Se non se especifica patrón, buscaranse as iconas na ruta de temas da " -"icona (en primeiro lugar /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, " -"logo /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Rutas absolutas e " -"relativas (á ruta do tema /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) están permitidas." +"no seu lugar (os espazos no nome son reemplazados por subliñados). Se o nome do ficheiro non inclúe unha extensión .png ou .jpg, engadirase a extensión .png. Se non se especifica patrón, buscaranse as iconas na ruta de temas da icona (en primeiro lugar /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, logo /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Rutas absolutas e relativas (á ruta do tema /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) están permitidas." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1834,12 +1616,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Este valor enteiro de tres díxitos define a orde do patrón cando se listan " -"múltiples patróns na interface do usuario." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Este valor enteiro de tres díxitos define a orde do patrón cando se listan múltiples patróns na interface do usuario." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1858,16 +1636,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Atributos que ofrece este patrón. Poden se empregados para atopar " -"<b>REQUIRES</b> desde outros. Cada resolución ten un atributo por defecto " -"partindo do seu nome e edición. Por exemplo, o paquete <i>bar-1.42-1</i> " -"ofrece o atributo <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Atributos que ofrece este patrón. Poden se empregados para atopar <b>REQUIRES</b> desde outros. Cada resolución ten un atributo por defecto partindo do seu nome e edición. Por exemplo, o paquete <i>bar-1.42-1</i> ofrece o atributo <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1876,12 +1646,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Este patrón non debe ser instalado se a solución especificada ou un dos " -"atributos ofrecidos está instalado." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Este patrón non debe ser instalado se a solución especificada ou un dos atributos ofrecidos está instalado." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1904,12 +1670,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Unha versión débil de REQUIRES. Se os patróns recomendados non poden ser " -"instalados, no se mostrará ningún erro." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Unha versión débil de REQUIRES. Se os patróns recomendados non poden ser instalados, no se mostrará ningún erro." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -1918,14 +1680,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Un <b>Rec</b> reversivo. Este patrón instálase se a capacidade proporcionada " -"é ofrecida por algunha resolución instalada. A resolución de dependencias " -"instalarao. A desinstalación acéptase sen intervención do usuario." +msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Un <b>Rec</b> reversivo. Este patrón instálase se a capacidade proporcionada é ofrecida por algunha resolución instalada. A resolución de dependencias instalarao. A desinstalación acéptase sen intervención do usuario." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1939,12 +1695,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"Tense só en conta o actual patrón para a instalación se o patrón " -"especificado aquí está instalado." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "Tense só en conta o actual patrón para a instalación se o patrón especificado aquí está instalado." #. label for 'Ext' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 @@ -2003,12 +1755,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Unha mensaxe informal móstrase ao usuario cando se selecciona o paquete, " -"tanto a advertencia nunha versión de proba como unha licenza comercial." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Unha mensaxe informal móstrase ao usuario cando se selecciona o paquete, tanto a advertencia nunha versión de proba como unha licenza comercial." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -2017,13 +1765,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Unha mensaxe informal que se mostra ao usuario se o paquete se selecciona " -"para ser eliminado, así como unha advertencia de que o sistema non é usable " -"sen o paquete." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Unha mensaxe informal que se mostra ao usuario se o paquete se selecciona para ser eliminado, así como unha advertencia de que o sistema non é usable sen o paquete." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -2032,12 +1775,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Texto da EULA. Este texto amósase antes da instalación do paquete. Se o " -"usuario non acepta o EULA, o paquete non se instala." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Texto da EULA. Este texto amósase antes da instalación do paquete. Se o usuario non acepta o EULA, o paquete non se instala." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -2046,12 +1785,8 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Resolucións que deben estar instaladas no sistema para coñecer os " -"requerimentos deste produto.</p>" +msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Resolucións que deben estar instaladas no sistema para coñecer os requerimentos deste produto.</p>" #. label of PROVIDES key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 @@ -2060,12 +1795,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</" -"b> from others." -msgstr "" -"Capacidades que ofrece este produto. Poden usarse para axustarse aos " -"<b>requerimentos</b> de outros." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." +msgstr "Capacidades que ofrece este produto. Poden usarse para axustarse aos <b>requerimentos</b> de outros." #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 @@ -2074,12 +1805,8 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Esta resolución non se pode instalar se a resolución especificada ou unha " -"que ofreza a capacidade está instalada." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Esta resolución non se pode instalar se a resolución especificada ou unha que ofreza a capacidade está instalada." #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 @@ -2088,12 +1815,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Cando esta resolución está instalada, desinstala calquera outra resolución " -"cun nome onde se atope esta palabra clave." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Cando esta resolución está instalada, desinstala calquera outra resolución cun nome onde se atope esta palabra clave." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -2102,13 +1825,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Unha versión pouco sólida de <b>necesidades</b>. Fíxose un intento para " -"levar a cabo <b>RECOMENDACIÓNS</b>, pero ignóranse silenciosamente se non é " -"posible atopar algunha coincidencia." +msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Unha versión pouco sólida de <b>necesidades</b>. Fíxose un intento para levar a cabo <b>RECOMENDACIÓNS</b>, pero ignóranse silenciosamente se non é posible atopar algunha coincidencia." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2137,11 +1855,8 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"Unha abreviatura do produto que non cambia entre service packs e versións." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Unha abreviatura do produto que non cambia entre service packs e versións." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 @@ -2155,12 +1870,8 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Tipo de medio que se empregará para o produto. Os posibles valores son: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Tipo de medio que se empregará para o produto. Os posibles valores son: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 @@ -2170,8 +1881,7 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" -msgstr "" -"Descrición da versión do produto ou variante dun produto, p.e. DVD, FTP, Live" +msgstr "Descrición da versión do produto ou variante dun produto, p.e. DVD, FTP, Live" #. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 @@ -2360,9 +2070,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The value of NAME may contain only\n" #~| "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The value of NAME may contain only\\nletters, numbers, and the characters " -#~ "\".~_-\"." +#~ msgid "The value of NAME may contain only\\nletters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O valor de NAME debe conter só\n" #~ "letras, números e os caracteres \".~_-\"." @@ -2380,8 +2088,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" #~| "Choose another one." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package description file is named incorrectly.\\nChoose another one." +#~ msgid "The package description file is named incorrectly.\\nChoose another one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro de descrición ten un nome incorrecto.\n" #~ "Escolla outro." @@ -2399,9 +2106,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" #~| "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\\nYou must enter at " -#~ "least one of them to provide user identification.\\n" +#~ msgid "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\\nYou must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Os valores de nome, comentario e enderezo de correo-e están baleiros.\n" #~ "Debe introducir alomenos un deles para identificar ao usuario.\n" @@ -2410,9 +2115,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" #~| "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\\nthe OS a chance to " -#~ "collect more entropy.\\n" +#~ msgid "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\\nthe OS a chance to collect more entropy.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se tarda moito, faga algún traballo para dar\n" #~ "ó S.O. unha oportunidade para obter máis entropía.\n" @@ -2430,8 +2133,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Creando o complemento</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Por favor espere...<br></p>\n" @@ -2447,27 +2149,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as " -#~| "required for\n" -#~| "the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected " -#~| "when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " -#~ "for\\nthe add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically " -#~ "preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +#~| "<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +#~| "the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\\nthe add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Revise o <b>patrón requirido</b> para marcar o patrón seleccionado " -#~ "como requirido\n" -#~ "para o complemento. Dito patrón será automaticamente preseleccionado en " -#~ "canto comece a instalación do complemento.</p>" +#~ "<p>Revise o <b>patrón requirido</b> para marcar o patrón seleccionado como requirido\n" +#~ "para o complemento. Dito patrón será automaticamente preseleccionado en canto comece a instalación do complemento.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Such a pattern already exists.\n" #~| "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Such a pattern already exists.\\nChoose a different name or architecture." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Such a pattern already exists.\\nChoose a different name or architecture.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O citado patrón xa existe.\n" #~ "Escolla un nome ou unha arquitectura diferente.\n" @@ -2493,37 +2186,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -#~| " instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the " -#~| "filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If " -#~| "no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path " -#~| "(first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/" -#~| "YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to " -#~| "the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \\n instead (with blanks in the " -#~ "name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png " -#~ "or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are " -#~ "searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -#~ "icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). " -#~ "Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -#~ "current/) are allowed." +#~| " instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +#~ msgid "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \\n instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se non se especifica, emprégase o nome do patrón\n" -#~ "no seu lugar (os espazos no nome son reemplazados por subliñados). Se o " -#~ "nome do ficheiro non inclúe unha extensión .png ou .jpg, engadirase a " -#~ "extensión .png. Se non se especifica patrón, buscaranse as iconas na ruta " -#~ "de temas da icona (en primeiro lugar /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -#~ "icons/32x32/apps/, logo /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/" -#~ "apps/). Rutas absolutas e relativas (á ruta do tema /usr/share/YaST2/" -#~ "theme/current/) están permitidas." +#~ "no seu lugar (os espazos no nome son reemplazados por subliñados). Se o nome do ficheiro non inclúe unha extensión .png ou .jpg, engadirase a extensión .png. Se non se especifica patrón, buscaranse as iconas na ruta de temas da icona (en primeiro lugar /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, logo /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Rutas absolutas e relativas (á ruta do tema /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) están permitidas." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" #~| "other patterns marked as obsolete here." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \\nother patterns " -#~ "marked as obsolete here." +#~ msgid "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \\nother patterns marked as obsolete here." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cando este patrón está instalado, desinstala calquera \n" #~ "outro patrón marcado aquí como obsoleto." @@ -2531,16 +2204,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" #~ msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Agarde mentres se xeran os datos para o complemento...</b><br/>\n" +#~ msgstr "<b>Agarde mentres se xeran os datos para o complemento...</b><br/>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" #~| "Release package will not be generated." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\\nRelease package will " -#~ "not be generated." +#~ msgid "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\\nRelease package will not be generated." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallo ao instalar o paquete obs-productconverter.\n" #~ "O paquete do lanzamento non se xerará." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -50,8 +50,7 @@ "Axuda do Módulo de complementos\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Para engadir un novo complemento mediante a liña de ordes, use esta " -"sintaxis:\n" +"Para engadir un novo complemento mediante a liña de ordes, use esta sintaxis:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL é a ruta ao código fonte do complemento.\n" "\n" @@ -64,12 +63,8 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta o nome do ficheiro obxectivo (opción 'xmlfile'). Use a opción de liña " -"de ordes xmlfile=<ficheiro_XML_obxectivo>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta o nome do ficheiro obxectivo (opción 'xmlfile'). Use a opción de liña de ordes xmlfile=<ficheiro_XML_obxectivo>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -153,11 +148,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione as extensións de lingua a instalar cando prema <b>Aceptar</b>." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione as extensións de lingua a instalar cando prema <b>Aceptar</b>.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -359,8 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Instalación de complementos</b></big></br>\n" "Ofrécenselle todos os complementos seleccionados para a súa instalación.\n" -"Para engadir un novo produto, prema <b>Engadir</b>. Para desinstalar un " -"produto xa engadido,\n" +"Para engadir un novo produto, prema <b>Engadir</b>. Para desinstalar un produto xa engadido,\n" "escolla e prema <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name @@ -412,18 +403,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí pode ver todos os complementos que están instalados no seu sistema.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí pode ver todos os complementos que están instalados no seu sistema.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove " -"an add-on which is in use.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Engadir</b> para engadir un novo complemento ou <b>Eliminar</b> " -"para desinstalar un complemento que estea en uso.</p>" +msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Engadir</b> para engadir un novo complemento ou <b>Eliminar</b> para desinstalar un complemento que estea en uso.</p>" #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 @@ -473,8 +458,7 @@ "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"Eliminando o complemento %1 pode resultar a eliminación de todos os " -"paquetes\n" +"Eliminando o complemento %1 pode resultar a eliminación de todos os paquetes\n" "instalados a partires deste complemento.\n" "\n" "Está seguro de querer eliminalo?" @@ -521,13 +505,7 @@ #~| "disk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\n" #~| "cd://\n" #~| "dvd://\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nAdd-on Module Help\\n------------------\\n\\nTo add a new add-on " -#~ "product via the command-line, use this syntax:\\n /sbin/yast2 add-on " -#~ "URL\\nURL is the path to the add-on source.\\n\\nExamples of URL:" -#~ "\\nhttp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nftp://server.name/" -#~ "directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nnfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-" -#~ "i386/\\ndisk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\\ncd://\\ndvd://\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nAdd-on Module Help\\n------------------\\n\\nTo add a new add-on product via the command-line, use this syntax:\\n /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\\nURL is the path to the add-on source.\\n\\nExamples of URL:\\nhttp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nnfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\\ndisk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\\ncd://\\ndvd://\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Axuda do Módulo de complemento\n" @@ -554,9 +532,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" #~| "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are no selected languages to be installed.\\nAre you sure you want " -#~ "to abort the installation?" +#~ msgid "There are no selected languages to be installed.\\nAre you sure you want to abort the installation?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non escolleu ningún idioma para instalar.\n" #~ "Está seguro de querer cancelar a instalación?" @@ -574,12 +550,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" #~| "Aborting now.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\\nAborting now." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\\nAborting now.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Os datos do CD-ROM non coinciden cos sistema Linux que se está a " -#~ "executar.\n" +#~ "Os datos do CD-ROM non coinciden cos sistema Linux que se está a executar.\n" #~ "Abortando.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -605,10 +578,7 @@ #~| "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" #~| "Select the repository to use.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\\nMultiple " -#~ "repositories were found on the selected medium.\\nSelect the repository " -#~ "to use.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\\nMultiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\\nSelect the repository to use.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Selección do repositorio de software</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Atopáronse varios repositorios no medio seleccionado.\n" @@ -619,9 +589,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" #~| "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" #~| "to install.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\\nMultiple products were " -#~ "found in the repository. Select the products\\nto install.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\\nMultiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\\nto install.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Selección de produto</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Neste repositorio detectáronse varios produtos. Seleccione os produtos\n" @@ -633,16 +601,11 @@ #~| "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" #~| "To add a new product, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an already added one,\n" #~| "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\\nHere see all add-" -#~ "on products that are selected for installation.\\nTo add a new product, " -#~ "click <b>Add</b>. To remove an already added one,\\nselect it and click " -#~ "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\\nHere see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\\nTo add a new product, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an already added one,\\nselect it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Instalación de complementos</b></big></br>\n" #~ "Ofrécenselle todos os complementos seleccionados para a súa instalación.\n" -#~ "Para engadir un novo produto, prema <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un " -#~ "produto xa engadido,\n" +#~ "Para engadir un novo produto, prema <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un produto xa engadido,\n" #~ "escolla e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -651,12 +614,9 @@ #~| "installed from this add-on.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Are sure you want to delete it?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages" -#~ "\\ninstalled from this add-on.\\n\\nAre sure you want to delete it?" +#~ msgid "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\\ninstalled from this add-on.\\n\\nAre sure you want to delete it?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eliminando o complemento %1 pode resultar a eliminación de todos os " -#~ "paquetes\n" +#~ "Eliminando o complemento %1 pode resultar a eliminación de todos os paquetes\n" #~ "instalados a partires deste complemento.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Está seguro de querer eliminalo?" @@ -668,10 +628,7 @@ #~| "system is running.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products" -#~ "\\nduring installation. You can enable add-on products later when the" -#~ "\\nsystem is running.\\n\\nDo you want to skip using add-on products?" +#~ msgid "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\\nduring installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\\nsystem is running.\\n\\nDo you want to skip using add-on products?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O seu sistema semella non ter memoria suficiente para usar complementos\n" #~ "durante a instalación. Pode activar os complementos despois\n" @@ -679,12 +636,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa non usar complementos?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the " -#~ "<b>OK</b> button.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione as extensións de idioma a instalar e prema <b>Aceptar</b>.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione as extensións de idioma a instalar e prema <b>Aceptar</b>.</p>" #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." #~ msgstr "Lendo os paquetes dispoñibles nos repositorios de instalación..." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/audit-laf.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/audit-laf.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/audit-laf.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -75,8 +75,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for frequency option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" -msgstr "" -"Cantidade de rexistro a escribir antes de iniciar a liberación do disco" +msgstr "Cantidade de rexistro a escribir antes de iniciar a liberación do disco" #. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 @@ -106,9 +105,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Espazo restante na partición de rexistro (en MByte) cando o inicio do " -"sistema empeza a ir lento" +msgstr "Espazo restante na partición de rexistro (en MByte) cando o inicio do sistema empeza a ir lento" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -123,9 +120,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Espazo restante na partición de rexistro (en MByte) cando sistema empeza a " -"ir lento" +msgstr "Espazo restante na partición de rexistro (en MByte) cando sistema empeza a ir lento" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -135,15 +130,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Script para executar (nome e ruta completa) ao chegar a admin_space_left" +msgstr "Script para executar (nome e ruta completa) ao chegar a admin_space_left" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"Correo-e enviado para esta conta (se space_left_action estivese definido " -"para EMAIL)" +msgstr "Correo-e enviado para esta conta (se space_left_action estivese definido para EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -163,8 +155,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" -msgstr "" -"Script para realizar (nome e ruta completa) cando haxa un erro no disco" +msgstr "Script para realizar (nome e ruta completa) cando haxa un erro no disco" #. command line help text for communication control option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 @@ -484,8 +475,7 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -496,8 +486,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</" -"b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -523,33 +512,21 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/" -"log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" -"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications " -"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches).</p>" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración do ficheiro de rexistro de Auditd</big></b><br>\n" -"O daemon audit é o compoñente do Sistema de Auditoria de Linux responsable " -"de escribir todos os eventos relevantes ao ficheiro de rexistro <i>/var/log/" -"audit/audit.log</i> (predeterminado).\n" -"Os eventos poden vir do módulo do kernel <i>apparmor</i>, dos programasque " -"usan <i>libaudit</i> (p.e. PAM) ou incidentes causados por regras (p.e. " -"vixilancia de ficheiros).</p>" +"O daemon audit é o compoñente do Sistema de Auditoria de Linux responsable de escribir todos os eventos relevantes ao ficheiro de rexistro <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (predeterminado).\n" +"Os eventos poden vir do módulo do kernel <i>apparmor</i>, dos programasque usan <i>libaudit</i> (p.e. PAM) ou incidentes causados por regras (p.e. vixilancia de ficheiros).</p>" #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>O cadro de diálogo <b>Regras para auditctl</b> ofrece máis información " -"sobre as regras e a posibilidade de engadir regras.\n" -"Información detallada sobre a configuración do ficheiro de rexistro pode " -"obterse da páxina do manual ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>O cadro de diálogo <b>Regras para auditctl</b> ofrece máis información sobre as regras e a posibilidade de engadir regras.\n" +"Información detallada sobre a configuración do ficheiro de rexistro pode obterse da páxina do manual ('man auditd.conf').</p>" #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -557,55 +534,42 @@ "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ficheiro de rexistro</b>: Introduza a ruta completa ao ficheiro de " -"rexistro\n" +"<p><b>Ficheiro de rexistro</b>: Introduza a ruta completa ao ficheiro de rexistro\n" "(ou use <b>Seleccionar ficheiro</b>.)</p>" #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " msgstr "" -"<p><b>Formato</b>: estableza <i>RAW</i> para rexistrar todos os datos " -"(gardados nun formato\n" -"idéntico ao que envía o kernel) ou <i>NOLOG</i> para descartar toda a " -"información de\n" -"auditoría en vez de escribila ao disco (no afecta aos datos enviados ao " -"despachador).</p> " +"<p><b>Formato</b>: estableza <i>RAW</i> para rexistrar todos os datos (gardados nun formato\n" +"idéntico ao que envía o kernel) ou <i>NOLOG</i> para descartar toda a información de\n" +"auditoría en vez de escribila ao disco (no afecta aos datos enviados ao despachador).</p> " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" -"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" "<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -613,13 +577,10 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" -"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -627,20 +588,17 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración do despachador de auditd</big></b><br>\n" -"Información detallada sobre a configuración do despachador pode obterse no " -"manual\n" +"Información detallada sobre a configuración do despachador pode obterse no manual\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Despachador</b>: O daemon audit arrinca o programa despachador e\n" @@ -649,32 +607,24 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Comunicación</b>: Controla a comunicación entre o daemon e o programa " -"despachador\n" -"Unha comunicación <i>lossy</i> significa que os eventos enviados ao " -"despachador\n" -"descártanse cando se enche a cola (buffer de 128kB). Escolla <i>lossless</i> " -"se desexa unha\n" +"<p><b>Comunicación</b>: Controla a comunicación entre o daemon e o programa despachador\n" +"Unha comunicación <i>lossy</i> significa que os eventos enviados ao despachador\n" +"descártanse cando se enche a cola (buffer de 128kB). Escolla <i>lossless</i> se desexa unha\n" "comunicación bloqueante/sen perdas.</p>" #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf').</p>" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p>O despachador 'audispd' é un multiplexor de eventos audit.\n" -"Para máis información consulte a páxina do manual ('man audispd' e 'man " -"audispd.conf').</p>" +"Para máis información consulte a páxina do manual ('man audispd' e 'man audispd.conf').</p>" #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 @@ -694,35 +644,27 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an <b>Action</b> because\n" +"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Espazo restante</b> (en megabytes) indica ao daemon audit cando " -"realizar unha <b>Acción</b> porque\n" +"<p><b>Espazo restante</b> (en megabytes) indica ao daemon audit cando realizar unha <b>Acción</b> porque\n" "o sistema empeza a quedarse sen espazo libre.</p>" #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " -"system <b>is running\n" -"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</" -"b> will be performed.</p>" +"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" +"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>O valor para <b>Espazo restante do administrador</b> debe ser inferior ao " -"de arriba. O sistema está <b>quedando\n" -"sen espazo libre en disco</b> se o valor se alcanzase e a <b>Acción</b> " -"especificada se realizase.</p>" +"<p>O valor para <b>Espazo restante do administrador</b> debe ser inferior ao de arriba. O sistema está <b>quedando\n" +"sen espazo libre en disco</b> se o valor se alcanzase e a <b>Acción</b> especificada se realizase.</p>" #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> " -"means\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" @@ -732,25 +674,19 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Tamén pode especificar unha <b>Acción disco cheo</b> (o disco xa está " -"cheo) e\n" -"unha <b>Acción erro no disco</b> (realizada cando se detecta un erro mentres " -"se escribe no disco).\n" -"As accións dispoñibles disponíveis son as mesmas que ariba (agás por " -"<i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" +"<p>Tamén pode especificar unha <b>Acción disco cheo</b> (o disco xa está cheo) e\n" +"unha <b>Acción erro no disco</b> (realizada cando se detecta un erro mentres se escribe no disco).\n" +"As accións dispoñibles disponíveis son as mesmas que ariba (agás por <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.</p>\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 1/6 @@ -759,41 +695,31 @@ "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Observe:</b><br>Bloquear as regras significa que non se poden cambiar " -"ata o seguinte reinicio.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Observe:</b><br>Bloquear as regras significa que non se poden cambiar ata o seguinte reinicio.</p>" #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default).</p> " +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users.<br>\n" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 6/6 @@ -833,12 +759,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> " -"must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para continuar a configuración de Linux Auditing, o paquete <b>%1</b> " -"debe estar instalado.</p>" +msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para continuar a configuración de Linux Auditing, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" @@ -939,7 +861,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Iniciar" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Do not start" @@ -1045,9 +967,7 @@ #~| "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" #~| "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" #~| "Setting the format to 'NONE' (default)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\\nthe 'Computer Name Format' " -#~ "is set to 'USER'.\\nSetting the format to 'NONE' (default)." +#~ msgid "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\\nthe 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\\nSetting the format to 'NONE' (default)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O 'User Defined Name' NON está establecido aínda que\n" #~ "o 'Computer Name Format' está configurado como 'USER'.\n" @@ -1079,10 +999,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "If you want to unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\n" #~| "finish the configuration. Afterwards a reboot is required." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\\n\\nIf you want to " -#~ "unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\\nfinish the configuration. " -#~ "Afterwards a reboot is required." +#~ msgid "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\\n\\nIf you want to unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\\nfinish the configuration. Afterwards a reboot is required." #~ msgstr "" #~ "As regras xa están bloqueadas, un reinicio é imposible.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1095,9 +1012,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "A test is impossible because sending new rules\n" #~| "will cause an error.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The rules are already locked.\\n\\nA test is impossible because sending " -#~ "new rules\\nwill cause an error.\\n" +#~ msgid "The rules are already locked.\\n\\nA test is impossible because sending new rules\\nwill cause an error.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "As regras xa están bloqueadas.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1110,9 +1025,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "It makes no sense to continue, because the rules will\n" #~| "be locked until next boot.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\\n\\nIt makes no sense to continue, " -#~ "because the rules will\\nbe locked until next boot.\\n" +#~ msgid "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\\n\\nIt makes no sense to continue, because the rules will\\nbe locked until next boot.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O bloqueo está configurado en audit.rules (-e 2).\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1126,11 +1039,7 @@ #~| "If you really want this, make sure '-e 2' is the last entry\n" #~| "in the rules file. If not, either enable or disable auditing.\n" #~| "To check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\\nThis means the rules " -#~ "are locked until next boot!\\nIf you really want this, make sure '-e 2' " -#~ "is the last entry\\nin the rules file. If not, either enable or disable " -#~ "auditing.\\nTo check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\\n" +#~ msgid "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\\nThis means the rules are locked until next boot!\\nIf you really want this, make sure '-e 2' is the last entry\\nin the rules file. If not, either enable or disable auditing.\\nTo check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A configuración do auditor está bloqueada (opción -e 2).\n" #~ "Isto significa que as regras están bloqueadas ata o próximo reinicio!\n" @@ -1140,35 +1049,27 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -#~| "b><br>\n" +#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -#~ "b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración da Infraestrutura de Auditoría " -#~ "Linux</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración da Infraestrutura de Auditoría Linux</big></b><br>\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a Configuración e regras de auditd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1178,373 +1079,219 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -#~| "responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/" -#~| "var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" -#~| "Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from " -#~| "applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by " -#~| "rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\\nThe audit daemon " -#~ "is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for " -#~ "writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit." -#~ "log</i> (default).\\nEvents may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel " -#~ "module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or " -#~ "incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" +#~| "The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +#~| "Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\\nThe audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\\nEvents may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do ficheiro de rexistro de Auditd</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "O daemon audit é o compoñente do Sistema de Auditoria de Linux " -#~ "responsable de escribir todos os eventos relevantes ao ficheiro de " -#~ "rexistro <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (predeterminado).\n" -#~ "Os eventos poden vir do módulo do kernel <i>apparmor</i>, dos " -#~ "programasque usan <i>libaudit</i> (p.e. PAM) ou incidentes causados por " -#~ "regras (p.e. vixilancia de ficheiros).</p>" +#~ "O daemon audit é o compoñente do Sistema de Auditoria de Linux responsable de escribir todos os eventos relevantes ao ficheiro de rexistro <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (predeterminado).\n" +#~ "Os eventos poden vir do módulo do kernel <i>apparmor</i>, dos programasque usan <i>libaudit</i> (p.e. PAM) ou incidentes causados por regras (p.e. vixilancia de ficheiros).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about " -#~| "rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" -#~| "Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from " -#~| "the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about " -#~ "rules and the possibility to add rules.\\nDetailed information about the " -#~ "log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd." -#~ "conf').</p>" +#~| "<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +#~| "Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\\nDetailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O cadro de diálogo <b>Regras para auditctl</b> ofrece máis información " -#~ "sobre as regras e a posibilidade de engadir regras.\n" -#~ "Información detallada sobre a configuración do ficheiro de rexistro pode " -#~ "obterse da páxina do manual ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +#~ "<p>O cadro de diálogo <b>Regras para auditctl</b> ofrece máis información sobre as regras e a posibilidade de engadir regras.\n" +#~ "Información detallada sobre a configuración do ficheiro de rexistro pode obterse da páxina do manual ('man auditd.conf').</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" #~| "(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\\n(or use " -#~ "<b>Select File</b>.)</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\\n(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Ficheiro de rexistro</b>: Introduza a ruta completa ao ficheiro de " -#~ "rexistro\n" +#~ "<p><b>Ficheiro de rexistro</b>: Introduza a ruta completa ao ficheiro de rexistro\n" #~ "(ou use <b>Seleccionar ficheiro</b>.)</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format " -#~| "exactly as the kernel\n" -#~| "sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of " -#~| "writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +#~| "<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +#~| "sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" #~| "data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format " -#~ "exactly as the kernel\\nsends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit " -#~ "information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\\ndata sent to " -#~ "the dispatcher).</p> " +#~ msgid "<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\\nsends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\\ndata sent to the dispatcher).</p> " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Formato</b>: estableza <i>RAW</i> para rexistrar todos os datos " -#~ "(gardados nun formato\n" -#~ "idéntico ao que envía o kernel) ou <i>NOLOG</i> para descartar toda a " -#~ "información de\n" -#~ "auditoría en vez de escribila ao disco (no afecta aos datos enviados ao " -#~ "despachador).</p> " +#~ "<p><b>Formato</b>: estableza <i>RAW</i> para rexistrar todos os datos (gardados nun formato\n" +#~ "idéntico ao que envía o kernel) ou <i>NOLOG</i> para descartar toda a información de\n" +#~ "auditoría en vez de escribila ao disco (no afecta aos datos enviados ao despachador).</p> " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -#~| "<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" -#~| "<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before " -#~| "issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" -#~| "<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: " -#~| "keep data portion synced,\n" +#~| "<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +#~| "<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +#~| "<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" #~| "<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -#~ "<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\\n<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many " -#~ "records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\\n<i>NONE</i> " -#~ "means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data " -#~ "portion synced,\\n<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\\n<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\\n<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\\n<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Liberar</b>: describe como escribir os datos no disco. Se define " -#~ "<i>INCREMENTAL</i>\n" -#~ "o parámetro <b>Frecuencia</b> informa sobre cantos registros escribiranse " -#~ "antes de emitir unha liberación explícita do disco\n" -#~ "<i>NONE</i> significa que non se realiza ningún esforzo especial para a " -#~ "liberación dos datos, <i>DATA</i>: mantén unha porción de datos " -#~ "sincronizados,\n" +#~ "<p><b>Liberar</b>: describe como escribir os datos no disco. Se define <i>INCREMENTAL</i>\n" +#~ "o parámetro <b>Frecuencia</b> informa sobre cantos registros escribiranse antes de emitir unha liberación explícita do disco\n" +#~ "<i>NONE</i> significa que non se realiza ningún esforzo especial para a liberación dos datos, <i>DATA</i>: mantén unha porción de datos sincronizados,\n" #~ "<i>SYNC</i>: mantén os datos e metadatos totalmente sincronizados.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to " -#~| "take when this\n" +#~| "<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" #~| "value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to " -#~ "take when this\\nvalue is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\\nvalue is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Configure o tamaño máximo do ficheiro de rexistro (en megabytes) e a " -#~ "acción a tomar\n" +#~ "<p>Configure o tamaño máximo do ficheiro de rexistro (en megabytes) e a acción a tomar\n" #~ "cando se alcance este valor en <b>Tamaño e acción.</b></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " -#~| "specifies the number\n" -#~| "of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a " -#~| "warning\n" -#~| "to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing " -#~| "records to\n" +#~| "<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" +#~| "of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +#~| "to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" #~| "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" #~| "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " -#~ "specifies the number\\nof files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit " -#~ "daemon will write a warning\\nto /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> " -#~ "the daemon stops writing records to\\ndisk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do " -#~ "nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\\nto ROTATE, but log files are not " -#~ "overwritten.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\\nof files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\\nto /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\\ndisk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\\nto ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p> Se a acción establécese como <i>ROTATE</i> o <b>Número de ficheiros " -#~ "de rexistro</b> especifica o número\n" -#~ "de ficheiros a manter. <i>SYSLOG</i> significa que o daemon audit " -#~ "escribirá\n" -#~ "un aviso en /var/log/messages. Con <i>SUSPEND</i> o daemon deteá a " -#~ "escritura\n" -#~ "de rexitros no disco. <i>IGNORE</i> non fai nada, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> é " -#~ "semellante\n" +#~ "<p> Se a acción establécese como <i>ROTATE</i> o <b>Número de ficheiros de rexistro</b> especifica o número\n" +#~ "de ficheiros a manter. <i>SYSLOG</i> significa que o daemon audit escribirá\n" +#~ "un aviso en /var/log/messages. Con <i>SUSPEND</i> o daemon deteá a escritura\n" +#~ "de rexitros no disco. <i>IGNORE</i> non fai nada, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> é semellante\n" #~ "a ROTATE, pero os ficheiros de rexistro non se sobrescriben.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name " -#~| "to the\n" +#~| "<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" #~| "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" -#~| "used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> " -#~| "uses the\n" -#~| "name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully " -#~| "qualified\n" +#~| "used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" +#~| "name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" #~| "domain name.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name " -#~ "to the\\nlog file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is" -#~ "\\nused. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> " -#~ "uses the\\nname returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses " -#~ "the fully qualified\\ndomain name.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\\nlog file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\\nused. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\\nname returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\\ndomain name.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Formato do nome do equipo</b> describe como escribir o nombre do " -#~ "equipo no\n" +#~ "<p><b>Formato do nome do equipo</b> describe como escribir o nombre do equipo no\n" #~ "ficheiro de rexistro. Se establece <i>USER</i> emprégase o\n" -#~ "<b>Nome definido polo usuario</b>.<i>NONE</i> significa que non se " -#~ "inserirá o nome do\n" -#~ "equipo. <i>HOSTNAME</i> usa o nome devolto pola orde de sistema " -#~ "'gethostname'.\n" +#~ "<b>Nome definido polo usuario</b>.<i>NONE</i> significa que non se inserirá o nome do\n" +#~ "equipo. <i>HOSTNAME</i> usa o nome devolto pola orde de sistema 'gethostname'.\n" #~ "<i>FQD</i> usa o nome de dominio totalmente cualificado</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from " -#~| "the manual page\n" +#~| "Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" #~| "('man auditd.conf').</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\\nDetailed " -#~ "information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual " -#~ "page\\n('man auditd.conf').</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\\nDetailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\\n('man auditd.conf').</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do despachador de auditd</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Información detallada sobre a configuración do despachador pode obterse " -#~ "no manual\n" +#~ "Información detallada sobre a configuración do despachador pode obterse no manual\n" #~ "('man auditd.conf').</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit " -#~| "daemon and\n" +#~| "<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" #~| "gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit " -#~ "daemon and\\ngets all audit events on stdin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\\ngets all audit events on stdin.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Despachador</b>: O daemon audit arrinca o programa despachador e\n" #~ "recibe todos os eventos de auditoría en stdin.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon " -#~| "and the dispatcher\n" -#~| "program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the " -#~| "dispatcher are discarded\n" -#~| "when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you " -#~| "want a blocking/lossless\n" +#~| "<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +#~| "program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +#~| "when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" #~| "communication.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon " -#~ "and the dispatcher\\nprogram. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that " -#~ "events going to the dispatcher are discarded\\nwhen the queue (a 128kB " -#~ "buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless" -#~ "\\ncommunication.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\\nprogram. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\\nwhen the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\\ncommunication.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Comunicación</b>: Controla a comunicación entre o daemon e o " -#~ "programa despachador\n" -#~ "Unha comunicación <i>lossy</i> significa que os eventos enviados ao " -#~ "despachador\n" -#~ "descártanse cando se enche a cola (buffer de 128kB). Escolla <i>lossless</" -#~ "i> se desexa unha\n" +#~ "<p><b>Comunicación</b>: Controla a comunicación entre o daemon e o programa despachador\n" +#~ "Unha comunicación <i>lossy</i> significa que os eventos enviados ao despachador\n" +#~ "descártanse cando se enche a cola (buffer de 128kB). Escolla <i>lossless</i> se desexa unha\n" #~ "comunicación bloqueante/sen perdas.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -#~| "For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man " -#~| "audispd.conf').</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\\nFor more " -#~ "information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</" -#~ "p>" +#~| "For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\\nFor more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O despachador 'audispd' é un multiplexor de eventos audit.\n" -#~ "Para máis información consulte a páxina do manual ('man audispd' e 'man " -#~ "audispd.conf').</p>" +#~ "Para máis información consulte a páxina do manual ('man audispd' e 'man audispd.conf').</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have " -#~| "'0750'\n" +#~| "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" #~| " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have " -#~ "'0750'\\n file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\\n file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Observe:</b> o programa despachador debe ser propiedade de 'root', " -#~ "ter\n" -#~ "permisos de ficheiro '0750' e hai que introducir o nome da ruta completa." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Observe:</b> o programa despachador debe ser propiedade de 'root', ter\n" +#~ "permisos de ficheiro '0750' e hai que introducir o nome da ruta completa.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" -#~| "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\\nThe settings " -#~ "made here refer to disk space on log partition.\\nFor detailed " -#~ "information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\\n" +#~| "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\\nThe settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\\nFor detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do espazo de disco de Auditd</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Os axustes feitos aquí refírense ao espazo en disco na partición de " -#~ "rexistro.\n" -#~ "Pode obter información detallada na páxina do manual ('man auditd.conf')." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "Os axustes feitos aquí refírense ao espazo en disco na partición de rexistro.\n" +#~ "Pode obter información detallada na páxina do manual ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to " -#~| "perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" +#~| "<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" #~| "the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to " -#~ "perform an <b>Action</b> because\\nthe system is starting to run low on " -#~ "space.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\\nthe system is starting to run low on space.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Espazo restante</b> (en megabytes) indica ao daemon audit cando " -#~ "realizar unha <b>Acción</b> porque\n" +#~ "<p><b>Espazo restante</b> (en megabytes) indica ao daemon audit cando realizar unha <b>Acción</b> porque\n" #~ "o sistema empeza a quedarse sen espazo libre.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " -#~| "system <b>is running\n" -#~| "low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified " -#~| "<b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " -#~ "system <b>is running\\nlow</b> on disk space if the value is reached and " -#~ "the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" +#~| "<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" +#~| "low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\\nlow</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O valor para <b>Espazo restante do administrador</b> debe ser inferior " -#~ "ao de arriba. O sistema está <b>quedando\n" -#~ "sen espazo libre en disco</b> se o valor se alcanzase e a <b>Acción</b> " -#~ "especificada se realizase.</p>" +#~ "<p>O valor para <b>Espazo restante do administrador</b> debe ser inferior ao de arriba. O sistema está <b>quedando\n" +#~ "sen espazo libre en disco</b> se o valor se alcanzase e a <b>Acción</b> especificada se realizase.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> " -#~| "means\n" +#~| "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" +#~| "account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" +#~| "disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" #~| "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" #~| "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" #~| "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" #~| "system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the" -#~ "\\naccount specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> " -#~ "means the\\ndisk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. " -#~ "<i>IGNORE</i> means\\ndo nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified " -#~ "in <b>Path to\\nScript</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. " -#~ "<i>SINGLE</i>\\nswitches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> " -#~ "shuts down the\\nsystem.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\\naccount specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\\ndisk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\\ndo nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\\nScript</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\\nswitches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\\nsystem.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se unha acción estivese definida como <i>EMAIL</i>, un correo-e de " -#~ "aviso\n" +#~ "<p>Se unha acción estivese definida como <i>EMAIL</i>, un correo-e de aviso\n" #~ "enviarase á conta especificada <b>Acción de envío de correo-e</b>.<br>\n" -#~ "<i>SYSLOG</i> significa que o aviso sobre o espazo en disco será escrito " -#~ "en\n" -#~ "/var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> significa non facer nada. <i>EXEC</i> " -#~ "executa\n" -#~ "o script a partir da <b>Ruta do script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> parar de " -#~ "escribir\n" -#~ "os rexistros no disco. <i>SINGLE</i> coloca o sistema en modo usuario " -#~ "único.\n" +#~ "<i>SYSLOG</i> significa que o aviso sobre o espazo en disco será escrito en\n" +#~ "/var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> significa non facer nada. <i>EXEC</i> executa\n" +#~ "o script a partir da <b>Ruta do script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> parar de escribir\n" +#~ "os rexistros no disco. <i>SINGLE</i> coloca o sistema en modo usuario único.\n" #~ "<i>HALT</i>: apaga o sistema.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " -#~| "already) and\n" -#~| "a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected " -#~| "while writing to disk).\n" +#~| "<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" +#~| "a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" #~| "Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " -#~ "already) and\\na <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is " -#~ "detected while writing to disk).\\nAvailable actions are the same as " -#~ "above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\\na <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\\nAvailable actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Tamén pode especificar unha <b>Acción disco cheo</b> (o disco xa está " -#~ "cheo) e\n" -#~ "unha <b>Acción erro no disco</b> (realizada cando se detecta un erro " -#~ "mentres se escribe no disco).\n" -#~ "As accións dispoñibles disponíveis son as mesmas que ariba (agás por " -#~ "<i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" +#~ "<p>Tamén pode especificar unha <b>Acción disco cheo</b> (o disco xa está cheo) e\n" +#~ "unha <b>Acción erro no disco</b> (realizada cando se detecta un erro mentres se escribe no disco).\n" +#~ "As accións dispoñibles disponíveis son as mesmas que ariba (agás por <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -#~| "by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to " -#~| "be entered.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\\nby " -#~ "'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -#~ "entered.</p>\\n" +#~| "by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\\nby 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Observe:</b> todos os scripts especificados para <i>EXEC</i>\n" #~ "deben ser ser propiedade de 'root', ter permisos de ficheiro '0750',\n" @@ -1555,82 +1302,48 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" #~| "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" #~| "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -#~| "The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the " -#~| "rules.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog offers the " -#~ "possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\\nauditing as well as to " -#~ "lock the audit configuration.\\nThe selected flag from <b>Set Enabled " -#~ "Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" +#~| "The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\\nauditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\\nThe selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Regras para auditctl</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Este diálogo ofrece a posibilidade tanto de activar ou desactivar a " -#~ "auditoría de syscall\n" +#~ "Este diálogo ofrece a posibilidade tanto de activar ou desactivar a auditoría de syscall\n" #~ "como de bloquear a configuración de auditoría.\n" -#~ "A bandeira seleccionada de <b>Establecer bandeira de activación</b> " -#~ "engadirase ás regras.</p>" +#~ "A bandeira seleccionada de <b>Establecer bandeira de activación</b> engadirase ás regras.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -#~| " applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/" -#~| "audit/audit.log (default).</p> " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\\n " -#~ "applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -#~ "audit.log (default).</p> " +#~| " applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " +#~ msgid "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\\n applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Activar a auditoría sen regras adicionais fará que os programas\n" -#~ "que usan <i>libaudit</i>, p.e. PAM, rexistren en /var/log/audit/audit.log " -#~ "(pedeterminado).</p> " +#~ "que usan <i>libaudit</i>, p.e. PAM, rexistren en /var/log/audit/audit.log (pedeterminado).</p> " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -#~| "advanced users.<br>\n" +#~| "<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" #~| "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -#~ "advanced users.<br>\\nFor more information about all options, see 'man " -#~ "auditctl'.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\\nFor more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Pode editar as regras manualmente, isto só se recomenda para usuarios " -#~ "avanzados.<br>\n" +#~ "<p>Pode editar as regras manualmente, isto só se recomenda para usuarios avanzados.<br>\n" #~ "Máis información de todas as opcións consultando 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " -#~| "subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " -#~| "from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " -#~ "subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " -#~ "from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Comprobar sintaxe</b> envía as regras mediante <i>auditctl</i> ao " -#~ "subsistema auditor e comproba a sintaxe.<br><b>Restaurar</b> restaura a " -#~ "configuración desde /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +#~| msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Comprobar sintaxe</b> envía as regras mediante <i>auditctl</i> ao subsistema auditor e comproba a sintaxe.<br><b>Restaurar</b> restaura a configuración desde /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n" -#~| "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>." -#~| "<br>\n" +#~| "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" #~| "Click <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" #~| "an example rules file.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\\nthe " -#~ "changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>" -#~ "\\nClick <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load" -#~ "\\nan example rules file.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\\nthe changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\\nClick <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\\nan example rules file.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Prema en <b>Restaurar e Reiniciar</b> para restaurar as regras " -#~ "previas\n" -#~ "e volver definir os cambios (desde a comprobación anterior de sintaxe) " -#~ "chamando así a <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" -#~ "Prema en <b>Cargar</b> para abrir un diálogo para seleccionar ficheiros e " -#~ "poder cargar\n" +#~ "<p>Prema en <b>Restaurar e Reiniciar</b> para restaurar as regras previas\n" +#~ "e volver definir os cambios (desde a comprobación anterior de sintaxe) chamando así a <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" +#~ "Prema en <b>Cargar</b> para abrir un diálogo para seleccionar ficheiros e poder cargar\n" #~ "un ficheiro de regras de exemplo.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1639,10 +1352,7 @@ #~| "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" #~| "You can use the module 'System Log' from group\n" #~| "'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot start the audit daemon.\\nPlease check /var/log/messages for " -#~ "auditd errors.\\nYou can use the module 'System Log' from group" -#~ "\\n'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." +#~ msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon.\\nPlease check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\\nYou can use the module 'System Log' from group\\n'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode arrincar o daemon audit.\n" #~ "Mire en /var/log/messages a ver se hai erros de auditd.\n" @@ -1664,10 +1374,7 @@ #~| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" #~| "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" #~| "Do you want to start the daemon now?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\\nThe kernel uses a running " -#~ "audit daemon to log audit\\nevents to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " -#~ "\\nDo you want to start the daemon now?" +#~ msgid " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\\nThe kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\\nevents to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \\nDo you want to start the daemon now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ " O módulo do kernel 'apparmor' está cargado.\n" #~ "O kernel emprega o daemon audit para rexistrar\n" @@ -1680,10 +1387,7 @@ #~| "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" #~| "the 'Enabled Flag', but to activate the change\n" #~| "a reboot is required afterwards.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The rules may be locked.\\nContinue to check the rules. You can change" -#~ "\\nthe 'Enabled Flag', but to activate the change\\na reboot is required " -#~ "afterwards.\\n" +#~ msgid "The rules may be locked.\\nContinue to check the rules. You can change\\nthe 'Enabled Flag', but to activate the change\\na reboot is required afterwards.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pode ser que as regras estean bloqueadas .\n" #~ "Continúe para comprobar as regras. Pode cambiar\n" @@ -1695,14 +1399,10 @@ #~| "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" #~| "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #~| "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\\nIf yes, the new rules will be " -#~ "written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\nReboot the system afterwards for the " -#~ "change to take effect.\\n" +#~ msgid "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\\nIf yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\nReboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desexa cambiar o 'indicador de activación'?\n" -#~ "En caso afirmativo, as novas regras escribiranse en /etc/audit/audit." -#~ "rules.\n" +#~ "En caso afirmativo, as novas regras escribiranse en /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #~ "Reinicie o sistema para que o cambio sexa efectivo.\n" #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cancelar" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aceptar" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axuda" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novo" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración básica:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prevención de correo non desexado" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Engadir" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eliminar" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -204,70 +204,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 @@ -283,42 +261,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 @@ -330,20 +294,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 @@ -359,50 +318,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -413,37 +358,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -451,51 +386,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -503,9 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -513,9 +430,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -527,8 +442,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -552,27 +466,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -580,9 +486,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -594,15 +498,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -611,9 +511,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -621,9 +519,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -633,32 +529,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -671,15 +558,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -723,8 +606,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -740,106 +622,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -847,10 +690,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -858,16 +698,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -879,17 +714,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -917,30 +746,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -956,13 +774,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -970,9 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -980,52 +794,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1033,33 +830,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1075,16 +862,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1100,9 +882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1118,8 +898,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1131,28 +910,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1164,15 +934,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1180,9 +946,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1194,39 +958,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1234,9 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1253,16 +1003,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1270,15 +1015,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1294,9 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1305,21 +1044,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1327,8 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -23,39 +23,39 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar/desactivar o servizo" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Engadir unha nova base de datos" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostra unha lista das bases de datos dispoñibles" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostra unha lista dos esquemas configurados" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Engadir un esquema á lista" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar o servizo" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactivar o servizo" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de base de datos (\"hdb\" ou \"bdb\")" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN base da base de datos" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" @@ -63,19 +63,19 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasinal do administrador" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directorio da base de datos" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ficheiro" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Posición" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); @@ -86,21 +86,19 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A base de datos non se pode crear cando o servizo non está activado" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao engadir a base de datos" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "Xa se creou a base de datos de LDAP. Poderá cambiar a configuración do sistema instalado máis adiante." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -109,25 +107,23 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[definido a man]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar o servidor principal de LDAP:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurando un servidor LDAP independente:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN base: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " @@ -135,7 +131,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasinal de LDAP:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -143,45 +139,45 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Provider: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Provedor:" #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abrir porto no cortalumes" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SI" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NON" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O cortalumes está desactivado" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rexistrar nun daemon SLP: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciar o servidor LDAP: " #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor OpenLDAP" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor Open&LDAP" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -192,6 +188,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"O paquete '%1' non está dispoñible.\n" +"YaST2 non pode continuar a configuración\n" +"sen instalar os paquetes requiridos." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -201,11 +200,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST2 non pode continuar a configuración\n" +"sen instalar os paquetes requiridos." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -213,6 +212,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"Servidor OpenLDAP: o certificado de servidor común non está dispoñible.\n" +"Desactivouse StartTLS." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -222,26 +223,27 @@ #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detectouse unha configuración preexistente." #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" +"Existe unha configuración, pero non se está executando o servidor LDAP.\n" +"Desexa iniciar o servidor e que volva ler a configuración ou desexa crear\n" +"unha nova configuración desde cero?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciar" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración nova" #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 @@ -258,11 +260,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migrar a configuración existente" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear unha nova configuración desde cero" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -286,43 +288,41 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración xeral" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Iniciar o servidor LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rexistrar nun daemon &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración da devasa" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O servidor LDAP non se está executando." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "help page for item <b>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "páxina de axuda do elemento <b>" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "</b> not available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "</b> non dispoñible" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Server Type" @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración &avanzada" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración básica de Kerberos" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -389,49 +389,49 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada de Kerberos" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Opcións avanzadas" #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selección actual:" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro de autenticación de LDAP. Desexa intentalo de novo?\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Error message: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mensaxe de erro: " #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "Create new account in the first database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear nova conta na primeira base de datos" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "User Id" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID de usuario" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Container Object" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obxecto contedor" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Examinar" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -443,20 +443,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Configure Account for Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar a conta para a replicación" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "non é un DN de LDAP válido" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasinal" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valicar o contrasinal" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 @@ -479,35 +479,35 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocolo" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nome de máquina do provedor" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 msgid "Use StartTLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar StartTLS" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasinal de administración para a base de datos \"cn=config\"" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ficheiro de certificado de C&a (Formato PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Explorar" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione un ficheiro de certificado de CA" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -520,9 +520,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -533,7 +531,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Devolvéronse as seguintes mensaxes de erro:" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." @@ -541,7 +539,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desexa importar un certificado de CA/servidor diferente?" #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 @@ -550,7 +548,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prema en continuar para creala agora." #. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 @@ -560,21 +558,18 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A proba devolveu as seguintes mensaxes de erro:" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now." @@ -595,21 +590,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 msgid "Enter new &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducir novo &contrasinal" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Validar o contrasinal" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" @@ -618,19 +612,17 @@ #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración de inicio</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Iniciar o servidor LDAP</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -643,18 +635,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -666,7 +654,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Configuración da devasa</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -677,21 +665,17 @@ #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración básica de base de datos</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. " -"<b>Hdb</b> is a\n" -"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.</p>\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -702,24 +686,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends " -"the \n" -"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" +"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" @@ -753,14 +731,13 @@ "click <b>Change Password</b>. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Editar base de datos BDB</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" @@ -768,58 +745,48 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" +"<p>Introduza o DN completo ou só a primeira parte e engádalle o DN base\n" +"automaticamente con <b>Engadir DN base</b>.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change " -"Password</b>.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password " -"Encryption</b>.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index " -"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Preferencias de política de contrasinais</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" msgstr "" +"<p>Para usar políticas de contrasinais nesta base de datos active\n" +"<b>Activar políticas de contrasinais</b>.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" @@ -833,55 +800,47 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object " -"DN</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduza o nome do obxecto da política predeterminada en <b>DN do obxecto de política predeterminada</b>.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You " -"may\n" +"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración de índice</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined.</p>" +msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -900,17 +859,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración de control de acceso</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" @@ -920,8 +877,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -934,22 +890,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración do provedor de replicación</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -959,16 +912,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" @@ -976,18 +924,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Rexistro de sesión</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server.</p>" +"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -996,14 +940,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want " -"the\n" +"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Provedor</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" @@ -1011,18 +954,17 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Tipo de replicación</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<p>OpenLDAP admite diferentes modos de replicación:</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" @@ -1041,14 +983,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Autenticación</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1059,10 +999,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1076,6 +1014,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" +"Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1092,7 +1032,7 @@ #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Resumo da configuración do servidor LDAP</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" @@ -1103,15 +1043,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration " -"wizard.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1122,15 +1058,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1142,19 +1075,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración de TLS</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Configuración básica</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" @@ -1165,32 +1097,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the " -"server\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Importar certificado</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" +"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" "textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1203,32 +1130,27 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<p>Pode configurar algúns parámetros globais neste elemento.</p>" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog.</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:</p>" -msgstr "" +msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione as características especiais que o servidor OpenLDAP debe permitir ou prohibir:</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1236,17 +1158,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) </p>" +"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 @@ -1257,8 +1176,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1276,16 +1194,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1300,100 +1216,78 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<p>Para engadir unha nova base de datos prema en <b>Engadir base de datos...</b>.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete " -"Database...</b>.\n" +"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" msgstr "" +"<p>Introduza aquí un contrasinal para a base de datos de configuración (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Isto é\n" +"imprescindible para poder acceder de forma remota á base de datos de configuración.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" +"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or " -"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" msgstr "" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database.</p>" -msgstr "" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadea especifica a localización do ficheiro keytab que usa kadmin para autenticarse na base de datos.</p>" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 @@ -1438,9 +1332,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 @@ -1449,12 +1341,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 @@ -1463,20 +1350,16 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir o servizo" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 @@ -1485,10 +1368,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 @@ -1497,10 +1377,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 @@ -1514,53 +1391,37 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servizo de cambio de contrasinal" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" +msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -1570,69 +1431,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -1642,9 +1481,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. ################################################################################# @@ -1658,27 +1495,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opcións avanzadas" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ruta da base de datos" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ruta da base de &datos" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ficheiro de ACL" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ficheiro de ACL" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 @@ -1703,12 +1540,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Dispoñible" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Data" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1721,7 +1558,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Hora" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1816,25 +1653,25 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servizo de cambio de contr&asinal" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ficheiro de dicionario" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porto do daemon Kadmin" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porto do daemon Kpasswd" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 @@ -1846,7 +1683,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porto de KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 @@ -1874,7 +1711,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Días" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1895,7 +1732,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de cifrado admitidos por KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 @@ -1907,21 +1744,21 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Número de conexións a LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ficheiro do contrasinal de LDAP" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buscar nas subárbores" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ámbito de busca" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" @@ -1929,20 +1766,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&un nivel" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contedor principal" #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada de LDAP" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1969,9 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1979,8 +1814,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2005,7 +1839,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2013,38 +1847,38 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de inicio" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración global" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ficheiros de esquema" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de nivel de rexistro" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir/prohibir características" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de TLS" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bases de datos" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -2053,12 +1887,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de base de datos" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Semella ser que a configuración de TLS/SSL está incompleta." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" @@ -2068,12 +1902,12 @@ #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar novo ficheiro de esquema" #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O ficheiro de esquema xa está na lista." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2090,12 +1924,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione un ficheiro de certificado" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione un ficheiro de chave de certificado" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2110,36 +1944,36 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Está seguro de querer borrar a base de datos?" #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible escribir a configuración da base de datos actual." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible escribir a configuración da base de datos actual." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novo &contrasinal de administrador" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Cifrado de contrasinal" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar o contrasinal de administración" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039 @@ -2148,7 +1982,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2156,7 +1990,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2168,15 +2002,15 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de índice" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración das directivas de contrasinais" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de control de acceso" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 msgid "Replication Provider" @@ -2196,12 +2030,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" @@ -2225,11 +2059,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xestión de conexión" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar os paquetes enviados e recibidos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" @@ -2265,7 +2099,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ningún" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2292,9 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 @@ -2302,8 +2134,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 @@ -2312,31 +2143,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración básica" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar TLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar a interface de LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar certificado de servidor común" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importar certificado" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ficheiro de certificado (Formato PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Examinar..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2344,31 +2175,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Examina&r..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciar o módulo de xestión de CA" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN &base" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&DN de administrador" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Engadir o DN base" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar o contrasinal" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar base de datos BDB" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" @@ -2384,15 +2215,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kilobytes" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "minutos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar a configuración da base de datos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " @@ -2400,15 +2231,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(A conexión remota ten que estar cifrada)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar base de datos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O tipo de base de datos non é compatible na actualidade." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" @@ -2416,12 +2247,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributo" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Presencia" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 @@ -2435,24 +2266,24 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar o contrasinal de administrador" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Engadir índice" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preferencias de política de contrasinais" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar políticas de contrasinais" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Codificar os contrasinais en texto claro" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" @@ -2460,15 +2291,15 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN do obxecto de política predeterminada" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar política" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todas as entradas" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2480,15 +2311,15 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clientes autenticados" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clientes anónimos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" @@ -2500,19 +2331,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todas as entradas da subárbore" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todos os membros do grupo" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<baleiro>" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sen acceso" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" @@ -2520,61 +2351,61 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autenticar" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comparar" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ler" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribir" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xestionar (acceso completo)" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nova base de datos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración básica de base de datos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN do &administrador" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enga&dir DN base" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Contrasinal do administrador de LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directorio de base de &datos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar esta base de datos como predefinida para os clientes de OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar o directorio da base de datos" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debe estar definido o DN base." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2586,7 +2417,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao validar o contrasinal." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2596,52 +2427,52 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Débese especificar un directorio." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O directorio non existe. Desexa crealo?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao autenticar. Probablemente o contrasinal sexa incorrecto.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A mensaxe de erro é: '" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desexa intentalo de novo?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de atributo dispoñibles" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de atributo seleccionados" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A quen se lle debe aplicar esta regra" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN da entrada" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir o nivel de acceso" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2662,15 +2493,15 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de subárbore" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de grupo" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar regra de control de acceso" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" @@ -2690,35 +2521,35 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nivel de acceso" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quen" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Control de fluxo" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arriba" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abaixo" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2735,11 +2566,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Destino" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtrar" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2753,39 +2584,39 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 msgid "Provider Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nome do provedor" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porto" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de replicación" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 msgid "Replication Interval" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intervalo de replicación" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Días" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Horas" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minutos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Segundos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de autenticación" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 msgid "Custom update referral" @@ -2793,7 +2624,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 msgid "Target Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Máquina destino" #. no updateref #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 @@ -2807,24 +2638,23 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aínda desexa continuar?" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Verifique que o servidor destino está activado como provedor de LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar o provedor ldapsync para esta base de datos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operacións" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Session Log" @@ -2840,15 +2670,15 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lendo a configuración de inicio" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lendo a infrastrutura de configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lendo os datos da configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2862,7 +2692,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao buscar en LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." @@ -2870,23 +2700,23 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao iniciar LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao asociar a LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao inicializar o esquema de LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao ler o esquema de LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O servidor LDAP descoñece o esquema de Kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 @@ -2895,37 +2725,37 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao modificar a base de datos de kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao modificar LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datos incompletos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de base de datos non compatible." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activando o servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando o servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activando o servidor OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciando o servidor OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2941,23 +2771,23 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de inicio" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limpando o directorio de configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creando a configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando o servidor OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creando os obxectos base" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2969,7 +2799,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao cambiar a configuración de slapd.conf á infrastrutura de configuración." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." @@ -2977,33 +2807,33 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao limpar o directorio de configuración." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao encher a base de datos de configuración con \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao activar o servizo LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao iniciar o servizo LDAP." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detendo o servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactivando o servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactivando o servidor OpenLDAP" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. @@ -3021,15 +2851,15 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribindo os ficheiros de Sysconfig" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicando os cambios na base de datos de configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicando os cambios en /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" @@ -3037,17 +2867,15 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualizando o obxectos da política de contrasinais predeterminada." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Agardando a que rematen as tarefas de indexación en segundo plano de OpenLDAP (isto podería levar varios minutos)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciando o servidor OpenLDAP se for necesario" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" @@ -3055,16 +2883,14 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao crear os obxectos base." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao crear os obxectos da política de contrasinais." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3073,7 +2899,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rexistrar no servizo SLP: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -3081,19 +2907,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear as seguintes bases de datos:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sufixo da base de datos: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de base de datos: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aínda non configurado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3101,12 +2927,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O ficheiro de certificado non existe" #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O ficheiro de chave do certificado non existe." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3118,31 +2944,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limpando o directorio da base de datos de configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convertendo slapd.conf a base de datos de configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiando a configuración de inicio para usar a base de datos de configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciando o servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migrando a configuración do servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saída de \"slaptest\":\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao migrar a configuración existente." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." @@ -3150,7 +2976,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O certificado de servidor común non está dispoñible. Desactivouse StartTLS." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3166,28 +2992,26 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible escribir krb5.conf." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao crear a base de datos de Kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao escribir no ficheiro de contrasinais." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "non é DN de LDAP válido." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." @@ -3199,15 +3023,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A primeira parte do sufixo debe ser c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= ou dc=." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3235,7 +3057,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non se puido crear o directorio." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3243,8 +3065,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3266,27 +3087,27 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao escribir krb5.conf." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao escribir en kdc.conf." #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non se admite o tipo de base de datos '%s'. Os tipos permitidos son 'bdb' e 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "countryName debe ser un código de 2 letras de ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn' non válido." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 @@ -3296,7 +3117,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para definir un contrasinal debe definir 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 @@ -3307,7 +3128,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'%s' é un método de cifrado non admitido." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 @@ -3316,11 +3137,11 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O directorio non existe." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor de tamaño de caché non válido." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." @@ -3333,87 +3154,87 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao modificar a base de datos." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta o parámetro 'suffix'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible reiniciar o servizo." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible deter o servizo." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O ficheiro de certificado da CA non existe." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A ruta do certificado da CA non existe." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O ficheiro de certificado non existe." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor non válido para 'TLSVerifyClient'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao escriir." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta o parámetro 'ServerCertificateFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible ler o ficheiro de certificado." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta o parámetro 'ServerCertificateData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datos PEM corrompidos." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta o parámetro 'ServerKeyFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible ler o ficheiro da chave." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta o parámetro 'ServerKeyData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible ler o ficheiro de certificado da CA." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible escribir o ficheiro de certificado." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible escribir o ficheiro de chave." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible escribir o ficheiro de certificado da CA." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/autoinst.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/autoinst.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/autoinst.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -28,8 +28,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Executando os scripts de instalación automática no ambiente de instalación..." +msgstr "Executando os scripts de instalación automática no ambiente de instalación..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -128,10 +127,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Cliente para a creación de perfil de AutoYaST baseado no sistema en execución" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Cliente para a creación de perfil de AutoYaST baseado no sistema en execución" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -154,29 +151,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location.</p>" +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Neste diálogo copie o contido do ficheiro e especifique o camiño\n" -"final do sistema instalado. YaST copiará este ficheiro no sitio especificado." -"</p>" +"final do sistema instalado. YaST copiará este ficheiro no sitio especificado.</p>" #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para protexer os ficheiros copiados, configure o dono e os permisos dos " -"ficheiros.\n" -"Configure o dono coa sintaxe <i>iddeusuario:iddegrupo</i>. Os permisos " -"poden ser unha\n" -"representación simbólica das modificacións que hai que facer ou un número " -"octal\n" +"<p>Para protexer os ficheiros copiados, configure o dono e os permisos dos ficheiros.\n" +"Configure o dono coa sintaxe <i>iddeusuario:iddegrupo</i>. Os permisos poden ser unha\n" +"representación simbólica das modificacións que hai que facer ou un número octal\n" "que represente o patrón de bits dos novos permisos.</p>" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -250,17 +240,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Pode que teña preparado un ficheiro de configuración para\n" -"moitas aplicacións e servizos que habería que copiar de forma completa a " -"un \n" -"sitio do sistema instalado. Por exemplo, isto é así se está a instalar un " -"servidor web\n" +"moitas aplicacións e servizos que habería que copiar de forma completa a un \n" +"sitio do sistema instalado. Por exemplo, isto é así se está a instalar un servidor web\n" "e ten preparado un ficheiro de configuración httpd.conf.</p>" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -286,8 +272,7 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "" -"Configurando o sistema de acordo coa configuración de instalación automática" +msgstr "Configurando o sistema de acordo coa configuración de instalación automática" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -499,8 +484,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Agarde mentres se prepara o sistema para a instalación automática...</p>" +msgstr "<p>Agarde mentres se prepara o sistema para a instalación automática...</p>" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -652,8 +636,7 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" msgstr "" "<p>Dependendo da súa experiencia, pode saltar, rexistrar e mostrar\n" @@ -664,10 +647,8 @@ "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Recoméndase mostrar todas as <b>mensaxes</b> co tempo máximo de " -"inactividade.\n" -"Nalgunhas partes pódense saltar os avisos, mais non se deberían ignorar.</" -"p>\n" +"<p>Recoméndase mostrar todas as <b>mensaxes</b> co tempo máximo de inactividade.\n" +"Nalgunhas partes pódense saltar os avisos, mais non se deberían ignorar.</p>\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -682,14 +663,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Seleccione unha das seleccións <b>base</b> seguintes e prema <i>Detallado</" -"i>\n" +"Seleccione unha das seleccións <b>base</b> seguintes e prema <i>Detallado</i>\n" "para endagir seleccións e paquetes <b>adicionais</b> .\n" "</p>\n" @@ -701,11 +680,8 @@ msgstr "Localización da fonte de instalación (como http://omeuhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"A fonte de instalación deste sistema (non pode crear imaxes se escolle esta " -"opción)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "A fonte de instalación deste sistema (non pode crear imaxes se escolle esta opción)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -720,12 +696,9 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montar en /etc/fstab Por:</b>\n" @@ -740,17 +713,14 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "<p><b>Etiqueta de volume:</b>\n" -"\t O nome que se introduza neste campo é o que se emprega como etiqueta de " -"volume.\n" -"\t Normalmente isto só ten sentido se se activa a opción de montar pola " -"etiqueta de volume.\n" +"\t O nome que se introduza neste campo é o que se emprega como etiqueta de volume.\n" +"\t Normalmente isto só ten sentido se se activa a opción de montar pola etiqueta de volume.\n" "\t As etiquetas de volume non poden conter nen o carácter / nen espazos.\n" "\t " @@ -917,11 +887,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"O tamaño \"automático\" só é correcto se se selecciona os puntos de montaxe " -"\"/boot\" ou \"swap\"." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "O tamaño \"automático\" só é correcto se se selecciona os puntos de montaxe \"/boot\" ou \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -987,11 +954,9 @@ "<p>\n" "Non se puido atopar ou obter un perfil para esta máquina.\n" "Comprobe que introduciu a localización correcta\n" -"na liña de comandos e ténteo de novo. Por causa deste erro só poderá " -"introducir un URL a un perfil e non a un directorio.\n" +"na liña de comandos e ténteo de novo. Por causa deste erro só poderá introducir un URL a un perfil e non a un directorio.\n" "Se está a empregar regras ou ficheiros de control baseadas no nome do host,\n" -"reinicie o proceso de instalación e asegúrese de que os ficheiros de control " -"son accesíbeis.</p>\n" +"reinicie o proceso de instalación e asegúrese de que os ficheiros de control son accesíbeis.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1100,8 +1065,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue esta interface para definir clases de ficheiros de control.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Empregue esta interface para definir clases de ficheiros de control.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1398,12 +1362,8 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Ten certeza de querer aplicar a configuración do módulo \"%1\" ao sistema " -"actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Ten certeza de querer aplicar a configuración do módulo \"%1\" ao sistema actual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1417,11 +1377,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Ten certeza de que quere aplicar a configuración do perfil ao sistema actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Ten certeza de que quere aplicar a configuración do perfil ao sistema actual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1457,8 +1414,7 @@ "the <b>Repository</b> field.</P>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Introduza o directorio no que almacenar todos os <em>ficheiros de control</" -"em>\n" +"Introduza o directorio no que almacenar todos os <em>ficheiros de control</em>\n" "no campo <b>Repositorio</b>.</p>" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1561,8 +1517,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Importouse o ficheiro Kickstart.\n" @@ -1696,29 +1651,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "A opción de confirmación da instalación está seleccionada por omisión\n" "para evitar unha instalación non desexada. Detén o sistema\n" "durante a instalación e mostra un resumo das operacións solicitadas\n" -"na pantalla de propostas habitual. Non seleccione isto para instalar " -"automaticamente sen interrupción.\n" +"na pantalla de propostas habitual. Non seleccione isto para instalar automaticamente sen interrupción.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "<P>\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Se desactiva a segunda etapa do AutoYAST, a instalación prosegue en modo " -"manual\n" +"Se desactiva a segunda etapa do AutoYAST, a instalación prosegue en modo manual\n" "despois do primeiro reinicio (despois da instalación dos paquetes).\n" "</P>\n" @@ -1863,15 +1814,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Esta ferramenta emprega <em>xmllint</em> para validar o perfil contra a " -"DTD e\n" -"verifica se faltan datos. Pode que algúns dos datos que falten podan ser " -"intencionais\n" +"<p>Esta ferramenta emprega <em>xmllint</em> para validar o perfil contra a DTD e\n" +"verifica se faltan datos. Pode que algúns dos datos que falten podan ser intencionais\n" "e pódense ignorar os erros, por exemplo, ao crear as clases.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1892,8 +1840,7 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para importar un ficheiro Kickstart, introduza o camiño ao ficheiro de " -"configuración.\n" +"<p>Para importar un ficheiro Kickstart, introduza o camiño ao ficheiro de configuración.\n" "Os datos importados cárganse no sistema de xestión da configuración \n" "para engadir máis opcións de configuración disponíbeis coa SUSE.</p>\n" @@ -1901,13 +1848,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.</p>\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Esta ferramenta crea un perfil de referencia mediante a lectura\n" "de información do sistema. Seleccione os recursos dos que ler neste sistema\n" -"para alén dos recursos por omisión, como o particionamento e as seleccións " -"de paquetes.</p>\n" +"para alén dos recursos por omisión, como o particionamento e as seleccións de paquetes.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>" @@ -1915,12 +1860,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>A táboa da dereita mostra as particións que se han crear no sistema de " -"destino.\n" +"<p>A táboa da dereita mostra as particións que se han crear no sistema de destino.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1958,8 +1901,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Se non se definiron particións e o dispositivo especificado tamén é\n" @@ -1979,58 +1921,40 @@ msgstr "<p><b>Opcións avanzadas</b></p>" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Por omisión, o AutoYAST crea unha partición estendida e engade todas as " -"particións novas como dispositivos lóxicos. Porén, é posíbel indicarlle que " -"cree unha partición determinada como primaria ou como estendida. Para alén " -"disto, é posíbel especificar o tamaño dunha partición empregando sectores no " -"canto dun tamaño en MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Por omisión, o AutoYAST crea unha partición estendida e engade todas as particións novas como dispositivos lóxicos. Porén, é posíbel indicarlle que cree unha partición determinada como primaria ou como estendida. Para alén disto, é posíbel especificar o tamaño dunha partición empregando sectores no canto dun tamaño en MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Estas e outras opcións avanzadas non se poden configurar con esta " -"interface.\n" +"Estas e outras opcións avanzadas non se poden configurar con esta interface.\n" "No canto disto, engádaas manualmente ao ficheiro de control.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para configuracións con LVM e RAID consulte a documentación e engada a " -"configuración\n" -"a un ficheiro de control existente. Só se poden crear particións LVM e RAID " -"sen formatar\n" +"Para configuracións con LVM e RAID consulte a documentación e engada a configuración\n" +"a un ficheiro de control existente. Só se poden crear particións LVM e RAID sen formatar\n" "como preparación.\n" "</p>\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Non se pode atopar o URL \"%1\" co protocolo HTTP(S). O servidor devolveu o " -"código %2." +msgstr "Non se pode atopar o URL \"%1\" co protocolo HTTP(S). O servidor devolveu o código %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Non se pode atopar o URL \"%1\" co protocolo FTP. O servidor devolveu o " -"código %2." +msgstr "Non se pode atopar o URL \"%1\" co protocolo FTP. O servidor devolveu o código %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2110,23 +2034,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts previos á instalación</h3>\n" -"<P>Engada comandos para executar no sistema antes de que comece a " -"instalación. </P>\n" +"<P>Engada comandos para executar no sistema antes de que comece a instalación. </P>\n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "</P>" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts posteriores á instalación</h3>\n" -"<P>Tamén se poden engadir comandos para executar no sistema depois de que " -"remate\n" +"<P>Tamén se poden engadir comandos para executar no sistema depois de que remate\n" "a instalación. Estes scripts execútanse fóra do ambiente de chroot.\n" "</P>" @@ -2138,8 +2059,7 @@ "<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2147,12 +2067,9 @@ "<H3>Scripts de chroot</H3>\n" "<P>Para que o script posterior á instalación se execute dentro do ambiente\n" "de chroot escolla as opcións de <i>scripts de chroot</i>. Estes scripts\n" -"execútanse antes de que o sistema se reinicie pola primeira vez. Por " -"omisión,\n" -"os scripts de chroot execútanse no sistema de instalación. Para acceder aos " -"ficheiros\n" -"do sistema instalado, empregue sempre o punto de montaxe \"/mnt\" nos " -"scripts.\n" +"execútanse antes de que o sistema se reinicie pola primeira vez. Por omisión,\n" +"os scripts de chroot execútanse no sistema de instalación. Para acceder aos ficheiros\n" +"do sistema instalado, empregue sempre o punto de montaxe \"/mnt\" nos scripts.\n" "</P>\n" #. help 4/6 @@ -2160,15 +2077,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>É posíbel executar scripts de chroot unha etapa posterior despois de que\n" -"se configure o cargador de arrinque mediante a etiqueta lóxica especial " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"se configure o cargador de arrinque mediante a etiqueta lóxica especial \"chrooted\".\n" "Isto executa os scripts no sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2190,15 +2105,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> " -"or \n" +"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n" "<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Intérprete:</he>\n" -"<p>Os scripts previos á instalación só poden ser scripts de consola. Non " -"empregue\n" +"<p>Os scripts previos á instalación só poden ser scripts de consola. Non empregue\n" "<i>Perl</i> nen <i>Python</i> nos scripts previos á instalación.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2208,44 +2121,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Acceso á rede</h3>\n" -"<p>mentres se executan os scripts posteriores á instalación a rede está " -"desactivada e\n" -"require o inicio dos scripts para permitir o acceso á rede. Unha alternativa " -"para\n" -"os scripts posteriores á instalación con rede é empregar scripts de init, " -"que \n" -"garanten un sistema completamente configurado ao executar os scripts. Se se " -"fixo\n" -"unha instalación a través dunha rede, pódese empregar tamén a opción " -"<b>Network</b> para o script.\n" +"<p>mentres se executan os scripts posteriores á instalación a rede está desactivada e\n" +"require o inicio dos scripts para permitir o acceso á rede. Unha alternativa para\n" +"os scripts posteriores á instalación con rede é empregar scripts de init, que \n" +"garanten un sistema completamente configurado ao executar os scripts. Se se fixo\n" +"unha instalación a través dunha rede, pódese empregar tamén a opción <b>Network</b> para o script.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Información e depuración:</h3>\n" -"<p>Todos os scripts, excepto os scripts de init, poden mostrar STDOU+STDERR " -"nunha ventá emerxente.\n" -"Se se activa a depuración, obtense máis información no diálogo de " -"información que pode axudar\n" +"<p>Todos os scripts, excepto os scripts de init, poden mostrar STDOU+STDERR nunha ventá emerxente.\n" +"Se se activa a depuración, obtense máis información no diálogo de información que pode axudar\n" "a depurar o script.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2333,15 +2234,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Personalice a instalación para as súas necesidades engadindo scripts ao " -"proceso\n" -"de autoinstalación e tome o control nas diferentes etapas da instalación.</" -"p>\n" +"Personalice a instalación para as súas necesidades engadindo scripts ao proceso\n" +"de autoinstalación e tome o control nas diferentes etapas da instalación.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2368,12 +2266,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"O analizador de XML informou dun erro ao analizar o perfil do autoyast. A " -"mensaxe de erro é:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "O analizador de XML informou dun erro ao analizar o perfil do autoyast. A mensaxe de erro é:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2385,12 +2279,9 @@ "file without using classes.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Non se puideron obter as clases definidas polo usuario. Asegúrese de que " -"todas\n" -"as clases están correctamente definidas e disponíbeis para este sistema a " -"través\n" -"da rede ou localmente. Non se pode instalar o sistema co ficheiro de " -"control\n" +"Non se puideron obter as clases definidas polo usuario. Asegúrese de que todas\n" +"as clases están correctamente definidas e disponíbeis para este sistema a través\n" +"da rede ou localmente. Non se pode instalar o sistema co ficheiro de control\n" "orixinal sen empregar clases.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2455,27 +2346,22 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>A maioría dos módulos empregados para crear a configuración son idénticos " -"aos disponíbeis\n" +"<p>A maioría dos módulos empregados para crear a configuración son idénticos aos disponíbeis\n" "no Centro de Control do YaST. No canto de configurar este sistema, os datos\n" -"introducidos recóllense e expórtanse ao ficheiro de control que se pode " -"utilizar para\n" +"introducidos recóllense e expórtanse ao ficheiro de control que se pode utilizar para\n" "instalar outro sistema mediante AutoYAST.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para alén dos módulos existentes e familiares,\n" @@ -2580,15 +2466,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"Non se pode reutilizar o grupo de volume %1. O grupo de volume non existe." +msgstr "Non se pode reutilizar o grupo de volume %1. O grupo de volume non existe." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"O grupo de volume \"%1\" ha de ter ao menos un volume físico. Forneza un." +msgstr "O grupo de volume \"%1\" ha de ter ao menos un volume físico. Forneza un." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2673,24 +2557,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Fallou ao crear a imaxe durante a instalación de patróns. Comprobe o " -"ficheiro /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Fallou ao crear a imaxe durante a instalación de patróns. Comprobe o ficheiro /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Creando imaxe - instalando paquetes" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Fallou ao crear a imaxe durante o instalación do paquete. Comprobe o " -"ficheiro /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Fallou ao crear a imaxe durante o instalación do paquete. Comprobe o ficheiro /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 @@ -2702,17 +2578,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Agora pode modificar a imaxe en %1/\n" -"Se preme no botón Aceptar, a imaxe será comprimida e non se poderá modificar " -"máis." +"Se preme no botón Aceptar, a imaxe será comprimida e non se poderá modificar máis." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Fallou ao comprimir a imaxe en '%1'. Comprobe o ficheiro /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Fallou ao comprimir a imaxe en '%1'. Comprobe o ficheiro /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2753,12 +2626,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Agora pode modificar a imaxe ISO en %1, engadindo un ficheiro XML de " -"AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n" +"Agora pode modificar a imaxe ISO en %1, engadindo un ficheiro XML de AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n" "Se presiona o botón Aceptar, crearase a imaxe iso." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2800,21 +2671,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Fallou a execución do resolvedor de paquetes. Comprobe a sección de software " -"no perfil do autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Fallou a execución do resolvedor de paquetes. Comprobe a sección de software no perfil do autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"O plan de particionamento configurado no perfil XML non cabe no disco duro. " -"Faltan %1MB" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "O plan de particionamento configurado no perfil XML non cabe no disco duro. Faltan %1MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2839,8 +2702,7 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Atopáronse varias particións raiz de Linux, mais non se configurou\n" -"a partición raíz que se quere utilizar. A instalación automática non é " -"posíbel.\n" +"a partición raíz que se quere utilizar. A instalación automática non é posíbel.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 @@ -2890,8 +2752,7 @@ msgstr "&Aceptar" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pódese atopar o perfil resultante do autoyast en /root/autoinst.xml." +#~ msgstr "Pódese atopar o perfil resultante do autoyast en /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Configurar o nivel de execución" @@ -2916,9 +2777,7 @@ #~| "Error while parsing the control file.\n" #~| "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" #~| "control file and try again.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Error while parsing the control file.\\nCheck the log files for more " -#~ "details or fix the\\ncontrol file and try again.\\n" +#~ msgid "Error while parsing the control file.\\nCheck the log files for more details or fix the\\ncontrol file and try again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Erro ao analizar o ficheiro de control.\n" #~ "Comproble os ficheiros de rexistro para máis detalles ou\n" @@ -2926,41 +2785,24 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the " -#~| "final\n" -#~| "path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -#~| "location.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final" -#~ "\\npath on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the " -#~ "specified location.</p>" +#~| "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" +#~| "path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\\npath on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Neste diálogo copie o contido do ficheiro e especifique o camiño\n" -#~ "final do sistema instalado. YaST copiará este ficheiro no sitio " -#~ "especificado.</p>" +#~ "final do sistema instalado. YaST copiará este ficheiro no sitio especificado.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the " -#~| "files.\n" -#~| "Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can " -#~| "be a symbolic\n" -#~| "representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the " -#~| "bit pattern for the\n" +#~| "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" +#~| "Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +#~| "representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" #~| "new permissions.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the " -#~ "files.\\nSet the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. " -#~ "Permissions can be a symbolic\\nrepresentation of changes to make or an " -#~ "octal number representing the bit pattern for the\\nnew permissions.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\\nSet the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\\nrepresentation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\\nnew permissions.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para protexer os ficheiros copiados, configure o dono e os permisos " -#~ "dos ficheiros.\n" -#~ "Configure o dono coa sintaxe <i>iddeusuario:iddegrupo</i>. Os permisos " -#~ "poden ser unha\n" -#~ "representación simbólica das modificacións que hai que facer ou un número " -#~ "octal\n" +#~ "<p>Para protexer os ficheiros copiados, configure o dono e os permisos dos ficheiros.\n" +#~ "Configure o dono coa sintaxe <i>iddeusuario:iddegrupo</i>. Os permisos poden ser unha\n" +#~ "representación simbólica das modificacións que hai que facer ou un número octal\n" #~ "que represente o patrón de bits dos novos permisos.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -2975,23 +2817,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -#~| "a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a " -#~| "location in the\n" -#~| "installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a " -#~| "web server\n" +#~| "a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +#~| "installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" #~| "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\\na " -#~ "configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -#~ "in the\\ninstalled system. For example, this is the case if you are " -#~ "installing a web server\\nand have an httpd.conf configuration file " -#~ "prepared.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\\na configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\\ninstalled system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\\nand have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Pode que teña preparado un ficheiro de configuración para\n" -#~ "moitas aplicacións e servizos que habería que copiar de forma completa a " -#~ "un \n" -#~ "sitio do sistema instalado. Por exemplo, isto é así se está a instalar un " -#~ "servidor web\n" +#~ "moitas aplicacións e servizos que habería que copiar de forma completa a un \n" +#~ "sitio do sistema instalado. Por exemplo, isto é así se está a instalar un servidor web\n" #~ "e ten preparado un ficheiro de configuración httpd.conf.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -3030,9 +2863,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nPlease wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nPlease wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Agarde mentres se prepara o sistema para a instalación automática...</p>\n" @@ -3057,12 +2888,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -#~| "out)\n" +#~| "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" #~| "installation messages.</p> \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -#~ "out)\\ninstallation messages.</p> \\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\\ninstallation messages.</p> \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Dependendo da súa experiencia, pode saltar, rexistrar e mostrar\n" #~ "as mensaxes de instalación (co tempo máximo de inactividade).</p>\n" @@ -3071,31 +2899,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" #~| "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out." -#~ "\\nWarnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\\nWarnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Recoméndase mostrar todas as <b>mensaxes</b> co tempo máximo de " -#~ "inactividade.\n" -#~ "Nalgunhas partes pódense saltar os avisos, mais non se deberían ignorar.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "<p>Recoméndase mostrar todas as <b>mensaxes</b> co tempo máximo de inactividade.\n" +#~ "Nalgunhas partes pódense saltar os avisos, mais non se deberían ignorar.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click " -#~| "<i>Detailed<i> to add\n" +#~| "Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" #~| "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click " -#~ "<i>Detailed<i> to add\\nmore <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\\nmore <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Escolla unha destas seleccións<b>base</b> e prema en <i>Detallado<i> para " -#~ "engadir\n" +#~ "Escolla unha destas seleccións<b>base</b> e prema en <i>Detallado<i> para engadir\n" #~ "máis seleccións e paquetes <b>complementarios</b>.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -3103,63 +2921,42 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" #~| "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~| "\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file " -#~| "system to mount\n" -#~| "\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file " -#~| "systems can be\n" -#~| "\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~| "possible.\n" +#~| "\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~| "\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~| "\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\\n\tNormally, a file system to mount is " -#~ "identified in /etc/fstab\\n\tby the device name. This identification can " -#~ "be changed so the file system to mount\\n\tis found by searching for a " -#~ "UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\\n\tmounted by UUID " -#~ "or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\\n\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\\n\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\\n\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\\n\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Montar en /etc/fstab Por:</b>\n" #~ "\tNormalmente, os sistemas que se montan identifícanse en /etc/fstab\n" #~ "\tpolo nome do dispositivo. Pódese mudar esta identificación para que\n" -#~ "\tse poida atopar o sistemas procurando un UUID ou unha etiqueta de " -#~ "volume.\n" -#~ "\tNon se poden montar todos os sistemas polo UUID ou a etiqueta de " -#~ "volume.\n" +#~ "\tse poida atopar o sistemas procurando un UUID ou unha etiqueta de volume.\n" +#~ "\tNon se poden montar todos os sistemas polo UUID ou a etiqueta de volume.\n" #~ "\tSe unha opción está desactivada, non é posíbel.\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -#~| "\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This " -#~| "usually makes sense only \n" +#~| "\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" #~| "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" #~| "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" #~| "\t " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\\n\t The name entered in this field is used as " -#~ "the volume label. This usually makes sense only \\n\t when you activate " -#~ "the option for mounting by volume label.\\n\t A volume label cannot " -#~ "contain the / character or spaces.\\n\t " +#~ msgid "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\\n\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \\n\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\\n\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\\n\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Etiqueta de volume:</b>\n" -#~ "\t O nome que se introduza neste campo é o que se emprega como etiqueta " -#~ "de volume.\n" -#~ "\t Normalmente isto só ten sentido se se activa a opción de montar pola " -#~ "etiqueta de volume.\n" +#~ "\t O nome que se introduza neste campo é o que se emprega como etiqueta de volume.\n" +#~ "\t Normalmente isto só ten sentido se se activa a opción de montar pola etiqueta de volume.\n" #~ "\t As etiquetas de volume non poden conter nen o carácter / nen espazos.\n" #~ "\t " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid " -#~| "file\n" +#~| "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" #~| "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file" -#~ "\\nsystem. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\\n" +#~ msgid "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\\nsystem. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccionou crear a partición, mais non seleccionou un sistema de " -#~ "ficheiros correcto.\n" +#~ "Seleccionou crear a partición, mais non seleccionou un sistema de ficheiros correcto.\n" #~ "Seleccione un sistema de ficheiros correcto para continuar.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3170,25 +2967,15 @@ #~| "on the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\n" #~| "can only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\n" #~| "are using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\n" -#~| "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nA profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\\nCheck " -#~ "that you entered the correct location\\non the command line and try " -#~ "again. Because of this error, you\\ncan only enter a URL to a profile and " -#~ "not to a directory. If you\\nare using rules or host name-based control " -#~ "files, restart the\\ninstallation process and make sure the control files " -#~ "are accessible.</p>\\n" +#~| "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nA profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\\nCheck that you entered the correct location\\non the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\\ncan only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\\nare using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\\ninstallation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Non se puido atopar ou obter un perfil para esta máquina.\n" #~ "Comprobe que introduciu a localización correcta\n" -#~ "na liña de comandos e ténteo de novo. Por causa deste erro só poderá " -#~ "introducir un URL a un perfil e non a un directorio.\n" -#~ "Se está a empregar regras ou ficheiros de control baseadas no nome do " -#~ "host,\n" -#~ "reinicie o proceso de instalación e asegúrese de que os ficheiros de " -#~ "control son accesíbeis.</p>\n" +#~ "na liña de comandos e ténteo de novo. Por causa deste erro só poderá introducir un URL a un perfil e non a un directorio.\n" +#~ "Se está a empregar regras ou ficheiros de control baseadas no nome do host,\n" +#~ "reinicie o proceso de instalación e asegúrese de que os ficheiros de control son accesíbeis.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3196,9 +2983,7 @@ #~| "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" #~| "are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown " -#~ "here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Velaquí todos os discos duros detectados automaticamente.\n" @@ -3208,17 +2993,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" #~ msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Empregue esta interface para definir clases de ficheiros de control.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Empregue esta interface para definir clases de ficheiros de control.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" #~| "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\\na " -#~ "specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\\na specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Por exemplo, pode definir unha clase de configuracións para un \n" #~ "departamento, grupo ou sitio determinados da empresa.</p>\n" @@ -3228,9 +3009,7 @@ #~| "<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n" #~| "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\\nand when it is " -#~ "merged when creating a control file.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\\nand when it is merged when creating a control file.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A orde (prioridade) define a xerarquía dunha clase\n" #~ "e cando se fusiona ao crear un ficheiro de control.\n" @@ -3266,16 +3045,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you have defined and created <b>\n" -#~| "classes</b>, you will be able to merge them using this interface to " -#~| "create\n" +#~| "classes</b>, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\n" #~| "a new <i>Profile</i>, which will contain information from every class\n" #~| "depending on the priority (order) set when\n" #~| "creating the classes.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you have defined and created <b>\\nclasses</b>, you will be able to " -#~ "merge them using this interface to create\\na new <i>Profile</i>, which " -#~ "will contain information from every class\\ndepending on the priority " -#~ "(order) set when\\ncreating the classes.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If you have defined and created <b>\\nclasses</b>, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\\na new <i>Profile</i>, which will contain information from every class\\ndepending on the priority (order) set when\\ncreating the classes.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Tendo definidas e creadas varias <b>clases</b>,\n" #~ "é posíbel fusionalas con esta interface para crear un\n" @@ -3303,12 +3077,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current " -#~| "control\n" +#~| "<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" #~| "file should belong.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control" -#~ "\\nfile should belong.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\\nfile should belong.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Escolla unha ou máis das clases da listaxe ás que quere que pertenza\n" #~ "o ficheiro de control actual.</p>\n" @@ -3321,16 +3092,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>\n" -#~| "Enter the directory where all <em>control files</em> should be stored " -#~| "in\n" +#~| "Enter the directory where all <em>control files</em> should be stored in\n" #~| "the <b>Repository</b> field.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nEnter the directory where all <em>control files</em> should be " -#~ "stored in\\nthe <b>Repository</b> field.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nEnter the directory where all <em>control files</em> should be stored in\\nthe <b>Repository</b> field.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Introduza o directorio no que almacenar todos os <em>ficheiros de " -#~ "control</em>\n" +#~ "Introduza o directorio no que almacenar todos os <em>ficheiros de control</em>\n" #~ "no campo <b>Repositorio</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -3338,9 +3105,7 @@ #~| "<P>If you are using the classes feature\n" #~| "of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n" #~| "all class files are stored.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If you are using the classes feature\\nof Autoyast, also enter the " -#~ "class directory. This is where\\nall class files are stored.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>If you are using the classes feature\\nof Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\\nall class files are stored.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se está a empregar a funcionalidade das clases\n" #~ "do Autoyast, introduza tamén o directorio da clase.\n" @@ -3352,10 +3117,7 @@ #~| "Names can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\n" #~| "must begin with letter, and must be\n" #~| "127 characters long or less.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Invalid file name.\\nNames can only contain letters, numbers, and " -#~ "underscore,\\nmust begin with letter, and must be\\n127 characters long " -#~ "or less.\\n" +#~ msgid "Invalid file name.\\nNames can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\\nmust begin with letter, and must be\\n127 characters long or less.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome do ficheiro non é válido.\n" #~ "Os nomes só poden conter letras, números e guións baixos,\n" @@ -3366,9 +3128,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n" #~| "file and try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\\nfile and try " -#~ "again." +#~ msgid "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\\nfile and try again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Erro ao cargar o ficheiro Kickstart. Comprobe a sintaxe\n" #~ "do ficheiro e ténteo de novo." @@ -3376,16 +3136,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -#~| "Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -#~| "partitioning\n" +#~| "Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" #~| "were imported correctly." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kickstart file was imported.\\nCheck the imported syntax and make sure " -#~ "the package selection and partitioning\\nwere imported correctly." +#~ msgid "Kickstart file was imported.\\nCheck the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\\nwere imported correctly." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Importouse o ficheiro Kickstart.\n" -#~ "Comprobe a sintaxe importada e asegúrese de que se importaron " -#~ "correctamente\n" +#~ "Comprobe a sintaxe importada e asegúrese de que se importaron correctamente\n" #~ "a selección de paquetes e o particionamento." #, fuzzy @@ -3394,9 +3150,7 @@ #~| "The options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\n" #~| "automatic installation.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nThe options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST " -#~ "during\\nautomatic installation.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nThe options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\\nautomatic installation.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "As opcións deste diálogo controlan o comportamento do AutoYAST\n" @@ -3409,39 +3163,27 @@ #~| "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" #~| "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" #~| "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -#~| "usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically " -#~| "without interruption.\n" +#~| "usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nThe installation confirmation option is selected by default\\nto " -#~ "avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\\nduring installation " -#~ "and shows a summary of requested operations in the\\nusual proposal " -#~ "screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -#~ "interruption.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nThe installation confirmation option is selected by default\\nto avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\\nduring installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\\nusual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "A opción de confirmación da instalación está seleccionada por omisión\n" #~ "para evitar unha instalación non desexada. Detén o sistema\n" #~ "durante a instalación e mostra un resumo das operacións solicitadas\n" -#~ "na pantalla de propostas habitual. Non seleccione isto para instalar " -#~ "automaticamente sen interrupción.\n" +#~ "na pantalla de propostas habitual. Non seleccione isto para instalar automaticamente sen interrupción.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>\n" -#~| "If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues " -#~| "in manual mode\n" +#~| "If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" #~| "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nIf you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation " -#~ "continues in manual mode\\nafter the first reboot (after package " -#~ "installation).\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nIf you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\\nafter the first reboot (after package installation).\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Se desactiva a segunda etapa do AutoYAST, a instalación prosegue en modo " -#~ "manual\n" +#~ "Se desactiva a segunda etapa do AutoYAST, a instalación prosegue en modo manual\n" #~ "despois do primeiro reinicio (despois da instalación dos paquetes).\n" #~ "</P>\n" @@ -3450,8 +3192,7 @@ #~| "<P>\n" #~| "For signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nFor signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nFor signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para a xestión das sinaturas consulte a documentación do AutoYAST.\n" @@ -3459,78 +3200,53 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the " -#~| "DTD and\n" -#~| "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and " -#~| "any\n" +#~| "<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +#~| "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" #~| "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the " -#~ "DTD and\\nit checks for missing data. Some missing data might be " -#~ "intentional and any\\nreported errors can be ignored, for example, when " -#~ "creating classes.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\\nit checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\\nreported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Esta ferramenta emprega <em>xmllint</em> para validar o perfil contra " -#~ "a DTD e\n" -#~ "verifica se faltan datos. Pode que algúns dos datos que falten podan ser " -#~ "intencionais\n" +#~ "<p>Esta ferramenta emprega <em>xmllint</em> para validar o perfil contra a DTD e\n" +#~ "verifica se faltan datos. Pode que algúns dos datos que falten podan ser intencionais\n" #~ "e pódense ignorar os erros, por exemplo, ao crear as clases.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n" #~| "is validated.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\\nis validated.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\\nis validated.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Cargue primeiro un perfil. No caso contrario valídase\n" #~ "un ficheiro baleiro.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration " -#~| "file. \n" +#~| "<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n" #~| "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" #~| "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. " -#~ "\\nThe imported data is loaded into the configuration management system " -#~ "\\nto add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \\nThe imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \\nto add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para importar un ficheiro Kickstart, introduza o camiño ao ficheiro de " -#~ "configuración.\n" +#~ "<p>Para importar un ficheiro Kickstart, introduza o camiño ao ficheiro de configuración.\n" #~ "Os datos importados cárganse no sistema de xestión da configuración \n" #~ "para engadir máis opcións de configuración disponíbeis coa SUSE.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" -#~| "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this " -#~| "system\n" -#~| "in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -#~| "selections.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\\ninformation from " -#~ "this system. Select the resources to read from this system\\nin addition " -#~ "to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\\n" +#~| "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" +#~| "in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\\ninformation from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\\nin addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta ferramenta crea un perfil de referencia mediante a lectura\n" -#~ "de información do sistema. Seleccione os recursos dos que ler neste " -#~ "sistema\n" -#~ "para alén dos recursos por omisión, como o particionamento e as " -#~ "seleccións de paquetes.</p>\n" +#~ "de información do sistema. Seleccione os recursos dos que ler neste sistema\n" +#~ "para alén dos recursos por omisión, como o particionamento e as seleccións de paquetes.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -#~| "system.\n" +#~| "<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -#~ "system.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A táboa da dereita mostra as particións que se han crear no sistema de " -#~ "destino.\n" +#~ "<p>A táboa da dereita mostra as particións que se han crear no sistema de destino.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3538,9 +3254,7 @@ #~| "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\\n<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\\n<tt>/" -#~ "dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" +#~ msgid "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\\n<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\\n<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>primeiro disco EIDE\n" #~ "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>segundo disco EIDE\n" @@ -3551,9 +3265,7 @@ #~| "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\\n<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk" -#~ "\\n<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\\n<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\\n<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>primeiro disco SCSI\n" #~ "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>segundo disco SCSI\n" @@ -3562,13 +3274,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -#~| "the drive where the root partition should reside, the following " -#~| "partitions are\n" +#~| "the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" #~| "created automatically:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\\nthe drive " -#~ "where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are" -#~ "\\ncreated automatically:" +#~ msgid "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\\nthe drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\\ncreated automatically:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se non se definiron particións e o dispositivo especificado tamén é\n" #~ "o dispositivo no que se quere que resida a partición raiz, créanse\n" @@ -3578,45 +3286,32 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" #~| "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\\nSizes " -#~ "are calculated automatically.\\n" +#~ msgid " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\\nSizes are calculated automatically.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, e unha partición raíz <tt>/</tt>.\n" #~ "Os tamaños calcúlanse automaticamente.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using " -#~| "this\n" +#~| "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" #~| "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this" -#~ "\\ninterface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\\n" +#~ msgid "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\\ninterface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estas e outras opcións avanzadas non se poden configurar con esta " -#~ "interface.\n" +#~ "Estas e outras opcións avanzadas non se poden configurar con esta interface.\n" #~ "No canto disto, engádaas manualmente ao ficheiro de control.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the " -#~| "configuration\n" -#~| "to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and " -#~| "RAID partitions as\n" +#~| "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" +#~| "to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" #~| "a preparation.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nFor LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the " -#~ "configuration\\nto an existing control file. You can only create " -#~ "unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\\na preparation.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nFor LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\\nto an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\\na preparation.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para configuracións con LVM e RAID consulte a documentación e engada a " -#~ "configuración\n" -#~ "a un ficheiro de control existente. Só se poden crear particións LVM e " -#~ "RAID sen formatar\n" +#~ "Para configuracións con LVM e RAID consulte a documentación e engada a configuración\n" +#~ "a un ficheiro de control existente. Só se poden crear particións LVM e RAID sen formatar\n" #~ "como preparación.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -3634,34 +3329,25 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -#~| "<P>Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. </" -#~| "P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\\n<P>Add commands to run on the " -#~ "system before the installation begins. </P>\\n" +#~| "<P>Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. </P>\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\\n<P>Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. </P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<h3>Scripts previos á instalación</h3>\n" -#~ "<P>Engada comandos para executar no sistema antes de que comece a " -#~ "instalación. </P>\n" +#~ "<P>Engada comandos para executar no sistema antes de que comece a instalación. </P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -#~| "<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -#~| "installation\n" +#~| "<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" #~| "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" #~| "</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\\n<P>You can also add commands to " -#~ "execute on the system after the installation\\nis completed. These " -#~ "scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\\n</P>" +#~ msgid "\\n<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\\n<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\\nis completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\\n</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<h3>Scripts posteriores á instalación</h3>\n" -#~ "<P>Tamén se poden engadir comandos para executar no sistema depois de que " -#~ "remate\n" +#~ "<P>Tamén se poden engadir comandos para executar no sistema depois de que remate\n" #~ "a instalación. Estes scripts execútanse fóra do ambiente de chroot.\n" #~ "</P>" @@ -3670,53 +3356,34 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\n" #~| "<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" -#~| "environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts " -#~| "are\n" -#~| "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the " -#~| "chroot \n" -#~| "scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -#~| "installed \n" +#~| "environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n" +#~| "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" +#~| "scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" #~| "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\\n<P>For your postinstallation script to run " -#~ "inside the chroot\\nenvironment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> " -#~ "options. Those scripts are\\nrun before the system reboots for the first " -#~ "time. By default, the chroot \\nscripts are run in the installation " -#~ "system. To access files in the installed \\nsystem, always use the mount " -#~ "point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\\n<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\\nenvironment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\\nrun before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \\nscripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \\nsystem, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<H3>Scripts de chroot</H3>\n" -#~ "<P>Para que o script posterior á instalación se execute dentro do " -#~ "ambiente\n" +#~ "<P>Para que o script posterior á instalación se execute dentro do ambiente\n" #~ "de chroot escolla as opcións de <i>scripts de chroot</i>. Estes scripts\n" -#~ "execútanse antes de que o sistema se reinicie pola primeira vez. Por " -#~ "omisión,\n" -#~ "os scripts de chroot execútanse no sistema de instalación. Para acceder " -#~ "aos ficheiros\n" -#~ "do sistema instalado, empregue sempre o punto de montaxe \"/mnt\" nos " -#~ "scripts.\n" +#~ "execútanse antes de que o sistema se reinicie pola primeira vez. Por omisión,\n" +#~ "os scripts de chroot execútanse no sistema de instalación. Para acceder aos ficheiros\n" +#~ "do sistema instalado, empregue sempre o punto de montaxe \"/mnt\" nos scripts.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -#~| "the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " -#~| "\"chrooted\".\n" +#~| "the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" #~| "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\\nthe " -#~ "boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -#~ "\".\\nThis runs the scripts in the installed system. \\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\\nthe boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\\nThis runs the scripts in the installed system. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>É posíbel executar scripts de chroot unha etapa posterior despois de " -#~ "que\n" -#~ "se configure o cargador de arrinque mediante a etiqueta lóxica especial " -#~ "\"chrooted\".\n" +#~ "<p>É posíbel executar scripts de chroot unha etapa posterior despois de que\n" +#~ "se configure o cargador de arrinque mediante a etiqueta lóxica especial \"chrooted\".\n" #~ "Isto executa os scripts no sistema instalado.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -3725,26 +3392,17 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" #~| "<P>These scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\n" -#~| "YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are " -#~| "executed \n" +#~| "YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \n" #~| "using a special <b>rc</b> script that is executed only once. \n" #~| "The final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\n" #~| "process and after network has been initialized.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\\n<P>These scripts are executed during the " -#~ "initial boot process and after\\nYaST has finished configuring the " -#~ "system. The final scripts are executed \\nusing a special <b>rc</b> " -#~ "script that is executed only once. \\nThe final scripts are executed " -#~ "toward the end of the boot\\nprocess and after network has been " -#~ "initialized.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\\n<P>These scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\\nYaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \\nusing a special <b>rc</b> script that is executed only once. \\nThe final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\\nprocess and after network has been initialized.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<h3>Scripts de init</h3>\n" -#~ "<p>Estes scripts execútanse durante o proceso de arrinque inicial e " -#~ "despois de que\n" -#~ "o YaST remate a configuración do sistema. Os scripts finais execútanse " -#~ "mediante\n" +#~ "<p>Estes scripts execútanse durante o proceso de arrinque inicial e despois de que\n" +#~ "o YaST remate a configuración do sistema. Os scripts finais execútanse mediante\n" #~ "un script <b>rc</b> especial que só se executa unha vez.\n" #~ "Os scripts finais execútanse cara o final do proceso de arrinque\n" #~ "e despois de ter activada a rede.\n" @@ -3754,19 +3412,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -#~| "<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use " -#~| "<i>Perl</i> or \n" +#~| "<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n" #~| "<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\\n<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell " -#~ "scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \\n<i>Python</i> for preinstallation " -#~ "scripts.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\\n<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \\n<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<h3>Intérprete:</he>\n" -#~ "<p>Os scripts previos á instalación só poden ser scripts de consola. Non " -#~ "empregue\n" +#~ "<p>Os scripts previos á instalación só poden ser scripts de consola. Non empregue\n" #~ "<i>Perl</i> nen <i>Python</i> nos scripts previos á instalación.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -3774,70 +3427,43 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" -#~| "<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled " -#~| "and\n" -#~| "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. " -#~| "An\n" -#~| "alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init " -#~| "scripts, which\n" -#~| "guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did " -#~| "an installation\n" -#~| "over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the " -#~| "postscript, too.\n" +#~| "<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" +#~| "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" +#~| "alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +#~| "guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +#~| "over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<H3>Network Access:</H3>\\n<P>While executing postinstallation " -#~ "scripts, the network is disabled and\\nrequires initialization in the " -#~ "scripts to make the network accessible. An\\nalternative for " -#~ "postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which" -#~ "\\nguarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you " -#~ "did an installation\\nover a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> " -#~ "option for the postscript, too.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Network Access:</H3>\\n<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\\nrequires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\\nalternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\\nguarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\\nover a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<h3>Acceso á rede</h3>\n" -#~ "<p>mentres se executan os scripts posteriores á instalación a rede está " -#~ "desactivada e\n" -#~ "require o inicio dos scripts para permitir o acceso á rede. Unha " -#~ "alternativa para\n" -#~ "os scripts posteriores á instalación con rede é empregar scripts de init, " -#~ "que \n" -#~ "garanten un sistema completamente configurado ao executar os scripts. Se " -#~ "se fixo\n" -#~ "unha instalación a través dunha rede, pódese empregar tamén a opción " -#~ "<b>Network</b> para o script.\n" +#~ "<p>mentres se executan os scripts posteriores á instalación a rede está desactivada e\n" +#~ "require o inicio dos scripts para permitir o acceso á rede. Unha alternativa para\n" +#~ "os scripts posteriores á instalación con rede é empregar scripts de init, que \n" +#~ "garanten un sistema completamente configurado ao executar os scripts. Se se fixo\n" +#~ "unha instalación a través dunha rede, pódese empregar tamén a opción <b>Network</b> para o script.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -#~| "<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-" -#~| "up box as feedback.\n" -#~| "If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog " -#~| "that might help\n" +#~| "<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +#~| "If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" #~| "you to debug your script.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\\n<P>All scripts except the init scripts " -#~ "can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\\nIf you turn on " -#~ "debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help" -#~ "\\nyou to debug your script.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\\n<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\\nIf you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\\nyou to debug your script.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<h3>Información e depuración:</h3>\n" -#~ "<p>Todos os scripts, excepto os scripts de init, poden mostrar STDOU" -#~ "+STDERR nunha ventá emerxente.\n" -#~ "Se se activa a depuración, obtense máis información no diálogo de " -#~ "información que pode axudar\n" +#~ "<p>Todos os scripts, excepto os scripts de init, poden mostrar STDOU+STDERR nunha ventá emerxente.\n" +#~ "Se se activa a depuración, obtense máis información no diálogo de información que pode axudar\n" #~ "a depurar o script.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Provide at least the script\n" #~| "name and the location or content of the script.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Provide at least the script\\nname and the location or content of the " -#~ "script.\\n" +#~ msgid "Provide at least the script\\nname and the location or content of the script.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Forneza polo menos o nome do script\n" #~ "e a localización ou o contido do script.\n" @@ -3845,37 +3471,23 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -#~| "installation for\n" -#~| "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nBy adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -#~ "installation for\\nyour needs and take control in different stages of the " -#~ "installation.</p>\\n" +#~| "By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +#~| "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nBy adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\\nyour needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Personalice a instalación para as súas necesidades engadindo scripts ao " -#~ "proceso\n" -#~ "de autoinstalación e tome o control nas diferentes etapas da instalación." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "Personalice a instalación para as súas necesidades engadindo scripts ao proceso\n" +#~ "de autoinstalación e tome o control nas diferentes etapas da instalación.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" #~ msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fallou a análise do ficheiro de regras. O analizador de XML informa:\n" +#~ msgstr "Fallou a análise do ficheiro de regras. O analizador de XML informa:\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -#~| "error message is:\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -#~ "error message is:\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O analizador de XML informou dun erro ao analizar o perfil do autoyast. A " -#~ "mensaxe de erro é:\n" +#~| msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +#~ msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\\n" +#~ msgstr "O analizador de XML informou dun erro ao analizar o perfil do autoyast. A mensaxe de erro é:\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3884,19 +3496,12 @@ #~| "are defined correctly and available for this system via the network\n" #~| "or locally. The system cannot be installed with the original control \n" #~| "file without using classes.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nUser-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes " -#~ "\\nare defined correctly and available for this system via the network" -#~ "\\nor locally. The system cannot be installed with the original control " -#~ "\\nfile without using classes.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nUser-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \\nare defined correctly and available for this system via the network\\nor locally. The system cannot be installed with the original control \\nfile without using classes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Non se puideron obter as clases definidas polo usuario. Asegúrese de que " -#~ "todas\n" -#~ "as clases están correctamente definidas e disponíbeis para este sistema a " -#~ "través\n" -#~ "da rede ou localmente. Non se pode instalar o sistema co ficheiro de " -#~ "control\n" +#~ "Non se puideron obter as clases definidas polo usuario. Asegúrese de que todas\n" +#~ "as clases están correctamente definidas e disponíbeis para este sistema a través\n" +#~ "da rede ou localmente. Non se pode instalar o sistema co ficheiro de control\n" #~ "orixinal sen empregar clases.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3904,52 +3509,33 @@ #~| "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" #~| "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" #~| "configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\\n<p>Almost all " -#~ "resources of the control file can be\\nconfigured using the configuration " -#~ "management system.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\\n<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\\nconfigured using the configuration management system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<h3>Sistema de xestión da configuración do AutoYAST</h3>\n" #~ "<p>Pódense configurar practicamente todos os recursos do\n" -#~ "ficheiro de control empregando o sistema de xestión da configuración.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "ficheiro de control empregando o sistema de xestión da configuración.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -#~| "those available\n" -#~| "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -#~| "data\n" -#~| "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used " -#~| "to\n" +#~| "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +#~| "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +#~| "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" #~| "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -#~ "those available\\nthrough the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring " -#~ "this system, the data\\nentered is collected and exported to the control " -#~ "file that can be used to\\ninstall another system using AutoYaST.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\\nthrough the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\\nentered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\\ninstall another system using AutoYaST.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A maioría dos módulos empregados para crear a configuración son " -#~ "idénticos aos disponíbeis\n" -#~ "no Centro de Control do YaST. No canto de configurar este sistema, os " -#~ "datos\n" -#~ "introducidos recóllense e expórtanse ao ficheiro de control que se pode " -#~ "utilizar para\n" +#~ "<p>A maioría dos módulos empregados para crear a configuración son idénticos aos disponíbeis\n" +#~ "no Centro de Control do YaST. No canto de configurar este sistema, os datos\n" +#~ "introducidos recóllense e expórtanse ao ficheiro de control que se pode utilizar para\n" #~ "instalar outro sistema mediante AutoYAST.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -#~| "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -#~| "including\n" +#~| "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" #~| "partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\\nnew interfaces " -#~ "were created for special and complex configurations, including" -#~ "\\npartitioning, general options, and software.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\\nnew interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\\npartitioning, general options, and software.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para alén dos módulos existentes e familiares,\n" #~ "creáronse interfaces novas para configuracións especiais e complexas,\n" @@ -3967,52 +3553,38 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -#~| "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -#~| "changed anymore." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\\nIf you press the ok-button, " -#~ "the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +#~| "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +#~ msgid "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\\nIf you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Agora pode modificar a imaxe en %1/\n" -#~ "Se preme no botón Aceptar, a imaxe será comprimida e non se poderá " -#~ "modificar máis." +#~ "Se preme no botón Aceptar, a imaxe será comprimida e non se poderá modificar máis." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" #~| "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\\nYou can create that file " -#~ "with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." +#~ msgid "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\\nYou can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "non foi posible obter o ficheiro directory.yast en '%1'.\n" #~ "Pode crear o ficheiro con 'ls - F > directory.yast' se non existise." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete " -#~| "different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +#~| "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" #~| "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -#~ "AutoYaST XML file.\\nIf you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." +#~ msgid "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\\nIf you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Agora pode modificar a imaxe ISO en %1, engadindo un ficheiro XML de " -#~ "AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n" +#~ "Agora pode modificar a imaxe ISO en %1, engadindo un ficheiro XML de AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n" #~ "Se presiona o botón Aceptar, crearase a imaxe iso." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" -#~| "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not " -#~| "possible.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\\nwhich root " -#~ "partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\\n" +#~| "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" +#~ msgid "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\\nwhich root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Atopáronse varias particións raiz de Linux, mais non se configurou\n" -#~ "a partición raíz que se quere utilizar. A instalación automática non é " -#~ "posíbel.\n" +#~ "a partición raíz que se quere utilizar. A instalación automática non é posíbel.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n" @@ -4022,28 +3594,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<P>Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.</P>\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Introduza a información sobre a partición segundo as necesidades\n" -#~ "Para reutilizar unha partición existente introduza o número da partición " -#~ "ou a partición existente que quere reutilizar (a conta iníciase coa " -#~ "partición número 1) e sen o tamaño.</p>\n" +#~ "Para reutilizar unha partición existente introduza o número da partición ou a partición existente que quere reutilizar (a conta iníciase coa partición número 1) e sen o tamaño.</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para as particións que son parte dun grupo de volume (non as particións " -#~ "lóxicas dentro dun grupo de volume) configure o ID da partición como 0x8e " -#~ "e escolla o grupo de volume. O grupo de volume ten que ter sido " -#~ "configurado antes co AutoYAST.\n" +#~ "Para as particións que son parte dun grupo de volume (non as particións lóxicas dentro dun grupo de volume) configure o ID da partición como 0x8e e escolla o grupo de volume. O grupo de volume ten que ter sido configurado antes co AutoYAST.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<p>Para máis información, consulte a documentación en liña.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -4102,17 +3664,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<P>\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<P>\n" -#~ "Cree e modifique aquí os grupos de volume. Despois disto, asigne " -#~ "particións físicas a este grupo de volume no diálogo de particións dun " -#~ "disco duro físico. Configure o ID da partición como 0x8e para esas " -#~ "particións.\n" +#~ "Cree e modifique aquí os grupos de volume. Despois disto, asigne particións físicas a este grupo de volume no diálogo de particións dun disco duro físico. Configure o ID da partición como 0x8e para esas particións.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/base.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/base.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/base.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -92,8 +92,7 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Use 'yast2 %1 help' para obter unha lista completa dos comandos dispoñibles." +msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 help' para obter unha lista completa dos comandos dispoñibles." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 @@ -133,16 +132,13 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Use '%1 %2 help' para obter unha lista completa das opcións dispoñibles." +msgstr "Use '%1 %2 help' para obter unha lista completa das opcións dispoñibles." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para obter unha lista completa das opcións " -"dispoñibles." +msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para obter unha lista completa das opcións dispoñibles." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -239,27 +235,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Execute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para obter unha lista das opcións " -"dispoñibles." +msgstr "Execute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para obter unha lista das opcións dispoñibles." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta o nome do ficheiro obxectivo (opción 'xmlfile'). Use a opción de liña " -"de comandos xmlfile=<ficheiro_XML_obxectivo>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta o nome do ficheiro obxectivo (opción 'xmlfile'). Use a opción de liña de comandos xmlfile=<ficheiro_XML_obxectivo>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"O nome do ficheiro obxectivo (opción 'xmlfile') está baleiro. Use a opción " -"de liña de comandos xmlfile=<ficheiro_XML_obxectivo>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "O nome do ficheiro obxectivo (opción 'xmlfile') está baleiro. Use a opción de liña de comandos xmlfile=<ficheiro_XML_obxectivo>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -399,8 +385,7 @@ "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "Isto merece enviar un informe dun erro en %1.\n" -"Por favor, adxunte todos os rexistros de YaST almacenados no directorio " -"'%2'.\n" +"Por favor, adxunte todos os rexistros de YaST almacenados no directorio '%2'.\n" "Vexa %3 para máis información acerca dos rexistros de YaST." #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO @@ -814,8 +799,7 @@ "in the configuration first.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Eliminando unha chave TSIG</b></big><br>\n" -"Para eliminar unha chave TSIG configurada, selecciónea e prema en " -"<b>Eliminar</b>.\n" +"Para eliminar unha chave TSIG configurada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.\n" "Elimínanse todas as chaves do mesmo ficheiro.\n" "Se se está usando unha chave TSIG na configuración do\n" "servidor, esta non se pode eliminar. O servidor debe deixar\n" @@ -1001,11 +985,7 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right.</p>" +msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 @@ -1061,19 +1041,16 @@ #| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>" msgid "" "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>3) <i>Teclas de función</i><br>\n" "As teclas F fornecen un acceso rápido ás funcións principais.\n" -"Prema F1 para obter as asociacións de teclas a funcións do diálogo actual.</" -"p>" +"Prema F1 para obter as asociacións de teclas a funcións do diálogo actual.</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>As teclas F normalmente está conectadas a unha determinada acción:</p>" +msgstr "<p>As teclas F normalmente está conectadas a unha determinada acción:</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 @@ -1865,14 +1842,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Crear unha nova chave GPG</b></big><br>\n" -"Iniciouse <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>, consulte a páxina do manual de <tt>gpg</" -"tt> para obter máis información.\n" +"Iniciouse <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>, consulte a páxina do manual de <tt>gpg</tt> para obter máis información.\n" "Prema Ctrl+C para cancelar.\n" "</p>" @@ -2661,8 +2636,7 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Un nome de porto pode consistir nos caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', e '*+." -"_-'.\n" +"Un nome de porto pode consistir nos caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', e '*+._-'.\n" "Un número de porto debe ser un número entre 0 e 65535.\n" "Non se permiten espazos en branco.\n" @@ -2815,16 +2789,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Atopouse o novo dispositivo de rede '%1'; engadiuse coma unha interface " -"interna da devasa" +msgstr "Atopouse o novo dispositivo de rede '%1'; engadiuse coma unha interface interna da devasa" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Atopouse o novo dispositivo de rede '%1'; engadíuse coma unha interface " -"externa da devasa" +msgstr "Atopouse o novo dispositivo de rede '%1'; engadíuse coma unha interface externa da devasa" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 @@ -2834,87 +2804,56 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A devasa está activada (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">desactivar</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "A devasa está activada (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactivar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A devasa está desactivada (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">activar</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "A devasa está desactivada (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O porto SSH está aberto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">pechar</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "O porto SSH está aberto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">pechar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">abrir</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema por SSH, pero non ten aberto o porto SSH na " -"devasa." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema por SSH, pero non ten aberto o porto SSH na devasa." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Os portos de administración remota (VNC) están abertos (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">pechar</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Os portos de administración remota (VNC) están abertos (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">pechar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Os portos de administración remota (VNC) están pechados (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Os portos de administración remota (VNC) están pechados (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema usando administración remota (VNC), pero non ten " -"abertos os portos VNC na devasa." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema usando administración remota (VNC), pero non ten abertos os portos VNC na devasa." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -2928,12 +2867,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema usando o destino iSCSI, pero non ten aberto os " -"portos necesarios na devasa." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema usando o destino iSCSI, pero non ten aberto os portos necesarios na devasa." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3105,27 +3040,21 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Ignorar un fallo nun paquete pode ter como resultado un sistema danado.\n" -"O sistema deberase verificar máis tarde a través da execución do módulo " -"xestor de software." +"O sistema deberase verificar máis tarde a través da execución do módulo xestor de software." #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>O repositorio do URL especificado proporciona agora un ID de soporte " -"diferente.\n" -"Se o URL é correcto, isto indica que cambiou o contido do repositorio. Para " -"continuar\n" +"<p>O repositorio do URL especificado proporciona agora un ID de soporte diferente.\n" +"Se o URL é correcto, isto indica que cambiou o contido do repositorio. Para continuar\n" "usando este repositorio, inicie <b>Repositorios de instalación</b> dende\n" "o centro de control de YaST e actualice o repositorio.</p>\n" @@ -3418,9 +3347,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Reconstruíndo a base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso pode levar un bo " -"cacho." +msgstr "Reconstruíndo a base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso pode levar un bo cacho." #. progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 @@ -3440,8 +3367,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Convertendo a base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso pode levar un bo anaco." +msgstr "Convertendo a base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso pode levar un bo anaco." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 @@ -3622,8 +3548,7 @@ "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" "<br>\n" "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." @@ -3640,18 +3565,14 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t Este cadro de diálogo permítelle definir as tarefas deste sistema e o " -"software a instalar.\n" -"\t\t As tarefas e o software dispoñibles para este sistema móstranse por " -"categoría na columna\n" +"\t\t Este cadro de diálogo permítelle definir as tarefas deste sistema e o software a instalar.\n" +"\t\t As tarefas e o software dispoñibles para este sistema móstranse por categoría na columna\n" "\t\t da esquerda. Para ver a descrición dun elemento, seleccióneo na lista.\n" "\t\t </p>" @@ -3666,8 +3587,7 @@ "<p>\n" "\t\t Cambie o estado dun elemento premendo na súa icona de estado\n" "\t\t ou premendo co botón dereito en calquera icona dun menú contextual.\n" -"\t\t Co menú contextual tamén é posible modificar o estado de todos os " -"elementos.\n" +"\t\t Co menú contextual tamén é posible modificar o estado de todos os elementos.\n" "\t\t </p>" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 @@ -3685,8 +3605,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3694,15 +3613,11 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t A pantalla de uso do disco no canto inferior dereito mostra o espazo " -"que queda no disco\n" +"\t\t A pantalla de uso do disco no canto inferior dereito mostra o espazo que queda no disco\n" "\t\t despois de realizar todos os cambios solicitados.\n" -"\t\t As particións do disco ríxido que estivesen cheas ou case cheas " -"poderían\n" -"\t\t prexudicar o rendemento do sistema e, nalgúns casos, causar serios " -"problemas.\n" -"\t\t O sistema precisa dalgún espazo dispoñible no disco para ser executado " -"axeitadamente.\n" +"\t\t As particións do disco ríxido que estivesen cheas ou case cheas poderían\n" +"\t\t prexudicar o rendemento do sistema e, nalgúns casos, causar serios problemas.\n" +"\t\t O sistema precisa dalgún espazo dispoñible no disco para ser executado axeitadamente.\n" "\t\t </p>" #. Dialog title @@ -3807,15 +3722,9 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of " -#| "installed packages.</P>" -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Resumo da instalación</B></BIG><BR>Este é un resumo dos paquetes " -"instalados.</P>" +#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Resumo da instalación</B></BIG><BR>Este é un resumo dos paquetes instalados.</P>" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 #, fuzzy @@ -3909,8 +3818,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4111,8 +4019,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used.</p>" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL @@ -4175,8 +4082,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4229,16 +4135,8 @@ msgstr "<p>Paquetes que se van instalar.</p>" #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using " -"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Abortando a instalación</B> A instalación de paquetes pode cancelarse " -"premendo en <B>Abortar</B>. No entanto, o sistema pódese volver " -"inconsistente ou inestable ou pode non arrincar se un compoñente básico do " -"sistema non se instalase.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Abortando a instalación</B> A instalación de paquetes pode cancelarse premendo en <B>Abortar</B>. No entanto, o sistema pódese volver inconsistente ou inestable ou pode non arrincar se un compoñente básico do sistema non se instalase.</P>" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 @@ -4291,7 +4189,7 @@ #. read file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non se atopou o ficheiro." #. Fill the LogView with file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 @@ -4995,7 +4893,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -5840,16 +5738,13 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "O enderezo inverso IPv4 %1 é incorrecto.\n" "\n" -"Un enderezo inverso IPv4 correcto consiste en catro enteiros no intervalo " -"0-255\n" +"Un enderezo inverso IPv4 correcto consiste en catro enteiros no intervalo 0-255\n" "separados por puntos seguidos despois pola cadea '.in-adrr.arpa.'.\n" -"Por exemplo, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' para o enderezo IPv4 " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"Por exemplo, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' para o enderezo IPv4 '192.168.32.1'.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') @@ -5897,8 +5792,7 @@ "O rexistro SOA é incorrecto.\n" "%1 debe ser unha hora tipo BIND.\n" "Unha hora tipo BIND consta de números e sufixos sen\n" -"distinguir maiúsculas de minúsculas W, D, H, M, S. Admítese a hora en " -"segundos sen sufixo.\n" +"distinguir maiúsculas de minúsculas W, D, H, M, S. Admítese a hora en segundos sen sufixo.\n" "Introduza valores coma 12H15m, 86400 ou 1W30M.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, @@ -6000,8 +5894,7 @@ #~ "algúns paquetes teñen dependencias non resoltas." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fallou a resolución automática, cómpre resolver a dependencia a man." +#~ msgstr "Fallou a resolución automática, cómpre resolver a dependencia a man." #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Tamaño instalado" @@ -6062,11 +5955,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form " -#~| "'option=value'." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n Options of the [string] type must be written in the form " -#~ "'option=value'." +#~| " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." +#~ msgid "\\n Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ " As opcións de tipo [cadea] debe escribirse da forma 'opción=valor'." @@ -6094,14 +5984,10 @@ #~| "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" #~| "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" #~| "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\\nPlease, attach also all YaST logs " -#~ "stored in the '%2' directory.\\nSee %3 for more information about YaST " -#~ "logs." +#~ msgid "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\\nPlease, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\\nSee %3 for more information about YaST logs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Isto merece enviar un informe dun erro en %1.\n" -#~ "Por favor, adxunte todos os rexistros de YaST almacenados no directorio " -#~ "'%2'.\n" +#~ "Por favor, adxunte todos os rexistros de YaST almacenados no directorio '%2'.\n" #~ "Vexa %3 para máis información acerca dos rexistros de YaST." #, fuzzy @@ -6109,9 +5995,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" #~| "<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\\nTo start the service every time " -#~ "your computer is booted, set\\n<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\\nTo start the service every time your computer is booted, set\\n<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Inicio de Servizo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para iniciar o servizo cada vez que arrinca o ordenador,\n" @@ -6123,10 +6007,7 @@ #~| "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" #~| "<b>%1</b>. To start the service via the xinetd daemon, set <b>%3</b>.\n" #~| "Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\\nTo start the service every time " -#~ "your computer is booted, set\\n<b>%1</b>. To start the service via the " -#~ "xinetd daemon, set <b>%3</b>.\\nOtherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\\nTo start the service every time your computer is booted, set\\n<b>%1</b>. To start the service via the xinetd daemon, set <b>%3</b>.\\nOtherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Inicio de Servizo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para iniciar o servizo cada vez que arrinca o ordenador,\n" @@ -6139,9 +6020,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" #~| "<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\\nTo start or stop the service " -#~ "immediately, use \\n<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\\nTo start or stop the service immediately, use \\n<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Activar ou Desactivar</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para iniciar ou deter o servizo inmediatamente, use \n" @@ -6151,9 +6030,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" #~| "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To save all changes and restart the\\nservice immediately, use <b>%3</" -#~ "b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To save all changes and restart the\\nservice immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para gardar todos os cambios e reiniciar o\n" #~ "servizo inmediatamente, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -6163,9 +6040,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" #~| "set <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\\nTo store the settings in LDAP " -#~ "instead of native configuration files,\\nset <b>%1</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\\nTo store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\\nset <b>%1</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Soporte de LDAP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para almacenar as preferencias en LDAP en vez de nos\n" @@ -6176,9 +6051,7 @@ #~| "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" #~| "because it is in use.\n" #~| "Stop using it in the configuration first." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\\nbecause it is in use.\\nStop " -#~ "using it in the configuration first." +#~ msgid "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\\nbecause it is in use.\\nStop using it in the configuration first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode eliminar a chave TSIG\n" #~ "seleccionada, porque se está usando.\n" @@ -6207,9 +6080,7 @@ #~| "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" #~| "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" #~| "Old keys will be removed. Continue?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\\nidentifier as some " -#~ "of already present keys.\\nOld keys will be removed. Continue?" +#~ msgid "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\\nidentifier as some of already present keys.\\nOld keys will be removed. Continue?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro especificado contén unha chave TSIG co mesmo\n" #~ "identificador ca algunha das chaves xa presentes.\n" @@ -6219,9 +6090,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\\nUse this dialog to manage " -#~ "the TSIG keys.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\\nUse this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Xestión de chaves TSIG</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Use este diálogo para xestionar as chaves TSIG.</p>\n" @@ -6229,13 +6098,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" -#~| "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the " -#~| "file\n" +#~| "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" #~| "containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\\nTo add an already " -#~ "created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\\ncontaining the " -#~ "key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\\nTo add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\\ncontaining the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Engadindo unha chave TSIG existente</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Para engadir unha chave TSIG xa creada, seleccione o <b>Nome</b>\n" @@ -6244,14 +6109,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" -#~| "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which " -#~| "to\n" +#~| "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" #~| "create the key and the <b>Key ID</b> to identify the key then click\n" #~| "<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\\nTo create a new TSIG " -#~ "key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\\ncreate the key and " -#~ "the <b>Key ID</b> to identify the key then click\\n<b>Generate</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\\nTo create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\\ncreate the key and the <b>Key ID</b> to identify the key then click\\n<b>Generate</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Creando unha nova chave TSIG</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Para crear unha nova chave TSIG, defina o <b>Nome</b>\n" @@ -6266,16 +6127,10 @@ #~| "If a TSIG key is in use in the configuration\n" #~| "of the server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\n" #~| "in the configuration first.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\\nTo remove a configured " -#~ "TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\\nAll keys in the same file " -#~ "are deleted.\\nIf a TSIG key is in use in the configuration\\nof the " -#~ "server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\\nin the " -#~ "configuration first.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\\nTo remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\\nAll keys in the same file are deleted.\\nIf a TSIG key is in use in the configuration\\nof the server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\\nin the configuration first.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Eliminando unha chave TSIG</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Para eliminar unha chave TSIG configurada, selecciónea e prema en " -#~ "<b>Eliminar</b>.\n" +#~ "Para eliminar unha chave TSIG configurada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.\n" #~ "Elimínanse todas as chaves do mesmo ficheiro.\n" #~ "Se se está usando unha chave TSIG na configuración do\n" #~ "servidor, esta non se pode eliminar. O servidor debe deixar\n" @@ -6286,9 +6141,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" #~| "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the settings, " -#~ "choose the appropriate\\nentry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the settings, choose the appropriate\\nentry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando as opcións</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para editar as opcións, elixa a entrada da táboa\n" @@ -6298,9 +6151,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" #~| "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\\nan option, select " -#~ "it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\\nan option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadir unha nova opción, prema <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -6309,9 +6160,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n" #~| "whether the option was changed.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \\nwhether the option was " -#~ "changed.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \\nwhether the option was changed.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>A columna <B>Ca.</B> da táboa mostra se \n" #~ "a opción cambiou.</P>" @@ -6321,9 +6170,7 @@ #~| "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n" #~| "and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n" #~| "in the list.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\\nand use <b>Up</b> and " -#~ "<b>Down</b> to move it up or down\\nin the list.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\\nand use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\\nin the list.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para cambiar a orde das opcións, seleccione unha\n" #~ "opción e use <b>Arriba</b> e <b>Abaixo</b> para\n" @@ -6333,9 +6180,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" #~| "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\\nYou can only see modules " -#~ "that do not require root privileges." +#~ msgid "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\\nYou can only see modules that do not require root privileges." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O Centro de control YaST2 non se está executando coma root.\n" #~ "Só pode ver os módulos que non requiren privilexios de root." @@ -6347,11 +6192,7 @@ #~| "the next element and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] to move backwards.\n" #~| "Select or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\n" #~| "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\\nNavigate through the dialog elements with " -#~ "[TAB] to go to\\nthe next element and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] to move " -#~ "backwards.\\nSelect or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\\nSome " -#~ "elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\\nNavigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\\nthe next element and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] to move backwards.\\nSelect or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\\nSome elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>1) <i>Xeral</i><br>\n" #~ "Navegue polos elementos do diálogo con [TAB] para ir ó\n" @@ -6364,9 +6205,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" #~| "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\\nletter). " -#~ "Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\\nletter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Os botóns teñen atallos de teclado (a letra resaltada).\n" #~ " Use [ALT] e maila letra para activar o botón.</p>" @@ -6375,9 +6214,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" #~| "menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\\nmenu buttons) " -#~ "without choosing anything.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\\nmenu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Prema [ESC] para pechar os menús de selección emerxentes (p.ex. desde\n" #~ "os botóns de menú) sen escoller nada.</p>\n" @@ -6389,12 +6226,7 @@ #~| "there is more than one way to navigate the dialog pages.\n" #~| "If [TAB] and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] do not work,\n" #~| "move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\\n<p>Because the environment " -#~ "can affect the use of the keyboard,\\nthere is more than one way to " -#~ "navigate the dialog pages.\\nIf [TAB] and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] do " -#~ "not work,\\nmove focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] " -#~ "+ [B].</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\\n<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\\nthere is more than one way to navigate the dialog pages.\\nIf [TAB] and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] do not work,\\nmove focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>2) <i>Substitución dos atallos de teclado</i><br>\n" #~ "<p>Como o contorno pode afectar ao uso do teclado,\n" @@ -6407,10 +6239,7 @@ #~| "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" #~| "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" #~| "[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB].</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\\ntry [ESC] + [letter]. Example: " -#~ "[ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\\n[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for " -#~ "[ALT] + [TAB].</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\\ntry [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\\n[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB].</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se non funciona [ALT] + [letra],\n" #~ "intente [ESC] + [letra]. Exemplo: [ESC] + [H] por [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -6421,15 +6250,11 @@ #~| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" #~| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n" #~| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\\nF keys provide a quick access to main " -#~ "functions.\\nPress F1 to get the function key bindings for the current " -#~ "dialog.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\\nF keys provide a quick access to main functions.\\nPress F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>3) <i>Teclas de función</i><br>\n" #~ "As teclas F fornecen un acceso rápido ás funcións principais.\n" -#~ "Prema F1 para obter as asociacións de teclas a funcións do diálogo actual." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Prema F1 para obter as asociacións de teclas a funcións do diálogo actual.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -6443,11 +6268,7 @@ #~| "F8 = Back<br>\n" #~| "F9 = Abort or Cancel<br>\n" #~| "F10 = OK, Next, Finish, or Accept<br>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "F1 = Help<br>\\nF2 = Info or Description<br>\\nF3 = Add<br>\\nF4 = " -#~ "Edit or Configure<br>\\nF5 = Delete<br>\\nF6 = Test<br>\\nF7 = Expert " -#~ "or Advanced<br>\\nF8 = Back<br>\\nF9 = Abort or Cancel<br>\\nF10 = OK, " -#~ "Next, Finish, or Accept<br>" +#~ msgid "F1 = Help<br>\\nF2 = Info or Description<br>\\nF3 = Add<br>\\nF4 = Edit or Configure<br>\\nF5 = Delete<br>\\nF6 = Test<br>\\nF7 = Expert or Advanced<br>\\nF8 = Back<br>\\nF9 = Abort or Cancel<br>\\nF10 = OK, Next, Finish, or Accept<br>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "F1 = Axuda<br>\n" #~ "F2 = Información ou Descrición<br>\n" @@ -6473,9 +6294,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" #~| "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\\nContinue or cancel " -#~ "the operation?\\n" +#~ msgid "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\\nContinue or cancel the operation?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aínda que a ruta %1 existe, non é un directorio.\n" #~ "Desexa continuar ou cancelar a operación?\n" @@ -6493,9 +6312,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" #~| "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to create the directory %1.\\nContinue or cancel the current " -#~ "operation?\\n" +#~ msgid "Failed to create the directory %1.\\nContinue or cancel the current operation?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallo ao crear o directorio %1.\n" #~ "Desexa continuar ou cancelar a operación actual?\n" @@ -6504,9 +6321,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" #~| "without installing the required packages." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST cannot continue the configuration\\nwithout installing the required " -#~ "packages." +#~ msgid "YaST cannot continue the configuration\\nwithout installing the required packages." #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST non pode continuar a configuración\n" #~ "sen instalar os paquetes requiridos." @@ -6568,8 +6383,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The domain has changed.\n" #~| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The domain has changed.\\nYou must reboot for the changes to take effect." +#~ msgid "The domain has changed.\\nYou must reboot for the changes to take effect." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O dominio cambiou.\n" #~ "Debe reiniciar para que os cambios teñan efecto." @@ -6579,9 +6393,7 @@ #~| "If you abort the installation now,\n" #~| "Linux will not be installed.\n" #~| "Your hard disk will remain untouched." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you abort the installation now,\\nLinux will not be installed.\\nYour " -#~ "hard disk will remain untouched." +#~ msgid "If you abort the installation now,\\nLinux will not be installed.\\nYour hard disk will remain untouched." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se aborta agora a instalación,\n" #~ "non se instalará Linux.\n" @@ -6593,10 +6405,7 @@ #~| "have an incomplete Linux system\n" #~| "that might or might not be usable.\n" #~| "You might need to reinstall.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you abort the installation now, you will\\nhave an incomplete Linux " -#~ "system\\nthat might or might not be usable.\\nYou might need to reinstall." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "If you abort the installation now, you will\\nhave an incomplete Linux system\\nthat might or might not be usable.\\nYou might need to reinstall.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se aborta agora a instalación, terá\n" #~ "un sistema SuSE Linux incompleto\n" @@ -6608,9 +6417,7 @@ #~| "If you abort the installation now,\n" #~| "Linux will be unusable.\n" #~| "You will need to reinstall." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you abort the installation now,\\nLinux will be unusable.\\nYou will " -#~ "need to reinstall." +#~ msgid "If you abort the installation now,\\nLinux will be unusable.\\nYou will need to reinstall." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se aborta agora a instalación,\n" #~ "Linux non será usable.\n" @@ -6620,9 +6427,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" #~| "The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\\nThe table contains list of the " -#~ "private GPG keys.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\\nThe table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Chave privada GPG</b></big><br>\n" #~ "A táboa contén a lista das chaves GPG privadas.</p>" @@ -6631,9 +6436,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" #~| "The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\\nThe table contains list of the " -#~ "public GPG keys.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\\nThe table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Chave pública GPG</b></big><br>\n" #~ "A táboa contén a lista das chaves GPG públicas.</p>" @@ -6641,18 +6444,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" -#~| "<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for " -#~| "more information.\n" +#~| "<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" #~| "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\\n<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is " -#~ "started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\\nPress Ctrl" -#~ "+C to cancel.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\\n<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\\nPress Ctrl+C to cancel.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Crear unha nova chave GPG</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Iniciouse <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>, consulte a páxina do manual de <tt>gpg</" -#~ "tt> para obter máis información.\n" +#~ "Iniciouse <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>, consulte a páxina do manual de <tt>gpg</tt> para obter máis información.\n" #~ "Prema Ctrl+C para cancelar.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -6660,9 +6458,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\\nEnter passphrase to unlock the GPG " -#~ "key." +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\\nEnter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Frase de contrasinal</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Introduza a frase de contrasinal para desbloquear a chave GPG." @@ -6672,9 +6468,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" #~| "the field below.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\\nUse <b>Log</b> to select the log " -#~ "to display. It will be displayed in\\nthe field below.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\\nUse <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\\nthe field below.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Rexistro mostrado</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Use <b>Rexistro</b> para seleccionar o rexistro a mostrar.\n" @@ -6692,12 +6486,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</" -#~| "b>\n" +#~| "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\n" #~| "and select the action to process.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>" -#~ "%1</b>\\nand select the action to process.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\\nand select the action to process.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para procesar accións avanzadas ou gardar o rexistro nun\n" @@ -6709,9 +6500,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\n" #~| "and select the action to process.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\\nand select the " -#~ "action to process.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\\nand select the action to process.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para procesar accións avanzadas, prema en <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -6722,9 +6511,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n" #~| "to which to save the log.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the " -#~ "file\\nto which to save the log.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\\nto which to save the log.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para gardar o rexistro nun ficheiro, prema en <b>Gardar rexistro</b>\n" @@ -6732,15 +6519,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be " -#~| "deselected:\n" +#~| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" #~| "%1\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be " -#~ "deselected:\\n%1\\n" +#~ msgid "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\\n%1\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se pode quitar a selección das interfaces de rede asignadas á rede " -#~ "interna:\n" +#~ "Non se pode quitar a selección das interfaces de rede asignadas á rede interna:\n" #~ "%1\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6749,9 +6532,7 @@ #~| "be available for other computers.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No interface is selected. Service will not\\nbe available for other " -#~ "computers.\\n\\nContinue?" +#~ msgid "No interface is selected. Service will not\\nbe available for other computers.\\n\\nContinue?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se seleccionou ningunha interface. O servizo non\n" #~ "estará dispoñible para outros ordenadores.\n" @@ -6765,9 +6546,7 @@ #~| "%1\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\\non the following interfaces " -#~ "will additionally be open:\\n%1\\n\\nContinue?" +#~ msgid "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\\non the following interfaces will additionally be open:\\n%1\\n\\nContinue?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Debido á configuración da devasa de SuSE,\n" #~ "vaise abrir ademais o porto nas seguintes interfaces:\n" @@ -6782,9 +6561,7 @@ #~| "%1\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\\non the following interfaces " -#~ "cannot be opened:\\n%1\\n\\nContinue?" +#~ msgid "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\\non the following interfaces cannot be opened:\\n%1\\n\\nContinue?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Debido á configuración da devasa de SuSE, non\n" #~ "se vai poder abrir o porto nas seguintes interfaces:\n" @@ -6795,12 +6572,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote " -#~| "computers,\n" +#~| "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" #~| "set <b>%1</b>.<br>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\\nTo open the firewall to " -#~ "allow access to the service from remote computers,\\nset <b>%1</b>.<br>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\\nTo open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\\nset <b>%1</b>.<br>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Preferencias da devasa</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para abrir a devasa para permitir o acceso ó servizo dende\n" @@ -6810,8 +6584,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" #~| "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\\nclick <b>%2</b>.<br>" +#~ msgid "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\\nclick <b>%2</b>.<br>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para seleccionar as interfaces nas que abrir o porto,\n" #~ "prema <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -6831,10 +6604,7 @@ #~| "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really continue?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\\nbut " -#~ "the service to configure might not work well with it.\\n\\nReally " -#~ "continue?" +#~ msgid "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\\nbut the service to configure might not work well with it.\\n\\nReally continue?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "As interfaces de rede están controladas actualmente por NetworkManager\n" #~ "pero o servizo a configurar podería non funcionar ben con el.\n" @@ -6845,26 +6615,19 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" #~| "and start this module again" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\\nand start this " -#~ "module again" +#~ msgid "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\\nand start this module again" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Configurar a rede con YaSR ou o engadido Network Manager\n" #~ "e iniciar este módulo de novo" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+." -#~| "_-'.\n" +#~| "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" #~| "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" #~| "No spaces are allowed.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+." -#~ "_-'.\\nA port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\\nNo spaces are " -#~ "allowed.\\n" +#~ msgid "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\\nA port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\\nNo spaces are allowed.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Un nome de porto pode consistir nos caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', e '*+." -#~ "_-'.\n" +#~ "Un nome de porto pode consistir nos caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', e '*+._-'.\n" #~ "Un número de porto debe ser un número entre 0 e 65535.\n" #~ "Non se permiten espazos en branco.\n" @@ -6875,11 +6638,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" #~| "the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\\nContinuing with " -#~ "configuration can produce errors.\\n\\nIt is recommended to leave the " -#~ "configuration and repair it manually in\\nthe file '/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "SuSEFirewall'." +#~ msgid "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\\nContinuing with configuration can produce errors.\\n\\nIt is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\\nthe file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A interface '%1' está incluída en varias zonas da devasa.\n" #~ "Continuar coa configuración pode producir erros.\n" @@ -6891,71 +6650,48 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" #~| "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\\nRun YaST2 Firewall " -#~ "and assign it.\\n" +#~ msgid "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\\nRun YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A interface '%1' non está asignada a ningunha zona da devasa.\n" #~ "Execute a devasa de YaST e asígnea.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</" -#~| "a>), but\n" +#~| "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" #~| "there are no network interfaces configured" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</" -#~ "a>), but\\nthere are no network interfaces configured" +#~ msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\\nthere are no network interfaces configured" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O porto SSH está aberto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -#~ "\">pechar</a>), pero\n" +#~ "O porto SSH está aberto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">pechar</a>), pero\n" #~ "aínda non hai interfaces de rede configuradas" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" #~| "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\\nVerify the " -#~ "system later by running the Software Management module.\\n" +#~ msgid "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\\nVerify the system later by running the Software Management module.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ignorar un fallo na descarga pode ter como resultado un sistema danado.\n" -#~ "O sistema deberase verificar máis tarde a través da execución do módulo " -#~ "xestor de software.\n" +#~ "O sistema deberase verificar máis tarde a través da execución do módulo xestor de software.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -#~| "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -#~| "module." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\\nThe system " -#~ "should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +#~| "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +#~ msgid "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\\nThe system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ignorar un fallo nun paquete pode ter como resultado un sistema danado.\n" -#~ "O sistema deberase verificar máis tarde a través da execución do módulo " -#~ "xestor de software." +#~ "O sistema deberase verificar máis tarde a través da execución do módulo xestor de software." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media " -#~| "ID.\n" -#~| "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -#~| "changed. To \n" -#~| "continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> " -#~| "from \n" +#~| "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" +#~| "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +#~| "continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" #~| "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID." -#~ "\\nIf the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -#~ "changed. To \\ncontinue using this repository, start <b>Installation " -#~ "Repositories</b> from \\nthe YaST control center and refresh the " -#~ "repository.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\\nIf the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \\ncontinue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \\nthe YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O repositorio do URL especificado proporciona agora un ID de soporte " -#~ "diferente.\n" -#~ "Se o URL é correcto, isto indica que cambiou o contido do repositorio. " -#~ "Para continuar\n" +#~ "<p>O repositorio do URL especificado proporciona agora un ID de soporte diferente.\n" +#~ "Se o URL é correcto, isto indica que cambiou o contido do repositorio. Para continuar\n" #~ "usando este repositorio, inicie <b>Repositorios de instalación</b> dende\n" #~ "o centro de control de YaST e actualice o repositorio.</p>\n" @@ -6974,9 +6710,7 @@ #~| "%1\n" #~| "%2.\n" #~| "Check whether the directory is accessible." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot access installation media\\n%1\\n%2.\\nCheck whether the directory " -#~ "is accessible." +#~ msgid "Cannot access installation media\\n%1\\n%2.\\nCheck whether the directory is accessible." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se puido acceder ao soporte de instalación\n" #~ "%1.\n" @@ -6989,9 +6723,7 @@ #~| "%1\n" #~| "%2.\n" #~| "Check whether the server is accessible." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot access installation media \\n%1\\n%2.\\nCheck whether the server " -#~ "is accessible." +#~ msgid "Cannot access installation media \\n%1\\n%2.\\nCheck whether the server is accessible." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se puido acceder ao soporte de instalación\n" #~ "%1.\n" @@ -7014,10 +6746,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Note: If the refresh is skipped some packages\n" #~| "might be missing or out of date." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The repositories are being refreshed.\\nContinue with refreshing?\\n" -#~ "\\nNote: If the refresh is skipped some packages\\nmight be missing or " -#~ "out of date." +#~ msgid "The repositories are being refreshed.\\nContinue with refreshing?\\n\\nNote: If the refresh is skipped some packages\\nmight be missing or out of date." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Estanse actualizando os repositorios.\n" #~ "Desexa continuar sen actualizar?\n" @@ -7058,9 +6787,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" #~| "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\\nAsk PackageKit to quit " -#~ "again?" +#~ msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\\nAsk PackageKit to quit again?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "PackageKit aínda está en execución (seguramente ocupado).\n" #~ "Quere saír de PackageKit?" @@ -7072,10 +6799,7 @@ #~| "application is running.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Ask PackageKit to quit?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PackageKit is blocking software management.\\nThis happens when the " -#~ "updater applet or another software management\\napplication is running.\\n" -#~ "\\nAsk PackageKit to quit?" +#~ msgid "PackageKit is blocking software management.\\nThis happens when the updater applet or another software management\\napplication is running.\\n\\nAsk PackageKit to quit?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "PackageKit está bloqueando o xestor de software.\n" #~ "Isto acontece cando o miniaplicativo de actualización ou outro programa\n" @@ -7087,9 +6811,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Would you like to continue without having access\n" #~| "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Would you like to continue without having access\\nto the software " -#~ "management or retry to access it?\\n" +#~ msgid "Would you like to continue without having access\\nto the software management or retry to access it?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desexa continuar sen ter acceso ao xestor\n" #~ "de software ou quere tentar de novo o acceso?.\n" @@ -7099,9 +6821,7 @@ #~| "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" #~| "continue without having access to the software management,\n" #~| "or abort?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\\ncontinue " -#~ "without having access to the software management,\\nor abort?\\n" +#~ msgid "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\\ncontinue without having access to the software management,\\nor abort?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desexa tentar de novo o acceso ao xestor de software,\n" #~ "continuar sen ter acceso ao xestor de software,\n" @@ -7116,9 +6836,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The current system is not consistent,\n" #~| "some packages have unresolved dependencies." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The current system is not consistent,\\nsome packages have unresolved " -#~ "dependencies." +#~ msgid "The current system is not consistent,\\nsome packages have unresolved dependencies." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O sistema actual non é consistente,\n" #~ "algúns paquetes teñen dependencias non resoltas." @@ -7128,9 +6846,7 @@ #~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" #~| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" #~| "in the software manager." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\\ncheck the " -#~ "changes scheduled to fix the system\\nin the software manager." +#~ msgid "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\\ncheck the changes scheduled to fix the system\\nin the software manager." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yast engadíu ou eliminou algúns paquetes de xeito automático,\n" #~ "comprobe os cambios planificados para correxir o sistema\n" @@ -7140,9 +6856,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" #~| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\\nor skip fixing and " -#~ "install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgid "Start the software manager and fix the problems\\nor skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desexa iniciar o xestor de software e correxir os problemas\n" #~ "ou omitir a corrección e instalar só os paquetes xa confirmados?" @@ -7151,9 +6865,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" #~| "to be solved manually in the software manager." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are unresolved dependencies which need\\nto be solved manually in " -#~ "the software manager." +#~ msgid "There are unresolved dependencies which need\\nto be solved manually in the software manager." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hai dependencias sen resolver que precisan\n" #~ "resolverse manualmente no xestor de software." @@ -7163,9 +6875,7 @@ #~| "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" #~| "without installing required packages,\n" #~| "YaST may not work properly.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\\nwithout installing " -#~ "required packages,\\nYaST may not work properly.\\n" +#~ msgid "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\\nwithout installing required packages,\\nYaST may not work properly.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallo ao instalar os paquetes requiridos. Se continúa\n" #~ "sen instalar os paquetes requiridos, pode que YaST\n" @@ -7175,9 +6885,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you continue without installing required \n" #~| "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you continue without installing required \\npackages, YaST may not " -#~ "work properly.\\n" +#~ msgid "If you continue without installing required \\npackages, YaST may not work properly.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se continúa sen instalar os paquetes requiridos,\n" #~ "pode que YaST non funcione de forma axeitada.\n" @@ -7185,21 +6893,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~| "confirmation\n" +#~| "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~| "of acceptance of its license.\n" -#~| "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~| "installed.\n" +#~| "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~| "<br>\n" #~| "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" #~| "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\\nThe package in the " -#~ "headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\\nof acceptance " -#~ "of its license.\\nIf you reject the license of the package, the package " -#~ "will not be installed.\\n<br>\\nTo accept the license of the package, " -#~ "click <b>I Agree</b>.\\nTo reject the license of the package, click <b>I " -#~ "Disagree</b></p>." +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\\nThe package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\\nof acceptance of its license.\\nIf you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\\n<br>\\nTo accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\\nTo reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Confirmación da licenza</big></b><br>\n" #~ "O paquete no título de diálogo require unha confirmación explícita\n" @@ -7207,31 +6907,21 @@ #~ "Se rexeita a licenza do paquete, o paquete non será instalado.\n" #~ "<br>\n" #~ "Para aceptar a licenza do paquete, prema en <b>Estou de acordo</b>.\n" -#~ "Para rexeitar a licenza do paquete, prema en <b>Non estou de acordo</b></" -#~ "p>." +#~ "Para rexeitar a licenza do paquete, prema en <b>Non estou de acordo</b></p>." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what " -#~| "software to install.\n" -#~| "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category " -#~| "in the left\n" +#~| "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +#~| "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" #~| "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" #~| "\t\t </p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what " -#~ "software to install.\\n\t\t Available tasks and software for this system " -#~ "are shown by category in the left\\n\t\t column. To view a description " -#~ "for an item, select it in the list.\\n\t\t </p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\\n\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\\n\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\\n\t\t </p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "\t\t Este cadro de diálogo permítelle definir as tarefas deste sistema e " -#~ "o software a instalar.\n" -#~ "\t\t As tarefas e o software dispoñibles para este sistema móstranse por " -#~ "categoría na columna\n" -#~ "\t\t da esquerda. Para ver a descrición dun elemento, seleccióneo na " -#~ "lista.\n" +#~ "\t\t Este cadro de diálogo permítelle definir as tarefas deste sistema e o software a instalar.\n" +#~ "\t\t As tarefas e o software dispoñibles para este sistema móstranse por categoría na columna\n" +#~ "\t\t da esquerda. Para ver a descrición dun elemento, seleccióneo na lista.\n" #~ "\t\t </p>" #, fuzzy @@ -7239,19 +6929,14 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" #~| "\t\t or right-click any icon for a context menu.\n" -#~| "\t\t With the context menu, you can also change the status of all " -#~| "items.\n" +#~| "\t\t With the context menu, you can also change the status of all items.\n" #~| "\t\t </p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\\n\t" -#~ "\t or right-click any icon for a context menu.\\n\t\t With the context " -#~ "menu, you can also change the status of all items.\\n\t\t </p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\\n\t\t or right-click any icon for a context menu.\\n\t\t With the context menu, you can also change the status of all items.\\n\t\t </p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "\t\t Cambie o estado dun elemento premendo na súa icona de estado\n" #~ "\t\t ou premendo co botón dereito en calquera icona dun menú contextual.\n" -#~ "\t\t Co menú contextual tamén é posible modificar o estado de todos os " -#~ "elementos.\n" +#~ "\t\t Co menú contextual tamén é posible modificar o estado de todos os elementos.\n" #~ "\t\t </p>" #, fuzzy @@ -7260,10 +6945,7 @@ #~| "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" #~| "\t\t where you can view and select individual software packages.\n" #~| "\t\t </p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\\n" -#~ "\t\t where you can view and select individual software packages.\\n\t\t </" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\\n\t\t where you can view and select individual software packages.\\n\t\t </p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "\t\t <b>Detalles</b> abre a selección detallada de paquetes de software\n" @@ -7273,31 +6955,20 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the " -#~| "remaining disk space\n" +#~| "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" #~| "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" #~| "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" #~| "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" #~| "\t\t The system needs some available disk space to run properly.\n" #~| "\t\t </p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the " -#~ "remaining disk space\\n\t\t after all requested changes will have been " -#~ "performed.\\n\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can " -#~ "degrade\\n\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious " -#~ "problems.\\n\t\t The system needs some available disk space to run " -#~ "properly.\\n\t\t </p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\\n\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\\n\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\\n\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\\n\t\t The system needs some available disk space to run properly.\\n\t\t </p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "\t\t A pantalla de uso do disco no canto inferior dereito mostra o espazo " -#~ "que queda no disco\n" +#~ "\t\t A pantalla de uso do disco no canto inferior dereito mostra o espazo que queda no disco\n" #~ "\t\t despois de realizar todos os cambios solicitados.\n" -#~ "\t\t As particións do disco ríxido que estivesen cheas ou case cheas " -#~ "poderían\n" -#~ "\t\t prexudicar o rendemento do sistema e, nalgúns casos, causar serios " -#~ "problemas.\n" -#~ "\t\t O sistema precisa dalgún espazo dispoñible no disco para ser " -#~ "executado axeitadamente.\n" +#~ "\t\t As particións do disco ríxido que estivesen cheas ou case cheas poderían\n" +#~ "\t\t prexudicar o rendemento do sistema e, nalgúns casos, causar serios problemas.\n" +#~ "\t\t O sistema precisa dalgún espazo dispoñible no disco para ser executado axeitadamente.\n" #~ "\t\t </p>" #, fuzzy @@ -7309,11 +6980,7 @@ #~| "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Install it anyway?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package %1 from repository %2\\n%3\\nis not digitally signed. This " -#~ "means that the origin\\nand integrity of the package cannot be verified. " -#~ "Installing the package\\nmay put the integrity of your system at risk.\\n" -#~ "\\nInstall it anyway?" +#~ msgid "The package %1 from repository %2\\n%3\\nis not digitally signed. This means that the origin\\nand integrity of the package cannot be verified. Installing the package\\nmay put the integrity of your system at risk.\\n\\nInstall it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O paquete %1 do repositorio %2\n" #~ "%3\n" @@ -7332,10 +6999,7 @@ #~| "system at risk.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Use it anyway?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The file %1 from repository %2\\n%3\\nis not digitally signed. The origin " -#~ "and integrity of the file\\ncannot be verified. Using the file anyway " -#~ "puts the integrity of your \\nsystem at risk.\\n\\nUse it anyway?\\n" +#~ msgid "The file %1 from repository %2\\n%3\\nis not digitally signed. The origin and integrity of the file\\ncannot be verified. Using the file anyway puts the integrity of your \\nsystem at risk.\\n\\nUse it anyway?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro %1 do repositorio %2\n" #~ "%3\n" @@ -7348,18 +7012,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" -#~| "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not " -#~| "contained \n" -#~| "in the list of checksums in this repository. Installing the package " -#~| "puts \n" +#~| "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" +#~| "in the list of checksums in this repository. Installing the package puts \n" #~| "the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Install it anyway?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\\nWhile the " -#~ "package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \\nin the " -#~ "list of checksums in this repository. Installing the package puts \\nthe " -#~ "integrity of your system at risk.\\n\\nInstall it anyway?\\n" +#~ msgid "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\\nWhile the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \\nin the list of checksums in this repository. Installing the package puts \\nthe integrity of your system at risk.\\n\\nInstall it anyway?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou no repositorio a suma de verificación do paquete %1.\n" #~ "Mentres o paquete é parte do repositorio asinado, non está contido na\n" @@ -7372,21 +7030,15 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" #~| "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -#~| "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -#~| "Using the file\n" +#~| "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" #~| "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Use it anyway?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\\nThis means that " -#~ "the file is part of the signed repository,\\nbut the list of checksums in " -#~ "this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\\nmay put the " -#~ "integrity of your system at risk.\\n\\nUse it anyway?" +#~ msgid "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\\nThis means that the file is part of the signed repository,\\nbut the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\\nmay put the integrity of your system at risk.\\n\\nUse it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou ningunha suma de verificación do ficheiro %1.\n" #~ "Isto significa que o ficheiro é parte do repositorio asinado,\n" -#~ "pero a lista de sumas de verificación deste repositorio non menciona a " -#~ "este ficheiro.\n" +#~ "pero a lista de sumas de verificación deste repositorio non menciona a este ficheiro.\n" #~ "Usar o ficheiro podería poñer en perigo a integridade do sistema.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa usalo de todos os xeitos?" @@ -7395,25 +7047,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Package %1 from repository %2\n" #~| "%3\n" -#~| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: " -#~| "%4\n" +#~| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n" #~| "\n" #~| "The package has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\n" #~| "since the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\n" #~| "for the integrity and security of your system.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Install it anyway?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Package %1 from repository %2\\n%3\\nis signed with the following GnuPG " -#~ "key, but the integrity check failed: %4\\n\\nThe package has been " -#~ "changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\\nsince the repository " -#~ "creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\\nfor the integrity and " -#~ "security of your system.\\n\\nInstall it anyway?\\n" +#~ msgid "Package %1 from repository %2\\n%3\\nis signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\\n\\nThe package has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\\nsince the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\\nfor the integrity and security of your system.\\n\\nInstall it anyway?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O paquete %1 do repositorio %2\n" #~ "%3\n" -#~ "está asinado coa seguinte chave GnuPG, pero fallou a verificación de " -#~ "integridade: %4\n" +#~ "está asinado coa seguinte chave GnuPG, pero fallou a verificación de integridade: %4\n" #~ "\n" #~ "O paquete cambiou por accidente ou por mor dun atacante\n" #~ "dende que o creador do repositorio o asinou. Instalalo é un gran perigo\n" @@ -7425,25 +7070,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "File %1 from repository %2\n" #~| "%3\n" -#~| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: " -#~| "%4\n" +#~| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n" #~| "\n" #~| "The file has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\n" #~| "since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n" #~| "for the integrity and security of your system.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Use it anyway?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "File %1 from repository %2\\n%3\\nis signed with the following GnuPG key, " -#~ "but the integrity check failed: %4\\n\\nThe file has been changed, either " -#~ "by accident or by an attacker,\\nsince the repository creator signed it. " -#~ "Using it is a big risk\\nfor the integrity and security of your system.\\n" -#~ "\\nUse it anyway?\\n" +#~ msgid "File %1 from repository %2\\n%3\\nis signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\\n\\nThe file has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\\nsince the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\\nfor the integrity and security of your system.\\n\\nUse it anyway?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro %1 do repositorio %2\n" #~ " %3\n" -#~ "está asinado coa seguinte chave GnuPG, pero fallou a verificación de " -#~ "integridade: %4\n" +#~ "está asinado coa seguinte chave GnuPG, pero fallou a verificación de integridade: %4\n" #~ "\n" #~ "O ficheiro cambiou por accidente ou por mor dun atacante\n" #~ "desde que o creador do repositorio o asinou. Usalo é un gran perigo\n" @@ -7461,11 +7099,7 @@ #~| "of your system at risk.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Install it anyway?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package %1 is digitally signed\\nwith the following unknown GnuPG " -#~ "key: %2.\\n\\nThis means that a trust relationship to the creator of the " -#~ "package\\ncannot be established. Installing the package may put the " -#~ "integrity\\nof your system at risk.\\n\\nInstall it anyway?" +#~ msgid "The package %1 is digitally signed\\nwith the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\\n\\nThis means that a trust relationship to the creator of the package\\ncannot be established. Installing the package may put the integrity\\nof your system at risk.\\n\\nInstall it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O paquete %1 está asinado dixitalmente\n" #~ "ca seguinte chave GnuPG descoñecida: %2.\n" @@ -7486,11 +7120,7 @@ #~| "of your system at risk.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Use it anyway?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The file %1\\nis digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: " -#~ "%2.\\n\\nThis means that a trust relationship to the creator of the file" -#~ "\\ncannot be established. Using the file may put the integrity\\nof your " -#~ "system at risk.\\n\\nUse it anyway?" +#~ msgid "The file %1\\nis digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\\n\\nThis means that a trust relationship to the creator of the file\\ncannot be established. Using the file may put the integrity\\nof your system at risk.\\n\\nUse it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro %1\n" #~ "está asinado dixitalmente ca seguinte chave GnuPG\n" @@ -7513,12 +7143,7 @@ #~| "Installing a package from an unknown repository puts\n" #~| "the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" #~| "to skip the package.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package %1 is digitally signed\\nwith key '%2 (%3)'.\\n\\nThere is no " -#~ "trust relationship with the owner of the key.\\nIf you trust the owner, " -#~ "mark the key as trusted.\\n\\nInstalling a package from an unknown " -#~ "repository puts\\nthe integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\\nto " -#~ "skip the package.\\n" +#~ msgid "The package %1 is digitally signed\\nwith key '%2 (%3)'.\\n\\nThere is no trust relationship with the owner of the key.\\nIf you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\\n\\nInstalling a package from an unknown repository puts\\nthe integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\\nto skip the package.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O paquete %1 está asinado\n" #~ "dixitalmente coa chave '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -7541,12 +7166,7 @@ #~| "Installing a file from an unknown repository puts\n" #~| "the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" #~| "to skip it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The file %1 is digitally signed\\nwith key '%2 (%3)'.\\n\\nThere is no " -#~ "trust relationship with the owner of the key.\\nIf you trust the owner, " -#~ "mark the key as trusted.\\n\\nInstalling a file from an unknown " -#~ "repository puts\\nthe integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\\nto " -#~ "skip it.\\n" +#~ msgid "The file %1 is digitally signed\\nwith key '%2 (%3)'.\\n\\nThere is no trust relationship with the owner of the key.\\nIf you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\\n\\nInstalling a file from an unknown repository puts\\nthe integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\\nto skip it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro %1 está asinado\n" #~ "dixitalmente coa chave '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -7561,18 +7181,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" -#~| "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and " -#~| "offer\n" +#~| "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" #~| "for installation and update without any further warning. In this way,\n" -#~| "importing the key into your keyring of trusted keys allows the key " -#~| "owner\n" +#~| "importing the key into your keyring of trusted keys allows the key owner\n" #~| "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\\npackages, and package " -#~ "repositories that your system will trust and offer\\nfor installation and " -#~ "update without any further warning. In this way,\\nimporting the key into " -#~ "your keyring of trusted keys allows the key owner\\nto have a certain " -#~ "amount of control over the software on your system.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\\npackages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\\nfor installation and update without any further warning. In this way,\\nimporting the key into your keyring of trusted keys allows the key owner\\nto have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O dono da chave podería distribuír actualizacións,\n" #~ "paquetes e repositorios de paquetes nos que confiará o\n" @@ -7585,17 +7198,12 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" #~| "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -#~| "the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -#~| "used.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\\nis not signed by a " -#~ "trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\\nthe packages or " -#~ "repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" +#~| "the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\\nis not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\\nthe packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ábrese un diálogo de aviso por cada paquete\n" #~ "que non está asinado por unha chave fiable (importada). Se non é unha\n" -#~ "chave fiable, os paquetes ou repositorios creados polo dono da chave non " -#~ "se empregarán.</p>" +#~ "chave fiable, os paquetes ou repositorios creados polo dono da chave non se empregarán.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -7614,11 +7222,7 @@ #~| "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" #~| "You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n" #~| "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\\npublic keys, " -#~ "meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\\nYou should be sure that " -#~ "you can trust the owner and that\\nthe key really belongs to that owner " -#~ "before importing it." +#~ msgid "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\\npublic keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\\nYou should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\\nthe key really belongs to that owner before importing it." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pode escoller importala para o seu chaveiro de chaves públicas\n" #~ "fiables, o que significa que confía no dono da chave.\n" @@ -7636,11 +7240,7 @@ #~| "for the integrity and security of your system.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Use it anyway?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The expected checksum of file %1\\nis %2,\\nbut the current checksum is " -#~ "%3.\\n\\nThe file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\\nsince " -#~ "the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\\nfor the " -#~ "integrity and security of your system.\\n\\nUse it anyway?\\n" +#~ msgid "The expected checksum of file %1\\nis %2,\\nbut the current checksum is %3.\\n\\nThe file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\\nsince the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\\nfor the integrity and security of your system.\\n\\nUse it anyway?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A suma de verificación agardada para o ficheiro %1\n" #~ "é %2,\n" @@ -7659,15 +7259,10 @@ #~| "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -#~| "cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -#~| "risk.\n" +#~| "cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Use it anyway?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The checksum of file %1\\nis %2,\\nbut the expected checksum is not known." -#~ "\\n\\nThis means that the origin and integrity of the file\\ncannot be " -#~ "verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\\n" -#~ "\\nUse it anyway?\\n" +#~ msgid "The checksum of file %1\\nis %2,\\nbut the expected checksum is not known.\\n\\nThis means that the origin and integrity of the file\\ncannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\\n\\nUse it anyway?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A suma de verificación do ficheiro %1\n" #~ "é %2,\n" @@ -7722,9 +7317,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" #~| "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "File %1 has been changed manually.\\nYaST might lose some of the changes." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "File %1 has been changed manually.\\nYaST might lose some of the changes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro %1 cambiou manualmente.\n" #~ "YaST podería perder algúns dos cambios.\n" @@ -7733,8 +7326,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" #~| "YaST might lose some of the changes" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Files %1 have been changed manually.\\nYaST might lose some of the changes" +#~ msgid "Files %1 have been changed manually.\\nYaST might lose some of the changes" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Os ficheiros %1 cambiaron a man.\n" #~ "YaST podería perder algúns dos cambios" @@ -7752,9 +7344,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" #~| "digits separated by colons." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\\ndigits " -#~ "separated by colons." +#~ msgid "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\\ndigits separated by colons." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Un enderezo MAC correcto consiste en seis parellas de díxitos\n" #~ "hexadecimais separados por dous puntos." @@ -7763,12 +7353,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" #~| "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" -#~| "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a " -#~| "digit." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\\nEach " -#~ "component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\\nstart " -#~ "or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." +#~| "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." +#~ msgid "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\\nEach component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\\nstart or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Un nome de dominio correcto consiste en compoñentes\n" #~ "separados por puntos.\n" @@ -7780,9 +7366,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" #~| "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\\nA host name " -#~ "may not begin or end with a hyphen.\\n" +#~ msgid "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\\nA host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Un nome de host correcto está formado por letras, díxitos e guións.\n" #~ "Un nome de host non pode comezar nin rematar cun guión.\n" @@ -7791,9 +7375,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" #~| "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\\nin the range 0-255 " -#~ "separated by dots." +#~ msgid "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\\nin the range 0-255 separated by dots." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Un enderezo IPv4 correcto ten catro números enteiros\n" #~ "do rango 0-255 separados por puntos." @@ -7803,10 +7385,7 @@ #~| "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" #~| "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" #~| "It can contain up to one double colon." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\\nhexadecimal numbers in the " -#~ "range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\\nIt can contain up to one double " -#~ "colon." +#~ msgid "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\\nhexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\\nIt can contain up to one double colon." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Un enderezo IPv6 correcto consta de ata 8 díxitos\n" #~ "hexadecimais no rango de 0 a FFFF separados por dous puntos.\n" @@ -7821,12 +7400,7 @@ #~| "IP: 192.168.0.1\n" #~| "IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n" #~| "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\\nIP/Netmask, IP/" -#~ "Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\\n\\nExamples:\\nIP: 192.168.0.1 " -#~ "or 2001:db8:0::1\\nIP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 or 2001:" -#~ "db8:0::1/56\\nIP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:" -#~ "db8:0::1/ffff::0\\n" +#~ msgid "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\\nIP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\\n\\nExamples:\\nIP: 192.168.0.1 or 2001:db8:0::1\\nIP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 or 2001:db8:0::1/56\\nIP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Unha definición correcta dunha rede pode conter o IP,\n" #~ "IP/Máscara_de_Rede, IP/Bits_de_Máscara_de_Rede, ou\n" @@ -7843,10 +7417,7 @@ #~| "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" #~| "For example, some settings can be read improperly\n" #~| "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This module must be run as root.\\nIf you continue now, the module may " -#~ "not function properly.\\nFor example, some settings can be read improperly" -#~ "\\nand it is unlikely that settings can be written.\\n" +#~ msgid "This module must be run as root.\\nIf you continue now, the module may not function properly.\\nFor example, some settings can be read improperly\\nand it is unlikely that settings can be written.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Este módulo debe executarse coma root.\n" #~ "Se continúa, pode que o módulo non funcione correctamente.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/bootloader.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/bootloader.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/bootloader.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -142,20 +142,13 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Non se seleccionou ningún cargador de arrinque para a instalación. O sistema " -"podería non arrincar." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Non se seleccionou ningún cargador de arrinque para a instalación. O sistema podería non arrincar." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"Por mor do particionamento, o cargador de arrinque non se puido instalar " -"correctamente" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Por mor do particionamento, o cargador de arrinque non se puido instalar correctamente" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 @@ -215,10 +208,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -240,12 +231,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.</p>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tempo de espera en segundos</b><br>\n" -"Especifica o tempo (en segundos) que o cargador de inicio agardará para " -"cargar o núcleo estabrecido por defecto.</p>\n" +"Especifica o tempo (en segundos) que o cargador de inicio agardará para cargar o núcleo estabrecido por defecto.</p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -256,79 +245,60 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Ao presionar <b>Fixar por defecto</b> vostede marca a sección " -"seleccionada como\n" -"por defecto. Cando inicie, o cargador de arrinque proporcionará un menú de " -"inicio e\n" -"agardará a que o usuario seleccione un núcleo ou S.O. para iniciar. Se non " -"se presiona\n" -"ningunha tecla antes de que se esgote o tempo de agarda, o núcleo ou S.O. " -"marcado como\n" -"predefinido arrancará. Aorde das seccións no menú do cargador de arrinque " -"pode cambiarse\n" +"<p>Ao presionar <b>Fixar por defecto</b> vostede marca a sección seleccionada como\n" +"por defecto. Cando inicie, o cargador de arrinque proporcionará un menú de inicio e\n" +"agardará a que o usuario seleccione un núcleo ou S.O. para iniciar. Se non se presiona\n" +"ningunha tecla antes de que se esgote o tempo de agarda, o núcleo ou S.O. marcado como\n" +"predefinido arrancará. Aorde das seccións no menú do cargador de arrinque pode cambiarse\n" "utilizando as teclas <b>Arriba</b> e <b>Abaixo</b></p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Escribir código de arrinque xenérico no MBR</b> substitúe o rexistro " -"principal de arrinque (MBR) do disco cun código xenérico\n" +"<p><b>Escribir código de arrinque xenérico no MBR</b> substitúe o rexistro principal de arrinque (MBR) do disco cun código xenérico\n" "(código independente do S.O., co cal se arrinca a partición activa).</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Arrincar desde partición de inicio</b> é unha das opcións " -"recomendadas, a outra é\n" +"<p><b>Arrincar desde partición de inicio</b> é unha das opcións recomendadas, a outra é\n" "<b>Arrincar dende Partición Raíz</b>.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"<i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" +"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Iniciar desde o rexistro principal de inicio</b> non é recomendable se " -"vostede dispón de outro\n" +"<p><b>Iniciar desde o rexistro principal de inicio</b> non é recomendable se vostede dispón de outro\n" "sistema operativo instalado na súa computadora</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" -"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" +"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Personalizar partición de inicio</b> permítelle elixir a partición a " -"arrincar.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Personalizar partición de inicio</b> permítelle elixir a partición a arrincar.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -339,52 +309,37 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details.</p>" +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Definicion de terminal</b></p><br>\n" -"Define o tipo de terminal que quere usar vostede. Para un terminal en serie " -"(p.ex. unha\n" -"consola en serie), vostede debe especificar <code>serial</code>. Vostede " -"tamén pode\n" -"pasar <code>console</code> ao comando como <code>serial console</code>. " -"Neste\n" -"caso, calqueira terminal no que vostede presione calqueira tecla será " -"seleccionado coma\n" +"Define o tipo de terminal que quere usar vostede. Para un terminal en serie (p.ex. unha\n" +"consola en serie), vostede debe especificar <code>serial</code>. Vostede tamén pode\n" +"pasar <code>console</code> ao comando como <code>serial console</code>. Neste\n" +"caso, calqueira terminal no que vostede presione calqueira tecla será seleccionado coma\n" "un terminal GRUB.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccionando <b>Agochar menú no arrinque</b> agocharase o menú de inicio." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccionando <b>Agochar menú no arrinque</b> agocharase o menú de inicio.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ficheiro de menú gráfico</b> define o ficheiro a usar para o menú de " -"inicio gráfico.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Ficheiro de menú gráfico</b> define o ficheiro a usar para o menú de inicio gráfico.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" @@ -393,13 +348,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Protexer o cargador de arrinque cun contrasinal</b><br>\n" -"Define o contrasinal que se requerirá para acceder ao menú de arrinque. YaST " -"soamente aceptará o contrasinal se\n" +"Define o contrasinal que se requerirá para acceder ao menú de arrinque. YaST soamente aceptará o contrasinal se\n" "o repite en <b>Reescribir Contrasinal</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 @@ -673,51 +626,34 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Parámetro opcional da liña de ordes do núcleo</b></p>\n" "permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"<i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Modo VGA</b> define o modo VGA que o kernel debe definir para a " -"<i>consola</i> ao arrincar.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Modo VGA</b> define o modo VGA que o kernel debe definir para a <i>consola</i> ao arrincar.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define " -#| "additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Parámetro opcional da liña de ordes do núcleo</b></p>\n" "permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution </p>" +msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. </p>" +msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 @@ -790,7 +726,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 msgid "remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eliminar" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 @@ -850,9 +786,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"A partición de arrinque é de tipo NFS. Non se puido instalar o cargador de " -"arrinque." +msgstr "A partición de arrinque é de tipo NFS. Non se puido instalar o cargador de arrinque." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 @@ -1156,8 +1090,7 @@ "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Ferramenta de configuración do cargador de arrinque</B></" -"BIG><BR>\n" +"<P><BIG><B>Ferramenta de configuración do cargador de arrinque</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Cambie a configuración do cargador de arrinque.</P>" #. help text @@ -1182,16 +1115,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" msgstr "" "<P>Desde <B>Outro</B>,\n" "pode editar manualmente os ficheiros de configuración co cargador\n" -"de arrinque, limpar a configuración actual e propor unha nova " -"configuración,\n" +"de arrinque, limpar a configuración actual e propor unha nova configuración,\n" "comezar desde cero ou volver ler a configuración gardada no disco. %1</P>" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1280,15 +1210,13 @@ "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n" -"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"- No <b>Sector de Inicio</b>de <tt>/boot</tt> ou <tt>partición /</tt> " -"(raíz). \n" +"- No <b>Sector de Inicio</b>de <tt>/boot</tt> ou <tt>partición /</tt> (raíz). \n" "Isto é a opción recomendada cando hai unha partición adecuada\n" "Tanto</p>" @@ -1305,8 +1233,7 @@ "<p>\n" "- Nun <b>disquete</b> (se o sistema ten unha unidade de disquete),\n" "se quere evitar o risco de interferir con algún mecanismo de arrinque xa\n" -"existente. Se selecciona esta opción, pode que teña que habilitar o " -"arrinque\n" +"existente. Se selecciona esta opción, pode que teña que habilitar o arrinque\n" "dende disquete na BIOS do sistema.\n" "</p>" @@ -1331,8 +1258,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Por exemplo, moitos PCs teñen un límite na BIOS\n" "que restrinxe a capacidade de iniciar a\n" -"cilintros de disco duro menores que 1024. Dependendo do xestor de inicio " -"usado,\n" +"cilintros de disco duro menores que 1024. Dependendo do xestor de inicio usado,\n" "vostede poderá ou non iniciar unha partición lóxica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 @@ -1343,8 +1269,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Introduza o nome do dispositivo da partición (por exemplo, <tt>/dev/hda3</" -"tt>,\n" +"Introduza o nome do dispositivo da partición (por exemplo, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt>,\n" "ou <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) no campo de entrada.\n" "</p>" @@ -1387,20 +1312,17 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B> Configuración experta manual</B><BR>\n" "Aquí, edítase manualmente a configuración do cargador de inicio</P>\n" -"<P> Nota: O ficheiro de configuración final pode ter unha sangría diferente." -"</P>" +"<P> Nota: O ficheiro de configuración final pode ter unha sangría diferente.</P>" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" -"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nome de sección</b><br/>\n" -"Utilice <b>nome de sección</b> para especificar o nome da sección do " -"cargador de\n" +"Utilice <b>nome de sección</b> para especificar o nome da sección do cargador de\n" "arrinque. Tal nome debe de ser único.</p>" #. help text 1/5 @@ -1421,8 +1343,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>Clonar sección seleccionada</b> para clonar a sección\n" "actualmente seleccionada.\n" -" Despois modifique as opcións que poderían diferir da sección seleccionada.</" -"p>" +" Despois modifique as opcións que poderían diferir da sección seleccionada.</p>" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 @@ -1450,22 +1371,18 @@ "booting other operating systems.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>Outro sistema (carga encadeada)</b> para engadir unha\n" -"sección que carga e inicia un sector de arrinque dunha partición do disco. " -"Isto\n" +"sección que carga e inicia un sector de arrinque dunha partición do disco. Isto\n" "úsase para iniciar outros sistemas operativos.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>sección de menú</b> para engadir\n" -"unha sección que cargue o ficheiro de configuración (a lista das seccións de " -"arrinque) dende\n" -"unha partición do disco. Isto úsase para arrincar outros sistemas operativos." -"</p>" +"unha sección que cargue o ficheiro de configuración (a lista das seccións de arrinque) dende\n" +"unha partición do disco. Isto úsase para arrincar outros sistemas operativos.</p>" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names #: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:743 @@ -1565,8 +1482,7 @@ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" msgstr "" "As opcións de disco cambiaron e editou manualmente os ficheiros de\n" -"configuración do cargador de arrinque. Comprobe as opcións do cargador de " -"arrinque.\n" +"configuración do cargador de arrinque. Comprobe as opcións do cargador de arrinque.\n" #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete @@ -1696,77 +1612,50 @@ msgstr "<p><b>Sección imaxe</b></p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Imaxe do núcleo</b> define o núcleo a iniciar. Introduza o nome " -"directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Imaxe do núcleo</b> define o núcleo a iniciar. Introduza o nome directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dispositivo root</b> establece que dispositivo se ll pasa ao núcleo " -"como dispositivo\n" +"<p><b>Dispositivo root</b> establece que dispositivo se ll pasa ao núcleo como dispositivo\n" "raíz (o parámetro root do núcleo). " #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Disco RAM inicial</b> se non está baleiro, define o disco RAM inicial " -"a usar. Introduza a ruta\n" +"<p><b>Disco RAM inicial</b> se non está baleiro, define o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta\n" "e o nome do ficheiro directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Sección carga encadeada</b> se vostede quere definir unha " -"sección para iniciar outro S.O. que non sexa Linux.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Sección carga encadeada</b> se vostede quere definir unha sección para iniciar outro S.O. que non sexa Linux.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select " -"this section.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Fixando <b>Use protección con contrasinal</p> requerirá un contrasinal " -"para seleccionar esta sección." +msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Fixando <b>Use protección con contrasinal</p> requerirá un contrasinal para seleccionar esta sección." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Outro sistema</b> permítelle elixir entre outros sistemas operativos " -"distintos\n" +"<p><b>Outro sistema</b> permítelle elixir entre outros sistemas operativos distintos\n" "de Linux que se hachen no seu computador.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>activar esta partición cando se seleccione para iniciar</b> " -"se a súa BIOS precisa fixar este sinalador para arrincala</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>activar esta partición cando se seleccione para iniciar</b> se a súa BIOS precisa fixar este sinalador para arrincala</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>sección Xen</b> se desexa engadir un novo kernel Linux ou\n" @@ -1778,9 +1667,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Parámetro Opcional da liña de comandos do núcleo</b></p>\n" "permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>" @@ -1794,24 +1681,17 @@ msgstr "<p><b>Partición do ficheiro do menú</b></p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sección de Mapeo para o Primeiro Disco dende o Mapa de Dispositivos</" -"b> Windows normalmente precisa estar no primeiro disco</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Sección de Mapeo para o Primeiro Disco dende o Mapa de Dispositivos</b> Windows normalmente precisa estar no primeiro disco</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" +"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" msgstr "" @@ -1841,15 +1721,12 @@ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Sección menú</b> para engadir un novo menú á " -"configuración.\n" -"As seccións de menú representan unha lista de tarefas que se agrupan xuntas." -"</p>\n" +"<p>Seleccione <b>Sección menú</b> para engadir un novo menú á configuración.\n" +"As seccións de menú representan unha lista de tarefas que se agrupan xuntas.</p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2020,11 +1897,8 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Por mor do particionamento, non se puido instalar correctamente o cargador " -"de arrinque." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Por mor do particionamento, non se puido instalar correctamente o cargador de arrinque." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. @@ -2033,70 +1907,40 @@ #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O arrinque desde o MBR está activado (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr" -"\">desactivar</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "O arrinque desde o MBR está activado (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">desactivar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O arrinque desde o MBR está desactivado (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" -"\">activar</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "O arrinque desde o MBR está desactivado (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">activar</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -#| "\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O arrinque desde a partición /boot está activado (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -"\">desactivar</a>)" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "O arrinque desde a partición /boot está activado (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">desactivar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -#| "\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O arrinque desde a partición /boot está desactivado (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_boot\">activar</a>)" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "O arrinque desde a partición /boot está desactivado (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">activar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -#| "\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O arrinque desde a partición \"/\" está activado (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -"\">desactivar</a>)" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "O arrinque desde a partición \"/\" está activado (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">desactivar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -#| "\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O arrinque desde a partición \"/\" está desactivado (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_root\">activar</a>)" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "O arrinque desde a partición \"/\" está desactivado (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">activar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 @@ -2152,8 +1996,7 @@ #. summary text #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "" -"Non instalar o cargador de arrinque; só crear os ficheiros de configuración" +msgstr "Non instalar o cargador de arrinque; só crear os ficheiros de configuración" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 @@ -2162,9 +2005,7 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 @@ -2181,45 +2022,31 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Combinación non soportada de plataforma de hardware %1 e cargador de " -"arrinque %2" +msgstr "Combinación non soportada de plataforma de hardware %1 e cargador de arrinque %2" #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" -"Números de partición maiores que 3 son usadas para iniciar con táboa de " -"partición GPT" +msgstr "Números de partición maiores que 3 son usadas para iniciar con táboa de partición GPT" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"O dispositivo de arrinque está no raid de tipo: %1. O sistema non arrincará." +msgstr "O dispositivo de arrinque está no raid de tipo: %1. O sistema non arrincará." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) @@ -2303,9 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "Gardando a configuración do cargador de arrinque" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O dispositivo de arrinque está no disco iSCSI: %1. Pode que o sistema non " -#~ "arrinque." +#~ msgstr "O dispositivo de arrinque está no disco iSCSI: %1. Pode que o sistema non arrinque." #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -2355,32 +2180,22 @@ #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "O LILO non está soportado agora." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A ruta de inicio seleccionada non será activada na súa instalación. O seu " -#~ "sistema podería resultar non iniciable." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "A ruta de inicio seleccionada non será activada na súa instalación. O seu sistema podería resultar non iniciable." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de arrinque antes de " -#~ "continuar.<br/>\n" -#~ "En caso de que non se faga ningunha selección podería ser preciso crear " -#~ "unha pequena partición primaria Apple HFS." +#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de arrinque antes de continuar.<br/>\n" +#~ "En caso de que non se faga ningunha selección podería ser preciso crear unha pequena partición primaria Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de arrinque antes de " -#~ "continuar.<br/>\n" -#~ "En caso de que non se faga ningunha selección podería ser preciso crear " -#~ "unha partición de arrinque PReP." +#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de arrinque antes de continuar.<br/>\n" +#~ "En caso de que non se faga ningunha selección podería ser preciso crear unha partición de arrinque PReP." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Manter &LILO" @@ -2388,12 +2203,8 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Converter a configuración e instalar &GRUB" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LILO non está soportado. A opción recomendada é seleccionar converter " -#~ "LILO a GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" +#~ msgstr "LILO non está soportado. A opción recomendada é seleccionar converter LILO a GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "Opcións globais de &ELILO" @@ -2430,36 +2241,28 @@ #~ "detalle de ELILO en caso de problemas no arrinque.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro initrd por defecto</b>, se non está baleiro, " -#~ "define\n" -#~ "o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de fiheiro " -#~ "directamente ou\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro initrd por defecto</b>, se non está baleiro, define\n" +#~ "o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de fiheiro directamente ou\n" #~ "escolla usar <b>Examinar</b></p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "<b>Browse</b></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro de imaxe predefinido</b>, se non está baleiro, " -#~ "define\n" -#~ "o ficheiro de imaxe a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro " -#~ "directamente ou\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro de imaxe predefinido</b>, se non está baleiro, define\n" +#~ "o ficheiro de imaxe a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro directamente ou\n" #~ "escolla usar <b>Examinar</b></p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Especifique a interface de usuario de ELILO ('simple' ou 'textmenu')" -#~ "</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Especifique a interface de usuario de ELILO ('simple' ou 'textmenu')</b><br>\n" #~ "Atención: 'textmenu' provocou a veces problemas nalgunhas máquinas.</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -2477,12 +2280,8 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicación da imaxe de arrinque" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tempo en segundos que se agarda antes arrincar automaticamente (úsase se " -#~ "non se está no modo interactivo)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Tempo en segundos que se agarda antes arrincar automaticamente (úsase se non se está no modo interactivo)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Forzar modo interactivo" @@ -2507,8 +2306,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Nome do ficheiro de imaxe predeterminada" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifique a interface de usuario de ELILO ('simple' ou 'textmenu')" +#~ msgstr "Especifique a interface de usuario de ELILO ('simple' ou 'textmenu')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Mensaxe que se mostra na pantalla principal (se está soportado)" @@ -2545,15 +2343,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Forzar que se monte o sistema de ficheiros raíz coma só lectura" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Defina a interface de usuario de ELILO (\"simple\" ou \"textmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "&Defina a interface de usuario de ELILO (\"simple\" ou \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Tempo en segundos que se agarda antes arrincar automaticamente (úsase se " -#~ "non se está no modo interactivo)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "&Tempo en segundos que se agarda antes arrincar automaticamente (úsase se non se está no modo interactivo)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "&Mostrar o contido dun ficheiro usando teclas de función" @@ -2583,28 +2376,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Opcións específicas de CHRP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro initrd predeterminado</b>, se non está baleiro, " -#~ "define\n" -#~ "o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro " -#~ "directamente ou\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro initrd predeterminado</b>, se non está baleiro, define\n" +#~ "o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro directamente ou\n" #~ "escolla un ficheiro usando <b>Examinar</b></p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "<b>Browse</b></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro de imaxe predeterminada</b>, se non está baleiro, " -#~ "define\n" -#~ "o ficheiro de imaxe a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro " -#~ "directamente ou\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro de imaxe predeterminada</b>, se non está baleiro, define\n" +#~ "o ficheiro de imaxe a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro directamente ou\n" #~ "escolla un ficheiro usando <b>Examinar</b></p>" #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" @@ -2778,9 +2564,7 @@ #~ msgstr "O cargador de arrinque LILO non está soportado" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O directorio /boot está nun sistema de ficheiros XFS. Pode que o sistema " -#~ "non arrinque." +#~ msgstr "O directorio /boot está nun sistema de ficheiros XFS. Pode que o sistema non arrinque." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "Fallou a copia da configuración do hardware." @@ -2803,9 +2587,7 @@ #~| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n" #~| "For details, read the related chapter \n" #~| "in the documentation. \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYour system will now shut down.%1%2\\nFor details, read the related " -#~ "chapter \\nin the documentation. \\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYour system will now shut down.%1%2\\nFor details, read the related chapter \\nin the documentation. \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "O seu sistema apagarase agora.%1%2\n" @@ -2817,9 +2599,7 @@ #~| "The system will reboot now.\n" #~| "After reboot, reconnect and run the following:\n" #~| "/usr/lib/YaST2/startup/YaST2.ssh" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The system will reboot now.\\nAfter reboot, reconnect and run the " -#~ "following:\\n%1" +#~ msgid "The system will reboot now.\\nAfter reboot, reconnect and run the following:\\n%1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O sistema reiniciarase agora.\n" #~ "Despois de reiniciar, volva a conectar e execute o seguinte:\n" @@ -2828,128 +2608,82 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n" -#~| "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out " -#~| "of range.\n" +#~| "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" #~| "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\\nThe " -#~ "device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\\nThe range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS " -#~ "boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ msgid "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\\nThe device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\\nThe range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de inicio denantes de " -#~ "continuar.<br/>\n" -#~ "O mapa de dispositivos inclúe máis de 8 dispositivos e a unidade de " -#~ "inicio está<br/>\n" -#~ "fóra de rango. O rango está limitado pola BIOS aos primeiros 8 " -#~ "dispositivos." +#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de inicio denantes de continuar.<br/>\n" +#~ "O mapa de dispositivos inclúe máis de 8 dispositivos e a unidade de inicio está<br/>\n" +#~ "fóra de rango. O rango está limitado pola BIOS aos primeiros 8 dispositivos." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n" -#~| "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~| "small primary Apple HFS partition." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\\nIn case " -#~ "that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small " -#~ "primary Apple HFS partition." +#~| "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ msgid "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\\nIn case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de arrinque antes de " -#~ "continuar.<br/>\n" -#~ "En caso de que non se faga ningunha selección podería ser preciso crear " -#~ "unha pequena partición primaria Apple HFS." +#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de arrinque antes de continuar.<br/>\n" +#~ "En caso de que non se faga ningunha selección podería ser preciso crear unha pequena partición primaria Apple HFS." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n" -#~| "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~| "PReP Boot partition." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\\nIn case " -#~ "that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot " -#~ "partition." +#~| "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ msgid "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\\nIn case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de arrinque antes de " -#~ "continuar.<br/>\n" -#~ "En caso de que non se faga ningunha selección podería ser preciso crear " -#~ "unha partición de arrinque PReP." +#~ "Configure unha localización válida dun cargador de arrinque antes de continuar.<br/>\n" +#~ "En caso de que non se faga ningunha selección podería ser preciso crear unha partición de arrinque PReP." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~| "in case of boot problems.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO" -#~ "\\nin case of boot problems.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\\nin case of boot problems.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Definir o nivel de detalle [0-5]</b><br> Incrementar o nivel de\n" #~ "detalle de ELILO en caso de problemas no arrinque.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b><br>\\nLets you define additional global parameters to pass to the " -#~ "kernel. These are\\nused if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\\nLets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\\nused if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Parámetro Opcional da liña de comandos do núcleo</b></p>\n" #~ "permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the " -#~| "initial\n" -#~| "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose " -#~| "by using\n" +#~| "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~| "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~| "<b>Browse</b></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\\nramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or " -#~ "choose by using\\n<b>Browse</b></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\\nramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\\n<b>Browse</b></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro initrd por defecto</b>, se non está baleiro, " -#~ "define\n" -#~ "o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de fiheiro " -#~ "directamente ou\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro initrd por defecto</b>, se non está baleiro, define\n" +#~ "o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de fiheiro directamente ou\n" #~ "escolla usar <b>Examinar</b></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~| "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~| "using\n" +#~| "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~| "<b>Browse</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image" -#~ "\\nfile to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\\n<b>Browse</b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\\nfile to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\\n<b>Browse</b></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro de imaxe predefinido</b>, se non está baleiro, " -#~ "define\n" -#~ "o ficheiro de imaxe a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro " -#~ "directamente ou\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro de imaxe predefinido</b>, se non está baleiro, define\n" +#~ "o ficheiro de imaxe a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro directamente ou\n" #~ "escolla usar <b>Examinar</b></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n" #~| "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>" -#~ "\\nBeware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\\nBeware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Especifique a interface de usuario de ELILO ('simple' ou 'textmenu')" -#~ "</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Especifique a interface de usuario de ELILO ('simple' ou 'textmenu')</b><br>\n" #~ "Atención: 'textmenu' provocou a veces problemas nalgunhas máquinas.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Set the User Interface for ELILO</b>\\nSpecify kernel chooser to " -#~ "use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Defina a interface de usuario de ELILO (\"simple\" ou \"textmenu\")" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Set the User Interface for ELILO</b>\\nSpecify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"</p>" +#~ msgstr "&Defina a interface de usuario de ELILO (\"simple\" ou \"textmenu\")" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2957,10 +2691,7 @@ #~| "The number of 10th of seconds to wait before\n" #~| "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" #~| "Default is 0</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds</b>\\nThe number of " -#~ "10th of seconds to wait before\\nauto booting when not in interactive " -#~ "mode.\\nDefault is 0</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds</b>\\nThe number of 10th of seconds to wait before\\nauto booting when not in interactive mode.\\nDefault is 0</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tempo en segundos que se agarda antes arrincar automaticamente</b>\n" #~ "O número de décimas de segundo a agardar\n" @@ -2969,35 +2700,22 @@ #~ "Por defecto é 0</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\\nTo " -#~ "activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -#~ "code will then\\nboot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one " -#~ "partition to be active even\\nif the boot loader is installed in the MBR." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\\nTo activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\\nboot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\\nif the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Activar Sinalador na Táboa de Particións para Partición de Inicio</" -#~ "b><br>\n" -#~ "Para activar a partición que contén o cargador de arrinque. O código " -#~ "xenérico do Rexistro\n" -#~ "Xeral de Arrinque iniciará entón a partición activa. BIOS máis velas " -#~ "requiren unha partición\n" -#~ "que sexa activa incluso se o cargador de arrinque estea instalado no " -#~ "Rexistro Xeral de\n" +#~ "<b>Activar Sinalador na Táboa de Particións para Partición de Inicio</b><br>\n" +#~ "Para activar a partición que contén o cargador de arrinque. O código xenérico do Rexistro\n" +#~ "Xeral de Arrinque iniciará entón a partición activa. BIOS máis velas requiren unha partición\n" +#~ "que sexa activa incluso se o cargador de arrinque estea instalado no Rexistro Xeral de\n" #~ "Arrinque.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -#~| "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -#~| "loaded.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\\nSpecifies the time the bootloader will " -#~ "wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\\n" +#~| "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\\nSpecifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tempo de espera en segundos</b><br>\n" -#~ "Especifica o tempo (en segundos) que o cargador de inicio agardará para " -#~ "cargar o núcleo estabrecido por defecto.</p>\n" +#~ "Especifica o tempo (en segundos) que o cargador de inicio agardará para cargar o núcleo estabrecido por defecto.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3007,125 +2725,75 @@ #~| "key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" #~| "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" #~| "using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as" -#~ "\\nthe default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and" -#~ "\\nwait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\\nkey is " -#~ "pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\\nboot. The " -#~ "order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\\nusing the " -#~ "<b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\\nthe default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\\nwait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\\nkey is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\\nboot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\\nusing the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ao presionar <b>Fixar por defecto</b> vostede marca a sección " -#~ "seleccionada como\n" -#~ "por defecto. Cando inicie, o cargador de arrinque proporcionará un menú " -#~ "de inicio e\n" -#~ "agardará a que o usuario seleccione un núcleo ou S.O. para iniciar. Se " -#~ "non se presiona\n" -#~ "ningunha tecla antes de que se esgote o tempo de agarda, o núcleo ou S.O. " -#~ "marcado como\n" -#~ "predefinido arrancará. Aorde das seccións no menú do cargador de arrinque " -#~ "pode cambiarse\n" +#~ "<p>Ao presionar <b>Fixar por defecto</b> vostede marca a sección seleccionada como\n" +#~ "por defecto. Cando inicie, o cargador de arrinque proporcionará un menú de inicio e\n" +#~ "agardará a que o usuario seleccione un núcleo ou S.O. para iniciar. Se non se presiona\n" +#~ "ningunha tecla antes de que se esgote o tempo de agarda, o núcleo ou S.O. marcado como\n" +#~ "predefinido arrancará. Aorde das seccións no menú do cargador de arrinque pode cambiarse\n" #~ "utilizando as teclas <b>Arriba</b> e <b>Abaixo</b></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record " -#~| "of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +#~| "<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" #~| "boots the active partition).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record " -#~ "of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\\nboots the " -#~ "active partition).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\\nboots the active partition).</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Escribir código de arrinque xenérico no MBR</b> substitúe o " -#~ "rexistro principal de arrinque (MBR) do disco cun código xenérico\n" +#~ "<p><b>Escribir código de arrinque xenérico no MBR</b> substitúe o rexistro principal de arrinque (MBR) do disco cun código xenérico\n" #~ "(código independente do S.O., co cal se arrinca a partición activa).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, " -#~| "the other is\n" +#~| "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" #~| "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the " -#~ "other is\\n<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\\n<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Arrincar desde partición de inicio</b> é unha das opcións " -#~ "recomendadas, a outra é\n" +#~ "<p><b>Arrincar desde partición de inicio</b> é unha das opcións recomendadas, a outra é\n" #~ "<b>Arrincar dende Partición Raíz</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have " -#~| "another operating system\n" +#~| "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" #~| "installed on your computer</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have " -#~ "another operating system\\ninstalled on your computer</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\\ninstalled on your computer</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Iniciar desde o rexistro principal de inicio</b> non é recomendable " -#~ "se vostede dispón de outro\n" +#~ "<p><b>Iniciar desde o rexistro principal de inicio</b> non é recomendable se vostede dispón de outro\n" #~ "sistema operativo instalado na súa computadora</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever " -#~ "there is a suitable\\npartition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in " -#~ "Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to " -#~ "MBR</b>\\nin <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record " -#~ "if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\\nto start this " -#~ "section.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\\npartition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\\nin <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\\nto start this section.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Iniciar dende a Partición Raíz</b> é a opción recomendada cando hai " -#~ "unha partición adecuada.\n" -#~ "De outro xeito seleccione <b>Fixar Sinalador activo na Táboa de " -#~ "particións</b> e <b>Escribir Código de Arrinque xenérico no MBR</b>\n" -#~ "nas <b>Opcións do Cargador de Arrinque</b> para actualizar o rexistro " -#~ "xeral de inicio se é preciso ou configurar\n" +#~ "<p><b>Iniciar dende a Partición Raíz</b> é a opción recomendada cando hai unha partición adecuada.\n" +#~ "De outro xeito seleccione <b>Fixar Sinalador activo na Táboa de particións</b> e <b>Escribir Código de Arrinque xenérico no MBR</b>\n" +#~ "nas <b>Opcións do Cargador de Arrinque</b> para actualizar o rexistro xeral de inicio se é preciso ou configurar\n" #~ "o outro xestor de inicio para comezar esta sección.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" -#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " -#~| "a serial console),\n" -#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass " -#~| "<code>console</code> to the\n" -#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " -#~| "which you\n" +#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" #~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\\nDefines the type of terminal you " -#~ "want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\\nyou have to " -#~ "specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the" -#~ "\\ncommand, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " -#~ "which you\\npress any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\\nDefines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\\nyou have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\\ncommand, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\\npress any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Definicion de terminal</b></p><br>\n" -#~ "Define o tipo de terminal que quere usar vostede. Para un terminal en " -#~ "serie (p.ex. unha\n" -#~ "consola en serie), vostede debe especificar <code>serial</code>. Vostede " -#~ "tamén pode\n" -#~ "pasar <code>console</code> á orde como <code>serial console</code>. " -#~ "Neste\n" -#~ "caso, calquera terminal no que vostede presione calqueira tecla será " -#~ "seleccionado coma\n" +#~ "Define o tipo de terminal que quere usar vostede. Para un terminal en serie (p.ex. unha\n" +#~ "consola en serie), vostede debe especificar <code>serial</code>. Vostede tamén pode\n" +#~ "pasar <code>console</code> á orde como <code>serial console</code>. Neste\n" +#~ "caso, calquera terminal no que vostede presione calqueira tecla será seleccionado coma\n" #~ "un terminal GRUB.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -#~| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " -#~| "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#~| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" #~| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\\nDefine the password " -#~ "that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the " -#~ "password if you repeat\\nit in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\\nDefine the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\\nit in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Protexer o cargador de arrinque cun contrasinal</b><br>\n" -#~ "Define o contrasinal que se requerirá para acceder ao menú de arrinque. " -#~ "YaST soamente aceptará o contrasinal se\n" +#~ "Define o contrasinal que se requerirá para acceder ao menú de arrinque. YaST soamente aceptará o contrasinal se\n" #~ "o repite en <b>Reescribir Contrasinal</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -3135,11 +2803,7 @@ #~| "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" #~| "To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" #~| "To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\\nTo specify the order of the disks " -#~ "according to the order in BIOS, use\\nthe <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> " -#~ "buttons to reorder the disks.\\nTo add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\\nTo " -#~ "remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\\nTo specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\\nthe <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\\nTo add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Orde dos discos</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Para especificar a orde dos discos de acordo ca orde da BIOS, use\n" @@ -3148,47 +2812,31 @@ #~ "Para eliminar un disco prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b><br>\\nLets you define additional global parameters to pass to the " -#~ "kernel. These are\\nused if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\\nLets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\\nused if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Parámetro Opcional da liña de comandos do núcleo</b></p>\n" #~ "permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the " -#~| "initial\n" -#~| "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose " -#~| "by using\n" +#~| "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~| "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~| "<b>Browse</b></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\\nramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or " -#~ "choose by using\\n<b>Browse</b></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\\nramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\\n<b>Browse</b></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro initrd predeterminado</b>, se non está baleiro, " -#~ "define\n" -#~ "o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro " -#~ "directamente ou\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro initrd predeterminado</b>, se non está baleiro, define\n" +#~ "o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro directamente ou\n" #~ "escolla un ficheiro usando <b>Examinar</b></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~| "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~| "using\n" +#~| "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~| "<b>Browse</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image" -#~ "\\nfile to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\\n<b>Browse</b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\\nfile to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\\n<b>Browse</b></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro de imaxe predeterminada</b>, se non está baleiro, " -#~ "define\n" -#~ "o ficheiro de imaxe a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro " -#~ "directamente ou\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nome do ficheiro de imaxe predeterminada</b>, se non está baleiro, define\n" +#~ "o ficheiro de imaxe a usar. Introduza a ruta e o nome de ficheiro directamente ou\n" #~ "escolla un ficheiro usando <b>Examinar</b></p>" #, fuzzy @@ -3198,9 +2846,7 @@ #~| "might not start.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Proceed?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nIf you do not install any boot loader, the system\\nmight not start.\\n" -#~ "\\nProceed?\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nIf you do not install any boot loader, the system\\nmight not start.\\n\\nProceed?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Se vostede non instala ningún cargador de arrinque,\n" @@ -3218,11 +2864,7 @@ #~| "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Select a course of action:\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou chose to change your boot loader. When converting \\nthe " -#~ "configuration, some settings might be lost.\\n\\nThe current " -#~ "configuration will be saved and you can\\nrestore it if you return to the " -#~ "current boot loader.\\n\\nSelect a course of action:\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYou chose to change your boot loader. When converting \\nthe configuration, some settings might be lost.\\n\\nThe current configuration will be saved and you can\\nrestore it if you return to the current boot loader.\\n\\nSelect a course of action:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Vostede elixiu cambiar o seu cargador de arrinque. Cando se convirta\n" @@ -3237,33 +2879,25 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" #~| "Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\\nChange the " -#~ "settings of your boot loader.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\\nChange the settings of your boot loader.</P>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><BIG><B>Ferramenta de configuración do cargador de arrinque</B></" -#~ "BIG><BR>\n" +#~ "<P><BIG><B>Ferramenta de configuración do cargador de arrinque</B></BIG><BR>\n" #~ "Cambie a configuración do cargador de arrinque.</P>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Gardando a configuración do cargador de arrinque</BIG></" -#~ "B><BR>\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Gardando a configuración do cargador de arrinque</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" #~| "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\\nYaST can try to find them " -#~ "and merge their menus." +#~ msgid "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\\nYaST can try to find them and merge their menus." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se ten instalados varios sistemas Linux, YaST\n" #~ "pode intentar buscalos e fusionar os seus menús." @@ -3271,30 +2905,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" -#~| "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -#~| "current \n" -#~| "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -#~| "reread\n" +#~| "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +#~| "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" #~| "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\\nyou can manually edit the boot loader " -#~ "configuration files, clear the current \\nconfiguration and propose a new " -#~ "configuration, start from scratch, or reread\\nthe configuration saved on " -#~ "your disk. %1</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\\nyou can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \\nconfiguration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\\nthe configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Desde <B>Outro</B>,\n" #~ "pode editar manualmente os ficheiros de configuración co cargador\n" -#~ "de arrinque, limpar a configuración actual e propor unha nova " -#~ "configuración,\n" +#~ "de arrinque, limpar a configuración actual e propor unha nova configuración,\n" #~ "comezar desde cero ou volver ler a configuración gardada no disco. %1</P>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" #~| "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\\nmanually, click <B>Edit " -#~ "Configuration Files</B>.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\\nmanually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Para editar a man os ficheiros de\n" #~ "configuración do cargador de arrinque,\n" @@ -3304,8 +2929,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" #~| "in the boot menu.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\\nin the boot menu.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\\nin the boot menu.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P> Na táboa, cada sección representa un elemento\n" #~ "do menú de arrinque.</P>" @@ -3314,9 +2938,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" #~| "selected section.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\\nselected section." -#~ "</P>" +#~ msgid "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\\nselected section.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P> Prema <B>Editar</B> para mostrar as propiedades\n" #~ "da sección seleccionada.</P>" @@ -3329,21 +2951,12 @@ #~| "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" #~| "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" #~| "menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \\nsection as " -#~ "default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \\na boot menu and " -#~ "wait for the user to select the kernel or other \\nOS to boot. If no key " -#~ "is pressed before the time-out, the default \\nkernel or OS will be " -#~ "booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\\nmenu can be changed " -#~ "using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \\nsection as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \\na boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \\nOS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \\nkernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\\nmenu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P> Presionando <b>Fixar como 'Por defecto'</b>, marca a sección\n" -#~ "seleccionada como por defecto. Cando inicie, o cargador de inicio " -#~ "proveerá\n" -#~ "un menú de inició e agardará a que o usuario seleccione o núcleo ou " -#~ "outro\n" -#~ "S.O. para iniciar. Se non se presiona ningunha tecla antes de que expire " -#~ "o\n" +#~ "seleccionada como por defecto. Cando inicie, o cargador de inicio proveerá\n" +#~ "un menú de inició e agardará a que o usuario seleccione o núcleo ou outro\n" +#~ "S.O. para iniciar. Se non se presiona ningunha tecla antes de que expire o\n" #~ "tempo, o núcleo ou S.O. marcado por defecto será iniciado. A orde de\n" #~ "seccións no menú do cargador de arrinque pode cambiarse usando os botóns\n" #~ "<B>Arriba</B> e <B>Abaixo</B></P>" @@ -3352,9 +2965,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" #~| "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\\nor <B>Delete</" -#~ "B> to delete the selected section.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\\nor <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Prema <B>Engadir</B> para crear unha nova sección\n" #~ "do cargador de arrinque ou <B>Eliminar</B> para eliminar\n" @@ -3364,9 +2975,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" #~| "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\\nThe boot manager (%1) can " -#~ "be installed in the following ways:</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\\nThe boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Ubicación do cargador de arrinque</b></big><br>\n" #~ "O xestor de arrinque (%1) pode instalarse dos seguintes xeitos:</p>" @@ -3376,9 +2985,7 @@ #~| "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" #~| "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" #~| "on the computer.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\\nThis is not recommended if " -#~ "there is another operating system installed\\non the computer.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\\nThis is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\\non the computer.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>- No <b>MBR</b> (ou Master Boot Record).\n" #~ " Isto é o recomendado se hai outro sistema operativo instalado\n" @@ -3386,17 +2993,10 @@ #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> " -#~ "(root) \\npartition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a " -#~ "suitable\\npartition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and" -#~ "\\n<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation " -#~ "Details</b>\\nto update the master boot record\\nif it is needed or " -#~ "configure your other boot manager\\nto start &product;.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \\npartition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\\npartition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\\n<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\\nto update the master boot record\\nif it is needed or configure your other boot manager\\nto start &product;.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "- No <b>Sector de inicio</b>de <tt>/boot</tt> ou <tt>partición /</tt> " -#~ "(raíz). \n" +#~ "- No <b>Sector de inicio</b>de <tt>/boot</tt> ou <tt>partición /</tt> (raíz). \n" #~ "Isto é a opción recomendada cando hai unha partición adecuada\n" #~ "Tanto</p>" @@ -3407,16 +3007,12 @@ #~| "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" #~| "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" #~| "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\\nUse this to avoid the risk of " -#~ "interfering with an already existing\\nboot mechanism. Enable booting " -#~ "from floppy disk in\\nthe BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\\nUse this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\\nboot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\\nthe BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "- Nun <b>disquete</b> (se o sistema ten unha unidade de disquete),\n" #~ "se quere evitar o risco de interferir con algún mecanismo de arrinque xa\n" -#~ "existente. Se selecciona esta opción, pode que teña que habilitar o " -#~ "arrinque\n" +#~ "existente. Se selecciona esta opción, pode que teña que habilitar o arrinque\n" #~ "dende disquete na BIOS do sistema.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -3425,9 +3021,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" #~| "when selecting this option.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's " -#~ "restrictions\\nwhen selecting this option.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\\nwhen selecting this option.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "- En algunha <b>Outra</b> partición. Considere as restriccións\n" @@ -3437,58 +3031,41 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" #~| "limit that restricts booting to\n" -#~| "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager " -#~| "used,\n" +#~| "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" #~| "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\\nlimit that restricts booting to" -#~ "\\nhard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager " -#~ "used,\\nyou may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\\nlimit that restricts booting to\\nhard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\\nyou may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Por exemplo, moitos PCs teñen un límite na BIOS\n" #~ "que restrinxe a capacidade de iniciar a\n" -#~ "cilintros de disco duro menores que 1024. Dependendo do xestor de inicio " -#~ "usado,\n" +#~ "cilintros de disco duro menores que 1024. Dependendo do xestor de inicio usado,\n" #~ "vostede poderá ou non iniciar unha partición lóxica." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> " -#~| "or\n" +#~| "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nEnter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</" -#~ "tt> or\\n<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nEnter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\\n<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Introduza o nome do dispositivo da partición (por exemplo, <tt>/dev/hda3</" -#~ "tt>,\n" +#~ "Introduza o nome do dispositivo da partición (por exemplo, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt>,\n" #~ "ou <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) no campo de entrada.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\\nTo adjust advanced boot " -#~ "loader installation options (such as the device\\nmapping), click <b>Boot " -#~ "Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\\nTo adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\\nmapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Detalles da instalación do cargador de arrinque</b><br/>\n" -#~ "Faga click en <b>Detalles da Instalación do Cargador de Arrinque</b> " -#~ "para\n" -#~ "axustar opcións avanzadas de instalación do cargador de arrinque (tales " -#~ "como\n" +#~ "Faga click en <b>Detalles da Instalación do Cargador de Arrinque</b> para\n" +#~ "axustar opcións avanzadas de instalación do cargador de arrinque (tales como\n" #~ "o mapeo de dispositivos).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" -#~| "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to " -#~| "install,\n" +#~| "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" #~| "use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\\nTo select whether to install a boot " -#~ "loader and which bootloader to install,\\nuse <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\\nTo select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\\nuse <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tipo de cargador de arrinque</b><br>\n" #~ "Para seleccionar se instalar o cargador de arrinque ou non e cal\n" @@ -3499,9 +3076,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" #~| "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" #~| "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\\nTo adjust options of the boot loader, " -#~ "such as the time-out, click\\n<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\\nTo adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\\n<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Opcións do cargador de arrinque</b><br>\n" #~ "Para axustar as opcións do cargador de arrinque, por exemplo\n" @@ -3512,38 +3087,28 @@ #~| "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" #~| "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" #~| "<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\\nHere, manually edit the boot " -#~ "loader configuration.</P>\\n<P>Note: The final configuration file may " -#~ "have different indenting.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\\nHere, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\\n<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B> Configuración experta manual</B><BR>\n" #~ "Aquí, edítase manualmente a configuración do cargador de inicio</P>\n" -#~ "<P> Nota: O ficheiro de configuración final pode ter unha sangría " -#~ "diferente.</P>" +#~ "<P> Nota: O ficheiro de configuración final pode ter unha sangría diferente.</P>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" -#~| "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The " -#~| "section\n" +#~| "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" #~| "name must be unique.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\\nUse <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot " -#~ "loader section name. The section\\nname must be unique.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\\nUse <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\\nname must be unique.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Nome de sección</b><br/>\n" -#~ "Utilice <b>nome de sección</b> para especificar o nome da sección do " -#~ "cargador de\n" +#~ "Utilice <b>nome de sección</b> para especificar o nome da sección do cargador de\n" #~ "arrinque. Tal nome debe de ser único.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\\nSelect the type of the " -#~ "new section to create.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\\nSelect the type of the new section to create.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Tipo da nova sección</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione o tipo de nova seccion a crear.</p>" @@ -3553,23 +3118,17 @@ #~| "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" #~| "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" #~| "selected section.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected" -#~ "\\nsection. Then modify the options that should differ from the" -#~ "\\nselected section.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\\nsection. Then modify the options that should differ from the\\nselected section.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Clonar sección seleccionada</b> para clonar a sección\n" #~ "actualmente seleccionada.\n" -#~ " Despois modifique as opcións que poderían diferir da sección " -#~ "seleccionada.</p>" +#~ " Despois modifique as opcións que poderían diferir da sección seleccionada.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" #~| "to load and start.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image" -#~ "\\nto load and start.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\\nto load and start.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>sección de imaxe</b> para engadir un novo\n" #~ "kernel Linux ou outra imaxe para cargar e arrincar.</p>" @@ -3578,9 +3137,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" #~| "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image," -#~ "\\nbut to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\\nbut to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>sección Xen</b> para engadir un novo kernel Linux ou\n" #~ "outra imaxe para iniciar nun contorno Xen.</p>" @@ -3588,42 +3145,30 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" -#~| "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used " -#~| "for\n" +#~| "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" #~| "booting other operating systems.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that " -#~ "\\nloads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is " -#~ "used for\\nbooting other operating systems.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \\nloads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\\nbooting other operating systems.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Outro sistema (carga encadeada)</b> para engadir unha\n" -#~ "sección que carga e inicia un sector de arrinque dunha partición do " -#~ "disco. Isto\n" +#~ "sección que carga e inicia un sector de arrinque dunha partición do disco. Isto\n" #~ "úsase para iniciar outros sistemas operativos.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" -#~| "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of " -#~| "the disk. This is used for\n" +#~| "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" #~| "booting other operating systems.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \\nloads " -#~ "configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -#~ "disk. This is used for\\nbooting other operating systems.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \\nloads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\\nbooting other operating systems.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>sección de menú</b> para engadir\n" -#~ "unha sección que cargue o ficheiro de configuración (a lista das seccións " -#~ "de arrinque) dende\n" -#~ "unha partición do disco. Isto úsase para arrincar outros sistemas " -#~ "operativos.</p>" +#~ "unha sección que cargue o ficheiro de configuración (a lista das seccións de arrinque) dende\n" +#~ "unha partición do disco. Isto úsase para arrincar outros sistemas operativos.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This function is not available if the boot\n" #~| "loader is not specified." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This function is not available if the boot\\nloader is not specified." +#~ msgid "This function is not available if the boot\\nloader is not specified." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esta función non está dispoñible se non\n" #~ "se especifica o cargador de arrinque." @@ -3632,9 +3177,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Clone the selected section '%1' instead\n" #~| "of creating a new empty section?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Clone the selected section '%1' instead\\nof creating a new empty section?" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Clone the selected section '%1' instead\\nof creating a new empty section?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Clonar a sección seleccionada '%1' no canto\n" #~ "de crear unha nova sección valdeira?\n" @@ -3643,9 +3186,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" #~| "All changes will be lost.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\\nAll changes " -#~ "will be lost.\\n" +#~ msgid "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\\nAll changes will be lost.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desexa de verdade saír da configuración do cargador de\n" #~ "arrinque sen gardar? Hanse perde tódolos cambios.\n" @@ -3654,9 +3195,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Really reset your settings for sections?\n" #~| "All your changes made in section management will be lost.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Really reset your settings for sections?\\nAll your changes made in " -#~ "section management will be lost.\\n" +#~ msgid "Really reset your settings for sections?\\nAll your changes made in section management will be lost.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Realmente desexa restablecer as súas opcións para as seccións?\n" #~ "Perderanse tódolos cambios feitos na xestión das sesións.\n" @@ -3674,8 +3213,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" #~| "do not match. Retype the password." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Password' and 'Retype password'\\ndo not match. Retype the password." +#~ msgid "'Password' and 'Retype password'\\ndo not match. Retype the password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "'Contrasinal' e 'Volva a escribir contrasinal'\n" #~ "non concordan. Volva a escribir contrasinal." @@ -3693,13 +3231,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" #~| "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\\nconfiguration " -#~ "files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\\n" +#~ msgid "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\\nconfiguration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "As opcións de disco cambiaron e editou manualmente os ficheiros de\n" -#~ "configuración do cargador de arrinque. Comprobe as opcións do cargador de " -#~ "arrinque.\n" +#~ "configuración do cargador de arrinque. Comprobe as opcións do cargador de arrinque.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" @@ -3711,9 +3246,7 @@ #~| "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" #~| "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" #~| "and confirm with OK.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\\nto a floppy disk. Insert a " -#~ "floppy disk\\nand confirm with OK.\\n" +#~ msgid "The boot loader boot sector will be written\\nto a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\\nand confirm with OK.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O sector de arrinque do cargador de\n" #~ "arrinque vaise escribir nun disquete.\n" @@ -3733,9 +3266,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "An error occurred during boot loader\n" #~| "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\\ninstallation. Retry boot loader " -#~ "configuration?\\n" +#~ msgid "An error occurred during boot loader\\ninstallation. Retry boot loader configuration?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ocorreu un erro durante a instalación do\n" #~ "cargador de arrinque. Desexa volver intentar\n" @@ -3770,10 +3301,7 @@ #~| "The partition table remains unchanged.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning!\\n\\nCurrent MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\\nsaved at " -#~ "%2.\\n\\nOnly the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\\nThe " -#~ "partition table remains unchanged.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning!\\n\\nCurrent MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\\nsaved at %2.\\n\\nOnly the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\\nThe partition table remains unchanged.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Alerta!\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3787,49 +3315,31 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -#~| "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~| "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~| "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\\ndirectly or choose by using " -#~ "<b>Browse</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\\ndirectly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Disco RAM inicial</b> se non está baleiro, define o disco RAM " -#~ "inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta\n" -#~ "e o nome do ficheiro directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Disco RAM inicial</b> se non está baleiro, define o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta\n" +#~ "e o nome do ficheiro directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of " -#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\\nto specify <code>+1</code> here. " -#~ "For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\\nto specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Desplazamento de Bloque para Carga Encadeada</b> permítelle " -#~ "especificar a lista de bloques\n" -#~ "para iniciar. Na meirande parte dos casos, vostede quererá especificar " -#~ "aquí <code>+1</code>. Para\n" -#~ "elementos máis específicos na notacion da lista de bloque vexa a " -#~ "documentación de grub</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Desplazamento de Bloque para Carga Encadeada</b> permítelle especificar a lista de bloques\n" +#~ "para iniciar. Na meirande parte dos casos, vostede quererá especificar aquí <code>+1</code>. Para\n" +#~ "elementos máis específicos na notacion da lista de bloque vexa a documentación de grub</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " -#~| "other image \n" +#~| "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" #~| "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " -#~ "other image \\nand start it in a Xen environment.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \\nand start it in a Xen environment.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>sección Xen</b> se desexa engadir un novo kernel Linux " -#~ "ou\n" +#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>sección Xen</b> se desexa engadir un novo kernel Linux ou\n" #~ "outra imaxe e inicialo nun contorno Xen.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\\nUsually specified in global " -#~ "section</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\\nUsually specified in global section</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Forza a que o sistema de ficheiros raíz sexa montado</b><br>\n" #~ "como de só lectura. Normalmente é especificado na sección global</p>" @@ -3838,9 +3348,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" #~| "Usually specified in global section</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\\nUsually " -#~ "specified in global section</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\\nUsually specified in global section</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Forza a que o sistema de ficheiros raíz sexa montado</b><br>\n" #~ "como de só lectura. Normalmente é especificado na sección global</p>" @@ -3849,29 +3357,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~| "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration." -#~ "\\nMenu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\\nMenu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Sección menú</b> para engadir un novo menú á " -#~ "configuración.\n" -#~ "As seccións de menú representan unha lista de tarefas que se agrupan " -#~ "xuntas.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Sección menú</b> para engadir un novo menú á configuración.\n" +#~ "As seccións de menú representan unha lista de tarefas que se agrupan xuntas.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" #~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create \\nconfiguration files" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non instalar o cargador de arrinque; só crear os ficheiros de " -#~ "configuración" +#~ msgstr "Non instalar o cargador de arrinque; só crear os ficheiros de configuración" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O cargador de arrinque está instalado nunha partición que non ten menos " -#~ "de %1 GB. Pode que o sistema non arrinque." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot." +#~ msgstr "O cargador de arrinque está instalado nunha partición que non ten menos de %1 GB. Pode que o sistema non arrinque." #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the floppy.\n" @@ -3879,19 +3376,16 @@ #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the hard disk?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vostede elixe instalar o cargador de arrinque ao disquete.\n" -#~ "O menú do cargador de arrinque contén unha entrada para iniciar dende o " -#~ "disquete.\n" +#~ "O menú do cargador de arrinque contén unha entrada para iniciar dende o disquete.\n" #~ "Reemprezala cunha entrada para inicar dende o disco duro?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vostede elixe instalar o cargador de arrinque ao disco duro.\n" -#~ "O menú do cargador de arrinque contén unha entrada para iniciar dende o " -#~ "disco duro.\n" +#~ "O menú do cargador de arrinque contén unha entrada para iniciar dende o disco duro.\n" #~ "Reemprezala cunha entrada para inicar dende o disquete?" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/ca-management.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/ca-management.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/ca-management.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -94,22 +94,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contrasinal (Seguridade: debería ser proporcionado por unha variable de " -"contorno)" +msgstr "Contrasinal (Seguridade: debería ser proporcionado por unha variable de contorno)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contrasinal da CA (Seguridade: debería ser proporcionado por unha variable " -"de contorno)" +msgstr "Contrasinal da CA (Seguridade: debería ser proporcionado por unha variable de contorno)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contrasinal P12 (Seguridade: debería ser proporcionado por unha variable de " -"contorno)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "Contrasinal P12 (Seguridade: debería ser proporcionado por unha variable de contorno)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" @@ -125,11 +118,9 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -380,12 +371,8 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"Non foi posible avaliar o nome da máquina local. Cambie os valores de Nome " -"do servidor e Correo-e" +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "Non foi posible avaliar o nome da máquina local. Cambie os valores de Nome do servidor e Correo-e" #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -406,15 +393,13 @@ msgstr "Está seguro de que desexa eliminar a configuración antiga?" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 @@ -427,8 +412,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." -msgstr "" -"Con requirimentos de seguridade maiores terá que cambiar o contrasinal." +msgstr "Con requirimentos de seguridade maiores terá que cambiar o contrasinal." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" @@ -470,10 +454,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 @@ -485,12 +467,8 @@ msgstr "Importando unha CA e certificado desde ficheiro" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>É o nome de máquina <b>linux</b> realmente único? O certificado só é " -"válido se o nome de máquina é correcto.</p>" +msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" +msgstr "<p>É o nome de máquina <b>linux</b> realmente único? O certificado só é válido se o nome de máquina é correcto.</p>" #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -527,28 +505,24 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and " -"<b>certificates</b>\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Seleccione neste marco o método de instalación desexado para as <b>CAs</b> e " -"os <b>certificados</b>\n" +"Seleccione neste marco o método de instalación desexado para as <b>CAs</b> e os <b>certificados</b>\n" "mentres se completa a instalación.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Tamén ten a posibilidade de crear a CA e o certificado predeterminados do " -"sistema instalado\n" +"Tamén ten a posibilidade de crear a CA e o certificado predeterminados do sistema instalado\n" "se non desexa crealos ou importalos agora.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -643,15 +617,13 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"YaST xera automaticamente unha <b>CA e certificado predeterminados</b>. Esta " -"CA e\n" +"YaST xera automaticamente unha <b>CA e certificado predeterminados</b>. Esta CA e\n" "este certificado úsanse para comunicarse co <b>servidor Apache</b>.\n" "Cambie aquí esta <b>configuración predeterminada</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -678,68 +650,39 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os certificados de servidor úsanos os servizos que proporcionan conexións " -"de rede cifradas con SSL/TLS.</p>" +msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os certificados de servidor úsanos os servizos que proporcionan conexións de rede cifradas con SSL/TLS.</p>" #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"<p>O propósito do <b>Certificado de servidor común</b> é fornecer un " -"certificado para varios servizos que se executan nesta máquina. " +msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "<p>O propósito do <b>Certificado de servidor común</b> é fornecer un certificado para varios servizos que se executan nesta máquina. " #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Algúns módulos de YaST teñen a capacidade de usar este certificado durante a " -"configuración de dito servizo.</p>" +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>" +msgstr "Algúns módulos de YaST teñen a capacidade de usar este certificado durante a configuración de dito servizo.</p>" #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server " -#| "certificate or replace the currect one.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Co botón <b>Importar/Substituír</b> pode engadir un novo certificado de " -"servidor ou substituír o actual.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the currect one.</p>" +msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Co botón <b>Importar/Substituír</b> pode engadir un novo certificado de servidor ou substituír o actual.</p>" #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode eliminar os certificados premendo no botón <b>Eliminar</b>. Pero " -"asegúrese de que xa non se van usar máis en ningún outro servizo.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode eliminar os certificados premendo no botón <b>Eliminar</b>. Pero asegúrese de que xa non se van usar máis en ningún outro servizo.</p>" #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in " -"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os certificados poden escribirse nun ficheiro usando <b>Exportar a un " -"ficheiro</b> na sección <b>Certificado</b> do módulo de <b>Xestión de CAs</" -"b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os certificados poden escribirse nun ficheiro usando <b>Exportar a un ficheiro</b> na sección <b>Certificado</b> do módulo de <b>Xestión de CAs</b>.</p>" #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 8/8 @@ -803,12 +746,8 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</" -"b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En <b>Certificados</b>, <b>CRL</b>, e <b>Avanzado</b> proporciónase " -"información especial sobre a CA actual.</p>" +msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En <b>Certificados</b>, <b>CRL</b>, e <b>Avanzado</b> proporciónase información especial sobre a CA actual.</p>" #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -931,9 +870,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values.</p>" +msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 @@ -945,21 +882,13 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aínda así a configuración modificada só se usará para as <b>novas</b> " -"entradas.</p>" +msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aínda así a configuración modificada só se usará para as <b>novas</b> entradas.</p>" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client " -"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode modificar a configuración predeterminada das <b>subCAs</b>, dos " -"<b>certificados de cliente</b>, e dos <b>certificados de servidor</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode modificar a configuración predeterminada das <b>subCAs</b>, dos <b>certificados de cliente</b>, e dos <b>certificados de servidor</b>.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -979,12 +908,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas a configuración predeterminada " -"antes de que se garde.</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas a configuración predeterminada antes de que se garde.</p>" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1097,14 +1022,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Primeiro vexa unha lista con todos os certificados dispoñibles desta CA. " -"As columnas son o DN dos certificados incluíndo o enderezo de correo-e e o " -"estado dos certificados (por exemplo válido ou revogado).</p>" +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Primeiro vexa unha lista con todos os certificados dispoñibles desta CA. As columnas son o DN dos certificados incluíndo o enderezo de correo-e e o estado dos certificados (por exemplo válido ou revogado).</p>" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1113,37 +1032,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ver</b> abre unha xanela cunha representación en texto de todo o " -"certificado.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Ver</b> abre unha xanela cunha representación en texto de todo o certificado.</p>" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ademais pode <b>Revogar</b>, <b>Borrar</b>, ou <b>Exportar</b> un " -"certificado.</p>" +msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ademais pode <b>Revogar</b>, <b>Borrar</b>, ou <b>Exportar</b> un certificado.</p>" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>Engadir</b> pode xerar un novo certificado de cliente ou de " -"servidor.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <b>Engadir</b> pode xerar un novo certificado de cliente ou de servidor.</p>" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Na zona inferior pode ver os valores máis importantes do certificado " -"seleccionado.</p>" +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Na zona inferior pode ver os valores máis importantes do certificado seleccionado.</p>" #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 @@ -1402,8 +1307,7 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode <b>Exportar</b> a CRL a un ficheiro ou a un directorio LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode <b>Exportar</b> a CRL a un ficheiro ou a un directorio LDAP.</p>" #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1462,10 +1366,8 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ao crear unha nova CRL o sistema suxire algúns valores predefinidos.</p>" +msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ao crear unha nova CRL o sistema suxire algúns valores predefinidos.</p>" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1501,16 +1403,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia!<br>Activar a creación e exportación automática dunha CRL " -"escribirá o contrasinal da CA nun ficheiro de configuración no disco. O " -"contrasinal quedará almacenado alí en texto plano xa que é necesario para " -"crear unha CRL. O ficheiro só o poderá ler o usuario root." +msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Advertencia!<br>Activar a creación e exportación automática dunha CRL escribirá o contrasinal da CA nun ficheiro de configuración no disco. O contrasinal quedará almacenado alí en texto plano xa que é necesario para crear unha CRL. O ficheiro só o poderá ler o usuario root." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1522,28 +1416,15 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Exportar a CRL desta CA unha vez seleccionando <b>Exportar unha vez</b>.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p>Exportar a CRL desta CA unha vez seleccionando <b>Exportar unha vez</b>.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation " -"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</" -"b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode activar a exportación da CRL a un ficheiro local ou a un servidor " -"LDAP ou aos dous sitios. Configure os parámetros respectivos en <b>Exportar " -"a un ficheiro local</b> e <b>Exportar a LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode activar a exportación da CRL a un ficheiro local ou a un servidor LDAP ou aos dous sitios. Configure os parámetros respectivos en <b>Exportar a un ficheiro local</b> e <b>Exportar a LDAP</b>.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1723,47 +1604,30 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nome da CA</b> é o nome dun certificado da CA. Use só os caracteres " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", e \"_\".</p>" +msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Nome da CA</b> é o nome dun certificado da CA. Use só os caracteres \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", e \"_\".</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Nome común</b> é o nome da CA.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nome común</b> é o nome do usuario para o que se crea o certificado.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Nome común</b> é o nome do usuario para o que se crea o certificado.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os <b>enderezos de correo-e</b> son enderezos de correo electrónico " -"válidos do usuario ou do administrador do servidor.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os <b>enderezos de correo-e</b> son enderezos de correo electrónico válidos do usuario ou do administrador do servidor.</p>" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and " -"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Organización</b>, <b>Unidade de organización</b>, <b>Localidade</b>, e " -"<b>Estado</b> a veces son opcionais.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Organización</b>, <b>Unidade de organización</b>, <b>Localidade</b>, e <b>Estado</b> a veces son opcionais.</p>" #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1794,32 +1658,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A chave privada da CA precisa un <B>contrasinal</B> cunha lonxitude " -"mínima de cinco caracteres. Para verificar que o escribe correctamente " -"introdúzao outra vez no seguinte campo.</p>" +msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A chave privada da CA precisa un <B>contrasinal</B> cunha lonxitude mínima de cinco caracteres. Para verificar que o escribe correctamente introdúzao outra vez no seguinte campo.</p>" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada CA ten a súa propia <b>lonxitude de chave</b>. Algúns aplicativos " -"que usan certificados precisan lonxitudes de chave especiais.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada CA ten a súa propia <b>lonxitude de chave</b>. Algúns aplicativos que usan certificados precisan lonxitudes de chave especiais.</p>" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the " -"time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A CA só é válida durante un periodo de tempo específico (<b>Periodo de " -"validez</b>). Introduza o periodo de tempo en días.</p>" +msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A CA só é válida durante un periodo de tempo específico (<b>Periodo de validez</b>). Introduza o periodo de tempo en días.</p>" #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1827,63 +1677,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>As <b>Opcións avanzadas</b> son opcións moi especiais. Se cambia estas " -"opcións SUSE non pode garantir que o certificado xerado funciona " -"axeitadamente.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>" +msgstr "<p>As <b>Opcións avanzadas</b> son opcións moi especiais. Se cambia estas opcións SUSE non pode garantir que o certificado xerado funciona axeitadamente.</p>" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A chave privada do certificado precisa un <B>contrasinal</B> cunha " -"lonxitude mínima de cinco caracteres. Para verificar que o escribe " -"correctamente introdúzao outra vez no seguinte campo.</p>" +msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A chave privada do certificado precisa un <B>contrasinal</B> cunha lonxitude mínima de cinco caracteres. Para verificar que o escribe correctamente introdúzao outra vez no seguinte campo.</p>" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada certificado ten a súa propia <b>lonxitude de chave</b>. Algúns " -"aplicativos que usan certificados precisan lonxitudes de chave especiais.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada certificado ten a súa propia <b>lonxitude de chave</b>. Algúns aplicativos que usan certificados precisan lonxitudes de chave especiais.</p>" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). " -"Enter the time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O certificado só é válido durante un periodo de tempo específico " -"(<b>Periodo de validez</b>). Introduza o periodo de tempo en días.</p>" +msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O certificado só é válido durante un periodo de tempo específico (<b>Periodo de validez</b>). Introduza o periodo de tempo en días.</p>" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A chave privada da solicitude precisa un <B>contrasinal</B> cunha " -"lonxitude mínima de cinco caracteres. Para verificar que o escribe " -"correctamente introdúzao outra vez no seguinte campo.</p>" +msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A chave privada da solicitude precisa un <B>contrasinal</B> cunha lonxitude mínima de cinco caracteres. Para verificar que o escribe correctamente introdúzao outra vez no seguinte campo.</p>" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada solicitude ten a súa propia <b>lonxitude de chave</b>. Algúns " -"aplicativos que usan certificados precisan lonxitudes de chave especiais.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada solicitude ten a súa propia <b>lonxitude de chave</b>. Algúns aplicativos que usan certificados precisan lonxitudes de chave especiais.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1917,12 +1737,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas as opcións da CA que se vai crear." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas as opcións da CA que se vai crear.</p>" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 @@ -1931,12 +1747,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas as opcións do certificado que se " -"vai crear.</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas as opcións do certificado que se vai crear.</p>" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 @@ -1945,12 +1757,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas as opcións da solicitude que se " -"vai crear.</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas as opcións da solicitude que se vai crear.</p>" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 @@ -2063,20 +1871,9 @@ #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -#| "can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the " -#| "file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-" -#| "doc).</P>" -msgid "" -"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Este marco mostra outros atributos e extensións de OpenSSL X509v3 que se " -"poden definir. Se non coñece estas extensións consulte o ficheiro /usr/share/" -"doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (do paquete openssl-doc).</P>" +#| msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" +msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" +msgstr "<P>Este marco mostra outros atributos e extensións de OpenSSL X509v3 que se poden definir. Se non coñece estas extensións consulte o ficheiro /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (do paquete openssl-doc).</P>" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>" @@ -2141,12 +1938,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Primeiro vexa unha lista con todas as solicitudes dispoñibles desta CA. " -"As columnas son o DN da solicitude incluíndo o enderezo de correo-e.</p>" +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Primeiro vexa unha lista con todas as solicitudes dispoñibles desta CA. As columnas son o DN da solicitude incluíndo o enderezo de correo-e.</p>" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -2155,38 +1948,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ver</b> abre unha xanela cunha representación en texto de toda a " -"solicitude.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Ver</b> abre unha xanela cunha representación en texto de toda a solicitude.</p>" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tamén pode <b>Asinar</b>, <b>Borrar</b>, ou <b>Exportar</b> unha " -"solicitude.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tamén pode <b>Asinar</b>, <b>Borrar</b>, ou <b>Exportar</b> unha solicitude.</p>" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>Importar</b> lese unha solicitude nova. Con <b>Engadir</b> xérase " -"unha nova solicitude.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <b>Importar</b> lese unha solicitude nova. Con <b>Engadir</b> xérase unha nova solicitude.</p>" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Na zona de abaixo pode ver os valores máis importantes da solicitude " -"seleccionada.</p>" +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Na zona de abaixo pode ver os valores máis importantes da solicitude seleccionada.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2268,9 +2046,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "" -"Isto non é unha solicitude de CA. De verdade desexa asinala como unha " -"solicitude de CA?" +msgstr "Isto non é unha solicitude de CA. De verdade desexa asinala como unha solicitude de CA?" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 @@ -2279,15 +2055,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A solicitude ten extensións de solicitude especiais que pode aceptar.</p>" +msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A solicitude ten extensións de solicitude especiais que pode aceptar.</p>" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" msgstr "<p>Se rexeita estas extensións usaranse os valores predefinidos.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 @@ -2300,12 +2073,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas as opcións da solicitude que se " -"vai asinar.</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas as opcións da solicitude que se vai asinar.</p>" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2358,20 +2127,15 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Crear CA raíz</b> xera unha nova autoridade de certificación raíz.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Crear CA raíz</b> xera unha nova autoridade de certificación raíz.</p>" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para obter máis información sobre a xestión de CAs lea o manual.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para obter máis información sobre a xestión de CAs lea o manual.</p>" #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 @@ -2582,22 +2346,15 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue." -"</p>\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a " -#| "place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importar un certificado de servidor e a correspondente CA e copialos a un " -"lugar onde outros módulos de YaST poidan buscar dito certificado común." +#| msgid "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Importar un certificado de servidor e a correspondente CA e copialos a un lugar onde outros módulos de YaST poidan buscar dito certificado común." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2636,8 +2393,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" #. popup window header @@ -2706,12 +2462,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Requírese o contrasinal da chave.\n" -"Debe ser o contrasinal para a chave cifrada ou unha nova en caso de non ser " -"unha chave cifrada." +"Debe ser o contrasinal para a chave cifrada ou unha nova en caso de non ser unha chave cifrada." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -3325,108 +3079,74 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -#~| "certificate\n" +#~| "YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" #~| "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -#~| "Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -#~| "certificate from a file.\n" +#~| "Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -#~ "and certificate\\nis used for communicating with the Apache server." -#~ "\\nHere, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA " -#~ "and certificate from a file.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\\nis used for communicating with the Apache server.\\nHere, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "YaST automaticamente unha CA predeterminada e un certificado. Esta CA e\n" #~ "este certificado úsanse para comunicarse co servidor Apache.\n" -#~ "Cambie aquí a configuración desta CA e do certificado ou importe unha CA " -#~ "e\n" +#~ "Cambie aquí a configuración desta CA e do certificado ou importe unha CA e\n" #~ "un certificado dende un ficheiro.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~| "certificates. \n" -#~| " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~| "creation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \\nEnter a valid " -#~ "password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\\n" +#~| "The password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" +#~| " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +#~ msgid "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \\nEnter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O contrasinal é moi curto para usar como contrasinal para os " -#~ "certificados.\n" -#~ "Introduza un contrasinal válido para os certificados ou desactive a " -#~ "creación de certificados.\n" +#~ "O contrasinal é moi curto para usar como contrasinal para os certificados.\n" +#~ "Introduza un contrasinal válido para os certificados ou desactive a creación de certificados.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~| "certificates. \n" -#~| " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~| "creation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~ "certificates.\\n Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable " -#~ "certificate creation.\\n" +#~| "The password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" +#~| " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +#~ msgid "The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\\n Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O contrasinal é moi curto para usar como contrasinal para os " -#~ "certificados.\n" -#~ "Introduza un contrasinal válido para os certificados ou desactive a " -#~ "creación de certificados.\n" +#~ "O contrasinal é moi curto para usar como contrasinal para os certificados.\n" +#~ "Introduza un contrasinal válido para os certificados ou desactive a creación de certificados.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and " -#~| "<b>certificates</b>\n" +#~| "In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" #~| "while completing the installation.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIn this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</" -#~ "b> and <b>certificates</b>\\nwhile completing the installation.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIn this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\\nwhile completing the installation.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Seleccione neste marco o método de instalación desexado para as <b>CAs</" -#~ "b> e os <b>certificados</b>\n" +#~ "Seleccione neste marco o método de instalación desexado para as <b>CAs</b> e os <b>certificados</b>\n" #~ "mentres se completa a instalación.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate " -#~| "in the installed system \n" +#~| "You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" #~| "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYou also have the possibility of creating the default CA and " -#~ "certificate in the installed system \\nif you do not want to create or " -#~ "import it now.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYou also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \\nif you do not want to create or import it now.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Tamén ten a posibilidade de crear a CA e o certificado predeterminados do " -#~ "sistema instalado\n" +#~ "Tamén ten a posibilidade de crear a CA e o certificado predeterminados do sistema instalado\n" #~ "se non desexa crealos ou importalos agora.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This " -#~| "CA and certificate\n" +#~| "YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" #~| "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" #~| "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. " -#~ "This CA and certificate\\nis used for communicating with the <b>Apache " -#~ "server</b>.\\nHere, change these <b>default settings</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\\nis used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\\nHere, change these <b>default settings</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "YaST xera automaticamente unha <b>CA e certificado predeterminados</b>. " -#~ "Esta CA e\n" +#~ "YaST xera automaticamente unha <b>CA e certificado predeterminados</b>. Esta CA e\n" #~ "este certificado úsanse para comunicarse co <b>servidor Apache</b>.\n" #~ "Cambie aquí esta <b>configuración predeterminada</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -3440,8 +3160,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Asegúrese de que ningún servizo vaia usar este certificado no futuro.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3524,9 +3243,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The default certificate can also be created in\n" #~| "the CA Management module.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The default certificate can also be created in\\nthe CA Management module." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "The default certificate can also be created in\\nthe CA Management module.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O certificado predefinido tamén se pode\n" #~ "crear no módulo de Xestión de CA.\n" @@ -3542,24 +3259,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The new password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~| "certificates.\n" +#~| "The new password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" #~| " Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\\nEnter a " -#~ "valid password for the certificates.\\n" +#~ msgid "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\\nEnter a valid password for the certificates.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O novo contrasinal é moi curto para usalo como contrasinal para " -#~ "certificados.\n" +#~ "O novo contrasinal é moi curto para usalo como contrasinal para certificados.\n" #~ "Introduza un contrasinal válido para certificados.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" #~| "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\\nEnter the required LDAP " -#~ "password.\\n" +#~ msgid "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\\nEnter the required LDAP password.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Debe inicializarse LDAP para a xestión de CAs.\n" #~ "Introduza o contrasinal de LDAP requirido.\n" @@ -3578,25 +3289,17 @@ #~| "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of\n" #~| "the server (%2).\n" #~| "This certificate might be not practical as a common server certificate.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\\nthe server " -#~ "(%2).\\nThis certificate might be not practical as a common server " -#~ "certificate.\\n" +#~ msgid "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\\nthe server (%2).\\nThis certificate might be not practical as a common server certificate.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome común dun certificado (%1) non é o nome do\n" #~ "servidor (%2).\n" -#~ "Este certificado podería non ser útil como certificado de servidor " -#~ "común.\n" +#~ "Este certificado podería non ser útil como certificado de servidor común.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Key Password is required. \n" -#~| "It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a " -#~| "not encrypted key." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Key Password is required. \\nIt must be the password for the encrypted " -#~ "key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +#~| "It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +#~ msgid "Key Password is required. \\nIt must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Requírese o contrasinal da chave.\n" -#~ "Debe ser o contrasinal para a chave cifrada ou unha nova en caso de non " -#~ "ser unha chave cifrada." +#~ "Debe ser o contrasinal para a chave cifrada ou unha nova en caso de non ser unha chave cifrada." Added: trunk/yast/gl/po/cio.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/cio.gl.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/cio.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +# Galician message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba@pobox.com>, 2000. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://trasno.gpul.org +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba@pobox.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <i18n@suse.de>\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Interfaces dispoñibles" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Dispositivo" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Usado" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "non" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "si" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Canal de fibra" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Seleccionar todo" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Selección &detallada..." + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "&Rastrexar canles" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Rastrexar canles" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Saír" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/cluster.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/cluster.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/cluster.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -191,15 +191,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 @@ -351,8 +347,7 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -376,116 +371,47 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></" -"p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></" -"p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -509,8 +435,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</" -"b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 @@ -694,25 +619,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/control-center.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/control-center.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/control-center.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -156,12 +156,8 @@ #~ "Sexa paciente, o inicio dos módulos pode levar algúns segundos.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search" -#~ "\" button" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tamén pode buscar palabras clave (p.ex. módem) premendo no botón \"Buscar" -#~ "\"" +#~ msgid "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search\" button" +#~ msgstr "Tamén pode buscar palabras clave (p.ex. módem) premendo no botón \"Buscar\"" #~ msgid "Nothing found" #~ msgstr "Non se atopou nada" @@ -194,8 +190,7 @@ #~ "if the latter is the case, try to run the Control Center as root. \n" #~ "Also make sure that you do not run out of disk space. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se o primeiro describe a súa situación, reinstale todos os compoñentes do " -#~ "YaST2;\n" +#~ "Se o primeiro describe a súa situación, reinstale todos os compoñentes do YaST2;\n" #~ "senón é así, probe executando o Centro de Control coma root. \n" #~ "Asegúrese tamén de que non quedou sen espazo no disco. " Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -362,9 +362,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Máquina virtual (para ambientes paravirtualizados ao xeito de Xen)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Equipo de virtualización Xen (X11 local non está configurado de xeito " -#~ "predeterminado)" +#~ msgstr "Equipo de virtualización Xen (X11 local non está configurado de xeito predeterminado)" #~ msgid "Server Scenario" #~ msgstr "Escenario do servidor" @@ -373,9 +371,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Servizo" #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Equipo de virtualización KVM (X11 local non está configurado de xeito " -#~ "predeterminado)" +#~ msgstr "Equipo de virtualización KVM (X11 local non está configurado de xeito predeterminado)" #~ msgid "Desktop Selection" #~ msgstr "Selección de escritorio" @@ -395,8 +391,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "<p><b>Noraboa!</b></p>\n" #~ "<p>A instalación de openSUSE no seu ordenador rematou.\n" -#~ "Despois de premer en <b>Terminar</b>, poderá iniciar sesión no sistema.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Despois de premer en <b>Terminar</b>, poderá iniciar sesión no sistema.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Visítenos en %1.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Que o pase moi ben!<br>O equipo de desenvolvemento de openSUSE</p>\n" #~ "\t" @@ -421,8 +416,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "openSUSE ofrece varios ambientes de escritorio para elixir. Os ambientes\n" #~ "de escritorio máis empregados son GNOME e KDE, incluídos por openSUSE.\n" -#~ "Estes ambientes de escritorio son doados de usar, están altamente " -#~ "integrados\n" +#~ "Estes ambientes de escritorio son doados de usar, están altamente integrados\n" #~ "e contan cunha atractiva interface. Cada ambiente de escritorio posúe\n" #~ "un estilo distintivo, sendo unha cuestión de gustos persoais\n" #~ "determinar que escritorio é o máis apropiado." @@ -463,31 +457,23 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "<p><b>Noraboa!</b></p>\n" #~ "<p>A instalación de &product; no seu ordenador está completa.\n" -#~ "Despoi de premer en <b>Terminar</b>, poderá iniciar sesión no sistema.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Despoi de premer en <b>Terminar</b>, poderá iniciar sesión no sistema.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Visítenos en %1.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Que o pase moi ben!<br>O equipo de desenvolvemento de SUSE</p>\n" #~ "\t" #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities. \n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities. \n" #~ " \n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "openSUSE ofrécelle a escolla das interfaces de usuario. Os dous " -#~ "escritorios completos\n" -#~ "principais son KDE e GNOME. Os dous fornecen un escritorio fácil de usar " -#~ "cun\n" -#~ "completo conxunto de aplicacións que inclúen correo-e, un xestor de " -#~ "ficheiros, xogos e utilidades.\n" +#~ "openSUSE ofrécelle a escolla das interfaces de usuario. Os dous escritorios completos\n" +#~ "principais son KDE e GNOME. Os dous fornecen un escritorio fácil de usar cun\n" +#~ "completo conxunto de aplicacións que inclúen correo-e, un xestor de ficheiros, xogos e utilidades.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ "Xa que a selección do escritorio é cuestión de gustos, non recomendamos " -#~ "ningún." +#~ "Xa que a selección do escritorio é cuestión de gustos, non recomendamos ningún." #~ msgid "GNOME" #~ msgstr "GNOME" @@ -507,8 +493,7 @@ #~ "It delivers an innovative, highly integrated desktop environment\n" #~ "with a modern look and feel." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "KDE 4.3 é a última versión estable do escritorio liberada polo proxecto " -#~ "KDE.\n" +#~ "KDE 4.3 é a última versión estable do escritorio liberada polo proxecto KDE.\n" #~ "Ofrece un escritorio innovador, altamente integrado\n" #~ "e de aparencia moderna." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/country.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/country.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/country.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -57,11 +57,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"A disposición de teclado '%1' non é correcta. Empregue a orde 'list' para " -"ver os valores posíbeis." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "A disposición de teclado '%1' non é correcta. Empregue a orde 'list' para ver os valores posíbeis." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -88,25 +85,16 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Aquí poderá axustar con precisión varias preferencias do módulo de teclado.\n" -"Estas preferencias vanse escribir no ficheiro <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</" -"tt>.\n" +"Estas preferencias vanse escribir no ficheiro <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" "Se non está seguro, use os valores predeterminados xa seleccionados.\n" "</p>" #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#| "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#| "</p>\n" -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os axustes que se fan aquí só se aplican ó teclado da consola. Configure " -"o teclado para a interface gráfica con outra ferramenta, por exemplo, SaX.</" -"p>\n" +#| msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Os axustes que se fan aquí só se aplican ó teclado da consola. Configure o teclado para a interface gráfica con outra ferramenta, por exemplo, SaX.</p>\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -187,8 +175,7 @@ "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -212,17 +199,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Escolla a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> para usar no seu sistema.\n" -"Para opcións avanzadas, como a velocidade de repetición e retraso, " -"seleccione <b>Configuracións avanzadas</b>.</p>.\n" -"<p>Atope máis opcións como máis disposicións na ferramenta de disposición de " -"teclado do seu ambiente de escritorio.</p>\n" +"Para opcións avanzadas, como a velocidade de repetición e retraso, seleccione <b>Configuracións avanzadas</b>.</p>.\n" +"<p>Atope máis opcións como máis disposicións na ferramenta de disposición de teclado do seu ambiente de escritorio.</p>\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -355,10 +338,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 non é un idioma válido. Empregue a orde 'list' para ver posíbeis valores." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 non é un idioma válido. Empregue a orde 'list' para ver posíbeis valores." #. label text #. heading text @@ -404,14 +385,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Vanse instalar paquetes adicionais compatíbeis cos idiomas principal e " -"secundario seleccionados. Os paquetes que xa non se necesiten serán " -"retirados.\n" +"Vanse instalar paquetes adicionais compatíbeis cos idiomas principal e secundario seleccionados. Os paquetes que xa non se necesiten serán retirados.\n" "</p>" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -491,20 +469,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Marque a opción <b>Adaptar a disposición do teclado</b> para adaptar a " -"disposición de teclado ao idioma principal\n" -"Marque a opción <b>Adaptar fuso horario</b> para cambiar o actual fuso " -"horario segundo o idioma principal. Se a disposición do teclado ou o fuso " -"horario xa están adaptados ao seu idioma predeterminado, a opción estará " -"desactivada.\n" +"Marque a opción <b>Adaptar a disposición do teclado</b> para adaptar a disposición de teclado ao idioma principal\n" +"Marque a opción <b>Adaptar fuso horario</b> para cambiar o actual fuso horario segundo o idioma principal. Se a disposición do teclado ou o fuso horario xa están adaptados ao seu idioma predeterminado, a opción estará desactivada.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -517,8 +488,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Idiomas secundarios</b><br>\n" -"No cadro de selección, especifique os idiomas adicionais para usar no seu " -"sistema.\n" +"No cadro de selección, especifique os idiomas adicionais para usar no seu sistema.\n" "</p>\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -546,8 +516,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Aquí pódese precisar polo miúdo as preferencias do idioma\n" -"Estas preferencias escribiranse no ficheiro <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</" -"tt>.\n" +"Estas preferencias escribiranse no ficheiro <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "Se non está seguro, use os valores predeterminados xa seleccionados.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -560,14 +529,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Configuración rexional para o usuario root</b>\n" -"determina como se establecen as variabeis rexionais (LC_*) para o usuario " -"root.</p>" +"determina como se establecen as variabeis rexionais (LC_*) para o usuario root.</p>" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" @@ -581,14 +548,8 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue <b>Configuración rexional detallada</b> para definir unha rexión " -"para o idioma principal que non apareza na lista do diálogo principal. É " -"posíbel que non haxa tradución dispoñíbel para esa rexión seleccionada.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Configuración rexional detallada</b> para definir unha rexión para o idioma principal que non apareza na lista do diálogo principal. É posíbel que non haxa tradución dispoñíbel para esa rexión seleccionada.</p>" #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -656,13 +617,11 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "No disco só se inclúe un soporte mínimo para o idioma seleccionado.\n" -"Engada o CD adicional de idioma como un repositorio adicional para obter un " -"soporte apropiado\n" +"Engada o CD adicional de idioma como un repositorio adicional para obter un soporte apropiado\n" "para este idioma.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -758,28 +717,22 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -"Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Especifique se o equipo está configurado coa hora local ou coa UTC no " -"<b>Reloxo de hardware establecido a</b>.\n" -"Moitos PCs teñen tamén instalados outros sistemas operativos (coma " -"Microsoft\n" +"Especifique se o equipo está configurado coa hora local ou coa UTC no <b>Reloxo de hardware establecido a</b>.\n" +"Moitos PCs teñen tamén instalados outros sistemas operativos (coma Microsoft\n" "Windows) empregan a hora local.\n" "Os equipos que só teñen Linux instalado configúranse normalmente\n" "coa Hora Universal Coordinada (UTC).\n" -"Se o reloxo de hardware está configurado para UTC, o seu sistema pode " -"cambiar a hora estándar\n" +"Se o reloxo de hardware está configurado para UTC, o seu sistema pode cambiar a hora estándar\n" "ao horario de verán e viceversa automaticamente.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -794,27 +747,21 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Nota: o reloxo interno do sistema utilizado polo kernel Linux, debe estar " -"sempre\n" +"Nota: o reloxo interno do sistema utilizado polo kernel Linux, debe estar sempre\n" "establecido en UTC, que se utiliza como referencia para obter a hora local\n" -"correcta no espazo do usuario. Se está a utilizar hora local para o reloxo " -"CMOS, verifique\n" -"o manual de usuario sobre suxestións para resolver posíbeis efectos " -"secundarios.\n" +"correcta no espazo do usuario. Se está a utilizar hora local para o reloxo CMOS, verifique\n" +"o manual de usuario sobre suxestións para resolver posíbeis efectos secundarios.\n" "</p>" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -822,15 +769,12 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccionou hora local, pero semella que o único sistema que ten instalado é " -"Linux.\n" +"Seleccionou hora local, pero semella que o único sistema que ten instalado é Linux.\n" "Neste caso, recomendamos utilizar UTC, e premer en Cancelar.\n" "\n" "Se quere manter a hora local, debe axustar o reloxo CMOS dúas veces ao ano\n" -"debido aos cambios no horario de verán (onde sexa necesario). Se esquece " -"axustar o reloxo,\n" -"as copias de seguridade poderían fallar, o sistema de correo podería " -"eliminar mensaxes, etc.\n" +"debido aos cambios no horario de verán (onde sexa necesario). Se esquece axustar o reloxo,\n" +"as copias de seguridade poderían fallar, o sistema de correo podería eliminar mensaxes, etc.\n" "\n" "Se usa UTC, Linux axustará a hora automaticamente.\n" "\n" @@ -838,12 +782,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Móstranse a data e a hora actuais do sistema. Múdeos aos valores " -"correctos manualmente ou use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Móstranse a data e a hora actuais do sistema. Múdeos aos valores correctos manualmente ou use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -972,8 +912,7 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1270,15 +1209,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para os <b>Dispositivos a bloquear</b>, introduza unha lista separada por " -#~ "espazos cos dispositivos aos que se aplicarán os axustes de bloqueo de " -#~ "desprazamento, de bloqueo de teclado numérico e de bloqueo de " -#~ "maiúsculas.\n" +#~ "Para os <b>Dispositivos a bloquear</b>, introduza unha lista separada por espazos cos dispositivos aos que se aplicarán os axustes de bloqueo de desprazamento, de bloqueo de teclado numérico e de bloqueo de maiúsculas.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" @@ -1297,53 +1232,31 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" -#~| "These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</" -#~| "tt>.\n" +#~| "These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" #~| "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nHere, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\\nThese " -#~ "settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\\nIf " -#~ "unsure, use the default values already selected.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nHere, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\\nThese settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\\nIf unsure, use the default values already selected.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Aquí poderá axustar con precisión varias preferencias do módulo de " -#~ "teclado.\n" -#~ "Estas preferencias vanse escribir no ficheiro <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "keyboard</tt>.\n" +#~ "Aquí poderá axustar con precisión varias preferencias do módulo de teclado.\n" +#~ "Estas preferencias vanse escribir no ficheiro <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" #~ "Se non está seguro, use os valores predeterminados xa seleccionados.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#~| "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#~ "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#~ "</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Os axustes que se fan aquí só se aplican ó teclado da consola. " -#~ "Configure o teclado para a interface gráfica con outra ferramenta, por " -#~ "exemplo, SaX.</p>\n" +#~| msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Os axustes que se fan aquí só se aplican ó teclado da consola. Configure o teclado para a interface gráfica con outra ferramenta, por exemplo, SaX.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~| "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~| "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nFor <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of " -#~ "devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock " -#~ "settings.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nFor <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para os <b>Dispositivos a bloquear</b>, introduza unha lista separada por " -#~ "espazos cos dispositivos ós que se aplicarán os axustes de bloqueo de " -#~ "desprazamento, de bloqueo de teclado numérico e de bloqueo de " -#~ "maiúsculas.\n" +#~ "Para os <b>Dispositivos a bloquear</b>, introduza unha lista separada por espazos cos dispositivos ós que se aplicarán os axustes de bloqueo de desprazamento, de bloqueo de teclado numérico e de bloqueo de maiúsculas.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1361,14 +1274,9 @@ #~| "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" #~| "installation and in the installed system. \n" #~| "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -#~| "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -#~| "Settings</b>.\n" +#~| "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\\ninstallation and in " -#~ "the installed system. \\nTest the layout in <b>Test</b>.\\nFor advanced " -#~ "options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\\ninstallation and in the installed system. \\nTest the layout in <b>Test</b>.\\nFor advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Escolla a <b>disposición de teclado</b> que desexa usar\n" @@ -1390,31 +1298,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -#~| "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -#~| "Settings</b>.</p>\n" -#~| "<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool " -#~| "of your desktop environment.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\\nFor " -#~ "advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -#~ "Settings</b>.</p>\\n<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the " -#~ "keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\\n" +#~| "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +#~| "<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\\nFor advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\\n<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Escolla a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> para usar no seu sistema.\n" -#~ "Para opcións avanzadas, como a velocidade de repetición e retraso, " -#~ "seleccione <b>Configuracións avanzadas</b>.</p>.\n" -#~ "<p>Atope máis opcións como máis disposicións na ferramenta de disposición " -#~ "de teclado do seu ambiente de escritorio.</p>\n" +#~ "Para opcións avanzadas, como a velocidade de repetición e retraso, seleccione <b>Configuracións avanzadas</b>.</p>.\n" +#~ "<p>Atope máis opcións como máis disposicións na ferramenta de disposición de teclado do seu ambiente de escritorio.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" #~| "different from the one in the system to update.\n" #~| "Select the layout to use during update:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You are currently using a keyboard layout\\ndifferent from the one in the " -#~ "system to update.\\nSelect the layout to use during update:" +#~ msgid "You are currently using a keyboard layout\\ndifferent from the one in the system to update.\\nSelect the layout to use during update:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Está a utilizar unha disposición de teclado\n" #~ "diferente á que ten o sistema que se vai actualizar.\n" @@ -1423,18 +1321,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -#~| "languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +#~| "Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nAdditional packages with support for the selected primary and " -#~ "secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be " -#~ "removed.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nAdditional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Vanse instalar paquetes adicionais con soporte para os idiomas principal " -#~ "e secundario seleccionados. Os paquetes que xa non se necesiten serán " -#~ "eliminados.\n" +#~ "Vanse instalar paquetes adicionais con soporte para os idiomas principal e secundario seleccionados. Os paquetes que xa non se necesiten serán eliminados.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1443,9 +1335,7 @@ #~| "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" #~| "the installed system.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\\nthe " -#~ "installed system.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\\nthe installed system.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> que desexa usar durante a\n" @@ -1469,9 +1359,7 @@ #~| "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" #~| "all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nNothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\\nall your " -#~ "settings in the last installation dialog.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nNothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\\nall your settings in the last installation dialog.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Non se vai modificar nada no seu ordenador ata que confirme\n" @@ -1484,9 +1372,7 @@ #~| "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" #~| "installation process.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYou can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\\ninstallation " -#~ "process.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYou can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\\ninstallation process.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Pode seleccionar <b>Abortar</b> en calquera\n" @@ -1509,8 +1395,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nChoose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nChoose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Escolla o novo <b>Idioma principal</b> para o sistema.\n" @@ -1519,53 +1404,34 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -#~| "primary language.\n" -#~| "Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according " -#~| "to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already " -#~| "adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is " -#~| "disabled.\n" +#~| "Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +#~| "Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nCheck <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to " -#~ "the primary language.\\nCheck <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the " -#~ "current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard " -#~ "layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, " -#~ "the respective option is disabled.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nCheck <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\\nCheck <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Marque a opción <b>Adaptar a disposición do teclado</b> para adaptar a " -#~ "disposición de teclado ao idioma principal\n" -#~ "Marque a opción <b>Adaptar fuso horario</b> para cambiar o actual fuso " -#~ "horario segundo o idioma principal. Se a disposición do teclado ou o fuso " -#~ "horario xa están adaptados ao seu idioma predeterminado, a opción estará " -#~ "desactivada.\n" +#~ "Marque a opción <b>Adaptar a disposición do teclado</b> para adaptar a disposición de teclado ao idioma principal\n" +#~ "Marque a opción <b>Adaptar fuso horario</b> para cambiar o actual fuso horario segundo o idioma principal. Se a disposición do teclado ou o fuso horario xa están adaptados ao seu idioma predeterminado, a opción estará desactivada.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" -#~| "In the selection box, specify additional languages to use on your " -#~| "system.\n" +#~| "In the selection box, specify additional languages to use on your system.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\\nIn the selection box, specify " -#~ "additional languages to use on your system.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\\nIn the selection box, specify additional languages to use on your system.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Idiomas secundarios</b><br>\n" -#~ "No cadro de selección, especifique os idiomas adicionais para usar no seu " -#~ "sistema.\n" +#~ "No cadro de selección, especifique os idiomas adicionais para usar no seu sistema.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" #~| "Remove some languages from the selection." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\\nRemove " -#~ "some languages from the selection." +#~ msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\\nRemove some languages from the selection." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non hai espazo dabondo para instalar todos os paquetes adicionais.\n" #~ "Elimine algúns idiomas da selección." @@ -1574,19 +1440,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" -#~| "These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</" -#~| "tt>.\n" +#~| "These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" #~| "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nHere, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\\nThese " -#~ "settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\\nIf " -#~ "unsure, use the default values already selected.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nHere, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\\nThese settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\\nIf unsure, use the default values already selected.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Aquí pódese precisar polo miúdo as preferencias do idioma\n" -#~ "Estas preferencias escribiranse no ficheiro <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "Estas preferencias escribiranse no ficheiro <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" #~ "Se non está seguro, use os valores predeterminados xa seleccionados.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1595,33 +1456,24 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" #~| "determines how the locale variables (LC_*) are set for the root user.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\\ndetermines how the locale " -#~ "variables (LC_*) are set for the root user.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\\ndetermines how the locale variables (LC_*) are set for the root user.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Configuración rexional para o usuario root</b>\n" -#~ "determina como se establecen as variables rexionais (LC_*) para o usuario " -#~ "root.</p>" +#~ "determina como se establecen as variables rexionais (LC_*) para o usuario root.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -#~| "values\n" +#~| "<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" #~| "are unset.<br>\n" #~| "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" #~| "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -#~ "values\\nare unset.<br>\\n<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings " -#~ "as normal user.<br>\\n<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\\n</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\\nare unset.<br>\\n<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\\n<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Só ctype</b>: o usuario root ten o mesmo LC_CTYPE ca un\n" #~ "usuario normal. Outros valores están sen establecer.<br>\n" -#~ "<b>Si</b>: root ten as mesmas opcións rexionais ca un usuario normal." -#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "<b>Si</b>: root ten as mesmas opcións rexionais ca un usuario normal.<br>\n" #~ "<b>Non</b>: root ten sen establecer todas as variables rexionais.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1629,38 +1481,27 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" #~| "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\\nSome texts may be " -#~ "displayed in English.\\n" +#~ msgid "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\\nSome texts may be displayed in English.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A tradución do idioma principal non está completa.\n" #~ "Algúns textos aparecerán en Inglés.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this " -#~| "media.\n" -#~| "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get " -#~| "the appropriate support\n" +#~| "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" +#~| "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" #~| "for this language.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media." -#~ "\\nAdd the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get " -#~ "the appropriate support\\nfor this language.\\n" +#~ msgid "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\\nAdd the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\\nfor this language.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "No disco só se inclúe un soporte mínimo para o idioma seleccionado.\n" -#~ "Engada o CD adicional de idioma como un repositorio adicional para obter " -#~ "un soporte apropiado\n" +#~ "Engada o CD adicional de idioma como un repositorio adicional para obter un soporte apropiado\n" #~ "para este idioma.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~| "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for" -#~ "\\ninstallation, but the selected language will be used for the new " -#~ "system." +#~ msgid "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\\ninstallation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O idioma escollido non se pode usar en modo texto. Durante\n" #~ "a instalación hase usar o Inglés, pero o idioma seleccionado\n" @@ -1670,8 +1511,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Time %1 is in the past.\n" #~| "Set a correct time before starting installation." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Time %1 is in the past.\\nSet a correct time before starting installation." +#~ msgid "Time %1 is in the past.\\nSet a correct time before starting installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A hora %1 xa pasou.\n" #~ "Defina unha hora correcta antes de iniciar a instalación." @@ -1706,16 +1546,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the " -#~| "<b>Region</b>.\n" -#~| "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, " -#~| "or \n" +#~| "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" +#~| "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" #~| "region from those available.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo select the time zone to use in your system, first select the " -#~ "<b>Region</b>.\\nIn <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time " -#~ "zone, country, or \\nregion from those available.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\\nIn <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \\nregion from those available.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para seleccionar o fuso horario que vai usar o sistema,\n" @@ -1727,36 +1562,23 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -#~| "Clock Set To</b>.\n" -#~| "Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -#~| "Microsoft\n" +#~| "Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +#~| "Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" #~| "Windows) use local time.\n" #~| "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" #~| "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -#~| "If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from " -#~| "standard time\n" +#~| "If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" #~| "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSpecify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in " -#~ "<b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\\nMost PCs that also have other operating " -#~ "systems installed (such as Microsoft\\nWindows) use local time." -#~ "\\nMachines that have only Linux installed are usually\\nset to Universal " -#~ "Time Coordinated (UTC).\\nIf the hardware clock is set to UTC, your " -#~ "system can switch from standard time\\nto daylight saving time and back " -#~ "automatically.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSpecify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\\nMost PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\\nWindows) use local time.\\nMachines that have only Linux installed are usually\\nset to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\\nIf the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\\nto daylight saving time and back automatically.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Especifique se o equipo está configurado coa hora local ou coa UTC no " -#~ "<b>Reloxo de hardware establecido a</b>.\n" -#~ "Moitos PCs teñen tamén instalados outros sistemas operativos (coma " -#~ "Microsoft\n" +#~ "Especifique se o equipo está configurado coa hora local ou coa UTC no <b>Reloxo de hardware establecido a</b>.\n" +#~ "Moitos PCs teñen tamén instalados outros sistemas operativos (coma Microsoft\n" #~ "Windows) empregan a hora local.\n" #~ "Os equipos que só teñen Linux instalado configúranse normalmente\n" #~ "ca Hora Universal Coordinada (UTC).\n" -#~ "Se o reloxo de hardware está configurado para UTC, o seu sistema pode " -#~ "cambiar a hora estándar\n" +#~ "Se o reloxo de hardware está configurado para UTC, o seu sistema pode cambiar a hora estándar\n" #~ "ó horario de verán e viceversa automaticamente.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1764,27 +1586,17 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" -#~| "always be in UTC, because this is the reference for the correct " -#~| "localtime\n" +#~| "always be in UTC, because this is the reference for the correct localtime\n" #~| "in user space. If you are choosing localtime for CMOS clock,\n" #~| "check the user manual for background information about side effects.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nNote: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must" -#~ "\\nalways be in UTC, because this is the reference for the correct " -#~ "localtime\\nin user space. If you are choosing localtime for CMOS clock," -#~ "\\ncheck the user manual for background information about side effects." -#~ "\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nNote: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\\nalways be in UTC, because this is the reference for the correct localtime\\nin user space. If you are choosing localtime for CMOS clock,\\ncheck the user manual for background information about side effects.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Nota: o reloxo interno do sistema utilizado polo kernel Linux, debe estar " -#~ "sempre\n" -#~ "establecido en UTC, que se utiliza como referencia para obter a hora " -#~ "local\n" -#~ "correcta no espazo do usuario. Se está a utilizar hora local para o " -#~ "reloxo CMOS, verifique\n" -#~ "o manual de usuario sobre suxestións para resolver posibles efectos " -#~ "secundarios.\n" +#~ "Nota: o reloxo interno do sistema utilizado polo kernel Linux, debe estar sempre\n" +#~ "establecido en UTC, que se utiliza como referencia para obter a hora local\n" +#~ "correcta no espazo do usuario. Se está a utilizar hora local para o reloxo CMOS, verifique\n" +#~ "o manual de usuario sobre suxestións para resolver posibles efectos secundarios.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1792,9 +1604,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it." -#~ "\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se a hora actual non é correcta, use<b>Cambiar</b> para axustala.\n" @@ -1803,40 +1613,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -#~| "system.\n" -#~| "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click " -#~| "Cancel.\n" +#~| "You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +#~| "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -#~| "year\n" -#~| "because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -#~| "backups may fail,\n" +#~| "If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +#~| "because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" #~| "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -#~ "system.\\nIn such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to " -#~ "click Cancel.\\n\\nIf you want to keep local time, you must adjust the " -#~ "CMOS clock twice the year\\nbecause of Day Light Saving switches. If you " -#~ "miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\\nyour mail system may drop " -#~ "mail messages, etc.\\n\\nIf you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time " -#~ "automatically.\\n\\nDo you want to continue with your selection (local " -#~ "time)?" +#~ msgid "\\nYou selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\\nIn such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\\n\\nIf you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\\nbecause of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\\nyour mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\\n\\nIf you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\\n\\nDo you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Seleccionou hora local, pero semella que o único sistema instalado é " -#~ "Linux.\n" +#~ "Seleccionou hora local, pero semella que o único sistema instalado é Linux.\n" #~ "Neste caso, recomendamos utilizar UTC, e premer Cancelar.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Se desexa manter a hora local, debe axustar o reloxo CMOS dúas veces ao " -#~ "ano\n" +#~ "Se desexa manter a hora local, debe axustar o reloxo CMOS dúas veces ao ano\n" #~ "debido aos cambios no horario de verán. Se esquece axustar o reloxo,\n" -#~ "as copias de seguridade poderían fallar, o sistema de correo podería " -#~ "eliminar mensaxes, etc.\n" +#~ "as copias de seguridade poderían fallar, o sistema de correo podería eliminar mensaxes, etc.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Se utiliza UTC, Linux axustará a hora de xeito automático.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1856,29 +1651,15 @@ #~ "Use o aplicativo fornecido polo seu escritorio." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly " -#~ "using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP " -#~ "permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Prema <b>Sincronizar Agora</b> para establecer correctamente a hora do " -#~ "sistema usando o servidor NTP seleccionado. Se desexa facer un uso " -#~ "permanente de NTP, active <b>Gardar a Configuración de NTP</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Prema <b>Sincronizar Agora</b> para establecer correctamente a hora do sistema usando o servidor NTP seleccionado. Se desexa facer un uso permanente de NTP, active <b>Gardar a Configuración de NTP</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP " -#~ "configuration. Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Abra a configuración avanzada de NTP co botón <b>Configurar</b>. Prema " -#~ "<b>Aceptar</b> para gardar os cambios.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration. Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Abra a configuración avanzada de NTP co botón <b>Configurar</b>. Prema <b>Aceptar</b> para gardar os cambios.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network " -#~ "is configured.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A sincronización co servidor NTP só é posible se a rede está " -#~ "configurada.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>A sincronización co servidor NTP só é posible se a rede está configurada.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/crowbar.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/crowbar.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/crowbar.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -361,9 +361,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración drbd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "<br>Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n" @@ -372,9 +370,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración de drbd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Por favor, agarde...<br></p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/dhcp-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/dhcp-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/dhcp-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -114,9 +114,7 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir a interface usada actualmente e amosar lista con outras interfaces " -"dispoñibles" +msgstr "Imprimir a interface usada actualmente e amosar lista con outras interfaces dispoñibles" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 @@ -141,14 +139,12 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Enderezo IP máis baixo do intervalo de enderezos IP dinámicos que se asigna" +msgstr "Enderezo IP máis baixo do intervalo de enderezos IP dinámicos que se asigna" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Enderezo IP máis alto do intervalo de enderezos IP dinámicos que se asigna" +msgstr "Enderezo IP máis alto do intervalo de enderezos IP dinámicos que se asigna" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 @@ -251,8 +247,7 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Produciuse un erro ao gardar a configuración. Desexa cambiar as opcións?" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao gardar a configuración. Desexa cambiar as opcións?" #. dialog caption #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 @@ -559,8 +554,7 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" @@ -763,12 +757,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"O intervalo de enderezos DHCP dinámico debe estar na mesma rede ca o " -"servidor DHCP.\n" +"O intervalo de enderezos DHCP dinámico debe estar na mesma rede ca o servidor DHCP.\n" "O IP %1 non coincide coa rede %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table @@ -919,15 +911,13 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "" -"A opción de liña de ordes do servidor DHCP \"-%1\" necesita un argumento" +msgstr "A opción de liña de ordes do servidor DHCP \"-%1\" necesita un argumento" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -948,8 +938,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" -"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -973,8 +962,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.</p>\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) @@ -994,8 +982,7 @@ "They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Servidores de nomes</b></big><br />\n" -"Os servidores de nomes son necesarios para asegurar o funcionamiento " -"correcto do servidor DNS.\n" +"Os servidores de nomes son necesarios para asegurar o funcionamiento correcto do servidor DNS.\n" "Encárganse de administrar todos os rexistros da zona DNS.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) @@ -1015,8 +1002,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" -"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1038,8 +1024,7 @@ "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1109,13 +1094,10 @@ "<p>\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" -"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1378,8 +1360,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1785,8 +1766,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1794,10 +1774,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1805,8 +1783,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support @@ -1855,11 +1832,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Servidor de impresión</b> define a este servidor como o servidor de " -"impresión predeterminado.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Servidor de impresión</b> define a este servidor como o servidor de impresión predeterminado.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -1871,8 +1845,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1890,8 +1863,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" @@ -1940,8 +1912,7 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para eliminar un host, seleccióneo e prema <b>Borrar da lista</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para eliminar un host, seleccióneo e prema <b>Borrar da lista</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2485,43 +2456,31 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no " -#~| "assigned IP address \n" +#~| "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no assigned IP address \n" #~| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #~| "Really use this interface?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address " -#~ "\\nand netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work." -#~ "\\nReally use this interface?\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \\nand netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\\nReally use this interface?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A interface de rede seleccionada non ten ningunha configuración (no hai " -#~ "enderezo IP\n" -#~ "nin máscara de rede asignados).Pode que non funcione cunha configuración " -#~ "de servidor DHCP.\n" +#~ "A interface de rede seleccionada non ten ningunha configuración (no hai enderezo IP\n" +#~ "nin máscara de rede asignados).Pode que non funcione cunha configuración de servidor DHCP.\n" #~ "Está seguro de que desexa utilizar esta interface?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" #~| "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\\nTherefore, you cannot change it here." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\\nTherefore, you cannot change it here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A zona DNS %1 non é unha zona mestra.\n" #~ "Por tanto non é posible modificala aquí.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -#~| "server.\n" +#~| "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" #~| "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -#~ "server.\\nIP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." +#~ msgid "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\\nIP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O intervalo de enderezos DHCP dinámico debe estar na mesma rede ca o " -#~ "servidor DHCP.\n" +#~ "O intervalo de enderezos DHCP dinámico debe estar na mesma rede ca o servidor DHCP.\n" #~ "O IP %1 non coincide coa rede %2/%3." #, fuzzy @@ -2539,12 +2498,7 @@ #~| "start the DHCP server module.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \\nto this dialog. " -#~ "You may be able to display this dialog \\nby saving the changes and " -#~ "restarting the module. \\nIf too complex a configuration is set, the " -#~ "expert \\nsettings dialog is displayed when you\\nstart the DHCP server " -#~ "module.\\n\\nContinue?" +#~ msgid "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \\nto this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \\nby saving the changes and restarting the module. \\nIf too complex a configuration is set, the expert \\nsettings dialog is displayed when you\\nstart the DHCP server module.\\n\\nContinue?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se accede á configuración avanzada, no poderá volver a\n" #~ "este cadro de diálogo. Pode amosar este cadro gardando os\n" @@ -2559,27 +2513,17 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "This is not supported by YaST, as the DHCP server module can only read " -#~| "and write\n" -#~| "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported and " -#~| "all changes \n" +#~| "This is not supported by YaST, as the DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +#~| "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported and all changes \n" #~| "will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" #~| " \n" #~| "Really continue?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\\n" -#~ "\\nYaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -#~ "write\\n/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be " -#~ "imported. All\\nchanges will be saved to the default configuration file." -#~ "\\n \\nReally continue?\\n" +#~ msgid "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\\n\\nYaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\\n/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\\nchanges will be saved to the default configuration file.\\n \\nReally continue?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especificou un ficheiro de configuración alternativo para o servidor " -#~ "DHCP.\n" +#~ "Especificou un ficheiro de configuración alternativo para o servidor DHCP.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "YaST non o permite, posto que o módulo do servidor DHCP só pode ler e " -#~ "gravar o ficheiro\n" -#~ "/etc/dhcpd.conf. Importarase unha nova configuración de %1 e todos os " -#~ "cambios\n" +#~ "YaST non o permite, posto que o módulo do servidor DHCP só pode ler e gravar o ficheiro\n" +#~ "/etc/dhcpd.conf. Importarase unha nova configuración de %1 e todos os cambios\n" #~ "gardaranse no ficheiro de configuración predeterminado.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "Seguro que desexa continuar?\n" @@ -2589,24 +2533,14 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" #~| "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" #~| "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" -#~| "the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how " -#~| "hostnames\n" +#~| "the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" #~| "should be created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" #~| "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" #~| "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" #~| "string. <tt>%i</tt> can be used only once in <b>Hostname Base</b>.\n" #~| "<b>Start</b> defines the first number that is used for the first\n" #~| "hostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\\n<b>First " -#~ "IP Address</b> defines\\nthe starting address of the range and <b>Last IP " -#~ "Address</b> defines\\nthe last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that " -#~ "determines how hostnames\\nare created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or " -#~ "<tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\\n<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host " -#~ "in the range.\\nIf no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the " -#~ "end of the\\nstring. <tt>%i</tt> can be used only once in <b>Hostname " -#~ "Base</b>.\\n<b>Start</b> defines the first number that is used for the " -#~ "first\\nhostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\\n<b>First IP Address</b> defines\\nthe starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\\nthe last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\\nare created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\\n<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\\nIf no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\\nstring. <tt>%i</tt> can be used only once in <b>Hostname Base</b>.\\n<b>Start</b> defines the first number that is used for the first\\nhostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Engadir un novo intervalo de rexistros DNS</b></big><br />\n" #~ "<b>Primeiro enderezo IP</b> define\n" @@ -2616,8 +2550,7 @@ #~ "(como <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" #~ "<tt>%i</tt> substitúese polo número do host dentro do intervalo.\n" #~ "Se <tt>%i</tt> non se define, o número engádese ao final da\n" -#~ "cadea. <tt>%i</tt> só se pode utilizar unha vez en <b>Base de nome de " -#~ "host</b>.\n" +#~ "cadea. <tt>%i</tt> só se pode utilizar unha vez en <b>Base de nome de host</b>.\n" #~ "<b>Inicio</b> define o primeiro número que se utiliza para o primeiro\n" #~ "nome de host. Os nomes de hosts créanse de xeito incremental.</p>\n" @@ -2626,47 +2559,32 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n" #~| "This wizard helps you create a new DNS zone\n" #~| "directly from the DHCP server configuration. This DNS zone is important\n" -#~| "if you also want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The DNS " -#~| "zone\n" +#~| "if you also want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The DNS zone\n" #~| "translates names to the IP addresses assigned to them. You can also\n" #~| "create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\\nIn this wizard, create a new DNS " -#~ "zone\\ndirectly from the DHCP server configuration. This DNS zone is " -#~ "important\\nif you want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The " -#~ "DNS zone\\ntranslates names to the assigned IP addresses. You can also" -#~ "\\ncreate a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\\nIn this wizard, create a new DNS zone\\ndirectly from the DHCP server configuration. This DNS zone is important\\nif you want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The DNS zone\\ntranslates names to the assigned IP addresses. You can also\\ncreate a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Asistente DNS</b></big><br />\n" #~ "Este asistente axudaralle a crear unha nova zona DNS\n" -#~ "directamente desde a configuración do servidor DHCP. Esta zona DNS é " -#~ "importante\n" -#~ "se tamén desexa identificar os clientes DHCP segundo os seus nomes de " -#~ "host. A zona DNS\n" +#~ "directamente desde a configuración do servidor DHCP. Esta zona DNS é importante\n" +#~ "se tamén desexa identificar os clientes DHCP segundo os seus nomes de host. A zona DNS\n" #~ "traduce os nomes aos enderezos IP asignados. Tamén pode\n" #~ "crear unha zona inversa que traduza os enderezos IP a nomes.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -#~| "are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and, " -#~| "therefore, cannot be changed.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\\nare taken from your " -#~ "current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\\n" +#~| "are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and, therefore, cannot be changed.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\\nare taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Non pode modificar <b>Nome de zona nova</b> nin <b>Nome de zona " -#~ "inversa</b>\n" -#~ "porque se xeraron a partires dos valores actuais de rede e servidor DHCP." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Non pode modificar <b>Nome de zona nova</b> nin <b>Nome de zona inversa</b>\n" +#~ "porque se xeraron a partires dos valores actuais de rede e servidor DHCP.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n" #~| "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \\nto contain " -#~ "reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \\nto contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Crear tamén zona inversa</b> para crear unha zona \n" #~ "que conteña entradas inversas da zona DNS principal.</p>\n" @@ -2676,14 +2594,10 @@ #~| "<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n" #~| "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" #~| "They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\\nName servers are needed for " -#~ "proper DNS server functionality.\\nThey administer all the DNS zone " -#~ "records.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\\nName servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\\nThey administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Servidores de nomes</b></big><br />\n" -#~ "Os servidores de nomes son necesarios para asegurar o funcionamiento " -#~ "correcto do servidor DNS.\n" +#~ "Os servidores de nomes son necesarios para asegurar o funcionamiento correcto do servidor DNS.\n" #~ "Encárganse de administrar todos os rexistros da zona DNS.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2694,58 +2608,37 @@ #~| "(<tt>com</tt> for <tt>example.com</tt>) for the current zone\n" #~| "name servers, and then sends a DNS query to these name servers to get\n" #~| "a reply containing the desired IP address.<br />\n" -#~| "This is why you should mention the current DNS server hostname as one " -#~| "of\n" +#~| "This is why you should mention the current DNS server hostname as one of\n" #~| "the zone name servers.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\\nEvery DNS query (for example " -#~ "searching an IP address for a\\nhostname in a DNS zone) first asks the " -#~ "parent zone\\n(<tt>com</tt> for <tt>example.com</tt>) for the current zone" -#~ "\\nname servers. Then it sends a DNS query to these name servers " -#~ "requesting\\nthe desired IP address.<br />\\nTherefore, always specify " -#~ "the current DNS server hostname as one of\\nthe zone name servers.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\\nEvery DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\\nhostname in a DNS zone) first asks the parent zone\\n(<tt>com</tt> for <tt>example.com</tt>) for the current zone\\nname servers. Then it sends a DNS query to these name servers requesting\\nthe desired IP address.<br />\\nTherefore, always specify the current DNS server hostname as one of\\nthe zone name servers.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Consultas DNS</b></big><br />\n" #~ "Calquera consulta DNS que deba atopar, por exemplo, o enderezo IP dun \n" #~ "nome de host nunha zona DNS, primeiro pregunta á zona pai\n" #~ "(<tt>com</tt> en <tt>exemplo.com</tt>) polos servidores de nomes\n" -#~ "da zona actual. A continuación, envía unha consulta DNS a eses servidores " -#~ "de nomes para obter\n" +#~ "da zona actual. A continuación, envía unha consulta DNS a eses servidores de nomes para obter\n" #~ "unha resposta que conteña o enderezo IP desexado.<br />\n" -#~ "Este é o motivo polo que debe incluir o nome de host do servidor DNS " -#~ "actual como un dos\n" +#~ "Este é o motivo polo que debe incluir o nome de host do servidor DNS actual como un dos\n" #~ "servidores de nomes da zona.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the " -#~| "form,\n" -#~| "then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " -#~| "current\n" -#~| "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is " -#~| "used\n" +#~| "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" +#~| "then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +#~| "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" #~| "during the zone creation.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form," -#~ "\\nthen click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " -#~ "current\\nDNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because " -#~ "it is used\\nduring the zone creation.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\\nthen click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\\nDNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\\nduring the zone creation.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para engadir un <b>Novo servidor de nomes</b>, prema en <b>Engadir</" -#~ "b>,\n" -#~ "complete o formulario e prema <b>Aceptar</b>. Se o nome do novo servidor " -#~ "de nomes\n" -#~ "estivese incluído na zona DNS actual, introduza tamén o seu enderezo IP. " -#~ "Isto é\n" +#~ "<p>Para engadir un <b>Novo servidor de nomes</b>, prema en <b>Engadir</b>,\n" +#~ "complete o formulario e prema <b>Aceptar</b>. Se o nome do novo servidor de nomes\n" +#~ "estivese incluído na zona DNS actual, introduza tamén o seu enderezo IP. Isto é\n" #~ "obrigatorio posto que se emprega durante a creación da zona.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" #~| "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\\n<b>Edit</b> or " -#~ "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\\n<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para editar ou eliminar unha entrada, selecciónea e prema\n" #~ "<b>Editar</b> ou <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2753,28 +2646,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" -#~| "Here, define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to " -#~| "define\n" +#~| "Here, define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" #~| "all hostnames one by one. Only set one or more simple rules for how\n" -#~| "the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses " -#~| "to use\n" +#~| "the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" #~| "and the string that is used to generate hostnames for a range.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\\nDefine DNS hostnames for all " -#~ "DHCP clients. You do not need to define\\nall hostnames one by one. Set " -#~ "simple rules for how\\nthe hostnames are created. These rules define the " -#~ "ranges of IP addresses to use\\nand the string from which hostnames are " -#~ "generated for a range.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\\nDefine DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\\nall hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\\nthe hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\\nand the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Rexistros DNS</b></big><br />\n" -#~ "Defina aquí os nomes de hosts DNS para todos os clientes DHCP. Non é " -#~ "necesario definir\n" -#~ "todos os nomes de hosts un por un. Basta con definir unha ou varias " -#~ "regras sinxelas acerca do modo\n" -#~ "en que deben crearse os nomes de host. Estas regras definen o intervalo " -#~ "de enderezos IP que se debe utilizar\n" -#~ "e a cadea que se debe empregar para xerar os nomes de hosts dun intervalo " -#~ "determinado.</p>\n" +#~ "Defina aquí os nomes de hosts DNS para todos os clientes DHCP. Non é necesario definir\n" +#~ "todos os nomes de hosts un por un. Basta con definir unha ou varias regras sinxelas acerca do modo\n" +#~ "en que deben crearse os nomes de host. Estas regras definen o intervalo de enderezos IP que se debe utilizar\n" +#~ "e a cadea que se debe empregar para xerar os nomes de hosts dun intervalo determinado.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2782,11 +2664,7 @@ #~| "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" #~| "to <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" #~| "to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\\nFor example, create a " -#~ "set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\\nto <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with " -#~ "IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\\nto <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\\nFor example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\\nto <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\\nto <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Rango de rexistros DNS</b></big><br />\n" #~ "Por exemplo, crear un conxunto de nomes de host de <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -2797,21 +2675,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n" #~| "complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\\ncomplete the " -#~ "form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\\ncomplete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo intervalo de rexistros DNS, prema <b>Engadir</" -#~ "b>,\n" +#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo intervalo de rexistros DNS, prema <b>Engadir</b>,\n" #~ "complete o formulario e despois prema <b>Aceptar</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This is a summary of all data\n" #~| "entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This is a summary of all data\\nentered in the configuration wizard so " -#~ "far.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This is a summary of all data\\nentered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Isto é un resumo de todos os datos\n" #~ "introducidos no asistente ata agora.</p>\n" @@ -2822,10 +2695,7 @@ #~| "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" #~| "The settings are not saved permanently until you complete the \n" #~| "DHCP server configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\\nthe DNS server and " -#~ "return to the DHCP server configuration.\\nThe settings are not saved " -#~ "permanently until you complete the \\nDHCP server configuration.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\\nthe DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\\nThe settings are not saved permanently until you complete the \\nDHCP server configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Prema <b>Aceptar</b> para gardar os valores do\n" #~ "servidor DNS e volver á configuración do servidor DHCP.\n" @@ -2838,37 +2708,24 @@ #~| "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" #~| "DHCP settings. Only 'A' records--DNS records that convert hostnames to\n" #~| "IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\\nThis is an advanced tool " -#~ "for editing DNS server settings to match your\\nDHCP settings. Only 'A' " -#~ "records--DNS records that convert hostnames to\\nIP addresses--are " -#~ "maintained here.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\\nThis is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\\nDHCP settings. Only 'A' records--DNS records that convert hostnames to\\nIP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Sincronización DNS</b></big><br />\n" -#~ "É unha ferramenta avanzada para editar os valores do servidor DNS, de " -#~ "modo que coincidan cos\n" -#~ "valores de DHCP. Aquí só se manteñen os rexistros \"A\" (rexistros DNS " -#~ "que converten nomes de hosts en\n" +#~ "É unha ferramenta avanzada para editar os valores do servidor DNS, de modo que coincidan cos\n" +#~ "valores de DHCP. Aquí só se manteñen os rexistros \"A\" (rexistros DNS que converten nomes de hosts en\n" #~ "enderezos IP).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network " -#~| "settings.\n" +#~| "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n" #~| "<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" #~| "<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second ID Address</b> match the current\n" #~| "Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network " -#~ "settings.\\n<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration." -#~ "\\n<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current" -#~ "\\nDynamic DHCP range.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\\n<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\\n<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\\nDynamic DHCP range.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Subrede actual</b> e <b>Máscara de rede</b> amosan os valores de rede " -#~ "actuais.\n" +#~ "<b>Subrede actual</b> e <b>Máscara de rede</b> amosan os valores de rede actuais.\n" #~ "<b>Dominio</b> tómase da configuración DHCP actual.\n" -#~ "<b>Primeiro enderezo IP</b> e <b>Enderezo de ID secundario</b> coinciden " -#~ "co\n" +#~ "<b>Primeiro enderezo IP</b> e <b>Enderezo de ID secundario</b> coinciden co\n" #~ "intervalo DHCP dinámico actual.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2876,13 +2733,10 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n" #~| "from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\\nfrom " -#~ "<b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\\nfrom <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para crear unha zona DNS partindo de cero, utilice <b>Executar asistente</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Para crear unha zona DNS partindo de cero, utilice <b>Executar asistente</b>\n" #~ "en <b>Tarefas especiais.</b></p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2890,36 +2744,21 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" #~| "click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -#~| "To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -#~| "corresponding\n" +#~| "To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" #~| "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" #~| "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" -#~| "from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this " -#~| "range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS " -#~| "records, select\n" +#~| "from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" #~| "<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n To create or remove a single DNS record,\\nclick <b>Add</b> or " -#~ "<b>Delete</b>.\\nTo synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms " -#~ "in the corresponding\\nreverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse " -#~ "Zone</b>.\\nUse <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \\nfrom " -#~ "<b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of " -#~ "IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -#~ "select\\n<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n To create or remove a single DNS record,\\nclick <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\\nTo synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\\nreverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\\nUse <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \\nfrom <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\\n<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ " Para crear ou eliminar un único rexistro DNS,\n" #~ "prema <b>Engadir</b> ou <b>Eliminar</b>.\n" -#~ "Para sincronizar as entradas DNS coas súas formas inversas na zona " -#~ "inversa\n" +#~ "Para sincronizar as entradas DNS coas súas formas inversas na zona inversa\n" #~ "correspondente, seleccione <b>Sincronizar con zona inversa.</b>\n" #~ "Utilice <b>Eliminar intervalo de rexistros DNS coincidentes</b> \n" -#~ "en <b>Tarefas especiais</b> para suprimir cualquera información " -#~ "relacionada con este intervalo de enderezos IP do servidor DNS. Para " -#~ "crear un novo intervalo de rexistros DNS, seleccione\n" -#~ "<b>Engadir intervalo novo de rexistros DNS</b> en <b>Tarefas especiais.</" -#~ "b></p>\n" +#~ "en <b>Tarefas especiais</b> para suprimir cualquera información relacionada con este intervalo de enderezos IP do servidor DNS. Para crear un novo intervalo de rexistros DNS, seleccione\n" +#~ "<b>Engadir intervalo novo de rexistros DNS</b> en <b>Tarefas especiais.</b></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2944,8 +2783,7 @@ #~| "The IP address %1 is\n" #~| "out of the current\n" #~| "dynamic DHCP range %2-%3.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The IP address %1 is\\noutside the current\\ndynamic DHCP range %2-%3.\\n" +#~ msgid "The IP address %1 is\\noutside the current\\ndynamic DHCP range %2-%3.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O enderezo IP %1 está\n" #~ "fóra do intervalo\n" @@ -2955,9 +2793,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" #~| "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\\nIP addresses (%2-%3) " -#~ "defined in the DHCP server.\\n" +#~ msgid "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\\nIP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O enderezo IP %1 non se atopoa no intervalo\n" #~ "de enderezos IP permitidos (%2-%3) definido no servidor DHCP.\n" @@ -2966,9 +2802,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" #~| "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\\nThe DNS server cannot write any " -#~ "records to it.\\n" +#~ msgid "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\\nThe DNS server cannot write any records to it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A zona %1 no é do tipo mestre.\n" #~ "O servidor DNS non pode escribir ningún rexistro nela.\n" @@ -2977,9 +2811,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" #~| "Create it?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration." -#~ "\\nCreate it?\\n" +#~ msgid "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\\nCreate it?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A zona %1 aínda non existe na configuración actual do servidor DNS.\n" #~ "Quere creala?\n" @@ -2988,12 +2820,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you cancel, all changes made in the DNS server will be lost.\n" #~| "Really cancel this operation?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\\nReally " -#~ "cancel this operation?\\n" +#~ msgid "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\\nReally cancel this operation?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se decide cancelar a operación, perderanse todos os cambios realizados no " -#~ "servidor DNS.\n" +#~ "Se decide cancelar a operación, perderanse todos os cambios realizados no servidor DNS.\n" #~ "Está seguro de querer cancelar a operación?\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3007,21 +2836,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS " -#~| "zone.\n" -#~| "This might not work because each zone needs its name server name and " -#~| "IP \n" +#~| "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" +#~| "This might not work because each zone needs its name server name and IP \n" #~| "defined. \n" #~| "Really use the current settings?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone." -#~ "\\nThis may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name " -#~ "server defined. \\nReally use the current settings?\\n" +#~ msgid "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\\nThis may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \\nReally use the current settings?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se forneceu ningún enderezo IP de servidor de nomes na zona DNS " -#~ "actual.\n" -#~ "Pode que isto non funcione dado que cómpre definir o nome de servidor e o " -#~ "enderezo IP\n" +#~ "Non se forneceu ningún enderezo IP de servidor de nomes na zona DNS actual.\n" +#~ "Pode que isto non funcione dado que cómpre definir o nome de servidor e o enderezo IP\n" #~ "en cada zona.\n" #~ "Quere empregar os valores actuais?\n" @@ -3030,9 +2852,7 @@ #~| "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" #~| "another one (%1-%2).\n" #~| "Really use the new one?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\\nanother one (%1-%2)." -#~ "\\nReally use the new one?\\n" +#~ msgid "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\\nanother one (%1-%2).\\nReally use the new one?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O novo intervalo de entradas DNS xa está cuberto por outro\n" #~ "intervalo (%1-%2).\n" @@ -3044,9 +2864,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "%1\n" #~| "Return to the wizard?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\\n\\n%1\\nReturn to the wizard?" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\\n\\n%1\\nReturn to the wizard?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aconteceron erros ao crear a zona DNS:\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3057,9 +2875,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Por favor, agarde...</p>" @@ -3068,9 +2884,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Por favor, agarde...</p>" @@ -3078,13 +2892,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen " -#~| "from\n" +#~| "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" #~| "<b>Available Interfaces</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\\nSelect the network " -#~ "interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\\n<b>Available " -#~ "Interfaces</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\\nSelect the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\\n<b>Available Interfaces</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Interfaces de rede:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione de <b>Interfaces dispoñibles</b> as interfaces de rede ás que\n" @@ -3098,16 +2908,11 @@ #~| "<b>Open Firewall for Selected Interface</b>. \n" #~| "This option is only available if the firewall\n" #~| "is enabled.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\\nTo open the firewall to " -#~ "allow access to the service from \\nremote computers through the selected " -#~ "interface, set\\n<b>Open Firewall for Selected Interface</b>. \\nThis " -#~ "option is only available if the firewall\\nis enabled.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\\nTo open the firewall to allow access to the service from \\nremote computers through the selected interface, set\\n<b>Open Firewall for Selected Interface</b>. \\nThis option is only available if the firewall\\nis enabled.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración da devasa</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para abrir a devasa e autorizar o acceso ao\n" -#~ "servizo desde equipos remotos a través da interface establecida, " -#~ "seleccione\n" +#~ "servizo desde equipos remotos a través da interface establecida, seleccione\n" #~ "<b>Abrir devasa para as interfaces seleccionadas</b>.\n" #~ "Esta opción só está dispoñible\n" #~ "se a devasa está activada.</p>" @@ -3117,31 +2922,23 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n" #~| "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" #~| "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\\n<p>To run the DHCP server every " -#~ "time your computer is started, set\\n<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\\n<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\\n<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Servidor DHCP</big></b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>Para executar o servidor DHCP cada vez que se inicie o equipo, " -#~ "seleccione\n" +#~ "<p>Para executar o servidor DHCP cada vez que se inicie o equipo, seleccione\n" #~ "<b>Iniciar o servidor DHCP</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" -#~| "<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot " -#~| "jail\n" +#~| "<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" #~| "is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\\n<b>Run DHCP Server in " -#~ "Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\\nis more secure " -#~ "and strongly recommended.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\\n<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\\nis more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para executar o servidor DHCP en gaiola chroot, seleccione\n" -#~ "<b>Executar servidor DHCP nunha gaiola chroot<b>. Iniciar un daemon en " -#~ "gaiola chroot\n" +#~ "<b>Executar servidor DHCP nunha gaiola chroot<b>. Iniciar un daemon en gaiola chroot\n" #~ "é máis seguro e moi recomendable.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -3149,9 +2946,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" #~| "enable <b>LDAP Support</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\\nenable <b>LDAP Support</" -#~ "b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\\nenable <b>LDAP Support</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para almacenar a configuración DHCP en LDAP,\n" @@ -3159,23 +2954,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in " -#~| "use.\n" +#~| "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" #~| "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" #~| "To add a new declaration, select a declaration that should include\n" #~| "the new declaration and click <b>Add</b>.\n" #~| "To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use." -#~ "\\nTo modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>." -#~ "\\nTo add a new declaration, select a declaration that should include" -#~ "\\nthe new declaration and click <b>Add</b>.\\nTo delete a declaration, " -#~ "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\\nTo modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\\nTo add a new declaration, select a declaration that should include\\nthe new declaration and click <b>Add</b>.\\nTo delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Declaracións configuradas</b> amosa as opcións de configuración en " -#~ "uso.\n" -#~ "Para modificar unha declaración existente, selecciónea e prema <b>Editar</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "<p><b>Declaracións configuradas</b> amosa as opcións de configuración en uso.\n" +#~ "Para modificar unha declaración existente, selecciónea e prema <b>Editar</b>.\n" #~ "Para engadir unha nova, seleccione a declaración que deba incluir\n" #~ "á nova e prema <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "Para suprimir unha declaración, selecciónea e prema <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -3187,11 +2974,7 @@ #~| "change network interfaces to which the DHCP server listens,\n" #~| "or manage TSIG keys that can be used for authentication of \n" #~| "dynamic DNS updates.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\\nUse <b>Advanced</b> to " -#~ "display the log of the DHCP server,\\nchange network interfaces to which " -#~ "the DHCP server listens,\\nor manage TSIG keys that can be used for " -#~ "authentication of \\ndynamic DNS updates.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\\nUse <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\\nchange network interfaces to which the DHCP server listens,\\nor manage TSIG keys that can be used for authentication of \\ndynamic DNS updates.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Funcións avanzadas</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema en <b>Avanzado</b> para amosar o rexistro do servidor DHCP,\n" @@ -3203,23 +2986,17 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\\nSet the <b>Network " -#~ "Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\\nSet the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de subrede</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Estableza o <b>Enderezo de rede</b> e a <b>Máscara de rede</b> da subrede." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Estableza o <b>Enderezo de rede</b> e a <b>Máscara de rede</b> da subrede.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" #~| "special options in <b>Hostname</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\\nSet the name of the " -#~ "host for which to set the fixed address or other\\nspecial options in " -#~ "<b>Hostname</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\\nSet the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\\nspecial options in <b>Hostname</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Host con enderezo fixo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Defina o nome do host para o que quere establecer o enderezo fixo\n" @@ -3231,11 +3008,7 @@ #~| "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" #~| "It is just for your identification.\n" #~| "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\\nSet the name of the " -#~ "group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \\nIt is just for your " -#~ "identification.\\nThe name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\\nSet the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \\nIt is just for your identification.\\nThe name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Opcións específicas para grupos</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Estableza o nome do grupo de declaracións en <b>Nome de grupo</b>. \n" @@ -3248,10 +3021,7 @@ #~| "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" #~| "It is just for your identification.\n" #~| "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\\nSet the name of the pool of " -#~ "addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \\nIt is just for your identification." -#~ "\\nThe name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\\nSet the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \\nIt is just for your identification.\\nThe name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Depósito de enderezos</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Defina o nome do depósito de enderezos en <b>Nome do depósito</b>. \n" @@ -3264,11 +3034,7 @@ #~| "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" #~| "It is just for your identification.\n" #~| "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\\nSet the name for the shared " -#~ "network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \\nIt is just for your " -#~ "identification.\\nThe name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\\nSet the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \\nIt is just for your identification.\\nThe name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Rede compartida</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Defina o nome da rede compartida en <b>Nome de rede compartida</b>. \n" @@ -3279,9 +3045,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\\nSet the name of the class of hosts in " -#~ "<b>Class Name</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\\nSet the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Clase</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Defina o nome da clase de hosts en <b>Nome de clase</b>.</p>" @@ -3293,10 +3057,7 @@ #~| "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" #~| "To add a new option, use <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" #~| "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\\nentry of the table " -#~ "then click <b>Edit</b>.\\nTo add a new option, use <b>Add</b>. To remove" -#~ "\\nan option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\\nentry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\\nTo add a new option, use <b>Add</b>. To remove\\nan option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para editar as opcións de DHCP, escolla a entrada\n" @@ -3307,25 +3068,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</" -#~| "p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</" -#~ "b>.</p>" +#~| "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para axustar o DNS dinámico para os hosts desta subrede, empregue a " -#~ "opción <b>DNS dinámico</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para axustar o DNS dinámico para os hosts desta subrede, empregue a opción <b>DNS dinámico</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" #~| "<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\\nTo enable Dynamic DNS " -#~ "updates for this subnet, set\\n<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\\nTo enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\\n<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Activar DNS dinámico</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Active a opción <b>Activar DNS dinámico para esta subrede</b>\n" @@ -3335,22 +3089,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" -#~| "<b>TSIG Key</b> to select the key to use for authentication. The key " -#~| "must\n" -#~| "be the same for both DHCP and DNS servers. Specify the key for both " -#~| "forward\n" +#~| "<b>TSIG Key</b> to select the key to use for authentication. The key must\n" +#~| "be the same for both DHCP and DNS servers. Specify the key for both forward\n" #~| "and reverse zone.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\\nTo make Dynamic DNS updates, the " -#~ "authentication key must be set. Use\\n<b>TSIG Key</b> to select the key " -#~ "to use for authentication. The key must\\nbe the same for both DHCP and " -#~ "DNS servers. Specify the key for both forward\\nand reverse zone.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\\nTo make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\\n<b>TSIG Key</b> to select the key to use for authentication. The key must\\nbe the same for both DHCP and DNS servers. Specify the key for both forward\\nand reverse zone.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Chave TSIG</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Cómpre establecer a chave de autenticación para realizar actualizacións " -#~ "de DNS dinámico. Use\n" -#~ "<b>Chave TSIG</b> para seleccionar a chave para a autenticación. Esta " -#~ "chave debe ser a mesma\n" +#~ "Cómpre establecer a chave de autenticación para realizar actualizacións de DNS dinámico. Use\n" +#~ "<b>Chave TSIG</b> para seleccionar a chave para a autenticación. Esta chave debe ser a mesma\n" #~ "para os servidores DHCP e DNS. Especifique a chave para as zonas directa\n" #~ "e inversa.</p>" @@ -3360,82 +3106,54 @@ #~| "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" #~| "DNS work properly. To do it automatically, set\n" #~| "<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\\nGlobal settings of " -#~ "DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\\nDNS work properly. To do it " -#~ "automatically, set\\n<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\\nGlobal settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\\nDNS work properly. To do it automatically, set\\n<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración global do servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Cómpre actualizar a configuración global do servidor DHCP para que o DNS\n" -#~ "dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso " -#~ "automaticamente, seleccione\n" +#~ "dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso automaticamente, seleccione\n" #~ "<b>Actualizar configuración global de DNS dinámico</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -#~| "their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as " -#~| "the DHCP\n" +#~| "their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" #~| "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\\nSpecify forward and reverse " -#~ "zones to update. For both, also specify \\ntheir primary name server. If " -#~ "the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\\nserver, you can leave " -#~ "the fields empty.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\\nSpecify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \\ntheir primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\\nserver, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Zonas que deben actualizarse</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Especifique as zonas inversa e directa que cómpre actualizar. Especifique " -#~ "tamén \n" -#~ "o servidor de nomes primario de ambas. Se o servidor de nomes se executa " -#~ "no mesmo host\n" +#~ "Especifique as zonas inversa e directa que cómpre actualizar. Especifique tamén \n" +#~ "o servidor de nomes primario de ambas. Se o servidor de nomes se executa no mesmo host\n" #~ "que o servidor DHCP, pode deixar estes campos baleiros.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -#~| "with \n" -#~| "(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all " -#~| "possible options,\n" -#~| "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</" -#~| "p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\\nHere you can " -#~ "specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \\n(e.g. " -#~ "\"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -#~ "options,\\nconsult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will " -#~ "be used.</p>" +#~| "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +#~| "(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +#~| "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\\nHere you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \\n(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\\nconsult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Argumentos de inicio do servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Aquí pode especificar os parámetros de inicio que desexe que o servidor " -#~ "DHCP empregue \n" -#~ "(por exemplo, -p 1234 para escoitar nun porto distinto do " -#~ "predeterminado).\n" -#~ "Para coñecer todas as opciones posibles, consulte a página do manual de " -#~ "dhcpd.\n" +#~ "Aquí pode especificar os parámetros de inicio que desexe que o servidor DHCP empregue \n" +#~ "(por exemplo, -p 1234 para escoitar nun porto distinto do predeterminado).\n" +#~ "Para coñecer todas as opciones posibles, consulte a página do manual de dhcpd.\n" #~ "Se se deixan en branco, utilizaranse os valores predeterminados.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP " -#~| "server.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\\nSelect one or more of " -#~ "the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\\n" +#~| "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\\nSelect one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Selección da tarxeta de rede</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Seleccione unha ou varias tarxetas de rede das que se amosan para " -#~ "utilizalas co servidor DHCP.</p>\n" +#~ "Seleccione unha ou varias tarxetas de rede das que se amosan para utilizalas co servidor DHCP.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" #~| "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\\n(the name of " -#~ "dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\\n" +#~ msgid "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\\n(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Seo desexa, pode especificar tamén o <b>Nome do servidor DHCP</b>\n" #~ "(o nome do obxecto LDAP dhcpServer), se é distinto do nome do host.\n" @@ -3444,9 +3162,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\\nHere, make several DHCP " -#~ "settings.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\\nHere, make several DHCP settings.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración global:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aquí pode definir varias opcións de configuración de DHCP.</p>" @@ -3455,9 +3171,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" #~| "leases IPs to clients.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\\nleases " -#~ "IPs to clients.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\\nleases IPs to clients.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>En <b>Nombre de dominio</b> establécese o dominio para o que o\n" #~ "servidor DHCP asigna enderezos IP aos clientes.</p>" @@ -3467,13 +3181,9 @@ #~| "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" #~| "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" #~| "These values must be IP addresses.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> " -#~ "\\noffer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\\nThese values must be " -#~ "IP addresses.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \\noffer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\\nThese values must be IP addresses.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>IP do servidor de nomes primario</b> e <b>IP do servidor de nomes " -#~ "secundario</b> \n" +#~ "<p><b>IP do servidor de nomes primario</b> e <b>IP do servidor de nomes secundario</b> \n" #~ "Facilite estes servidores de nomes aos clientes DHCP.\n" #~ "Estes valores deben ser enderezos IP.</p>" @@ -3481,21 +3191,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" #~| "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\\nvalue as the default route in " -#~ "the routing table of clients.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\\nvalue as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Pasarela predeterminada</b> permite inserir\n" -#~ "este valor como ruta predeterminada na táboa de encamiñamento dos " -#~ "clientes.</p>" +#~ "este valor como ruta predeterminada na táboa de encamiñamento dos clientes.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" #~| "for time synchronization.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\\nfor time " -#~ "synchronization.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\\nfor time synchronization.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O <b>Servidor horario</b> solicita aos clientes que usen este\n" #~ "servidor para a sincronización da hora.</p>" @@ -3504,43 +3209,31 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" #~| "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\\n(Windows " -#~ "Internet Naming Service).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\\n(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Servidor WINS</b> ofrece este servidor como servidor WINS\n" #~ "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " -#~| "expires\n" +#~| "<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" #~| "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " -#~ "expires\\nand the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\\nand the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Tempo de asignación predeterminado</b> establece o período de tempo " -#~ "transcorrido o cal\n" -#~ "o enderezo asignado expira e o cliente debe solicitar un novo enderezo IP." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "<p><b>Tempo de asignación predeterminado</b> establece o período de tempo transcorrido o cal\n" +#~ "o enderezo asignado expira e o cliente debe solicitar un novo enderezo IP.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" -#~| "Here you can view the information about the current subnet, such as its " -#~| "address,\n" +#~| "Here you can view the information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" #~| "netmask and minimum and maximum IP addresses available for the clients.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\\nView information about the " -#~ "current subnet, such as its address,\\nnetmask, minimum and maximum IP " -#~ "addresses available for the clients.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\\nView information about the current subnet, such as its address,\\nnetmask, minimum and maximum IP addresses available for the clients.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Información de subrede</big></b></br>\n" #~ "Aquí atopará información tanto da subrede actual, como do seu enderezo,\n" -#~ "máscara de rede e os valores de mínimo e máximo enderezo IP dispoñibles " -#~ "para os clientes.\n" +#~ "máscara de rede e os valores de mínimo e máximo enderezo IP dispoñibles para os clientes.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3551,21 +3244,13 @@ #~| "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check <b>\n" #~| "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" #~| "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\\nSet the <b>First IP Address</" -#~ "b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\\nof the address range to be leased to " -#~ "clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\\nFor instance, " -#~ "<tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\\nAllow " -#~ "Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically" -#~ "\\nassigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\\nSet the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\\nof the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\\nFor instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\\nAllow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\\nassigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Rango de enderezos IP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Defina aquí o <b>Primeiro enderezo IP</b> e o <b>Último enderezo IP</b>\n" -#~ "que se debe asignar aos clientes. Os enderezos deben ter a mesma máscara " -#~ "de rede.\n" +#~ "que se debe asignar aos clientes. Os enderezos deben ter a mesma máscara de rede.\n" #~ "Por exemplo, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> e <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>.Marque <b>\n" -#~ "Permitir BOOTP dinámico</b> no intervalo especificado para permitir " -#~ "asignar tanto\n" +#~ "Permitir BOOTP dinámico</b> no intervalo especificado para permitir asignar tanto\n" #~ "a clientes BOOTP como a clientes DHCP</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3573,38 +3258,27 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" #~| "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\\nSet the <b>Default</b> lease time " -#~ "for the current IP address range,\\nwhich sets the optimal IP refreshing " -#~ "time for clients.<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\\nSet the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\\nwhich sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Tempo de asignación</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Defina aquí o tempo de asignación <b>Predeterminado</b> para o intervalo " -#~ "de enderezos IP actual,\n" -#~ "que serve para establecer o tempo de actualización IP óptimo dos clientes." -#~ "<br></p>" +#~ "Defina aquí o tempo de asignación <b>Predeterminado</b> para o intervalo de enderezos IP actual,\n" +#~ "que serve para establecer o tempo de actualización IP óptimo dos clientes.<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" #~| "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\\nfor " -#~ "which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\\nfor which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Máximo</b> (valor opcional) define o período de tempo máximo\n" -#~ "durante o que estará bloqueada esta IP para o cliente no servidor DHCP.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "durante o que estará bloqueada esta IP para o cliente no servidor DHCP.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" #~| "<b>DHCP Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\\nTo enter the complete " -#~ "configuration of the DHCP server, click\\n<b>DHCP Server Expert " -#~ "Configuration</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\\nTo enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\\n<b>DHCP Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración avanzada</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para indicar a configuración completa do servidor DHCP, prema en \n" @@ -3614,13 +3288,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to edit hosts " -#~ "with static address binding.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Administración de host</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Utilice este diálogo para editar hosts con asignación estática de " -#~ "enderezos IP.</p>" +#~ "Utilice este diálogo para editar hosts con asignación estática de enderezos IP.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3629,11 +3300,7 @@ #~| "then click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" #~| "<p>To modify a configured host, select it in the table,\n" #~| "change all values, and click <b>Change in List</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\\n<b>Hardware Address</b>, " -#~ "and <b>IP Address</b>\\nthen click <b>Add</b>.</p>\\n<p>To modify a " -#~ "configured host, select it in the table,\\nchange all values, and click " -#~ "<b>Change in List</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\\n<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\\nthen click <b>Add</b>.</p>\\n<p>To modify a configured host, select it in the table,\\nchange all values, and click <b>Change in List</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadir un novo host, defina o <b>Nome</b>,\n" #~ "<b>Enderezo de hardware</b> e <b>Enderezo IP</b> e prema\n" @@ -3654,9 +3321,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" #~| "(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\\n(usually a fixed " -#~ "address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\\n(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadir un host que necesite parámetros especiais\n" #~ "(un enderezo fixo normalmente), seleccione <b>Host</b>.</p>" @@ -3665,9 +3330,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" #~| "multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\\nmultiple logical " -#~ "networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\\nmultiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Rede compartida</b> para engadir unha rede \n" #~ "compartida (rede física con múltiples redes lóxicas).</p>" @@ -3676,53 +3339,38 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" #~| "if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\\nif they should share " -#~ "some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\\nif they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Grupo</b> para engadir un grupo de declaracións\n" -#~ "adicionais (que deban compartir normalmente algunhas opcións de " -#~ "configuración).</p>" +#~ "adicionais (que deban compartir normalmente algunhas opcións de configuración).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" #~| "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" #~| "subnet, select <b>Pool of Addresses</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\\ndifferently than " -#~ "other address pools although they are in the same\\nsubnet, select " -#~ "<b>Pool of Addresses</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\\ndifferently than other address pools although they are in the same\\nsubnet, select <b>Pool of Addresses</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Depósito de enderezos</b> para engadir un depósito de " -#~ "enderezos\n" -#~ "que deba tratarse de forma diferente a outros depósitos de enderezos a " -#~ "pesares de estar\n" +#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Depósito de enderezos</b> para engadir un depósito de enderezos\n" +#~ "que deba tratarse de forma diferente a outros depósitos de enderezos a pesares de estar\n" #~ "na mesma subrede.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" -#~| "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they " -#~| "belong,\n" +#~| "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" #~| "select <b>Class</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\\nhandling clients " -#~ "differently depending on the class to which they belong,\\nselect " -#~ "<b>Class</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\\nhandling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\\nselect <b>Class</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para crear unha clase de condición que se poida utilizar \n" -#~ "para manexar clientes de xeito diferenciado segundo a clase á que " -#~ "pertenzan,\n" +#~ "para manexar clientes de xeito diferenciado segundo a clase á que pertenzan,\n" #~ "seleccione <b>Clase</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" #~| "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\\nall changes " -#~ "will be lost. Really leave?" +#~ msgid "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\\nall changes will be lost. Really leave?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se non garda a configuración do servidor DHCP,\n" #~ "perderanse todas as modificacións. Está seguro de querer saír?" @@ -3732,9 +3380,7 @@ #~| "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" #~| "will not be able to serve your network.\n" #~| "Continue?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\\nwill not be able to " -#~ "serve your network.\\nContinue?" +#~ msgid "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\\nwill not be able to serve your network.\\nContinue?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O porto na devasa non está aberto e o servidor DHCP\n" #~ "no poderá servir á rede.\n" @@ -3742,16 +3388,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall " -#~| "zone.\n" +#~| "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" #~| "%1\n" #~| "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall " -#~ "zone.\\n%1\\nRun the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." +#~ msgid "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\\n%1\\nRun the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "As interfaces de rede da seguinte lista non se mencionan en ningunha zona " -#~ "da devasa.\n" +#~ "As interfaces de rede da seguinte lista non se mencionan en ningunha zona da devasa.\n" #~ "%1\n" #~ "Execute a configuración da devasa de YaST para asignalas a unha zona." @@ -3759,9 +3401,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" #~| "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\\nRun the " -#~ "YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." +#~ msgid "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\\nRun the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A interface de rede %1 non se menciona en ningunha zona da devasa.\n" #~ "Utilice a configuración da devasa de YaST para asignala a unha zona." @@ -3770,8 +3410,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This function is not available during\n" #~| "preparation for autoinstallation." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This function is not available during\\npreparation for autoinstallation." +#~ msgid "This function is not available during\\npreparation for autoinstallation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esta función non está dispoñible durante a\n" #~ "preparación para a instalación automática." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/dns-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/dns-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/dns-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -585,15 +585,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -653,8 +651,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1242,8 +1239,7 @@ "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" "Perderanse todas as modificacións.\n" -"Desexa realmente abandonar a configuración do servidor DNS sen gardar as " -"modificacións?" +"Desexa realmente abandonar a configuración do servidor DNS sen gardar as modificacións?" #. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 @@ -1579,8 +1575,7 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" @@ -1676,8 +1671,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry @@ -1707,8 +1701,7 @@ #. A popup error message #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." -msgstr "" -"O servidor de nomes principal especificado non é un enderezo IP válido." +msgstr "O servidor de nomes principal especificado non é un enderezo IP válido." #. Textentry - adding forwarder #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 @@ -1748,8 +1741,7 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Produciuse un erro ao gardar a configuración. Desexa cambiar as opcións?" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao gardar a configuración. Desexa cambiar as opcións?" #. message popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 @@ -1772,8 +1764,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo " -"en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -1885,10 +1876,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"<b>Delete</b>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" "to remove an existing one.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1897,8 +1886,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" "or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1907,8 +1895,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" @@ -1966,8 +1953,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2010,10 +1996,8 @@ "<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2084,8 +2068,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para eliminar unha opción selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para eliminar unha opción selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -2094,21 +2077,17 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Rexistro</big></b><br>\n" -"Use este diálogo para definir as direrentes opcións de rexistro do servidor " -"DNS.</p>" +"Use este diálogo para definir as direrentes opcións de rexistro do servidor DNS.</p>" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2155,8 +2134,7 @@ "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" -"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 @@ -2180,19 +2158,16 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" "and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2200,10 +2175,8 @@ #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2222,8 +2195,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2267,8 +2239,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2288,8 +2259,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2362,8 +2332,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" -"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" @@ -2385,8 +2354,7 @@ "<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2818,8 +2786,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" #~| "Really set it to %2?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\\nReally set it to %2?\\n" +#~ msgid "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\\nReally set it to %2?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A opción %1 só pode ser un número.\n" #~ "Realmente desexa definilo a %2?\n" @@ -2837,21 +2804,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "All changes will be lost.\n" #~| "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "All changes will be lost.\\nReally leave the DNS server configuration " -#~ "without saving?" +#~ msgid "All changes will be lost.\\nReally leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Perderanse todas as modificacións.\n" -#~ "Desexa realmente abandonar a configuración do servidor DNS sen gardar as " -#~ "modificacións?" +#~ "Desexa realmente abandonar a configuración do servidor DNS sen gardar as modificacións?" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This function is not available during\n" #~| "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This function is not available during\\npreparation for autoinstallation." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "This function is not available during\\npreparation for autoinstallation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esta función non está dispoñible\n" #~ " durante a preparación da autoinstalación.\n" @@ -2869,9 +2831,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>" @@ -2880,21 +2840,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora " -#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>" @@ -2904,10 +2859,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is " -#~ "safe to do so.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortar o gardado</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte o procedemento de gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>.\n" @@ -2918,9 +2870,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" #~| "<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\\nTo run the DNS server every " -#~ "time your computer is started, set\\n<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\\nTo run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\\n<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciar o servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para executar o servidor DNS cada vez que se arrinca o ordenador,\n" @@ -2930,46 +2880,31 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" -#~| "<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot " -#~| "jail\n" +#~| "<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" #~| "is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\\nTo run the DNS server in chroot " -#~ "jail, set\\n<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in " -#~ "a chroot jail\\nis more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\\nTo run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\\n<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\\nis more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para executar o daemon NTP en chroot jail, active\n" -#~ "<b>Executar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail</b>. Recoméndase iniciar calquera " -#~ "daemon\n" +#~ "<b>Executar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail</b>. Recoméndase iniciar calquera daemon\n" #~ "en chroot jail porque é máis seguro.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table " -#~| "then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it " -#~| "and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\\nTo edit settings of a DNS " -#~ "zone, choose the appropriate\\nentry of the table and click <B>Edit</B>." -#~ "\\nTo add a new DNS zone, use <B>Add</B>. To remove\\na configured DNS " -#~ "zone, select it and click <B>Delete</B>.</P>" +#~| "To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\\nTo edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\\nentry of the table and click <B>Edit</B>.\\nTo add a new DNS zone, use <B>Add</B>. To remove\\na configured DNS zone, select it and click <B>Delete</B>.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do host</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da " -#~ "lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n" -#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar " -#~ "unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" +#~ "<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n" +#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\\nEnter the name of the zone (domain) " -#~ "in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\\nEnter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para abortar a gravación prema en <b>Abortar</b>." @@ -2979,9 +2914,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" #~| "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the zone settings, " -#~ "choose the appropriate\\nentry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\\nentry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando as opcións</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para editar as opcións, elixa a entrada da táboa\n" @@ -2991,9 +2924,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" #~| "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\\na " -#~ "record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\\na record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadirlle un novo rexistro á zona prema en <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "Para eliminar un rexistro seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -3003,9 +2934,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" #~| "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the SOA (Start of " -#~ "Authority) record of the zone, click\\n<b>Edit SOA</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\\n<b>Edit SOA</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando as opcións</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para editar as opcións, elixa a entrada da táboa\n" @@ -3016,11 +2945,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" #~| "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\\nTo adapt the " -#~ "firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\\nvia all " -#~ "network interfaces to which it listens, check\\n<b>Adapt Firewall " -#~ "Settings</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\\nTo adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\\nvia all network interfaces to which it listens, check\\n<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando as opcións</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para editar as opcións, elixa a entrada da táboa\n" @@ -3030,9 +2955,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure the ftp server here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\\nSet the entries of " -#~ "the SOA record.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\\nSet the entries of the SOA record.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure o servidor FTP desde aquí.<br></p>\n" @@ -3041,9 +2964,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" #~| "administrator responsible for the zone.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\\nthe " -#~ "administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\\nthe administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Enderezo do administrador</b> debe conter o enderezo de\n" #~ "correo electrónico do administrador responsable da zona.</p>" @@ -3053,9 +2974,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" #~| "<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\\nTo start the DNS server every time " -#~ "your computer is booted, set\\n<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p> " +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\\nTo start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\\n<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p> " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Inicio de Servizo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para iniciar o servizo cada vez que arrinca o ordenador,\n" @@ -3066,10 +2985,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" #~| "set <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\\nTo store the DNS zones in LDAP " -#~ "instead of native configuration files,\\nset <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\\nTo store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\\nset <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Soporte de LDAP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para almacenar as preferencias en LDAP en vez de nos\n" @@ -3080,10 +2996,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" #~| "<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\\nTo start or stop the DNS " -#~ "server immediately, use \\n<b>Start DNS Server Now</b> or\\n<b>Stop DNS " -#~ "Server Now</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\\nTo start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \\n<b>Start DNS Server Now</b> or\\n<b>Stop DNS Server Now</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Activar ou Desactivar</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para iniciar ou deter o servizo inmediatamente, use \n" @@ -3093,10 +3006,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" #~| "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>." -#~ "\\nTo delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\\nTo delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadirlle un novo rexistro á zona prema en <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "Para eliminar un rexistro seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -3105,9 +3015,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to " -#~ "edit options of the DNS server.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Modificar as opcións do servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Use este diálogo para modificar as opcións do servidor DNS.</p>" @@ -3116,34 +3024,25 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to define various " -#~ "options of the DNS server logging.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Rexistro</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Use este diálogo para definir as direrentes opcións de rexistro do " -#~ "servidor DNS.</p>" +#~ "Use este diálogo para definir as direrentes opcións de rexistro do servidor DNS.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\\nIn this dialog, define access control " -#~ "lists to control\\naccess to zones.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\\nIn this dialog, define access control lists to control\\naccess to zones.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Rexistro</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Use este diálogo para definir as direrentes opcións de rexistro do " -#~ "servidor DNS.</p>" +#~ "Use este diálogo para definir as direrentes opcións de rexistro do servidor DNS.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" #~| "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\\nand " -#~ "<b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \\nACL entry, select it " -#~ "and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\\nand <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \\nACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadirlle un novo rexistro á zona prema en <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "Para eliminar un rexistro seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -3152,8 +3051,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n" #~| "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\\nclick <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\\nclick <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para eliminar unha clave existente,\n" #~ "selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -3162,17 +3060,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to manage the DNS " -#~ "zones.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Zonas DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Use este diálogo para administrar as zonas DNS.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone " -#~ "Type</b>,\\nand click <b>Add</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\\nand click <b>Add</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadir unha nova opción, prema <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -3181,28 +3075,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add and configure a new dump device, click <b>Add</b>. To edit an\n" #~| "already configured dump device, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -#~| "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</" -#~| "p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and" -#~ "\\nmail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\\nTo remove a " -#~ "configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\\nmail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\\nTo remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para a configuración dun novo dispositivo de envorcado, prema en " -#~ "<b>Engadir</b>. Para editar un\n" -#~ "dispositivo de envorcado xa configurado, seleccióneo e prema en " -#~ "<b>Editar</b>.\n" -#~ "Para eliminar un dispositivo de envorcado configurado, seleccióneo e " -#~ "prema en <b>Eliminar</b></p>" +#~ "<p>Para a configuración dun novo dispositivo de envorcado, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para editar un\n" +#~ "dispositivo de envorcado xa configurado, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n" +#~ "Para eliminar un dispositivo de envorcado configurado, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to " -#~ "change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\\nto the zone." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\\nUse this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\\nto the zone.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Zonas DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Use este diálogo para administrar as zonas DNS.</p>\n" @@ -3211,10 +3095,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" #~| "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\\nTo add a new name server, enter the " -#~ "name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove one of the listed " -#~ "name servers, select it and click\\n<b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\\nTo add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\\n<b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadirlle un novo rexistro á zona prema en <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "Para eliminar un rexistro seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -3223,11 +3104,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" #~| "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\\nTo add a new mail server, enter the " -#~ "<b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\\nand click <b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove " -#~ "one of the listed mail servers, select it and click\\n<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\\nTo add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\\nand click <b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove one of the listed mail servers, select it and click\\n<b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadirlle un novo rexistro á zona prema en <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "Para eliminar un rexistro seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -3237,10 +3114,7 @@ #~| "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" #~| "and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n" #~| "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries," -#~ "\\nand click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click" -#~ "\\n<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\\nand click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\\n<b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para cambiar un rexistro existente, seleccióneo, modifique as\n" #~ "entradas desexadas, e prema en <b>Cambiar</b>. Para eliminar\n" @@ -3250,8 +3124,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nEach type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nEach type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Cada tipo de rexistro ten a súa propia sintaxe definida no RFC.</p>\n" @@ -3260,21 +3133,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" #~| "<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\\n<p>Check the " -#~ "entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\\n<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Rematar a configuración</big></b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>Comprobe as opcións introducidas antes de rematar a configuración.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "<p>Comprobe as opcións introducidas antes de rematar a configuración.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n" #~| "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\\nSuSEfirewall2 " -#~ "settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\\nSuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Abrir o porto no cortalumes</b> para adaptar\n" #~ "a configuración de SuSEfirewall2 para permitir todas as conexións\n" @@ -3285,9 +3153,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" #~| "<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the " -#~ "\\nstart-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p> \\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \\nstart-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p> \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Inicio de Servizo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para iniciar o servizo cada vez que arrinca o ordenador,\n" @@ -3298,9 +3164,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" #~| "set <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration " -#~ "files,\\nset <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\\nset <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Soporte de LDAP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para almacenar as preferencias en LDAP en vez de nos\n" @@ -3311,9 +3175,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" #~| "<b>DNS Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click" -#~ "\\n<b>DNS Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\\n<b>DNS Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para entrar no modo experto da configuración do servidor DNS, prema\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/drbd.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/drbd.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/drbd.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -180,8 +180,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</" -"b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -228,30 +227,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource</p>\n" +"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -259,47 +247,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -308,33 +274,24 @@ msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuración global de DRBD</big></b></p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>\"Desactivar verificación IP\"</b> para desactivar unha das " -"verificacións do bo estado de drbd<p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>\"Desactivar verificación IP\"</b> para desactivar unha das verificacións do bo estado de drbd<p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dialogo Actualizar:</b> Este dialogo de usuario conta e amosa os " -"segundos \n" +"<p><b>Dialogo Actualizar:</b> Este dialogo de usuario conta e amosa os segundos \n" " que leva esperando. Pode desactivalo se ten a consola\n" " do seu servidor conectada a un terminal serie con pouca\n" " capacidade de rexistro.\n" -" O diálogo imprime a conta cada 'refresco do diálogo' " -"segundos,\n" -" especifíqueo a 0 para eliminar completamente o redebuxado.</" -"p>" +" O diálogo imprime a conta cada 'refresco do diálogo' segundos,\n" +" especifíqueo a 0 para eliminar completamente o redebuxado.</p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" @@ -344,6 +301,11 @@ " by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" " as configured mentioned in this file. </p>" msgstr "" +"<p><b>Conta menor</b>\n" +" úseo se desexa poder definir posteriormente máis\n" +" recursos sen recargar o módulo.\n" +" por omisión cárgase o módulo cos \n" +" dispositivos configurados neste ficheiro.</p>" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 @@ -360,6 +322,10 @@ "If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Engadir un drbd:</big></b><br>\n" +"Seleccione un drbd da lista de drbds detectados.\n" +"Se o seu drbd non foi detectado, utilice <b>Outro (non detectado)</b>.\n" +"Logo prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 @@ -386,6 +352,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Engadindo un drbd</big></b><br>\n" +"Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un drbd.</p>" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 @@ -394,6 +362,9 @@ "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando</big></b><br>\n" +"Elixa un drbd para cambialo ou eliminalo.\n" +"Despois prema <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 @@ -489,6 +460,8 @@ "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" +"Para propagar esta configuración.\n" +"copie o ficheiro de configuración '/etc/drbd.conf' manualmente ao resto dos nodos." #. } #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 @@ -681,13 +654,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -703,46 +673,28 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the " -#~| "seconds it waited so\n" -#~| " far. You might want to disable this if you have the " -#~| "console\n" -#~| " of your server connected to a serial terminal server " -#~| "with\n" +#~| "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +#~| " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" +#~| " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" #~| " limited logging capacity.\n" -#~| " The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -#~| "seconds,\n" +#~| " The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" #~| " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds " -#~ "it waited so\\n far. You might want to disable this if you " -#~ "have the console\\n of your server connected to a serial " -#~ "terminal server with\\n limited logging capacity." -#~ "\\n The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -#~ "seconds,\\n set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\\n far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\\n of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\\n limited logging capacity.\\n The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\\n set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Dialogo Actualizar:</b> Este dialogo de usuario conta e amosa os " -#~ "segundos \n" +#~ "<p><b>Dialogo Actualizar:</b> Este dialogo de usuario conta e amosa os segundos \n" #~ " que leva esperando. Pode desactivalo se ten a consola\n" #~ " do seu servidor conectada a un terminal serie con pouca\n" #~ " capacidade de rexistro.\n" -#~ " O diálogo imprime a conta cada 'refresco do diálogo' " -#~ "segundos,\n" -#~ " especifíqueo a 0 para eliminar completamente o redebuxado." -#~ "</p>" +#~ " O diálogo imprime a conta cada 'refresco do diálogo' segundos,\n" +#~ " especifíqueo a 0 para eliminar completamente o redebuxado.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -751,10 +703,7 @@ #~| " without reloading the module.\n" #~| " by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" #~| " as configured mentioned in this file. </p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\\nUse this option if you want to define more " -#~ "resources later without reloading the\\nmodule. By default we load the " -#~ "module with exactly as many devices as\\nconfigured in this file.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\\nUse this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\\nmodule. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\\nconfigured in this file.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Conta menor</b>\n" #~ " úseo se desexa poder definir posteriormente máis\n" @@ -766,9 +715,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure DRBD here.<br></p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure DRBD here.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de Drbd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure drbd aquí.<br></p>\n" @@ -779,10 +726,7 @@ #~| "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" #~| "If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a DRBD from the list of " -#~ "detected DRBDs.\\nIf your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not " -#~ "detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\\nIf your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un drbd:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione un drbd da lista de drbds detectados.\n" @@ -794,9 +738,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" #~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, " -#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se preme <b>Editar</b>, abrirase un diálogo adicional no\n" @@ -807,9 +749,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview " -#~ "of installed DRBDS. Additionally\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de configuración de Drbd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Acceda a un resumo dos drbds instalados. Adicionalmente,\n" @@ -819,9 +759,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a " -#~ "DRBD.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadindo un drbd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un drbd.</p>" @@ -831,9 +769,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a DRBD to change " -#~ "or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a DRBD to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa un drbd para cambialo ou eliminalo.\n" @@ -844,9 +780,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" #~| "<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to " -#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Primeira parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n" @@ -857,9 +791,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" #~| "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You " -#~ "must code it first. :-)\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Selección dalgún elemento</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Non é posible. Débese codificar primeiro. :-)\n" @@ -870,9 +802,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to " -#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Segunda parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n" @@ -881,15 +811,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "To propagate this configuration ,\n" -#~| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes " -#~| "manually." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To propagate this configuration,\\ncopy the configuration file '/etc/drbd." -#~ "conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\\n" +#~| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." +#~ msgid "To propagate this configuration,\\ncopy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para propagar esta configuración.\n" -#~ "copie o ficheiro de configuración '/etc/drbd.conf' manualmente ao resto " -#~ "dos nodos." +#~ "copie o ficheiro de configuración '/etc/drbd.conf' manualmente ao resto dos nodos." #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "Configuración de drbd" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/fcoe-client.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/fcoe-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/fcoe-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "si" #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "non" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ #. the flag is not set at all #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "non establecida" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controlador" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -352,8 +352,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</" -"b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 @@ -410,9 +409,7 @@ #| "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>\n" #| "There is the possibility to enable or disable the start of the services\n" #| "<b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>\n" -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start " -"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Iniciando servizos</big><br></b><br>\n" "É posible activar ou desactivar o inicio dos servizos\n" @@ -422,39 +419,21 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel " -#| "over\n" -#| "Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE " -#| "interfaces and\n" +#| "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over\n" +#| "Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and\n" #| "establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Iniciando o servizo <b>fcoe</b> significa iniciar o servizo <i>Fibre " -"Channel over\n" -"Ethernet (Canal de Fibra sobre Ethernet)</i> <i>fcoemon</i> o cal controla " -"as interfaces FCoE\n" +"<p>Iniciando o servizo <b>fcoe</b> significa iniciar o servizo <i>Fibre Channel over\n" +"Ethernet (Canal de Fibra sobre Ethernet)</i> <i>fcoemon</i> o cal controla as interfaces FCoE\n" "e establece unha conexión co daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery " -#| "Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i> which informs <i>fcoemon</i> " -#| "about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the " -#| "interfaces.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O servizo <b>lldpad</b> fornece o axente daemon <i>Link Layer Discovery " -"Protocol</i> <i>lldpad</i> que informa a <i>fcoemon</i> sobre as " -"características de DCB (Data Center Bridging) e a configuración das " -"interfaces.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i> which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O servizo <b>lldpad</b> fornece o axente daemon <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> <i>lldpad</i> que informa a <i>fcoemon</i> sobre as características de DCB (Data Center Bridging) e a configuración das interfaces.</p>" #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 @@ -466,28 +445,13 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status " -#| "of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface " -#| "is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network " -#| "interface) this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O diálogo de interfaces amosa todas as tarxetas de rede detectadas, " -"incluíndo o estado da configuración FCoE e VLAN.<br>FCoE é posible se unha " -"interface VLAN está configurada para FCoE no switch. Por cada tarxeta de " -"rede (interfade de rede) amósase na columna <i>Interface FCoE VLAN</i>.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface) this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O diálogo de interfaces amosa todas as tarxetas de rede detectadas, incluíndo o estado da configuración FCoE e VLAN.<br>FCoE é posible se unha interface VLAN está configurada para FCoE no switch. Por cada tarxeta de rede (interfade de rede) amósase na columna <i>Interface FCoE VLAN</i>.</p>" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry " -"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>" msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 @@ -495,40 +459,22 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br>\n" -#| "<b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet isn't possible (must be " -#| "enabled on the switch first)<br>\n" -#| "<b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated, press " -#| "<b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to do this.<br>\n" -#| " If the FCoE VLAN interface is already created the name is shown in the " -#| "column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +#| "<b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet isn't possible (must be enabled on the switch first)<br>\n" +#| "<b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated, press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to do this.<br>\n" +#| " If the FCoE VLAN interface is already created the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Os valores para a <i>Interface FCoE VLAN</i> en detalle:<br>\n" -"<b>non dispoñible</b>: non é posible utilizar Canal de Fibra sobre Ethernet " -"(FCoE) (primeiro debe estar activado no switch)<br>\n" -"<b>non configurado</b>: FCoE é posible, pero non está activado, prema " -"<b>Crear Interface FCoE VLAN</b>.<br>\n" -"Se a interface FCoE VLAN xa está creada, amosarase o seu nome, ex. eth3.200." -"</p>" +"<b>non dispoñible</b>: non é posible utilizar Canal de Fibra sobre Ethernet (FCoE) (primeiro debe estar activado no switch)<br>\n" +"<b>non configurado</b>: FCoE é posible, pero non está activado, prema <b>Crear Interface FCoE VLAN</b>.<br>\n" +"Se a interface FCoE VLAN xa está creada, amosarase o seu nome, ex. eth3.200.</p>" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>To change the configuration of an existing FCoE VLAN interface press " -#| "button <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change " -"Settings</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para cambiar a configuración dunha interface VLAN FCoE existente, prema " -"<B>Cambiar configuración</B>.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>To change the configuration of an existing FCoE VLAN interface press button <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para cambiar a configuración dunha interface VLAN FCoE existente, prema <B>Cambiar configuración</B>.</p>" #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 @@ -540,15 +486,9 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Here you can configure the general settings for the FCoE system " -#| "service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí pode configurar opcións xerais do servizo do sistema FCoE. As " -"opcións escríbense en '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Here you can configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí pode configurar opcións xerais do servizo do sistema FCoE. As opcións escríbense en '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 @@ -556,25 +496,18 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p>The values are:<br>\n" #| "<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>\n" -#| "This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe " -#| "service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br>\n" +#| "This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br>\n" #| "<b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>\n" -#| "Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged " -#| "to /var/log/messages).</p>" +#| "Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgid "" "<p>The values are:<br>\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>." -"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Os valores son:<br>\n" "<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> ou <i>no</i><br>\n" -"Se utiliza para activar ou desactivar as mensaxes de depuración do servizo " -"fcoe e <i>fcoemon</i>.<br>\n" +"Se utiliza para activar ou desactivar as mensaxes de depuración do servizo fcoe e <i>fcoemon</i>.<br>\n" "<b>Usar syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> ou <i>no</i><br>\n" -"Se establece en <i>yes</i>, as mensaxes envíanse ao rexistro do sistema " -"(escríbese en /var/log/messages).</p>" +"Se establece en <i>yes</i>, as mensaxes envíanse ao rexistro do sistema (escríbese en /var/log/messages).</p>" #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -587,20 +520,13 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on " -#| "initialization.\n" -#| " There is a file for every interface and the values indicate " -#| "whether FCoE instances\n" +#| "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.\n" +#| " There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances\n" #| " should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on " -"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>O daemon <i>fcoemon</i> le os ficheiros de configuración durante o " -"inicio.\n" -" Hai un ficheiro por cada interface e os valores indican se deben " -"crear instancias FCoE\n" +"<p>O daemon <i>fcoemon</i> le os ficheiros de configuración durante o inicio.\n" +" Hai un ficheiro por cada interface e os valores indican se deben crear instancias FCoE\n" " e requírese DCB.</p>" #. Edit dialog help 3/3 @@ -615,12 +541,7 @@ #| "<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>\n" #| "If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN\n" #| "interfaces automatically.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</" -"i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required." -"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Os valores son:<br> \n" "<b>FCoE activado</b>: <i>yes</i> ou <i>no</i><br>\n" @@ -673,12 +594,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -"installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para continuar coa configuración de FCoE, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar " -"instalado.</p>" +msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para continuar coa configuración de FCoE, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" @@ -887,9 +804,7 @@ #~| "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" #~| "interface for discovered FCoE VLAN interface\n" #~| "on %1 and start the FCoE initiator?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\\ninterface for discovered " -#~ "VLAN interface %1\\non %2 and start the FCoE initiator?" +#~ msgid "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\\ninterface for discovered VLAN interface %1\\non %2 and start the FCoE initiator?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Realmente quere crear unha interface de red FCoE\n" #~ "para a interface VLAN FCoE en %1\n" @@ -899,8 +814,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" #~| "interface isn't DCB capable" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\\ninterface isn't DCB capable." +#~ msgid "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\\ninterface isn't DCB capable." #~ msgstr "" #~ "DCB requirido está establecido en \"si\" pero\n" #~ "a interface non soporta DCB" @@ -909,9 +823,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do cliente fcoe</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -920,21 +832,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do cliente fcoe</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -944,23 +851,17 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure fcoe-client " -#~ "here.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do Cliente Fcoe</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure aquí fcoe-client.<br></p>\n" @@ -971,16 +872,11 @@ #~| "Choose an fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" #~| "If your fcoe-client was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a fcoe-client " -#~ "from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\\nIf your fcoe-client was not " -#~ "detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\\nIf your fcoe-client was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un cliente fcoe</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione un cliente fcoe da lista de clientes fcoe detectados.\n" -#~ "Se non se detectou o seu cliente fcoe, empregue <b>Outro (non detectado)." -#~ "</b>\n" +#~ "Se non se detectou o seu cliente fcoe, empregue <b>Outro (non detectado).</b>\n" #~ "Deseguido, prema en <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -988,9 +884,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" #~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, " -#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se preme <b>Editar</b>, abrirase un diálogo adicional no\n" @@ -1000,9 +894,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" #~| "For details see /var/log/YaST2/y2log" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\\nFor details, see /var/log/" -#~ "YaST2/y2log." +#~ msgid "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\\nFor details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode escribir a configuración para as interfaces FCoE.\n" #~ "Para máis detalles consulte /var/log/YaST2/y2log" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall-services.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall-services.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall-services.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -140,15 +139,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Firewall Configuration for NFS client. Opens ports for NFS client to " -#| "allow connection to an NFS server." -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Configuración do cortalumes para o cliente NFS. Abre os portos para o " -"cliente NFS para permitirlle conectarse a un servidor NFS." +#| msgid "Firewall Configuration for NFS client. Opens ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Configuración do cortalumes para o cliente NFS. Abre os portos para o cliente NFS para permitirlle conectarse a un servidor NFS." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 @@ -158,15 +151,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Firewall Configuration for NFS client. Opens ports for NFS client to " -#| "allow connection to an NFS server." -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Configuración do cortalumes para o cliente NFS. Abre os portos para o " -"cliente NFS para permitirlle conectarse a un servidor NFS." +#| msgid "Firewall Configuration for NFS client. Opens ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Configuración do cortalumes para o cliente NFS. Abre os portos para o cliente NFS para permitirlle conectarse a un servidor NFS." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 @@ -218,8 +205,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "opens ports for MySQL in order to allow other hosts connect to it" msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" -msgstr "" -"Abre os portos de MySQL para que outras máquinas se poidan conectar a el" +msgstr "Abre os portos de MySQL para que outras máquinas se poidan conectar a el" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 @@ -360,8 +346,7 @@ #~ msgstr "cups" #~ msgid "Firewall Configuration file for printing service CUPS" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ficheiro de configuración do cortalumes para o servizo de impresión CUPS" +#~ msgstr "Ficheiro de configuración do cortalumes para o servizo de impresión CUPS" #~ msgid "Finger Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor finger" @@ -405,11 +390,8 @@ #~ msgid "PostgreSQL Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor PostgreSQL" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Abre o porto TCP 5432 para permitir conexións remotas ao servidor " -#~ "PostgreSQL." +#~ msgid "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." +#~ msgstr "Abre o porto TCP 5432 para permitir conexións remotas ao servidor PostgreSQL." #~ msgid "pureftpd" #~ msgstr "pureftpd" @@ -435,12 +417,8 @@ #~ msgid "Tetrinet Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor Tetrinet" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your " -#~ "server. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Abre os portos no cortalumes para facer posible que os clientes se " -#~ "conecten ao servidor." +#~ msgid "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your server. " +#~ msgstr "Abre os portos no cortalumes para facer posible que os clientes se conecten ao servidor." #~ msgid "xdmcp" #~ msgstr "xdmcp" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -271,12 +271,10 @@ "\n" "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed " -"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -284,13 +282,11 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.</p>\n" "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -307,10 +303,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.</p>\n" @@ -327,15 +321,11 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form." -"</p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</" -"b>.</p>\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Aínda que as solicitudes da rede externa non chegan á rede interna,\n" @@ -351,87 +341,63 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets</b>\n" +"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" "for the desired zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de broadcast<big></b>\n" -"<br>Os paquetes de broadcast son uns paquetes UDP especiais que se envían a " -"toda\n" -"a rede para descubrir ordenadores da mesma rede ou enviarlle información a " -"todos os\n" +"<br>Os paquetes de broadcast son uns paquetes UDP especiais que se envían a toda\n" +"a rede para descubrir ordenadores da mesma rede ou enviarlle información a todos os\n" "ordenadores da rede dunha soa vez.\n" -"Por exemplo, os servidores CUPS proporcionan información sobre as colas de " -"impresión\n" +"Por exemplo, os servidores CUPS proporcionan información sobre as colas de impresión\n" "usando paquetes de broadcast.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Os servizos SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados nas interfaces permitidas engaden " -"aquí\n" -"automaticamente os portos de broadcast necesarios. Para eliminar calquera " -"deles ou\n" -"para engadir máis, edite as listas de portos separados por espazos para da " -"zona en particular.</p>\n" +"<p>Os servizos SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados nas interfaces permitidas engaden aquí\n" +"automaticamente os portos de broadcast necesarios. Para eliminar calquera deles ou\n" +"para engadir máis, edite as listas de portos separados por espazos para da zona en particular.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Os paquetes de broadcast descartados rexístranse. Pode que sexan moitos " -"paquetes en rede grandes.\n" -"Para evitar o rexistro destes paquetes, deseleccione <b>Rexistrar os " -"paquetes de broadcast non aceptados</b>\n" +"<p>Os paquetes de broadcast descartados rexístranse. Pode que sexan moitos paquetes en rede grandes.\n" +"Para evitar o rexistro destes paquetes, deseleccione <b>Rexistrar os paquetes de broadcast non aceptados</b>\n" "nas zonas desexadas.</p>\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.</p>\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Resposta a broadcast</big></b><br>\n" "A devasa normalmente descarta os paquetes que se lle envían dende outras\n" -"máquinas en resposta aos paquetes de broadcast que reciben dende esta " -"máquina,\n" +"máquinas en resposta aos paquetes de broadcast que reciben dende esta máquina,\n" "p.ex. navegación con Samba ou navegación con SLP.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Aquí pode configurar a que paquetes se lles permite pasar a través da " -"devasa. Use\n" -"o botón <b>Engadir</b> para engadir unha nova regra. Terá que escoller a " -"zona da\n" -"devasa e tamén algúns dos servizos xa definidos, ou terá que definir a nova " -"regra\n" +"<p>Aquí pode configurar a que paquetes se lles permite pasar a través da devasa. Use\n" +"o botón <b>Engadir</b> para engadir unha nova regra. Terá que escoller a zona da\n" +"devasa e tamén algúns dos servizos xa definidos, ou terá que definir a nova regra\n" "totalmente a man.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.</p>\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Soporte de IPsec</big></b>\n" "<br>IPsec é unha comunicación cifrada entre máquinas fiables ou\n" @@ -446,17 +412,12 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.</p>\n" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and " -"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do " -"Not Log Any</b>\n" +"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" +"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Nivel de rexistro</big></b>\n" @@ -464,14 +425,10 @@ "rexistro de paquetes IP. Configure aquí o rexistro dos paquetes de\n" "conexións entrantes. Os saíntes non se rexistran..</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Hai dous grupos de paquetes IP que se rexistran: <b>Paquetes aceptados</" -"b> e <b>Paquetes non aceptados</b>.\n" -"Pode elixir entre tres niveis de rexistro para cada grupo: <b>Rexistrar " -"todo</b> para\n" -"rexistrar todos os paquetes, <b>Rexistrar só os críticos</b> para rexistrar " -"só os\n" -"interesantes, ou <b>Non rexistrar nada</b> para non rexistrar nada. Debe " -"rexistrar polo\n" +"<p>Hai dous grupos de paquetes IP que se rexistran: <b>Paquetes aceptados</b> e <b>Paquetes non aceptados</b>.\n" +"Pode elixir entre tres niveis de rexistro para cada grupo: <b>Rexistrar todo</b> para\n" +"rexistrar todos os paquetes, <b>Rexistrar só os críticos</b> para rexistrar só os\n" +"interesantes, ou <b>Non rexistrar nada</b> para non rexistrar nada. Debe rexistrar polo\n" "menos os paquetes aceptados críticos.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help @@ -479,23 +436,18 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:</p>\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Resumo</big></b>\n" @@ -544,12 +496,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Portos RPC</b> é unha lista de servizos RPC, como\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, ou <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por " -"espazos.</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, ou <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por espazos.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -569,8 +519,7 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" @@ -596,8 +545,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.</p>\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 @@ -1188,12 +1136,8 @@ msgstr "Están definidas %1 regras personalizadas" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source " -"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" -msgstr "" -"Rede: <i>%1</i>, Protocolo: <i>%2</i>, Porto de destino: <i>%3</i>, Porto de " -"orixe: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgstr "Rede: <i>%1</i>, Protocolo: <i>%2</i>, Porto de destino: <i>%3</i>, Porto de orixe: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1238,8 +1182,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration is written" -msgid "" -"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "A devasa <b>deterase</b> despois de escribir a configuración" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1308,8 +1251,7 @@ #. that is possible to use in port-range #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." -msgstr "" -"O número de porto debe estar no intervalo que vai de 1 a %1 (incluído)." +msgstr "O número de porto debe estar no intervalo que vai de 1 a %1 (incluído)." #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 @@ -1369,10 +1311,8 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"O enmascaramento precisa polo menos unha interface externa e outra interface." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "O enmascaramento precisa polo menos unha interface externa e outra interface." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 @@ -2060,9 +2000,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" #~| "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\\nThe SuSEfirewall2 package is " -#~ "not installed." +#~ msgid "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\\nThe SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se puido cambiar a configuración da devasa.\n" #~ "O paquete SuSEfirewall2 non está instalado." @@ -2074,11 +2012,7 @@ #~| "It would be better to remove the other firewall before\n" #~| "configuring SuSEfirewall2.\n" #~| "Continue with configuration?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\\nIf you continue, " -#~ "SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\\nIt would be better to " -#~ "remove the other firewall before\\nconfiguring SuSEfirewall2.\\nContinue " -#~ "with configuration?\\n" +#~ msgid "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\\nIf you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\\nIt would be better to remove the other firewall before\\nconfiguring SuSEfirewall2.\\nContinue with configuration?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Xa hai outro tipo de devasa activa no seu sistema.\n" #~ "Se continua pode que SuSEfirewall2 provoque erros non definidos.\n" @@ -2099,9 +2033,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" #~| "<br>Please wait...</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Please wait...</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Please wait...</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Lendo a configuración da devasa</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>Agarde...</p>" @@ -2110,9 +2042,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" #~| "<br>Please wait...</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Please wait...</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Please wait...</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración da devasa</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>Agarde...</p>" @@ -2129,14 +2059,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "<p>Every network device should be assigned to a firewall zone.\n" #~| "Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\\n<br>Here, assign your network devices " -#~ "into firewall zones\\nby selecting the device in the table and clicking " -#~ "<b>Change</b>.</p>\\n\\n<p>Enter special strings, like <tt>any</tt>, " -#~ "using \\n<b>Custom</b>. You can also enter interfaces not yet configured " -#~ "here.\\nIf you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed." -#~ "</p>\\n\\n<p>Every network device should be assigned to a firewall zone." -#~ "\\nNetwork traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\\n<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\\nby selecting the device in the table and clicking <b>Change</b>.</p>\\n\\n<p>Enter special strings, like <tt>any</tt>, using \\n<b>Custom</b>. You can also enter interfaces not yet configured here.\\nIf you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.</p>\\n\\n<p>Every network device should be assigned to a firewall zone.\\nNetwork traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>Asigne aquí os dispositivos de rede a zonas de devasa\n" @@ -2154,27 +2077,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n" -#~| "<br>Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the " -#~| "network.\n" +#~| "<br>Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" #~| "Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>\n" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" #~| "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -#~| "To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed " -#~| "Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +#~| "To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, remove \n" -#~| "protection from the zone. All services and ports would be unprotected " -#~| "from this zone.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\\n<br>Specify services or ports " -#~ "that should be accessible from the network.\\nNetworks are divided into " -#~ "firewall zones.</p>\\n\\n<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> " -#~ "and the\\n<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove an " -#~ "allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> " -#~ "then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n\\n<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall " -#~ "from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\\nprotection from the zone. All " -#~ "services and ports in your internal network will\\nbe unprotected.</p>\\n" +#~| "protection from the zone. All services and ports would be unprotected from this zone.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\\n<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\\nNetworks are divided into firewall zones.</p>\\n\\n<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\\n<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n\\n<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\\nprotection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\\nbe unprotected.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Servizos permitidos</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>Aquí pode especificar os servizos ou portos que deben estar\n" @@ -2192,23 +2104,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" -#~| "Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and " -#~| "RPC ports and\n" +#~| "Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" #~| "IP protocols.</p>\n" #~| "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" #~| "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -#~| "RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -#~| "<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +#~| "RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" #~| "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\\nEntries " -#~ "must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports " -#~ "and\\nIP protocols.</p>\\n<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port " -#~ "names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\\nport numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port " -#~ "ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\\nRPC ports must be entered as service names " -#~ "(<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\\nEnter IP protocols as the " -#~ "protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\\nEntries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\\nIP protocols.</p>\\n<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\\nport numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\\nRPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\\nEnter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Pódense configurar opcións adicionais usando <b>Avanzado</b>.\n" #~ "As entradas deben estar separadas cun espazo. Así poderá permitir\n" @@ -2222,20 +2125,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -#~| "<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind " -#~| "your firewall and allows\n" -#~| "your internal network to access the external network, such as the " -#~| "Internet, transparently. Requests\n" +#~| "<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +#~| "your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" #~| "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" #~| "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" #~| "to the external network.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\\n<br>Masquerading is a function that " -#~ "hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\\nyour " -#~ "internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -#~ "transparently. Requests\\nfrom the external network to the internal one " -#~ "are blocked.\\nSelect <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your " -#~ "networks\\nto the external network.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\\n<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\\nyour internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\\nfrom the external network to the internal one are blocked.\\nSelect <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\\nto the external network.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Enmascaramento</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>O enmascaramento é unha función que oculta a rede interna\n" @@ -2248,22 +2143,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -#~| "network, it is possible to\n" -#~| "transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any " -#~| "internal IP. \n" -#~| "To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect " -#~| "form.</p>\n" +#~| "Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +#~| "transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +#~| "To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press " -#~| "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nAlthough requests from the external network cannot reach your " -#~ "internal network, it is possible to\\ntransparently redirect any " -#~ "requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \\nTo add a new " -#~ "redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\\n" -#~ "\\n<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press " -#~ "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nAlthough requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\\ntransparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \\nTo add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\\n\\n<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Aínda que as solicitudes da rede externa non chegan á rede interna,\n" @@ -2278,114 +2163,65 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -#~| "<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network " -#~| "to find \n" -#~| "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the " -#~| "network.\n" -#~| "For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing " -#~| "queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +#~| "<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" +#~| "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" +#~| "For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically " -#~| "add needed broadcast\n" -#~| "ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-" -#~| "separated ports for\n" +#~| "<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +#~| "ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" #~| "particular zones.</p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot " -#~| "of packets in wider networks.\n" -#~| "To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted " -#~| "Broadcast Packets</b>\n" +#~| "<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +#~| "To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" #~| "for the desired zones.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Broadcast packets are " -#~ "special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \\nneighboring " -#~ "computers or send information to each computer in the network.\\nFor " -#~ "example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -#~ "using broadcast packets.</p>\\n\\n<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in " -#~ "allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\\nports here. To " -#~ "remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for" -#~ "\\nparticular zones.</p>\\n\\n<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are " -#~ "logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\\nTo " -#~ "suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -#~ "Packets</b>\\nfor the desired zones.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \\nneighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\\nFor example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\\n\\n<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\\nports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\\nparticular zones.</p>\\n\\n<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\\nTo suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\\nfor the desired zones.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de broadcast<big></b>\n" -#~ "<br>Os paquetes de broadcast son uns paquetes UDP especiais que se envían " -#~ "a toda\n" -#~ "a rede para descubrir ordenadores da mesma rede ou enviarlle información " -#~ "a todos os\n" +#~ "<br>Os paquetes de broadcast son uns paquetes UDP especiais que se envían a toda\n" +#~ "a rede para descubrir ordenadores da mesma rede ou enviarlle información a todos os\n" #~ "ordenadores da rede dunha soa vez.\n" -#~ "Por exemplo, os servidores CUPS proporcionan información sobre as colas " -#~ "de impresión\n" +#~ "Por exemplo, os servidores CUPS proporcionan información sobre as colas de impresión\n" #~ "usando paquetes de broadcast.</p>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>Os servizos SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados nas interfaces permitidas " -#~ "engaden aquí\n" -#~ "automaticamente os portos de broadcast necesarios. Para eliminar calquera " -#~ "deles ou\n" -#~ "para engadir máis, edite as listas de portos separados por espazos para " -#~ "da zona en particular.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Os servizos SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados nas interfaces permitidas engaden aquí\n" +#~ "automaticamente os portos de broadcast necesarios. Para eliminar calquera deles ou\n" +#~ "para engadir máis, edite as listas de portos separados por espazos para da zona en particular.</p>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>Os paquetes de broadcast descartados rexístranse. Pode que sexan " -#~ "moitos paquetes en rede grandes.\n" -#~ "Para evitar o rexistro destes paquetes, deseleccione <b>Rexistrar os " -#~ "paquetes de broadcast non aceptados</b>\n" +#~ "<p>Os paquetes de broadcast descartados rexístranse. Pode que sexan moitos paquetes en rede grandes.\n" +#~ "Para evitar o rexistro destes paquetes, deseleccione <b>Rexistrar os paquetes de broadcast non aceptados</b>\n" #~ "nas zonas desexadas.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as " -#~| "their reply\n" -#~| "to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -#~| "browsing.</p>\n" +#~| "Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +#~| "to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -#~| "firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -#~| "button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and " -#~| "also choose from\n" +#~| "<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +#~| "button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" #~| "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\\nFirewall usually drops packets " -#~ "that are sent by another machines as their reply\\nto broadcast packets " -#~ "sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\\n" -#~ "\\n<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through " -#~ "the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\\nbutton to add a new rule. You will have to " -#~ "choose the firewall zone and also choose from\\nsome already defined " -#~ "services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\\nFirewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\\nto broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\\n\\n<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\\nbutton to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\\nsome already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resposta a broadcast</big></b><br>\n" #~ "A devasa normalmente descarta os paquetes que se lle envían dende outras\n" -#~ "máquinas en resposta aos paquetes de broadcast que reciben dende esta " -#~ "máquina,\n" +#~ "máquinas en resposta aos paquetes de broadcast que reciben dende esta máquina,\n" #~ "p.ex. navegación con Samba ou navegación con SLP.</p>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>Aquí pode configurar a que paquetes se lles permite pasar a través da " -#~ "devasa. Use\n" -#~ "o botón <b>Engadir</b> para engadir unha nova regra. Terá que escoller a " -#~ "zona da\n" -#~ "devasa e tamén algúns dos servizos xa definidos, ou terá que definir a " -#~ "nova regra\n" +#~ "<p>Aquí pode configurar a que paquetes se lles permite pasar a través da devasa. Use\n" +#~ "o botón <b>Engadir</b> para engadir unha nova regra. Terá que escoller a zona da\n" +#~ "devasa e tamén algúns dos servizos xa definidos, ou terá que definir a nova regra\n" #~ "totalmente a man.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -#~| "<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or " -#~| "networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" +#~| "<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" #~| "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" #~| "<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" #~| "\n" #~| "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -#~| "IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from " -#~| "the internal zone.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\\n<br>IPsec is an encrypted " -#~ "communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted " -#~ "networks, such as\\nthe Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external " -#~ "zone using\\n<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\\n\\n<p><b>Details</b> configures how to " -#~ "handle successfully decrypted\\nIPsec packets. For example, they could " -#~ "be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\\n" +#~| "IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\\n<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\\nthe Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\\n<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\\n\\n<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\\nIPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Soporte de IPsec</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>IPsec é unha comunicación cifrada entre máquinas fiables ou\n" @@ -2399,80 +2235,44 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -#~| "<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -#~| "Here,\n" -#~| "configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -#~| "logged at all.</p>\n" +#~| "<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +#~| "configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> " -#~| "and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" -#~| "You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</" -#~| "b> for logging every\n" -#~| "packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or " -#~| "<b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" +#~| "<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +#~| "You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" +#~| "packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" #~| "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\\n<br>This is a base configuration " -#~ "dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\\nconfigure logging for " -#~ "incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\\n" -#~ "\\n<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> " -#~ "and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\\nYou can choose from three levels of " -#~ "logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\\npacket, <b>Log " -#~ "Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log " -#~ "Any</b>\\nfor no logging. You should log at least critical accepted " -#~ "packets.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\\n<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\\nconfigure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\\n\\n<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\\nYou can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\\npacket, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\\nfor no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Nivel de rexistro</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>Este é un diálogo de configuración básico para as opcións de\n" #~ "rexistro de paquetes IP. Configure aquí o rexistro dos paquetes de\n" #~ "conexións entrantes. Os saíntes non se rexistran..</p>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>Hai dous grupos de paquetes IP que se rexistran: <b>Paquetes " -#~ "aceptados</b> e <b>Paquetes non aceptados</b>.\n" -#~ "Pode elixir entre tres niveis de rexistro para cada grupo: <b>Rexistrar " -#~ "todo</b> para\n" -#~ "rexistrar todos os paquetes, <b>Rexistrar só os críticos</b> para " -#~ "rexistrar só os\n" -#~ "interesantes, ou <b>Non rexistrar nada</b> para non rexistrar nada. Debe " -#~ "rexistrar polo\n" +#~ "<p>Hai dous grupos de paquetes IP que se rexistran: <b>Paquetes aceptados</b> e <b>Paquetes non aceptados</b>.\n" +#~ "Pode elixir entre tres niveis de rexistro para cada grupo: <b>Rexistrar todo</b> para\n" +#~ "rexistrar todos os paquetes, <b>Rexistrar só os críticos</b> para rexistrar só os\n" +#~ "interesantes, ou <b>Non rexistrar nada</b> para non rexistrar nada. Debe rexistrar polo\n" #~ "menos os paquetes aceptados críticos.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" #~| "<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -#~| "This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -#~| "firewall zone.\n" +#~| "This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" #~| "Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" #~| "<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -#~| "following items in the summary:</p>\n" +#~| "<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their " -#~| "configuration name and device name.</p>\n" +#~| "<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed " -#~| "network services, additional\n" -#~| "TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and " -#~| "RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +#~| "<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +#~| "TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" #~| "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\\n<br>Here, find a summary of your " -#~ "configuration settings.\\nThis summary is divided into general " -#~ "configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\\nEvery existing zone is " -#~ "summarized here.</p>\\n\\n<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the " -#~ "firewall is started in the\\n<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>." -#~ "</p>\\n\\n<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to " -#~ "list the following items in the summary:</p>\\n\\n<p><b>Interfaces</b>: " -#~ "All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name." -#~ "</p>\\n\\n<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all " -#~ "allowed network services, additional\\nTCP (Transmission Control " -#~ "Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure " -#~ "Call)\\nports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\\n<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\\nThis summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\\nEvery existing zone is summarized here.</p>\\n\\n<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\\n<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\\n\\n<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\\n\\n<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\\n\\n<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\\nTCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\\nports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>Aquí pode atopar un resumo das opcións da configuración. Este\n" @@ -2497,9 +2297,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Here, enter additional\n" #~| "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here, enter additional\\nports or protocols to enable in the firewall " -#~ "zone.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Here, enter additional\\nports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introduza aquí os portos\n" #~ "ou protocolos adicionais a activar na zona da devasa.</p>" @@ -2509,10 +2307,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\n" #~| "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" #~| "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\\na list of " -#~ "port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\\nsuch as " -#~ "<tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\\na list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\\nsuch as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Os <b>portos TCP</b> e os <b>portos UDP</b> poden\n" #~ "introducirse como unha lista de números de portos, nomes de portos,\n" @@ -2522,15 +2317,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -#~| "<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by " -#~| "spaces.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\\n<tt>nlockmgr</" -#~ "tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" +#~| "<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\\n<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Portos RPC</b> é unha lista de servizos RPC, como\n" -#~ "<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, ou <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por " -#~ "espazos.</p>" +#~ "<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, ou <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por espazos.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2538,11 +2329,7 @@ #~| "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" #~| "Find the current list of protocols at\n" #~| "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\\n<tt>esp</tt>, " -#~ "<tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\\nFind the current " -#~ "list of protocols at\\nhttp://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\\n<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\\nFind the current list of protocols at\\nhttp://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Protocolos IP</b> é unha lista de protocolos, como\n" #~ "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, ou <tt>chaos</tt>, separados por espazos.\n" @@ -2551,16 +2338,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -#~| "represent\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" #~| "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" #~| "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" #~| "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -#~ "represent\\nall numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves." -#~ "\\nThe first port number must be lower than the second one,\\nfor " -#~ "example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\\nall numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\\nThe first port number must be lower than the second one,\\nfor example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O <b>intervalo de portos</b> consiste en dous números separados\n" #~ "por dous puntos que representan todos os números do intervalo,\n" @@ -2570,14 +2352,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" -#~| "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. " -#~| "Find\n" +#~| "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" #~| "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA" -#~ "\\norganization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. " -#~ "Find\\nthe assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\\norganization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\\nthe assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O <b>nome de porto</b> é un nome asignado a un número de\n" #~ "porto pola organización IANA. Un número de porto pode ter asignados\n" @@ -2587,24 +2364,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -#~| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from " -#~| "network attacks.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\\nA firewall is a defensive mechanism " -#~ "that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\\n" +#~| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\\nA firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Devasa</big></b><br />\n" -#~ "A devasa é un mecanismo de defensa que protexe o seu ordenador de ataques " -#~ "dende a rede.</p>" +#~ "A devasa é un mecanismo de defensa que protexe o seu ordenador de ataques dende a rede.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Here you can set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" #~| "matching these rules.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\\nSet special firewall rules that " -#~ "allow new connections\\nmatching these rules.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\\nSet special firewall rules that allow new connections\\nmatching these rules.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Regras personalizadas</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aquí pode definir regras de devasa especiais que permitan novas\n" @@ -2615,13 +2386,8 @@ #~| "<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n" #~| "Network or IP where the connection comes from,\n" #~| "e.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -#~| "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</" -#~| "p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\\nNetwork or IP address where the connection " -#~ "comes from,\\ne.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or " -#~ "<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\\nor <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or " -#~ "<tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>\\n" +#~| "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\\nNetwork or IP address where the connection comes from,\\ne.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\\nor <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Rede orixe</b><br>\n" #~ "Rede ou IP de onde vén a conexión, p.ex., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> ou\n" @@ -2633,9 +2399,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" #~| "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" #~| "RPC services.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\\nProtocol used by that packet. Special protocol " -#~ "<tt>RPC</tt> is used for\\nRPC services.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\\nProtocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\\nRPC services.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Protocolo</b><br>\n" #~ "O protocolo usado por ese paquete. O protocolo especial <tt>RPC</tt>\n" @@ -2648,11 +2412,7 @@ #~| "accessed, e.g., <tt>smtp</tt> or <tt>25</tt> or <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" #~| "In case of <tt>RPC</tt> protocol, use the RPC service name.\n" #~| "This entry is optional.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\\nPort name, port number or range of ports " -#~ "that are allowed to be\\naccessed, e.g., <tt>smtp</tt> or <tt>25</tt> or " -#~ "<tt>100:110</tt>.\\nIn case of <tt>RPC</tt> protocol, use the RPC service " -#~ "name.\\nThis entry is optional.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\\nPort name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\\naccessed, e.g., <tt>smtp</tt> or <tt>25</tt> or <tt>100:110</tt>.\\nIn case of <tt>RPC</tt> protocol, use the RPC service name.\\nThis entry is optional.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Porto de destino</b><br>\n" #~ "Nome de porto, número de porto ou intervalo de portos aos que se\n" @@ -2665,9 +2425,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n" #~| "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" #~| "originates from. This entry is optional.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\\nPort name, port number or range of ports " -#~ "where the packet\\noriginates from. This entry is optional.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\\nPort name, port number or range of ports where the packet\\noriginates from. This entry is optional.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Porto orixe</b><br>\n" #~ "Nome de porto, número de porto ou intervalo de portos onde\n" @@ -2678,9 +2436,7 @@ #~| "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" #~| "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" #~| "max_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Port range %1 is invalid.\\nIt must be defined as the min_port_number:" -#~ "max_port_number and\\nmax_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number." +#~ msgid "Port range %1 is invalid.\\nIt must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\\nmax_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O intervalo de portos %1 é incorrecto.\n" #~ "Debe definirse como numero_min_porto:numero_max_porto e\n" @@ -2691,9 +2447,7 @@ #~| "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" #~| "It probably would not work.\n" #~| "Really use this port?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\\nIt probably would not " -#~ "work.\\nReally use this port?\\n" +#~ msgid "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\\nIt probably would not work.\\nReally use this port?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome de porto %1 é descoñecido para o sistema.\n" #~ "Probablemente non funcione.\n" @@ -2706,10 +2460,7 @@ #~| "are wrong. Entries should be separated by spaces instead of commas,\n" #~| "which are not allowed.\n" #~| "Really use the current settings?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It appears that the additional service settings\\n%1\\nare wrong. Entries " -#~ "should be separated by spaces instead of commas,\\nwhich are not allowed." -#~ "\\nReally use the current settings?" +#~ msgid "It appears that the additional service settings\\n%1\\nare wrong. Entries should be separated by spaces instead of commas,\\nwhich are not allowed.\\nReally use the current settings?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Parece ser que as opcións de servizos adicionais\n" #~ "%1\n" @@ -2722,9 +2473,7 @@ #~| "Wrong port definition.\n" #~| "No port number found for this port name.\n" #~| "Use the port number instead of the port name.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Wrong port definition.\\nNo port number found for this port name.\\nUse " -#~ "the port number instead of the port name.\\n" +#~ msgid "Wrong port definition.\\nNo port number found for this port name.\\nUse the port number instead of the port name.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Definición de porto incorrecta.\n" #~ "Non se atopou ningún número de porto para este nome de porto.\n" @@ -2736,10 +2485,7 @@ #~| "but firewall is currently running.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Stop the firewall after the new configuration is written?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\\nbut firewall is currently " -#~ "running.\\n\\nStop the firewall after the new configuration has been " -#~ "written?\\n" +#~ msgid "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\\nbut firewall is currently running.\\n\\nStop the firewall after the new configuration has been written?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desactivouse o inicio automático da devasa\n" #~ "pero a devasa estase executando.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/firstboot.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/firstboot.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/firstboot.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -50,15 +50,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"</p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Activar secuencia de primeiro arranque</b>para iniciar a " -"utilidade na primeiro arranque despois da configuración</p>\n" -"<p>Revise a documentación do módulo yast2-firstboot para máis información.</" -"p>\n" +"<p>Marque <b>Activar secuencia de primeiro arranque</b>para iniciar a utilidade na primeiro arranque despois da configuración</p>\n" +"<p>Revise a documentación do módulo yast2-firstboot para máis información.</p>\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -230,10 +226,8 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " -"start\n" -"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Se o desexan, os usuarios expertos poden utilizar neste intre todos os\n" @@ -253,8 +247,7 @@ "As preferencias de idioma cambiaron.\n" "\n" "Se fose preciso, pode adaptar a súa configuración de teclado ao novo\n" -"idioma. Use a ferramenta de configuración da disposición de teclado despois " -"do inicio." +"idioma. Use a ferramenta de configuración da disposición de teclado despois do inicio." #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. Build dialog @@ -283,8 +276,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante a " -"instalación\n" +"Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante a instalación\n" "e no sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -465,28 +457,19 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" #~| "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\\nfirstboot utility on " -#~ "the first boot after configuration.\\n" +#~ msgid "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\\nfirstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Marque activar secuencia de primeiro arrinque aquí para iniciar\n" #~ "a utilidade primeiro arrinque de Yast despois da configuración.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot " -#~| "utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -#~| "<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further " -#~| "information.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility " -#~ "on the first boot after configuration.</p>\\n<p>Check the documentation " -#~ "of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +#~| "<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\\n<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Marque <b>Activar secuencia de primeiro arrinque</b>para iniciar a " -#~ "utilidade na primeira carga despois da configuración</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Revise a documentación do módulo yast2-primeira-carga para máis " -#~ "información.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Marque <b>Activar secuencia de primeiro arrinque</b>para iniciar a utilidade na primeira carga despois da configuración</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Revise a documentación do módulo yast2-primeira-carga para máis información.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -502,10 +485,7 @@ #~| "<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" #~| "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" #~| "the desktop to enable as the default desktop.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\\nThis system has more than one desktop " -#~ "environment installed. Select\\nthe desktop to enable as the default " -#~ "desktop.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\\nThis system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\\nthe desktop to enable as the default desktop.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><h3>Seleccións de escritorio</h3>\n" #~ "Este sistema ten varios ambientes de escritorio instalados.\n" @@ -515,9 +495,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" #~| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\\nAfter " -#~ "clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\\nAfter clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Completouse a instalación de &product; no seu ordenador.\n" #~ "Despois de premer <b>Finalizar</b>, poderá entrar no sistema.</p>\n" @@ -526,9 +504,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" #~| "to the login screen.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\\nto the " -#~ "login screen.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\\nto the login screen.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Finalizar</b> pechará a instalación de YaST e\n" #~ "pasará á pantalla de entrada no sistema.</p>\n" @@ -538,10 +514,7 @@ #~| "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" #~| "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" #~| "our SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\\nadjust some " -#~ "KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\\nour SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\\nadjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\\nour SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se escolle KDE coma sistema gráfico predeterminado,\n" #~ "poderá axustar algunhas opcións de KDE ao seu hardware.\n" @@ -550,19 +523,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -#~| "modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " -#~| "start\n" -#~| "after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back " -#~| "button to\n" +#~| "modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" +#~| "after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" #~| "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration" -#~ "\\nmodules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it " -#~ "will start\\nafter <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have " -#~ "a back button to\\nreturn to this installation sequence.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\\nmodules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\\nafter <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\\nreturn to this installation sequence.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se o desexan, os usuarios expertos poden utilizar neste intre todos " -#~ "os\n" +#~ "<p>Se o desexan, os usuarios expertos poden utilizar neste intre todos os\n" #~ "módulos de configuración de SuSE. Marque <b>Iniciar Centro de\n" #~ "control de YaST</b> e este hase iniciar despois de <b>Finalizar</b>.\n" #~ "Nota: o Centro de control non posúe ningún botón\n" @@ -574,31 +540,23 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "If necessary, you may want to adapt your keyboard settings to the new\n" #~| "language. Use keyboard layout configuration tool after the login." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your language setting has been changed.\\n\\nIf necessary, you may want " -#~ "to adapt your keyboard settings to the new\\nlanguage. Use keyboard " -#~ "layout configuration tool after the login." +#~ msgid "Your language setting has been changed.\\n\\nIf necessary, you may want to adapt your keyboard settings to the new\\nlanguage. Use keyboard layout configuration tool after the login." #~ msgstr "" #~ "As preferencias de idioma cambiaron.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Se fose preciso, pode adaptar a súa configuración de teclado ao novo\n" -#~ "idioma. Use a ferramenta de configuración da disposición de teclado " -#~ "despois do inicio." +#~ "idioma. Use a ferramenta de configuración da disposición de teclado despois do inicio." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used " -#~| "during\n" +#~| "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" #~| "configuration and in the installed system.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be " -#~ "used during\\nconfiguration and in the installed system.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\\nconfiguration and in the installed system.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante " -#~ "a instalación\n" +#~ "Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante a instalación\n" #~ "e no sistema instalado.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -619,9 +577,7 @@ #~| "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" #~| "installation process at any time.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Abort</b> to abort the\\ninstallation process at any time." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Abort</b> to abort the\\ninstallation process at any time.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Seleccione <b>Abortar</b> para abortar\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/ftp-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/ftp-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/ftp-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -55,9 +55,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "" -"Umask para vsftpd: <usuarios locais>:<anónimos>, pure-ftpd: <ficheiros>:" -"<directorios>" +msgstr "Umask para vsftpd: <usuarios locais>:<anónimos>, pure-ftpd: <ficheiros>:<directorios>" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 @@ -67,12 +65,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)" +#| msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)" msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Introduza o directorio existente para os usuarios autenticados (só para pure-" -"ftpd)" +msgstr "Introduza o directorio existente para os usuarios autenticados (só para pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 @@ -97,18 +92,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión para usuarios locais autenticados " -"(KB/s)" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión para usuarios locais autenticados (KB/s)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión permitida para os clientes anónimos " -"(KB/s)" +msgstr "Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión permitida para os clientes anónimos (KB/s)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 @@ -127,15 +117,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Welcome message is text to display when someone connects to the server " -#| "(vsftpd only)" -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"A mensaxe de benvida é un texto que se amosa cando alguén se conecta ao " -"servidor (só para vsftpd)" +#| msgid "Welcome message is text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)" +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "A mensaxe de benvida é un texto que se amosa cando alguén se conecta ao servidor (só para vsftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 @@ -147,28 +131,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -#| "only)" -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Se está activada, esta opción permite as conexións con protocolo SSL v2 (só " -"para vsftpd)" +#| msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)" +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Se está activada, esta opción permite as conexións con protocolo SSL v2 (só para vsftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -#| "only)" -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Se está activada, esta opción permite conexións co protocolo SSL v3 (só para " -"vsftpd)" +#| msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)" +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Se está activada, esta opción permite conexións co protocolo SSL v3 (só para vsftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 @@ -180,21 +152,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -#| "local admin (pure-ftpd only)" -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Prohibir a descarga de ficheiros subidos pero non validados polo " -"administrador local (só para pure-ftpd)" +#| msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)" +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "Prohibir a descarga de ficheiros subidos pero non validados polo administrador local (só para pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" -msgstr "" -"Configuración de seguridade para os protocolos SSL e TLS (só para pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "Configuración de seguridade para os protocolos SSL e TLS (só para pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 @@ -251,18 +216,14 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies." msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"O valor mínimo do intervalo de portos para as respostas das conexións " -"pasivas." +msgstr "O valor mínimo do intervalo de portos para as respostas das conexións pasivas." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies." msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"O valor máximo do intervalo de portos para as respostas das conexións " -"pasivas." +msgstr "O valor máximo do intervalo de portos para as respostas das conexións pasivas." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 @@ -310,13 +271,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Welcome message is text to display when someone connects to the server" -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"A mensaxe de benvida é un texto que se mostra cando alguén se conecta ao " -"servidor" +#| msgid "Welcome message is text to display when someone connects to the server" +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "A mensaxe de benvida é un texto que se mostra cando alguén se conecta ao servidor" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 @@ -333,8 +290,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms" msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." -msgstr "" -"Rexeitar as conexións que non empregan os mecanismos de seguridade SSL/TLS" +msgstr "Rexeitar as conexións que non empregan os mecanismos de seguridade SSL/TLS" #. EOF #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 @@ -629,8 +585,7 @@ #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" -msgstr "" -"Exemplo de valor umask correcto <ficheiros>:<directorios> (set_umask=177:077)" +msgstr "Exemplo de valor umask correcto <ficheiros>:<directorios> (set_umask=177:077)" #. end of if (vsftpd_edit) #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 @@ -888,8 +843,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Perderanse todos os cambios. Desexa realmente cancelar a configuración?" +msgstr "Perderanse todos os cambios. Desexa realmente cancelar a configuración?" #. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -1137,8 +1091,7 @@ #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798 msgid "Anonymous Max &Rate [KB/s]" -msgstr "" -"&Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión para clientes anónimos [KB/s]" +msgstr "&Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión para clientes anónimos [KB/s]" #. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1430,8 +1383,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cancelar a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</" -"p>\n" +"Para cancelar a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -1459,8 +1411,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1505,8 +1456,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n" -"Máscara para a creación de ficheiros (umask para ficheiros):(umask para " -"directorios). \n" +"Máscara para a creación de ficheiros (umask para ficheiros):(umask para directorios). \n" "Empregue 177:077 se se sentise paranoico.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1524,8 +1474,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1586,8 +1535,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión local:</b><br>\n" -"A taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión permitida para os usuarios locais " -"autenticados.\n" +"A taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión permitida para os usuarios locais autenticados.\n" "</p>" #. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 @@ -1596,8 +1544,7 @@ "<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n" "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión para usuarios anónimos:</" -"b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión para usuarios anónimos:</b><br>\n" "A velocidade máxima de transmisión permitida para os clientes anónimos.</p>\n" #. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1607,10 +1554,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n" "<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1629,8 +1574,7 @@ "<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1639,10 +1583,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.</p>\n" +"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1737,8 +1679,7 @@ "<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n" "<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1915,20 +1856,12 @@ "necesita un directorio con permisos de escritura para eles." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Para conexións anónimas cómpre un directorio home dun usuario anónimo sen " -"permiso de escritura.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "Para conexións anónimas cómpre un directorio home dun usuario anónimo sen permiso de escritura.\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." -msgstr "" -"Para conexións anónimas cómpre un directorio home dun usuario anónimo sen " -"permiso de escritura." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "Para conexións anónimas cómpre un directorio home dun usuario anónimo sen permiso de escritura." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port @@ -1951,12 +1884,8 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"Non se atopa o certificado <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> para as " -"conexións SSL." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "Non se atopa o certificado <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> para as conexións SSL." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 @@ -1986,12 +1915,8 @@ msgstr "Desexa configurar vsftpd? En caso contrario, escolla pure-ftpd" #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"Instalou ambos os dous daemons. Por conseguinte cómpre executar a " -"configuración en modo interactivo." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "Instalou ambos os dous daemons. Por conseguinte cómpre executar a configuración en modo interactivo." #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 @@ -2048,9 +1973,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections!" msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." -msgstr "" -"Non se pode crear o directorio de subida de ficheiros para as conexións " -"anónimas!" +msgstr "Non se pode crear o directorio de subida de ficheiros para as conexións anónimas!" #. anonymous dir #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1150 @@ -2075,8 +1998,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de Servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -2085,13 +2007,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2107,32 +2026,22 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n" -#~| " Frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-" -#~| "ftpd, \n" -#~| " </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between " -#~| "them.\n" +#~| " Frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +#~| " </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\\n The frame shows which daemon is " -#~ "currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \\n </b>. If you have " -#~ "installed both daemons you can switch between them.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\\n The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \\n </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Servizo seleccionado</b><br>\n" -#~ " O cadro amosa o daemon que está configurado actualmente: <b>vsftpd, " -#~ "pure-ftpd, \n" +#~ " O cadro amosa o daemon que está configurado actualmente: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" #~ " </b>. Se ten instalados os dous, pode conmutar entre eles.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -2142,9 +2051,7 @@ #~| "This option is the name of a file containing \n" #~| "text to display when someone connects to the server.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>\\nSpecify the name of a file containing the" -#~ "\\ntext to display when someone connects to the server.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>\\nSpecify the name of a file containing the\\ntext to display when someone connects to the server.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Mensaxe de benvida</b><br>\n" #~ "Esta opción é o nome dun ficheiro que contén \n" @@ -2160,12 +2067,7 @@ #~| "especially if the users have upload permission, \n" #~| "or shell access. Only enable if you know what you are doing.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\\nWhen enabled, local users will be (by default) " -#~ "placed in a \\nchroot() jail in their home directory after login." -#~ "\\n<b>Warning:</b> This option has security implications, \\nespecially " -#~ "if users have upload permission\\nor shell access. Only enable Chroot if " -#~ "you know what you are doing.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\\nWhen enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \\nchroot() jail in their home directory after login.\\n<b>Warning:</b> This option has security implications, \\nespecially if users have upload permission\\nor shell access. Only enable Chroot if you know what you are doing.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n" #~ "Cando está activado, os usuarios locais estarán (por defecto) \n" @@ -2181,13 +2083,10 @@ #~| "<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\n" #~| "When enabled, all ftp requests and responses are logged.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\\nWhen enabled, all FTP requests and " -#~ "responses are logged.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\\nWhen enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Rexistro detallado</b><br>\n" -#~ "Cuando está activado, rexístranse todas as peticións e respostas do " -#~ "servidor FTP.\n" +#~ "Cuando está activado, rexístranse todas as peticións e respostas do servidor FTP.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2196,98 +2095,67 @@ #~| "File creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n" #~| "177:077 if you feel paranoid.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Umask</b><br>\\nFile creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for " -#~ "dirs). \\n177:077 if you feel paranoid.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Umask</b><br>\\nFile creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \\n177:077 if you feel paranoid.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n" -#~ "Máscara para a creación de ficheiros (umask para ficheiros):(umask para " -#~ "directorios). \n" +#~ "Máscara para a creación de ficheiros (umask para ficheiros):(umask para directorios). \n" #~ "Empregue 177:077 se se sentise paranoico.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\n" -#~| "The value that the umask for file creation is set to for anonymous " -#~| "users. \n" -#~| "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, " -#~| "otherwise \n" +#~| "The value that the umask for file creation is set to for anonymous users. \n" +#~| "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" #~| "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\\nThe value to which the umask for " -#~ "file creation is set for anonymous users. \\nIf you want to specify octal " -#~ "values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \\nthe value will be treated " -#~ "as a base 10 integer.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\\nThe value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \\nIf you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \\nthe value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Umask para usuarios anónimos:</b><br>\n" -#~ "O valor que se define como umask na creación de ficheiros para os " -#~ "usuarios anónimos. \n" -#~ "Se desexa especificar valores octais, lembre o prefixo \"0\", en caso " -#~ "contrario \n" +#~ "O valor que se define como umask na creación de ficheiros para os usuarios anónimos. \n" +#~ "Se desexa especificar valores octais, lembre o prefixo \"0\", en caso contrario \n" #~ "interpretarase o valor coma un enteiro en base 10.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" -#~| "The value that the umask for file creation is set to for authenticated " -#~| "users. \n" -#~| "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, " -#~| "otherwise \n" +#~| "The value that the umask for file creation is set to for authenticated users. \n" +#~| "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" #~| "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\\nThe value to which the " -#~ "umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \\nIf you want to " -#~ "specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \\nthe value " -#~ "will be treated as a base 10 integer.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\\nThe value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \\nIf you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \\nthe value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Umask para usuarios autenticados:</b><br>\n" -#~ "O valor que se define como umask na creación de ficheiros para os " -#~ "usuarios autenticados. \n" -#~ "Se desexa especificar valores octais, lembre o prefixo \"0\", en caso " -#~ "contrario \n" +#~ "O valor que se define como umask na creación de ficheiros para os usuarios autenticados. \n" +#~ "Se desexa especificar valores octais, lembre o prefixo \"0\", en caso contrario \n" #~ "interpretarase o valor coma un enteiro en base 10.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\n" -#~| "Here you can specify a directory which is used for ftp anonymous " -#~| "users. \n" -#~| "By pressing <b>Browse</b> you can select a directory from the local " -#~| "filesystem.\n" +#~| "Here you can specify a directory which is used for ftp anonymous users. \n" +#~| "By pressing <b>Browse</b> you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\\nSpecify a directory " -#~ "which is used for FTP anonymous users. \\nPress <b>Browse</b> to select a " -#~ "directory from the local filesystem.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\\nSpecify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \\nPress <b>Browse</b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Directorio FTP para usuarios anónimos:</b><br>\n" #~ "Pode especificar o directorio que empregan os usuarios FTP anónimos. \n" -#~ "Premendo en <b>Examinar</b> pode seleccionar o directorio no seu sistema " -#~ "local de ficheiros.\n" +#~ "Premendo en <b>Examinar</b> pode seleccionar o directorio no seu sistema local de ficheiros.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" #~| "You can specify a directory which is used for ftp authenticated users. \n" -#~| "By pressing <b>Browse</b> you can select a directory from the local " -#~| "filesystem.\n" +#~| "By pressing <b>Browse</b> you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\\nSpecify a " -#~ "directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \\nPress <b>Browse</" -#~ "b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\\nSpecify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \\nPress <b>Browse</b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Directorio FTP para usuarios autenticados:</b><br>\n" -#~ "Pode especificar o directorio que empregan os usuarios FTP " -#~ "autenticados. \n" -#~ "Premendo en <b>Examinar</b> pode seleccionar o directorio no seu sistema " -#~ "local de ficheiros.\n" +#~ "Pode especificar o directorio que empregan os usuarios FTP autenticados. \n" +#~ "Premendo en <b>Examinar</b> pode seleccionar o directorio no seu sistema local de ficheiros.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2296,9 +2164,7 @@ #~| "The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n" #~| "may spend between ftp commands.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>\\nThe maximum time (timeout) a remote client " -#~ "\\nmay wait between FTP commands.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>\\nThe maximum time (timeout) a remote client \\nmay wait between FTP commands.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tempo máximo de inactividade:</b><br>\n" #~ "Tempo máximo que pode transcurrir entre \n" @@ -2311,9 +2177,7 @@ #~| "This is the maximum number of clients which may be connected \n" #~| "from the same source internet address. \n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>\\nThe maximum number of clients " -#~ "allowed to connect\\nfrom the same source internet address. \\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>\\nThe maximum number of clients allowed to connect\\nfrom the same source internet address. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Numero máximo de clientes desde unha IP:</b><br>\n" #~ "É o número máximo de clientes que poden estar conectados \n" @@ -2326,10 +2190,7 @@ #~| "This is the maximum number of clients which may be connected. \n" #~| "Any additional clients connecting will get an error message.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>\\nThe maximum number of clients allowed to " -#~ "connect. \\nAny additional clients trying to connect will get an error " -#~ "message.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>\\nThe maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \\nAny additional clients trying to connect will get an error message.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Número máximo de clientes:</b><br>\n" #~ "É o número máximo de clientes que poden estar conectados. \n" @@ -2341,51 +2202,34 @@ #~| "<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\n" #~| "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\\nThe maximum data transfer rate permitted " -#~ "for local authenticated users.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\\nThe maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión local:</b><br>\n" -#~ "A taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión permitida para os usuarios " -#~ "locais autenticados.\n" +#~ "A taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión permitida para os usuarios locais autenticados.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n" #~| "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\\nThe maximum data transfer rate " -#~ "permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\\nThe maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión para usuarios anónimos:</" -#~ "b><br>\n" -#~ "A velocidade máxima de transmisión permitida para os clientes anónimos.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Taxa de velocidade máxima de transmisión para usuarios anónimos:</b><br>\n" +#~ "A velocidade máxima de transmisión permitida para os clientes anónimos.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n" #~| "<b>Anonymous Only</b> If enabled only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -#~| "<b>Authenticated Users Only</b> If enabled only authenticated users are " -#~| "permitted.\n" -#~| "<b>Both</b> If enabled authenticated users and anonymous users are " -#~| "permitted.\n" +#~| "<b>Authenticated Users Only</b> If enabled only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +#~| "<b>Both</b> If enabled authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\\n<b>Anonymous " -#~ "Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted." -#~ "\\n<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users " -#~ "are permitted.\\n<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and " -#~ "anonymous users are permitted.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\\n<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\\n<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\\n<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Activar/desactivar usuarios anónimos e locais</b><br>\n" -#~ "<b>Só usuarios anónimos</b> Só están permitidos os inicios de sesión de " -#~ "usuarios anónimos.\n" -#~ "<b>Só usuarios autenticados</b>Só están permitidos os inicios de sesión " -#~ "de usuarios autenticados.\n" -#~ "<b>Ambos</b> Se está activado, permítense usuarios autenticados e " -#~ "anónimos.\n" +#~ "<b>Só usuarios anónimos</b> Só están permitidos os inicios de sesión de usuarios anónimos.\n" +#~ "<b>Só usuarios autenticados</b>Só están permitidos os inicios de sesión de usuarios autenticados.\n" +#~ "<b>Ambos</b> Se está activado, permítense usuarios autenticados e anónimos.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2394,74 +2238,50 @@ #~| "If enabled ftp users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n" #~| "to upload enable <b>Anonymous Can Upload</b>\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>\\nIf enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow " -#~ "anonymous users \\nto upload, enable <b>Anonymous Can Upload</b>.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>\\nIf enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \\nto upload, enable <b>Anonymous Can Upload</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Permitir a subida</b><br>\n" -#~ "Se está activado, os usuarios ftp poden subir ficheiros. Os usuarios " -#~ "anónimos\n" -#~ "necesitan que a opción <b>Usuarios anónimos poden subir</b> tamén estea " -#~ "activada.\n" +#~ "Se está activado, os usuarios ftp poden subir ficheiros. Os usuarios anónimos\n" +#~ "necesitan que a opción <b>Usuarios anónimos poden subir</b> tamén estea activada.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n" #~| "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" -#~| "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, " -#~| "you \n" -#~| "need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -#~| "after login.\n" +#~| "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" +#~| "need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\\nIf enabled anonymous users will be " -#~ "permitted to upload.\\n<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous " -#~ "users to upload, you \\nneed an existing directory with write permission " -#~ "in the home directory after login.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\\nIf enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\\n<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \\nneed an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Usuarios anónimos poden subir</b><br>\n" #~ "Se está activado, os usuarios anónimos poderán subir ficheiros.\n" -#~ "<i>só para vsftpd: </i>Se desexa que os usuarios anónimos poidan efectuar " -#~ "subidas \n" -#~ "necesita un directorio existente con permisos de escritura no directorio " -#~ "home unha vez iniciada a sesión.\n" +#~ "<i>só para vsftpd: </i>Se desexa que os usuarios anónimos poidan efectuar subidas \n" +#~ "necesita un directorio existente con permisos de escritura no directorio home unha vez iniciada a sesión.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n" #~| "If enabled anonymous users can create directories.\n" -#~| "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want that anonymous users can create " -#~| "directories you \n" -#~| "need existing directory with allowed writing in home directory after " -#~| "login.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\\nIf enabled, anonymous users can " -#~ "create directories.\\n<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous " -#~ "users to create directories,\\nyou need an existing directory with write " -#~ "permission in the home directory after login.</p>\\n" +#~| "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want that anonymous users can create directories you \n" +#~| "need existing directory with allowed writing in home directory after login.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\\nIf enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\\n<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\\nyou need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Usuarios anónimos poden crear directorios</b><br>\n" #~ "Se está activado, os usuarios anónimos poden crear directorios.\n" -#~ "<i>só para vsftpd : </i>Se desexa que os usuarios anónimos poidan crear " -#~ "directorios \n" -#~ "necesita que exista un directorio con permisos de escritura no directorio " -#~ "home unha vez iniciada a sesión.</p>\n" +#~ "<i>só para vsftpd : </i>Se desexa que os usuarios anónimos poidan crear directorios \n" +#~ "necesita que exista un directorio con permisos de escritura no directorio home unha vez iniciada a sesión.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\n" #~| "If enabled the ftp server will allow passive mode for connections. \n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\\nIf enabled, the FTP server will allow " -#~ "passive mode for connections. \\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\\nIf enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Activar o modo pasivo</b><br>\n" -#~ "Se está activado, o servidor FTP permite o modo pasivo para as " -#~ "conexións. \n" +#~ "Se está activado, o servidor FTP permite o modo pasivo para as conexións. \n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2470,14 +2290,10 @@ #~| "Minimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" #~| "This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>\\nMinimum value for a port range " -#~ "for passive connection replies.\\nThis is used for protection by means of " -#~ "a firewall. \\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>\\nMinimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\\nThis is used for protection by means of a firewall. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Porto mínimo para modo pasivo</b><br>\n" -#~ "Número de porto máis baixo para as respostas nas conexións en modo " -#~ "pasivo. \n" +#~ "Número de porto máis baixo para as respostas nas conexións en modo pasivo. \n" #~ "Emprégase para protección por un cortalumes. \n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -2487,14 +2303,10 @@ #~| "Maximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" #~| " This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>\\nMaximum value for a port range for " -#~ "passive connection replies.\\n This is used for protection by means of a " -#~ "firewall. \\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>\\nMaximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\\n This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Porto máximo para o modo pasivo</b><br>\n" -#~ "Número de porto máis alto para as respostas nas conexións do modo " -#~ "pasivo. \n" +#~ "Número de porto máis alto para as respostas nas conexións do modo pasivo. \n" #~ "Emprega como protección no cortalumes. \n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -2503,9 +2315,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\n" #~| "If enabled SSL connections are allowed.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\\nIf enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\\nIf enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Activar SSL</b><br>\n" #~ "Se está activado, permítense as conexións SSL.\n" @@ -2516,9 +2326,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\n" #~| "If enabled SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\\nIf enabled, SSL version 2 connections are " -#~ "allowed.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\\nIf enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Activar SSL v2</b><br>\n" #~ "Se está activado, permítense as conexións SSL versión 2.\n" @@ -2529,9 +2337,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\n" #~| "If enabled SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\\nIf enabled, SSL version 3 connections are " -#~ "allowed.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\\nIf enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Activar SSL v3</b><br>\n" #~ "Se está activado, permítense as conexións SSL versión 3.\n" @@ -2542,9 +2348,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\n" #~| "If enabled TLS connections are allowed.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\\nIf enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\\nIf enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Activar TLS</b><br>\n" #~ "Se está activado, permítense as conexións TLS.\n" @@ -2554,18 +2358,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections</b><br>\n" #~| "This option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \n" -#~| "use for SSL encrypted connections. You can select a file by pressing " -#~| "<b>Browse</b>\n" +#~| "use for SSL encrypted connections. You can select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\\nThis " -#~ "option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \\nuse for SSL-" -#~ "encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\\nThis option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \\nuse for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Certificado DSA para as conexións cifradas mediante SSL</b><br>\n" #~ "Esta opción especifica a localización do certificado DSA que se vai \n" -#~ "empregar para as conexións cifradas con SSL. Pode seleccionar o ficheiro " -#~ "premendo en <b>Examinar</b>\n" +#~ "empregar para as conexións cifradas con SSL. Pode seleccionar o ficheiro premendo en <b>Examinar</b>\n" #~ " </p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2574,10 +2373,7 @@ #~| "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" #~| "but not validated by a local admin\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>\\nDisallow downloading " -#~ "of files that were uploaded \\nbut not validated by a local admin.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>\\nDisallow downloading of files that were uploaded \\nbut not validated by a local admin.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Desactivar a descarga de datos sen validar</b><br>\n" #~ "Non permite a descarga de datos que se subiron \n" @@ -2588,34 +2384,22 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n" #~| "<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" -#~| "<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted " -#~| "sessions.\n" -#~| "<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not " -#~| "use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +#~| "<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" +#~| "<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\\n<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS " -#~ "encryption layer.\\n<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional " -#~ "and encrypted sessions.\\n<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> " -#~ "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including " -#~ "anonymous sessions.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\\n<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\\n<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\\n<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Configuración de seguridade</b><br>\n" #~ "<i>Desactivar SSL/TLS</i> Desactiva a capa de cifrado SSL/TLS.\n" -#~ "<i>Aceptar SSL e TLS</i> Acepta as dúas, as sesións tradicionais e as " -#~ "cifradas.\n" -#~ "<i>Rexeitar as conexións sen SSL/TLS</i> Rexeita as conexións que non " -#~ "utilizan mecanismos de seguridade SSL/TLS, incluíndo as sesións " -#~ "anónimas.\n" +#~ "<i>Aceptar SSL e TLS</i> Acepta as dúas, as sesións tradicionais e as cifradas.\n" +#~ "<i>Rexeitar as conexións sen SSL/TLS</i> Rexeita as conexións que non utilizan mecanismos de seguridade SSL/TLS, incluíndo as sesións anónimas.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure the ftp server here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure the FTP " -#~ "server.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure the FTP server.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure o servidor FTP desde aquí.<br></p>\n" @@ -2626,11 +2410,7 @@ #~| "Choose an SLP server from the list of detected SLP servers.\n" #~| "If your SLP server was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\\nChoose an FTP server " -#~ "from the list of detected FTP servers.\\nIf your FTP server was not " -#~ "detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\\nChoose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\\nIf your FTP server was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadindo un Servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa un servidor SLP da lista de servidores SLP detectados.\n" @@ -2642,9 +2422,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" #~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, " -#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se preme <b>Editar,</b> abrirase un cadro de diálogo adicional\n" @@ -2655,10 +2433,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of the installed ftp servers. Additionally,\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an " -#~ "overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\\nedit their " -#~ "configurations.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo da configuración de servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Obteña un resumo dos servidores FTP instalados. Ademais,\n" @@ -2668,9 +2443,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a ftp server.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to " -#~ "configure a FTP server.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadindo un servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un servidor de ftp.</p>\n" @@ -2680,10 +2453,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose a ftp server to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose a FTP server to " -#~ "change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose a FTP server to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou eliminando</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa un servidor ftp para cambialo ou eliminalo.\n" @@ -2704,9 +2474,7 @@ #~| "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" #~| " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\\n you need to create a " -#~ "directory with write access.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\\n you need to create a directory with write access.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se desexa que os usuarios \"anónimos\" poidan realizar\n" #~ "subidas, necesita crear un directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" @@ -2723,15 +2491,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload, you need a directory " -#~| "with write access.\n" +#~| "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write " -#~ "access.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se desexa que os usuarios anónimos poidan realizar subidas, necesita un " -#~ "directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" +#~ "Se desexa que os usuarios anónimos poidan realizar subidas, necesita un directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2744,9 +2508,7 @@ #~| "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" #~| " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\\n you have " -#~ "to create a directory with write access.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\\n you have to create a directory with write access.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se desea que os usuarios anónimos poidan crear directorios, \n" #~ " necesita crear un directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" @@ -2757,9 +2519,7 @@ #~| "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" #~| " you need a directory with write access.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\\n you need " -#~ "a directory with write access.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\\n you need a directory with write access.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se desexa que os usuarios anónimos poidan crear directorios, \n" #~ " necesita un directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" @@ -2774,23 +2534,15 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" #~| "you need a directory with write access for them." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \\nyou need a " -#~ "directory with write access for them." +#~ msgid "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \\nyou need a directory with write access for them." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se desexa permitir subidas por parte dos usuarios anónimos, \n" #~ "necesita un directorio con permisos de escritura para eles." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -#~| "have no write access." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -#~ "have no write access.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para conexións anónimas cómpre un directorio home dun usuario anónimo sen " -#~ "permiso de escritura." +#~| msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +#~ msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Para conexións anónimas cómpre un directorio home dun usuario anónimo sen permiso de escritura." #~ msgid "Please choose an ftp daemon." #~ msgstr "Seleccione un daemon ftp." @@ -2829,8 +2581,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione un servidor FTP naa lista de servidores FTP detectados.\n" -#~ "Se non se detectou o seu servidor FTP, empregue <b>Outro (non detectado)." -#~ "</b>\n" +#~ "Se non se detectou o seu servidor FTP, empregue <b>Outro (non detectado).</b>\n" #~ "Deseguido, prema en <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Please select directory..." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/geo-cluster.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/geo-cluster.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/geo-cluster.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ler a configuración anterior" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lendo a configuración previa..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non se puideron escribir as opcións." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast @@ -430,4 +430,3 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Resumo da configuración..." - Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/gtk.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/gtk.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/gtk.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -78,8 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "Opcións da liña de ordes para a interface de YaST2 UI (engadido Gtk):\n" "\n" -"--noborder ningún bordo do xestor de xanelas para os diálogos " -"principais\n" +"--noborder ningún bordo do xestor de xanelas para os diálogos principais\n" "--fullscreen usar pantalla completa para os diálogos principais\n" "--nothreads executar sen fíos de execución de interface adicionais\n" "--help imprimir este texto de axuda\n" @@ -251,25 +250,11 @@ #~ msgid "Package _listing:" #~ msgstr "Listando _paquetes:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1><p>Press a patch in the " -#~ "list to see more information about it.</p><p>To install a patch, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\".</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Vista Xeral</h1><p>Seleccione un " -#~ "parche na lista para ver máis información.</p><p>Para instalar un parche, " -#~ "marque na súa \"caixa de comprobación\".</p>" +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1><p>Press a patch in the list to see more information about it.</p><p>To install a patch, just click on its \"checkbox\".</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Vista Xeral</h1><p>Seleccione un parche na lista para ver máis información.</p><p>Para instalar un parche, marque na súa \"caixa de comprobación\".</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1><p>Browse packages using " -#~ "the groups list on the left.</p><p>Press a package in the list to see " -#~ "more information about it.</p><p>To install or remove a package, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\".</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Vista Xeral</h1><p>Explore paquetes " -#~ "utilizando os grupos na esquerda.</p><p>Seleccione un paquete da lista " -#~ "para ver máis información.</p><p>Para instalar ou desinstalar un paquete, " -#~ "marque na súa \"caixa de comprobación\".</p>" +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1><p>Browse packages using the groups list on the left.</p><p>Press a package in the list to see more information about it.</p><p>To install or remove a package, just click on its \"checkbox\".</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Vista Xeral</h1><p>Explore paquetes utilizando os grupos na esquerda.</p><p>Seleccione un paquete da lista para ver máis información.</p><p>Para instalar ou desinstalar un paquete, marque na súa \"caixa de comprobación\".</p>" #~ msgid "Priorities" #~ msgstr "Prioridades" @@ -304,8 +289,7 @@ #~ msgid "Install anyway?" #~ msgstr "Instalar de calquera xeito?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." +#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." #~ msgstr "Hai algúns conflitos na transacción que se deben resolver a man." #~ msgid "Changes not saved!" @@ -317,12 +301,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unsupported packages" #~ msgstr "Paquetes non soportados" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or " -#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Teña en conta que o seguinte software, non teñen asistencia técnica ou " -#~ "cómpre un contrato de asistencia técnica adicional." +#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +#~ msgstr "Teña en conta que o seguinte software, non teñen asistencia técnica ou cómpre un contrato de asistencia técnica adicional." #~ msgid "Online Update" #~ msgstr "Actualización con conexión" @@ -333,215 +313,50 @@ #~ msgid "Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Agarde..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.</p><p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed " -#~ "in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a " -#~ "common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is " -#~ "installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such " -#~ "underlying <i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-" -#~ "essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own " -#~ "packages, so the user may install them only if needed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Propósito</h1><p> Esta ferramenta permítelle instalar, desinstalar ou " -#~ "actualizar aplicativos.</p><p>O Software no &product; están divididos e " -#~ "distribuídos a xeito de paquetes. Así, se varios aplicativos necesitasen " -#~ "un ficheiro de sistema en común, este estará dispoñíbel no seu propio " -#~ "paquete e instalarase unha soa vez, se é preciso. O usuario non necesita " -#~ "preocuparse de tales <i>dependencias</i>. Do mesmo xeito, os engadidos e " -#~ "outros datos non esenciais dun aplicativo determinado están dispoñíbeis " -#~ "nos seus propios paquetes, de xeito que o usuario poida instalalos " -#~ "soamente cando sexa necesario.</p>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.</p><p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying <i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Propósito</h1><p> Esta ferramenta permítelle instalar, desinstalar ou actualizar aplicativos.</p><p>O Software no &product; están divididos e distribuídos a xeito de paquetes. Así, se varios aplicativos necesitasen un ficheiro de sistema en común, este estará dispoñíbel no seu propio paquete e instalarase unha soa vez, se é preciso. O usuario non necesita preocuparse de tales <i>dependencias</i>. Do mesmo xeito, os engadidos e outros datos non esenciais dun aplicativo determinado están dispoñíbeis nos seus propios paquetes, de xeito que o usuario poida instalalos soamente cando sexa necesario.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Sufixos comúns para paquetes complementarios:</p><ul><li><b>-engadido-" -#~ "</b>: estende o aplicativo con funcionalidades extra.</li><li><b>-devel-</" -#~ "b>: cabeceiras para desenvolvemento de software.</li><lli><b>-debuginfo</" -#~ "b>: símbolos de depuración para probas de software.</li><li><b>-fr-</b>," -#~ "<b>-gl</b> ou outra abreviatura de idioma: ficheiros de tradución (o seu " -#~ "idioma seleccionarase para a súa instalación automática cando sexa " -#~ "necesario).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Sufixos comúns para paquetes complementarios:</p><ul><li><b>-engadido-</b>: estende o aplicativo con funcionalidades extra.</li><li><b>-devel-</b>: cabeceiras para desenvolvemento de software.</li><lli><b>-debuginfo</b>: símbolos de depuración para probas de software.</li><li><b>-fr-</b>,<b>-gl</b> ou outra abreviatura de idioma: ficheiros de tradución (o seu idioma seleccionarase para a súa instalación automática cando sexa necesario).</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages " -#~ "that are available from the <i>repositories</i> you have configured will " -#~ "be listed together. <i>Status</i> filters are available in the right-" -#~ "bottom box.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Os paquetes instalados no seu sistema e aqueles dispoñíbeis nos " -#~ "<i>repositorios</i> configurados hanse listar xuntos. Filtros de " -#~ "<i>estado</i> están dispoñíbeis na caixa localizada na parte inferior á " -#~ "dereita. </p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the <i>repositories</i> you have configured will be listed together. <i>Status</i> filters are available in the right-bottom box.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Os paquetes instalados no seu sistema e aqueles dispoñíbeis nos <i>repositorios</i> configurados hanse listar xuntos. Filtros de <i>estado</i> están dispoñíbeis na caixa localizada na parte inferior á dereita. </p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local " -#~ "(such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can " -#~ "also be accessed via the <b>Configuration > Repositories</b> menu item.</" -#~ "blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<blockquote>Un repositorio é un medio de paquetes. Pode ser local (como o " -#~ "CD de instalación) ou un servidor remoto. Pode atopar unha utilidade para " -#~ "configurar repositorios no centro de control de YaST, ao que tamén se " -#~ "pode acceder mediante o elemento de menú <b>Configuración > Repositorios</" -#~ "b>.</blockquote>" +#~ msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the <b>Configuration > Repositories</b> menu item.</blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<blockquote>Un repositorio é un medio de paquetes. Pode ser local (como o CD de instalación) ou un servidor remoto. Pode atopar unha utilidade para configurar repositorios no centro de control de YaST, ao que tamén se pode acceder mediante o elemento de menú <b>Configuración > Repositorios</b>.</blockquote>" #~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" #~ msgstr "<h1>Uso</h1>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2><p>All packages are " -#~ "listed together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the " -#~ "right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates " -#~ "whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an " -#~ "installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in " -#~ "blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is " -#~ "highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made " -#~ "available in any configured repository.</p><p>The context menu (right " -#~ "click on a package) provides extra options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be " -#~ "used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be " -#~ "selected (using the Control key) and modified together.</p><p>Use the " -#~ "<b>Version</b> list over the description box to select a specific version " -#~ "of a package.</p><p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button when you want your " -#~ "changes to be performed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Lapelas Instalar, Actualizar, Desinstalar, Desfacer<h2><p>Todos os " -#~ "paquetes están listados xuntos, a menos que teña seleccionado un filtro " -#~ "de <i>estado</i> na caixa localizada na parte inferior dereita. A caixa " -#~ "de verificación que está máis preto ao nome do paquete informa se está " -#~ "instalado ou non. Se unha versión máis recente do paquete estivese " -#~ "dispoñíbel, o texto da versión aparecerá realzado en azul e haberá un " -#~ "botón de anovación preto. O texto estará realzado en vermello se a " -#~ "versión non estivese dispoñíbel xa en ningún dos repositorios " -#~ "configurados.</p><p>O menú contextual (prema co botón dereito sobre un " -#~ "paquete) fornece opcións extras. A opción <b>Desfacer</b> pódese empregar " -#~ "para reverter calquera cambio realizado. Pódense seleccionar varios " -#~ "paquetes (coa tecla Control) e modificalos á vez.</p><p>Use a lista " -#~ "<b>Versión</b> sobre a caixa de descrición para seleccionar unha versión " -#~ "determinada dun paquete.</p><p>Prema en <p>Aplicar</p> cando desexe que " -#~ "se apliquen os cambios realizados.</p>" +#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2><p>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.</p><p>The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.</p><p>Use the <b>Version</b> list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.</p><p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button when you want your changes to be performed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h2>Lapelas Instalar, Actualizar, Desinstalar, Desfacer<h2><p>Todos os paquetes están listados xuntos, a menos que teña seleccionado un filtro de <i>estado</i> na caixa localizada na parte inferior dereita. A caixa de verificación que está máis preto ao nome do paquete informa se está instalado ou non. Se unha versión máis recente do paquete estivese dispoñíbel, o texto da versión aparecerá realzado en azul e haberá un botón de anovación preto. O texto estará realzado en vermello se a versión non estivese dispoñíbel xa en ningún dos repositorios configurados.</p><p>O menú contextual (prema co botón dereito sobre un paquete) fornece opcións extras. A opción <b>Desfacer</b> pódese empregar para reverter calquera cambio realizado. Pódense seleccionar varios paquetes (coa tecla Control) e modificalos á vez.</p><p>Use a lista <b>Versión</b> sobre a caixa de descrición para seleccionar unha versión determinada dun paquete.</p><p>Prema en <p>Aplicar </p> cando desexe que se apliquen os cambios realizados.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2><p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes " -#~ "via the context menu.</p><p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: " -#~ "for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it " -#~ "interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that " -#~ "includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." -#~ "</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Bloquear software</h2><p> Os paquetes poden ser bloqueados contra " -#~ "cambios automáticos mediante o menú contextual.</p><p> O bloqueo de " -#~ "paquetes só é útil en casos bastante pouco frecuentes: por exemplo, cando " -#~ "non quere instalar determinado controlador porque interfire co seu " -#~ "sistema, pero desexa instalar algunha colección que o inclúe. Os bloqueos " -#~ "pódense aplicar independentemente de que o paquete estea instalado ou non." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2><p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.</p><p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h2>Bloquear software</h2><p> Os paquetes poden ser bloqueados contra cambios automáticos mediante o menú contextual.</p><p> O bloqueo de paquetes só é útil en casos bastante pouco frecuentes: por exemplo, cando non quere instalar determinado controlador porque interfire co seu sistema, pero desexa instalar algunha colección que o inclúe. Os bloqueos pódense aplicar independentemente de que o paquete estea instalado ou non.</p>" #~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" #~ msgstr "<h3>Filtros</h3>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Search</h3><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word " -#~ "'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by " -#~ "separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return " -#~ "'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like " -#~ "searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes " -#~ "are provided, such as to search for a given file.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Buscar</h3><p>Teclee un texto no campo da busca para combinar os seus " -#~ "nomes e descricións. (Unha busca por 'office' dará como resultado os " -#~ "paquetes 'LibreOffice' e os de 'Abiword', que conteñen a palabra 'office' " -#~ "na descrición). Pode buscar por varias palabras chave separándoas cun " -#~ "espazo en branco (exemplo: 'spread sheet' devolvería 'libreoffice-calc'). " -#~ "Pode empregar a busca combinada cun filtro, como a busca por un paquete " -#~ "nun determinado repositorio. Fornécense outros atributos de busca, como " -#~ "buscar por un ficheiro indicado.</p>" +#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h3>Buscar</h3><p>Teclee un texto no campo da busca para combinar os seus nomes e descricións. (Unha busca por 'office' dará como resultado os paquetes 'LibreOffice' e os de 'Abiword', que conteñen a palabra 'office' na descrición). Pode buscar por varias palabras chave separándoas cun espazo en branco (exemplo: 'spread sheet' devolvería 'libreoffice-calc'). Pode empregar a busca combinada cun filtro, como a busca por un paquete nun determinado repositorio. Fornécense outros atributos de busca, como buscar por un ficheiro indicado.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Groups</h3><p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find " -#~ "software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software " -#~ "selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is " -#~ "provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Grupos</h3><p>O software do &product; indéxase para que poida atopar " -#~ "software para unha tarefa concreta cando non é consciente da selección de " -#~ "software dispoñíbel. Fornécese unha clasificación máis detallada, " -#~ "xerárquica, co filtro <b>Grupos RPM</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3><p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h3>Grupos</h3><p>O software do &product; indéxase para que poida atopar software para unha tarefa concreta cando non é consciente da selección de software dispoñíbel. Fornécese unha clasificación máis detallada, xerárquica, co filtro <b>Grupos RPM</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3><p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented " -#~ "collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation " -#~ "of the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various " -#~ "packages needed for running such a server.</p><p>If you want to install a " -#~ "particular language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool " -#~ "from the YaST control center.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Patróns e idiomas</h3><p><b>Patróns</b> son coleccións orientadas a " -#~ "tarefas de varios paquetes que se instalan como se fosen un so. A " -#~ "instalación do patrón <i>Servidor de ficheiros</i>, por exemplo, " -#~ "instalará varios paquetes necesarios para executar tal servidor.</p><p>Se " -#~ "quere instalar determinado idioma, pódeo realizar mediante a ferramenta " -#~ "<b>Idioma</b> no centro de control de YaST.</p>" +#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3><p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.</p><p>If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool from the YaST control center.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h3>Patróns e idiomas</h3><p><b>Patróns</b> son coleccións orientadas a tarefas de varios paquetes que se instalan como se fosen un so. A instalación do patrón <i>Servidor de ficheiros</i>, por exemplo, instalará varios paquetes necesarios para executar tal servidor.</p><p>Se quere instalar determinado idioma, pódeo realizar mediante a ferramenta <b>Idioma</b> no centro de control de YaST.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>Explore the available " -#~ "information about the package in the box below. Note that more " -#~ "information is available for installed packages than for those only " -#~ "available from a repository.</p><p>You can also pick a specific version " -#~ "of the package to install from this box.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Detalles do software na caixa de abaixo</h2><p>Explore a información " -#~ "dispoñíbel sobre o paquete na caixa de abaixo. Observe que, se o paquete " -#~ "estivese instalado, estaría á súa disposición máis información desde o " -#~ "repositorio.</p> <p>Nesta caixa pode escoller unha versión determinada do " -#~ "paquete a instalar.</p>" +#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.</p><p>You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h2>Detalles do software na caixa de abaixo</h2><p>Explore a información dispoñíbel sobre o paquete na caixa de abaixo. Observe que, se o paquete estivese instalado, estaría á súa disposición máis información desde o repositorio.</p> <p>Nesta caixa pode escoller unha versión determinada do paquete a instalar.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking " -#~ "patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the " -#~ "system.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Propósito</h1><p>Esta ferramenta fornécelle control na visualización " -#~ "e escolla de paquetes. Vostede tamén pode reverter parches aplicados ao " -#~ "sistema.</p>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Propósito</h1><p>Esta ferramenta fornécelle control na visualización e escolla de paquetes. Vostede tamén pode reverter parches aplicados ao sistema.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2><p>Patches are grouped as follows:</" -#~ "p><ul><li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be " -#~ "exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes " -#~ "non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</" -#~ "li><li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.</" -#~ "li><li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li><li><b>YaST</" -#~ "b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Uso</h1><h2>Categorías</h2><p>Os parches agrúpanse da seguinte " -#~ "maneira:</p><ul><li><b>Seguridade</b>: soluciona fallos que poidan ser " -#~ "explotados para obter privilexios restrinxidos.</li><li><b>Recomendados</" -#~ "b>: solución a fallos non relacionados coa seguridade (ex: corrupción de " -#~ "datos, problemas de rendemento)</li><li><b>Opcionais</b>: aqueles que só " -#~ "se aplican a algúns usuarios.</li><li><b>Documentación</b>: corrixe erros " -#~ "na documentación.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: parches para as ferramentas do " -#~ "centro de control de YaST.</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2><p>Patches are grouped as follows:</p><ul><li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Uso</h1><h2>Categorías</h2><p>Os parches agrúpanse da seguinte maneira:</p><ul><li><b>Seguridade</b>: soluciona fallos que poidan ser explotados para obter privilexios restrinxidos.</li><li><b>Recomendados</b>: solución a fallos non relacionados coa seguridade (ex: corrupción de datos, problemas de rendemento)</li><li><b>Opcionais</b>: aqueles que só se aplican a algúns usuarios.</li><li><b>Documentación</b>: corrixe erros na documentación.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: parches para as ferramentas do centro de control de YaST.</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be " -#~ "sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</" -#~ "p><p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check " -#~ "for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Só estarán visíbeis os parches aplicábeis ao seu sistema. Pode ter " -#~ "certeza de que a decisión de poñer á súa disposición un parche non é " -#~ "trivial. </p><p>Se está buscando melloras nos aplicativos, debe verificar " -#~ "as <i>anovacións</i> no <b>Xestor de software</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p><p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Só estarán visíbeis os parches aplicábeis ao seu sistema. Pode ter certeza de que a decisión de poñer á súa disposición un parche non é trivial. </p><p>Se está buscando melloras nos aplicativos, debe verificar as <i>anovacións</i> no <b>Xestor de software</b>.</p>" #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." #~ msgstr "Só hai información dispoñíbel para os paquetes instalados." @@ -780,12 +595,8 @@ #~ msgid "Export to" #~ msgstr "Exportar a" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Use isto para xerar rexistros detallados para axudar a rastrexar os " -#~ "fallos no resolvedor de dependencias." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "Use isto para xerar rexistros detallados para axudar a rastrexar os fallos no resolvedor de dependencias." #~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:" #~ msgstr "Os rexistros vanse hanse gardar no directorio:" @@ -800,8 +611,7 @@ #~ msgstr "O caso de proba do resolvedor de dependencias escribiuse en:" #~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Crear tamén o arquivo <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para anexar en bugzilla?" +#~ msgstr "Crear tamén o arquivo <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para anexar en bugzilla?" #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" @@ -894,13 +704,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to " -#~ "keep." +#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instalado: non foi posíbel desinstalar un patrón.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Debe desinstalar de xeito manual os paquetes individuais que non quere " -#~ "manter durante máis tempo." +#~ "Debe desinstalar de xeito manual os paquetes individuais que non quere manter durante máis tempo." #~ msgid "Candidate provides:" #~ msgstr "Candidato fornece:" @@ -916,12 +724,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n" -#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd " -#~ "tool)" +#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Busca de paquetes:</b> Use espazos para separar as palabras clave.\n" -#~ "(exemplo de uso: unha busca por \"yast dhcp\" correspondería coa " -#~ "ferramenta dhcp de yast)" +#~ "(exemplo de uso: unha busca por \"yast dhcp\" correspondería coa ferramenta dhcp de yast)" #~ msgid "Name & Summary" #~ msgstr "Nome e resumo" @@ -936,12 +742,10 @@ #~ msgstr "por" #~ msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%sEstán dispoñíbeis patróns%s correspondentes co seu criterio de busca." +#~ msgstr "%sEstán dispoñíbeis patróns%s correspondentes co seu criterio de busca." #~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A busca polo nome do ficheiro só é aplicable aos paquetes instalados." +#~ msgstr "A busca polo nome do ficheiro só é aplicable aos paquetes instalados." #~ msgid "view all changes" #~ msgstr "ver todas os cambios." @@ -1000,12 +804,8 @@ #~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" #~ msgstr "Mostrar dependencias innecesarias" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, " -#~ "nor comprehensive. Use with care." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Isto é unha lista que comprende todas as dependencias que xa non se usan. " -#~ "Non é exacta nin sistemática. Empregar con coidado." +#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care." +#~ msgstr "Isto é unha lista que comprende todas as dependencias que xa non se usan. Non é exacta nin sistemática. Empregar con coidado." #~ msgid "Remove All" #~ msgstr "Desinstalar todo" @@ -1091,9 +891,7 @@ #~ msgid "Reboot required:" #~ msgstr "Reinicio requirido:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take " -#~ "effect." +#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect." #~ msgstr "o sistema precisa reiniciarse para que este parche teña efecto." #~ msgid "Relogin required:" @@ -1108,21 +906,8 @@ #~ msgid "Other" #~ msgstr "Outro" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Common suffixes for complementory packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Sufixos comúns para paquetes complementarios:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: estende o aplicativo con funcionalidades extra.</li><li><b>-devel-</" -#~ "b>: cabeceiras para desenvolvemento de software.</li><lli><b>-debuginfo</" -#~ "b>: símbolos de depuración para probas de software.</li><li><b>-fr-</b>," -#~ "<b>-gl</b> ou outra abreviatura de idioma: ficheiros de tradución (o seu " -#~ "idioma seleccionarase para a súa instalación automática cando sexa " -#~ "necesario).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementory packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Sufixos comúns para paquetes complementarios:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: estende o aplicativo con funcionalidades extra.</li><li><b>-devel-</b>: cabeceiras para desenvolvemento de software.</li><lli><b>-debuginfo</b>: símbolos de depuración para probas de software.</li><li><b>-fr-</b>,<b>-gl</b> ou outra abreviatura de idioma: ficheiros de tradución (o seu idioma seleccionarase para a súa instalación automática cando sexa necesario).</li></ul>" #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." #~ msgstr "Procurar paquetes na &Web..." @@ -1292,12 +1077,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependency solver.\n" +#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency solver.\n" #~ "The logs will be stored in directory: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Use isto para xerar logs detallados para axudar a localizar os erros no " -#~ "resolvedor de dependencias.\n" +#~ "Use isto para xerar logs detallados para axudar a localizar os erros no resolvedor de dependencias.\n" #~ "Os logs hanse almacenar no directorio: " #, fuzzy @@ -1406,12 +1189,8 @@ #~ msgid "Detailed" #~ msgstr "Detallado" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM " -#~ "information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Agrupar usando o filtro baseado en PackageKit ou directamente desde a " -#~ "información no RPM." +#~ msgid "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM information." +#~ msgstr "Agrupar usando o filtro baseado en PackageKit ou directamente desde a información no RPM." #~ msgid "Edit..." #~ msgstr "Editar..." @@ -1435,14 +1214,10 @@ #~ msgstr "T_odo" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be " -#~ "matched against RPM <i>name</i> and <i>summary</i> attributes. Other " -#~ "criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" +#~ "<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be matched against RPM <i>name</i> and <i>summary</i> attributes. Other criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" #~ "(usage example: \"yast dhcp\" will return yast's dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Buscar paquetes:</b> Utilice espazos para separar as palabras. " -#~ "Procurarase nos atributos <i>nome</i> e <i>resumo</i> do RPM. Pode " -#~ "ampliar os criterios premendo na icona de procura.\n" +#~ "<b>Buscar paquetes:</b> Utilice espazos para separar as palabras. Procurarase nos atributos <i>nome</i> e <i>resumo</i> do RPM. Pode ampliar os criterios premendo na icona de procura.\n" #~ "(ex.: \"yast dhcp\" retornará a ferramenta dhcpd de yast)" #~ msgid "Filter by name & summary" @@ -1466,19 +1241,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Packages can be organized in:\n" #~ "<b>Groups:</b> simple categorization of packages by purpose.\n" -#~ "<b>Patterns:</b> assists in installing all packages necessary for several " -#~ "working environments.\n" +#~ "<b>Patterns:</b> assists in installing all packages necessary for several working environments.\n" #~ "<b>Languages:</b> adds another language to the system.\n" -#~ "<b>Repositories:</b> catalogues what the several configured repositories " -#~ "have available." +#~ "<b>Repositories:</b> catalogues what the several configured repositories have available." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O paquetes poden organizarse en:\n" #~ "<b>Grupos:</b> categorización simple de paquetes por propósito.\n" -#~ "<b>Patróns:</b> axuda a instalar todos os paquetes necesarios para varios " -#~ "ambientes de traballo.\n" +#~ "<b>Patróns:</b> axuda a instalar todos os paquetes necesarios para varios ambientes de traballo.\n" #~ "
<b>Idioma:</b> agregar un novo idioma ao sistema.\n" -#~ "<b>Repositorios:</b> cataloga o que teñen dispoñible os repositorios " -#~ "configurados." +#~ "<b>Repositorios:</b> cataloga o que teñen dispoñible os repositorios configurados." #~ msgid "related packages." #~ msgstr "paquetes relacionados." @@ -1519,12 +1290,8 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Almost Full !" #~ msgstr "Disco Case Cheo!" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to " -#~ "remove packages if you wish to install some." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Unha das particións está a chegar ao límite da súa capacidade. Debería " -#~ "eliminar algún paquete se desexa instalar algo." +#~ msgid "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to remove packages if you wish to install some." +#~ msgstr "Unha das particións está a chegar ao límite da súa capacidade. Debería eliminar algún paquete se desexa instalar algo." #~ msgid "A_pply" #~ msgstr "A_plicar" @@ -1535,12 +1302,8 @@ #~ msgid "Dependencies from Filtered Repositories" #~ msgstr "Dependencias dos repositorios filtrados" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided " -#~ "by the filtered repository. Install them?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Os seguintes paquetes son dependencias necesarias que non son " -#~ "proporcionadas polo repositorio filtrado. Desexa instalalos?" +#~ msgid "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided by the filtered repository. Install them?" +#~ msgstr "Os seguintes paquetes son dependencias necesarias que non son proporcionadas polo repositorio filtrado. Desexa instalalos?" #~ msgid "Import Package List" #~ msgstr "Importar a lista de paquetes" @@ -1569,123 +1332,8 @@ #~ msgid "Generate Dependency Testcase..." #~ msgstr "Xerar Caso de Proba de Dependencia..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.</p><p>openSUSE's software management is also called " -#~ "'package management'. A package is generally an application bundle, but " -#~ "multiple packages that extend the application may be offered in order to " -#~ "avoid clutter (e.g. games tend to de-couple the music data in another " -#~ "package, since its not essential and requires significant disk space). " -#~ "The base package will get the application's name, while extra packages " -#~ "are suffix-ed. Common extras are:</p><ul><li>-plugin-: extends the " -#~ "application with some extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: needed for " -#~ "software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: needed for software beta-" -#~ "testing.</li><li>-fr, -dr, -pl (language siglas): translation files (your " -#~ "language package will be marked for installation automatically).</li></" -#~ "ul><p>You will find both packages installed on your system, and packages " -#~ "that are made available through the setup-ed repositories. You cans " -#~ "either install or upgrade an available package, or remove an installed " -#~ "one.</p><blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be " -#~ "local (like your Suse CDs), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "utilities to setup repositories on the YaST control center.</" -#~ "blockquote><h1>Usage</h1><h2>Available, Upgrades, Installed buttons</" -#~ "h2><p>These buttons produce listings of the different sources of " -#~ "packages. 'Available' are the ones from the setup-ed repositories less " -#~ "those you have installed. 'Installed' lists the packages installed in " -#~ "your system. 'Upgrades' is a mix listing of the installed packages that " -#~ "have more recent versions available. 'All' will combine all sources.</" -#~ "p><h2>Filters</h2><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'OpenOffice' packages as well as AbiWord which carries the word 'office' " -#~ "in its description). You can also choose to view software from a specific " -#~ "repository.</p><h2>Categories & Collections</h2><p>Software for " -#~ "openSUSE is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task " -#~ "when you don't know the name of the software you are looking for. Browse " -#~ "indices of software by using the tree-view in the left column; you can " -#~ "view the available software by their Package names, or grouped in " -#~ "'Categories' or 'Patterns' by the selecting a view-mode from the drop-" -#~ "down-menu below. Categories' are simple, hierarchical classifications of " -#~ "software packages, like 'Multimedia/Video', while 'Patterns' are task-" -#~ "oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one (the " -#~ "installation of the 'server'-pattern for example will install various " -#~ "software needed for running a server). By using 'Install All' you make " -#~ "sure that future collection changes, when you upgrade openSUSE, will be " -#~ "honored.</p><h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>In the package " -#~ "detail view you can perform actions affecting this software; like " -#~ "install, uninstall, version-upgrade or -downgrade. All changes that you " -#~ "make will be saved, but not yet performed.</p><p>You can review changes " -#~ "in the right-side pane of the software-manager. You can revoke changes " -#~ "individually at any time by clicking the 'undo'-button next to a saved " -#~ "change.</p><p>The lock button can be used to lock the selected package " -#~ "state; it won't allow some automatic operation to install, upgrade or " -#~ "remove the package. This is only useful in very unusual cases: for " -#~ "instance, you may not want to install some drivers because they interfer " -#~ "with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes " -#~ "them.</p><p>The changes will be performed once you decide to click the " -#~ "'perform changes' button in the lower-right corner. If you want to leave " -#~ "the software-manager without performing any changes, simply press the " -#~ "button labeled 'Abort'.</p><blockquote><i>Developed by Ricardo Cruz <" -#~ "rpmcruz@alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt><br>Thanks to Christian Jager for co-" -#~ "designing this tool.</i></blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Propósito</h1><p>Con esta ferramenta pode instalar, eliminar e " -#~ "actualizar aplicativos.</p><p>O xestor de software de &product; chámase " -#~ "tamén 'xestor de paquetes'. Un paquete é, polo xeral, un aplicativo, pero " -#~ "tamén poden ofrecerse outros paquetes que o estenden (ex: algúns xogos " -#~ "tenden a distribuír a música noutro paquete, xa que non é esencial e " -#~ "require espazo extra de disco). O paquete base noméase co nome do " -#~ "aplicativo, mentres que aos paquetes extras engádeselles un sufixo. Os " -#~ "extras máis comúns son:</p><ul><li>-plugin-: estende o aplicativo con " -#~ "certa funcionalidade extra.</li><li>-devel: necesario para " -#~ "desenvolvemento.</li><li>-debuginfo: necesario para probas (testing).</" -#~ "li><li>-gl, -es, -fr (idiomas): ficheiros de traducións (o paquete " -#~ "correspondente ao seu idioma seleccionarase automaticamente).</li></" -#~ "lu><p>Atopará tanto os paquetes instalados coma aqueles dispoñibles nos " -#~ "repositorios configurados. Pode instalar ou actualizar un paquete " -#~ "dispoñible ou eliminar un xa instalado.</p><blockquote>Un repositorio é " -#~ "un medio de paquetes, pode ser local (coma os CDs de &product;) ou un " -#~ "servidor de internet remoto. Pode atopar utilidades que lle permitirán " -#~ "configurar repositorios no Centro de control de YaST.</" -#~ "blockquote><h1>Uso</h1><h2>Botóns Dispoñibles, Actualizacións, " -#~ "Instalados</h2><p>Estes botóns xeran unha listaxe das diferentes fontes " -#~ "de paquetes. 'Dispoñibles' son aqueles que se atopan nos repositorios " -#~ "configurados, descontando os que xa están instalados. 'Instalados' lista " -#~ "os paquetes instalados no sistema. 'Actualizacións' é unha lista dos " -#~ "paquetes instalados que teñen unha versión máis reciente dispoñible. " -#~ "'Todos' combina todas as fontes.</p><h2>Filtros</h2><p>Introduza un texto " -#~ "calquera no campo de procura para localizar por nome descrición (unha " -#~ "procura de 'office' amosará tanto os paquetes de 'OpenOffice' coma os de " -#~ "AbiWord, que tamén inclúe na súa descrición o termo 'office'). Pode tamén " -#~ "elexir ver aqueles dispoñibles nun repositorio en particular.</" -#~ "p><h2>Categorías e Coleccións</h2><p>O software para &product; está " -#~ "indexado para permitir procurar por unha tarefa específica cando non " -#~ "coñoce o nome do programa que está a buscar. Navegue polos índices " -#~ "utilizando a vista de árbore na columna esquerda, pode ver o software " -#~ "dispoñible polo seu nome de Paquete ou agrupado por 'Categorías' ou " -#~ "'Patróns' seleccionando o modo de vista desde o menú despregable. " -#~ "'Categorías' son simplemente clasificacións xerárquicas de paquetes, como " -#~ "pode ser 'Multimedia/Vídeo', mentres que 'Patróns' están orientados " -#~ "segundo tarefas (por exemplo, a instalación do patrón 'server', instalará " -#~ "varios aplicativos necesarios para executar un servidor). Ao utilizar " -#~ "'Instalar Todo', asegurará que futuros cambios na colección, ao " -#~ "actualizar openSUSE, serán tamén tidos en conta.</p><h2>Detalles do " -#~ "software</h2><p>Na vista de detalles de paquetes, pode realizar varias " -#~ "accións sobre este aplicativo como instalar, desinstalar, actualizar ou " -#~ "desactualizar. Todas as modificacións que realice serán guardados, pero " -#~ "non se aplicarán.</p><p>Pode revisar as modificacións no panel do lado " -#~ "dereito do xestor de software. Pode desfacer estes cambios " -#~ "individualmente en calquera momento premendo no botón 'desfacer' xunto ao " -#~ "cambio.</p><p>O botón de bloqueo pódese empregar para bloquear o estado " -#~ "do paquete seleccionado, isto evitará cambios automáticos sobre este " -#~ "paquete (instalación, actualización, eliminación). En poucos casos, por " -#~ "exemplo, pode non querer instalar algún controlador porque interfire co " -#~ "sistema, pero quere instalar coleccións de paquetes que o inclúen.</" -#~ "p><p>Os cambios aplicaranse cando prema no botón 'aplicar cambios' no " -#~ "recuncho inferior dereito. Se quere deixar o administrador de paquetes " -#~ "sen realizar ningún cambio, prema no botón 'Cancelar'.</" -#~ "p><blockquote><i>Realizado por Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz@alunos.dcc.fc.up." -#~ "pt><br>Grazas a Christian Jager por cooperar co seu deseño.</i><br></" -#~ "blockquote>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.</p><p>openSUSE's software management is also called 'package management'. A package is generally an application bundle, but multiple packages that extend the application may be offered in order to avoid clutter (e.g. games tend to de-couple the music data in another package, since its not essential and requires significant disk space). The base package will get the application's name, while extra packages are suffix-ed. Common extras are:</p><ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with some extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: needed for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: needed for software beta-testing.</li><li>-fr, -dr, -pl (language siglas): translation files (your language package will be marked for installation automatically).</li></ul><p>You will find both packages installed on your system, and packages that are made available through the setup-ed repositories. You cans either i nstall or upgrade an available package, or remove an installed one.</p><blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (like your Suse CDs), or a remote internet server. You can find utilities to setup repositories on the YaST control center.</blockquote><h1>Usage</h1><h2>Available, Upgrades, Installed buttons</h2><p>These buttons produce listings of the different sources of packages. 'Available' are the ones from the setup-ed repositories less those you have installed. 'Installed' lists the packages installed in your system. 'Upgrades' is a mix listing of the installed packages that have more recent versions available. 'All' will combine all sources.</p><h2>Filters</h2><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'OpenOffice' packages as well as AbiWord which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can also choose to view software from a specific repository.</p><h2>Categories & Collections</h2><p>Software for openSUSE is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you don't know the name of the software you are looking for. Browse indices of software by using the tree-view in the left column; you can view the available software by their Package names, or grouped in 'Categories' or 'Patterns' by the selecting a view-mode from the drop-down-menu below. Categories' are simple, hierarchical classifications of software packages, like 'Multimedia/Video', while 'Patterns' are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one (the installation of the 'server'-pattern for example will install various software needed for running a server). By using 'Install All' you make sure that future collection changes, when you upgrade openSUSE, will be honored.</p><h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>In the package detail view you can perform actions affecting this software; like install, uninstall, version-upgrade or -downg rade. All changes that you make will be saved, but not yet performed.</p><p>You can review changes in the right-side pane of the software-manager. You can revoke changes individually at any time by clicking the 'undo'-button next to a saved change.</p><p>The lock button can be used to lock the selected package state; it won't allow some automatic operation to install, upgrade or remove the package. This is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install some drivers because they interfer with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes them.</p><p>The changes will be performed once you decide to click the 'perform changes' button in the lower-right corner. If you want to leave the software-manager without performing any changes, simply press the button labeled 'Abort'.</p><blockquote><i>Developed by Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz@alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt><br>Thanks to Christian Jager for co-designing this tool.</i></blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Propósito</h1><p>Con esta ferramenta pode instalar, eliminar e actualizar aplicativos.</p><p>O xestor de software de &product; chámase tamén 'xestor de paquetes'. Un paquete é, polo xeral, un aplicativo, pero tamén poden ofrecerse outros paquetes que o estenden (ex: algúns xogos tenden a distribuír a música noutro paquete, xa que non é esencial e require espazo extra de disco). O paquete base noméase co nome do aplicativo, mentres que aos paquetes extras engádeselles un sufixo. Os extras máis comúns son:</p><ul><li>-plugin-: estende o aplicativo con certa funcionalidade extra.</li><li>-devel: necesario para desenvolvemento.</li><li>-debuginfo: necesario para probas (testing).</li><li>-gl, -es, -fr (idiomas): ficheiros de traducións (o paquete correspondente ao seu idioma seleccionarase automaticamente).</li></lu><p>Atopará tanto os paquetes instalados coma aqueles dispoñibles nos repositorios configurados. Pode instalar ou actualizar un paquete dispoñ ible ou eliminar un xa instalado.</p><blockquote>Un repositorio é un medio de paquetes, pode ser local (coma os CDs de &product;) ou un servidor de internet remoto. Pode atopar utilidades que lle permitirán configurar repositorios no Centro de control de YaST.</blockquote><h1>Uso</h1><h2>Botóns Dispoñibles, Actualizacións, Instalados</h2><p>Estes botóns xeran unha listaxe das diferentes fontes de paquetes. 'Dispoñibles' son aqueles que se atopan nos repositorios configurados, descontando os que xa están instalados. 'Instalados' lista os paquetes instalados no sistema. 'Actualizacións' é unha lista dos paquetes instalados que teñen unha versión máis reciente dispoñible. 'Todos' combina todas as fontes.</p><h2>Filtros</h2><p>Introduza un texto calquera no campo de procura para localizar por nome descrición (unha procura de 'office' amosará tanto os paquetes de 'OpenOffice' coma os de AbiWord, que tamén inclúe na súa descrición o termo 'office'). Pode tamén elexir ver aqueles dispoñibles nun repositorio en particular.</p><h2>Categorías e Coleccións</h2><p>O software para &product; está indexado para permitir procurar por unha tarefa específica cando non coñoce o nome do programa que está a buscar. Navegue polos índices utilizando a vista de árbore na columna esquerda, pode ver o software dispoñible polo seu nome de Paquete ou agrupado por 'Categorías' ou 'Patróns' seleccionando o modo de vista desde o menú despregable. 'Categorías' son simplemente clasificacións xerárquicas de paquetes, como pode ser 'Multimedia/Vídeo', mentres que 'Patróns' están orientados segundo tarefas (por exemplo, a instalación do patrón 'server', instalará varios aplicativos necesarios para executar un servidor). Ao utilizar 'Instalar Todo', asegurará que futuros cambios na colección, ao actualizar openSUSE, serán tamén tidos en conta.</p><h2>Detalles do software</h2><p>Na vista de detalles de paquetes, pode realizar varias accións sobre es te aplicativo como instalar, desinstalar, actualizar ou desactualizar. Todas as modificacións que realice serán guardados, pero non se aplicarán.</p><p>Pode revisar as modificacións no panel do lado dereito do xestor de software. Pode desfacer estes cambios individualmente en calquera momento premendo no botón 'desfacer' xunto ao cambio.</p><p>O botón de bloqueo pódese empregar para bloquear o estado do paquete seleccionado, isto evitará cambios automáticos sobre este paquete (instalación, actualización, eliminación). En poucos casos, por exemplo, pode non querer instalar algún controlador porque interfire co sistema, pero quere instalar coleccións de paquetes que o inclúen.</p><p>Os cambios aplicaranse cando prema no botón 'aplicar cambios' no recuncho inferior dereito. Se quere deixar o administrador de paquetes sen realizar ningún cambio, prema no botón 'Cancelar'.</p><blockquote><i>Realizado por Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz@alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt><br>Grazas a Chris tian Jager por cooperar co seu deseño.</i><br></blockquote>" #~ msgid "Query..." #~ msgstr "Consulta..." @@ -1747,19 +1395,11 @@ #~ msgid "from" #~ msgstr "desde" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is " -#~ "<b>recommended</b> it be installed.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(Este paquete é unha extensión dun xa instalado, <b>recoméndase</b> para " -#~ "seren instalado.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is <b>recommended</b> it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "(Este paquete é unha extensión dun xa instalado, <b>recoméndase</b> para seren instalado.)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is <b>suggested</" -#~ "b> it be installed.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(Este paquete complementa algúns dos outros instalados, <b>suxírese</b> " -#~ "para seren instalado.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is <b>suggested</b> it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "(Este paquete complementa algúns dos outros instalados, <b>suxírese</b> para seren instalado.)" #~ msgid "Installed at:" #~ msgstr "Instalado o:" @@ -1828,13 +1468,8 @@ #~ "<b>Repositorios de paquetes:</b> Limita a consulta a un repositorio.\n" #~ "Pode engadir ou eliminalos a través do centro de control de YaST." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Package lock:</b> prevents the package status from being modified by " -#~ "the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Bloqueo de paquete:</b> prevén a modificación do estado do paquete por " -#~ "parte do resolvedor (isto é, non cumprirá as dependencias ou os vínculos " -#~ "de colección.) " +#~ msgid "<b>Package lock:</b> prevents the package status from being modified by the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)" +#~ msgstr "<b>Bloqueo de paquete:</b> prevén a modificación do estado do paquete por parte do resolvedor (isto é, non cumprirá as dependencias ou os vínculos de colección.) " #~ msgid "Available: " #~ msgstr "Dispoñible: " Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -122,8 +122,7 @@ #. translators: error message in configure command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" -msgstr "" -"Só é posible especificar algúns dos hosts existentes como host a configurar" +msgstr "Só é posible especificar algúns dos hosts existentes como host a configurar" #. translators: popup error message when validate servername #: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 @@ -343,8 +342,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar." -"</b> agora</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar.</b> agora</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -368,47 +366,29 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O valor <b>Porto</b> determina o porto no que escoita Apache2. O valor " -"predeterminado é 80.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O valor <b>Porto</b> determina o porto no que escoita Apache2. O valor predeterminado é 80.</p>" #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Escoitar en interfaces</b> contén a lista de todos os enderezos IP " -"configurados para este host. Os enderezos IP marcados son aqueles nos que " -"escoita Apache2. Se non está seguro, márqueos todos.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Escoitar en interfaces</b> contén a lista de todos os enderezos IP configurados para este host. Os enderezos IP marcados son aqueles nos que escoita Apache2. Se non está seguro, márqueos todos.</p>" #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí pode activar as linguaxes de script que o servidor Apache2 debe " -"soportar.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí pode activar as linguaxes de script que o servidor Apache2 debe soportar.</p>" #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O resumo amosa as opcións que se escribirán na configuración de Apache2 " -"cando prema en <b>Rematar</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O resumo amosa as opcións que se escribirán na configuración de Apache2 cando prema en <b>Rematar</b>.</p>" #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"</p>" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Prema en <b>Configuración avanzada do servidor HTTP</b> \n" "\t\tpara crear unha configuración mais detallada antes da súa escritura.</p>" @@ -420,24 +400,21 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Editando os módulos do servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n" "A táboa contén unha lista de todos os módulos dispoñibles para Apache2.\n" "A primeira columna contén o nome do módulo. \n" "A segunda columna indica se o módulo debe ser cargado polo servidor.\n" -"Os módulos activados serán cargados. A última columna amosa unha breve " -"descrición\n" +"Os módulos activados serán cargados. A última columna amosa unha breve descrición\n" "do módulo.</p>" #. module dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para cambiar o estado dun módulo, \n" "seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema <b>Cambiar estado</b>.</p>\n" @@ -455,8 +432,7 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -495,42 +471,33 @@ "<b>Módulos</b> permite configurar os módulos cargados polo\n" " servidor.\n" "<b>Host predeterminado</b> é o nome de servidor dun host utilizado como\n" -"host predeterminado (como respaldo). Se non se especifica o nome de servidor " -"do host\n" +"host predeterminado (como respaldo). Se non se especifica o nome de servidor do host\n" "predeterminado, amósase unha ruta á raíz de documentos do\n" "host predeterminado.\n" "<b>Hosts</b> contén unha lista dos hosts configurados para o servidor.</p>\n" #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -"change settings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema <b>Editar</b> para " -"modificar a configuración.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema <b>Editar</b> para modificar a configuración.</p>" #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ficheiros de rexistro</b> amosa os ficheiros de rexistro do servidor.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Ficheiros de rexistro</b> amosa os ficheiros de rexistro do servidor.</p>" #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Hosts configurados</big></b><br>\n" "Esta é una listaxe de hosts xa configurados. Uno deles está\n" -"marcado como sistema predeterminado (cun asterisco xunto ao nome de " -"servidor).\n" +"marcado como sistema predeterminado (cun asterisco xunto ao nome de servidor).\n" "Úsase en caso de que ningún coincida\n" "cunha petición entrante. Para seleccionar un host como predeterminado\n" "prema en <b>Definir como predeterminado</b>.</p>\n" @@ -538,72 +505,55 @@ #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b> para " -"cambiar o host.\n" -"Para agregar un novo host, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un host, " -"seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" +"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b> para cambiar o host.\n" +"Para agregar un novo host, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un host, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración do host</big></b><br>\n" -"<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da " -"lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n" -"Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha " -"opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" +"<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n" +"Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar hosts\n" "\tvirtuais. Porén, seleccionar <b>Resolución mediante cabeceiras HTTP,</b>\n" "\to servidor predeterminado nunca recibe peticións de enderezos IP de\n" -"\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en " -"SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>" +"\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" -"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Modo de <i>escoita</i> dun servidor</big></b><br>\n" -"A directiva <i>Escoitar</i> permite seleccionar os portos e interfaces de " -"rede onde\n" +"A directiva <i>Escoitar</i> permite seleccionar os portos e interfaces de rede onde\n" "o servidor HTTP ha esperar ou escoitar as peticións que cheguen.</p>\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para " -"mudar a entrada.\n" -"Para engadir unha nova entrada, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha " -"entrada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>" +"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar a entrada.\n" +"Para engadir unha nova entrada, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha entrada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>" #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -614,8 +564,7 @@ "encrypting communication.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración SSL</big></b><br>\n" -"Esta é unha lista das opcións relacionadas coa configuración SSL (Secure " -"Socket Layer)\n" +"Esta é unha lista das opcións relacionadas coa configuración SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n" "do host. SSL permite comunicarse de xeito seguro co host \n" "ao cifrar a comunicación.</p>\n" @@ -623,29 +572,23 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>A opción SSL determina o comportamento xeral. O host pode non\n" -"admitir SSL (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL coma non SSL " -"(<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" +"admitir SSL (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL coma non SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" "ou ben aceptar só as conexións cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requirido</tt>).\n" " </p>\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Escolla unha opción axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar " -"a opción.\n" -"Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha " -"opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>" +"<p>Escolla unha opción axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar a opción.\n" +"Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -668,41 +611,33 @@ "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nota:</b> se activa o uso de SSL para un host, o módulo <tt>mod_ssl</" -"tt>\n" +"<p><b>Nota:</b> se activa o uso de SSL para un host, o módulo <tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n" "deberá estar cargado no servidor.</p>\n" #. new host dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"</p>" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Novo host</big></b><br>\n" -"Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host " -"virtual.</p>" +"Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host virtual.</p>" #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Identificación do servidor</b> especifica o contido e a\n" -"presentación do novo host virtual. <b>Nome do servidor</b> é o nome DNS " -"devolto como parte das\n" -"cabeceiras HTTP nas respostas do servidor. <b>Raíz de contidos do servidor</" -"b>\n" -"é unha ruta absoluta a un directorio que contén todos os documentos " -"fornecidos polo\n" -"host virtual. <b>Enderezo de correo do administrador</b> permite configurar " -"un enderezo de\n" +"presentación do novo host virtual. <b>Nome do servidor</b> é o nome DNS devolto como parte das\n" +"cabeceiras HTTP nas respostas do servidor. <b>Raíz de contidos do servidor</b>\n" +"é unha ruta absoluta a un directorio que contén todos os documentos fornecidos polo\n" +"host virtual. <b>Enderezo de correo do administrador</b> permite configurar un enderezo de\n" "correo para a retroalimentación sobre o host.</p>\n" #. new host dialog help 3/3 @@ -713,11 +648,9 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -725,23 +658,19 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Detalles do novo host</big></b><br>\n" -"Este cadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un " -"novo host virtual.</p>" +"Este cadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un novo host virtual.</p>" #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>Activar soporte CGI</b>\n" -"para executar scripts CGI na ruta de <b>Ruta do directorio CGI</b> " -"empregando o alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"para executar scripts CGI na ruta de <b>Ruta do directorio CGI</b> empregando o alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 @@ -754,15 +683,8 @@ #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En <b>Índice de directorio</b>, introduza unha lista de ficheiros, " -"separados por espazos, nos que Apache deba procurar e proporcionar cando se " -"solicite o URL dun directorio (un que remata en <tt>/</tt>). Proporcionarase " -"o primeiro ficheiro atopado que coincida coa procura.</p>" +msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En <b>Índice de directorio</b>, introduza unha lista de ficheiros, separados por espazos, nos que Apache deba procurar e proporcionar cando se solicite o URL dun directorio (un que remata en <tt>/</tt>). Proporcionarase o primeiro ficheiro atopado que coincida coa procura.</p>" #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -773,8 +695,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>HTML público</b>\n" "\n" -"permite acceder aos directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos os usuarios.</" -"p>" +"permite acceder aos directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos os usuarios.</p>" #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -890,12 +811,8 @@ #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar o servidor HTTP, os paquetes <b>%1</b> deben estar " -"instalados.</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar o servidor HTTP, os paquetes <b>%1</b> deben estar instalados.</p>" #. notification about package needed 2/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 @@ -1259,9 +1176,7 @@ #. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." -msgstr "" -"Cando non se define un nome de servidor, utilizarase o nome de host no seu " -"lugar." +msgstr "Cando non se define un nome de servidor, utilizarase o nome de host no seu lugar." #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 @@ -1272,8 +1187,7 @@ #. in another virtual host #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "" -"O nome de servidor introducido xa está configurado noutro host virtual." +msgstr "O nome de servidor introducido xa está configurado noutro host virtual." #. error message - the entered ip address is already #. configured for another virtual host @@ -1576,9 +1490,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"Non hai ningún ficheiro chave de certificado configurado para este ID de " -"equipo." +msgstr "Non hai ningún ficheiro chave de certificado configurado para este ID de equipo." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." @@ -1586,25 +1498,19 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"Non hai ningún ficheiro de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host." +msgstr "Non hai ningún ficheiro de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Fornece control de acceso baseado no nome de host cliente, enderezo IP, etc." +msgstr "Fornece control de acceso baseado no nome de host cliente, enderezo IP, etc." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "Executa os guións CGI baseados no tipo de medio ou método de petición" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Serve para mapear diversas partes do sistema de ficheiros do equipo na " -"árbore de documentos e para o reenvío de URLs" +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Serve para mapear diversas partes do sistema de ficheiros do equipo na árbore de documentos e para o reenvío de URLs" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 msgid "Basic authentication" @@ -1627,11 +1533,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticación de usuario empregando ficheiros DBM" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Xera automaticamente índices de directorio de xeito semellante á orde ls de " -"Unix" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Xera automaticamente índices de directorio de xeito semellante á orde ls de Unix" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" @@ -1639,9 +1542,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Ocúpase do redireccionamento por barra final e servir ficheiros índice de " -"directorio" +msgstr "Ocúpase do redireccionamento por barra final e servir ficheiros índice de directorio" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" @@ -1649,9 +1550,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Xera a caducidade de cabeceiras HTTP segundo os criterios definidos polo " -"usuario" +msgstr "Xera a caducidade de cabeceiras HTTP segundo os criterios definidos polo usuario" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" @@ -1662,24 +1561,16 @@ msgstr "Rexistro das peticións feitas ao servidor" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Asocia os nomes de extensión do ficheiro solicitado co comportamento e " -"contido do mesmo." +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Asocia os nomes de extensión do ficheiro solicitado co comportamento e contido do mesmo." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Ocúpase da negociación do contido" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Permite definir variables de contorno baseadas nas características da " -"petición" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Permite definir variables de contorno baseadas nas características da petición" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" @@ -1687,8 +1578,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"Permite que os scripts CGI se executen como un usaurio e grupo especificado" +msgstr "Permite que os scripts CGI se executen como un usaurio e grupo especificado" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 msgid "User-specific directories" @@ -1707,12 +1597,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticación de usuarios con MD5 Digest Authentication" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Permite que se empregue un directorio LDAP para almacenar a base de datos " -"para a autenticación HTTP básica" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Permite que se empregue un directorio LDAP para almacenar a base de datos para a autenticación HTTP básica" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" @@ -1743,12 +1629,8 @@ msgstr "Un sinxelo servidor echo para ilustrar os módulos de protocolo" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"Pasa o corpo da resposta por un programa externo antes de entregalo ao " -"cliente" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "Pasa o corpo da resposta por un programa externo antes de entregalo ao cliente" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" @@ -1767,22 +1649,16 @@ msgstr "Fornece un amplo resumo da configuración do servidor" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"Fondo de conexións LDAP e cacheado de resultados dos servizos para ser " -"utilizados por outros módulos LDAP" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "Fondo de conexións LDAP e cacheado de resultados dos servizos para ser utilizados por outros módulos LDAP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Rexistro dos bytes de entrada e saída en cada petición" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Determina o tipo MIME dun ficheiro examinando algúns bytes do seu contido" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Determina o tipo MIME dun ficheiro examinando algúns bytes do seu contido" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" @@ -1805,40 +1681,28 @@ msgstr "Módulo de soporte HTTP para mod_proxy" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"Fornece un motor de reescritura baseada en regras para reescribir os URL ao " -"voo" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "Fornece un motor de reescritura baseada en regras para reescribir os URL ao voo" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Tenta correxir os URL incorrectos introducidos polos usuarios" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Potente criptografía empregando os protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) e " -"TLS (Transport Layer Security)" +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Potente criptografía empregando os protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) e TLS (Transport Layer Security)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Fornece unha variable de contorno cun identificador único para cada petición" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Fornece unha variable de contorno cun identificador único para cada petición" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" -msgstr "" -"Rexistro das secuencias de pulsacións do rato da actividade de usuarios nun " -"sitio" +msgstr "Rexistro das secuencias de pulsacións do rato da actividade de usuarios nun sitio" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Fornece soporte para hosts virtuais configurados masiva e dinamicamente" +msgstr "Fornece soporte para hosts virtuais configurados masiva e dinamicamente" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" @@ -1854,9 +1718,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" -msgstr "" -"Fornece soporte para confinamento de subprocesos mediante AppArmor dentro de " -"apache" +msgstr "Fornece soporte para confinamento de subprocesos mediante AppArmor dentro de apache" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 msgid "Provides support for subversion" @@ -1889,9 +1751,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n" #~| "<br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>" -#~ "\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do servidor HTTP</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>\n" @@ -1901,21 +1761,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora " -#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Gardando a configuración do servidor HHTP</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -1925,10 +1780,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is " -#~ "safe to do so.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortar o gardado</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte o procedemento de gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>.\n" @@ -1937,15 +1789,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" -#~| "\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the " -#~| "configuration.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \\n\t\tto create a more " -#~ "detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" +#~| "\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \\n\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Prema en <b>Configuración avanzada do servidor HTTP</b> \n" -#~ "\t\tpara crear unha configuración mais detallada antes da súa escritura.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "\t\tpara crear unha configuración mais detallada antes da súa escritura.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1953,44 +1801,31 @@ #~| "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" #~| "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" #~| "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -#~| "loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -#~| "displays a short description\n" +#~| "loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" #~| "of the module.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\\nThe table contains " -#~ "a list of all available Apache2 modules.\\nThe first column contains the " -#~ "name of the module. \\nThe second column shows whether the module should " -#~ "be\\nloaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last " -#~ "column displays a short description\\nof the module.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\\nThe table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\\nThe first column contains the name of the module. \\nThe second column shows whether the module should be\\nloaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\\nof the module.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando os módulos do servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "A táboa contén unha lista de todos os módulos dispoñibles para Apache2.\n" #~ "A primeira columna contén o nome do módulo. \n" #~ "A segunda columna indica se o módulo debe ser cargado polo servidor.\n" -#~ "Os módulos activados serán cargados. A última columna amosa unha breve " -#~ "descrición\n" +#~ "Os módulos activados serán cargados. A última columna amosa unha breve descrición\n" #~ "do módulo.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -#~| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To change the status of a module, \\nchoose the appropriate entry of " -#~ "the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To change the status of a module, \\nchoose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para cambiar o estado dun módulo, \n" -#~ "seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema <b>Cambiar estado</b>.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema <b>Cambiar estado</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" #~| "use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \\nuse <b>Add " -#~ "Module</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \\nuse <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Si necesita engadir un módulo que non apareza na táboa, \n" #~ "use <b>Engadir módulo</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1998,17 +1833,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, " -#~| "choose\n" +#~| "Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" #~| "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\\nActivate the HTTP server " -#~ "by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\\n<b>Disabled</b>.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\\nActivate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\\n<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para activar o servidor HTTP seleccione <b>Activado</b>. Para " -#~ "desactivalo, escolla\n" +#~ "Para activar o servidor HTTP seleccione <b>Activado</b>. Para desactivalo, escolla\n" #~ "<b>Desactivado</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2017,11 +1847,7 @@ #~| "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" #~| "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" #~| "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \\nadapt the " -#~ "firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \\nThe interfaces " -#~ "of the firewall are not added or deleted. \\nThis option is only " -#~ "available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \\nadapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \\nThe interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \\nThis option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ao activar <b>Abrir devasa nos portos seleccionados,</b>\n" #~ "a devasa adaptarase aos portos nos que escoite Apache2. \n" @@ -2041,15 +1867,7 @@ #~| "host is not specified, a path to the document root of the\n" #~| "default host is displayed.\n" #~| "<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The list of options presents\\nseveral parts of the server " -#~ "configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\\ncontains a list of ports and IP " -#~ "addresses on which the\\nserver should listen for the incoming requests. " -#~ "\\n<b>Modules</b> allows configuring the modules loaded by the\\nserver." -#~ "\\n<b>Default Host</b> is a server name of a host used as a\\ndefault " -#~ "(fallback) host. If the server name of the default\\nhost is not " -#~ "specified, a path to the document root of the\\ndefault host is displayed." -#~ "\\n<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The list of options presents\\nseveral parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\\ncontains a list of ports and IP addresses on which the\\nserver should listen for the incoming requests. \\n<b>Modules</b> allows configuring the modules loaded by the\\nserver.\\n<b>Default Host</b> is a server name of a host used as a\\ndefault (fallback) host. If the server name of the default\\nhost is not specified, a path to the document root of the\\ndefault host is displayed.\\n<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A lista de opcións presenta\n" #~ "varias partes da configuración do servidor. <b>Escoitar en</b>\n" @@ -2058,180 +1876,114 @@ #~ "<b>Módulos</b> permite configurar os módulos cargados polo\n" #~ " servidor.\n" #~ "<b>Host predeterminado</b> é o nome de servidor dun host utilizado como\n" -#~ "host predeterminado (como respaldo). Se non se especifica o nome de " -#~ "servidor do host\n" +#~ "host predeterminado (como respaldo). Se non se especifica o nome de servidor do host\n" #~ "predeterminado, amósase unha ruta á raíz de documentos do\n" #~ "host predeterminado.\n" -#~ "<b>Hosts</b> contén unha lista dos hosts configurados para o servidor.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "<b>Hosts</b> contén unha lista dos hosts configurados para o servidor.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" #~| "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -#~| "marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host " -#~| "is used if no other host\n" +#~| "marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" #~| "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" #~| "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\\nThis is a list of already " -#~ "configured hosts. One of the hosts is \\nmarked as default (the asterisk " -#~ "next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host" -#~ "\\nmatches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\\npress " -#~ "<b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\\nThis is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \\nmarked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\\nmatches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\\npress <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Hosts configurados</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Esta é una listaxe de hosts xa configurados. Uno deles está\n" -#~ "marcado como sistema predeterminado (cun asterisco xunto ao nome de " -#~ "servidor).\n" +#~ "marcado como sistema predeterminado (cun asterisco xunto ao nome de servidor).\n" #~ "Úsase en caso de que ningún coincida\n" #~ "cunha petición entrante. Para seleccionar un host como predeterminado\n" #~ "prema en <b>Definir como predeterminado</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -#~| "change the host.\n" -#~| "To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click " -#~| "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -#~ "change the host.\\nTo add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, " -#~ "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" +#~| "To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\\nTo add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b> para " -#~ "cambiar o host.\n" -#~ "Para agregar un novo host, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un " -#~ "host, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" +#~ "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b> para cambiar o host.\n" +#~ "Para agregar un novo host, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un host, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table " -#~| "then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it " -#~| "and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the host settings, " -#~ "choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\\nTo " -#~ "add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -#~ "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~| "To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\\nTo add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do host</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da " -#~ "lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n" -#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar " -#~ "unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" +#~ "<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n" +#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -#~| "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP " -#~| "Headers</b>,\n" +#~| "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" #~| "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -#~| "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, " -#~| "use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\\n" -#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -#~ "b>,\\n\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP " -#~ "address of\\n\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL " -#~ "based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +#~| "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\\n\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\\n\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\\n\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar " -#~ "hosts\n" -#~ "\tvirtuais. Porén, seleccionar <b>Resolución mediante cabeceiras HTTP,</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar hosts\n" +#~ "\tvirtuais. Porén, seleccionar <b>Resolución mediante cabeceiras HTTP,</b>\n" #~ "\to servidor predeterminado nunca recibe peticións de enderezos IP de\n" -#~ "\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado " -#~ "en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>" +#~ "\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network " -#~| "interfaces\n" +#~| "The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" #~| "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\\nThe " -#~ "<i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces" -#~ "\\nwhere the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\\nThe <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\\nwhere the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Modo de <i>escoita</i> dun servidor</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "A directiva <i>Escoitar</i> permite seleccionar os portos e interfaces de " -#~ "rede onde\n" +#~ "A directiva <i>Escoitar</i> permite seleccionar os portos e interfaces de rede onde\n" #~ "o servidor HTTP ha esperar ou escoitar as peticións que cheguen.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -#~| "change the entry.\n" -#~| "To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and " -#~| "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -#~ "change the entry.\\nTo add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an " -#~ "entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" +#~| "To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\\nTo add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para " -#~ "mudar a entrada.\n" -#~ "Para engadir unha nova entrada, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar " -#~ "unha entrada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>" +#~ "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar a entrada.\n" +#~ "Para engadir unha nova entrada, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha entrada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) " -#~| "settings\n" +#~| "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" #~| "of the host. SSL allows communicating securely with the host by \n" #~| "encrypting communication.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\\nThis is a list of options " -#~ "related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\\nof the host. SSL " -#~ "allows communicating securely with the host by \\nencrypting " -#~ "communication.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\\nThis is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\\nof the host. SSL allows communicating securely with the host by \\nencrypting communication.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración SSL</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Esta é unha lista das opcións relacionadas coa configuración SSL (Secure " -#~ "Socket Layer)\n" +#~ "Esta é unha lista das opcións relacionadas coa configuración SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n" #~ "do host. SSL permite comunicarse de xeito seguro co host \n" #~ "ao cifrar a comunicación.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -#~| "not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL " -#~| "access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +#~| "not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" #~| "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\\nnot " -#~ "support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -#~ "(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\\nor accept only connections encrypted via SSL " -#~ "(<tt>Required</tt>).\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\\nnot support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\\nor accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A opción SSL determina o comportamento xeral. O host pode non\n" -#~ "admitir SSL (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL coma non SSL " -#~ "(<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" -#~ "ou ben aceptar só as conexións cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requirido</" -#~ "tt>).\n" +#~ "admitir SSL (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL coma non SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" +#~ "ou ben aceptar só as conexións cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requirido</tt>).\n" #~ " </p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -#~| "change the option.\n" -#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it " -#~| "and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -#~ "change the option.\\nTo add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an " -#~ "option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" +#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\\nTo add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Escolla unha opción axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para " -#~ "mudar a opción.\n" -#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar " -#~ "unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>" +#~ "<p>Escolla unha opción axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar a opción.\n" +#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2240,11 +1992,7 @@ #~| "allows use of a special purpose certificate. \n" #~| "<b>Use Common Certificate</b> configures usage of the\n" #~| "common certificate issued for this host.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \\nimporting server certificates. " -#~ "<b>Import Server Certificate</b> \\nallows use of a special purpose " -#~ "certificate. \\n<b>Use Common Certificate</b> configures usage of the" -#~ "\\ncommon certificate issued for this host.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \\nimporting server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \\nallows use of a special purpose certificate. \\n<b>Use Common Certificate</b> configures usage of the\\ncommon certificate issued for this host.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O menú <b>Certificados</b> permite importar \n" #~ "certificados do servidor. <b>Importar certificado do servidor</b> \n" @@ -2254,58 +2002,37 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</" -#~| "tt> \n" +#~| "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" #~| "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> " -#~ "\\nmodule should be loaded by the server.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \\nmodule should be loaded by the server.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nota:</b> se activa o uso de SSL para un host, o módulo " -#~ "<tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nota:</b> se activa o uso de SSL para un host, o módulo <tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n" #~ "deberá estar cargado no servidor.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual " -#~| "host.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog allows you to enter a " -#~ "basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" +#~| "This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Novo host</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host " -#~ "virtual.</p>" +#~ "Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host virtual.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" -#~| "the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the " -#~| "DNS name returned as a part\n" +#~| "the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" #~| "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" #~| "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" -#~| "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-" -#~| "mail\n" +#~| "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" #~| "address for feedback about this host.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\\nthe " -#~ "presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS " -#~ "name returned as a part\\nof the HTTP headers of the server response. " -#~ "<b>Server Contents Root</b>\\nis an absolute path to a directory " -#~ "containing all documents provided by\\nthis virtual host. " -#~ "<b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\\naddress for " -#~ "feedback about this host.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\\nthe presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\\nof the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\\nis an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\\nthis virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\\naddress for feedback about this host.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Identificación do servidor</b> especifica o contido e a\n" -#~ "presentación do novo host virtual. <b>Nome do servidor</b> é o nome DNS " -#~ "devolto como parte das\n" -#~ "cabeceiras HTTP nas respostas do servidor. <b>Raíz de contidos do " -#~ "servidor</b>\n" -#~ "é unha ruta absoluta a un directorio que contén todos os documentos " -#~ "fornecidos polo\n" -#~ "host virtual. <b>Enderezo de correo do administrador</b> permite " -#~ "configurar un enderezo de\n" +#~ "presentación do novo host virtual. <b>Nome do servidor</b> é o nome DNS devolto como parte das\n" +#~ "cabeceiras HTTP nas respostas do servidor. <b>Raíz de contidos do servidor</b>\n" +#~ "é unha ruta absoluta a un directorio que contén todos os documentos fornecidos polo\n" +#~ "host virtual. <b>Enderezo de correo do administrador</b> permite configurar un enderezo de\n" #~ "correo para a retroalimentación sobre o host.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2314,97 +2041,64 @@ #~| "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" #~| "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" #~| "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" -#~| "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified " -#~| "by\n" -#~| "the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the " -#~| "virtual host\n" +#~| "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" +#~| "the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" #~| "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -#~| "If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP " -#~| "address</b>\n" +#~| "If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" #~| "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\\nApache2 must be able to " -#~ "determine which virtual host\\nsettings it should use to create a " -#~ "response for an HTTP request. \\nThere are two basic approaches. If using " -#~ "HTTP headers\\nfrom the incoming request, the server looks up the host " -#~ "name specified by\\nthe HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to " -#~ "determine the virtual host\\nby the IP address used by the client when " -#~ "connecting to the server.\\nIf you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use " -#~ "<b>Resolution via IP address</b>\\nConsult the Apache2 manual for further " -#~ "details.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\\nApache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\\nsettings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \\nThere are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\\nfrom the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\\nthe HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\\nby the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\\nIf you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\\nConsult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Resolución do servidor</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Apache2 debe ser quen de determinar a configuración de host virtual\n" #~ "que debe empregar para crear unha resposta a unha solicitude HTTP. \n" #~ "Existen dous enfoques básicos. En caso de empregar cabeceiras HTTP\n" -#~ "da solicitude de entrada, o servidor busca o nome de host especificado " -#~ "nas\n" -#~ "cabeceiras das peticións HTTP. A outra posibilidade é determinar o host " -#~ "virtual\n" -#~ "mediante o enderezo IP que utiliza o cliente para conectarse ao " -#~ "servidor.\n" -#~ "Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante " -#~ "enderezos IP</b>\n" +#~ "da solicitude de entrada, o servidor busca o nome de host especificado nas\n" +#~ "cabeceiras das peticións HTTP. A outra posibilidade é determinar o host virtual\n" +#~ "mediante o enderezo IP que utiliza o cliente para conectarse ao servidor.\n" +#~ "Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b>\n" #~ "Consulte o manual de Apache2 para obter máis detalles.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new " -#~| "virtual host.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog allows you to " -#~ "specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" +#~| "This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Detalles do novo host</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Este cadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un " -#~ "novo host virtual.</p>" +#~ "Este cadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un novo host virtual.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" -#~| "to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the " -#~| "alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\\nto run CGI scripts in the path in " -#~ "<b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +#~| "to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\\nto run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Activar soporte CGI</b>\n" -#~ "para executar scripts CGI na ruta de <b>Ruta do directorio CGI</b> " -#~ "empregando o alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +#~ "para executar scripts CGI na ruta de <b>Ruta do directorio CGI</b> empregando o alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</" -#~| "b>.\n" +#~| "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n" #~| "Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</" -#~ "b>.\\n\\nThen enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate " -#~ "File\\nPath</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\\n\\nThen enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\\nPath</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para activar o acceso HTTPS a este host virtual, seleccione <b>Activar " -#~ "soporte SSL</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Para activar o acceso HTTPS a este host virtual, seleccione <b>Activar soporte SSL</b>.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Despois introduza a ruta do ficheiro de certificado en <b>Ruta \n" -#~ "ao ficheiro de certificado</b>. Esta opción só está dispoñible en vhosts " -#~ "basados en IP.</p>\n" +#~ "ao ficheiro de certificado</b>. Esta opción só está dispoñible en vhosts basados en IP.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n" #~| "\n" #~| "enables access to <tt>.public_html</tt> directories of all users.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\\n\\nenables access to <tt>.public_html</tt> " -#~ "directories of all users.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\\n\\nenables access to <tt>.public_html</tt> directories of all users.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>HTML público</b>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "permite acceder aos directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos os " -#~ "usuarios.</p>" +#~ "permite acceder aos directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos os usuarios.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2413,9 +2107,7 @@ #~| "Configuration cannot continue\n" #~| "\n" #~| "without installing the package." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package %1 is not available.\\n\\nConfiguration cannot continue\\n" -#~ "\\nwithout installing the package." +#~ msgid "The package %1 is not available.\\n\\nConfiguration cannot continue\\n\\nwithout installing the package." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O paquete %1 non está dispoñible.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2429,9 +2121,7 @@ #~| "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" #~| "%1\n" #~| "Install them now?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The enabled modules require\\ninstallation of some of these additional " -#~ "packages:\\n%1\\nInstall them now?\\n" +#~ msgid "The enabled modules require\\ninstallation of some of these additional packages:\\n%1\\nInstall them now?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Os módulos activos requiren\n" #~ "a instalación dalgúns destes paquetes adicionais: %1\n" @@ -2441,9 +2131,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" #~| "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Default value for module %1 does not match.\\nThis can cause inconsistent " -#~ "module configuration." +#~ msgid "Default value for module %1 does not match.\\nThis can cause inconsistent module configuration." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O valor predeterminado do módulo %1 non coincide.\n" #~ "Isto pode ocasionar unha falta de coherencia na configuración do módulo." @@ -2469,13 +2157,7 @@ #~| "and click OK to continue with the default host\n" #~| "switch. Otherwise click Cancel not to change\n" #~| "the default host.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The current default host will be replaced by \\nthe new host and will " -#~ "become a virtual host.\\n\\nHowever, the current default host does not " -#~ "have\\nthe IP address or the server name specified.\\nTherefore, it is " -#~ "not possible to use it as \\na virtual host. Verify the suggested values " -#~ "below \\nand click OK to continue with the default host\\nswitch. " -#~ "Otherwise click Cancel not to change\\nthe default host.\\n" +#~ msgid "The current default host will be replaced by \\nthe new host and will become a virtual host.\\n\\nHowever, the current default host does not have\\nthe IP address or the server name specified.\\nTherefore, it is not possible to use it as \\na virtual host. Verify the suggested values below \\nand click OK to continue with the default host\\nswitch. Otherwise click Cancel not to change\\nthe default host.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O actual equipo predeterminado vai ser substituído polo\n" #~ "novo host e convertirase nun host virtual.\n" @@ -2494,10 +2176,7 @@ #~| "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" #~| "that will be accepting requests for the hosts.\n" #~| "Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To use name-based virtual hosting,\\nyou must designate the IP address on " -#~ "the server\\nthat will be accepting requests for the hosts.\\nAlso * for " -#~ "all addresses and *:port are acceptable." +#~ msgid "To use name-based virtual hosting,\\nyou must designate the IP address on the server\\nthat will be accepting requests for the hosts.\\nAlso * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para empregar hospedaxe virtual basada en nome,\n" #~ "debe designar o enderezo IP no servidor\n" @@ -2517,8 +2196,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" #~| "listen cannot be empty." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The list of the ports to which the server should\\nlisten cannot be empty." +#~ msgid "The list of the ports to which the server should\\nlisten cannot be empty." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A lista dos portos onde o servidor debe escoitar\n" #~ "non pode estar baleira." @@ -2526,27 +2204,19 @@ #~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports" #~ msgstr "Abrir &devasa para os portos seleccionados" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 " -#~ "ports on the firewall.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Cando a devasa está activada pode decidir se desexa activar os portos " -#~ "de Apache2 na devasa.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Cando a devasa está activada pode decidir se desexa activar os portos de Apache2 na devasa.</p>" #~ msgid "IP Adresses" #~ msgstr "Enderezos IP" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -#~ "p>,\n" +#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</p>,\n" #~ "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, " -#~ "use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar " -#~ "hosts\n" +#~ "<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar hosts\n" #~ "virtuais. Porén, seleccionar <b>Resolución mediante cabeceiras HTTP,</b>\n" #~ "\t o servidor predeterminado nunca recibe peticións de enderezos IP de\n" -#~ "\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado " -#~ "en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>" +#~ "\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -280,8 +280,7 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para activar ou desactivar un servizo, seleccione un no diálogo principal." +msgstr "Para activar ou desactivar un servizo, seleccione un no diálogo principal." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() @@ -388,8 +387,7 @@ #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"O usuario %1 está reservado unicamente para os procesos internos do servidor." +msgstr "O usuario %1 está reservado unicamente para os procesos internos do servidor." #. Popup::Error #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 @@ -417,8 +415,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o proceso de inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Aborte de forma segura a utilidade de configuración premendo <b>Abortar</b> " -"agora.</p>\n" +"Aborte de forma segura a utilidade de configuración premendo <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -450,10 +447,8 @@ "configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración do servizo de rede</big></b><br>\n" -"Faga clic en <b>Activar</b> para activar os servizos de rede xestionados " -"pola configuración\n" -"dun super-servidor. Para deter o super-servidor, faga clic en <b>Desactivar</" -"b>.</p>\n" +"Faga clic en <b>Activar</b> para activar os servizos de rede xestionados pola configuración\n" +"dun super-servidor. Para deter o super-servidor, faga clic en <b>Desactivar</b>.</p>\n" # ollo, en <b> C </b> si logo non se pon C como nome da columna hai que modificar isto (by Sergio) #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 @@ -471,25 +466,21 @@ "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be " -"configured.</p>" +"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Estado dos Servizos:</big></b><br>\n" "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>---</b> están inactivos (bloqueado).\n" "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>On</b> están activos (desbloqueado).\n" -"Todos os servizos marcados con <b>NI</b> non están instalados e non se poden " -"configurar.</p>" +"Todos os servizos marcados con <b>NI</b> non están instalados e non se poden configurar.</p>" # toggle status -> cambia estado? #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or " -"Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cambiando o estado do servizo:</big></b><br>\n" -"Seleccione o servizo a activar ou desactivar e prema <b>Cambia Estado (On ou " -"Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"Seleccione o servizo a activar ou desactivar e prema <b>Cambia Estado (On ou Off)</b>.</p>\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -519,13 +510,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.</p>\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando a configuración:</big></b>\n" "Aborte a configuración premendo o botón <b>Abortar</b>.\n" -"Se fai iso, perderanse todos os cambios e a configuración orixinal manterase " -"sen cambios.</p>\n" +"Se fai iso, perderanse todos os cambios e a configuración orixinal manterase sen cambios.</p>\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -566,12 +555,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta é unha pequena descrición. Para máis información, vexa <b>info " -"xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Esta é unha pequena descrición. Para máis información, vexa <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -590,19 +575,16 @@ msgstr "" "<p>O <b>tipo de socket</b> debe ser stream, dgram, raw, ou seqpacket,\n" "dependendo se o servizo está baseado en stream, está baseado en datagramas,\n" -"require acceso directo a unha IP ou require unha transmisión secuencial " -"segura de\n" +"require acceso directo a unha IP ou require unha transmisión secuencial segura de\n" "datagramas.</p>\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>O <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido como os especificados en /" -"etc/protocols.\n" +"<p>O <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido como os especificados en /etc/protocols.\n" "Exemplos <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, e <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -630,8 +612,7 @@ "Se o valor do atributo é <b>non</b>, o servizo é\n" "multifío e xinetd mantense procesando as novas peticións do servizo\n" "e xinetd acepta a conexión.\n" -"Os servizos <i>udp/dgram</i> normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>si</" -"b>,\n" +"Os servizos <i>udp/dgram</i> normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>si</b>,\n" "porque udp non está orientado a conexión. Os servidores <i>tcp/stream</i>\n" "normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>non</b>.</p>\n" @@ -644,8 +625,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>O servidor executarase cos permisos do usuario seleccionado en\n" -"<b>Usuario</b>. Isto é de utilidade para facer que os servizos se executen " -"con\n" +"<b>Usuario</b>. Isto é de utilidade para facer que os servizos se executen con\n" "permisos menos ca os de root.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -659,8 +639,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>En <b>Servidor</b>, introduza a ruta do programa que vai ser\n" "executado polo super-servidor cando chegue unha petición ao seu socket.\n" -"Os parámetros para este programa pódense especificar en <b>Argumentos do " -"servidor</b>.\n" +"Os parámetros para este programa pódense especificar en <b>Argumentos do servidor</b>.\n" "\n" "</p>\n" @@ -747,9 +726,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" #~| "Internet super-server will be disabled." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\\nInternet super-server " -#~ "will be disabled." +#~ msgid "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\\nInternet super-server will be disabled." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Todos os servizos marcáronse como desactivados (bloqueado).\n" #~ "Desactivarase o super-servidor de Internet." @@ -767,9 +744,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración de xinetd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -777,23 +752,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\\nSafely " -#~ "abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o proceso de inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Aborte de forma segura a utilidade de configuración premendo <b>Abortar</" -#~ "b> agora.</p>\n" +#~ "Aborte de forma segura a utilidade de configuración premendo <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración de xinetd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -804,10 +773,7 @@ #~| "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\\nAbort saving by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it " -#~ "is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\\nAbort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o proceso de gardado:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte premendo <b>Abortar</b>.\n" @@ -817,19 +783,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-" -#~| "server\n" +#~| "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" #~| "configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\\nClick <b>Enable</" -#~ "b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\\nconfiguration. " -#~ "To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\\nClick <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\\nconfiguration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do servizo de rede</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Faga clic en <b>Activar</b> para activar os servizos de rede xestionados " -#~ "pola configuración\n" -#~ "dun super-servidor. Para deter o super-servidor, faga clic en " -#~ "<b>Desactivar</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "Faga clic en <b>Activar</b> para activar os servizos de rede xestionados pola configuración\n" +#~ "dun super-servidor. Para deter o super-servidor, faga clic en <b>Desactivar</b>.</p>\n" # ollo, en <b> C </b> si logo non se pon C como nome da columna hai que modificar isto (by Sergio) #, fuzzy @@ -837,14 +797,10 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n" #~| "and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\\nAll services " -#~ "marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\\nand will be " -#~ "changed in the system configuration.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\\nAll services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\\nand will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Estado da configuración do servizo:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>X</b> na columna <b>Ch</b> foron " -#~ "editados\n" +#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>X</b> na columna <b>Ch</b> foron editados\n" #~ "e cambiaranse na configuración do sistema.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -852,41 +808,29 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" #~| "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" -#~| "All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be " -#~| "configured.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\\nAll services marked with " -#~ "<b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\\nAll services marked with <b>On</b> " -#~ "are active (unlocked).\\nAll services marked with <b>NI</b> are not " -#~ "installed and cannot be configured.</p>" +#~| "All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\\nAll services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\\nAll services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\\nAll services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Estado dos Servizos:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>---</b> están inactivos (bloqueado).\n" #~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>On</b> están activos (desbloqueado).\n" -#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>NI</b> non están instalados e non se " -#~ "poden configurar.</p>" +#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>NI</b> non están instalados e non se poden configurar.</p>" # toggle status -> cambia estado? #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On " -#~| "or Off)</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to " -#~ "enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cambiando o estado do servizo:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Seleccione o servizo a activar ou desactivar e prema <b>Cambia Estado (On " -#~ "ou Off)</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "Seleccione o servizo a activar ou desactivar e prema <b>Cambia Estado (On ou Off)</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to edit " -#~ "and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando servizos:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione o servizo a editar e prema <b>Editar</b>.</p>\n" @@ -895,9 +839,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to " -#~ "delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Eliminando servizos:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione o servizo a eliminar e prema <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>\n" @@ -906,9 +848,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n" #~| "Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\\nClick <b>Create</b> and " -#~ "complete the form.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\\nClick <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadindo unha nova entrada:</big></b>\n" #~ "Faga clic en <b>Crear</b> e complete o formulario.</p>\n" @@ -917,26 +857,19 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" #~| "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -#~| "If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original " -#~| "configuration will remain.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\\nLeave the configuration " -#~ "untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\\nIf you do so, all your " -#~ "changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\\n" +#~| "If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\\nLeave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\\nIf you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a configuración:</big></b>\n" #~ "Aborte a configuración premendo o botón <b>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Se fai iso, perderanse todos os cambios e a configuración orixinal " -#~ "manterase sen cambios.</p>\n" +#~ "Se fai iso, perderanse todos os cambios e a configuración orixinal manterase sen cambios.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" #~| "enter</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\\nenter</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\\nenter</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Para crear unha entrada (servizo) válida para o super-servidor,\n" @@ -955,10 +888,7 @@ #~| "<li>server program\n" #~| "<li>server program arguments\n" #~| "</ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul>\\n<li>service name\\n<li>RPC version (optional)\\n<li>socket type" -#~ "\\n<li>protocol\\n<li>wait/nowait\\n<li>user\\n<li>group\\n<li>server " -#~ "program\\n<li>server program arguments\\n</ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul>\\n<li>service name\\n<li>RPC version (optional)\\n<li>socket type\\n<li>protocol\\n<li>wait/nowait\\n<li>user\\n<li>group\\n<li>server program\\n<li>server program arguments\\n</ul>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul>\n" #~ "<li>nome do servizo\n" @@ -973,22 +903,15 @@ #~ "</ul>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>." -#~ "</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Esta é unha pequena descrición. Para máis información, vexa <b>info " -#~ "xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +#~| msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Esta é unha pequena descrición. Para máis información, vexa <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introduza un nome de servizo válido no campo <b>servizo</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -999,33 +922,21 @@ #~| "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" #~| "requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n" #~| "transmission.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket," -#~ "\\ndepending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based," -#~ "\\nrequires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram" -#~ "\\ntransmission.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\\ndepending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\\nrequires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\\ntransmission.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O <b>tipo de socket</b> debe ser stream, dgram, raw, ou seqpacket,\n" -#~ "dependendo se o servizo está baseado en stream, está baseado en " -#~ "datagramas,\n" -#~ "require acceso directo a unha IP ou require unha transmisión secuencial " -#~ "segura de\n" +#~ "dependendo se o servizo está baseado en stream, está baseado en datagramas,\n" +#~ "require acceso directo a unha IP ou require unha transmisión secuencial segura de\n" #~ "datagramas.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -#~| "protocols.\n" -#~| "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</" -#~| "i>.\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" +#~| "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -#~ "protocols.\\nExamples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and " -#~ "<i>rpc/udp</i>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\\nExamples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido como os especificados " -#~ "en /etc/protocols.\n" +#~ "<p>O <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido como os especificados en /etc/protocols.\n" #~ "Exemplos <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, e <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1033,8 +944,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n" #~| "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" -#~| "connection or the server program accepts the connection. If its value " -#~| "is\n" +#~| "connection or the server program accepts the connection. If its value is\n" #~| "<b>yes</b>, the service is single-threaded. This means that xinetd \n" #~| "starts the server then stops handling requests for the service\n" #~| "until the server dies and that the server software accepts the\n" @@ -1044,18 +954,7 @@ #~| "<i>udp/dgram</i> services normally expect the value to be <b>yes</b>,\n" #~| "because udp is not connection oriented. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers\n" #~| "normally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\\nsingle-" -#~ "threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\\nconnection or " -#~ "the server program accepts the connection. If its value is\\n<b>yes</b>, " -#~ "the service is single-threaded. This means that xinetd \\nstarts the " -#~ "server then stops handling requests for the service\\nuntil the server " -#~ "dies and that the server software accepts the\\nconnection. If the " -#~ "attribute value is <b>no</b>, the service is\\nmultithreaded and xinetd " -#~ "keeps handling new service requests and\\nxinetd accepts the connection. " -#~ "\\n<i>udp/dgram</i> services normally expect the value to be <b>yes</b>," -#~ "\\nbecause udp is not connection oriented. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers" -#~ "\\nnormally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\\nsingle-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\\nconnection or the server program accepts the connection. If its value is\\n<b>yes</b>, the service is single-threaded. This means that xinetd \\nstarts the server then stops handling requests for the service\\nuntil the server dies and that the server software accepts the\\nconnection. If the attribute value is <b>no</b>, the service is\\nmultithreaded and xinetd keeps handling new service requests and\\nxinetd accepts the connection. \\n<i>udp/dgram</i> services normally expect the value to be <b>yes</b>,\\nbecause udp is not connection oriented. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers\\nnormally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O campo <b>espera/sen espera</b> determina se o servizo é\n" #~ "dun só fío ou multifío e se xinetd acepta a conexión ou se o programa\n" @@ -1066,10 +965,8 @@ #~ "Se o valor do atributo é <b>non</b>, o servizo é\n" #~ "multifío e xinetd mantense procesando as novas peticións do servizo\n" #~ "e xinetd acepta a conexión.\n" -#~ "Os servizos <i>udp/dgram</i> normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>si</" -#~ "b>,\n" -#~ "porque udp non está orientado a conexión. Os servidores <i>tcp/stream</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "Os servizos <i>udp/dgram</i> normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>si</b>,\n" +#~ "porque udp non está orientado a conexión. Os servidores <i>tcp/stream</i>\n" #~ "normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>non</b>.</p>\n" # root por administrador? @@ -1079,14 +976,10 @@ #~| "<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" #~| "less than root.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in" -#~ "\\n<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions" -#~ "\\nless than root.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\\n<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\\nless than root.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O servidor executarase cos permisos do usuario seleccionado en\n" -#~ "<b>Usuario</b>. Isto é de utilidade para facer que os servizos se " -#~ "executen con\n" +#~ "<b>Usuario</b>. Isto é de utilidade para facer que os servizos se executen con\n" #~ "permisos menos ca os de root.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1094,18 +987,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n" #~| "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" -#~| "Parameters for this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</" -#~| "b>.\n" +#~| "Parameters for this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</b>.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\\nbe executed " -#~ "by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\\nParameters for " -#~ "this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</b>.\\n\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\\nbe executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\\nParameters for this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</b>.\\n\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>En <b>Servidor</b>, introduza a ruta do programa que vai ser\n" #~ "executado polo super-servidor cando chegue unha petición ao seu socket.\n" -#~ "Os parámetros para este programa pódense especificar en <b>Argumentos do " -#~ "servidor</b>.\n" +#~ "Os parámetros para este programa pódense especificar en <b>Argumentos do servidor</b>.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "</p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -47,29 +47,19 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -#| "interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If " -#| "this option is\n" -#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -#| "xml</tt>.</p>" +#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se desexa crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a " -"intervención do\n" -"usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema " -"instalado.\n" -"Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/" -"root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a intervención do\n" +"usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema instalado.\n" +"Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 @@ -88,9 +78,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview @@ -136,12 +124,8 @@ msgstr "Instalación desde imaxes" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí pode escoller empregar imaxes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar a " -"instalación RPM." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Aquí pode escoller empregar imaxes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar a instalación RPM." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -152,12 +136,8 @@ msgstr "Non instalar &desde imaxes" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Despregue de imaxes personalizadas - necesita que un URL sexa configurado " -"coma fonte de instalación" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Despregue de imaxes personalizadas - necesita que un URL sexa configurado coma fonte de instalación" #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -165,20 +145,12 @@ msgstr "Aquí pode crear imaxes personalizadas.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Debe configurar a selección de software primeiro antes de que poida crear " -"unha imaxe aquí" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Debe configurar a selección de software primeiro antes de que poida crear unha imaxe aquí" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Crear un ficheiro de imaxe (AutoYaST irá obtelo do lugar indicado durante a " -"instalación)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Crear un ficheiro de imaxe (AutoYaST irá obtelo do lugar indicado durante a instalación)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -202,26 +174,21 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation.</p>" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Creando imaxes propias</b> emprégase se quere\n" "saltar o paso completo da instalación RPM. AutoYaST implantará unha imaxe\n" "no disco duro que é moito máis rápida e que pode estar xa preconfigurada.\n" -"Todo o máis que a instalación RPM está feita do mesmo xeito que nunha " -"instalación automática normal.</p>" +"Todo o máis que a instalación RPM está feita do mesmo xeito que nunha instalación automática normal.</p>" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" @@ -230,10 +197,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -273,15 +238,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"A instalación dende imaxes está activada (<a href=\"%1\">desactivar</a>)." +msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está activada (<a href=\"%1\">desactivar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (<a href=\"%1\">activar</a>)." +msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (<a href=\"%1\">activar</a>)." #. progress step title #: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -396,8 +359,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante a " -"instalación\n" +"Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante a instalación\n" "e no sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -407,8 +369,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -541,20 +502,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se desexa crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a " -"intervención do\n" -"usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema " -"instalado.\n" -"Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/" -"root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a intervención do\n" +"usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema instalado.\n" +"Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -566,10 +521,8 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para clonar o sistema actual, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe ser instalado.</p>" +msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para clonar o sistema actual, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe ser instalado.</p>" #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" @@ -582,7 +535,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O sistema vaise reiniciar agora..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -607,8 +560,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" #. unknown image @@ -643,9 +595,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -725,8 +675,7 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"Iniciar o xestor de software para comprobar e instalar as actualizacións?" +msgstr "Iniciar o xestor de software para comprobar e instalar as actualizacións?" #. check box #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 @@ -868,23 +817,19 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para usar repositorios remotos suxeridos durante a instalación ou\n" -"actualización, seleccione <b>Engadir repositorios en liña antes da " -"instalación</b>.</p>" +"actualización, seleccione <b>Engadir repositorios en liña antes da instalación</b>.</p>" #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://" -"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" msgstr "" #. Error message @@ -941,8 +886,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Precísase unha rede configurada para usar repositorios remotos ou\n" "complementos. Se non usa repositorios remotos, salte a configuración.</p>\n" @@ -957,36 +901,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>En Linux a <b>escolla</b> é unha prioridade moi importante. <i>openSUSE</" -"i>\n" +"<p>En Linux a <b>escolla</b> é unha prioridade moi importante. <i>openSUSE</i>\n" "ofrece diferentes ambientes de escritorio. Embaixo pode ver unha lista dos\n" "dous principais <b>GNOME</b> e <b>KDE</b>." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Pode seleccionar alternativas de contornos de escritorio (ou unha " -"instalación mínima)\n" -"que mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades usando a opción <b>Outros</b> . " -"Despois \n" -"na selección de software ou logo da instalación, pode cambiar a selección ou " -"engadir \n" -"un contorno adicional. Nesta pantalla seleccione o que empregará de xeito " -"predeterminado.</p>" +"<p>Pode seleccionar alternativas de contornos de escritorio (ou unha instalación mínima)\n" +"que mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades usando a opción <b>Outros</b> . Despois \n" +"na selección de software ou logo da instalación, pode cambiar a selección ou engadir \n" +"un contorno adicional. Nesta pantalla seleccione o que empregará de xeito predeterminado.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1130,18 +1064,13 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de " -"embaixo." +msgstr "Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de embaixo." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "" -"Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de " -"embaixo." +msgstr "Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de embaixo." #. menu button item #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 @@ -1166,13 +1095,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Use <b>Instalar</b> para levar a cabo unha nova instalación cos valores que " -"se mostran.\n" +"Use <b>Instalar</b> para levar a cabo unha nova instalación cos valores que se mostran.\n" "</p>\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1212,8 +1139,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Use <b>Actualizar</b> para levar a cabo unha actualización cos valores que " -"se mostran.\n" +"Use <b>Actualizar</b> para levar a cabo unha actualización cos valores que se mostran.\n" "</p>\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1263,8 +1189,7 @@ "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>A instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) halle permitir iniciar máquinas " -"virtuais\n" +"<P>A instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) halle permitir iniciar máquinas virtuais\n" "de Linux independentes no sistema anfitrión.</P>" #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -1433,16 +1358,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"YaST estáa a comprobar o hardware do ordenador e os sistemas instalados " -"agora." +msgstr "YaST estáa a comprobar o hardware do ordenador e os sistemas instalados agora." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report @@ -1535,12 +1457,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process.</p>" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Aquí ve todos os repositorios de software que se\n" -"atoparon para o sistema que está actualizando. Active os que queira incluír " -"no proceso de actualización.</p>" +"atoparon para o sistema que está actualizando. Active os que queira incluír no proceso de actualización.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 @@ -1549,8 +1469,7 @@ "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Para activar, eliminar ou desactivar un URL, prema no botón\n" -"<b> Cambiar estado</b> ou faga dobre clic no elemento respectivo da táboa.</" -"p>" +"<b> Cambiar estado</b> ou faga dobre clic no elemento respectivo da táboa.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 @@ -1954,8 +1873,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Xa está completa a información necesaria para a instalación básica.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Xa está completa a información necesaria para a instalación básica.</p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 @@ -1995,9 +1913,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Xa está completa a información necesaria para levar a cabo unha " -"actualización.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Xa está completa a información necesaria para levar a cabo unha actualización.</p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 @@ -2035,8 +1951,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"A instalación dende imaxes está activada (<a href=\"%1\">desactivar</a>)." +msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está activada (<a href=\"%1\">desactivar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -2044,14 +1959,11 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (<a href=\"%1\">activar</a>)." +msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (<a href=\"%1\">activar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" msgstr "" #. progress step title @@ -2108,8 +2020,7 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"A instalación non logrou resolver as dependencias de paquete " -"automaticamente.\n" +"A instalación non logrou resolver as dependencias de paquete automaticamente.\n" "Abrirase o xestor de software para resolvelas de xeito manual." #~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" @@ -2184,8 +2095,7 @@ #~ "Are you sure you want to use it?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A ligazón da interface seleccionada %1 está desconectada.\n" -#~ "Ten que estar conectado para realizar unha configuración de rede " -#~ "axeitada.\n" +#~ "Ten que estar conectado para realizar unha configuración de rede axeitada.\n" #~ "Está seguro de que desexala usala?" #~ msgid "&Yes, Use it" @@ -2203,10 +2113,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Información de hardware da tarxeta de rede seleccionada" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Aquí pode configurar as tarxetas de rede para usalas de inmediato.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Aquí pode configurar as tarxetas de rede para usalas de inmediato.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2380,9 +2288,7 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de rede..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Agarde mentres se escribe e proba a configuración de rede...</p>" #~ msgid "Enabling SSH service on installed system..." @@ -2471,32 +2377,26 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Seleccione <b>Actualización dun sistema existente</b> para actualizar un\n" #~ "sistema Linux xa instalado na súa máquina. Esta opción manterá os\n" -#~ "parámetros da configuración do sistema existente sempre que sexa " -#~ "posible.\n" +#~ "parámetros da configuración do sistema existente sempre que sexa posible.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" #~ "configuration.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Seleccione <b>Usar configuración automática</b> para deixarlle " -#~ "configurar\n" -#~ "automaticamente o hardware e maila rede ao programa de instalación. " -#~ "Senón\n" +#~ "Seleccione <b>Usar configuración automática</b> para deixarlle configurar\n" +#~ "automaticamente o hardware e maila rede ao programa de instalación. Senón\n" #~ "háselle ofrecer unha proposta de configuración coa posibilidade de\n" -#~ "axustar a man todas as opcións. Aconséllase aos usuarios sen experiencia " -#~ "usar\n" +#~ "axustar a man todas as opcións. Aconséllase aos usuarios sen experiencia usar\n" #~ "a configuración automática.</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p>Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O modo de actualización non soporta a configuración automática.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>O modo de actualización non soporta a configuración automática.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n" @@ -2574,9 +2474,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Abrindo ficheiro..." #~ msgid "SCR process has died, printing the last log lines..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O proceso SCR rematou de súpeto, imprimindo as derradeiras liñas de " -#~ "rexistro..." +#~ msgstr "O proceso SCR rematou de súpeto, imprimindo as derradeiras liñas de rexistro..." #~ msgid "YaST process got killed." #~ msgstr "O proceso de YaST finalizou de súpeto." @@ -2593,10 +2491,8 @@ #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." #~ msgstr "Fallou a conexión a inst-sys. O depurador non pode continuar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para acceder ao sistema X11, debe instalarse o paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para acceder ao sistema X11, debe instalarse o paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Desexa instalalo agora?</p>" @@ -2608,19 +2504,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation " -#~| "up.\n" -#~| "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching " -#~| "your\n" -#~| "selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained " -#~| "in the\n" +#~| "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" +#~| "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" +#~| "selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" #~| "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up." -#~ "\\nImages contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching " -#~ "your\\nselection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not " -#~ "contained in the\\nimages will be installed from packages the standard " -#~ "way.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\\nImages contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\\nselection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\\nimages will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A <b>instalación desde imaxes</b> úsase para acelerar a instalación.\n" #~ "As imaxes conteñen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que\n" @@ -2630,50 +2518,30 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" -#~| "want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST " -#~| "will dump an\n" -#~| "image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -#~| "already.\n" -#~| "Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -#~| "installation.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\\nwant to skip the complete " -#~ "step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\\nimage on the " -#~ "harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already." -#~ "\\nEverything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " -#~ "auto-installation.</p>" +#~| "want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +#~| "image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +#~| "Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\\nwant to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\\nimage on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\\nEverything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Creando imaxes propias</b> emprégase se quere\n" -#~ "saltar o paso completo da instalación RPM. AutoYaST implantará unha " -#~ "imaxe\n" -#~ "no disco duro que é moito máis rápida e que pode estar xa " -#~ "preconfigurada.\n" -#~ "Todo o máis que a instalación RPM está feita do mesmo xeito que nunha " -#~ "instalación automática normal.</p>" +#~ "saltar o paso completo da instalación RPM. AutoYaST implantará unha imaxe\n" +#~ "no disco duro que é moito máis rápida e que pode estar xa preconfigurada.\n" +#~ "Todo o máis que a instalación RPM está feita do mesmo xeito que nunha instalación automática normal.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all " -#~| "packages originating from the images will\n" -#~| "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was " -#~| "created.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -#~ "originating from the images will\\nnot match the installation date but " -#~ "rather the date the image was created.</p>" +#~| "<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +#~| "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\\nnot match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Teña en conta que ao instalar a partir de imaxes, a hora e data de " -#~ "creación de todos os paquetes procedentes das imaxes\n" -#~ "poden non coincidir coa data de instalación aínda que a data da imaxe " -#~ "fose creada.</p>" +#~ "<p>Teña en conta que ao instalar a partir de imaxes, a hora e data de creación de todos os paquetes procedentes das imaxes\n" +#~ "poden non coincidir coa data de instalación aínda que a data da imaxe fose creada.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" #~| "pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current" -#~ "\\npattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\\npattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada por defecto\n" #~ "se a selección actual de patróns non concorda con ningún conxunto\n" @@ -2685,9 +2553,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Currently selected patterns do not fit the images\n" #~| "stored on the installation media.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot enable installation from images.\\n\\nCurrently selected patterns " -#~ "do not fit the images\\nstored on the installation media.\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot enable installation from images.\\n\\nCurrently selected patterns do not fit the images\\nstored on the installation media.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non foi posible activar a instalación desde imaxes.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2700,9 +2566,7 @@ #~| "Details: %1\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Try again?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\\nDetails: %1\\n\\nTry " -#~ "again?" +#~ msgid "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\\nDetails: %1\\n\\nTry again?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ocorreu un erro mentres se conectaba ó servidor.\n" #~ "Detalles: %1\n" @@ -2713,9 +2577,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" #~| "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select whether to run an online update now.\\nYou may skip this step and " -#~ "run an online update later.\\n" +#~ msgid "Select whether to run an online update now.\\nYou may skip this step and run an online update later.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Seleccione se executar unha actualización en liña agora.\n" #~ "Pode omitir este paso e executar unha actualización en liña despois.\n" @@ -2732,11 +2594,7 @@ #~| " to detect your videocard properly...\n" #~| "\n" #~| "******************************************************\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\n******************************************************\\n\\n Do not " -#~ "panic!\\n\\n X11 Configuration must switch to console for a while\\n to " -#~ "detect your videocard properly...\\n" -#~ "\\n******************************************************\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\n******************************************************\\n\\n Do not panic!\\n\\n X11 Configuration must switch to console for a while\\n to detect your videocard properly...\\n\\n******************************************************\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2752,17 +2610,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used " -#~| "during\n" +#~| "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" #~| "installation and for the installed system.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be " -#~ "used during\\ninstallation and for the installed system.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\\ninstallation and for the installed system.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante " -#~ "a instalación\n" +#~ "Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante a instalación\n" #~ "e no sistema instalado.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -2770,18 +2624,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -#~| "Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available " -#~| "translations.\n" +#~| "Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe license must be accepted before the installation continues." -#~ "\\nUse <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all " -#~ "available translations.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe license must be accepted before the installation continues.\\nUse <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Ten que aceptar a licenza antes de continuar coa instalación.\n" -#~ "Use <b>Traducións da licenza...</b> para mostrar a licenza en todas as " -#~ "traducións dispoñibles.\n" +#~ "Use <b>Traducións da licenza...</b> para mostrar a licenza en todas as traducións dispoñibles.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2801,9 +2650,7 @@ #~| "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" #~| "all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nNothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\\nall your " -#~ "settings in the last installation dialog.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nNothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\\nall your settings in the last installation dialog.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Non lle vai ocorrer nada ao ordenador ata que confirme\n" @@ -2816,9 +2663,7 @@ #~| "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" #~| "installation process at any time.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Abort</b> to abort the\\ninstallation process at any time." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Abort</b> to abort the\\ninstallation process at any time.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Seleccione <b>Abortar</b> para abortar\n" @@ -2829,9 +2674,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n" #~| "the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\\nthe ZMD " -#~ "service during system start.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\\nthe ZMD service during system start.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Desactivar o Servizo ZMD</b> para parar e\n" #~ "desactivar o servizo ZMD durante o inicio do sistema.</p>\n" @@ -2840,9 +2683,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" #~| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\\nAfter " -#~ "clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\\nAfter clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A instalación de &product; na súa máquina está completada.\n" #~ "Despois de premer en <b>Rematar</b>, poderá entrar no sistema.</p>\n" @@ -2851,9 +2692,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n" #~| "to the login screen.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\\nto the " -#~ "login screen.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\\nto the login screen.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Finalizar</b> ha pechar a instalación de YaST e\n" #~ "continuará á pantalla de inicio de sesión.</p>\n" @@ -2863,10 +2702,7 @@ #~| "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" #~| "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" #~| "our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\\nadjust some " -#~ "KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\\nour SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\\nadjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\\nour SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se elixe o escritorio gráfico predeterminado KDE, pode\n" #~ "axustar algunhas opcións de KDE ó seu hardware. Teña en\n" @@ -2875,26 +2711,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -#~| "interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If " -#~| "this option is\n" -#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/" -#~| "autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\\nAutoYaST " -#~ "is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -#~ "interaction. AutoYaST\\nneeds a profile to know what the installed system " -#~ "should look like. If this option is\\nselected, a profile of the current " -#~ "system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\\nAutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\\nneeds a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\\nselected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se desexa crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n" -#~ "AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen " -#~ "a intervención do\n" -#~ "usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema " -#~ "instalado.\n" -#~ "Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en " -#~ "<tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +#~ "AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a intervención do\n" +#~ "usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema instalado.\n" +#~ "Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2908,24 +2733,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -#~| "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -#~| "packages." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debugging has been turned on.\\nYaST will open a software manager for you " -#~ "to check the current status of packages." +#~| "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +#~ msgid "Debugging has been turned on.\\nYaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Debugging atópase desactivado.\n" -#~ "YaST abrirá o xestor de software para verificar o estado actual dos " -#~ "paquetes." +#~ "YaST abrirá o xestor de software para verificar o estado actual dos paquetes." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "YaST was unable to find the correct control file.\n" #~| "We are using a fall-back one. This should not happen\n" #~| "and it is worth reporting a bug." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST was unable to find the correct control file.\\nWe are using a fall-" -#~ "back one. This should not happen\\nand it is worth reporting a bug." +#~ msgid "YaST was unable to find the correct control file.\\nWe are using a fall-back one. This should not happen\\nand it is worth reporting a bug." #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST non puido atopar o ficheiro de control correcto.\n" #~ "Estase a utilizar un alternativo. Isto non debería pasar,\n" @@ -2935,9 +2754,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>A fallback control file contains installation and update\n" #~| "workflows unified for all products.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A fallback control file contains installation and update\\nworkflows " -#~ "unified for all products.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>A fallback control file contains installation and update\\nworkflows unified for all products.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Un ficheiro de control alternativo contén fluxos de instalación\n" #~ "e actualización unificados para todos os produtos.</p>" @@ -2963,15 +2780,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~| "your\n" +#~| "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~| "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~| "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system " -#~ "on your\\nmachine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system " -#~ "completely,\\ndiscarding all its configuration data.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\\nmachine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\\ndiscarding all its configuration data.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Seleccione <b>Nova instalación</b> se non hai ningún sistema Linux\n" @@ -2982,79 +2795,55 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Select <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system " -#~| "already\n" +#~| "Select <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system already\n" #~| "installed on your machine. This option preserves configuration settings\n" #~| "from your existing system whenever possible.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system " -#~ "already\\ninstalled on your machine. This option preserves configuration " -#~ "settings\\nfrom your existing system whenever possible.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system already\\ninstalled on your machine. This option preserves configuration settings\\nfrom your existing system whenever possible.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Seleccione <b>Actualización dun sistema existente</b> para actualizar un\n" #~ "sistema Linux xa instalado na súa máquina. Esta opción manterá os\n" -#~ "parámetros da configuración do sistema existente sempre que sexa " -#~ "posible.\n" +#~ "parámetros da configuración do sistema existente sempre que sexa posible.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, " -#~| "select\n" +#~| "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" #~| "<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, " -#~ "select\\n<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\\n<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para usar repositorios remotos suxeridos durante a instalación ou\n" -#~ "actualización, seleccione <b>Engadir repositorios en liña antes da " -#~ "instalación</b>.</p>" +#~ "actualización, seleccione <b>Engadir repositorios en liña antes da instalación</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "To install an add-on product from separate media together with " -#~| "&product;, select\n" +#~| "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~| "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo install an add-on product from separate media together with " -#~ "&product;, select\\n<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\\n<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para instalar un complemento desde un soporte diferente mendiante " -#~ "&product;, seleccione\n" +#~ "Para instalar un complemento desde un soporte diferente mendiante &product;, seleccione\n" #~ "<b>Incluír complementos de discos separados</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation " -#~| "program\n" +#~| "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n" #~| "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" -#~| "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~| "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" #~| "configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation " -#~ "program\\nconfigure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise " -#~ "you will\\nbe offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to " -#~ "tune all the\\nsettings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use " -#~ "automatic\\nconfiguration.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\\nconfigure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\\nbe offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\\nsettings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\\nconfiguration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Seleccione <b>Usar configuración automática</b> para deixarlle " -#~ "configurar\n" -#~ "automaticamente o hardware e maila rede ao programa de instalación. " -#~ "Senón\n" +#~ "Seleccione <b>Usar configuración automática</b> para deixarlle configurar\n" +#~ "automaticamente o hardware e maila rede ao programa de instalación. Senón\n" #~ "háselle ofrecer unha proposta de configuración coa posibilidade de\n" -#~ "axustar a man todas as opcións. Aconséllase aos usuarios sen experiencia " -#~ "usar\n" +#~ "axustar a man todas as opcións. Aconséllase aos usuarios sen experiencia usar\n" #~ "a configuración automática.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3062,9 +2851,7 @@ #~| "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n" #~| "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\\navailable if an existing Linux " -#~ "system has been detected.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\\navailable if an existing Linux system has been detected.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A función <b>Actualizar</b> está só\n" #~ "dispoñible se un sistema Linux existente é detectado correctamente.\n" @@ -3075,9 +2862,7 @@ #~| "No network setup has been found.\n" #~| "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" #~| "otherwise you can safely skip it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No network setup has been found.\\nIt is important if using remote " -#~ "repositories,\\notherwise you can safely skip it.\\n" +#~ msgid "No network setup has been found.\\nIt is important if using remote repositories,\\notherwise you can safely skip it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou ningunha configuración de rede.\n" #~ "É importante se se está usando repositorios\n" @@ -3087,9 +2872,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The current installation system does not\n" #~| "have a configured network.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The current installation system does not\\nhave a configured network.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The current installation system does not\\nhave a configured network.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O sistema de instalación actual non ten\n" #~ "configurada unha rede.</p>\n" @@ -3097,23 +2880,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -#~| "or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -#~| "configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\\nor add-" -#~ "on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -#~ "configuration.</p>\\n" +#~| "or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\\nor add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Precísase unha rede configurada para usar repositorios remotos ou\n" -#~ "complementos. Se non usa repositorios remotos, salte a configuración.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "complementos. Se non usa repositorios remotos, salte a configuración.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" #~| "the logs for details.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Network configuration has failed.\\nCheck the log file %1 for details." +#~ msgid "Network configuration has failed.\\nCheck the log file %1 for details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallou a busca das últimas actualizacións.\n" #~ "Consulte os logs para obter detalles.\n" @@ -3123,9 +2900,7 @@ #~| "No network card has been selected.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Select a network card to configure it later.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No network card has been selected.\\n\\nSelect a network card to " -#~ "configure it later.\\n" +#~ msgid "No network card has been selected.\\n\\nSelect a network card to configure it later.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se seleccionou ningunha tarxeta de rede.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3136,23 +2911,17 @@ #~| "The link of the selected interface %1 is disconnected.\n" #~| "It needs to be connected for a proper network configuration.\n" #~| "Are you sure you want to use it?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The link of the selected interface %1 is disconnected.\\nIt needs to be " -#~ "connected for a proper network configuration.\\nAre you sure you want to " -#~ "use it?" +#~ msgid "The link of the selected interface %1 is disconnected.\\nIt needs to be connected for a proper network configuration.\\nAre you sure you want to use it?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A ligazón da interface seleccionada %1 está desconectada.\n" -#~ "Ten que estar conectado para realizar unha configuración de rede " -#~ "axeitada.\n" +#~ "Ten que estar conectado para realizar unha configuración de rede axeitada.\n" #~ "Está seguro de que desexala usala?" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n" #~| "you can safely skip the configuration.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\\nyou can safely skip the " -#~ "configuration.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\\nyou can safely skip the configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se non precisa unh conexión de rede agora,\n" #~ "pode saltar a configuración sen problemas.</p>" @@ -3162,9 +2931,7 @@ #~| "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\n" #~| "and click the <b>Next</b> button.\n" #~| "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\\nand click the " -#~ "<b>Next</b> button.\\nOtherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\\nand click the <b>Next</b> button.\\nOtherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para configurar unha tarxeta de rede, selecciónea\n" #~ "na lista e prema no botón <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" @@ -3174,8 +2941,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "'%1' is an invalid IP address or invalid hostname\n" #~| "of a proxy server." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'%1' is an invalid IP address or invalid hostname\\nof a proxy server." +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address or invalid hostname\\nof a proxy server." #~ msgstr "" #~ "'%1' é un enderezo IP incorrecto ou un nome de\n" #~ "host incorrecto para un servidor proxy." @@ -3185,9 +2951,7 @@ #~| "'%1' is an invalid proxy port number.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Port number must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'%1' is an invalid proxy port number.\\n\\nPort number must be between 1 " -#~ "and 65535 inclusive." +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid proxy port number.\\n\\nPort number must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive." #~ msgstr "" #~ "'%1' é un número de porto de proxy incorrecto.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3200,11 +2964,7 @@ #~| "Select either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\n" #~| "For details contact your Internet provider or your network\n" #~| "administrator.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Network Setup</b></big>\\n<br>Configure your network card." -#~ "\\nSelect either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\\nFor " -#~ "details contact your Internet provider or your network\\nadministrator.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Network Setup</b></big>\\n<br>Configure your network card.\\nSelect either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\\nFor details contact your Internet provider or your network\\nadministrator.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Configuración de rede</b></big>\n" #~ "<br>Configure a tarxeta de rede.\n" @@ -3218,10 +2978,7 @@ #~| "<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n" #~| "In most cases, if you have a direct connection to the Internet,\n" #~| "you do not need to use one.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\\n<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for " -#~ "accessing the web.\\nIn most cases, if you have a direct connection to " -#~ "the Internet,\\nyou do not need to use one.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\\n<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\\nIn most cases, if you have a direct connection to the Internet,\\nyou do not need to use one.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\n" #~ "<br>Un proxy é unha caché nun servidor que se usa para\n" @@ -3233,9 +2990,7 @@ #~| "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\n" #~| "<p>The output of the command was:\n" #~| "<pre>%2</pre></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\\n<p>The output of the command " -#~ "was:\\n<pre>%2</pre></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\\n<p>The output of the command was:\\n<pre>%2</pre></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O comando: <tt>%1</tt> fallou.</p>\n" #~ "<p>A saída do comando foi:\n" @@ -3245,9 +3000,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A failure occurred during preparing\n" #~| "the installation system for writing the proxy configuration." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A failure occurred during preparing\\nthe installation system for writing " -#~ "the proxy configuration." +#~ msgid "A failure occurred during preparing\\nthe installation system for writing the proxy configuration." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ocorreu un erro durante a preparación do sistema de\n" #~ "instalación para escribir a configuración do proxy." @@ -3257,9 +3010,7 @@ #~| "The Internet connection test failed. You should be\n" #~| "redirected to the previous dialog to change the configuration.\n" #~| "Go back and change it?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Internet connection test failed. You should be\\nredirected to the " -#~ "previous dialog to change the configuration.\\nGo back and change it?" +#~ msgid "The Internet connection test failed. You should be\\nredirected to the previous dialog to change the configuration.\\nGo back and change it?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A proba de conexión á Internet fallou. Debería ser redirixido\n" #~ "ao diálogo anterior para cambiar a configuración.\n" @@ -3270,9 +3021,7 @@ #~| "Unknown network setup.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Please, go back and provide a valid network setup." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Unknown network setup.\\n\\nPlease, go back and provide a valid network " -#~ "setup." +#~ msgid "Unknown network setup.\\n\\nPlease, go back and provide a valid network setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Configuración de rede descoñecida.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3283,10 +3032,7 @@ #~| "Writing the network settings failed.\n" #~| "You will be returned to the previous dialog to either\n" #~| "change the settings or cancel the network setup.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Writing the network settings failed.\\nYou will be returned to the " -#~ "previous dialog to either\\nchange the settings or cancel the network " -#~ "setup.\\n" +#~ msgid "Writing the network settings failed.\\nYou will be returned to the previous dialog to either\\nchange the settings or cancel the network setup.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallo ao escribir a configuración de rede.\n" #~ "Será devolto ao diálogo anterior para cambiar as\n" @@ -3294,53 +3040,33 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a " -#~| "number \n" -#~| "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -#~| "ones \n" +#~| "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n" +#~| "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" #~| "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a " -#~ "number \\nof different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the " -#~ "2 major ones \\n<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \\nof different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \\n<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>En Linux a <b>escolla</b> é unha prioridade moi importante. " -#~ "<i>openSUSE</i>\n" -#~ "ofrece diferentes ambientes de escritorio. Embaixo pode ver unha lista " -#~ "dos\n" +#~ "<p>En Linux a <b>escolla</b> é unha prioridade moi importante. <i>openSUSE</i>\n" +#~ "ofrece diferentes ambientes de escritorio. Embaixo pode ver unha lista dos\n" #~ "dous principais <b>GNOME</b> e <b>KDE</b>." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -#~| "installation patterns)\n" -#~| "that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later " -#~| "in the software \n" -#~| "selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -#~| "additional desktop \n" +#~| "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +#~| "that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n" +#~| "selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" #~| "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -#~ "installation patterns)\\nthat could fit your needs better using the " -#~ "<b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \\nselection or after " -#~ "installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop " -#~ "\\nenvironments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\\nthat could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \\nselection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \\nenvironments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Pode seleccionar alternativas de contornos de escritorio (ou unha " -#~ "instalación mínima)\n" -#~ "que mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades usando a opción <b>Outros</b> . " -#~ "Despois \n" -#~ "na selección de software ou logo da instalación, pode cambiar a selección " -#~ "ou engadir \n" -#~ "un contorno adicional. Nesta pantalla seleccione o que empregará de xeito " -#~ "predeterminado.</p>" +#~ "<p>Pode seleccionar alternativas de contornos de escritorio (ou unha instalación mínima)\n" +#~ "que mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades usando a opción <b>Outros</b> . Despois \n" +#~ "na selección de software ou logo da instalación, pode cambiar a selección ou engadir \n" +#~ "un contorno adicional. Nesta pantalla seleccione o que empregará de xeito predeterminado.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "No system type was selected.\n" #~| "Select the default type." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No desktop type was selected.\\nSelect the desired desktop environment." +#~ msgid "No desktop type was selected.\\nSelect the desired desktop environment." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se seleccionou o tipo de sistema.\n" #~ "Selecciónase o tipo predeterminado." @@ -3349,9 +3075,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" #~| "resolved before continuing.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The proposal contains an error that must be\\nresolved before continuing." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "The proposal contains an error that must be\\nresolved before continuing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A proposta contén un erro que debe\n" #~ "solucionarse antes de continuar.\n" @@ -3371,9 +3095,7 @@ #~| "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" #~| "or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nChange the values by clicking on the respective headline\\nor by " -#~ "using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nChange the values by clicking on the respective headline\\nor by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Cambie os valores premendo no título correspondente ou\n" @@ -3383,16 +3105,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " -#~| "displayed.\n" +#~| "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " -#~ "displayed.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Use <b>Instalar</b> para levar a cabo unha nova instalación cos valores " -#~ "que se mostran.\n" +#~ "Use <b>Instalar</b> para levar a cabo unha nova instalación cos valores que se mostran.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3400,13 +3118,10 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYour hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely " -#~ "abort.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYour hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "O seu disco duro non foi modificado, aínda pode abortar a instalación sen " -#~ "problemas.\n" +#~ "O seu disco duro non foi modificado, aínda pode abortar a instalación sen problemas.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3414,13 +3129,10 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Use <b>Actualizar</b> para levar a cabo unha actualización cos valores " -#~ "que se mostran.\n" +#~ "Use <b>Actualizar</b> para levar a cabo unha actualización cos valores que se mostran.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3428,9 +3140,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nPut the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nPut the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Faga que as opcións de rede teñan efecto premendo <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" @@ -3441,9 +3151,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nPut the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nPut the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Faga que as opcións de servizos teñan efecto premendo <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" @@ -3454,9 +3162,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nPut the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nPut the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Faga que as opcións de hardware teñan efecto premendo <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" @@ -3466,12 +3172,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" #~| "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent" -#~ "\\nLinux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\\nLinux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>A instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) halle permitir iniciar máquinas " -#~ "virtuais\n" +#~ "<P>A instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) halle permitir iniciar máquinas virtuais\n" #~ "de Linux independentes no sistema anfitrión.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -3488,52 +3191,37 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Some proposals might be\n" -#~| "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If " -#~| "a\n" +#~| "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" #~| "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\\nlocked by the system administrator and " -#~ "therefore cannot be changed. If a\\nlocked proposal needs to be changed, " -#~ "ask your system administrator.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Some proposals might be\\nlocked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\\nlocked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Pode que algunhas propostas\n" -#~ "estean bloqueadas polo administrador do sistema e non sexa posible " -#~ "cambialas.\n" -#~ "Para cambiar unha proposta que está bloqueada, fale co administrador do " -#~ "sistema.</p>\n" +#~ "estean bloqueadas polo administrador do sistema e non sexa posible cambialas.\n" +#~ "Para cambiar unha proposta que está bloqueada, fale co administrador do sistema.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a " -#~| "brief\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" #~| "summary of new features and changes.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief" -#~ "\\nsummary of new features and changes.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\\nsummary of new features and changes.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>As<b>notas de publicación</b> do sistema Linux instalado fornecen un " -#~ "pequeno\n" +#~ "<p>As<b>notas de publicación</b> do sistema Linux instalado fornecen un pequeno\n" #~ "resumo das novas funcionalidades e cambios.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" #~| "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\\nAdditional software " -#~ "can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\\nAdditional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione un contorno que se adapte mellor ás súas necesidades.\n" -#~ "Máis adiante poderá escoller software adicional na proposta de " -#~ "instalación.</p>\n" +#~ "Máis adiante poderá escoller software adicional na proposta de instalación.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~| "Please check your hardware!\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nCheck 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation." +#~ msgid "\\nCheck 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou ningún disco duro para a instalación.\n" #~ "Comprobe o seu hardware!\n" @@ -3542,9 +3230,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~| "Please check your hardware!\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\\nPlease check your " -#~ "hardware!\\n%1\\n" +#~ msgid "No hard disks were found for the installation.\\nPlease check your hardware!\\n%1\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou ningún disco duro para a instalación.\n" #~ "Comprobe o seu hardware!\n" @@ -3554,10 +3240,7 @@ #~| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~| "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" #~| "(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\\nDuring an automatic " -#~ "installation, they might be detected later.\\n(especially on S/390 or " -#~ "iSCSI systems)\\n" +#~ msgid "No hard disks were found for the installation.\\nDuring an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\\n(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atoparon discos duros para realizar a instalación.\n" #~ "Pode que se detecten máis tarde durante a instalación automática.\n" @@ -3568,9 +3251,7 @@ #~| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" #~| "found for the installation.\n" #~| "Check your hardware.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\\nfound for the " -#~ "installation.\\nCheck your hardware.\\n%1\\n" +#~ msgid "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\\nfound for the installation.\\nCheck your hardware.\\n%1\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atoparon discos duros ou controladores de\n" #~ "disco duro para a instalación.\n" @@ -3580,9 +3261,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" #~| "Aborting the installation." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\\nAborting the " -#~ "installation." +#~ msgid "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\\nAborting the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallo ao iniciar os repositorios de software.\n" #~ "Abortando a instalación." @@ -3599,28 +3278,20 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" -#~| "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in " -#~| "the upgrade process.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\\non the system you are " -#~ "upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" +#~| "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\\non the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Aquí ve todos os repositorios de software que se\n" -#~ "atoparon para o sistema que está actualizando. Active os que queira " -#~ "incluír no proceso de actualización.</p>" +#~ "atoparon para o sistema que está actualizando. Active os que queira incluír no proceso de actualización.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" -#~| "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item." -#~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\\n<b>Toggle Status</" -#~ "b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" +#~| "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\\n<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para activar, eliminar ou desactivar un URL, prema no botón\n" -#~ "<b> Cambiar estado</b> ou faga dobre clic no elemento respectivo da táboa." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "<b> Cambiar estado</b> ou faga dobre clic no elemento respectivo da táboa.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3637,9 +3308,7 @@ #~| "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "If you skip it, the repository will not be added.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure that media with label %1\\nis in the CD/DVD drive.\\n\\nIf you " -#~ "skip it, the repository will not be added.\\n" +#~ msgid "Make sure that media with label %1\\nis in the CD/DVD drive.\\n\\nIf you skip it, the repository will not be added.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Asegúrese de que o medio coa etiqueta %1\n" #~ "estea no dispositivo CD/DVD.\n" @@ -3696,10 +3365,7 @@ #~| "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" #~| "<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n" #~| " \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to" -#~ "\\nuse. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click" -#~ "\\n<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\\n \\n" +#~ msgid "<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\\nuse. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\\n<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\\n \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Hai que facer unhas poucas cousas máis antes de que o sistema\n" #~ "estea listo para usar. Agora YaST hao guiar pola configuración básica.\n" @@ -3710,9 +3376,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n" #~| "basic configuration of the system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\\nbasic configuration of the system.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\\nbasic configuration of the system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para ir á\n" #~ "configuración básica do sistema.</p>\n" @@ -3723,11 +3387,7 @@ #~| "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n" #~| "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~| "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes for the initial release. They are" -#~ "\\npart of the installation media. During installation, if a connection" -#~ "\\nto the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes" -#~ "\\nfrom the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>These are the release notes for the initial release. They are\\npart of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\\nto the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\\nfrom the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Estas son as notas de publicación feitas para a primeira versión\n" #~ "inicial. Son parte do soporte de instalación. Durante a instalación,\n" @@ -3746,19 +3406,14 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "**************************************************************\n" #~| "\t\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n**************************************************************\\n" -#~ "\\nLoading installed kernel using kexec.\\n\\nTrying to load installed " -#~ "kernel via kexec instead of rebooting\\nPlease, wait.\\n" -#~ "\\n**************************************************************\\n\t\t" +#~ msgid "\\n**************************************************************\\n\\nLoading installed kernel using kexec.\\n\\nTrying to load installed kernel via kexec instead of rebooting\\nPlease, wait.\\n\\n**************************************************************\\n\t\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "**************************************************************\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Cargando o kernel instalado usando kexec.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Intentando cargar o kernel instalado a través de kexec en vez de " -#~ "reiniciar\n" +#~ "Intentando cargar o kernel instalado a través de kexec en vez de reiniciar\n" #~ "Agarde.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "**************************************************************\n" @@ -3774,13 +3429,7 @@ #~| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" #~| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" #~| "differ from those in the manual.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\\na graphical " -#~ "installation. There is either less than %1 MB\\nmemory or the X server " -#~ "could not be started.\\n\\nAs fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will " -#~ "guide you\\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the\\nsame " -#~ "functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\\ndiffer from those " -#~ "in the manual.\\n" +#~ msgid "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\\na graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\\nmemory or the X server could not be started.\\n\\nAs fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the\\nsame functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\\ndiffer from those in the manual.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O seu computador non cumpre os requisitos para unha\n" #~ "instalación gráfica. Ou ten menos de %1 MB de memoria,\n" @@ -3802,13 +3451,7 @@ #~| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" #~| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" #~| "differ from those in the manual.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The graphical interface could not be started.\\n\\nEither the required " -#~ "packages were not installed (minimal installation) \\nor the graphics " -#~ "card is not properly supported.\\n\\nAs fallback, the text front-end of " -#~ "YaST2 will guide you\\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the" -#~ "\\nsame functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\\ndiffer from " -#~ "those in the manual.\\n" +#~ msgid "The graphical interface could not be started.\\n\\nEither the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \\nor the graphics card is not properly supported.\\n\\nAs fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the\\nsame functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\\ndiffer from those in the manual.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se puido iniciar a interface gráfica.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3826,9 +3469,7 @@ #~| "Would you like it to continue?\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Note: You may have to enter some information again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The previous installation has failed.\\nWould you like it to continue?\\n" -#~ "\\nNote: You may have to enter some information again." +#~ msgid "The previous installation has failed.\\nWould you like it to continue?\\n\\nNote: You may have to enter some information again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A instalación anterior fallou.\n" #~ "Desexa continuala?\n" @@ -3841,9 +3482,7 @@ #~| "Would you like it to continue?\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Note: You may have to enter some information again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The previous installation has been aborted.\\nWould you like it to " -#~ "continue?\\n\\nNote: You may have to enter some information again." +#~ msgid "The previous installation has been aborted.\\nWould you like it to continue?\\n\\nNote: You may have to enter some information again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A instalación anterior foi abortada.\n" #~ "Desexa continuala?\n" @@ -3853,15 +3492,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n" -#~| "partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</" -#~| "b>\n" +#~| "partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n" #~| "(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n" #~| "installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\\npartitions</b> on your hard disk " -#~ "will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\\n(<b>erasing any existing " -#~ "data</b> in those partitions) according to the\\ninstallation settings in " -#~ "the previous dialogs.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\\npartitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\\n(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\\ninstallation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se continúa agora, <b>as particións existentes</b>\n" #~ "no seu disco duro hanse <b>borrar</b> ou <b>formatar</b>\n" @@ -3871,12 +3505,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n" -#~| "hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" #~| "previous dialogs.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\\nhard disk will be modified " -#~ "according to the installation settings in the\\nprevious dialogs.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\\nhard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\\nprevious dialogs.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se continúa agora, as particións do seu\n" #~ "disco duro vanse modificar segundo as preferencias de instalación\n" @@ -3887,9 +3518,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" #~| "according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten" -#~ "\\naccording to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\\naccording to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Se continúa agora, os datos do seu disco duro vanse sobrescribir\n" @@ -3903,11 +3532,7 @@ #~| "This is worth reporting a bug at %2.\n" #~| "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%3' directory.\n" #~| "See %4 for more information about YaST logs.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Switching to the installed system has failed.\\nFind more information " -#~ "near the end of the '%1' file.\\n\\nThis is worth reporting a bug at %2." -#~ "\\nPlease, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%3' directory.\\nSee %4 " -#~ "for more information about YaST logs.\\n" +#~ msgid "Switching to the installed system has failed.\\nFind more information near the end of the '%1' file.\\n\\nThis is worth reporting a bug at %2.\\nPlease, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%3' directory.\\nSee %4 for more information about YaST logs.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallo ao cambiar ao sistema instalado.\n" #~ "Pode atopar máis información ao final do ficheiro '%1'.\n" @@ -3920,13 +3545,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" #~| "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\\nPlease, attach all YaST logs " -#~ "stored in the '%2' directory.\\n" +#~ msgid "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\\nPlease, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Isto merece enviar un informe dun erro en %1.\n" -#~ "Por favor, anexe todos os rexistros de YaST almacenados no directorio " -#~ "'%2'.\n" +#~ "Por favor, anexe todos os rexistros de YaST almacenados no directorio '%2'.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3938,8 +3560,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atoparon discos duros ou controladores de\n" #~ "disco duro para a instalación.\n" @@ -3987,12 +3608,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Iniciando as fontes..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A <b>Instalación desde imaxes</b> úsase para acelerar a instalación.\n" @@ -4000,26 +3618,19 @@ #~ "concordan coa súa selección de patróns. O resto dos paquetes que non\n" #~ "están nas imaxes hanse instalar con paquetes da forma normal.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait...</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A instalación está a escribir a configuración automática agora mesmo. " -#~ "Agarde...</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>A instalación está a escribir a configuración automática agora mesmo. Agarde...</p>" #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Agarde mentres a instalación está comprobando as tarxetas de rede..." +#~ msgstr "Agarde mentres a instalación está comprobando as tarxetas de rede..." #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Non se modificou de ningunha maneira o seu disco, así que ainda pode " -#~ "abortar con seguridade.\n" +#~ "Non se modificou de ningunha maneira o seu disco, así que ainda pode abortar con seguridade.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" @@ -4044,25 +3655,20 @@ #~ msgstr "Re¶r o sistema instalado" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Reparar sistema instalado</b> se ten un sistema Linux " -#~ "danado no\n" -#~ "disco duro. Esta opción pode intentar resolver automaticamente os " -#~ "problemas.\n" +#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Reparar sistema instalado</b> se ten un sistema Linux danado no\n" +#~ "disco duro. Esta opción pode intentar resolver automaticamente os problemas.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The features <b>Update</b> and <b>Repair Installed System</b> are " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "<p>The features <b>Update</b> and <b>Repair Installed System</b> are only\n" #~ "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>As funcionalidades <b>Actualizar</b> e <b>Reparar sistema instalado</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "<p>As funcionalidades <b>Actualizar</b> e <b>Reparar sistema instalado</b>\n" #~ "só están dispoñibles se se detectou algún sistema Linux.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -4078,20 +3684,17 @@ #~ "<p>Selecting <b>Other</b>, you can chose a minimal installation that\n" #~ "could fit your needs better.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccionando <b>Outros</b>, pode escoller unha instalación mínima " -#~ "que\n" +#~ "<p>Seleccionando <b>Outros</b>, pode escoller unha instalación mínima que\n" #~ "se adapte mellor ás súas necesidades.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n" #~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n" -#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' " -#~ "directory." +#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallo ó acceder ó módulo %1 de YaST.\n" #~ "Pode atopar máis información no ficheiro '%2'.\n" -#~ "Por favor comunique este erro en %3 e inclúa os logs de YaST almacenados " -#~ "no directorio '%4'." +#~ "Por favor comunique este erro en %3 e inclúa os logs de YaST almacenados no directorio '%4'." #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -365,16 +365,14 @@ "installed and started.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe engadirse unha nova entrada no " -"ficheiro <em>/etc/exports</em> e debe instalarse e\n" +"<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe engadirse unha nova entrada no ficheiro <em>/etc/exports</em> e debe instalarse e\n" "iniciarse o servidor NFS.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" "to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -386,14 +384,12 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ademais, estableza as opcións de exportación. Para obter máis detalles\n" -"sobre as opcións dispoñibles, consulte a páxina de manual de <em>exports</" -"em>\n" +"sobre as opcións dispoñibles, consulte a páxina de manual de <em>exports</em>\n" "(man exports(5))\n" "</p>\n" @@ -439,12 +435,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>O servidor de instalación estará dispoñible para os clientes usando o " -"seguinte URL:\n" +"<p>O servidor de instalación estará dispoñible para os clientes usando o seguinte URL:\n" "</p>\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 @@ -476,8 +470,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:</p>\n" +"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione un alias curto e fácil de lembrar. Por exemplo, se\n" "selecciona <em>SUSE</em> coma alias, os repositorios estarán dispoñibles\n" @@ -501,8 +494,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n" msgstr "" @@ -516,34 +508,23 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita atopar un servidor de " -"instalación. \n" +"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita atopar un servidor de instalación. \n" "Se está marcado, hase anunciar o repositorio na rede usando SLP.</p>\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione unha unidade fonte para a lista, insira o primeiro soporte dun " -"produto básico, e prema <b>Seguinte</b> para copiar o contido ó repositorio " -"local.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione unha unidade fonte para a lista, insira o primeiro soporte dun produto básico, e prema <b>Seguinte</b> para copiar o contido ó repositorio local.</p>\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cando se copien os soportes principais ó repositorio local, poderá " -"engadir CDs adicionais ó repositorio (por exemplo, CDs de Service Pack ou " -"calquera CD de complementos).</p>\n" +"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Cando se copien os soportes principais ó repositorio local, poderá engadir CDs adicionais ó repositorio (por exemplo, CDs de Service Pack ou calquera CD de complementos).</p>\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>" @@ -551,12 +532,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n" "select ISO image files.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Pode usarse imaxes ISO en troques de CD ou DVD. Se preme <b>Seguinte</" -"b>,\n" +"<p>Pode usarse imaxes ISO en troques de CD ou DVD. Se preme <b>Seguinte</b>,\n" "poderá seleccionar ficheiros de imaxes ISO.</p>\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -575,8 +554,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar de xeito seguro a utilidade de actualización, prema en " -"<b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar de xeito seguro a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 @@ -611,18 +589,14 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Engadindo un Repositorio:</b><br>\n" -"Os directorios sen configurar son detectados no directorio do repositorio e " -"despois\n" +"Os directorios sen configurar son detectados no directorio do repositorio e despois\n" "estarán dispoñibles para configurar.\n" -"Para engadir un repositorio, seleccióneo na lista e repositorios sen " -"configurar e prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" +"Para engadir un repositorio, seleccióneo na lista e repositorios sen configurar e prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 @@ -666,8 +640,7 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" "O servidor de instalación por FTP require un paquete de servidor FTP.\n" @@ -682,8 +655,7 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" "O servidor de instalación por HTTP require un paquete de servidor HTTP.\n" @@ -787,9 +759,7 @@ #~| "by the current repository.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Select the base product medium first." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\\nby the current " -#~ "repository.\\n\\nSelect the base product medium first." +#~ msgid "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\\nby the current repository.\\n\\nSelect the base product medium first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O soporte precisa o produto %1, que non se proporciona\n" #~ "no repositorio actual.\n" @@ -809,9 +779,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" #~| "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\\nPackage CD, etc.) " -#~ "to the repository?" +#~ msgid "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\\nPackage CD, etc.) to the repository?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Engadir un produto adicional (Service Pack, CD de\n" #~ "Paquetes Adicionais, etc.) ó repositorio?" @@ -831,9 +799,7 @@ #~| "Verify that the directory \n" #~| " %1 \n" #~| "is writable and try again.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\\nVerify that the " -#~ "directory \\n %1 \\nis writable and try again.\\n" +#~ msgid "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\\nVerify that the directory \\n %1 \\nis writable and try again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Erro mentres se creaba o directorio do <tt>repositorio</tt>\n" #~ "Verifique que se pode escribir no directorio \n" @@ -847,10 +813,7 @@ #~| "the old content must deleted right now.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really delete the old content and create it from scratch?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\\nWhen adding a new repository " -#~ "with the same name\\nthe old content must deleted right now.\\n\\nReally " -#~ "delete the old content and create it from scratch?" +#~ msgid "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\\nWhen adding a new repository with the same name\\nthe old content must deleted right now.\\n\\nReally delete the old content and create it from scratch?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O repositorio '%1' foi marcado para a súa eliminación.\n" #~ "Cando se engade un novo repositorio co mesmo nome\n" @@ -869,13 +832,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the " -#~| "repositories\n" +#~| "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\n" #~| "should be hosted on the local system.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories" -#~ "\\nshould be hosted on the local system.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\\nshould be hosted on the local system.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione unha das opcións do servidor e especifique en que parte\n" #~ "do sistema local se deben almacenar tódolos repositorios.\n" @@ -887,10 +847,7 @@ #~| "server configuration manually, select not to configure \n" #~| "the services.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the" -#~ "\\nserver configuration manually, select not to configure \\nthe services." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\\nserver configuration manually, select not to configure \\nthe services.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se xa se está executando algún dos servizos e desexa facer a\n" #~ "man a configuración, seleccione non configurar os servizos.\n" @@ -911,29 +868,19 @@ #~| "<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \n" #~| "installed and started.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\\n<em>/etc/" -#~ "exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \\ninstalled and " -#~ "started.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\\n<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \\ninstalled and started.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe engadirse unha nova entrada no " -#~ "ficheiro <em>/etc/exports</em> e debe instalarse e\n" +#~ "<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe engadirse unha nova entrada no ficheiro <em>/etc/exports</em> e debe instalarse e\n" #~ "iniciarse o servidor NFS.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to " -#~| "certain \n" -#~| "hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -#~| "<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" +#~| "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" +#~| "hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" #~| "to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain " -#~ "\\nhosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -#~ "<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\\nto restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> " -#~ "subnet.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \\nhosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\\nto restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se precisa restrinxir o acceso ós directorios exportados\n" #~ "a certas máquinas, engada un comodín de máscara máis\n" @@ -943,19 +890,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -#~| "available\n" +#~| "<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" #~| "options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -#~ "available\\noptions, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports" -#~ "(5))\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\\noptions, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ademais, estableza as opcións de exportación. Para obter máis " -#~ "detalles\n" -#~ "sobre as opcións dispoñibles, consulte a páxina de manual de <em>exports</" -#~ "em>\n" +#~ "<p>Ademais, estableza as opcións de exportación. Para obter máis detalles\n" +#~ "sobre as opcións dispoñibles, consulte a páxina de manual de <em>exports</em>\n" #~ "(man exports(5))\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -963,9 +904,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\n" #~| "<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\\n<tt>nfs://" -#~ "Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\\n<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O repositorio estará dispoñible no seguinte URL:\n" #~ "<tt>nfs://IP_do_Servidor/Nome_do_Repositorio</tt></p>" @@ -983,9 +922,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n" #~| "installed and started.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \\ninstalled and " -#~ "started.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \\ninstalled and started.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe instalarse e\n" #~ "iniciarse un servidor FTP.</p>\n" @@ -993,16 +930,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\n" -#~| "the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</" -#~| "tt>.\n" +#~| "the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #~| "This makes the software repository directory available under the\n" #~| "FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\\nthe FTP " -#~ "server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\\nThis " -#~ "makes the software repository directory available under the\\nFTP server " -#~ "(using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\\nthe FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\\nThis makes the software repository directory available under the\\nFTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se o directorio do repositorio de software seleccionado\n" #~ "está fóra da xerarquía do servidor FTP, engádese unha\n" @@ -1014,15 +946,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the " -#~| "following URL:\n" +#~| "<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the " -#~ "following URL:\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O servidor de instalación estará dispoñible para os clientes usando o " -#~ "seguinte URL:\n" +#~ "<p>O servidor de instalación estará dispoñible para os clientes usando o seguinte URL:\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1046,13 +974,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n" -#~| "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the " -#~| "installation\n" +#~| "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n" #~| "server root directory.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \\ninstalled " -#~ "and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation" -#~ "\\nserver root directory.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \\ninstalled and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\\nserver root directory.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe instalarse e\n" #~ "iniciarse un servidor HTTP. O alias hase usar para referirse ó\n" @@ -1060,14 +984,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you " -#~| "select\n" -#~| "<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -#~| "below:</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select" -#~ "\\n<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as " -#~ "shown below:</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" +#~| "<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\\n<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione un alias curto e fácil de lembrar. Por exemplo, se\n" #~ "selecciona <em>SUSE</em> coma alias, os repositorios estarán dispoñibles\n" @@ -1077,11 +996,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><tt>http://<IP do Servidor>/SUSE/<Nome do Repositorio></" -#~ "tt>\n" +#~ "<p><tt>http://<IP do Servidor>/SUSE/<Nome do Repositorio></tt>\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1095,14 +1012,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -#~| "product\n" +#~| "<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" #~| "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" #~| "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -#~ "product\\nCDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the" -#~ "\\nconfigured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\\nCDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\\nconfigured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O nome do repositorio úsase para crear un directorio no que se copian\n" #~ "e xestionan tódolos CDs do produto. Ó repositorio accédese usando o\n" @@ -1110,68 +1023,41 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -#~| "server. \n" -#~| "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -#~ "server. \\nIf checked, the repository will be announced on the network " -#~ "using SLP.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" +#~| "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \\nIf checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita atopar un servidor de " -#~ "instalación. \n" +#~ "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita atopar un servidor de instalación. \n" #~ "Se está marcado, hase anunciar o repositorio na rede usando SLP.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a " -#~| "base product, and press\n" +#~| "<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" #~| "<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -#~ "product, and press\\n<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local " -#~ "repository.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione unha unidade fonte para a lista, insira o primeiro soporte " -#~ "dun produto básico, e prema <b>Seguinte</b> para copiar o contido ó " -#~ "repositorio local.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\\n<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione unha unidade fonte para a lista, insira o primeiro soporte dun produto básico, e prema <b>Seguinte</b> para copiar o contido ó repositorio local.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -#~| "additional\n" -#~| "CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs)." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -#~ "additional\\nCDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any " -#~ "add-on CDs).</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Cando se copien os soportes principais ó repositorio local, poderá " -#~ "engadir CDs adicionais ó repositorio (por exemplo, CDs de Service Pack ou " -#~ "calquera CD de complementos).</p>\n" +#~| "<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +#~| "CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\\nCDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Cando se copien os soportes principais ó repositorio local, poderá engadir CDs adicionais ó repositorio (por exemplo, CDs de Service Pack ou calquera CD de complementos).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press " -#~| "<b>Next</b>, you can\n" +#~| "<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n" #~| "select ISO image files.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press " -#~ "<b>Next</b>, you can\\nselect ISO image files.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\\nselect ISO image files.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Pode usarse imaxes ISO en troques de CD ou DVD. Se preme <b>Seguinte</" -#~ "b>,\n" +#~ "<p>Pode usarse imaxes ISO en troques de CD ou DVD. Se preme <b>Seguinte</b>,\n" #~ "poderá seleccionar ficheiros de imaxes ISO.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a Configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -1180,13 +1066,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1202,23 +1085,17 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" #~| "Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\\nConfigure the installation " -#~ "server here.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\\nConfigure the installation server here.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Configuración de Repositorio</b><br>\n" #~ "Configure aquí o servidor de instalación.<br></p>\n" @@ -1226,32 +1103,22 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" -#~| "Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and " -#~| "then made \n" +#~| "Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" #~| "available for configuration.\n" -#~| "To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured " -#~| "repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\\nUnconfigured directories are " -#~ "detected in the repository directory and then made \\navailable for " -#~ "configuration.\\nTo add a repository, select it from the list of " -#~ "unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\\nUnconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \\navailable for configuration.\\nTo add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Engadindo un Repositorio:</b><br>\n" -#~ "Os directorios sen configurar son detectados no directorio do repositorio " -#~ "e despois\n" +#~ "Os directorios sen configurar son detectados no directorio do repositorio e despois\n" #~ "estarán dispoñibles para configurar.\n" -#~ "Para engadir un repositorio, seleccióneo na lista e repositorios sen " -#~ "configurar e prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "Para engadir un repositorio, seleccióneo na lista e repositorios sen configurar e prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" #~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, " -#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se preme <b>Editar</b>, abrirase un diálogo adicional no\n" @@ -1262,9 +1129,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\n" #~| "Here you get an overview of the configured repositories. Additionally,\n" #~| "you are able to edit their configuration.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\\nGet an overview of the configured " -#~ "repositories and edit their \\nconfiguration if necessary.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\\nGet an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \\nconfiguration if necessary.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Resumo de Repositorios</b><br>\n" #~ "Aquí ten un resumo dos repositorios configurados. Ademais poderá\n" @@ -1274,9 +1139,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a " -#~ "repository.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Engadindo un Repositorio:</b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un repositorio.</p>\n" @@ -1286,10 +1149,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n" #~| "press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose the repository you " -#~ "want to change or remove and\\npress <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, " -#~ "respectively.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose the repository you want to change or remove and\\npress <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa o repositorio que desexa cambiar ou eliminar e prema\n" @@ -1297,24 +1157,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -#~| "package\n" +#~| "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" #~| "will now be installed.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -#~ "package\\nwill now be installed.\\n" +#~ msgid "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\\nwill now be installed.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O servidor de instalación por FTP require un paquete de servidor FTP.\n" #~ "Vaise instalar o paquete vsftpd.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The " -#~| "apache2 package\n" +#~| "The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" #~| "will now be installed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -#~ "package\\nwill now be installed." +#~ msgid "The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\\nwill now be installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O servidor de instalación por HTTP require un paquete de servidor HTTP.\n" #~ "Vaise instalar o paquete apache2." @@ -1323,8 +1177,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" #~| "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Directory is already exported via NFS.\\nLeave NFS exports unmodified?\\n" +#~ msgid "Directory is already exported via NFS.\\nLeave NFS exports unmodified?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O directorio xa está exportado a través de NFS.\n" #~ "Deixar sen cambios as exportacións de NFS?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración Global" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -93,11 +93,11 @@ #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "si" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "non" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executar" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -176,151 +176,88 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" -"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " -"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"<b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"<i>configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -328,87 +265,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</" -"i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</" -"b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" -"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" -"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " -"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -431,9 +323,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -444,105 +334,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</" -"b>\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</" -"small></b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " -"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or " -"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> " -"request. In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , " -"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -556,120 +409,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" -"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -687,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servizo" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -711,11 +517,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicio de sesión" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasinal" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -731,7 +537,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Máscara de rede" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -739,7 +545,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocolo" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -747,15 +553,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Engadir" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eliminar" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -781,11 +587,11 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aceptar" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cancelar" #. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 @@ -823,7 +629,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -850,7 +656,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Finalizado" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -860,19 +666,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribir as opcións" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -882,10 +688,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non se puideron escribir as opcións." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resumo de configuración..." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -250,8 +250,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialización</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar." -"</b> agora</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar.</b> agora</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -342,13 +341,11 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n" "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n" msgstr "" -"Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir</" -"b>.\n" +"Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir</b>.\n" "Para eliminalo, prema <b>Fin de sesión</b>.\n" "Para modificar o estado de inicio, prema <b>Alternar</b>.\n" @@ -359,67 +356,42 @@ msgstr "<h1>Aviso</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cando acceda a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b>/<b>escritura</b>, " -"asegúrese de que o acceso sexa exclusivo. Doutro xeito, existirá un risco " -"potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Cando acceda a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b>/<b>escritura</b>, asegúrese de que o acceso sexa exclusivo. Doutro xeito, existirá un risco potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo desde " -"a configuración da BIOS.</p>" +"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo desde a configuración da BIOS.</p>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Se desexa usar <b>iSNS</b> (Servizo de Almacenamento de Nomes de Internet) " -"para descubrir destinos en vez do método predeterminado SendTargets,\n" -"introduza o enderezo IP e o porto do servidor iSNS. O porto predeterminado " -"debería ser 3205.\n" +"Se desexa usar <b>iSNS</b> (Servizo de Almacenamento de Nomes de Internet) para descubrir destinos en vez do método predeterminado SendTargets,\n" +"introduza o enderezo IP e o porto do servidor iSNS. O porto predeterminado debería ser 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> " -"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgstr "" "Introduza o <b>enderezo IP</b> do servidor descuberto.\n" -"Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, utilice o " -"<b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita " -"autenticación,\n" +"Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, utilice o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita autenticación,\n" "escolla <b>Non autenticación</b>.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"<b>Connect</b>. " -msgstr "" -"Lista de nodos ofrecidos polo destino iSCSI. Escolla un elemento e prema " -"<b>Conectar</b>." +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " +msgstr "Lista de nodos ofrecidos polo destino iSCSI. Escolla un elemento e prema <b>Conectar</b>." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and " -"<b>Password</b>." -msgstr "" -"Escolla o tipo de autenticación e introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o " -"<b>Contrasinal</b>." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>." +msgstr "Escolla o tipo de autenticación e introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -429,22 +401,16 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" -"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"Lista de destinos descubertos. Inicie un novo <b>Descubrimento</b> ou " -"<b>Conectar</b> con calquera destino." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target." +msgstr "Lista de destinos descubertos. Inicie un novo <b>Descubrimento</b> ou <b>Conectar</b> con calquera destino." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -545,12 +511,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"O destino con este TargetName xa está conectado. Comprobe que as vías " -"múltiples estean habilitadas para evitar a corrupción de datos." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "O destino con este TargetName xa está conectado. Comprobe que as vías múltiples estean habilitadas para evitar a corrupción de datos." #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 @@ -580,12 +542,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar o iniciador iSCSI, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar " -"instalado.</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar o iniciador iSCSI, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" @@ -684,9 +642,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>" -#~ "\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do iniciador iSCSI </big></b><br>\n" #~ " Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" @@ -695,21 +651,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora " -#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do iniciador iSCSI </big></b><br>\n" #~ "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" @@ -719,23 +670,17 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an " -#~ "iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure un iniciador iSCSI aquí.<br></p>\n" @@ -744,19 +689,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" -#~| "If your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</" -#~| "b>.\n" +#~| "If your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\\nSelect an iSCSI " -#~ "initiator from the list of detected initiators.\\nIf your iSCSI initiator " -#~ "was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press " -#~ "<b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\\nSelect an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\\nIf your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione un iniciador iSCSI na lista de iniciadores detectados.\n" -#~ "Se non se detectou o iniciador iSCSI, utilice <b>Outro (non detectado).</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Se non se detectou o iniciador iSCSI, utilice <b>Outro (non detectado).</b>\n" #~ "A continuación, prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -764,9 +703,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" #~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, " -#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se preme <b>Editar,</b> abrirase un cadro de diálogo adicional\n" @@ -777,10 +714,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain " -#~ "an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\\nedit their " -#~ "configurations.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo da configuración do iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Obteña un resumo dos iniciadores iSCSI instalados. Opcionalmente\n" @@ -790,9 +724,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to " -#~ "configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un iniciador iSCSI.</p>\n" @@ -802,10 +734,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI Initiator " -#~ "to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Escolla o iniciador iSCSI que desexe modificar uo eliminar.\n" @@ -813,111 +742,62 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press " -#~| "<b>Add</b>.\n" +#~| "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n" #~| "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n" #~| "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press " -#~ "<b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\\nTo change the start-" -#~ "up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\\n" +#~ msgid "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\\nTo change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "Para eliminalo, prema <b>Fin de sesión</b>.\n" #~ "Para modificar o estado de inicio, prema <b>Alternar</b>.\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure " -#~| "that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of " -#~| "data corruption.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure " -#~ "that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of " -#~ "data corruption.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Cando acceda a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b>/<b>escritura</" -#~ "b>, asegúrese de que o acceso sexa exclusivo. Doutro xeito, existirá un " -#~ "risco potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n" +#~| msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Cando acceda a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b>/<b>escritura</b>, asegúrese de que o acceso sexa exclusivo. Doutro xeito, existirá un risco potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -#~| "iscsi</tt>. \n" -#~| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are " -#~| "only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -#~ "iscsi</tt>. \\nIn case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there " -#~ "and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +#~| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +#~| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \\nIn case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -#~ "tt>. \n" -#~ "Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo " -#~ "desde a configuración da BIOS.</p>" +#~ "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +#~ "Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo desde a configuración da BIOS.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -#~| "discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -#~| "fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port " -#~| "should be 3205.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -#~ "discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\\nfill in " -#~ "the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be " -#~ "3205.\\n" +#~| "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +#~| "fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +#~ msgid "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\\nfill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se desexa usar <b>iSNS</b> (Servizo de Almacenamento de Nomes de " -#~ "Internet) para descubrir destinos en vez do método predeterminado " -#~ "SendTargets,\n" -#~ "introduza o enderezo IP e o porto do servidor iSNS. O porto " -#~ "predeterminado debería ser 3205.\n" +#~ "Se desexa usar <b>iSNS</b> (Servizo de Almacenamento de Nomes de Internet) para descubrir destinos en vez do método predeterminado SendTargets,\n" +#~ "introduza o enderezo IP e o porto do servidor iSNS. O porto predeterminado debería ser 3205.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n" -#~| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</" -#~| "b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +#~| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" #~| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\\nOnly change " -#~ "<b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and " -#~ "<b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\\nselect <b>No " -#~ "Authentication</b>.\\n" +#~ msgid "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\\nOnly change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\\nselect <b>No Authentication</b>.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduza o <b>enderezo IP</b> do servidor descuberto.\n" -#~ "Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, " -#~ "utilice o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita " -#~ "autenticación,\n" +#~ "Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, utilice o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita autenticación,\n" #~ "escolla <b>Non autenticación</b>.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets to not be connected by default, " -#~| "user needs to do it manually</p>\n" -#~| "<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, ie " -#~| "when root is on\n" +#~| "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets to not be connected by default, user needs to do it manually</p>\n" +#~| "<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, ie when root is on\n" #~| "iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated from the initrd.</p>\n" -#~| "<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -#~| "service itself\n" +#~| "<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service itself\n" #~| "starts up.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by" -#~ "\\ndefault, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\\n<p><b>onboot</" -#~ "b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\\nroot is " -#~ "on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>" -#~ "\\n<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the " -#~ "iSCSI service\\nstarts up.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\\ndefault, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\\n<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\\nroot is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\\n<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\\nstarts up.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>manual</b> é para que os destinos iSCSI non sexan conectados por " -#~ "defecto, o usuario precisa facelo a man</p>\n" -#~ "<p><b>no arrinque</b> é para que os destinos ISCSI sexan conectados " -#~ "durante o arrinque, p.e. cando root está activo\n" +#~ "<p><b>manual</b> é para que os destinos iSCSI non sexan conectados por defecto, o usuario precisa facelo a man</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>no arrinque</b> é para que os destinos ISCSI sexan conectados durante o arrinque, p.e. cando root está activo\n" #~ "iSCSI. Avaliarase como tal desde o initrd.</p>\n" -#~ "<p><b>automático</b> é para que os destinos ISCSI sexan conectados cando " -#~ "o servizo iSCSI\n" +#~ "<p><b>automático</b> é para que os destinos ISCSI sexan conectados cando o servizo iSCSI\n" #~ "inicie.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -929,10 +809,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Example:\n" #~| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Incorrect InitiatorName.\\nThe correct syntax is\\niqn.yyyy-mm.reversed." -#~ "domain.name[:identifier]\\nor eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:" -#~ "identifier]\\n\\nExample:\\niqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\\n" +#~ msgid "Incorrect InitiatorName.\\nThe correct syntax is\\niqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\\nor eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\\n\\nExample:\\niqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "InitiatorName incorrecto.\n" #~ "A sintaxe correcta é\n" @@ -944,21 +821,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> " -#~| "differ.\n" -#~| "The old initiatorname will be replaced by the value of iBFT and create a " -#~| "backup.\n" +#~| "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> differ.\n" +#~| "The old initiatorname will be replaced by the value of iBFT and create a backup.\n" #~| "If you want to use a different initiatorname, change it in the BIOS." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>" -#~ "\\ndiffer. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT " -#~ "and a \\nbackup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, " -#~ "change it \\nin the BIOS.\\n" +#~ msgid "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\\ndiffer. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \\nbackup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \\nin the BIOS.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Os valores de InitiatorName e de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> " -#~ "son diferentes.\n" -#~ "O valor antigo de initiatorname substituirase polo de iBFT e crearase " -#~ "unha copia de seguridade.\n" +#~ "Os valores de InitiatorName e de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> son diferentes.\n" +#~ "O valor antigo de initiatorname substituirase polo de iBFT e crearase unha copia de seguridade.\n" #~ "Se desexa usar un valor distinto de initiatorname, modifíqueo na BIOS." #~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -291,8 +291,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar." -"</b> agora</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar.</b> agora</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -425,59 +424,30 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " -#| "<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " -#| "<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" -#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or " -#| "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " -"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " -"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." +#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" +#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." msgstr "" -"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben " -"<b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén " -"puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de " -"usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n" -"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> " -"máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>." +"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben <b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n" +"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"<i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " -#| "<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " -#| "<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" -#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or " -#| "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the " -"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both " -"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use " -"Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is " -"disabled here.</p>" +#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" +#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." +msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben " -"<b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén " -"puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de " -"usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n" -"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> " -"máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>." +"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben <b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n" +"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" #. target dialog @@ -485,18 +455,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n" -#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or " -#| "<b>Delete</b>." +#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</b>." msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." msgstr "" -"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en <b>Engadir</" -"b>. \n" -"Para modificar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Modificar</b> ou en " -"<b>Borrar</b>." +"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en <b>Engadir</b>. \n" +"Para modificar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Modificar</b> ou en <b>Borrar</b>." #. edit target #. add target @@ -509,11 +474,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"<b>LUN</b>.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -521,8 +484,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which " -"address\n" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -533,40 +495,28 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"É posible <b>engadir</b>, <b>editar</b> ou <b>borrar</b> todas as opcións de " -"configuración adicionais." +msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." +msgstr "É posible <b>engadir</b>, <b>editar</b> ou <b>borrar</b> todas as opcións de configuración adicionais." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -#| "purposes). \n" -#| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -#| "<b>Sectors</b> are optional." +#| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +#| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" -"Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para " -"propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n" -"Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao " -"ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais." +"Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n" +"Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -925,9 +875,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>" -#~ "\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n" @@ -936,21 +884,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora " -#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do destino iSCSI </big></b><br>\n" #~ "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" @@ -960,23 +903,17 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some informations about\n" #~| "targets into selected file.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\\ntargets into " -#~ "selected file.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\\ntargets into selected file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O botón<b>Gardar</b> exportará algunhas informacións sobre\n" #~ "os destinos dentro do ficheiro seleccionado.</p>" @@ -985,9 +922,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSCSI " -#~ "target here.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure un destino iSCSI.<br></p>\n" @@ -998,11 +933,7 @@ #~| "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" #~| "If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target " -#~ "from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\\nIf your target was not " -#~ "detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\\nIf your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Adición dun destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Escolla un destino iSCSI na lista de destinos iSCSI detectados.\n" @@ -1014,9 +945,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" #~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, " -#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se preme <b>Editar,</b> abrirase un cadro de diálogo adicional\n" @@ -1027,10 +956,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an " -#~ "overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\\nedit their " -#~ "configurations.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de configuración do destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Acceda a un resumo dos destinos iSCSI instalados. Opcionalmente,\n" @@ -1040,9 +966,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to " -#~ "configure an iSCSI target.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un destino iSCSI.</p>" @@ -1052,10 +976,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target to " -#~ "change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Escolla o destino iSCSI que desexe modificar ou eliminar.\n" @@ -1066,9 +987,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" #~| "<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to " -#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Primeira parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n" @@ -1079,9 +998,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" #~| "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You " -#~ "must code it first. :-)\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Selección dalgún elemento</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Non é posible. Débese codificar primeiro. :-)\n" @@ -1092,9 +1009,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to " -#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Segunda parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n" @@ -1102,19 +1017,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -#~| "purposes). \n" -#~| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -#~| "<b>Sectors</b> are optional." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -#~ "purposes). \\nIf Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file." -#~ "<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." +#~| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +#~| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." +#~ msgid "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \\nIf Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para " -#~ "propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n" -#~ "Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao " -#~ "ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais." +#~ "Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n" +#~ "Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -213,8 +213,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Interromper a inicialización</big></b><br>\n" -"Para saír con seguridade da utilidade de configuración, prema agora en " -"<b>Interromper</b>.</p>\n" +"Para saír con seguridade da utilidade de configuración, prema agora en <b>Interromper</b>.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -347,38 +346,24 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " -"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " -"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or " -"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." msgstr "" -"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben " -"<b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén pode " -"escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Usuario</b> e o " -"<b>Contrasinal</b>. \n" -"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> " -"máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>." +"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben <b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén pode escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n" +"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</" -"b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</b>." msgstr "" -"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en <b>Engadir</" -"b>. \n" -"Para cambiar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Cambiar</b> ou en <b>Eliminar</" -"b>." +"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en <b>Engadir</b>. \n" +"Para cambiar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Cambiar</b> ou en <b>Eliminar</b>." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" -msgstr "" -"Existe a posibilidade de cambiar a <b>Ruta</b> para bloquear dispositivos, " -"ficheiros normais, LVM ou RAID.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgstr "Existe a posibilidade de cambiar a <b>Ruta</b> para bloquear dispositivos, ficheiros normais, LVM ou RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" @@ -386,12 +371,9 @@ "For <b>Target</b>, use the format iqn.yyyy-mm.<reversed domain name>.\n" "For <b>Path</b>, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" msgstr "" -"Crear un novo destino. Substitúa os valores do modelo polos valores " -"correctos.\n" -"Para o <b>Destino</b>, utilice o seguinte formato: iqn.yyyy-mm.<nome de " -"dominio á inversa>.\n" -"Para a <b>Ruta</b>, empregue dispositivos de bloqueo, ficheiros normais, LVM " -"ou RAID.\n" +"Crear un novo destino. Substitúa os valores do modelo polos valores correctos.\n" +"Para o <b>Destino</b>, utilice o seguinte formato: iqn.yyyy-mm.<nome de dominio á inversa>.\n" +"Para a <b>Ruta</b>, empregue dispositivos de bloqueo, ficheiros normais, LVM ou RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -402,24 +384,16 @@ "Se precisa opcións adicionais, prema <b>Configuración avanzada</b>.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"É posíbel <b>engadir</b>, <b>editar</b> ou <b>eliminar</b> todas as opcións " -"de configuración adicionais." +msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." +msgstr "É posíbel <b>engadir</b>, <b>editar</b> ou <b>eliminar</b> todas as opcións de configuración adicionais." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" -"Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para " -"comprobar emprégase nullio). \n" -"Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>Ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao " -"ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais." +"Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para comprobar emprégase nullio). \n" +"Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>Ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais." #. extract ScsiId #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:168 @@ -465,9 +439,7 @@ #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:608 msgid "Cannot use the same secret for incoming and outgoing authentication." -msgstr "" -"Non foi posíbel empregar o mesmo segredo para a autenticación de entrada e " -"de saída." +msgstr "Non foi posíbel empregar o mesmo segredo para a autenticación de entrada e de saída." #. string lun = tostring( UI::QueryWidget(`id(`lun), `Value) ); #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:731 @@ -595,9 +567,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n" @@ -606,21 +576,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora " -#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do destino iSCSI </big></b><br>\n" #~ "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n" @@ -630,23 +595,17 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n" #~| "targets into selected file.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\\ntargets into " -#~ "selected file.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\\ntargets into selected file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O botón<b>Gardar</b> exportará algunha información sobre\n" #~ "os destinos dentro do ficheiro seleccionado.</p>" @@ -655,9 +614,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSCSI " -#~ "target here.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure un destino iSCSI.<br></p>\n" @@ -668,11 +625,7 @@ #~| "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" #~| "If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target " -#~ "from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\\nIf your target was not " -#~ "detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\\nIf your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Adición dun destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Escolla un destino iSCSI na lista de destinos iSCSI detectados.\n" @@ -684,13 +637,10 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" #~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, " -#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Se preme <b>Editar,</b> abrirase un cadro de diálogo adicional que lle " -#~ "permitirá modificar\n" +#~ "Se preme <b>Editar,</b> abrirase un cadro de diálogo adicional que lle permitirá modificar\n" #~ "a configuración.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -698,10 +648,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an " -#~ "overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\\nedit their " -#~ "configurations.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de configuración do destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Acceda a un resumo dos destinos iSCSI instalados. Opcionalmente,\n" @@ -711,9 +658,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to " -#~ "configure an iSCSI target.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un destino iSCSI.</p>" @@ -723,10 +668,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target to " -#~ "change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Escolla o destino iSCSI que desexe modificar ou eliminar.\n" @@ -737,9 +679,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" #~| "<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to " -#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Primeira parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n" @@ -750,9 +690,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" #~| "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You " -#~ "must code it first. :-)\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Selección dalgún elemento</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Non é posible. Débese codificar primeiro. :-)\n" @@ -763,9 +701,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to " -#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Segunda parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n" @@ -773,93 +709,55 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one " -#~| "of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then " -#~| "insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" -#~| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or " -#~| "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " -#~ "<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " -#~ "<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\\nFor incoming authentication, it is " -#~ "possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." +#~| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" +#~| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." +#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\\nFor incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou " -#~ "ben <b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> " -#~ "(tamén puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome " -#~ "de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n" -#~ "No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</" -#~ "b> máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>." +#~ "Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben <b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n" +#~ "No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n" -#~| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or " -#~| "<b>Delete</b>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. " -#~ "\\nTo delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or " -#~ "<b>Delete</b>." +#~| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</b>." +#~ msgid "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \\nTo delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</b>." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en " -#~ "<b>Engadir</b>. \n" -#~ "Para modificar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Modificar</b> ou en " -#~ "<b>Borrar</b>." +#~ "Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en <b>Engadir</b>. \n" +#~ "Para modificar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Modificar</b> ou en <b>Borrar</b>." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular " -#~| "files, LVM, or RAID.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, " -#~ "LVM, or RAID.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Existe a posibilidade de modificar a <b>Ruta</b> para bloquear " -#~ "dispositivos, ficheiros normais, LVM ou RAID.\n" +#~| msgid "It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" +#~ msgid "It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Existe a posibilidade de modificar a <b>Ruta</b> para bloquear dispositivos, ficheiros normais, LVM ou RAID.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values.\n" #~| "For <b>Target</b>, use the format iqn.yyyy-mm.<reversed domain name>.\n" #~| "For <b>Path</b>, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -#~ "\\nFor <b>Target</b>, use the format iqn.yyyy-mm.<reversed domain name>." -#~ "\\nFor <b>Path</b>, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\\n" +#~ msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values.\\nFor <b>Target</b>, use the format iqn.yyyy-mm.<reversed domain name>.\\nFor <b>Path</b>, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Crear un novo destino. Substitúa os valores do modelo polos valores " -#~ "correctos.\n" -#~ "Para o <b>Destino</b>, utilice o seguinte formato: iqn.yyyy-mm.<nome de " -#~ "dominio á inversa>.\n" -#~ "Para a <b>Ruta</b>, empregue dispositivos de bloqueo, ficheiros normais, " -#~ "LVM ou RAID.\n" +#~ "Crear un novo destino. Substitúa os valores do modelo polos valores correctos.\n" +#~ "Para o <b>Destino</b>, utilice o seguinte formato: iqn.yyyy-mm.<nome de dominio á inversa>.\n" +#~ "Para a <b>Ruta</b>, empregue dispositivos de bloqueo, ficheiros normais, LVM ou RAID.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>Add</b> one or more LUNs.\n" #~| "If you need additional options, click <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Add</b> one or more LUNs.\\nIf you need additional options, click " -#~ "<b>Expert Settings</b>.\\n" +#~ msgid "<b>Add</b> one or more LUNs.\\nIf you need additional options, click <b>Expert Settings</b>.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Engadir</b> un ou varios LUN.\n" #~ "Se precisa opcións adicionais, prema <b>Configuración avanzada</b>.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -#~| "purposes). \n" -#~| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -#~| "<b>Sectors</b> are optional." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -#~ "purposes). \\nIf Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file." -#~ "<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." +#~| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +#~| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." +#~ msgid "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \\nIf Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para " -#~ "propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n" -#~ "Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao " -#~ "ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais." +#~ "Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n" +#~ "Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -867,10 +765,7 @@ #~| "to reload the current configuration. It can only restart.\n" #~| "When restarting, all sessions are aborted.\n" #~| "Restart the iscsitarget service?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If changes have been made, the iSCSI target is not able\\nto reload the " -#~ "current configuration. It can only restart.\\nWhen restarting, all " -#~ "sessions are aborted.\\nRestart the iscsitarget service?\\n" +#~ msgid "If changes have been made, the iSCSI target is not able\\nto reload the current configuration. It can only restart.\\nWhen restarting, all sessions are aborted.\\nRestart the iscsitarget service?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se realizou cambios, o destino iSCSI non poderá\n" #~ "volver cargar a configuración actual. Só poderá reiniciarse.\n" @@ -883,12 +778,8 @@ #~ msgid "Cancel" #~ msgstr "Cancelar" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure the iSCSI target, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -#~ "</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para configurar o destino iSCSI, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar " -#~ "instalado.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI target, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para configurar o destino iSCSI, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Desexa instalalo agora?</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/isns.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/isns.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/isns.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -169,8 +169,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar." -"</b> agora</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar.</b> agora</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -200,93 +199,34 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Amósase a lista de todos os nodos iSCSI dispoñibles rexistrados co " -"servizoo iSNS.</p> <p>Os nodos son rexistrados por iniciadores iSCSI e " -"destinos iSCSI.</p> <p> Só é posible <b>borralos</b>. Borrar un nodo " -"elimínao completamente da base de datos iSNS.</p>" +msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Amósase a lista de todos os nodos iSCSI dispoñibles rexistrados co servizoo iSNS.</p> <p>Os nodos son rexistrados por iniciadores iSCSI e destinos iSCSI.</p> <p> Só é posible <b>borralos</b>. Borrar un nodo elimínao completamente da base de datos iSNS.</p>" #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A list of all discovery domains are displayed. For discovery domains, it " -#| "is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain and <b>Delete</b> them. " -#| "<p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not " -#| "delete the iSCSI node members </p>" -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Amósase unha lista de todo os dominios de descubrimento. Para os dominios de " -"descubrimento, é posible <b>crear</b> un dominio de descubrimento e " -"<b>borralo</b>. <p>Borrar un dominio elimina os membros do dominio pero non " -"borra os membros do nodo iSCSI </p>" +#| msgid "A list of all discovery domains are displayed. For discovery domains, it is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain and <b>Delete</b> them. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members </p>" +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgstr "Amósase unha lista de todo os dominios de descubrimento. Para os dominios de descubrimento, é posible <b>crear</b> un dominio de descubrimento e <b>borralo</b>. <p>Borrar un dominio elimina os membros do dominio pero non borra os membros do nodo iSCSI </p>" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains.</p> " -msgstr "" -"Amósase unha lista de todos os nodos iSCSI por dominio de descubrimento. " -"Seleccionar outro dominio de descubrimento refresca a lista con membros dese " -"dominio de descubrimento. É posible <b>engadir</b> un nodo iSCSI a un " -"dominio de descubrimento ou <b>Eliminar </b> o nodo. <p>Eliminar un nodo " -"elimínao do dominio pero non borra o nodo iSCSI</p> <p>Crear un nodo iSCSI " -"permite que un nodo aínda non rexistrado sexa engadido como membro do " -"dominio de descubrimento. Cando o iniciador ou o destino rexistra este nodo " -"daquela formará parte deste dominio</p> <p>Cando un iniciador iSCSI realiza " -"unha petición de descubrimento, o servizo iSNS devolve todos os nodos iSCSI " -"destinatarios que son membros do mesmo dominio de descubrimento.</p> " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " +msgstr "Amósase unha lista de todos os nodos iSCSI por dominio de descubrimento. Seleccionar outro dominio de descubrimento refresca a lista con membros dese dominio de descubrimento. É posible <b>engadir</b> un nodo iSCSI a un dominio de descubrimento ou <b>Eliminar </b> o nodo. <p>Eliminar un nodo elimínao do dominio pero non borra o nodo iSCSI</p> <p>Crear un nodo iSCSI permite que un nodo aínda non rexistrado sexa engadido como membro do dominio de descubrimento. Cando o iniciador ou o destino rexistra este nodo daquela formará parte deste dominio</p> <p>Cando un iniciador iSCSI realiza unha petición de descubrimento, o servizo iSNS devolve todos os nodos iSCSI destinatarios que son membros do mesmo dominio de descubrimento.</p> " #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Arriba amósase unha lista de todos os conxuntos de dominios de " -"descubrimento. Os dominios de descubrimento pertencen a conxuntos de " -"dominios de descubrimento. <p>Un dominio de descubrimento debe ser un membro " -"dun conxunto de dominios de descubrimento para poder ser activo. </" -"p><p>Nunha base de datos iSNS, un conxunto de dominios de descubrimento " -"contén dominios de descubrimento e os dominios de descubrimento conteñen " -"membros de nodos iSCSI.</p>" +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgstr "Arriba amósase unha lista de todos os conxuntos de dominios de descubrimento. Os dominios de descubrimento pertencen a conxuntos de dominios de descubrimento. <p>Un dominio de descubrimento debe ser un membro dun conxunto de dominios de descubrimento para poder ser activo. </p><p>Nunha base de datos iSNS, un conxunto de dominios de descubrimento contén dominios de descubrimento e os dominios de descubrimento conteñen membros de nodos iSCSI.</p>" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>The Discovery Domain Set Members list is refreshed whenever a " -#| "different Discovery Domain Set is selected.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A lista de membros do conjunto de dominios de descubrimento refréscase " -"sempre que se escolle un conxunto de dominios de descubrimento diferente.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>The Discovery Domain Set Members list is refreshed whenever a different Discovery Domain Set is selected.</p>" +msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A lista de membros do conjunto de dominios de descubrimento refréscase sempre que se escolle un conxunto de dominios de descubrimento diferente.</p>" #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 @@ -297,9 +237,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select Discovery Domain Set to which Discovery Domain will be added." msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" -"Seleccionar o conxunto de dominios de descubrimento ao que será engadido o " -"dominio de descubrimento." +msgstr "Seleccionar o conxunto de dominios de descubrimento ao que será engadido o dominio de descubrimento." #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" @@ -354,8 +292,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to connection to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address" msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." -msgstr "" -"Non se pode conectar ao servidor iSNS. Comprobe o enderezo do servidor iSNS" +msgstr "Non se pode conectar ao servidor iSNS. Comprobe o enderezo do servidor iSNS" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 @@ -371,12 +308,8 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar o servizo isns, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar o servizo isns, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>" #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" @@ -457,8 +390,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do daemon iSNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde, por favor...<br></p>\n" @@ -467,13 +399,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora " -#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -489,34 +418,22 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure an iSNS server here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSNS server." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSNS server.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de iSNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure un servidor iSNS aquí.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the ip address " -#~| "of the iSNS service can be entered for the iSNS address.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address " -#~ "of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b><big>Localización do servidor iSNS</big></b><br> O nome DNS ou o " -#~ "enderezo ip do servizo iSNS pódese introducir como enderezo do iSNS.\n" +#~| msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the ip address of the iSNS service can be entered for the iSNS address.\n" +#~ msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\\n" +#~ msgstr "<b><big>Localización do servidor iSNS</big></b><br> O nome DNS ou o enderezo ip do servizo iSNS pódese introducir como enderezo do iSNS.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/kdump.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/kdump.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/kdump.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -49,43 +49,27 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Dump format for dump image ELF/compressed" msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" -msgstr "" -"Formato de envorcado de datos para a imaxe de envorcado de datos ELF/" -"comprimido" +msgstr "Formato de envorcado de datos para a imaxe de envorcado de datos ELF/comprimido" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"O destino do volcado de datos inclúe a situación do destino para gardar as " -"imaxes de envorcado de datos " +msgstr "O destino do volcado de datos inclúe a situación do destino para gardar as imaxes de envorcado de datos " #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"O esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] " -"Introduza só \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "O esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Introduza só \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"O comandline de kdump é a liña de comandos que se precisa para pasar ao " -"kernel kdump." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "O comandline de kdump é a liña de comandos que se precisa para pasar ao kernel kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Estableza esta variable cando só queira _engadir_valores á cadea de liña de " -"comandos predeterminada." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Estableza esta variable cando só queira _engadir_valores á cadea de liña de comandos predeterminada." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 @@ -100,8 +84,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Especifica cantos envorcados vellos se manteñen. 0 quere dicir manter todos." +msgstr "Especifica cantos envorcados vellos se manteñen. 0 quere dicir manter todos." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 @@ -115,12 +98,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Contrasinal SMTP para enviar as mensaxes de notificación. Ruta do ficheiro " -"que inclúe o contrasinal (ficheiro de texto plano)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Contrasinal SMTP para enviar as mensaxes de notificación. Ruta do ficheiro que inclúe o contrasinal (ficheiro de texto plano)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 @@ -166,12 +145,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"O destino do envorcado de datos inclúe o tipo de destino: ficheiro (sistema " -"de ficheiro local, ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "O destino do envorcado de datos inclúe o tipo de destino: ficheiro (sistema de ficheiro local, ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 @@ -210,12 +185,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"O esquema de denominación é: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel " -"significa só \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "O esquema de denominación é: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel significa só \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -224,12 +195,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"A opción significa o nivel de execución para arrincar o kernel de kdump. Só " -"se permiten valores coma 1,2,3,5, ou s" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "A opción significa o nivel de execución para arrincar o kernel de kdump. Só se permiten valores coma 1,2,3,5, ou s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -369,9 +336,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Número de envorcados antigos: todos os envorcados gárdanse sen eliminar os " -"antigos" +msgstr "Número de envorcados antigos: todos os envorcados gárdanse sen eliminar os antigos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 @@ -461,8 +426,7 @@ #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value." -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "A opción pode incluír só o valor \"ELF\" ou \"comprimido\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -780,8 +744,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -799,12 +762,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -817,8 +775,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Nivel de envorcado de datos</b><br>\n" " Especifica o tipo de páxina necesaria para a análise.\n" -" As páxinas do tipo especificado cópianse no ficheiro de envorcado de " -"datos. \n" +" As páxinas do tipo especificado cópianse no ficheiro de envorcado de datos. \n" " Inclúese o tipo de páxina marcado na seguinte táboa. <br></p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 @@ -827,10 +784,8 @@ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" " <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -"<br>\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -"<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -838,28 +793,22 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps.<br></p>" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Gardando o destino para a imaxe Kdump</b><br>\n" -" O destino para gardar imaxes kdump. Seleccione o tipo de destino para " -"gardar envorcados de datos.<br></p>" +" O destino para gardar imaxes kdump. Seleccione o tipo de destino para gardar envorcados de datos.<br></p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"<i>Browse</i>\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" " <br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sistema de ficheiros local</b> - Garda a imaxe kdump no sistema de " -"ficheiros local.\n" -" <i>Directorio para gardar os envorcados de datos</i> - A ruta para " -"gardar as imaxes kdump.\n" -" Seleccione o directorio para gardar as imaxes kdump a través do cadro de " -"diálogo premendo en <i>Examinar</i>\n" +"<p><b>Sistema de ficheiros local</b> - Garda a imaxe kdump no sistema de ficheiros local.\n" +" <i>Directorio para gardar os envorcados de datos</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes kdump.\n" +" Seleccione o directorio para gardar as imaxes kdump a través do cadro de diálogo premendo en <i>Examinar</i>\n" " <br></p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -870,16 +819,14 @@ " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection." -"<br></p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Gardar a imaxe kdump por FTP.\n" " <i>Nome do servidor</i> - O nome do servidor ftp.\n" " <i>Porto</i> - O número de porto para a conexión.\n" " <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes kdump.\n" " <i>Habilitar FTP anónimo</i> habilita a conexión anónima ao servidor.\n" -" <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión ftp. <i>Contrasinal</i> para a " -"conexión ftp.<br></p>" +" <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión ftp. <i>Contrasinal</i> para a conexión ftp.<br></p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -901,8 +848,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Gardar imaxe de kdump en NFS.\n" " <i>Nome de servidor</i> - O nome do servidor nfs.\n" -" <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes de kdump." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes de kdump.<br></p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 @@ -916,13 +862,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Gardar a imaxe de kdump por CIFS.\n" " <i>Nome do servidor</i> - O nome do servidor.\n" -" <i>Recurso compartido exportado</i> - O nome do recurso compartido de " -"Windows.\n" +" <i>Recurso compartido exportado</i> - O nome do recurso compartido de Windows.\n" " <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes de kdump.\n" -" <i>Empregar autenticación</i> activa a conexión con autenticación ao " -"servidor.\n" -" <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión. <i>Contrasinal</i> para a " -"conexión.<br></p>" +" <i>Empregar autenticación</i> activa a conexión con autenticación ao servidor.\n" +" <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión. <i>Contrasinal</i> para a conexión.<br></p>" #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 @@ -931,10 +874,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n" " Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kernel Kdump personalizado</b> O usuario pode introducir o kernel " -"personalizado.\n" -" O esquema de denominación é:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</" -"i>\n" +"<p><b>Kernel Kdump personalizado</b> O usuario pode introducir o kernel personalizado.\n" +" O esquema de denominación é:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n" " Introduza só <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 @@ -969,14 +910,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Activar a eliminación de imaxes de envorcado de datos antigas</b> - \n" -" Activa a eliminación de imaxes de envorcado de datos antigas. Se o " -"número de imaxes de envorcado de datos en \n" -" <i>Número de envorcado de datos antigos</i> excede este número, " -"elimínanse os envorcado de datos antigos.<br></p>" +" Activa a eliminación de imaxes de envorcado de datos antigas. Se o número de imaxes de envorcado de datos en \n" +" <i>Número de envorcado de datos antigos</i> excede este número, elimínanse os envorcado de datos antigos.<br></p>" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 @@ -990,54 +928,42 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Servidor SMTP</b> empregado para enviar una notificación por corre-e " -"despois dun envorcado de datos.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Servidor SMTP</b> empregado para enviar una notificación por corre-e despois dun envorcado de datos.</p>" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Número de envorcados antigos</b> especifica cantos envorcados antigos " -"van ser mantidos. Se o número de envorcados\n" +"<p><b>Número de envorcados antigos</b> especifica cantos envorcados antigos van ser mantidos. Se o número de envorcados\n" " excede este número, eliminaranse os envorcados antigos.</p>" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1056,8 +982,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cancelar a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</" -"p>\n" +"Para cancelar a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 @@ -1373,10 +1298,8 @@ #~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Formato para o envorcado de datos</b><br>\n" -#~ " <i>Formato comprimido</i> - Comprime os datos de envorcado por cada " -#~ "páxina.\n" -#~ " <i>Formato ELF</i> - Crea un ficheiro de envorcado de datos en " -#~ "formato ELF<br></p>" +#~ " <i>Formato comprimido</i> - Comprime os datos de envorcado por cada páxina.\n" +#~ " <i>Formato ELF</i> - Crea un ficheiro de envorcado de datos en formato ELF<br></p>" #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "A arquitectura non está soportada, non se engadíu \"crashkernel\"" @@ -1390,26 +1313,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -#~| " Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is " -#~| "added/removed. \n" +#~| " Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" #~| " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\\n Enable or disable kdump. The " -#~ "boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \\n To apply " -#~ "changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\\n Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \\n To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Activar/desactivar Kdump</b><br>\n" -#~ " Activa ou desactiva kdump. Engádese ou elimínase o parámetro " -#~ "crashkernel como opción do arrinque. \n" +#~ " Activa ou desactiva kdump. Engádese ou elimínase o parámetro crashkernel como opción do arrinque. \n" #~ " Para aplicar os cambios precísase reiniciar.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n" #~| " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\\n Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. " -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\\n Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Memoria de Kdump</b><br>\n" #~ " Asignación de memoria para o kernel kdump. <br></p>\n" @@ -1420,15 +1336,11 @@ #~| " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" #~| " Pages of the specified type are copied to dumpfile. \n" #~| " The page type marked in the following table is included. <br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\\n Specify the type of necessary page for " -#~ "analysis.\\n Pages of the specified type are copied to dumpfile. " -#~ "\\n The page type marked in the following table is included. <br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\\n Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\\n Pages of the specified type are copied to dumpfile. \\n The page type marked in the following table is included. <br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Nivel de envorcado de datos</b><br>\n" #~ " Especifica o tipo de páxina necesaria para a análise.\n" -#~ " As páxinas do tipo especificado cópianse no ficheiro de envorcado de " -#~ "datos. \n" +#~ " As páxinas do tipo especificado cópianse no ficheiro de envorcado de datos. \n" #~ " Inclúese o tipo de páxina marcado na seguinte táboa. <br></p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1436,50 +1348,32 @@ #~| "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" #~| " <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page.\n" #~| " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\\n <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump " -#~ "data by each page.\\n <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF " -#~ "format<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\\n <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page.\\n <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Formato para o envorcado de datos</b><br>\n" -#~ " <i>Formato comprimido</i> - Comprime os datos de envorcado por cada " -#~ "páxina.\n" -#~ " <i>Formato ELF</i> - Crea un ficheiro de envorcado de datos en " -#~ "formato ELF<br></p>" +#~ " <i>Formato comprimido</i> - Comprime os datos de envorcado por cada páxina.\n" +#~ " <i>Formato ELF</i> - Crea un ficheiro de envorcado de datos en formato ELF<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -#~| " The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -#~| "dumps.<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\\n The target for saving " -#~ "kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" +#~| " The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\\n The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Gardando o destino para a imaxe Kdump</b><br>\n" -#~ " O destino para gardar imaxes kdump. Seleccione o tipo de destino para " -#~ "gardar envorcados de datos.<br></p>" +#~ " O destino para gardar imaxes kdump. Seleccione o tipo de destino para gardar envorcados de datos.<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" -#~| " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump " -#~| "images.\n" -#~| " Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -#~| "<i>Browse</i>\n" +#~| " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +#~| " Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" #~| " <br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem." -#~ "\\n <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump " -#~ "images.\\n Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by " -#~ "pressing <i>Browse</i>\\n <br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\\n <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\\n Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\\n <br></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Sistema de ficheiros local</b> - Garda a imaxe kdump no sistema de " -#~ "ficheiros local.\n" -#~ " <i>Directorio para gardar os envorcados de datos</i> - A ruta para " -#~ "gardar as imaxes kdump.\n" -#~ " Seleccione o directorio para gardar as imaxes kdump a través do cadro " -#~ "de diálogo premendo en <i>Examinar</i>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Sistema de ficheiros local</b> - Garda a imaxe kdump no sistema de ficheiros local.\n" +#~ " <i>Directorio para gardar os envorcados de datos</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes kdump.\n" +#~ " Seleccione o directorio para gardar as imaxes kdump a través do cadro de diálogo premendo en <i>Examinar</i>\n" #~ " <br></p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1489,24 +1383,15 @@ #~| " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" #~| " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" #~| " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -#~| " <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp " -#~| "connection.<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\\n <i>Server Name</i> - The " -#~ "name of ftp server.\\n <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection." -#~ "\\n <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images." -#~ "\\n <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server." -#~ "\\n <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp " -#~ "connection.<br></p>" +#~| " <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\\n <i>Server Name</i> - The name of ftp server.\\n <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\\n <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\\n <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\\n <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>FTP</b> - Gardar a imaxe kdump por FTP.\n" #~ " <i>Nome do servidor</i> - O nome do servidor ftp.\n" #~ " <i>Porto</i> - O número de porto para a conexión.\n" #~ " <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes kdump.\n" -#~ " <i>Habilitar FTP anónimo</i> habilita a conexión anónima ao " -#~ "servidor.\n" -#~ " <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión ftp. <i>Contrasinal</i> para a " -#~ "conexión ftp.<br></p>" +#~ " <i>Habilitar FTP anónimo</i> habilita a conexión anónima ao servidor.\n" +#~ " <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión ftp. <i>Contrasinal</i> para a conexión ftp.<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1516,35 +1401,24 @@ #~| " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" #~| " <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" #~| " <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\\n <i>Server Name</i> - The " -#~ "name of server.\\n <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\\n " -#~ "<i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\\n " -#~ "<i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \\n <i>Password</i> for SSH " -#~ "connection.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\\n <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\\n <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\\n <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\\n <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \\n <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>SSH</b> - Gardar imaxe de kdump por SSH.\n" #~ " <i>Nome do servidor</i> - O nome do servidor.\n" #~ " <i>Porto</i> - O número de porto para a conexión.\n" #~ " <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes kdump.\n" -#~ " <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión SSH. <i>Contrasinal</i> " -#~ "para a conexión SSH.<br></p>\n" +#~ " <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión SSH. <i>Contrasinal</i> para a conexión SSH.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" #~| " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" -#~| " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></" -#~| "p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\\n <i>Server Name</i> - The " -#~ "name of nfs server.\\n <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for " -#~ "saving kdump images.<br></p>" +#~| " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\\n <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\\n <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>NFS</b> - Gardar imaxe de kdump en NFS.\n" #~ " <i>Nome de servidor</i> - O nome do servidor nfs.\n" -#~ " <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes de kdump." -#~ "<br></p>" +#~ " <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes de kdump.<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1552,52 +1426,33 @@ #~| " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" #~| " <i>Exported Share</i> - The windows share name.\n" #~| " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -#~| " <i>Use Authentication</i> enables authenticated connection to " -#~| "server.\n" -#~| " <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection." -#~| "<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\\n <i>Server Name</i> - " -#~ "The name of server.\\n <i>Exported Share</i> - The windows share name." -#~ "\\n <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images." -#~ "\\n <i>Use Authentication</i> enables authenticated connection to " -#~ "server.\\n <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for " -#~ "connection.<br></p>" +#~| " <i>Use Authentication</i> enables authenticated connection to server.\n" +#~| " <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\\n <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\\n <i>Exported Share</i> - The windows share name.\\n <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\\n <i>Use Authentication</i> enables authenticated connection to server.\\n <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Gardar a imaxe de kdump por CIFS.\n" #~ " <i>Nome do servidor</i> - O nome do servidor.\n" -#~ " <i>Recurso compartido exportado</i> - O nome do recurso compartido de " -#~ "Windows.\n" -#~ " <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes de " -#~ "kdump.\n" -#~ " <i>Empregar autenticación</i> activa a conexión con autenticación ao " -#~ "servidor.\n" -#~ " <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión. <i>Contrasinal</i> para a " -#~ "conexión.<br></p>" +#~ " <i>Recurso compartido exportado</i> - O nome do recurso compartido de Windows.\n" +#~ " <i>Directorio no servidor</i> - A ruta para gardar as imaxes de kdump.\n" +#~ " <i>Empregar autenticación</i> activa a conexión con autenticación ao servidor.\n" +#~ " <i>Nome de usuario</i> para a conexión. <i>Contrasinal</i> para a conexión.<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" #~| " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n" #~| " Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\\n " -#~ "The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\\n " -#~ "Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\\n The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\\n Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Kernel Kdump personalizado</b> O usuario pode introducir o kernel " -#~ "personalizado.\n" -#~ " O esquema de denominación é:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Kernel Kdump personalizado</b> O usuario pode introducir o kernel personalizado.\n" +#~ " O esquema de denominación é:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n" #~ " Introduza só <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" #~| " Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\\n Additional arguments passed to kexec. " -#~ "<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\\n Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Liña de ordes de kdump</b>\n" #~ " Argumentos adicionais pasados a kexec. <br></p>" @@ -1605,18 +1460,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" -#~| " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line " -#~| "string. \n" +#~| " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~| " The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\n" #~| " is set. <br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\\n Set this option to _append_ " -#~ "values to the default command line string. \\n The string will be " -#~ "appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\\n is set. <br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\\n Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \\n The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\\n is set. <br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Engadir liña de ordes de kdump</b>\n" -#~ " Establecer esta opción significa _engadir_ valores á cadea de liña " -#~ "de ordes predeterminada. \n" +#~ " Establecer esta opción significa _engadir_ valores á cadea de liña de ordes predeterminada. \n" #~ " A cadea engádese tamén se a <i>Liña de ordes de kdump</i>\n" #~ " está definida. <br></p>\n" @@ -1624,31 +1474,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" #~| " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \\n Enable " -#~ "immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \\n Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Activar o reinico inmediato despois de gardar o núcleo</b> - \n" -#~ " Activa o reinico inmediato despois de gardar o núcleo en kdump.<br></" -#~ "p>" +#~ " Activa o reinico inmediato despois de gardar o núcleo en kdump.<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" #~| " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -#~| " <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are " -#~| "removed.<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \\n Enable Delete Old Dump " -#~ "Images. If the number of dump files in \\n <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> " -#~ "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" +#~| " <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \\n Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \\n <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Activar a eliminación de imaxes de envorcado de datos antigas</b> " -#~ "- \n" -#~ " Activa a eliminación de imaxes de envorcado de datos antigas. Se o " -#~ "número de imaxes de envorcado de datos en \n" -#~ " <i>Número de envorcado de datos antigos</i> excede este número, " -#~ "elimínanse os envorcado de datos antigos.<br></p>" +#~ "<p><b>Activar a eliminación de imaxes de envorcado de datos antigas</b> - \n" +#~ " Activa a eliminación de imaxes de envorcado de datos antigas. Se o número de imaxes de envorcado de datos en \n" +#~ " <i>Número de envorcado de datos antigos</i> excede este número, elimínanse os envorcado de datos antigos.<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1657,101 +1497,62 @@ #~| " debugging information (if installed) are copied into the dump\n" #~| " directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\n" #~| " everything in place for debugging.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \\n If this " -#~ "option is selected, the kernel and the\\n debugging information (if " -#~ "installed) are copied into the dump\\n directory. The default is " -#~ "\"off\". It is useful to have\\n everything in place for debugging." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \\n If this option is selected, the kernel and the\\n debugging information (if installed) are copied into the dump\\n directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\\n everything in place for debugging.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Activar a copia do kernel no directorio do envorcado de datos</b> " -#~ "- \n" +#~ "<p><b>Activar a copia do kernel no directorio do envorcado de datos</b> - \n" #~ " Cando estea seleccionada, a\n" -#~ " información de depuración (se estivese instalada) cópiase no " -#~ "directorio\n" -#~ " de envorcado de datos. \"Desactivado\" é o predeterminado. É útil " -#~ "ter\n" +#~ " información de depuración (se estivese instalada) cópiase no directorio\n" +#~ " de envorcado de datos. \"Desactivado\" é o predeterminado. É útil ter\n" #~ " sempre todo ordenado para a depuración.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -#~| " set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -#~| "plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\\n " -#~ "set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -#~ "plain SMTP will be used.</p>\\n" +#~| " set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\\n set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Nome de usuario</b> para a autenticación SMTP cando se establece o\n" -#~ " <i>Servidor SMTP</i>. Sen non especifica un usuario e contrasinal, úsase " -#~ "SMTP simple</p>\n" +#~ " <i>Servidor SMTP</i>. Sen non especifica un usuario e contrasinal, úsase SMTP simple</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is " -#~| "set. This\n" -#~| " is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -#~| "will be used.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " -#~ "This\\n is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, " -#~ "plain SMTP will be used.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" +#~| " is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\\n is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Contrasinal</b> para a autenticación SMTP cando se establece " -#~ "o<i>Servidor SMTP</i>.\n" -#~ " Isto é opcional. Se non especifica un nome de usuario e contrasinal, " -#~ "úsase SMTP simple</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Contrasinal</b> para a autenticación SMTP cando se establece o<i>Servidor SMTP</i>.\n" +#~ " Isto é opcional. Se non especifica un nome de usuario e contrasinal, úsase SMTP simple</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a " -#~| "notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a " -#~ "notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\\n" +#~| msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Notificación para</b> especifica o enderezo de correo ao que se " -#~ "envía o correo coa notificación cando se gardou\n" +#~ "<p><b>Notificación para</b> especifica o enderezo de correo ao que se envía o correo coa notificación cando se gardou\n" #~ " o envorcado.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email " -#~| "addresses to\n" -#~| " which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email " -#~ "addresses to\\n which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump " -#~ "has been saved.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +#~| " which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\\n which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>CC da notificación</b> especifica unha lista de enderezos de correo " -#~ "separados\n" -#~ "por un espazo ao que se lles envía o correo da notificación mediante cc " -#~ "ao gardar un envorcado de datos.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>CC da notificación</b> especifica unha lista de enderezos de correo separados\n" +#~ "por un espazo ao que se lles envía o correo da notificación mediante cc ao gardar un envorcado de datos.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If " -#~| "the number of dump files \n" +#~| "<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" #~| "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If " -#~ "the number of dump files \\nexceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \\nexceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Número de envorcados antigos</b> especifica cantos envorcados " -#~ "antigos van ser mantidos. Se o número de envorcados\n" +#~ "<p><b>Número de envorcados antigos</b> especifica cantos envorcados antigos van ser mantidos. Se o número de envorcados\n" #~ " excede este número, eliminaranse os envorcados antigos.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración de Kdump</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde un chisco...<br></p>\n" @@ -1760,21 +1561,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración de Kdump</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde un chisco...<br></p>\n" @@ -1784,23 +1580,17 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure kdump here.<br></" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure kdump here.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de Kdump</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure kdump aquí.<br></p>\n" @@ -1811,15 +1601,11 @@ #~| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" #~| "If your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\\nChoose an kdump from the list " -#~ "of detected kdumps.\\nIf your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other " -#~ "(not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\\nChoose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\\nIf your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa un kdump da lista de kdumps detectados.\n" -#~ "Se o seu kdump non foi detectado, seleccione <b>Outro (non detectado)</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Se o seu kdump non foi detectado, seleccione <b>Outro (non detectado)</b>.\n" #~ "Logo prema en <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1827,9 +1613,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" #~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, " -#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editar ou borrar:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se preme en <b>Editar</b>, abrirase un cadro de diálogo no que\n" @@ -1840,10 +1624,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an " -#~ "overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\\nedit their configurations." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo da configuración de kdump</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Obtén resumo dos kdumps instalados. Ademais\n" @@ -1853,9 +1634,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure " -#~ "a kdump.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema en<b>Engadir</b> para configurar un kdump.</p>" @@ -1865,9 +1644,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a kdump to change " -#~ "or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a kdump to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editar ou eliminar:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa un kdump para cambiar ou eliminar.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -328,8 +328,7 @@ #. KerberosServer::AbortFunction = PollAbort; #: src/include/kerberos-server/complex.rb:87 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Produciuse un erro ao gardar a configuración. Desexa cambiar as opcións?" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao gardar a configuración. Desexa cambiar as opcións?" #. caption #: src/include/kerberos-server/complex.rb:99 @@ -507,8 +506,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema en " -"<b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema en <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -533,26 +531,19 @@ #. Help text: ask for database backend 1/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Here you specify where the Kerberos server should store the data.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Here you specify where the Kerberos server should store the data.</p>" msgid "<p>Specify where the Kerberos server should store the data.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique aquí onde debe almacenar o servidor Kerberos os datos.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique aquí onde debe almacenar o servidor Kerberos os datos.</p>" #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<p><big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big>Base de datos local</big> creará unha base de datos local para " -"almacenar as credenciais.</p>" +msgid "<p><big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials.</p>" +msgstr "<p><big>Base de datos local</big> creará unha base de datos local para almacenar as credenciais.</p>" #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p><big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<p><big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -565,23 +556,18 @@ #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p>In this dialog, edit some parameters for the LDAP server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo modifique algúns parámetros do servidor LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo modifique algúns parámetros do servidor LDAP.</p>" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:83 @@ -594,49 +580,39 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<p>With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <big>DN base de LDAP</big> pode cambiar o DN base do servidor LDAP.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <big>DN base de LDAP</big> pode cambiar o DN base do servidor LDAP.</p>" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<p><big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<p><big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<p><big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<p><big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Help text: New LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "<p>In this dialog, edit some parameters to set up an LDAP server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo modifique algúns parámetros para configurar un " -"servidor LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo modifique algúns parámetros para configurar un servidor LDAP.</p>" #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -648,22 +624,18 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"<p>If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"<p>If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator.</p>" +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"<p>This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration.</p>" +msgid "<p>This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Isto é un pequeno resumo da configuración do servidor Kerberos.</p>" #. Help text: Summary 2/3 @@ -673,56 +645,35 @@ #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"<p>You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the <b>Edit</" -"b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode cambiar algúns dos valores da configuración premendo no botón " -"<b>Editar</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the <b>Edit</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode cambiar algúns dos valores da configuración premendo no botón <b>Editar</b>.</p>" #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses " -#| "to authenticate to the database.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta cadea especifica a localización do ficheiro keytab que usa kadmin " -"para autenticarse na base de datos.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadea especifica a localización do ficheiro keytab que usa kadmin para autenticarse na base de datos.</p>" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta cadea especifica a localización do ficheiro keytab que usa kadmin " -"para autenticarse na base de datos.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta cadea especifica a localización do ficheiro keytab que usa kadmin para autenticarse na base de datos.</p>" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 @@ -767,9 +718,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181 @@ -778,12 +727,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186 @@ -792,9 +736,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 @@ -803,9 +745,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 @@ -814,10 +754,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 @@ -826,10 +763,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 @@ -847,50 +781,34 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" +msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -900,69 +818,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -972,9 +868,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -1005,9 +899,7 @@ #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:648 msgid "No password available to create the default certificate." -msgstr "" -"Non hai ningún contrasinal dispoñible para crear o certificado " -"predeterminado." +msgstr "Non hai ningún contrasinal dispoñible para crear o certificado predeterminado." #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:806 msgid "LDAP database already exists. Cannot create a new one." @@ -1256,32 +1148,25 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Kerberos Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Kerberos Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Kerberos Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor Kerberos</big></" -#~ "b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor Kerberos</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving Kerberos Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Kerberos Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Kerberos Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do servidor Kerberos</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -1291,26 +1176,16 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP server." -#~| "For example,<tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt> .</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>With <big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP" -#~ "\\nserver. For example, <tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><big>URI do servidor LDAP</big> especifica a localización do servidor " -#~ "LDAP. Por exemplo,<tt>ldaps://maquina.dominio.com</tt> .</p>" +#~| msgid "<p><big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP server.For example,<tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt> .</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>With <big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP\\nserver. For example, <tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big>URI do servidor LDAP</big> especifica a localización do servidor LDAP. Por exemplo,<tt>ldaps://maquina.dominio.com</tt> .</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "KerberosServer Configuration" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -192,18 +192,8 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 -msgid "" -"<p>By default, the time unit of <b>Default Lifetime</b>, <b>Default " -"Renewable Lifetime</b>, and <b>Clock Skew</b> is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Por defecto, a unidade de tempo <b>Tempo de vida predeterminado</b>, " -"<b>Tempo de vida renovable</b> e <b>Distorsión de reloxo</b> configúrase en " -"segundos. Alternativamente, especifique a unidade de tempo (<tt>m</tt> para " -"minutos, <tt>h</tt> para horas ou <tt>d</tt> para días) e empréguea coma un " -"valor sufixo, como en <tt>1d</tt> ou <tt>24h</tt> para un día.</p>" +msgid "<p>By default, the time unit of <b>Default Lifetime</b>, <b>Default Renewable Lifetime</b>, and <b>Clock Skew</b> is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Por defecto, a unidade de tempo <b>Tempo de vida predeterminado</b>, <b>Tempo de vida renovable</b> e <b>Distorsión de reloxo</b> configúrase en segundos. Alternativamente, especifique a unidade de tempo (<tt>m</tt> para minutos, <tt>h</tt> para horas ou <tt>d</tt> para días) e empréguea coma un valor sufixo, como en <tt>1d</tt> ou <tt>24h</tt> para un día.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 @@ -217,17 +207,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Forwardable</b> lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. <b>Proxiable</b> only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces.</p>" -msgstr "" -"A opción <b>Reenviable</b> permite transferir a identidade completa (TGT) a " -"outro equipo. A opción <b>Mediante proxy</b> só permite transferir tíckets " -"particulares. Escolla se as opcións deberían aplicarse a todos os servizos " -"PAM, a ningún deles ou introduza unha lista de servizos separados por " -"espazos.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Forwardable</b> lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. <b>Proxiable</b> only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces.</p>" +msgstr "A opción <b>Reenviable</b> permite transferir a identidade completa (TGT) a outro equipo. A opción <b>Mediante proxy</b> só permite transferir tíckets particulares. Escolla se as opcións deberían aplicarse a todos os servizos PAM, a ningún deles ou introduza unha lista de servizos separados por espazos.</p>" #. checkbox label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:130 @@ -241,32 +222,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 -msgid "" -"<p>If <b>Retained</b> is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se está activada a opción <b>Retido</b>, un módulo PAM conserva os " -"tíckets despois de pechar a sesión.</p>" +msgid "<p>If <b>Retained</b> is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se está activada a opción <b>Retido</b>, un módulo PAM conserva os tíckets despois de pechar a sesión.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "" -"<p>To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select <b>Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client</b>. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para activar a compatibilidade de Kerberos co cliente OpenSSH, seleccione " -"<b>Compatibilidade de Kerberos co cliente OpenSSH</b>. Neste caso, " -"utilízanse tíckets de Kerberos para a autenticación no servidor SSH.</p>" +msgid "<p>To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select <b>Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client</b>. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para activar a compatibilidade de Kerberos co cliente OpenSSH, seleccione <b>Compatibilidade de Kerberos co cliente OpenSSH</b>. Neste caso, utilízanse tíckets de Kerberos para a autenticación no servidor SSH.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Ignore Unknown Users</b> to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Ignorar usuarios descoñecidos</b> para que Kerberos ignore os " -"intentos de autenticación de usuarios que non coñece.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Ignore Unknown Users</b> to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Ignorar usuarios descoñecidos</b> para que Kerberos ignore os intentos de autenticación de usuarios que non coñece.</p>" #. intfield label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -275,15 +242,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "" -"<p>When the <b>Minimum UID</b> is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se o valor de <b>UID mínimo</b> é maior ca 0, os intentos de " -"autenticación dos usuarios con UID inferiores ao número indicado " -"ignoraranse. Isto é útil para desactivar a autenticación de Kerberos para o " -"administrador superusuario do sistema.</p>" +msgid "<p>When the <b>Minimum UID</b> is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se o valor de <b>UID mínimo</b> é maior ca 0, os intentos de autenticación dos usuarios con UID inferiores ao número indicado ignoraranse. Isto é útil para desactivar a autenticación de Kerberos para o administrador superusuario do sistema.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -292,12 +252,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Clock Skew</b> is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A <b>Distorsión do reloxo</b> é a tolerancia para marcacións de hora que " -"non corresponden ao reloxo de sistema host. O valor é en segundos.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Clock Skew</b> is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A <b>Distorsión do reloxo</b> é a tolerancia para marcacións de hora que non corresponden ao reloxo de sistema host. O valor é en segundos.</p>" #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -312,8 +268,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Configure o seu sistema como cliente NTP para sincronizar a hora do sistema " -"coa dun\n" +"Configure o seu sistema como cliente NTP para sincronizar a hora do sistema coa dun\n" "servidor NTP. Pode pasar á configuración con <b>Configuración NTP</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -324,12 +279,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in <b>Configure User Data</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar a orixe das contas de usuario, seleccione o módulo de " -"configuración axeitado en <b>Configurar datos de usuario</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in <b>Configure User Data</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar a orixe das contas de usuario, seleccione o módulo de configuración axeitado en <b>Configurar datos de usuario</b>.</p>" #. menu item #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:252 @@ -348,12 +299,8 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"<b>Credential Cache Directory</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Estableza o directorio no que colocar os ficheiros da caché de " -"credenciais con <b>Directorio da caché de credenciais</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as <b>Credential Cache Directory</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Estableza o directorio no que colocar os ficheiros da caché de credenciais con <b>Directorio da caché de credenciais</b>.</p>" #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:280 @@ -367,12 +314,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Credential Cache Template</b> specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Modelo de caché de credenciais</b> indica a situación na que se " -"colocará a caché de credenciais específico da sesión do usuario.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Credential Cache Template</b> specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Modelo de caché de credenciais</b> indica a situación na que se colocará a caché de credenciais específico da sesión do usuario.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -381,12 +324,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in <b>Keytab " -"File Location</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"p>Indique a situación do ficheiro coas chaves dos suxeitos principais en " -"<b>Situación do ficheiro keytab</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in <b>Keytab File Location</b>.</p>" +msgstr "p>Indique a situación do ficheiro coas chaves dos suxeitos principais en <b>Situación do ficheiro keytab</b>.</p>" #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:321 @@ -400,12 +339,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Mappings</b>, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>Mapeamentos</b>, especifique como o módulo PAM debe derivar o nome " -"do principal a partir do nome do usuario do sistema.</p> " +msgid "<p>With <b>Mappings</b>, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <b>Mapeamentos</b>, especifique como o módulo PAM debe derivar o nome do principal a partir do nome do usuario do sistema.</p> " #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:346 @@ -414,22 +349,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Banner</b> is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>El valor de <b>Banner</b> é un texto que se debería amosar antes dunha " -"solicitude de contrasinal.</p>" +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Banner</b> is a text that should be shown before a password questions.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El valor de <b>Banner</b> é un texto que se debería amosar antes dunha solicitude de contrasinal.</p>" #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"<p>All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Todos os axustes nesta ventá poden aplicarse a todos os servizos PAM, a " -"ningún servizo ou a unha lista de servizos específicos separados por comas.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Todos os axustes nesta ventá poden aplicarse a todos os servizos PAM, a ningún servizo ou a unha lista de servizos específicos separados por comas.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:370 @@ -438,12 +364,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"<p>When <b>Addressless Initial Tickets</b> is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cando <b>Tíckets iniciais sen enderezamento</b> estea marcado, " -"solicitaranse tíckets iniciais (TGT) sen información de enderezo.</p>" +msgid "<p>When <b>Addressless Initial Tickets</b> is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cando <b>Tíckets iniciais sen enderezamento</b> estea marcado, solicitaranse tíckets iniciais (TGT) sen información de enderezo.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:386 @@ -452,12 +374,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Debug</b> to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Depurar</b> para activar a depuración mediante syslog para " -"servizos seleccionados.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Debug</b> to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Depurar</b> para activar a depuración mediante syslog para servizos seleccionados.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:402 @@ -466,12 +384,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Sensitive Debug</b> turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Depuración sensible</b> activa a depuración de información sensible.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p><b>Sensitive Debug</b> turns on debugging of sensitive information.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Depuración sensible</b> activa a depuración de información sensible.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:418 @@ -480,14 +394,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Accept Existing Ticket</b> to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Aceptar tícket existente</b> para indicar ao módulo PAM que " -"acepte a presenza de credenciais Kerberos preexistentes para autenticar o " -"usuario.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Accept Existing Ticket</b> to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Aceptar tícket existente</b> para indicar ao módulo PAM que acepte a presenza de credenciais Kerberos preexistentes para autenticar o usuario.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:435 @@ -496,12 +404,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -msgid "" -"<p>List the services allowed to provide credentials in <b>External " -"Credentials</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Liste os servizos que posúen permiso para fornecer credenciais en " -"<b>Credenciais externas</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>List the services allowed to provide credentials in <b>External Credentials</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Liste os servizos que posúen permiso para fornecer credenciais en <b>Credenciais externas</b>.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:452 @@ -510,12 +414,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Shared Memory</b> describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Utilizar Memoria Compartida</b> describe os servizos para os que a " -"memoria compartida é utilizada durante a autenticación.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Use Shared Memory</b> describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Utilizar Memoria Compartida</b> describe os servizos para os que a memoria compartida é utilizada durante a autenticación.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:469 @@ -524,12 +424,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of <b>Validate Initial Ticket</b>." -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione os servizos para os que TGT debería ser validado cambiando o " -"valor de <b>Validar tícket inicial</b>." +msgid "<p>Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of <b>Validate Initial Ticket</b>." +msgstr "<p>Seleccione os servizos para os que TGT debería ser validado cambiando o valor de <b>Validar tícket inicial</b>." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:486 @@ -538,12 +434,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Initial Prompt</b> checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se <b>Indicador de ordes inicial</b> estivese selecionado, o módulo PAM " -"precisa un contrasinal antes de tentar uhna autenticación.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Initial Prompt</b> checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se <b>Indicador de ordes inicial</b> estivese selecionado, o módulo PAM precisa un contrasinal antes de tentar uhna autenticación.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:502 @@ -552,14 +444,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"<p>If <b>Subsequent Prompt</b> is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p> Se <b>Indicador de ordes posterior</b> estivese activado, o módulo PAM " -"pode solicitar un contrasinal se o contrasinal introducido anteriormente non " -"fose suficiente para a autenticación.</p>" +msgid "<p>If <b>Subsequent Prompt</b> is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication.</p>" +msgstr "<p> Se <b>Indicador de ordes posterior</b> estivese activado, o módulo PAM pode solicitar un contrasinal se o contrasinal introducido anteriormente non fose suficiente para a autenticación.</p>" #. directory location popup label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:602 @@ -597,16 +483,12 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Authentication with Kerberos</big></b><br>\n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Autenticación con Kerberos</big></b><br>\n" -"A configuración do cliente Kerberos actualiza os parámetros de PAM para " -"permitir a autenticación mediante Kerberos. O sistema debe ter acceso a un " -"servidor Kerberos da rede para que funcione.\n" +"A configuración do cliente Kerberos actualiza os parámetros de PAM para permitir a autenticación mediante Kerberos. O sistema debe ter acceso a un servidor Kerberos da rede para que funcione.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -614,49 +496,30 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Basic Client Settings</b>:\n" -"Enter your <b>Default Domain</b>, <b>Default Realm</b>, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (<b>KDC Server Address</b>). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces.</p>" +"Enter your <b>Default Domain</b>, <b>Default Realm</b>, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (<b>KDC Server Address</b>). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Configuración básica do cliente</b>:\n" -"Introduza o seu <b>Dominio predeterminado</b>, <b>Realm predeterminado</b> e " -"o nome de host ou o enderezo do centro de distribución de chaves " -"(<b>Enderezo do servidor KDC</b>). Pode engadir máis valores para KDC " -"separados por espazos.</p>" +"Introduza o seu <b>Dominio predeterminado</b>, <b>Realm predeterminado</b> e o nome de host ou o enderezo do centro de distribución de chaves (<b>Enderezo do servidor KDC</b>). Pode engadir máis valores para KDC separados por espazos.</p>" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.</p>\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"É práctica habitual pór o nome do dominio en maiúsculas como nome de dominio " -"realm predeterminado, pero queda á súa elección. Se o dominio realm non está " -"dispoñible no servidor, non poderá iniciar sesión. Consulte ao administrador " -"do servidor se necesita máis información.</p>\n" +"É práctica habitual pór o nome do dominio en maiúsculas como nome de dominio realm predeterminado, pero queda á súa elección. Se o dominio realm non está dispoñible no servidor, non poderá iniciar sesión. Consulte ao administrador do servidor se necesita máis información.</p>\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -msgid "" -"Check <b>Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime</b> to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Active <b>Usar DNS para obter os datos de configuración en tempo de " -"execución</b> para permitir ao seu cliente utilizar os datos de " -"autenticación proporcionados mediante DNS. Esta opción non se pode " -"seleccionar se o servidor DNS non proporciona eses datos.</p>" +msgid "Check <b>Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime</b> to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data.</p>" +msgstr "Active <b>Usar DNS para obter os datos de configuración en tempo de execución</b> para permitir ao seu cliente utilizar os datos de autenticación proporcionados mediante DNS. Esta opción non se pode seleccionar se o servidor DNS non proporciona eses datos.</p>" #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "<p>To configure more settings, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar máis opcións, prema en <b>Configuración avanzada</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar máis opcións, prema en <b>Configuración avanzada</b>.</p>" #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-client.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -236,19 +236,14 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Usar LDAP</b> para autenticar aos usuarios cun servidor " -"OpenLDAP. NSS e PAM serán configurados de acordo con isto.</p>" +msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Usar LDAP</b> para autenticar aos usuarios cun servidor OpenLDAP. NSS e PAM serán configurados de acordo con isto.</p>" #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -259,89 +254,56 @@ #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"<b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para activar LDAP pero prohibir aos usuarios que inicien sesión neste " -"equipo, seleccione <b>Usar LDAP pero desactivar inicios de sesión</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para activar LDAP pero prohibir aos usuarios que inicien sesión neste equipo, seleccione <b>Usar LDAP pero desactivar inicios de sesión</b>.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Comprobe <b>Usar o sistema de seguridade Daemon</b> se quere que o " -"sistema empregue SSSD en vez de nss_ldap.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Comprobe <b>Usar o sistema de seguridade Daemon</b> se quere que o sistema empregue SSSD en vez de nss_ldap.</p>" #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base " -"DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Escriba o enderezo do servidor LDAP (por exemplo, ldap.exemplo.com ou " -"10.20.0.2) en <b>Enderezos</b> e o nome completo da base de busca (<b>DN " -"base</b> como, por exemplo, dc=exemplo,dc=com). Se especifica máis dun\n" +"<p>Escriba o enderezo do servidor LDAP (por exemplo, ldap.exemplo.com ou 10.20.0.2) en <b>Enderezos</b> e o nome completo da base de busca (<b>DN base</b> como, por exemplo, dc=exemplo,dc=com). Se especifica máis dun\n" "enderezo, sepáreos con espazos. Debe ser posible que os enderezos\n" -"poidan resolver sen usar LDAP. Tamén pode especificar o porto no que se está " -"a executar o servidor usando a sintaxe \"servidor:porto\", por exemplo, " -"<tt>ldap. exemplo.com:379</tt>.\n" +"poidan resolver sen usar LDAP. Tamén pode especificar o porto no que se está a executar o servidor usando a sintaxe \"servidor:porto\", por exemplo, <tt>ldap. exemplo.com:379</tt>.\n" " </p>\n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN " -"from server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>Buscar</b> pode seleccionar o servidor LDAP da lista fornecida " -"polo protocolo de localización de servizos (SLP). A opción <b>Obter DN</b> " -"permítelle ler o DN base do servidor.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <b>Buscar</b> pode seleccionar o servidor LDAP da lista fornecida polo protocolo de localización de servizos (SLP). A opción <b>Obter DN</b> permítelle ler o DN base do servidor.</p>" #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 msgid "" "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords " -"<i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n" -" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to " -"<i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n" +"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n" +" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n" +" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -363,8 +325,7 @@ #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 msgid "" -"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n" @@ -506,12 +467,10 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" -"A seguridade da conexión está activada, pero a verificación do certificado " -"do servidor está desactivada.\n" +"A seguridade da conexión está activada, pero a verificación do certificado do servidor está desactivada.\n" "Quere activar a verificación de certificados agora?" #. help text caption 1 @@ -522,21 +481,16 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and " -"<b>KDC Address</b>.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD " -"Offline Authentication</b>.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"</p>\n" +"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values.</p>" +"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name @@ -546,14 +500,12 @@ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Defina o tipo de grupos LDAP que se debe usar.\n" -"O valor predeterminado para <b>Atributo de membro de grupo</b> é <i>%1</i>.</" -"p>\n" +"O valor predeterminado para <b>Atributo de membro de grupo</b> é <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -575,30 +527,24 @@ msgid "" "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" +"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Active a opción <b>Crear obxectos de configuración predeterminada</b> " -"para\n" -"crear os obxectos de configuración predeterminada para os usuarios e grupos " -"LDAP. Os obxectos só se crearán cando no existan.</p>\n" +"<p>Active a opción <b>Crear obxectos de configuración predeterminada</b> para\n" +"crear os obxectos de configuración predeterminada para os usuarios e grupos LDAP. Os obxectos só se crearán cando no existan.</p>\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Prema <b>Configurar</b> para configurar os valores gardados no\n" @@ -609,20 +555,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, " -#| "and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group " -#| "attributes\n" +#| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n" #| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n" msgid "" -"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Indique as bases de busca que se deben usar para especificar as " -"asignacións (usuarios, contrasinais e grupos) se son distintas das DN base. " -"Estes valores defínense\n" +"<p>Indique as bases de busca que se deben usar para especificar as asignacións (usuarios, contrasinais e grupos) se son distintas das DN base. Estes valores defínense\n" "para os atributos nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow e nss_base_group do\n" "ficheiro /etc/ldap.conf.</p>\n" @@ -854,8 +794,7 @@ "create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n" "using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Cada conxunto de configuración denomínase \"módulo de configuración\". Se " -"non hai\n" +"<p>Cada conxunto de configuración denomínase \"módulo de configuración\". Se non hai\n" "ningún módulo de configuración no lugar proporcionado (configuración base),\n" " cree un coa opción <b>Novo.</b> Elimine o módulo actual \n" "usando <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" @@ -864,14 +803,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n" "current module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Empregue o botón <b>Editar</b> para modificar os valores de atributos da " -"táboa.\n" -"Algúns valores teñen un significado especial, por exemplo, ao modificar o " -"valor <b>cn</b>\n" +"<p>Empregue o botón <b>Editar</b> para modificar os valores de atributos da táboa.\n" +"Algúns valores teñen un significado especial, por exemplo, ao modificar o valor <b>cn</b>\n" "modifícase o nome do módulo actual.</p>\n" #. helptext 4/4 @@ -920,15 +856,8 @@ #~ msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Explore a árbore LDAP na parte esquerda do cadro de diálogo.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " -#~ "object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected " -#~ "attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Una vez seleccionado o obxecto LDAP na árbore, a táboa amosa os datos " -#~ "do obxecto. Use <b>Editar</b> para modificar o valor do atributo " -#~ "seleccionado. Empregue <b>Gardar</b> para gardar as modificacións en LDAP." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Una vez seleccionado o obxecto LDAP na árbore, a táboa amosa os datos do obxecto. Use <b>Editar</b> para modificar o valor do atributo seleccionado. Empregue <b>Gardar</b> para gardar as modificacións en LDAP.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" @@ -1077,8 +1006,7 @@ #~ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Unha posible causa do fallo na conexión pode deberse a que o\n" -#~ "cliente estea configurado para usar TLS/SSL, pero o servidor non o " -#~ "permite.\n" +#~ "cliente estea configurado para usar TLS/SSL, pero o servidor non o permite.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Quere que se reintente a conexión desactivando TLS/SSL?\n" @@ -1151,14 +1079,12 @@ #~ "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~ "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " -#~ "(DN),\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se o atributo pode ter máis valores, engada novas entradas\n" -#~ "mediante <b>Engadir valor</b>. Ás veces, o botón inclúe a lista de " -#~ "valores\n" +#~ "mediante <b>Engadir valor</b>. Ás veces, o botón inclúe a lista de valores\n" #~ "posibles para usalos co atributo actual.\n" #~ "Se o valor do atributo editado debe ser un nome completo (DN),\n" #~ "este nome pódese escoller na árbore LDAP usando <b>Examinar</b>.\n" @@ -1210,27 +1136,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -#~ "when\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" #~ "the new object is created.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introduza aquí os valores dos atributos pertencentes a un\n" -#~ "obxecto usando o modelo actual. Estes valores empregaranse como valores " -#~ "predeterminados\n" +#~ "obxecto usando o modelo actual. Estes valores empregaranse como valores predeterminados\n" #~ "para crear o novo obxecto.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " -#~ "replaced\n" -#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" -#~ "\"\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Pode utilizar unha sintaxe especial para crear valores de atributos a " -#~ "partires de\n" -#~ "valores xa existentes. A expresión <i>%attr_name</i> será substituída " -#~ "polo valor\n" +#~ "<p>Pode utilizar unha sintaxe especial para crear valores de atributos a partires de\n" +#~ "valores xa existentes. A expresión <i>%attr_name</i> será substituída polo valor\n" #~ "do atributo \"attr_name\" (por exemplo, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "como valor de \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" @@ -1244,9 +1164,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" #~| "Discard these changes?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\\nDiscard these changes?" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\\nDiscard these changes?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hai modificacións non gardadas na entrada actual.\n" #~ "Quere desfacelas?\n" @@ -1267,9 +1185,7 @@ #~| "'%1'\n" #~| "\n" #~| "has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The downloaded certificate file\\n\\n'%1'\\n\\nhas been copied to '%2' " -#~ "directory.\\n" +#~ msgid "The downloaded certificate file\\n\\n'%1'\\n\\nhas been copied to '%2' directory.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro de certificado\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1284,16 +1200,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n" -#~| "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/" -#~| "nsswitch.conf\n" -#~| "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP " -#~| "entry\n" +#~| "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +#~| "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" #~| "removed.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\\nIf you " -#~ "deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf" -#~ "\\nwill be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP " -#~ "entry\\nremoved.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\\nIf you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\\nwill be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\\nremoved.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para desactivar os servizos LDAP, prema <b>Non usar LDAP</b>.\n" #~ "Se desactiva LDAP, eliminarase a entrada actual LDAP para\n" @@ -1302,73 +1212,39 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or " -#~| "10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search " -#~| "base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple " -#~| "servers\n" -#~| "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to " -#~| "resolve the\n" -#~| "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -#~| "server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, " -#~| "<tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~| "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +#~| "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +#~| "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or " -#~ "10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search " -#~ "base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers" -#~ "\\nby separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to " -#~ "resolve the\\naddresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port " -#~ "on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for " -#~ "example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\\nby separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\\naddresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Escriba o enderezo do servidor LDAP (por exemplo, ldap.exemplo.com ou " -#~ "10.20.0.2) en <b>Enderezos</b> e o nome completo da base de busca (<b>DN " -#~ "base</b> como, por exemplo, dc=exemplo,dc=com). Se especifica máis dun\n" +#~ "<p>Escriba o enderezo do servidor LDAP (por exemplo, ldap.exemplo.com ou 10.20.0.2) en <b>Enderezos</b> e o nome completo da base de busca (<b>DN base</b> como, por exemplo, dc=exemplo,dc=com). Se especifica máis dun\n" #~ "enderezo, sepáreos con espazos. Debe ser posible que os enderezos\n" -#~ "poidan resolver sen usar LDAP. Tamén pode especificar o porto no que se " -#~ "está a executar o servidor usando a sintaxe \"servidor:porto\", por " -#~ "exemplo, <tt>ldap. exemplo.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ "poidan resolver sen usar LDAP. Tamén pode especificar o porto no que se está a executar o servidor usando a sintaxe \"servidor:porto\", por exemplo, <tt>ldap. exemplo.com:379</tt>.\n" #~ " </p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~| "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/" -#~| "SSL</b>\n" -#~| "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a " -#~| "CA\n" +#~| "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~| "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" #~| "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\\nIf your server " -#~ "supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\\nto " -#~ "encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA" -#~ "\\ncertificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\\nIf your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\\nto encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\\ncertificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Algúns servidores LDAP soportan StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "Se o seu servidor sopórtao e está configurado, active <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "para cifrar a comunicación co servidor LDAP. Debe descargar o ficheiro " -#~ "de\n" +#~ "Se o seu servidor sopórtao e está configurado, active <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ "para cifrar a comunicación co servidor LDAP. Debe descargar o ficheiro de\n" #~ "certificado CA en formato PEM desde a ligazón obtida.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -#~| "such\n" -#~| "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should " -#~| "already\n" -#~| "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but " -#~| "you\n" +#~| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" +#~| "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" +#~| "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" #~| "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -#~ "such\\nas users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) " -#~ "should already\\nexist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not " -#~ "installed yet but you\\nwant to use it, it will be installed " -#~ "automatically.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\\nas users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\\nexist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\\nwant to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>automounter</b> é un daemon que monta automaticamente " -#~ "directorios\n" +#~ "<p>O <b>automounter</b> é un daemon que monta automaticamente directorios\n" #~ "como por exemplo os directorios persoais de usuario.\n" #~ "Enténdese que os seus ficheiros de configuración (auto.*) xa existen,\n" #~ "ben localmente ou ben a través de LDAP. Se non está instalado e desexa\n" @@ -1380,28 +1256,20 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" #~| "Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" -#~| "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old " -#~| "configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\\n\\nCurrent " -#~ "configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\\nOnly SSSD based " -#~ "configurations are supported by YaST.\\nDo you want to continue and use " -#~ "SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" +#~| "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" +#~ msgid "Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\\n\\nCurrent configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\\nOnly SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\\nDo you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Detectouse unha configuración previa do cliente LDAP.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "A configuración actual non usa SSSD, se non nss_ldap.\n" #~ "YaST só soporta configuracións baseadas en SSSD.\n" -#~ "Quere continuar e usar SSSD, ou cancelar para manter a configuración " -#~ "anterior?" +#~ "Quere continuar e usar SSSD, ou cancelar para manter a configuración anterior?" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" #~| "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\\nyou cannot retrieve " -#~ "data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\\n" +#~ msgid "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\\nyou cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ao configurar a máquina coma cliente LDAP, non se poden\n" #~ "recuperar os datos con NIS. Quere usar LDAP en vez de NIS?\n" @@ -1411,13 +1279,9 @@ #~| "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" #~| "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" #~| "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already" -#~ "\\nrunning services. Restart your services manually or reboot \\nthe " -#~ "machine to enable it for all services.\\n" +#~ msgid "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\\nrunning services. Restart your services manually or reboot \\nthe machine to enable it for all services.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esta modificación só afecta aos procesos recén creados e non aos " -#~ "servizos\n" +#~ "Esta modificación só afecta aos procesos recén creados e non aos servizos\n" #~ "en execución. Para aplicar a modificación a todos os servizos, reiníceos\n" #~ "de xeito manual ou reinicie o equipo.\n" @@ -1426,9 +1290,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" #~| "restarted automatically by YaST.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nTo enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\\nrestarted " -#~ "automatically by YaST.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nTo enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\\nrestarted automatically by YaST.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Para activar o inicio de sesión remoto para usuarios LDAP,\n" @@ -1436,82 +1298,51 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification " -#~| "is disabled.\n" +#~| "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" #~| "Enable certificate checks now?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification " -#~ "is disabled.\\nEnable certificate checks now?" +#~ msgid "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\\nEnable certificate checks now?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A seguridade da conexión está activada, pero a verificación do " -#~ "certificado do servidor está desactivada.\n" +#~ "A seguridade da conexión está activada, pero a verificación do certificado do servidor está desactivada.\n" #~ "Quere activar a verificación de certificados agora?" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> " -#~| "and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n" -#~| "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking " -#~| "<b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n" -#~| "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</" -#~| "tt>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> " -#~ "and <b>KDC Address</b>.\\nDetermine if user credentials should be cached " -#~ "locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\\nFor more info " -#~ "about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n" +#~| "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n" +#~| "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\\nDetermine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\\nFor more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se vai empregar a autenticación Kerberos, especifique o <b>dominio</b> " -#~ "e o <b>Enderezo KDC</b>.\n" -#~ "Determine se as credenciais de usuario débense cachear localmente " -#~ "activando a <b>Autenticación SSSD fóra de liña</b>.\n" -#~ "Para máis información sobre a configuración SSSD, comprobe a páxina do " -#~ "manual de <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Se vai empregar a autenticación Kerberos, especifique o <b>dominio</b> e o <b>Enderezo KDC</b>.\n" +#~ "Determine se as credenciais de usuario débense cachear localmente activando a <b>Autenticación SSSD fóra de liña</b>.\n" +#~ "Para máis información sobre a configuración SSSD, comprobe a páxina do manual de <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~| "of the\n" -#~| "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an " -#~| "explanation of its values.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~ "of the\\n<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an " -#~ "explanation of its values.</p>" +#~| "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +#~| "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\\n<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Protocolo de cambio de contrasinal</b> refírese ao atributo " -#~ "pam_password do\n" -#~ "ficheiro <tt>/etc/ldap.conf.</tt> Consulte o ficheiro <tt>man pam_ldap</" -#~ "tt> para unha explicación dos seus valores.</p>" +#~ "<p><b>Protocolo de cambio de contrasinal</b> refírese ao atributo pam_password do\n" +#~ "ficheiro <tt>/etc/ldap.conf.</tt> Consulte o ficheiro <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> para unha explicación dos seus valores.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" #~| "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\\nThe default value for <b>Group " -#~ "Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\\nThe default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Defina o tipo de grupos LDAP que se debe usar.\n" -#~ "O valor predeterminado para <b>Atributo de membro de grupo</b> é <i>%1</" -#~ "i>.</p>\n" +#~ "O valor predeterminado para <b>Atributo de membro de grupo</b> é <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where " -#~| "your\n" -#~| "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -#~| "certificates\n" +#~| "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" +#~| "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" #~| "or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your" -#~ "\\ncertificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -#~ "certificates\\nor the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\\ncertificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\\nor the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se a conexión segura precisa de verificación de certificado, debe " -#~ "especificar\n" -#~ "onde está localizado o ficheiro de certificado. Introduza o directorio " -#~ "cos certificados\n" +#~ "<p>Se a conexión segura precisa de verificación de certificado, debe especificar\n" +#~ "onde está localizado o ficheiro de certificado. Introduza o directorio cos certificados\n" #~ "ou a ruta explícita até un ficheiro de certificado.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1519,9 +1350,7 @@ #~| "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n" #~| "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" #~| "server.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\\nThis is the base for " -#~ "storing your configuration data on the LDAP\\nserver.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\\nThis is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\\nserver.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>En primeiro lugar, especifique a <b>Configuración de DN base</b>.\n" #~ "Trátase da base para gardar os datos da configuración no servidor\n" @@ -1531,64 +1360,40 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~| "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" -#~| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~| "dc=com) or \n" -#~| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#~| "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\\n<b>Administrator " -#~ "DN</b>.\\nYou can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator," -#~ "dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \\nthe relative DN (for example, " -#~ "cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the " -#~ "appropriate option is checked.</p>\\n" +#~| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +#~| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\\n<b>Administrator DN</b>.\\nYou can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \\nthe relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para acceder aos datos almacenados no servidor, introduza o\n" #~ "<b>DN de administración.</b>\n" -#~ "Pode introducir o DN completo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador," -#~ "dc=omeudominio,dc=com)\n" -#~ "ou simplemente o DN relativo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador). O DN base " -#~ "para LDAP engadirase automaticamente en caso de marcar a opción axeitada." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "Pode introducir o DN completo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador,dc=omeudominio,dc=com)\n" +#~ "ou simplemente o DN relativo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador). O DN base para LDAP engadirase automaticamente en caso de marcar a opción axeitada.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and " -#~| "groups,\n" -#~| "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only " -#~| "created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups," -#~ "\\ncheck <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are " -#~ "only created when they do not already exist.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" +#~| "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\\ncheck <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Active a opción <b>Crear obxectos de configuración predeterminada</b> " -#~ "para\n" -#~ "crear os obxectos de configuración predeterminada para os usuarios e " -#~ "grupos LDAP. Os obxectos só se crearán cando no existan.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Active a opción <b>Crear obxectos de configuración predeterminada</b> para\n" +#~ "crear os obxectos de configuración predeterminada para os usuarios e grupos LDAP. Os obxectos só se crearán cando no existan.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -#~| "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected " -#~| "yet or\n" +#~| "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" #~| "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\\nLDAP " -#~ "server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or" -#~ "\\nhave changed your configuration.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\\nLDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\\nhave changed your configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Prema <b>Configurar</b> para configurar os valores gardados no\n" -#~ "servidor LDAP. Pediráselle o contrasinal se aínda non está conectado ou " -#~ "se\n" +#~ "servidor LDAP. Pediráselle o contrasinal se aínda non está conectado ou se\n" #~ "modificou a configuración.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If you reread settings from the server,\n" #~| "all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you reread settings from the server,\\nall changes will be lost. " -#~ "Really reread?\\n" +#~ msgid "If you reread settings from the server,\\nall changes will be lost. Really reread?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se volve ler a configuración do servidor,\n" #~ "perderanse todos os cambios. Seguro que desexa volvela ler?\n" @@ -1597,9 +1402,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Configure the template used for creating \n" #~| "new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Configure the template used for creating \\nnew objects (like users or " -#~ "groups).</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Configure the template used for creating \\nnew objects (like users or groups).</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Pode configurar o modelo usado para\n" #~ "crear novos obxectos (como usuarios ou grupos).</p>\n" @@ -1608,9 +1411,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n" #~| "Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\\nChanging the " -#~ "<b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\\nChanging the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Edite os valores de atributos do modelo con <b>Editar</b>.\n" #~ "Ao modificar o valor <b>cn</b> modifícase o nome do modelo.</p>\n" @@ -1620,52 +1421,34 @@ #~| "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n" #~| "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" #~| "removing current ones.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\\nfor " -#~ "new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\\nremoving " -#~ "current ones.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\\nfor new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\\nremoving current ones.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A segunda táboa contén unha lista de <b>valores predeterminados</b> " -#~ "usados\n" +#~ "<p>A segunda táboa contén unha lista de <b>valores predeterminados</b> usados\n" #~ "para novos obxectos. Pode modificar a lista engadindo novos valores,\n" #~ "editando ou eliminando valores existentes.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If " -#~| "there\n" -#~| "is no configuration module in the provided location (base " -#~| "configuration),\n" +#~| "<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" +#~| "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" #~| "create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n" #~| "using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there" -#~ "\\nis no configuration module in the provided location (base " -#~ "configuration),\\ncreate one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module" -#~ "\\nusing <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\\nis no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\\ncreate one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\\nusing <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Cada conxunto de configuración denomínase \"módulo de configuración\". " -#~ "Se non hai\n" -#~ "ningún módulo de configuración no lugar proporcionado (configuración " -#~ "base),\n" +#~ "<p>Cada conxunto de configuración denomínase \"módulo de configuración\". Se non hai\n" +#~ "ningún módulo de configuración no lugar proporcionado (configuración base),\n" #~ " cree un coa opción <b>Novo.</b> Elimine o módulo actual \n" #~ "usando <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n" -#~| "Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> " -#~| "value renames the\n" +#~| "Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n" #~| "current module.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\\nSome " -#~ "values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value " -#~ "renames the\\ncurrent module.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\\nSome values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\\ncurrent module.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Empregue o botón <b>Editar</b> para modificar os valores de atributos " -#~ "da táboa.\n" -#~ "Algúns valores teñen un significado especial, por exemplo, ao modificar o " -#~ "valor <b>cn</b>\n" +#~ "<p>Empregue o botón <b>Editar</b> para modificar os valores de atributos da táboa.\n" +#~ "Algúns valores teñen un significado especial, por exemplo, ao modificar o valor <b>cn</b>\n" #~ "modifícase o nome do módulo actual.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1673,9 +1456,7 @@ #~| "<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n" #~| "click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\\nclick " -#~ "<b>Configure Template</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\\nclick <b>Configure Template</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Prema <b>Configurar modelo</b>para configurar o modelo\n" #~ "predeterminado do módulo actual.\n" @@ -1685,9 +1466,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You currently have a configuration module of each \n" #~| "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \\ntype, therefore you " -#~ "cannot add a new one.\\n" +#~ msgid "You currently have a configuration module of each \\ntype, therefore you cannot add a new one.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Xa dispón de módulos de configuración para cada tipo,\n" #~ "polo tanto non pode engadir un módulo novo.\n" @@ -1695,23 +1474,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -#~| "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -#~| "Certificate is valid." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\\nVerify that the correct CA " -#~ "Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." +#~| "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." +#~ msgid "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\\nVerify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallou o establecemento da codificación TLS.\n" -#~ "Verifique que o certificado da CA estea instalado e o do servidor sexa " -#~ "válido." +#~ "Verifique que o certificado da CA estea instalado e o do servidor sexa válido." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" #~| "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\\nVerify that the Server has StartTLS " -#~ "support enabled." +#~ msgid "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\\nVerify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallou o establecemento do codificación TLS.\n" #~ "Verifique que o servidor ten o soporte StartTLS activado." @@ -1758,14 +1531,10 @@ #~| "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is" -#~ "\\nconfigured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\\n\\nRetry " -#~ "connection without TLS/SSL?\\n" +#~ msgid "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\\nconfigured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\\n\\nRetry connection without TLS/SSL?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Unha posible causa do fallo na conexión pode deberse a que o\n" -#~ "cliente estea configurado para usar TLS/SSL, pero o servidor non o " -#~ "permite.\n" +#~ "cliente estea configurado para usar TLS/SSL, pero o servidor non o permite.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Quere que se reintente a conexión desactivando TLS/SSL?\n" @@ -1774,9 +1543,7 @@ #~| "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" #~| "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" #~| "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A direct parent for DN '%1' \\ndoes not exist in the LDAP directory." -#~ "\\nThe object with the selected DN cannot be created.\\n" +#~ msgid "A direct parent for DN '%1' \\ndoes not exist in the LDAP directory.\\nThe object with the selected DN cannot be created.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O directorio LDAP non contén un pai directo\n" #~ "para o DN '%1'. Non é posible crear o obxecto\n" @@ -1786,9 +1553,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" #~| "Select another one.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object." -#~ "\\nSelect another one.\\n" +#~ msgid "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\\nSelect another one.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Existe un obxecto co DN seleccionado, pero non é un obxecto do modelo.\n" #~ "Seleccione outro.\n" @@ -1807,20 +1572,13 @@ #~| "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~| "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~| "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~| "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " -#~| "(DN),\n" +#~| "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~| "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\\nwith <b>Add " -#~ "Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\\npossible values to " -#~ "use for the current attribute.\\nIf the value of the edited attribute " -#~ "should be a distinguished name (DN),\\nit is possible to choose it from " -#~ "the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\\nwith <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\\npossible values to use for the current attribute.\\nIf the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\\nit is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se o atributo pode ter máis valores, engada novas entradas\n" -#~ "mediante <b>Engadir valor</b>. Ás veces, o botón inclúe a lista de " -#~ "valores\n" +#~ "mediante <b>Engadir valor</b>. Ás veces, o botón inclúe a lista de valores\n" #~ "posibles para usalos co atributo actual.\n" #~ "Se o valor do atributo editado debe ser un nome completo (DN),\n" #~ "este nome pódese escoller na árbore LDAP usando <b>Examinar</b>.\n" @@ -1847,37 +1605,24 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~| "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as " -#~| "defaults when\n" +#~| "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" #~| "the new object is created.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\\nto an object using the " -#~ "current template. Such values are used as defaults when\\nthe new object " -#~ "is created.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\\nto an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\\nthe new object is created.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introduza aquí os valores dos atributos pertencentes a un\n" -#~ "obxecto usando o modelo actual. Estes valores empregaranse como valores " -#~ "predeterminados\n" +#~ "obxecto usando o modelo actual. Estes valores empregaranse como valores predeterminados\n" #~ "para crear o novo obxecto.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~| "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " -#~| "replaced\n" -#~| "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" -#~| "\"\n" +#~| "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" +#~| "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~| "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\\nvalues from existing " -#~ "ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\\nwith the value " -#~ "of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\\nas a value " -#~ "of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\\nvalues from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\\nwith the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\\nas a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Pode utilizar unha sintaxe especial para crear valores de atributos a " -#~ "partires de\n" -#~ "valores xa existentes. A expresión <i>%attr_name</i> será substituída " -#~ "polo valor\n" +#~ "<p>Pode utilizar unha sintaxe especial para crear valores de atributos a partires de\n" +#~ "valores xa existentes. A expresión <i>%attr_name</i> será substituída polo valor\n" #~ "do atributo \"attr_name\" (por exemplo, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "como valor de \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" @@ -1893,138 +1638,50 @@ #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "Houbo un problema ao gravar datos no servidor LDAP." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging " -#~ "Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password " -#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione as lingüetas <b>Directivas de cambio de contrasinais</b>, " -#~ "<b>Directivas de antigüidade de contrasinais</b>, y <b>Directivas de " -#~ "bloqueo</b>, para elixir os grupos de directivas de contrasinais LDAP dos " -#~ "atributos que se deben configurar.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione as lingüetas <b>Directivas de cambio de contrasinais</b>, <b>Directivas de antigüidade de contrasinais</b>, y <b>Directivas de bloqueo</b>, para elixir os grupos de directivas de contrasinais LDAP dos atributos que se deben configurar.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to " -#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords " -#~ "may not be used.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Especifique o <b>Número máximo de contrasinais almacenados no " -#~ "historial</b> para establecer cantos contrasinais previamente usados " -#~ "deben gardarse. Os contrasinais gardados non se poderán usar.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Especifique o <b>Número máximo de contrasinais almacenados no historial</b> para establecer cantos contrasinais previamente usados deben gardarse. Os contrasinais gardados non se poderán usar.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to " -#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -#~ "administrator.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Marque a opción <b>O usuario debe modificar o contrasinal despois de " -#~ "restaurar</b> para obrigar aos usuarios a que modifiquen os seus " -#~ "contrasinais despois de que o administrador as restaure ou as modifique.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Marque a opción <b>O usuario debe modificar o contrasinal despois de restaurar</b> para obrigar aos usuarios a que modifiquen os seus contrasinais despois de que o administrador as restaure ou as modifique.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their " -#~ "passwords.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Marque a opción <b>O usuario pode modificar o contrasinal</b> para que " -#~ "os usuarios poidan modificar os seus contrasinais.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Marque a opción <b>O usuario pode modificar o contrasinal</b> para que os usuarios poidan modificar os seus contrasinais.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -#~ "check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se houbese que fornecer o contrasinal existente xunto co novo, marque " -#~ "a opción <b>Necesítase o contrasinal vello para modificar o contrasinal.</" -#~ "b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Se houbese que fornecer o contrasinal existente xunto co novo, marque a opción <b>Necesítase o contrasinal vello para modificar o contrasinal.</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -#~ "are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not " -#~ "be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords " -#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the " -#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked " -#~ "Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the " -#~ "password cannot be checked.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Indique se cómpre comprobar a calidade dos contrasinais ao modificalos " -#~ "ou engadilos. Seleccione <b>Non comprobar</b> se non é necesario " -#~ "comprobar os contrasinais de ningún xeito. Coa opción <b>Aceptar " -#~ "contrasinais non verificables</b> os contrasinais acéptanse incluso se a " -#~ "comprobación non se pode realizar (por exemplo, se o usuario " -#~ "proporcioniou un contrasinal cifrado). A opción <b>Aceptar só " -#~ "contrasinais verificados</b> provoca o rexeitamento dos contrasinais se a " -#~ "proba de calidade non é satisfactoria ou se o contrasinal non se pode " -#~ "verificar.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Indique se cómpre comprobar a calidade dos contrasinais ao modificalos ou engadilos. Seleccione <b>Non comprobar</b> se non é necesario comprobar os contrasinais de ningún xeito. Coa opción <b>Aceptar contrasinais non verificables</b> os contrasinais acéptanse incluso se a comprobación non se pode realizar (por exemplo, se o usuario proporcioniou un contrasinal cifrado). A opción <b>Aceptar só contrasinais verificados</b> provoca o rexeitamento dos contrasinais se a proba de calidade non é satisfactoria ou se o contrasinal non se pode verificar.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -#~ "<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Determine o número mínimo de caracteres que se deben empregar nun " -#~ "contrasinal en <b>Lonxitude mínima do contrasinal.</b></p>" +#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "Determine o número mínimo de caracteres que se deben empregar nun contrasinal en <b>Lonxitude mínima do contrasinal.</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between " -#~ "modifications to the password.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Antigüidade mínima do contrasinal</b> indica canto tiempo debe " -#~ "transcorrer entre as modificacións do contrasinal.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Antigüidade mínima do contrasinal</b> indica canto tiempo debe transcorrer entre as modificacións do contrasinal.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a " -#~ "password expires.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Antigüidade máxima do contrasinal</b> indica cando caduca o " -#~ "contrasinal despois da súa modificación.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Antigüidade máxima do contrasinal</b> indica cando caduca o contrasinal despois da súa modificación.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how " -#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning " -#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>En <b>Antelación para amosar aviso sobre a caducidade do contrasinal</" -#~ "b> indique a antelación coa que se deben amosar as mensaxes de aviso de " -#~ "caducidade ao usuario que se vai autenticar.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>En <b>Antelación para amosar aviso sobre a caducidade do contrasinal</b> indique a antelación coa que se deben amosar as mensaxes de aviso de caducidade ao usuario que se vai autenticar.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to " -#~ "authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Estableza o número de veces que se pode usar un contrasinal caducado " -#~ "para autenticarse en <b>Usos permitidos dun contrasinal caducado.</b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Estableza o número de veces que se pode usar un contrasinal caducado para autenticarse en <b>Usos permitidos dun contrasinal caducado.</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after " -#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Marque a opción <b>Activar bloqueo de contrasinal</b> para impedir que " -#~ "un contrasinal poda usarse despois do número especificado de intentos " -#~ "fallidos consecutivos para conectarse.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Marque a opción <b>Activar bloqueo de contrasinal</b> para impedir que un contrasinal poda usarse despois do número especificado de intentos fallidos consecutivos para conectarse.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the " -#~ "Password</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Estableza o número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras os cales xa " -#~ "non se poderá usar o contrasinal para autenticarse en <b>Fallos de " -#~ "conexión para bloquear o contrasinal.</b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Estableza o número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras os cales xa non se poderá usar o contrasinal para autenticarse en <b>Fallos de conexión para bloquear o contrasinal.</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</" -#~ "b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Estableza o tempo durante o que non se poderá usar o contrasinal en " -#~ "<b>Duración do bloqueo do contrasinal.</b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Estableza o tempo durante o que non se poderá usar o contrasinal en <b>Duración do bloqueo do contrasinal.</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password " -#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -#~ "authentication has occurred.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Duración en caché dos fallos de conexión</b> indica canto tiempo " -#~ "debe transcorrer para que os erros de contrasinal se eliminen do contador " -#~ "de fallos, aínda que no se producise ningunha autenticación correcta.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Duración en caché dos fallos de conexión</b> indica canto tiempo debe transcorrer para que os erros de contrasinal se eliminen do contador de fallos, aínda que no se producise ningunha autenticación correcta.</p>" #~ msgid "&Password Change Policies" #~ msgstr "Directivas de modi&ficación de contrasinais" @@ -2110,16 +1767,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL</b>\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Algúns servidores LDAP soportan StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "Se o seu servidor sopórtao e está configurado, active <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "para cifrar a comunicación co servidor LDAP. Debe descargar o ficheiro de " -#~ "certificado CA en formato PEM desde a ligazón obtida.</p>\n" +#~ "Se o seu servidor sopórtao e está configurado, active <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ "para cifrar a comunicación co servidor LDAP. Debe descargar o ficheiro de certificado CA en formato PEM desde a ligazón obtida.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" @@ -2136,8 +1789,7 @@ #~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" #~ "automatically.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>automounter</b> é un daemon que monta automaticamente " -#~ "directorios\n" +#~ "<p>O <b>automounter</b> é un daemon que monta automaticamente directorios\n" #~ "como por exemplo os directorios persoais de usuario.\n" #~ "Enténdese que os seus ficheiros de configuración (auto.*) xa existen,\n" #~ "ben localmente ou ben a través de LDAP.\n" @@ -2171,40 +1823,24 @@ #~ "'%1'\n" #~ "foi copiado ao directorio '%2'" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#~ "meaning of its values.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Protocolo de cambio de contrasinal</b> refírese ao atributo " -#~ "pam_password do ficheiro <tt>/etc/ldap.conf.</tt> Consulte o ficheiro " -#~ "<tt>man pam_ldap</tt> para averiguar o significado destes valores.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Protocolo de cambio de contrasinal</b> refírese ao atributo pam_password do ficheiro <tt>/etc/ldap.conf.</tt> Consulte o ficheiro <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> para averiguar o significado destes valores.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify " -#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either " -#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." -#~ "</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se a conexión segura precisa de verificación de certificado, debe " -#~ "especificar onde está localizado o ficheiro de certificado. Pódese " -#~ "especificar o directorio cos certificados ou a ruta explícita até un " -#~ "ficheiro de certificado.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Se a conexión segura precisa de verificación de certificado, debe especificar onde está localizado o ficheiro de certificado. Pódese especificar o directorio cos certificados ou a ruta explícita até un ficheiro de certificado.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" #~ "an LDAP server using protocol 2 (for example, OpenLDAP v1), activate\n" #~ "<b>LDAP Version 2</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Normalmente emprégase a versión 3 do protocolo LDAP. Se houbese un " -#~ "servidor \n" +#~ "<p>Normalmente emprégase a versión 3 do protocolo LDAP. Se houbese un servidor \n" #~ "LDAP que estea usando o protocolo 2 (por exemplo, OpenLDAP v1), active\n" #~ " <b>LDAP versión 2.</b></p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n" -#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#~ "LDAP\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #~ "server.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>En primeiro lugar, especifique a <b>Configuración de DN base</b>.\n" @@ -2214,49 +1850,37 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" -#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~ "dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para acceder aos datos almacenados no servidor, introduza o\n" #~ "<b>DN de administración.</b>\n" -#~ "Pode introducir o DN completo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador," -#~ "dc=omeudominio,dc=com) ou simplemente\n" -#~ "o DN relativo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador). O DN base para LDAP " -#~ "engadirase automaticamente en caso de marcar a opción axeitada.</p>\n" +#~ "Pode introducir o DN completo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador,dc=omeudominio,dc=com) ou simplemente\n" +#~ "o DN relativo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador). O DN base para LDAP engadirase automaticamente en caso de marcar a opción axeitada.</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>" #~ msgstr "<p><b>Directorios persoais</b></p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~ "direct\n" -#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#~ "manage\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" #~ "user home directories.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se se deben almacenar neste equipo directorios personais dos\n" -#~ "usuarios, marque a opción axeitada. Modificar este valor non causa " -#~ "ningunha\n" -#~ "acción directa. Trátase só de información para o módulo de usuarios de " -#~ "YaST, que\n" +#~ "usuarios, marque a opción axeitada. Modificar este valor non causa ningunha\n" +#~ "acción directa. Trátase só de información para o módulo de usuarios de YaST, que\n" #~ "pode xestionar os directorios persoais dos usuarios.</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>" #~ msgstr "<p><b>Directiva de contrasinais</b></p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</" -#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Configure a directiva de contrasinais seleccionada con <b>Editar</b>. " -#~ "Use <b>Engadir</b> para agregar novas directivas de contrasinais. Esta " -#~ "configuración\n" -#~ " só é posible cando as directivas de contrasinais xa están activadas no " -#~ "servidor LDAP.</p>" +#~ "<p>Configure a directiva de contrasinais seleccionada con <b>Editar</b>. Use <b>Engadir</b> para agregar novas directivas de contrasinais. Esta configuración\n" +#~ " só é posible cando as directivas de contrasinais xa están activadas no servidor LDAP.</p>" #~ msgid "&Password Map" #~ msgstr "Asignación de &contrasinal" @@ -2304,15 +1928,12 @@ #~ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n" #~ "removing current ones.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A segunda táboa contén unha lista de <b>valores predeterminados</b> " -#~ "usados\n" -#~ "para novos obxectos. Pode modificar a lista engadindo novos valores e " -#~ "eliminando\n" +#~ "<p>A segunda táboa contén unha lista de <b>valores predeterminados</b> usados\n" +#~ "para novos obxectos. Pode modificar a lista engadindo novos valores e eliminando\n" #~ "valores existentes.</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Aquí pode administrar a configuración gardada no directorio LDAP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Aquí pode administrar a configuración gardada no directorio LDAP.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "You currently have configuration modules\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -104,12 +104,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Xa se creou a base de datos de LDAP. Poderá cambiar a configuración do " -"sistema instalado máis adiante." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "Xa se creou a base de datos de LDAP. Poderá cambiar a configuración do sistema instalado máis adiante." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -121,9 +117,7 @@ msgstr "[definido a man]" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 @@ -219,15 +213,9 @@ #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Please reconfigure after the " -#| "installation finished." -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Produciuse un erro durante a configuración da replicación de OpenLDAP. Volva " -"configurar despois de rematar a instalación." +#| msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Please reconfigure after the installation finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Produciuse un erro durante a configuración da replicación de OpenLDAP. Volva configurar despois de rematar a instalación." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -251,10 +239,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "Existe unha configuración, pero non se está executando o servidor LDAP.\n" @@ -334,9 +320,7 @@ msgstr "O servidor LDAP non se está executando." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -388,8 +372,7 @@ #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:608 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" -msgstr "" -"Produciuse un erro de autenticación de LDAP. Desexa intentalo de novo?\n" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro de autenticación de LDAP. Desexa intentalo de novo?\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:609 msgid "Error message: " @@ -510,9 +493,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 @@ -552,15 +533,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -589,8 +567,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -621,10 +598,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -637,18 +612,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -675,10 +646,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is " -"a\n" -"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n" @@ -692,24 +661,18 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends " -"the \n" -"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" +"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" @@ -743,8 +706,7 @@ "click <b>Change Password</b>. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -754,17 +716,13 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Here you can change some basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Here you can change some basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode cambiar algunhas opcións básicas das bases de datos BDB e HDB aquí.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode cambiar algunhas opcións básicas das bases de datos BDB e HDB aquí.</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Introduza o DN completo ou só a primeira parte e engádalle o DN base\n" @@ -772,28 +730,19 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change " -"Password</b>.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password " -"Encryption</b>.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index " -"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -811,14 +760,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" @@ -832,17 +777,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object " -"DN</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza o nome do obxecto da política predeterminada en <b>DN do " -"obxecto de política predeterminada</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduza o nome do obxecto da política predeterminada en <b>DN do obxecto de política predeterminada</b>.</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You " -"may\n" +"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -853,47 +793,35 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>This dialog allows you to change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-" -#| "Database.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>This dialog allows you to change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>" msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta caixa de diálogo permítelle cambiar as opcións de indexación dunha " -"base de datos hdb ou bdb.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta caixa de diálogo permítelle cambiar as opcións de indexación dunha base de datos hdb ou bdb.</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>The table displays a list of attribute which have an index defined " -#| "currently.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A táboa mostra unha lista dos atributos que teñen definido un índice.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attribute which have an index defined currently.</p>" +msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A táboa mostra unha lista dos atributos que teñen definido un índice.</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -912,11 +840,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -932,8 +858,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "" -"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -946,11 +871,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -960,8 +883,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -971,16 +893,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" @@ -992,14 +909,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server.</p>" +"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 @@ -1008,8 +921,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 msgid "" -"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want " -"the\n" +"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1023,8 +935,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1057,10 +968,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253 @@ -1071,23 +980,17 @@ msgid "" "<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:262 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b><br>Please " -#| "wait...<br></p>" +#| msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>" msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor LDAP</big></" -"b><br>Agarde...<br></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor LDAP</big></b><br>Agarde...<br></p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" @@ -1095,8 +998,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -"en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +"Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:269 @@ -1124,22 +1026,14 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>If <b>Yes</b> is selected, you can click <b>Next</b> to start the " -#| "configuration wizard</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration " -"wizard.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se está seleccionado <b>Si</b> pode premer en <b>Seguinte</b> para " -"iniciar o asistente de configuración</p>" +#| msgid "<p>If <b>Yes</b> is selected, you can click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard</p>" +msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se está seleccionado <b>Si</b> pode premer en <b>Seguinte</b> para iniciar o asistente de configuración</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 msgid "" @@ -1150,20 +1044,13 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Select the type of LDAP Server you want to setup. The following " -#| "scenarios are available:</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione o tipo de servidor LDAP que desexa configurar. Están " -"dispoñibles os seguintes contornos:</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP Server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione o tipo de servidor LDAP que desexa configurar. Están dispoñibles os seguintes contornos:</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1175,8 +1062,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1198,18 +1084,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the " -"server\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1220,10 +1103,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" +"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" "textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1241,29 +1122,22 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" -"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog.</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione as características especiais que o servidor OpenLDAP debe " -"permitir ou prohibir:</p>" +msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione as características especiais que o servidor OpenLDAP debe permitir ou prohibir:</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1271,17 +1145,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) </p>" +"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 @@ -1292,8 +1163,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1311,16 +1181,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" -"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1335,54 +1203,41 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400 msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para engadir unha nova base de datos prema en <b>Engadir base de datos..." -"</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para engadir unha nova base de datos prema en <b>Engadir base de datos...</b>.</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete " -"Database...</b>.\n" +"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza aquí un contrasinal para a base de datos de configuración " -"(\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Isto é\n" -"imprescindible para poder acceder de forma remota á base de datos de " -"configuración.</p>" +"<p>Introduza aquí un contrasinal para a base de datos de configuración (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Isto é\n" +"imprescindible para poder acceder de forma remota á base de datos de configuración.</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" +"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or " -"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1413,9 +1268,7 @@ msgstr "URI do servidor LDAP:" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1425,8 +1278,7 @@ msgstr "Resumo de Provedor" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -1745,9 +1597,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 @@ -1755,8 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 @@ -2065,9 +1914,7 @@ #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" -"Produciuse un erro ao autenticar. Probablemente o contrasinal sexa " -"incorrecto.\n" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao autenticar. Probablemente o contrasinal sexa incorrecto.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" @@ -2294,10 +2141,8 @@ msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao comprobar as capacidades de LDAPsync do provedor" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Verifique que o servidor destino está activado como provedor de LDAPsync" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Verifique que o servidor destino está activado como provedor de LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -2393,9 +2238,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:698 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1598 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" -"Produciuse un erro ao cambiar a configuración de slapd.conf á infrastrutura " -"de configuración." +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao cambiar a configuración de slapd.conf á infrastrutura de configuración." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:706 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." @@ -2407,9 +2250,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:768 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" -"Produciuse un erro ao encher a base de datos de configuración con \"slapadd" -"\"." +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao encher a base de datos de configuración con \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:788 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." @@ -2454,12 +2295,8 @@ msgstr "Actualizando o obxectos da política de contrasinais predeterminada." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Agardando a que rematen as tarefas de indexación en segundo plano de " -"OpenLDAP (isto podería levar varios minutos)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Agardando a que rematen as tarefas de indexación en segundo plano de OpenLDAP (isto podería levar varios minutos)" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -2480,9 +2317,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An error occurred while connecting to the server." -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "Aconteceu un erro durante a conexión ao servidor." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 @@ -2540,8 +2375,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Can not set a filesystem acl on the private key" msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." -msgstr "" -"Non foi posible definir unha ACL do sistema de ficheiros na chave privada" +msgstr "Non foi posible definir unha ACL do sistema de ficheiros na chave privada" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1522 msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" @@ -2557,9 +2391,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1576 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Cambiando a configuración de inicio para usar a base de datos de " -"configuración" +msgstr "Cambiando a configuración de inicio para usar a base de datos de configuración" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1577 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" @@ -2583,8 +2415,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1738 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" -"O certificado de servidor común non está dispoñible. Desactivouse StartTLS." +msgstr "O certificado de servidor común non está dispoñible. Desactivouse StartTLS." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1821 #, fuzzy @@ -2604,9 +2435,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 @@ -2627,9 +2456,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "countryName debe ser un código de 2 letras de ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed @@ -2677,14 +2504,9 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Error while trying to verify the Server Certificate of the Provider " -#| "server.\n" -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Produciuse un erro ao intentar verificar o certificado de servidor do " -"servidor provedor.\n" +#| msgid "Error while trying to verify the Server Certificate of the Provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao intentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 #, perl-format @@ -2709,9 +2531,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"Non se admite o tipo de base de datos '%s'. Os tipos permitidos son 'bdb' e " -"'hdb'." +msgstr "Non se admite o tipo de base de datos '%s'. Os tipos permitidos son 'bdb' e 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -2858,9 +2678,7 @@ #~| "The package '%1' is not available.\n" #~| "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" #~| "without installing the package." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package '%1' is not available.\\nYaST2 cannot continue the " -#~ "configuration\\nwithout installing the package." +#~ msgid "The package '%1' is not available.\\nYaST2 cannot continue the configuration\\nwithout installing the package." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O paquete '%1' non está dispoñible.\n" #~ "YaST2 non pode continuar a configuración\n" @@ -2870,9 +2688,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" #~| "without installing the required packages." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\\nwithout installing the required " -#~ "packages." +#~ msgid "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\\nwithout installing the required packages." #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST2 non pode continuar a configuración\n" #~ "sen instalar os paquetes requiridos." @@ -2881,29 +2697,20 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" #~| "StartTLS is disabled." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\\nStartTLS is " -#~ "disabled." +#~ msgid "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\\nStartTLS is disabled." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Servidor OpenLDAP: o certificado de servidor común non está dispoñible.\n" #~ "Desactivouse StartTLS." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -#~| "running.\n" -#~| "Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data " -#~| "or do you \n" +#~| "You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +#~| "Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" #~| "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -#~ "running.\\nDo you want to start the server now and re-read its " -#~ "configuration data or do you \\nwant to create a new configuration from " -#~ "scratch?" +#~ msgid "You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\\nDo you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \\nwant to create a new configuration from scratch?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Existe unha configuración, pero non se está executando o servidor LDAP.\n" -#~ "Desexa iniciar o servidor e que volva ler a configuración ou desexa " -#~ "crear\n" +#~ "Desexa iniciar o servidor e que volva ler a configuración ou desexa crear\n" #~ "unha nova configuración desde cero?" #, fuzzy @@ -2913,39 +2720,26 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this" -#~ "\\ncomputer. \\n" +#~ msgid "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\\ncomputer. \\n" #~ msgstr "O nome de host debe ter un formato de nome de dominio completo." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" #~ msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Produciuse un erro de autenticación de LDAP. Desexa intentalo de novo?\n" +#~ msgstr "Produciuse un erro de autenticación de LDAP. Desexa intentalo de novo?\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" Database on the Provider " -#~| "Server.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -#~ "server.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Produciuse un erro ao abrir a conexión á base de datos \"cn=config\" no " -#~ "servidor provedor.\n" +#~| msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" Database on the Provider Server.\n" +#~ msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao abrir a conexión á base de datos \"cn=config\" no servidor provedor.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Please verify that the Provider Server allows remote connections to the " -#~| "\"cn=config\" Database\n" +#~| "Please verify that the Provider Server allows remote connections to the \"cn=config\" Database\n" #~| "and that you entered the correct password" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \\n" -#~ "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\\n" +#~ msgid "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \\n\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verifique que o servidor provedor permite conexións remotas á base de " -#~ "datos \"cn=config\" e\n" +#~ "Verifique que o servidor provedor permite conexións remotas á base de datos \"cn=config\" e\n" #~ "que introduciu o contrasinal correcto" #, fuzzy @@ -2955,167 +2749,103 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "The Replication Configuration on the Provider Server is missing.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\\nit is " -#~ "already acting as a replication consumer.\\n" +#~ msgid "The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\\nit is already acting as a replication consumer.\\n" #~ msgstr "Falta a configuración de replicación no servidor provedor.\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Checking the Authentication credentials defined in the Replication " -#~| "Configuration on the Provider Server failed.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -#~ "configuration on the provider server failed.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Produciuse un erro ao comprobar as credenciais de autenticación definidas " -#~ "na configuración de replicación do servidor provedor.\n" +#~| msgid "Checking the Authentication credentials defined in the Replication Configuration on the Provider Server failed.\n" +#~ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao comprobar as credenciais de autenticación definidas na configuración de replicación do servidor provedor.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -#~| "encrypted\n" +#~| "(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" #~| "LDAP Connections)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -#~ "encrypted\\nLDAP Connections.)\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\\nLDAP Connections.)\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "(O acceso remoto á base de datos de configuración restrinxirase a " -#~ "conexións\n" +#~ "(O acceso remoto á base de datos de configuración restrinxirase a conexións\n" #~ "LDAP cifradas)" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically " -#~| "as \n" -#~| "part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not " -#~| "be started. Note:\n" -#~| "After selecting <b>No</b> you will not be able to make any changes to " -#~| "the OpenLDAP \n" +#~| "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" +#~| "part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +#~| "After selecting <b>No</b> you will not be able to make any changes to the OpenLDAP \n" #~| "configuration.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically " -#~ "as \\npart of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server " -#~ "should not be started. Note:\\nAfter selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot " -#~ "change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \\npart of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\\nAfter selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Si</b> se o servidor LDAP se debe iniciar " -#~ "automaticamente\n" -#~ "como parte do proceso de arranque. Seleccione <b>Non</b> se non se debe " -#~ "iniciar o\n" -#~ "servidor LDAP. Nota: Despois de seleccionar <b>Non</b> non poderá " -#~ "realizar cambios na\n" +#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Si</b> se o servidor LDAP se debe iniciar automaticamente\n" +#~ "como parte do proceso de arranque. Seleccione <b>Non</b> se non se debe iniciar o\n" +#~ "servidor LDAP. Nota: Despois de seleccionar <b>Non</b> non poderá realizar cambios na\n" #~ "configuración de OpenLDAP.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -#~| "protected\n" -#~| "connections on port 636. You need to have a Server Certificate " -#~| "configured to make this working\n" +#~| "<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +#~| "connections on port 636. You need to have a Server Certificate configured to make this working\n" #~| "correctly. (See \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\" for that)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -#~ "protected\\nconnections on port 636. This only works if you have a server " -#~ "certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\\nconnections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>LDAPS</b> activa a interface \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" para as " -#~ "conexións ao\n" -#~ "porto 636 protexidas con SSL. Precisa ter configurado un certificado de " -#~ "servidor para que isto\n" -#~ "funcione correctamente. (Consulte \"Configuración global\"/" -#~ "\"Configuración de TLS\" para facelo)" +#~ "<p><b>LDAPS</b> activa a interface \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" para as conexións ao\n" +#~ "porto 636 protexidas con SSL. Precisa ter configurado un certificado de servidor para que isto\n" +#~ "funcione correctamente. (Consulte \"Configuración global\"/\"Configuración de TLS\" para facelo)" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Here you can select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the " -#~| "LDAP related\n" +#~| "<p>Here you can select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP related\n" #~| "network ports or not.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related" -#~ "\\nnetwork ports or not.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\\nnetwork ports or not.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Aquí pode seleccionar cando SuSEFirewall debe permitir ou prohibir o " -#~ "acceso aos\n" +#~ "<p>Aquí pode seleccionar cando SuSEFirewall debe permitir ou prohibir o acceso aos\n" #~ "portos de LDAP.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "This database is currently not supported by the YaST Module, you can " -#~| "not \n" +#~| "This database is currently not supported by the YaST Module, you can not \n" #~| "change any configuration settings here." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \\nchange any " -#~ "configuration settings here.\\n" +#~ msgid "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \\nchange any configuration settings here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esta base de datos non é compatible co módulo de YaST polo que non\n" #~ "pode realizar ningún cambio na configuración aquí." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To change the password for the Administrator account, click <b>Change " -#~| "Password</b>.\n" -#~| "A Popup will open where you can enter the new password and select the " -#~| "<b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" -#~| "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already " -#~| "set in the configuration.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, " -#~ "\\nclick <b>Change Password</b>. \\nA Popup will prompt you to enter the " -#~ "new password and select the \\n<b>Password Encryption</b>. \\nThe " -#~ "password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -#~ "\\nset in the configuration.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>To change the password for the Administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +#~| "A Popup will open where you can enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +#~| "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already set in the configuration.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \\nclick <b>Change Password</b>. \\nA Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \\n<b>Password Encryption</b>. \\nThe password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \\nset in the configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para cambiar o contrasinal da conta de administrador prema en " -#~ "<b>Cambiar o contrasinal</b>.\n" -#~ "Abrirase unha fiestra emerxente na que poderá introducir o novo " -#~ "contrasinal e seleccionar o <b>Cifrado de contrasinal</b>.\n" -#~ "Os campos do contrasinal estarán baleiros ao inicio, incluso se xa hai " -#~ "algún contrasinal definido na configuración.</p>" +#~ "<p>Para cambiar o contrasinal da conta de administrador prema en <b>Cambiar o contrasinal</b>.\n" +#~ "Abrirase unha fiestra emerxente na que poderá introducir o novo contrasinal e seleccionar o <b>Cifrado de contrasinal</b>.\n" +#~ "Os campos do contrasinal estarán baleiros ao inicio, incluso se xa hai algún contrasinal definido na configuración.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -#~| "automatically\n" +#~| "<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" #~| "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -#~ "automatically\\nwith <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\\nwith <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introduza o DN completo ou só a primeira parte e engádalle o DN base\n" #~ "automaticamente con <b>Engadir DN base</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To change the password for the Administrator account, click <b>Change " -#~| "Password</b>.\n" -#~| "A Popup will open where you can enter the new password and select the " -#~| "<b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" -#~| "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already " -#~| "set in the configuration.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change " -#~ "Password</b>.\\nA Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and " -#~ "select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\\nThe password fields are " -#~ "initially empty even if a password has already been set in the " -#~ "configuration.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>To change the password for the Administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +#~| "A Popup will open where you can enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +#~| "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already set in the configuration.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\\nA Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\\nThe password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para cambiar o contrasinal da conta de administrador prema en " -#~ "<b>Cambiar o contrasinal</b>.\n" -#~ "Abrirase unha fiestra emerxente na que poderá introducir o novo " -#~ "contrasinal e seleccionar o <b>Cifrado de contrasinal</b>.\n" -#~ "Os campos do contrasinal estarán baleiros ao inicio, incluso se xa hai " -#~ "algún contrasinal definido na configuración.</p>" +#~ "<p>Para cambiar o contrasinal da conta de administrador prema en <b>Cambiar o contrasinal</b>.\n" +#~ "Abrirase unha fiestra emerxente na que poderá introducir o novo contrasinal e seleccionar o <b>Cifrado de contrasinal</b>.\n" +#~ "Os campos do contrasinal estarán baleiros ao inicio, incluso se xa hai algún contrasinal definido na configuración.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" #~| "<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable " -#~ "\\n<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \\n<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para usar políticas de contrasinais nesta base de datos active\n" #~ "<b>Activar políticas de contrasinais</b>.</p>" @@ -3125,10 +2855,7 @@ #~| "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" #~| "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" #~| "remove the information about a share.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute," -#~ "\\n<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the" -#~ "\\nindexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\\n<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\\nindexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Use <b>Engadir</b> para engadir un recurso novo,\n" #~ "<b>Editar</b> para modificar un recurso xa existente e\n" @@ -3136,41 +2863,30 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The table gives you the overview of all Access Control Rules, that " -#~| "are currently\n" +#~| "<p>The table gives you the overview of all Access Control Rules, that are currently\n" #~| "configured for the selected database</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are" -#~ "\\ncurrently configured for the selected database</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\\ncurrently configured for the selected database</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A táboa mostra un resumo de todas as regras de control de acceso que " -#~ "están\n" +#~ "<p>A táboa mostra un resumo de todas as regras de control de acceso que están\n" #~ "configuradas para a base de datos seleccionada</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new Access Control Rules and <b>Delete</b> " -#~| "to delete an\n" +#~| "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new Access Control Rules and <b>Delete</b> to delete an\n" #~| "Access Control Rule</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to" -#~ "\\ndelete an access control rule.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\\ndelete an access control rule.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Engadir</b>para crear regras de control de acceso novas e " -#~ "<b>Eliminar</b>\n" +#~ "<p>Use <b>Engadir</b>para crear regras de control de acceso novas e <b>Eliminar</b>\n" #~ "para eliminar unha regra de control de acceso</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3186,10 +2902,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\\ninforms you whether it is " -#~ "safe to do so.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\\ninforms you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte o proceso de gravación premendo en <b>Abortar</b>. \n" @@ -3197,139 +2910,89 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>This dialog just gives a short summary about the configartion you " -#~| "just\n" -#~| "created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write that configuration and leave the " -#~| "LDAP\n" +#~| "<p>This dialog just gives a short summary about the configartion you just\n" +#~| "created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write that configuration and leave the LDAP\n" #~| "Server module</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have" -#~ "\\ncreated. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the " -#~ "LDAP\\nServer module.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\\ncreated. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\\nServer module.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Este cadro de diálogo só lle mostra un pequeno resumo da " -#~ "configuración\n" -#~ "que acaba de crear. Prema en <b>Finalizar</b> para escribir esa " -#~ "configuración\n" +#~ "<p>Este cadro de diálogo só lle mostra un pequeno resumo da configuración\n" +#~ "que acaba de crear. Prema en <b>Finalizar</b> para escribir esa configuración\n" #~ "e abandonar o módulo do servidor LDAP</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If the Firewall is enabled you can open the required network ports\n" #~| "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding Checkbox.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\\nfor " -#~ "OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\\nfor OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se a devasa está activada pode abrir os portos requiridos para\n" #~ "OpenLDAP marcando as caixas de verificación correspondentes.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Standalone Server</b>: Setup a single standalone OpenLDAP Server " -#~| "with no preparations for\n" +#~| "<p><b>Standalone Server</b>: Setup a single standalone OpenLDAP Server with no preparations for\n" #~| "replication</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -#~ "with\\nno preparations for replication.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\\nno preparations for replication.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Servidor independente</b>: configurar un único servidor OpenLDAP " -#~ "independente sen\n" +#~ "<p><b>Servidor independente</b>: configurar un único servidor OpenLDAP independente sen\n" #~ "preparación para a replicación</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL check the <b>Enabled TLS</b> " -#~| "checkbox. Additionally you \n" +#~| "<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL check the <b>Enabled TLS</b> checkbox. Additionally you \n" #~| "need to configure a Certificate the Server should use.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>" -#~ "\\ncheckbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the " -#~ "Server \\nto use.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\\ncheckbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \\nto use.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para activar o cifrado con TLS/SSL marque a caixa de verificación " -#~ "<b>TLS activado</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Para activar o cifrado con TLS/SSL marque a caixa de verificación <b>TLS activado</b>.\n" #~ "Ademais ten que configurar o certificado que debe usar o servidor.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If you already have a Common Server Certificate installed using the " -#~| "corresponding YaST Module, \n" -#~| "you can check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> to have the OpenLDAP " -#~| "server use that certificate</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the" -#~ "\\ncorresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> " -#~ "so that\\nthe OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>If you already have a Common Server Certificate installed using the corresponding YaST Module, \n" +#~| "you can check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> to have the OpenLDAP server use that certificate</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\\ncorresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\\nthe OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se xa ten un certificado de servidor común instalado usando o módulo " -#~ "de YaST correspondente\n" -#~ "pode marcar <b>Usar certificado de servidor común</b> para que o servidor " -#~ "OpenLDAP use dito certificado</p>" +#~ "<p>Se xa ten un certificado de servidor común instalado usando o módulo de YaST correspondente\n" +#~ "pode marcar <b>Usar certificado de servidor común</b> para que o servidor OpenLDAP use dito certificado</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If you have no Common Server Certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use " -#~| "a different certificate\n" -#~| "you can enter the file names of the <b>CA Certifciate File</b>, " -#~| "<b>Certificate File</b> and \n" +#~| "<p>If you have no Common Server Certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a different certificate\n" +#~| "you can enter the file names of the <b>CA Certifciate File</b>, <b>Certificate File</b> and \n" #~| "<b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding textfields</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a" -#~ "\\ndifferent certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate " -#~ "File</b>,\\n<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into " -#~ "the corresponding\\ntextfields.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\\ndifferent certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\\n<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\\ntextfields.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se non ten ningún certificado de servidor común ou desexa que OpenLDAP " -#~ "use un certificado\n" -#~ "diferente terá que introducir os nomes de ficheiro do <b>ficheiro de " -#~ "certificado da CA</b>, do\n" -#~ "<b>ficheiro de certificado</b> e do <b>ficheiro de chave de certificado</" -#~ "b> nos campos\n" +#~ "<p>Se non ten ningún certificado de servidor común ou desexa que OpenLDAP use un certificado\n" +#~ "diferente terá que introducir os nomes de ficheiro do <b>ficheiro de certificado da CA</b>, do\n" +#~ "<b>ficheiro de certificado</b> e do <b>ficheiro de chave de certificado</b> nos campos\n" #~ "de texto correspondentes</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To create a new CA or certificate you can launch the CA-Management " -#~| "Module by clicking\n" +#~| "<p>To create a new CA or certificate you can launch the CA-Management Module by clicking\n" #~| "<b>Launch CA Management Module</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by" -#~ "\\nclicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\\nclicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para crear unha nova CA ou un novo certificado pode iniciar o módulo " -#~ "de Xestión de CAs\n" +#~ "<p>Para crear unha nova CA ou un novo certificado pode iniciar o módulo de Xestión de CAs\n" #~ "premendo en <b>Iniciar o módulo de xestión de CAs</b></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To delete a database, select a database from the List and press " -#~| "<b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" +#~| "<p>To delete a database, select a database from the List and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" #~| "You can not delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press " -#~ "<b>Delete Database...</b>.\\nYou cannot delete the \"config\" and " -#~ "\"frontend\" databases.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\\nYou cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para eliminar unha base de datos seleccione unha base de datos na " -#~ "lista e prema en\n" -#~ "<b>Eliminar base de datos...</b>. Non pode eliminar as bases de datos " -#~ "\"config\" nin \"frontend\".</p>" +#~ "<p>Para eliminar unha base de datos seleccione unha base de datos na lista e prema en\n" +#~ "<b>Eliminar base de datos...</b>. Non pode eliminar as bases de datos \"config\" nin \"frontend\".</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>" -#~| "\") here. This is required to make\n" +#~| "<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" #~| "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") " -#~ "here. This is required to make\\nthe configuration database accessible " -#~ "remotely.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\\nthe configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Introduza aquí un contrasinal para a base de datos de configuración " -#~ "(\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Isto é\n" -#~ "imprescindible para poder acceder de forma remota á base de datos de " -#~ "configuración.</p>" +#~ "<p>Introduza aquí un contrasinal para a base de datos de configuración (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Isto é\n" +#~ "imprescindible para poder acceder de forma remota á base de datos de configuración.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" @@ -3339,22 +3002,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" #~ msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Produciuse un erro ao autenticar. Probablemente o contrasinal sexa " -#~ "incorrecto.\n" +#~ msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao autenticar. Probablemente o contrasinal sexa incorrecto.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected Database contains Access Control Rules that are currently\n" -#~| "not supported by this YaST Module. The Access Control Dialog will be " -#~| "disabled." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently" -#~ "\\nnot supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\\n" +#~| "not supported by this YaST Module. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled." +#~ msgid "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\\nnot supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A base de datos seleccionada contén regras de control de acceso que non\n" -#~ "son compatibles con este módulo de YaST. Vaise desactivar a caixa de " -#~ "diálogo\n" +#~ "son compatibles con este módulo de YaST. Vaise desactivar a caixa de diálogo\n" #~ "de control de acceso." #, fuzzy @@ -3394,11 +3051,8 @@ #~ msgid "Password Policy settings" #~ msgstr "Configuración da política de contrasinais" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are " -#~ "possible." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O servidor LDAP está desactivado, non se pode cambiar a súa configuración." +#~ msgid "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are possible." +#~ msgstr "O servidor LDAP está desactivado, non se pode cambiar a súa configuración." #~ msgid "Please enter a password" #~ msgstr "Introduza un contrasinal" @@ -3415,13 +3069,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog " -#~ "informs whether it\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog informs whether it\n" #~ "is safe to do so. </p> " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortar o gardado:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Aborte o gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>. Un cadro de diálogo " -#~ "adicional informaralle\n" +#~ "Aborte o gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>. Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle\n" #~ "de se é seguro facer isto ou non.</p> " #~ msgid "Please select a valid CA Certificate File" @@ -3436,12 +3088,8 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Borrar" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you " -#~ "want to creat a new configuration from scratch?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Desexa inicialo para volver ler a súa configuración ou desexa crear unha " -#~ "nova configuración dende cero?" +#~ msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to creat a new configuration from scratch?" +#~ msgstr "Desexa inicialo para volver ler a súa configuración ou desexa crear unha nova configuración dende cero?" #~| msgid "Please select" #~ msgid "Please select Server type" @@ -3451,15 +3099,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Será un servidor independente" #~ msgid "This server can act as a master server in a replication setup" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Este servidor pode actuar como servidor principal nunha configuración de " -#~ "replicación" +#~ msgstr "Este servidor pode actuar como servidor principal nunha configuración de replicación" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "All data including configuration will replicated from a remote server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Todos os datos, incluídos os da configuración, replicaranse desde un " -#~ "servidor remoto." +#~ msgid "All data including configuration will replicated from a remote server." +#~ msgstr "Todos os datos, incluídos os da configuración, replicaranse desde un servidor remoto." #~ msgid "A&dd Database..." #~ msgstr "Enga&dir base de datos..." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -25,8 +25,7 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. hint to error message @@ -42,6 +41,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"É posible que o servidor estea apagado ou que non se poida acceder a el.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -49,6 +50,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"O valor de DN falta ou non é correcto.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -56,6 +59,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"tipo de atributo non atopado.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -63,23 +68,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Clase de obxecto non atopado.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A conexión ao servidor LDAP non pode ser establecida." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ocorreu un problema ao conectar co servidor LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ocorreu un problema ao ler datas desde o servidor LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -99,26 +106,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aconteceu un problema ao ler o esquema do servidor LDAP." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ocorreu un erro LDAP descoñecido." #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mo&strar detalles" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erro descoñecido. Posiblemente 'yast2-ldap' non estea dispoñible." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -133,6 +140,10 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" +"Unha posible causa do fallo na conexión pode deberse a que o\n" +"cliente estea configurado para usar TLS/SSL, pero o servidor non o permite.\n" +"\n" +"Quere que se reintente a conexión desactivando TLS/SSL?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -145,17 +156,17 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Contrasinal do Servidor LDAP" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor: %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceso &anónimo" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -164,6 +175,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"O directorio LDAP non contén un pai directo\n" +"para o DN '%1'. Non é posible crear o obxecto\n" +"co DN seleccionado.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -171,17 +185,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Non existe ningunha entrada co DN '%1'\n" +"no servidor LDAP. Desexa creala agora?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Abrir" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<p>Definir novo valor para o atributo actual.</p>" #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -193,6 +209,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p>Se o atributo pode ter máis valores, engada novas entradas\n" +"mediante <b>Engadir valor</b>. Ás veces, o botón inclúe a lista de valores\n" +"posibles para usalos co atributo actual.\n" +"Se o valor do atributo editado debe ser un nome completo (DN),\n" +"este nome pódese escoller na árbore LDAP usando <b>Examinar</b>.\n" +" </p>\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -203,32 +225,32 @@ #. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<p>A descrición do atributo \"%1\":<br></p>" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valor do atributo \"%1\"" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valores do atributo \"%1\"" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eng&adir valor" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrada bal&eira" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E&xaminar" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 @@ -236,26 +258,28 @@ "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"O valor '%1' xa existe.\n" +"Por favor, seleccione outro." #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración das ferramentas de administración de usuarios" #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración das ferramentas de administración de grupos" #. label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clase de obxecto do novo módulo" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nome do novo módulo (\"cn\" Valor)" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 @@ -263,20 +287,24 @@ "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"O valor introducido xa existe.\n" +"Seleccione outro.\n" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduza o nome do módulo." #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p>Introduza aquí os valores dos atributos pertencentes a un\n" +"obxecto usando o modelo actual. Estes valores empregaranse como valores predeterminados\n" +"para crear o novo obxecto.</p>\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the @@ -287,34 +315,34 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p>Pode utilizar unha sintaxe especial para crear valores de atributos a partires de\n" +"valores xa existentes. A expresión <i>%attr_name</i> será substituída polo valor\n" +"do atributo \"attr_name\" (por exemplo, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"como valor de \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" #. combobox label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nome de atributo" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valor de atributo" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<p>Explore a árbore LDAP na parte esquerda do cadro de diálogo.</p>" #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" -msgstr "" +msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Una vez seleccionado o obxecto LDAP na árbore, a táboa amosa os datos do obxecto. Use <b>Editar</b> para modificar o valor do atributo seleccionado. Empregue <b>Gardar</b> para gardar as modificacións en LDAP.</p>" #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 @@ -322,47 +350,49 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Hai modificacións non gardadas na entrada actual.\n" +"Quere desfacelas?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegador LDAP" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración actual do cliente LDAP" #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conexións LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&DN de administrador" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L&DAP TLS" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceso a&nónimo" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduza o nome da nova conexión LDAP" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -370,18 +400,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"O atributo \"%1\" é obrigatorio.\n" +"Introduza un valor." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Cargar de novo" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributo" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/live-installer.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/live-installer.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/live-installer.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -148,12 +148,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Prema <b>Aceptar</b> para realizar unha nova instalación cos valores " -"amosados.</p>" +"Prema <b>Aceptar</b> para realizar unha nova instalación cos valores amosados.</p>" #. help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 @@ -174,8 +172,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"O seu disco duro non foi modificado, aínda pode interromper a instalación " -"sen problemas.\n" +"O seu disco duro non foi modificado, aínda pode interromper a instalación sen problemas.\n" "</p>" #. help text 1/1 @@ -314,10 +311,7 @@ #~| "You have run out of disk space. Choose\n" #~| "a bigger disk partition for the installation\n" #~| "of the live system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\\n\\nYou have run out of disk " -#~ "space. Choose\\na bigger disk partition for the installation\\nof the " -#~ "live system." +#~ msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\\n\\nYou have run out of disk space. Choose\\na bigger disk partition for the installation\\nof the live system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallou a copia da imaxe live no disco ríxido. \n" #~ "\n" @@ -328,24 +322,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values " -#~| "displayed.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nUse <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values " -#~ "displayed.</p>" +#~| "Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nUse <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Prema <b>Aceptar</b> para realizar unha nova instalación cos valores " -#~ "amosados.</p>" +#~ "Prema <b>Aceptar</b> para realizar unha nova instalación cos valores amosados.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" #~| "or select <b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo change the values, click the respective headline\\nor select " -#~ "<b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo change the values, click the respective headline\\nor select <b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para cambiar os valores prema na respectiva cabeceira\n" @@ -356,22 +344,17 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYour hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort." -#~ "\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYour hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "O seu disco ríxido non foi modificado, aínda pode abortar a instalación " -#~ "sen problemas.\n" +#~ "O seu disco ríxido non foi modificado, aínda pode abortar a instalación sen problemas.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Welcome to the &product; installation.\n" #~| "Press <b>Next</p> to run the installation wizard.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Welcome to the &product; installation.\\nPress <b>Next</p> to run the " -#~ "installation wizard.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Welcome to the &product; installation.\\nPress <b>Next</p> to run the installation wizard.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Benvid@ á instalación de &product;.\n" #~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para executar o asistente de instalación.</p>" @@ -381,9 +364,7 @@ #~| "Your %1 will be installed quickly\n" #~| "and easily in a few steps.\n" #~| "You will only have to answer some questions." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your %1 will be installed quickly\\nand easily in a few steps.\\nYou will " -#~ "only have to answer some questions." +#~ msgid "Your %1 will be installed quickly\\nand easily in a few steps.\\nYou will only have to answer some questions." #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 vaise instalar axiña\n" #~ "e doadamente en poucos pasos.\n" @@ -395,11 +376,7 @@ #~| "sufficient for the live installation, especially when installing\n" #~| "while running other applications.\n" #~| "Before continuing, close all running applications.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer has less than %1 of memory. This may not be\\nsufficient " -#~ "for the live installation, especially when installing\\nwhile running " -#~ "other applications.\\nBefore continuing, close all running applications." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Your computer has less than %1 of memory. This may not be\\nsufficient for the live installation, especially when installing\\nwhile running other applications.\\nBefore continuing, close all running applications.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ao seu equipo quédalle menos de %1 de memoria. Iso pode non ser\n" #~ "suficiente para unha instalación live, especialmente ao instalar\n" @@ -411,9 +388,7 @@ #~| "YaST detected a mounted removable media. YaST cannot install\n" #~| "the system on mounted media.\n" #~| "Unmount the media to install the system on it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST detected a mounted removable media. YaST cannot install\\nthe system " -#~ "on mounted media.\\nUnmount the media to install the system on it.\\n" +#~ msgid "YaST detected a mounted removable media. YaST cannot install\\nthe system on mounted media.\\nUnmount the media to install the system on it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST detectou un soporte extraíble montado. YaST non pode\n" #~ "instalar o sistema nun soporte que estea montado.\n" @@ -424,10 +399,7 @@ #~| "openSUSE installer detected DMRAID array.\n" #~| "It is not supported by the openSUSE live installer.\n" #~| "Continuing the installation may cause data loss." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "openSUSE installer detected DMRAID array.\\nIt is not supported by the " -#~ "openSUSE live installer.\\nContinuing the installation may cause data " -#~ "loss." +#~ msgid "openSUSE installer detected DMRAID array.\\nIt is not supported by the openSUSE live installer.\\nContinuing the installation may cause data loss." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O instalador de openSUSE detectou unha estrutura de datos DMRAID.\n" #~ "O instalador de openSUSE live non o soporta.\n" @@ -442,12 +414,7 @@ #~| "Note that the Live CD is not ejected, you can either eject\n" #~| "it after the Live system shuts down or select \"Hard Disk\"\n" #~| "in the boot menu of the Live CD." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The computer needs to be rebooted without the Live CD in the\\ndrive to " -#~ "finish the installation. Either YaST can reboot\\nnow or you can reboot " -#~ "any time later.\\n\\nNote that the Live CD is not ejected, you can either " -#~ "eject\\nit after the Live system shuts down or select \"Hard Disk\"\\nin " -#~ "the boot menu of the Live CD." +#~ msgid "The computer needs to be rebooted without the Live CD in the\\ndrive to finish the installation. Either YaST can reboot\\nnow or you can reboot any time later.\\n\\nNote that the Live CD is not ejected, you can either eject\\nit after the Live system shuts down or select \"Hard Disk\"\\nin the boot menu of the Live CD." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Reinicie o ordenador sen o CD Live na unidade para\n" #~ "continuar a instalación. Yast pode facelo agora\n" @@ -462,9 +429,7 @@ #~| "Failed to restart the computer.\n" #~| "Reboot it manually. You may even need to push the\n" #~| "'Reset' button to restart it." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to restart the computer.\\nReboot it manually. You may even need " -#~ "to push the\\n'Reset' button to restart it." +#~ msgid "Failed to restart the computer.\\nReboot it manually. You may even need to push the\\n'Reset' button to restart it." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Houbo un erro ao reiniciar o equipo.\n" #~ "Reiníceo de xeito manual. Pode precisar premer\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/lxc.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/lxc.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/lxc.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -288,20 +288,15 @@ #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LXC Overview</big></b><br>\n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"<p>Use <b>Create</b> to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"<b>Destroy</b>.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"<p>Use <b>Create</b> to create new container. Delete existing one with <b>Destroy</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"<p>You can start selected container with <b>Start</b>. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using <b>Connect</b> button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the <b>Disconnect</b> button.</p>\n" +"<p>You can start selected container with <b>Start</b>. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using <b>Connect</b> button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the <b>Disconnect</b> button.</p>\n" "<p>Note that <b>Connect</b> option is not available in text mode.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -314,33 +309,20 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose a <b>Name</b> for your container, select a base <b>Template</b>, " -"and enter desired network settings.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose a <b>Name</b> for your container, select a base <b>Template</b>, and enter desired network settings.</p>" msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<p>Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as <b>IP Address</b> to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use " -"the <b>Configure Network</b> button and create one.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as <b>IP Address</b> to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the <b>Configure Network</b> button and create one.</p>" msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same " -#| "password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will " -"be used.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Usar este contrasinal para o administración do sistema</b> se o " -"contrasinal introducido para o primeiro usuario debe ser tamén empregado " -"para root.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Usar este contrasinal para o administración do sistema</b> se o contrasinal introducido para o primeiro usuario debe ser tamén empregado para root.</p>" #. Create dialog help, part 5 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:67 @@ -355,9 +337,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Samba client configuration module.\n" #| "See Samba documentation for details." -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." msgstr "" "Módulo de configuración do cliente Samba.\n" "Consulte a documentación de Samba para obter máis información." @@ -435,9 +415,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing LXC Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LXC Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a Configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/mail.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/mail.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/mail.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -109,12 +109,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.</p>\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ao escoller <b>Offline</b> o servidor de correo será iniciado. \n" -"Con todo, só será posíbel o transporte de correo local. O MTA escoita en " -"localhost.</p>\n" +"Con todo, só será posíbel o transporte de correo local. O MTA escoita en localhost.</p>\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -123,23 +121,19 @@ "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Indique aquí se debe volver escribir o enderezo do remitente para cada " -"usuario.</p>\n" +"<p>Indique aquí se debe volver escribir o enderezo do remitente para cada usuario.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Algúns servidores requiren un proceso de autenticación para enviar " -"mensaxes.\n" -"Aquí pode introducir información para esta opción. Se non quere usar " -"autenticación,\n" +"<p>Algúns servidores requiren un proceso de autenticación para enviar mensaxes.\n" +"Aquí pode introducir información para esta opción. Se non quere usar autenticación,\n" "deixe estes campos baleiros.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 @@ -147,12 +141,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider." -"com</b>.</p>\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>O servidor de correo saínte está indicado xeralmente para conexións " -"telefónicas.\n" +"<p>O servidor de correo saínte está indicado xeralmente para conexións telefónicas.\n" "Introduza o servidor SMTP do seu provedor de Internet, ej.:\n" "<b>smtp.fornecedor.com</b>.</p>\n" @@ -160,12 +152,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.</p>\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>No campo <b>Nome de usuario</b> introduza o nome de usuario asignado polo " -"seu fornecedor.</p>\n" +"<p>No campo <b>Nome de usuario</b> introduza o nome de usuario asignado polo seu fornecedor.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -185,8 +175,7 @@ "They will not be lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Nota: aínda que por razóns de simplicidade apareza neste diálogo só un " -"servidor,\n" +"<p>Nota: aínda que por razóns de simplicidade apareza neste diálogo só un servidor,\n" "pode haber máis no seu ficheiro de configuración.\n" "Estes servidores non se perderán.</p>\n" @@ -207,14 +196,12 @@ "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"</p>\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Esta táboa redirixe o correo entregado localmente.\n" "Pode redirixilo a outro usuario local (moi útil para contas de\n" -"de sistema, sobre todo para <b>root</b>), a un enderezo remoto ou a unha " -"lista de enderezos. </p>\n" +"de sistema, sobre todo para <b>root</b>), a un enderezo remoto ou a unha lista de enderezos. </p>\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -695,8 +682,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -746,22 +732,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>A activación de DKIM para o correo saíente require accións adicionais. " -"Xerarase\n" -"unha chave SSL para o valor 'omeudominio' definido en Postfix. " -"Configurarase\n" -"un novo servizo de 'envío' en Postfix. Despois de que estea configurado " -"poderá enviar\n" +"<p>A activación de DKIM para o correo saíente require accións adicionais. Xerarase\n" +"unha chave SSL para o valor 'omeudominio' definido en Postfix. Configurarase\n" +"un novo servizo de 'envío' en Postfix. Despois de que estea configurado poderá enviar\n" "correo co servizo de 'envío' de 'asmiñasredes' con autenticación SASL\n" "activada. Só se asinarán con chave de dominio os correos enviados mediante\n" "este novo servizo.</p>\n" @@ -774,28 +754,23 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Un servizo de nomes de dominio ten que ofrecer a chave pública\n" "da chave de dominio. Gardarase a chave pública como un rexistro DNS TXT\n" -"en <b>/var/db/dkim/[omeudominio].public.txt</b> e será necesario despregala " -"nun\n" +"en <b>/var/db/dkim/[omeudominio].public.txt</b> e será necesario despregala nun\n" "Servizo de nomes de dominio correspondente. Se hai un servizo de nomes\n" -"executándose neste servidor, que é o servidor autorizado para ese dominio, " -"engadirase\n" +"executándose neste servidor, que é o servidor autorizado para ese dominio, engadirase\n" "a chave pública como un rexistro TXT a esa zona de dominio\n" "automaticamente.</p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Se activa a asistencia DKIM activarase tamén o escáner de virus (AMaViS)." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Se activa a asistencia DKIM activarase tamén o escáner de virus (AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -839,12 +814,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O <b>modo de entrega</b> normalmente é <b>Directo</b>, a non ser que non " -"reenvíe o correo de root ou queira acceder ao correo por medio de IMAP.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O <b>modo de entrega</b> normalmente é <b>Directo</b>, a non ser que non reenvíe o correo de root ou queira acceder ao correo por medio de IMAP.</p>" #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -943,8 +914,7 @@ #. do not translate MTA #: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" -msgstr "" -"Determinando Mail Transport Agent (MTA) (axente de transferencia de mensaxes)" +msgstr "Determinando Mail Transport Agent (MTA) (axente de transferencia de mensaxes)" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 @@ -1148,9 +1118,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuración do servidor de correo" #~ msgid "Advanced mail server setup with LDAP back-end" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuración avanzada de servidor de correo avanzado coa infraestrutura " -#~ "LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Configuración avanzada de servidor de correo avanzado coa infraestrutura LDAP" #~ msgid "You have configured your MTA without LDAP support.<br>" #~ msgstr "Configurou o seu MTA sen compatibilidade LDAP.<br>" @@ -1179,12 +1147,8 @@ #~ msgid "<P><B>Mail Server Configuration</B><BR>" #~ msgstr "<P><B>Configuración servidor de correo</B><BR>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the " -#~ "Cyrus IMAP server.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Este módulo vai configurar e arrincar Postfix e, se é preciso, o " -#~ "servidor IMAP Cyrus.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Este módulo vai configurar e arrincar Postfix e, se é preciso, o servidor IMAP Cyrus.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B>Warning:</B></P>\n" @@ -1214,46 +1178,23 @@ #~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs." #~ msgstr "Seleccione o tipo de configuración segundo as súas necesidades." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard " -#~ "configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se desexa empregar sendmail como o seu MTA, ten que usar a configuración " -#~ "estándar." +#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration." +#~ msgstr "Se desexa empregar sendmail como o seu MTA, ten que usar a configuración estándar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your " -#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración avanzada emprega LDAP como infraestrutura e vai " -#~ "configurar o seu sistema como cliente LDAP e configurar un servidor LDAP " -#~ "se fose necesario." +#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." +#~ msgstr "A configuración avanzada emprega LDAP como infraestrutura e vai configurar o seu sistema como cliente LDAP e configurar un servidor LDAP se fose necesario." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración do servidor de correo en execución está baseado no tipo " -#~ "\"estándar\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." +#~ msgstr "A configuración do servidor de correo en execución está baseado no tipo \"estándar\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "É posíbel cambialo á configuración \"avanzada\". Isto sobrescribirá todos " -#~ "os axustes existentes." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "É posíbel cambialo á configuración \"avanzada\". Isto sobrescribirá todos os axustes existentes." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración do servidor de correo en execución está baseado no tipo " -#~ "<b>avanzado</b>." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." +#~ msgstr "A configuración do servidor de correo en execución está baseado no tipo <b>avanzado</b>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "É posíbel cambialo á configuración <b>estándar</b>. Isto sobrescribirá " -#~ "todos os axustes existentes." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "É posíbel cambialo á configuración <b>estándar</b>. Isto sobrescribirá todos os axustes existentes." #~ msgid "Standard" #~ msgstr "Estándar" @@ -1298,53 +1239,28 @@ #~ msgstr "O computador non está configurado como cliente LDAP." #~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Suxerímoslle que configure un servidor local LDAP para o servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "Suxerímoslle que configure un servidor local LDAP para o servidor de correo." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Crear certificados para o servidor LDAP e o de correo para ter seguridade " -#~ "no seu sistema." +#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system." +#~ msgstr "Crear certificados para o servidor LDAP e o de correo para ter seguridade no seu sistema." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O computador está configurado como cliente LDAP e o servidor LDAP é local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." +#~ msgstr "O computador está configurado como cliente LDAP e o servidor LDAP é local." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Suxerímoslle que adapte a configuración do servidor LDAP ao servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." +#~ msgstr "Suxerímoslle que adapte a configuración do servidor LDAP ao servidor de correo." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator " -#~ "account:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por esta razón debe coñecer o contrasinal da conta do administrador de " -#~ "LDAP:" +#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:" +#~ msgstr "Por esta razón debe coñecer o contrasinal da conta do administrador de LDAP:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O computador está configurado como cliente LDAP e o servidor LDAP non é " -#~ "local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." +#~ msgstr "O computador está configurado como cliente LDAP e o servidor LDAP non é local." #~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Suxerímoslle que configure o servidor LDAP para o servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "Suxerímoslle que configure o servidor LDAP para o servidor de correo." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the <b>suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema</b> and the corresponding index entries." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "E máis, o servidor LDAP debe conter o <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> e as " -#~ "correspondentes entradas no índice." +#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> and the corresponding index entries." +#~ msgstr "E máis, o servidor LDAP debe conter o <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> e as correspondentes entradas no índice." #~ msgid "Create certificates." #~ msgstr "Crear certificados." @@ -1696,9 +1612,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuración de rutas de transporte do servidor de correo" #~ msgid "Mail Server SPAM Basic Prevention Configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuración da prevención básica de correo non desexado do servidor de " -#~ "correo" +#~ msgstr "Configuración da prevención básica de correo non desexado do servidor de correo" #~ msgid "Mail Server Relaying Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuración de reenvío do servidor de correo" @@ -1715,18 +1629,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n" #~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too.<br></p>\n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " <p><b><big>Autorización do administrador</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para utilizar o compoñente de servidor de correo de YaST, o sistema debe " -#~ "utilizar LDAP\n" -#~ "como repositorio para as contas de usuario e grupo e para os servizos DNS." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Algunhas opcións de configuración do servidor de correo tamén serán " -#~ "gardadas no repositorio LDAP.<br></p>\n" +#~ "Para utilizar o compoñente de servidor de correo de YaST, o sistema debe utilizar LDAP\n" +#~ "como repositorio para as contas de usuario e grupo e para os servizos DNS.<br>\n" +#~ "Algunhas opcións de configuración do servidor de correo tamén serán gardadas no repositorio LDAP.<br></p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1739,8 +1648,7 @@ #~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor de correo</big></" -#~ "b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor de correo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1748,8 +1656,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Interrompendo a inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para interromper a utilidade de configuración, prema en <b>Interromper</" -#~ "b> agora.</p>\n" +#~ "Para interromper a utilidade de configuración, prema en <b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1766,8 +1673,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Interrompendo a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Interrompa a gravación premendo en <b>Interromper</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro facer isto ou " -#~ "non.\n" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro facer isto ou non.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1781,14 +1687,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " -#~ "getting),\n" +#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~ "including envelope information.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Tamaño de correo</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Este parámetro limita o tamaño total en bytes dun correo (enviado ou " -#~ "recibido),\n" +#~ "Este parámetro limita o tamaño total en bytes dun correo (enviado ou recibido),\n" #~ "incluída a información do sobre.\n" #~ " </p>" @@ -1821,67 +1725,46 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of " -#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists " -#~ "or RBL\n" +#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" #~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Prevención de correo non desexado</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Postfix incorpora unha grande variedade de parámetros que limitan a " -#~ "entrega do correo comercial non solicitado (UCE).\n" -#~ "Neste diálogo pode configurar estes parámetros e definir, por exemplo, " -#~ "listas de acceso ou\n" +#~ "Postfix incorpora unha grande variedade de parámetros que limitan a entrega do correo comercial non solicitado (UCE).\n" +#~ "Neste diálogo pode configurar estes parámetros e definir, por exemplo, listas de acceso ou\n" #~ "servidores de nomes RBL (lista buraco negro en tempo real). \n" #~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " -#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n" -#~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder " -#~ "<b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n" -#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus " -#~ "scanner engines.\n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" +#~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder <b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n" +#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Arrancar escáner de virus AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Se arranca o escáner de virus AMAVIS, buscaranse virus e correo lixo nos " -#~ "seus correos electrónicos .\n" -#~ "O motor explorador de virus <b>Clamavd</b> e o buscador de correo lixo " -#~ "<b>SpamAssassin</b> serán tamén instalados \n" -#~ "e configurados. Tamén pode instalar outros motores exploradores " -#~ "(comerciais) de virus.\n" +#~ "Se arranca o escáner de virus AMAVIS, buscaranse virus e correo lixo nos seus correos electrónicos .\n" +#~ "O motor explorador de virus <b>Clamavd</b> e o buscador de correo lixo <b>SpamAssassin</b> serán tamén instalados \n" +#~ "e configurados. Tamén pode instalar outros motores exploradores (comerciais) de virus.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " -#~ "method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" -#~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be " -#~ "created. Spam email \n" -#~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the " -#~ "folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n" -#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-" -#~ "spam email into\n" -#~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " -#~ "anyone.\n" +#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" +#~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \n" +#~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n" +#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" +#~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configurar a extensión de aprendizaxe de correo non desexado:</" -#~ "big></b><br>\n" -#~ "A extensión de aprendizaxe de correo non desexado só pode configurarse se " -#~ "o método de distribución local é <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" -#~ "Neste caso, crearanse os cartafoles compartidos <b>NewSpam</b> e " -#~ "<b>NoSpam</b>\n" -#~ "O correo non desexado que non foi detectado por <b>SpamAssassin</b> " -#~ "debería poñerse\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Configurar a extensión de aprendizaxe de correo non desexado:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "A extensión de aprendizaxe de correo non desexado só pode configurarse se o método de distribución local é <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" +#~ "Neste caso, crearanse os cartafoles compartidos <b>NewSpam</b> e <b>NoSpam</b>\n" +#~ "O correo non desexado que non foi detectado por <b>SpamAssassin</b> debería poñerse\n" #~ "no cartafol <b>NewSpam</b>.\n" -#~ "Se desexa que o seu buscador de correo non desexado sexa máis efectivo " -#~ "debería tamén poñer correo en correo non desexado\n" -#~ "no cartafol <b>NoSpam</b>. Os correos electrónicos neste cartafol non os " -#~ "pode ler ninguén.\n" +#~ "Se desexa que o seu buscador de correo non desexado sexa máis efectivo debería tamén poñer correo en correo non desexado\n" +#~ "no cartafol <b>NoSpam</b>. Os correos electrónicos neste cartafol non os pode ler ninguén.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1891,8 +1774,7 @@ #~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " <p><b><big>Redes locais de confianza:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Os clientes destas redes poden utilizar o seu servidor de correo para o " -#~ "reenvío de correo.\n" +#~ "Os clientes destas redes poden utilizar o seu servidor de correo para o reenvío de correo.\n" #~ "(envío de correo non local).\n" #~ "<br></p>\n" @@ -1911,8 +1793,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\n" #~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" -#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or " -#~ "IMAP\n" +#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" #~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n" #~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1933,14 +1814,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this " -#~ "regularly\n" +#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" #~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Planificador de recollida de correo</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Se as súas caixas de correo están nun fornecedor de Internet, pode " -#~ "recoller o correo\n" +#~ "Se as súas caixas de correo están nun fornecedor de Internet, pode recoller o correo\n" #~ "regularmente en intervalos de tempo definidos conectándose a Internet.\n" #~ "<br></p>\n" @@ -1966,8 +1845,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" -#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the " -#~ "properties\n" +#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2068,20 +1946,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Non é posíbel ler as rutas de transporte do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read mail server preventions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non é posíbel ler a configuración de prevención do servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "Non é posíbel ler a configuración de prevención do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server relay settings." #~ msgstr "Non é posíbel ler a configuración de reenvío do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non é posíbel ler a configuración de entrega local do servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "Non é posíbel ler a configuración de entrega local do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server fetching jobs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non foi posíbel ler as tarefas de recollida de mensaxes do servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "Non foi posíbel ler as tarefas de recollida de mensaxes do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server domains." #~ msgstr "No foi posíbel ler os dominios do servidor de correo." @@ -2114,8 +1988,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Escribindo a configuración global do servidor de correo..." #~ msgid "Writing mail server local delivery settings..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Escribindo a configuración de entrega local do servidor de correo..." +#~ msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de entrega local do servidor de correo..." #~ msgid "Writing mail server transports..." #~ msgstr "Escribindo as rutas de transporte do servidor de correo..." @@ -2133,31 +2006,22 @@ #~ msgstr "Escribindo os dominios do servidor de correo..." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server global settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non é posíbel escribir a configuración global do servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "Non é posíbel escribir a configuración global do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non é posíbel escribir a configuración de entrega local do servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "Non é posíbel escribir a configuración de entrega local do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write mail server transports." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non foi posíbel escribir as rutas de transporte do servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "Non foi posíbel escribir as rutas de transporte do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write mail server preventions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non é posíbel escribir a configuración de prevención do servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "Non é posíbel escribir a configuración de prevención do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server relay settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non é posíbel escribir a configuración de reenvío do servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "Non é posíbel escribir a configuración de reenvío do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server fetching jobs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non é posíbel escribir as tarefas de recollida de mensaxes do servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "Non é posíbel escribir as tarefas de recollida de mensaxes do servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server domains." #~ msgstr "Non é posíbel escribir os dominios do servidor de correo." @@ -2174,27 +2038,18 @@ #~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format." #~ msgstr "Formato de correo-e non válido." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Neste cadro de diálogo é posíbel configurar os axustes de correo dun " -#~ "usuario.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Neste cadro de diálogo é posíbel configurar os axustes de correo dun usuario.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>En primeiro lugar, defina os enderezos de correo e os alias do usuario." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>En primeiro lugar, defina os enderezos de correo e os alias do usuario.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +#~ "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" #~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se seleccionou \"cyrus\" para o envío de correo local, pode definir o " -#~ "límite de tamaño da caixa de correo dos usuarios.\n" -#~ " Se non define ningún valor, o tamaño da caixa de correo será " -#~ "ilimitado.</p>" +#~ "<p>Se seleccionou \"cyrus\" para o envío de correo local, pode definir o límite de tamaño da caixa de correo dos usuarios.\n" +#~ " Se non define ningún valor, o tamaño da caixa de correo será ilimitado.</p>" #~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses " #~ msgstr "Enderezos de correo electrónico " @@ -2257,10 +2112,7 @@ #~| "<P>Most home users can use the built-in \n" #~| "features of their email application to send and\n" #~| "receive email. They do not need this module.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Warning:</B></P>\\n<P>Most home users can use the built-in " -#~ "\\nfeatures of their email application to send and\\nreceive email. They " -#~ "do not need this module.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B></P>\\n<P>Most home users can use the built-in \\nfeatures of their email application to send and\\nreceive email. They do not need this module.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B>Aviso:</B></P>\n" #~ "<P>A meirande parte dos usuarios domésticos poden\n" @@ -2272,9 +2124,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>You need Postfix only to store\n" #~| "email on your local system or for some special cases.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>You need Postfix only to store\\nemail on your local system or for " -#~ "some special cases.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>You need Postfix only to store\\nemail on your local system or for some special cases.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Só necesitará Postfix se quere gardar\n" #~ "o correo no seu sistema local ou noutros casos especiais.</P>\n" @@ -2284,8 +2134,7 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Please wait...\n" #~| "<BR></P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...\\n<BR></P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...\\n<BR></P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Iniciando correo</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Agarde...\n" @@ -2297,13 +2146,10 @@ #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" #~| "now.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\\nnow.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\\nnow.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Abortando inicio:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar de forma segura a utilidade de configuración prema en " -#~ "<B>Abortar</B>.\n" +#~ "Para cancelar de forma segura a utilidade de configuración prema en <B>Abortar</B>.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2311,9 +2157,7 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Please wait...\n" #~| "<BR></P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "\\n<BR></P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...\\n<BR></P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Gardando a configuración de correo</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Agarde...\n" @@ -2325,10 +2169,7 @@ #~| "Abort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\\nAbort saving by pressing " -#~ "<B>Abort</B>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\\nAbort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Abortando a gravación:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Cancele a gravación premendo en <B>Cancelar</B>.\n" @@ -2339,8 +2180,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" #~| "to install.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\\nto install.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\\nto install.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione o sistema de correo MTA \n" #~ "(axente de transferencia de correo) que se vai instalar.</p>" @@ -2351,10 +2191,7 @@ #~| "<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" #~| "mails will not be sent immediately but rather after invoking\n" #~| "<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection," -#~ "\\nmails will not be sent immediately but rather after invoking" -#~ "\\n<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\\nmails will not be sent immediately but rather after invoking\\n<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Como se conecta a Internet? Se dispón de conexión telefónica,\n" @@ -2364,79 +2201,54 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -#~| "However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -#~| "localhost.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started." -#~ "\\nHowever, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -#~ "localhost.</p>\\n" +#~| "However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\\nHowever, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ao escoller <b>Sen conexión</b> o servidor de correo será iniciado. \n" -#~ "Con todo, só será posible o transporte de correo local. O MTA escoita en " -#~ "localhost.</p>\n" +#~ "Con todo, só será posible o transporte de correo local. O MTA escoita en localhost.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~| "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>Indique aquí se debe volver escribir o enderezo do remitente para cada " -#~ "usuario.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Indique aquí se debe volver escribir o enderezo do remitente para cada usuario.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -#~| "enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -#~| "authentication,\n" +#~| "enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" #~| "simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can" -#~ "\\nenter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -#~ "authentication,\\nsimply leave these fields empty.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\\nenter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\\nsimply leave these fields empty.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>Algúns servidores requiren un proceso de autenticación para enviar " -#~ "mensaxes.\n" -#~ "Aquí pode introducir información para esta opción. Se non quere usar " -#~ "autenticación,\n" +#~ "<p>Algúns servidores requiren un proceso de autenticación para enviar mensaxes.\n" +#~ "Aquí pode introducir información para esta opción. Se non quere usar autenticación,\n" #~ "deixe estes campos en branco.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up " -#~| "connections.\n" -#~| "Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp." -#~| "provider.com</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up " -#~ "connections.\\nEnter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as " -#~ "<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" +#~| "Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\\nEnter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>O servidor de correo saínte está indicado xeralmente para conexións " -#~ "telefónicas.\n" +#~ "<p>O servidor de correo saínte está indicado xeralmente para conexións telefónicas.\n" #~ "Introduza o servidor SMTP do seu provedor de Internet, ej.:\n" #~ "<b>smtp.provedor.com</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from " -#~| "your provider.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from " -#~ "your provider.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>No campo <b>Nome de usuario</b> introduza o nome de usuario asignado " -#~ "polo seu provedor.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>No campo <b>Nome de usuario</b> introduza o nome de usuario asignado polo seu provedor.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2453,14 +2265,10 @@ #~| "<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" #~| "although there may be more of them in your configuration file.\n" #~| "They will not be lost.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog," -#~ "\\nalthough there may be more of them in your configuration file.\\nThey " -#~ "will not be lost.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\\nalthough there may be more of them in your configuration file.\\nThey will not be lost.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>Nota: aínda que por razóns de simplicidade apareza neste diálogo só un " -#~ "servidor,\n" +#~ "<p>Nota: aínda que por razóns de simplicidade apareza neste diálogo só un servidor,\n" #~ "pode haber máis no seu ficheiro de configuración.\n" #~ "Estes servidores non se perderán.</p>\n" @@ -2469,9 +2277,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" #~| "a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\\na POP or an IMAP " -#~ "server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\\na POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Estes son os parámetros para descargar correo dun\n" @@ -2482,27 +2288,20 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" #~| "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -#~| "especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of " -#~| "addresses.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\\nRedirect it to " -#~ "another local user (useful for system accounts,\\nespecially for <b>root</" -#~ "b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\\n" +#~| "especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\\nRedirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\\nespecially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Esta táboa redirixe o correo entregado localmente.\n" #~ "Pode redirixilo a outro usuario local (moi útil para contas de\n" -#~ "de sistema, sobre todo para <b>root</b>), a un enderezo remoto ou a unha " -#~ "lista de enderezos. </p>\n" +#~ "de sistema, sobre todo para <b>root</b>), a un enderezo remoto ou a unha lista de enderezos. </p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n" #~| "for a description of advanced features.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\\nfor a description of advanced " -#~ "features.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\\nfor a description of advanced features.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Consulte a páxina do manual aliases(5)\n" @@ -2514,9 +2313,7 @@ #~| "<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" #~| "it also considers the domain\n" #~| "part of the address.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\\nit " -#~ "also considers the domain\\npart of the address.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\\nit also considers the domain\\npart of the address.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Esta táboa redirixe o correo entrante. A diferenza da táboa de alias,\n" @@ -2527,9 +2324,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" #~| "on a single machine.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\\non a single " -#~ "machine.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\\non a single machine.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Permite hospedar múltiples \"dominios virtuais\"\n" @@ -2540,10 +2335,7 @@ #~| "You have not created server certificate and key.\n" #~| "You will not able to use server side SSL and TSL on the mail server.\n" #~| "Create the certificate with the YaST2 CA management module.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have not created server certificate and key.\\nYou will not able to " -#~ "use server side SSL and TSL on the mail server.\\nCreate the certificate " -#~ "with the YaST2 CA management module.\\n" +#~ msgid "You have not created server certificate and key.\\nYou will not able to use server side SSL and TSL on the mail server.\\nCreate the certificate with the YaST2 CA management module.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "No se creou o certificado e chave de servidor.\n" #~ "No poderá utilizar SSL no lado do servidor e TSL no servidor de correo.\n" @@ -2562,24 +2354,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~| "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~| "<br>\n" -#~| "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~| "too.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\\nTo use the YaST " -#~ "mail server component, your system must use LDAP\\nas a repository for " -#~ "the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\\nSome of the " -#~ "mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~| "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n" +#~| "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\\nTo use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\\nas a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\\nSome of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " <p><b><big>Autorización do administrador</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para utilizar o compoñente de servidor de correo de YaST, o sistema debe " -#~ "utilizar LDAP\n" -#~ "como repositorio para as contas de usuario e grupo e para os servizos DNS." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Algunhas opcións de configuración do servidor de correo tamén serán " -#~ "gardadas no repositorio LDAP.<br></p>\n" +#~ "Para utilizar o compoñente de servidor de correo de YaST, o sistema debe utilizar LDAP\n" +#~ "como repositorio para as contas de usuario e grupo e para os servizos DNS.<br>\n" +#~ "Algunhas opcións de configuración do servidor de correo tamén serán gardadas no repositorio LDAP.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2594,9 +2376,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do servidor de correo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -2605,21 +2385,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Gardando a configuración do servidor de correo</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -2629,24 +2404,18 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "This is the SMTP server's greeting banner.</b>.\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>\\nThis is the SMTP " -#~ "server's greeting banner.</b>.\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>\\nThis is the SMTP server's greeting banner.</b>.\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Identificación do servidor:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Esta é a mensaxe de benvida do servidor SMTP.</b>.\n" @@ -2655,18 +2424,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " -#~| "getting),\n" +#~| "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~| "including envelope information.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\\nThis parameter limits the total " -#~ "size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\\nincluding envelope " -#~ "information.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\\nThis parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\\nincluding envelope information.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Tamaño de correo</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Este parámetro limita o tamaño total en bytes dun correo (enviado ou " -#~ "recibido),\n" +#~ "Este parámetro limita o tamaño total en bytes dun correo (enviado ou recibido),\n" #~ "incluída a información do sobre.\n" #~ " </p>" @@ -2675,9 +2439,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Set the transport type for outgoing mails.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>\\nSet the transport type for " -#~ "outgoing mails.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>\\nSet the transport type for outgoing mails.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Correos saíntes:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aquí defínese o tipo de transporte para os correos saíntes.\n" @@ -2688,9 +2450,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Add or modify mail transport routes.\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>\\nAdd or modify mail " -#~ "transport routes.\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>\\nAdd or modify mail transport routes.\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Administrar enrutamento do correo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aquí pode engadir ou modificar rutas de transporte de correo.\n" @@ -2701,9 +2461,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>\n" #~| "This is the list of the defined mail transports.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>\\nThis is the list " -#~ "of the defined mail transports.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>\\nThis is the list of the defined mail transports.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Rutas de transporte de correo definidas</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Esta é a lista das rutas de transporte de correo definidas.\n" @@ -2712,89 +2470,51 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of " -#~| "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -#~| "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists " -#~| "or RBL\n" +#~| "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +#~| "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~| "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\\nPostfix offers a variety of " -#~ "parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE)." -#~ "\\nIn this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access " -#~ "lists or RBL\\n(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\\nPostfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\\nIn this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\\n(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Prevención de correo non desexado</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Postfix incorpora unha grande variedade de parámetros que limitan a " -#~ "entrega do correo comercial non solicitado (UCE).\n" -#~ "Neste diálogo pode configurar estes parámetros e definir, por exemplo, " -#~ "listas de acceso ou\n" +#~ "Postfix incorpora unha grande variedade de parámetros que limitan a entrega do correo comercial non solicitado (UCE).\n" +#~ "Neste diálogo pode configurar estes parámetros e definir, por exemplo, listas de acceso ou\n" #~ "servidores de nomes RBL (lista buraco negro en tempo real). \n" #~ "<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " -#~| "viruses and and for spam.\n" -#~| "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder " -#~| "<b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n" -#~| "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus " -#~| "scanner engines.\n" +#~| "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" +#~| "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder <b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n" +#~| "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\\nIf you start the " -#~ "virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for " -#~ "spam.\\nThe virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder " -#~ "<b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \\nand configured as well. You can " -#~ "also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\\nIf you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\\nThe virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder <b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \\nand configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Arrincar buscador de virus AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Se arranca o buscador de virus AMAVIS, buscaranse virus e correo lixo nos " -#~ "seus correos electrónicos .\n" -#~ "O motor explorador de virus <b>Clamavd</b> e o buscador de correo lixo " -#~ "<b>SpamAssassin</b> serán tamén instalados \n" -#~ "e configurados. Tamén pode instalar outros motores exploradores " -#~ "(comerciais) de virus.\n" +#~ "Se arranca o buscador de virus AMAVIS, buscaranse virus e correo lixo nos seus correos electrónicos .\n" +#~ "O motor explorador de virus <b>Clamavd</b> e o buscador de correo lixo <b>SpamAssassin</b> serán tamén instalados \n" +#~ "e configurados. Tamén pode instalar outros motores exploradores (comerciais) de virus.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " -#~| "method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" -#~| "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be " -#~| "created. Spam email \n" -#~| "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the " -#~| "folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n" -#~| "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put " -#~| "non-spam email into\n" -#~| "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " -#~| "anyone.\n" +#~| "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" +#~| "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \n" +#~| "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n" +#~| "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" +#~| "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\\nThe spam " -#~ "learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is " -#~ "<b>cyrus imapd</b>.\\nIn this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and " -#~ "<b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \\nwhich was not detected by " -#~ "<b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\\nIf " -#~ "you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-" -#~ "spam email into\\nthe folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder " -#~ "cannot be read by anyone.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\\nThe spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\\nIn this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \\nwhich was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\\nIf you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\\nthe folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configurar a extensión de aprendizaxe de correo non desexado:</" -#~ "big></b><br>\n" -#~ "A extensión de aprendizaxe de correo non desexado só pode configurarse se " -#~ "o método de distribución local é <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" -#~ "Neste caso, crearanse os cartafoles compartidos <b>NewSpam</b> e " -#~ "<b>NoSpam</b>\n" -#~ "O correo non desexado que non foi detectado por <b>SpamAssassin</b> " -#~ "debería poñerse\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Configurar a extensión de aprendizaxe de correo non desexado:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "A extensión de aprendizaxe de correo non desexado só pode configurarse se o método de distribución local é <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" +#~ "Neste caso, crearanse os cartafoles compartidos <b>NewSpam</b> e <b>NoSpam</b>\n" +#~ "O correo non desexado que non foi detectado por <b>SpamAssassin</b> debería poñerse\n" #~ "no cartafol <b>NewSpam</b>.\n" -#~ "Se desexa que o seu buscador de correo non desexado sexa máis efectivo " -#~ "debería tamén poñer correo en correo non desexado\n" -#~ "no cartafol <b>NoSpam</b>. Os correos electrónicos neste cartafol non os " -#~ "pode ler ninguén.\n" +#~ "Se desexa que o seu buscador de correo non desexado sexa máis efectivo debería tamén poñer correo en correo non desexado\n" +#~ "no cartafol <b>NoSpam</b>. Os correos electrónicos neste cartafol non os pode ler ninguén.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2803,14 +2523,10 @@ #~| "Clients from these networks can use your mail server for mail relaying.\n" #~| "(Sending non-local mails)\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>\\nClients from these " -#~ "networks can use your mail server for mail relaying.\\n(Sending non-local " -#~ "mails)\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>\\nClients from these networks can use your mail server for mail relaying.\\n(Sending non-local mails)\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " <p><b><big>Redes locais de confianza:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Os clientes destas redes poden utilizar o seu servidor de correo para o " -#~ "reenvío de correo.\n" +#~ "Os clientes destas redes poden utilizar o seu servidor de correo para o reenvío de correo.\n" #~ "(envío de correo non local).\n" #~ "<br></p>\n" @@ -2820,10 +2536,7 @@ #~| "If set to true, clients must authenticate to use\n" #~| "the mail server for mail relaying. \n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Require SASL Authentication:</big></b><br>\\nIf set to true, " -#~ "clients must authenticate to use\\nthe mail server for mail relaying. " -#~ "\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Require SASL Authentication:</big></b><br>\\nIf set to true, clients must authenticate to use\\nthe mail server for mail relaying. \\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Esixir autenticación SASL:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "No caso de asignarlle o valor \"true\" (verdadeiro),\n" @@ -2835,15 +2548,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\n" #~| "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" -#~| "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or " -#~| "IMAP\n" +#~| "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" #~| "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\\nIn this frame, choose the " -#~ "local mail delivery method. \\nFor clients to be able to connect to your " -#~ "mail server via the POP or IMAP\\nprotocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. " -#~ "\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\\nIn this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \\nFor clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\\nprotocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Tipo de entrega local</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aquí pode seleccionar o método de entrega do correo local. \n" @@ -2856,9 +2564,7 @@ #~| "<p>Depending on the local delivery method, you have\n" #~| "different possibilities of settings.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Depending on the local delivery method, you have\\ndifferent " -#~ "possibilities of settings.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Depending on the local delivery method, you have\\ndifferent possibilities of settings.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Dependendo do método de entrega local, dispón\n" #~ "de varias posibilidades de configuración.\n" @@ -2867,18 +2573,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this " -#~| "regularly\n" +#~| "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~| "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\\nIf you have mail boxes " -#~ "on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\\nat defined time " -#~ "intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\\nIf you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\\nat defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Planificador de recollida de correo</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Se as súas caixas de correo sus buzones atópanse nun proveedor de " -#~ "Internet, pode recoller o correo\n" +#~ "Se as súas caixas de correo sus buzones atópanse nun proveedor de Internet, pode recoller o correo\n" #~ "regularmente en intervalos de tempo definidos conectándose a Internet.\n" #~ "<br></p>\n" @@ -2887,9 +2588,7 @@ #~| "<p>Note: If you have not defined any local delivery type, you cannot\n" #~| "define mail fetching jobs.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Note: If you have not defined any local delivery type, you cannot" -#~ "\\ndefine mail fetching jobs.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Note: If you have not defined any local delivery type, you cannot\\ndefine mail fetching jobs.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Nota: si no ha definíu ningún tipo de entrega local, non pode\n" #~ "definir tarefas de recollida de correo.\n" @@ -2901,10 +2600,7 @@ #~| "Here, define the domains for which your mail server considers itself \n" #~| "the final destination.\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Server Domains</big></b><br>\\nHere, define the domains " -#~ "for which your mail server considers itself \\nthe final destination." -#~ "\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Mail Server Domains</big></b><br>\\nHere, define the domains for which your mail server considers itself \\nthe final destination.\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Dominios do servidor de correo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aquí pode definir os dominios para os que o servidor de correo \n" @@ -2914,14 +2610,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" -#~| "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the " -#~| "properties\n" +#~| "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~| "concerning the mail server.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \\nDNS " -#~ "server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties" -#~ "\\nconcerning the mail server.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \\nDNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\\nconcerning the mail server.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Nota: pode crear e configurar dominios co módulo de servidor\n" #~ "DNS de YaST. Neste módulo, só é posible definir as propiedades do\n" @@ -2931,18 +2623,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "You can define virtual and local domains. In virtual domains, only " -#~| "users\n" +#~| "You can define virtual and local domains. In virtual domains, only users\n" #~| "assigned an email address in the domain can receive emails.\n" #~| "In local domains, all users can get emails. Assign virtual email \n" #~| "addresses in the YaST user module.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\\nYou can define virtual and local " -#~ "domains. In virtual domains, only users\\nassigned an email address in " -#~ "the domain can receive emails.\\nIn local domains, all users can get " -#~ "emails. Assign virtual email \\naddresses in the YaST user module.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\\nYou can define virtual and local domains. In virtual domains, only users\\nassigned an email address in the domain can receive emails.\\nIn local domains, all users can get emails. Assign virtual email \\naddresses in the YaST user module.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Tipo:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Pode definir dominios virtuais e locais. Nos dominios virtuais, \n" @@ -2958,10 +2644,7 @@ #~| "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" #~| "If you continue, it will be turned on and\n" #~| "Config Postfix will overwrite manual changes.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\\nprobably modified the " -#~ "configuration files directly.\\nIf you continue, it will be turned on and" -#~ "\\nConfig Postfix will overwrite manual changes.\\n" +#~ msgid "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\\nprobably modified the configuration files directly.\\nIf you continue, it will be turned on and\\nConfig Postfix will overwrite manual changes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A configuración %1 está desactivada. Probablemente\n" #~ "modificou os ficheiros de configuración directamente.\n" @@ -2972,9 +2655,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" #~| "but neither of them is installed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\\nbut neither of them is " -#~ "installed." +#~ msgid "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\\nbut neither of them is installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST só pode configurar Postfix e Sendmail,\n" #~ "pero ningún dos dous está instalado." @@ -2989,9 +2670,7 @@ #~| "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" #~| "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" #~| "\"%3\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\\nthe value of %1 in %2 " -#~ "will be set to\\n\"%3\"." +#~ msgid "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\\nthe value of %1 in %2 will be set to\\n\"%3\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para poder entregar o correo ao seu MTA local,\n" #~ "o valor de %1 en %2 vaise definir a\n" @@ -3003,9 +2682,7 @@ #~| "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" #~| "and must begin with a letter or \"_\".\n" #~| "Please try again.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The user login may contain only\\nlower case letters, digits, \"-\" and " -#~ "\"_\"\\nand must begin with a letter or \"_\".\\nPlease try again.\\n" +#~ msgid "The user login may contain only\\nlower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\\nand must begin with a letter or \"_\".\\nPlease try again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome de usuario só pode conter\n" #~ "letras minúsculas, cifras, \"-\", \"\", e \"_\" \n" @@ -3015,18 +2692,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up " -#~| "connections.\n" -#~| "Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp." -#~| "provider.com</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up " -#~ "connections.\\nEnter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as" -#~ "\\n<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" +#~| "Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\\nEnter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as\\n<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>O servidor de correo saínte está indicado xeralmente para conexións " -#~ "telefónicas.\n" +#~ "<p>O servidor de correo saínte está indicado xeralmente para conexións telefónicas.\n" #~ "Introduza o servidor SMTP do seu provedor de Internet, ej.:\n" #~ "<b>smtp.provedor.com</b>.</p>\n" @@ -3036,16 +2707,12 @@ #~| "<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" #~| "<b>company.com</b> instead of <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\n" #~| "Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from" -#~ "\\n<b>company.com</b> instead of <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\\nUse the " -#~ "text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\\n<b>company.com</b> instead of <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\\nUse the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Pode querer que pareza que o correo que envíe se ten a súa orixe en\n" #~ "<b>empresa.com</b> en vez de en <b>pc-042.empresa.com</b>.\n" -#~ "Empregue a caixa de texto subministrada ou un diálogo máis detallado.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Empregue a caixa de texto subministrada ou un diálogo máis detallado.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3053,9 +2720,7 @@ #~| "<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" #~| "will be delivered locally. If you enter nothing,\n" #~| "the local host name is assumed.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\\nwill be delivered " -#~ "locally. If you enter nothing,\\nthe local host name is assumed.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\\nwill be delivered locally. If you enter nothing,\\nthe local host name is assumed.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Indique aquí os dominios para os que o correo\n" @@ -3068,9 +2733,7 @@ #~| "<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" #~| "or it can be downloaded from\n" #~| "a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\\nor it can be " -#~ "downloaded from\\na POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\\nor it can be downloaded from\\na POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>O correo pode recibirse directamente mediante o\n" @@ -3080,16 +2743,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing " -#~| "mail\n" +#~| "<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" #~| "with AMaViS.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and " -#~ "outgoing mail\\nwith AMaViS.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\\nwith AMaViS.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>Ao activar o escáner antivirus (AMaViS), as mensaxes entrantes e " -#~ "saíntes\n" +#~ "<p>Ao activar o escáner antivirus (AMaViS), as mensaxes entrantes e saíntes\n" #~ "serán comprobadas por medio de AMaViS.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3098,27 +2757,19 @@ #~| "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n" #~| "<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>\n" #~| "<p><b>Clamav</b> open source virus scanner engine</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>" -#~ "\\n<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\\n<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain " -#~ "Key signed incomming mails</p>\\n<p><b>Clamav</b> open source virus " -#~ "scanner engine</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\\n<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\\n<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>\\n<p><b>Clamav</b> open source virus scanner engine</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A activación de AMaViS tamén activará os seguintes módulos: </p>\n" #~ "<p><b>SpamAssassin</b> o escáner de SPAM</p>\n" -#~ "<p><b>DKIM</b> comproba o correo entrante asinado con chave de dominio</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>DKIM</b> comproba o correo entrante asinado con chave de dominio</p>\n" #~ "<p><b>Clamav</b> motor do escáner de virus de código aberto</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be " -#~| "installed\n" +#~| "<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" #~| "automatically.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be " -#~ "installed\\nautomatically.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\\nautomatically.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Se AMaViS non está instalado e quere empregalo, instalarase\n" @@ -3136,78 +2787,48 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL " -#~| "key\n" -#~| "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -#~| "service\n" -#~| "'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -#~| "send\n" -#~| "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled " -#~| "SASL\n" -#~| "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -#~| "with\n" +#~| "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" +#~| "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +#~| "'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +#~| "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" +#~| "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" #~| "the domain key.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A " -#~ "SSL key\\nwill be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. " -#~ "A new service\\n'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is " -#~ "set up you can send\\nemail with this service 'submission' from " -#~ "'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\\nauthentication. Only the emails sent by " -#~ "this new service will be signed with\\nthe domain key.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\\nwill be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\\n'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\\nemail with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\\nauthentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\\nthe domain key.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p>A activación de DKIM para o correo saíente require accións adicionais. " -#~ "Xerarase\n" -#~ "unha chave SSL para o valor 'omeudominio' definido en Postfix. " -#~ "Configurarase\n" -#~ "un novo servizo de 'envío' en Postfix. Despois de que estea configurado " -#~ "poderá enviar\n" +#~ "<p>A activación de DKIM para o correo saíente require accións adicionais. Xerarase\n" +#~ "unha chave SSL para o valor 'omeudominio' definido en Postfix. Configurarase\n" +#~ "un novo servizo de 'envío' en Postfix. Despois de que estea configurado poderá enviar\n" #~ "correo co servizo de 'envío' de 'asmiñasredes' con autenticación SASL\n" -#~ "activada. Só se asinarán con chave de dominio os correos enviados " -#~ "mediante\n" +#~ "activada. Só se asinarán con chave de dominio os correos enviados mediante\n" #~ "este novo servizo.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain " -#~| "Name\n" +#~| "<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" #~| "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" -#~| "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to " -#~| "an\n" +#~| "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" #~| "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -#~| "running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that " -#~| "domain, the\n" +#~| "running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" #~| "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" #~| "automatically.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain " -#~ "Name\\nService. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\\nin <b>/" -#~ "var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an" -#~ "\\naccording Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\\nrunning on " -#~ "this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the" -#~ "\\npublic key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone" -#~ "\\nautomatically.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\\nService. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\\nin <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\\naccording Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\\nrunning on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\\npublic key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\\nautomatically.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Un servizo de nomes de dominio ten que fornecer a chave pública\n" #~ "da chave de dominio. Gardarase a chave pública como un rexistro DNS TXT\n" -#~ "en <b>/var/db/dkim/[omeudominio].public.txt</b> e será necesario " -#~ "despregala nun\n" +#~ "en <b>/var/db/dkim/[omeudominio].public.txt</b> e será necesario despregala nun\n" #~ "Servizo de nomes de dominio correspondente. Se hai un servizo de nomes\n" -#~ "executándose neste servidor, que é o servidor autorizado para ese " -#~ "dominio, engadirase\n" +#~ "executándose neste servidor, que é o servidor autorizado para ese dominio, engadirase\n" #~ "a chave pública como un rexistro TXT a esa zona de dominio\n" #~ "automaticamente.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" -#~| "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</" -#~| "p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\\nfor the system " -#~ "administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" +#~| "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\\nfor the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Recoméndase ter unha conta de usuario normal para o\n" #~ "administrador do sistema e dirixir o correo de root a esa conta.</p>" @@ -3222,9 +2843,7 @@ #~| "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" #~| "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" #~| "Configure a scanner manually." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\\nto do the actual scanning, " -#~ "but ClamAV was not found.\\nConfigure a scanner manually." +#~ msgid "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\\nto do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\\nConfigure a scanner manually." #~ msgstr "" #~ "AMaViS necesita un escáner de virus como ClamAV\n" #~ "para realizar as exploracións, pero no foi posible atopar ClamAV.\n" @@ -3245,9 +2864,7 @@ #~| "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" #~| "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" #~| "%2" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Error reading file %1. The file must have\\na fixed format to be readable " -#~ "by YaST. For details, see\\n%2" +#~ msgid "Error reading file %1. The file must have\\na fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\\n%2" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Erro ao ler o ficheiro %1. O ficheiro debe ter\n" #~ "un formato fixo para que YaST o poida ler. Consulte\n" @@ -3255,19 +2872,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~| "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" -#~| " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited.</" -#~| "p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\\n If you do not " -#~ "set any value the mail box size is unlimited.</p>" +#~| "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +#~| " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\\n If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se seleccionou \"cyrus\" para o envío de correo local, pode definir o " -#~ "límite de tamaño da caixa de correo dos usuarios.\n" -#~ " Se non define ningún valor, o tamaño da caixa de correo será " -#~ "ilimitado.</p>" +#~ "<p>Se seleccionou \"cyrus\" para o envío de correo local, pode definir o límite de tamaño da caixa de correo dos usuarios.\n" +#~ " Se non define ningún valor, o tamaño da caixa de correo será ilimitado.</p>" #~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig" @@ -3315,29 +2925,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n" #~ "To use the YaST2 mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too.<br></p>\n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Autorización do administrador</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para utilizar o compoñente de servidor de correo de YaST2, o sistema debe " -#~ "utilizar LDAP\n" -#~ "como repositorio para as contas de usuario e grupo e para os servizos DNS." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Algunhas opcións de configuración do servidor de correo tamén serán " -#~ "gardadas \n" +#~ "Para utilizar o compoñente de servidor de correo de YaST2, o sistema debe utilizar LDAP\n" +#~ "como repositorio para as contas de usuario e grupo e para os servizos DNS.<br>\n" +#~ "Algunhas opcións de configuración do servidor de correo tamén serán gardadas \n" #~ "no repositorio LDAP.<br></p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus " -#~ "scanner engine. \n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus scanner engine. \n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciar escáner de virus AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Cando inicie o escáner de virus AMAVIS, non esqueza instalar un motor " -#~ "escáner virus. \n" +#~ "Cando inicie o escáner de virus AMAVIS, non esqueza instalar un motor escáner virus. \n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3347,8 +2950,7 @@ #~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Redes locais de confianza:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Os clientes destas redes poden utilizar o seu servidor de correo para o " -#~ "reenvío de correo \n" +#~ "Os clientes destas redes poden utilizar o seu servidor de correo para o reenvío de correo \n" #~ "(envío de correo non local).\n" #~ "<br></p>\n" @@ -3391,33 +2993,17 @@ #~ "de correo para enviar e recibir correo.\n" #~ "No precisan deste módulo.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Standard</b> " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración do servidor de correo en execución está baseado no tipo " -#~ "<b>estándar</b>." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Standard</b> type." +#~ msgstr "A configuración do servidor de correo en execución está baseado no tipo <b>estándar</b>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to <b>Advanced</b> settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "É posible modificalo á configuración <b>avanzada</b>. Isto sobrescribirá " -#~ "todos os axustes existentes." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to <b>Advanced</b> settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "É posible modificalo á configuración <b>avanzada</b>. Isto sobrescribirá todos os axustes existentes." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Advanced</b> " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración do servidor de correo en execución está baseado no tipo " -#~ "<b>avanzado</b>." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Advanced</b> type." +#~ msgstr "A configuración do servidor de correo en execución está baseado no tipo <b>avanzado</b>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to <b>Standard</b> settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "É posible modificalo á configuración <b>estándar</b>. Isto sobrescribirá " -#~ "todos os axustes existentes." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to <b>Standard</b> settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "É posible modificalo á configuración <b>estándar</b>. Isto sobrescribirá todos os axustes existentes." #~ msgid "" #~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" @@ -3426,12 +3012,8 @@ #~ "YaST só pode configurar Postfix e Sendmail,\n" #~ "pero ningún dos dous está instalado." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not " -#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>modo de entrega</b> é normalmente <b>procmail</b>, a non ser que " -#~ "no reenvíe o correo de root ou queira acceder ao correo mediante IMAP.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>O <b>modo de entrega</b> é normalmente <b>procmail</b>, a non ser que no reenvíe o correo de root ou queira acceder ao correo mediante IMAP.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Email Server Configuration" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/multipath.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/multipath.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/multipath.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -229,55 +229,38 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not " -"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Estado de Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tArrincar ou parar multipathd, probar a información de multipath." -"<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tArrincar ou parar multipathd, probar a información de multipath.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Parar/Iniciar Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPrema <b>\"Usar Multipath\"</b> para iniciar multipathd. Prema <b>" -"\"Non usar Multipath\"</b> para parar multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tA información do estado de Multipath pode verse cando multipathd está " -"parado.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tPrema <b>\"Usar Multipath\"</b> para iniciar multipathd. Prema <b>\"Non usar Multipath\"</b> para parar multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tA información do estado de Multipath pode verse cando multipathd está parado.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configurar multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPrema <b>Configurar</b> Tab para crear as configuracións de multipath." -"<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tPrema <b>Configurar</b> Tab para crear as configuracións de multipath.<br></p>\n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " -"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " -"settings.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations." -"<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 @@ -285,50 +268,31 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración predeterminada</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tAquí pode configurar e borrar os valores globais predeterminados.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tCualquera valor predeterminado ten efecto en todas as configuracións " -"de multipath, a non ser que sexa sobreescrita polo valor local axeitado." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tSe un valor predeterminado se borra, multipath tomará o seu propio " -"valor como predeterminado.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tCualquera valor predeterminado ten efecto en todas as configuracións de multipath, a non ser que sexa sobreescrita polo valor local axeitado.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tSe un valor predeterminado se borra, multipath tomará o seu propio valor como predeterminado.<br></p>\n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración da lista negra</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tOs nomes de dispositivo pódense descartar e non son candidatos " -"multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tHai tres métodos para identificar un nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O world wide ID identifica o dispositivo na lista negra." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Pódense usar expresións regulares para identificar os " -"nomes de dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión no directorio /dev). Son nomes " -"comúns de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Usado para identificar un controlador especifico de " -"almacenamento na lista negra. Un dispositivo pódese especificar por " -"fabricante e modelo.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tOs nomes de dispositivo pódense descartar e non son candidatos multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tHai tres métodos para identificar un nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O world wide ID identifica o dispositivo na lista negra.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Pódense usar expresións regulares para identificar os nomes de dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión no directorio /dev). Son nomes comúns de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Usado para identificar un controlador especifico de almacenamento na lista negra. Un dispositivo pódese especificar por fabricante e modelo.<br>\n" "</p>" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -336,40 +300,27 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración das excepcións á lista negra</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tOs nomes de dispositivo listados aquí exclúense da lista negra.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tHai tres métodos para identificar un nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O identificador world wide ID identifica ao dispositivo " -"que se exclúe da lista negra.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Expresión regular para identificar os nomes de " -"dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión no directorio /dev).. Son nomes comúns " -"de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>dispositivo</b>:Usado para identificar un controlador de " -"almacenamento especifico exceptuado da lista negra.\n" -"Un dispositivo pode especificarse polos nomes do fabricante e do produto." -"<br>\n" +"\t\t\tHai tres métodos para identificar un nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O identificador world wide ID identifica ao dispositivo que se exclúe da lista negra.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Expresión regular para identificar os nomes de dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión no directorio /dev).. Son nomes comúns de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>dispositivo</b>:Usado para identificar un controlador de almacenamento especifico exceptuado da lista negra.\n" +"Un dispositivo pode especificarse polos nomes do fabricante e do produto.<br>\n" "</p>" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." -"<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. @@ -420,9 +371,7 @@ #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Non é posible ler a sección de valores predefinidos na configuración de " -"multipath." +msgstr "Non é posible ler a sección de valores predefinidos na configuración de multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." @@ -430,14 +379,11 @@ #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Non é posible ler a sección de excepcións á lista negra na configuración de " -"multipath." +msgstr "Non é posible ler a sección de excepcións á lista negra na configuración de multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Non é posible ler a sección dispositivos na configuración de multipath." +msgstr "Non é posible ler a sección dispositivos na configuración de multipath." #. Multipath read dialog caption #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 @@ -534,8 +480,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a Configuración de multipath</big></b><br>\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -552,246 +497,119 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information." -#~| "<br><br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" #~| "\n" #~| "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do " -#~| "not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when " -#~| "multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" #~| "\n" #~| "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations." -#~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tStart or stop " -#~ "multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\\n\\n\t\t" -#~ "\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use " -#~ "Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</" -#~ "b> to stop multipathd.<br>\\n\t\t\tMultipath status information can still " -#~ "be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\\n\\n\t\t" -#~ "\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</" -#~ "b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\\n" +#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\\n\\n\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\\n\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\\n\\n\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Estado de Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tArrincar ou parar multipathd, probar a información de multipath." -#~ "<br><br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tArrincar ou parar multipathd, probar a información de multipath.<br><br>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\t\t\t<b><big>Parar/Iniciar Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tPrema <b>\"Usar Multipath\"</b> para iniciar multipathd. Prema <b>" -#~ "\"Non usar Multipath\"</b> para parar multipathd.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tA información do estado de Multipath pode verse cando multipathd " -#~ "está parado.<br><br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tPrema <b>\"Usar Multipath\"</b> para iniciar multipathd. Prema <b>\"Non usar Multipath\"</b> para parar multipathd.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tA información do estado de Multipath pode verse cando multipathd está parado.<br><br>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\t\t\t<b><big>Configurar multipath</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tPrema <b>Configurar</b> Tab para crear as configuracións de " -#~ "multipath.<br></p>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tPrema <b>Configurar</b> Tab para crear as configuracións de multipath.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. " -#~| "There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " -#~| "<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings." -#~| "<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" #~| "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " -#~| "settings.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not " -#~| "multipath candidates.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " -#~| "settings.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded " -#~| "from blacklist.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to " -#~| "configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -#~| "default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " -#~| "settings.<br><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the " -#~| "configurations.<br><br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/" -#~ "multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the " -#~ "configuration file:\\n\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, " -#~ "<b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\\n\t" -#~ "\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\\n\t\t" -#~ "\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " -#~ "settings.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be " -#~ "discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure " -#~ "Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\\n\t\t" -#~ "\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " -#~ "blacklist.<br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> " -#~ "button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>Devices:" -#~ "</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, " -#~ "overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure " -#~ "devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\\n\t\t\tClick " -#~ "<b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\\n\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\\n\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overrid den by per multipath settings.<br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\\n\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tPódese configurar aquí todo o contido de /etc/multipath.conf. Hai " -#~ "catro seccións no ficheiro de configuración:\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>predeterminados/b>, <b>lista negra</b>, " -#~ "<b>excepcións á lista negra</b>, <b>dispositivos.</b><br><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> lista detallada dos parametros de multipaths." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>Predeterminados:</b>Parámetros predeterminados para multipath-" -#~ "tools.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Configurar predeterminados\"</b>para configurar " -#~ "os parámetros predeterminados.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>Lista negra:</b> Lista dos nomes de dispositivos que hai que " -#~ "descartar como candidatos a multipath.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Configurar lista negra\"</b> para configurar os " -#~ "parámetros da lista negra.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>Excepcións da lista negra:</b> Lista dos nomes de dispositivos " -#~ "que deben excluírse da lista negra.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Configurar excepcións da lista negra\"</b> para " -#~ "configurar as excepcións da lista negra.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>Dispositivos:</b> Lista de parámetros por controlador de " -#~ "almacenamento. Sobreescribe os parámetros predeterminados, escritos polos " -#~ "parámetros predeterminados de multipath.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Configurar dispositivos\"</b> para configurar os " -#~ "parámetros dos dispositivos.<br><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Terminar\"</b> para gardar e actualizar as " -#~ "configuracións.<br><br></p>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tPódese configurar aquí todo o contido de /etc/multipath.conf. Hai catro seccións no ficheiro de configuración:\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>predeterminados/b>, <b>lista negra</b>, <b>excepcións á lista negra</b>, <b>dispositivos.</b><br><br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> lista detallada dos parametros de multipaths.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>Predeterminados:</b>Parámetros predeterminados para multipath-tools.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Configurar predeterminados\"</b>para configurar os parámetros predeterminados.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>Lista negra:</b> Lista dos nomes de dispositivos que hai que descartar como candidatos a multipath.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Configurar lista negra\"</b> para configurar os parámetros da lista negra.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>Excepcións da lista negra:</b> Lista dos nomes de dispositivos que deben excluírse da lista negra.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Configurar excepcións da lista negra\"</b> para configurar as excepcións da lista negra.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>Dispositivos:</b> Lista de parámetros por controlador de almacenamento. Sobreescribe os parámetros predeterminados, escritos polos parámetros predeterminados de multipath.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Configurar dispositivos\"</b> para configurar os parámetros dos dispositivos.<br><br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tPrema o botón <b>\"Terminar\"</b> para gardar e actualizar as configuracións.<br><br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -#~| "configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -#~| "value as default setting.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tGlobal default " -#~ "settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\\n\t\t\tAny default " -#~ "setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a " -#~ "corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\\n\t\t\tIf a default " -#~ "setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default " -#~ "setting.<br></p>\\n" +#~| "\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\\n\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\\n\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración predeterminada</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tAquí pode configurar e borrar os valores globais predeterminados." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tCualquera valor predeterminado ten efecto en todas as " -#~ "configuracións de multipath, a non ser que sexa sobreescrita polo valor " -#~ "local axeitado.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tSe un valor predeterminado se borra, multipath tomará o seu propio " -#~ "valor como predeterminado.<br></p>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tAquí pode configurar e borrar os valores globais predeterminados.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tCualquera valor predeterminado ten efecto en todas as configuracións de multipath, a non ser que sexa sobreescrita polo valor local axeitado.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tSe un valor predeterminado se borra, multipath tomará o seu propio valor como predeterminado.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath " -#~| "candidates.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -#~| "<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -#~| "<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify " -#~| "device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device " -#~| "names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -#~| "blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tDevice names " -#~ "listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\\n\t\t" -#~ "\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -#~ "<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\\n\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world " -#~ "wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: " -#~ "Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir " -#~ "(default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, " -#~ "dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to " -#~ "identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be " -#~ "specified by vendor and product name.<br>\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\\n\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\\n\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración da lista negra</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tOs nomes de dispositivo pódense descartar e non son candidatos " -#~ "multipath.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tHai tres métodos para identificar un nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</" -#~ "b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O world wide ID identifica o dispositivo na lista " -#~ "negra.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Pódense usar expresións regulares para identificar " -#~ "os nomes de dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión no directorio /dev). Son " -#~ "nomes comúns de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, " -#~ "loop.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Usado para identificar un controlador especifico de " -#~ "almacenamento na lista negra. Un dispositivo pódese especificar por " -#~ "fabricante e modelo.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tOs nomes de dispositivo pódense descartar e non son candidatos multipath.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tHai tres métodos para identificar un nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O world wide ID identifica o dispositivo na lista negra.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Pódense usar expresións regulares para identificar os nomes de dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión no directorio /dev). Son nomes comúns de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Usado para identificar un controlador especifico de almacenamento na lista negra. Un dispositivo pódese especificar por fabricante e modelo.<br>\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -#~| "<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted " -#~| "from blacklist.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify " -#~| "device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device " -#~| "names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller " -#~| "excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product " -#~| "name.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t" -#~ "\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\\n\t\t\tThere " -#~ "are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, " -#~ "<b>device</b>.<br><br>\\n\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying " -#~ "the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular " -#~ "expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default " -#~ "in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, " -#~ "scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a " -#~ "specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be " -#~ "specified by vendor and product name.<br>\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\\n\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\\n\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\\n\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración das excepcións á lista negra</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tOs nomes de dispositivo listados aquí exclúense da lista negra." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tHai tres métodos para identificar un nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</" -#~ "b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O identificador world wide ID identifica ao " -#~ "dispositivo que se exclúe da lista negra.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Expresión regular para identificar os nomes de " -#~ "dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión no directorio /dev).. Son nomes " -#~ "comúns de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<b>dispositivo</b>:Usado para identificar un controlador de " -#~ "almacenamento especifico exceptuado da lista negra.\n" -#~ "Un dispositivo pode especificarse polos nomes do fabricante e do produto." -#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tOs nomes de dispositivo listados aquí exclúense da lista negra.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tHai tres métodos para identificar un nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O identificador world wide ID identifica ao dispositivo que se exclúe da lista negra.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Expresión regular para identificar os nomes de dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión no directorio /dev).. Son nomes comúns de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<b>dispositivo</b>:Usado para identificar un controlador de almacenamento especifico exceptuado da lista negra.\n" +#~ "Un dispositivo pode especificarse polos nomes do fabricante e do produto.<br>\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -#~| "default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -#~| "\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." -#~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tPer storage " -#~ "controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings " -#~ "and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\\n\t\t\tEach device is " -#~ "identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\\n" +#~| "\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +#~| "\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\\n\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\\n\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de dispositivos</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t Lístanse aquí os parametros por controlador de almacenamento, " -#~ "estes sobrescriben aos parámetros predeterminados e son sobrescritos " -#~ "polos parametros multipath.<br>\n" -#~ "\t\t\tIdentifícase cada dispositivo polos nomes de <b>Fabricante</b> e " -#~ "<b>Produto</b>.<br></p>\n" +#~ "\t\t\t Lístanse aquí os parametros por controlador de almacenamento, estes sobrescriben aos parámetros predeterminados e son sobrescritos polos parametros multipath.<br>\n" +#~ "\t\t\tIdentifícase cada dispositivo polos nomes de <b>Fabricante</b> e <b>Produto</b>.<br></p>\n" #~ msgid "Cannot install required packages" #~ msgstr "Non é posible instalar os paquetes requeridos" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses-pkg.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses-pkg.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses-pkg.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -62,11 +62,8 @@ msgstr "paquetes cambiaron para resolver as dependencias:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Pode elixir instalar de todos os xeitos, pero arríscase a que o sistema se " -"corrompa." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Pode elixir instalar de todos os xeitos, pero arríscase a que o sistema se corrompa." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -131,29 +128,19 @@ msgstr "Parches non necesarios" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -187,15 +174,9 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, fuzzy, c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Translations, dictionaries and other language related files for <b>%s</b> " -#| "locale" -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Traducións, dicionarios e outros ficheiros relacionados co idioma para <b>" -"%s</b> local" +#| msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language related files for <b>%s</b> locale" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale" +msgstr "Traducións, dicionarios e outros ficheiros relacionados co idioma para <b>%s</b> local" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 @@ -701,140 +682,44 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<h3>Welcome to package selector</h3><p>This tool will help you to manage " -#| "software installed on your system. You can install, update or remove " -#| "single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain " -#| "purpose) or languages. Usually, you don't need to care about package " -#| "dependencies when installing or removing anything - solver will do it for " -#| "you. Package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters, package " -#| "table<b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> " -"and <b>menu</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Benvido ao selector de paquetes</h3><p>Esta ferramenta halle axudar a " -"xestionar o software instalado no sistema. Poderá instalar, actualizar ou " -"eliminar paquetes específicos, así coma patróns (conxuntos de paquetes que " -"serven para un certo propósito) ou linguas. Normalmente vostede non precisa " -"preocuparse das dependencias do paquete ao instalar ou eliminar algo - o " -"resolvedor háo facer por vostede. O selector de paquetes consiste en tres " -"partes principais: <b>os filtros, a táboa de paquetes</b> e o <b>menú</b>.</" -"p>" +#| msgid "<h3>Welcome to package selector</h3><p>This tool will help you to manage software installed on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you don't need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything - solver will do it for you. Package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters, package table<b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<h3>Benvido ao selector de paquetes</h3><p>Esta ferramenta halle axudar a xestionar o software instalado no sistema. Poderá instalar, actualizar ou eliminar paquetes específicos, así coma patróns (conxuntos de paquetes que serven para un certo propósito) ou linguas. Normalmente vostede non precisa preocuparse das dependencias do paquete ao instalar ou eliminar algo - o resolvedor háo facer por vostede. O selector de paquetes consiste en tres partes principais: <b>os filtros, a táboa de paquetes</b> e o <b>menú</b>.</p>" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Filters</b> (left panel) are designed to make orientation in great " -#| "amount of packages easier. They enable displaying e.g. only packages from " -#| "certain repository, or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -#| "Development) as well as searching for particular keywords. More " -#| "information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os <b>filtros</b> (panel esquerdo) están deseñados para simplificar a " -"orientación nunha gran cantidade de paquetes. Permiten mostrar, p.ex. " -"paquetes dun só repositorio ou dun patrón seleccionado (por exemplo, Xogos " -"ou Desenvolvemento C/C++) así coma buscar palabras clave específicas. Pode " -"atoparse máis información sobre os filtros en <i>Como usar os filtros</i>.</" -"p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Filters</b> (left panel) are designed to make orientation in great amount of packages easier. They enable displaying e.g. only packages from certain repository, or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) as well as searching for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os <b>filtros</b> (panel esquerdo) están deseñados para simplificar a orientación nunha gran cantidade de paquetes. Permiten mostrar, p.ex. paquetes dun só repositorio ou dun patrón seleccionado (por exemplo, Xogos ou Desenvolvemento C/C++) así coma buscar palabras clave específicas. Pode atoparse máis información sobre os filtros en <i>Como usar os filtros</i>.</p>" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of package selector. You " -#| "will see a list of packages matching current filter (for example, " -#| "selected RPM group or search result) there. Each line of package table " -#| "has several columns:</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A <b>táboa de paquetes</b> é o compoñente principal do selector de " -"paquetes. Verá aí unha lista de paquetes que cumpren o filtro actual (por " -"exemplo, o grupo RPM seleccionado ou o resultado dunha busca). Cada liña da " -"táboa de paquetes ten varias columnas:</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of package selector. You will see a list of packages matching current filter (for example, selected RPM group or search result) there. Each line of package table has several columns:</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>" +msgstr "<p>A <b>táboa de paquetes</b> é o compoñente principal do selector de paquetes. Verá aí unha lista de paquetes que cumpren o filtro actual (por exemplo, o grupo RPM seleccionado ou o resultado dunha busca). Cada liña da táboa de paquetes ten varias columnas:</p>" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<ol><li>Package status ( for more information see <i>Package Status and " -#| "Symbols</i> )</li><li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</" -#| "li><li>Available version ( on some of the configured repositories )</" -#| "li><li>Installed version( empty for not yet installed packages )</" -#| "li><li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and " -"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Estado do paquete (para obter máis información consulte <i>Estado e " -"símbolos do paquete</i> )</li><li>Nome do paquete</li><li>Resumo do paquete</" -"li><li>Versión dispoñible ( nalgúns dos repositorios configurados )</" -"li><li>Versión instalada ( baleiro para os paquetes ainda non instalados )</" -"li><li>Tamaño do paquete</li></ol>" +#| msgid "<ol><li>Package status ( for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i> )</li><li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version ( on some of the configured repositories )</li><li>Installed version( empty for not yet installed packages )</li><li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Estado do paquete (para obter máis información consulte <i>Estado e símbolos do paquete</i> )</li><li>Nome do paquete</li><li>Resumo do paquete</li><li>Versión dispoñible ( nalgúns dos repositorios configurados )</li><li>Versión instalada ( baleiro para os paquetes ainda non instalados )</li><li>Tamaño do paquete</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Actions</b> menu just below the table provides the possibilities to " -#| "change the status of selected package (or all packages in the list), for " -#| "example, to delete a package or select an additional package for " -#| "installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the " -#| "key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the " -#| "package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package " -"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O menú de <b>Accións</b> xusto embaixo da táboa proporciona as " -"posibilidades de cambiar o estado do paquetes seleccionado (ou tódolos " -"paquetes da lista), por exemplo, de eliminar un paquete ou de seleccionar un " -"paquete adicional para a súa instalación. O cambio do estado tamén se pode " -"facer directamente premendo na tecla especificada no elemento do menú (para " -"unha información máis detallada sobre o estado do paquete, consulte " -"<i>Estado e símbolos do paquete</i>).</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Actions</b> menu just below the table provides the possibilities to change the status of selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgstr "<p>O menú de <b>Accións</b> xusto embaixo da táboa proporciona as posibilidades de cambiar o estado do paquetes seleccionado (ou tódolos paquetes da lista), por exemplo, de eliminar un paquete ou de seleccionar un paquete adicional para a súa instalación. O cambio do estado tamén se pode facer directamente premendo na tecla especificada no elemento do menú (para unha información máis detallada sobre o estado do paquete, consulte <i>Estado e símbolos do paquete</i>).</p>" #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to package dependencies " -#| "handling, displaying relevant information on packages and several other " -#| "useful actions, such as opening repository editor. For more information, " -#| "see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful " -"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O <b>menú</b> proporciona funcións relacionadas co manexo das " -"dependencias do paquete, ca visualización de información relevante dos " -"paquetes e varias outras accións útiles, coma abrir un editor de " -"repositorios. Para obter máis información consulte <i>Funcións útiles do " -"menú</i>.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to package dependencies handling, displaying relevant information on packages and several other useful actions, such as opening repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O <b>menú</b> proporciona funcións relacionadas co manexo das dependencias do paquete, ca visualización de información relevante dos paquetes e varias outras accións útiles, coma abrir un editor de repositorios. Para obter máis información consulte <i>Funcións útiles do menú</i>.</p>" #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -844,42 +729,16 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the " -#| "keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -#| "additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -#| "never be installed. Similarly \"Locked\" status means that installed " -#| "version of this package should always be kept.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode cambiarse o estado do paquete usando o menú <i>Accións</i> ou as " -"teclas especificadas nos elementos do menú. Por exemplo, use '+' para " -"instalar un paquete adicional.</p><p>O estado \"Tabú\" significa que o " -"paquete nunca se debe instalar. De forma semellante \"Bloqueado\" significa " -"que se debe manter sempre a versión instalada deste paquete.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. Similarly \"Locked\" status means that installed version of this package should always be kept.</p>" +msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode cambiarse o estado do paquete usando o menú <i>Accións</i> ou as teclas especificadas nos elementos do menú. Por exemplo, use '+' para instalar un paquete adicional.</p><p>O estado \"Tabú\" significa que o paquete nunca se debe instalar. De forma semellante \"Bloqueado\" significa que se debe manter sempre a versión instalada deste paquete.</p>" #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package " -#| "status.The <i>Actions</i> menu also provides the possibility to change " -#| "the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</" -#| "p>" -msgid "" -"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. " -"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tamén pode usar <b>RETROCESO</b> or <b>ESPAZO</b> para cambiar o estado " -"do paquete. O menú <i>Accións</i> tamén fornece a posibilidade de cambiar o " -"estado de tódolos paquetes da lista (seleccione 'Todos os paquetes " -"listados').</p>" +#| msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status.The <i>Actions</i> menu also provides the possibility to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tamén pode usar <b>RETROCESO</b> or <b>ESPAZO</b> para cambiar o estado do paquete. O menú <i>Accións</i> tamén fornece a posibilidade de cambiar o estado de tódolos paquetes da lista (seleccione 'Todos os paquetes listados').</p>" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -888,29 +747,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be " -"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</" -"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: " -"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---" -"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b> + </b>: vaise instalar o paquete</p><p><b>a+ </b>: vaise instalar " -"automaticamente o paquete</p><p><b> > </b>: vaise actualizar o paquete</" -"p><p><b>a> </b>: vaise actualizar automaticamente o paquete</p><p><b> i </" -"b>: o paquete está instalado</p><p><b> - </b>: vaise eliminar o paquete</" -"p><p><b>---</b>: nunca instalar este paquete (tabú)</p>" +msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: vaise instalar o paquete</p><p><b>a+ </b>: vaise instalar automaticamente o paquete</p><p><b> > </b>: vaise actualizar o paquete</p><p><b>a> </b>: vaise actualizar automaticamente o paquete</p><p><b> i </b>: o paquete está instalado</p><p><b> - </b>: vaise eliminar o paquete</p><p><b>---</b>: nunca instalar este paquete (tabú)</p>" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>-i-</b>:manter a versión instalada e non eliminar ou actualizar nunca " -"(paquete bloqueado)</p><p>Información de estado por patrón e idiomas:</" -"p><p><b> i </b>: cumpríronse todos os requisitos para este patrón/idioma</p>" +msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>:manter a versión instalada e non eliminar ou actualizar nunca (paquete bloqueado)</p><p>Información de estado por patrón e idiomas:</p><p><b> i </b>: cumpríronse todos os requisitos para este patrón/idioma</p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -920,119 +763,37 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Out of all available packages, <b>Filters</b> allow you to filter out " -#| "only those you are interested in. Package filters are based on package " -#| "properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, " -#| "languages) or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-" -#| "down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ademais de todos os paquetes dispoñibles, os <b>Filtros</b> permítenlle " -"filtrar só aqueles nos que está interesado. Os filtros de paquetes baséanse " -"nas propiedades dos paquetes (repositorio, grupo RPM), \"contedores\" de " -"paquetes (patróns, linguas) ou resultados de busca. Seleccione o filtro " -"desexado do menú despregable. Embaixo descríbense filtros especificos.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Out of all available packages, <b>Filters</b> allow you to filter out only those you are interested in. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages) or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ademais de todos os paquetes dispoñibles, os <b>Filtros</b> permítenlle filtrar só aqueles nos que está interesado. Os filtros de paquetes baséanse nas propiedades dos paquetes (repositorio, grupo RPM), \"contedores\" de paquetes (patróns, linguas) ou resultados de busca. Seleccione o filtro desexado do menú despregable. Embaixo descríbense filtros especificos.</p>" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions system should have " -#| "(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -#| "packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests " -#| "(may have). If you trigger pattern for installation (update, deletion), " -#| "solver will be run and change the status of subordinate packages " -#| "accordingly.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os <b>patróns</b> describen as funcionalidades e funcións que debería ter " -"o sistema (por exemplo, servidor X ou ferramentas de Consola). Cada patrón " -"contén un conxunto de paquetes que require (debe ter), recomenda (debería " -"ter) e suxire (podería ter). Se marca o patrón para a súa instalación " -"(actualización, eliminación), o resolvedor hase executar e marcará o estado " -"dos paquetes subordinados en consecuencia.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you trigger pattern for installation (update, deletion), solver will be run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os <b>patróns</b> describen as funcionalidades e funcións que debería ter o sistema (por exemplo, servidor X ou ferramentas de Consola). Cada patrón contén un conxunto de paquetes que require (debe ter), recomenda (debería ter) e suxire (podería ter). Se marca o patrón para a súa instalación (actualización, eliminación), o resolvedor hase executar e marcará o estado dos paquetes subordinados en consecuencia.</p>" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They " -#| "contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-" -#| "specific files for selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are however not " -#| "package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in certain " -#| "RPM group is a property of package itself. They have hierarchical (tree) " -#| "structure. <b>Repositories</b> filter enables displaying packages coming " -#| "only from specific repository. </p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Idiomas</b> son contedores de paquetes moi semellantes ós patróns. " -"Conteñen paquetes con traducións, dicionarios e outros ficheiros específicos " -"de idiomas para os idiomas seleccionados. Os <b>Grupos RPM</b> en troques " -"non son contedores de paquetes que se poidan instalar. A pertenza a un certo " -"grupo RPM é unha propiedade do propio paquete. Teñen unha estrutura " -"xerárquica (árbore). Os filtros de <b>Repositorio</b> permiten mostrar os " -"paquetes que proceden só dun repositorio específico.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are however not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in certain RPM group is a property of package itself. They have hierarchical (tree) structure. <b>Repositories</b> filter enables displaying packages coming only from specific repository. </p>" +msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Idiomas</b> son contedores de paquetes moi semellantes ós patróns. Conteñen paquetes con traducións, dicionarios e outros ficheiros específicos de idiomas para os idiomas seleccionados. Os <b>Grupos RPM</b> en troques non son contedores de paquetes que se poidan instalar. A pertenza a un certo grupo RPM é unha propiedade do propio paquete. Teñen unha estrutura xerárquica (árbore). Os filtros de <b>Repositorio</b> permiten mostrar os paquetes que proceden só dun repositorio específico.</p>" #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>To use <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -#| "package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using expression " -#| "\"3d\". It is also possible to search in package descriptions, RPM " -#| "provides, or requires. Just select the appropriate check box. Start the " -#| "search by hitting 'Search' button.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para usar o filtro de <b>Busca</b>, introduza unha palabra clave (ou " -"parte dela) para buscar paquetes. Por exemplo, buscar todos os paquetes de " -"3D con \"3d\". Tamén é posible buscar nas descricións dos paquetes, ou no " -"que proporcionan ou requiren. Simplemente selecciona o cadro axeitado. " -"Inicie a busca premendo no botón 'Buscar'.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>To use <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using expression \"3d\". It is also possible to search in package descriptions, RPM provides, or requires. Just select the appropriate check box. Start the search by hitting 'Search' button.</p>" +msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para usar o filtro de <b>Busca</b>, introduza unha palabra clave (ou parte dela) para buscar paquetes. Por exemplo, buscar todos os paquetes de 3D con \"3d\". Tamén é posible buscar nas descricións dos paquetes, ou no que proporcionan ou requiren. Simplemente selecciona o cadro axeitado. Inicie a busca premendo no botón 'Buscar'.</p>" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Installation summary</b> presents a summary of packages, whose " -#| "status has changed in this session (for example, they were marked for " -#| "installation, or removal), either by user, or automatically by the solver." -#| "</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, " -"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O <b>resumo de instalación</b> presenta un resumo dos paquetes, aqueles " -"que cambiaron de estado nesta sesión (por exemplo, os que foron marcados " -"para a súa instalación ou eliminación), xa sexa por mor do usuario ou " -"automaticamente polo resolvedor.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Installation summary</b> presents a summary of packages, whose status has changed in this session (for example, they were marked for installation, or removal), either by user, or automatically by the solver.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O <b>resumo de instalación</b> presenta un resumo dos paquetes, aqueles que cambiaron de estado nesta sesión (por exemplo, os que foron marcados para a súa instalación ou eliminación), xa sexa por mor do usuario ou automaticamente polo resolvedor.</p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -1041,184 +802,43 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Dependencies:</b> This menu offers various actions related to " -#| "package dependency handling. By default, the package dependencies are " -#| "checked with every status change (<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> is " -#| "on) You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing " -#| "possible conflict resolution. To resolve the conflict, select one of the " -#| "offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dependencias:</b> Este menú ofrece varias accións relacionadas co " -"manexo de dependencias de paquetes. Por defecto, as dependencias dos " -"paquetes compróbanse cada vez que cambia o estado (<i>Comprobación " -"automática de dependencias</i> está marcado). Háselle informar sobre os " -"conflitos de paquetes nun diálogo que propón unha posible resolución do " -"conflito. Para resolver o conflito, seleccione unha das solucións ofrecidas " -"e prema 'Aceptar -- Intentar de Novo'.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b> This menu offers various actions related to package dependency handling. By default, the package dependencies are checked with every status change (<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> is on) You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolution. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Dependencias:</b> Este menú ofrece varias accións relacionadas co manexo de dependencias de paquetes. Por defecto, as dependencias dos paquetes compróbanse cada vez que cambia o estado (<i>Comprobación automática de dependencias</i> está marcado). Háselle informar sobre os conflitos de paquetes nun diálogo que propón unha posible resolución do conflito. Para resolver o conflito, seleccione unha das solucións ofrecidas e prema 'Aceptar -- Intentar de Novo'.</p>" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -#| "<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> off. In that case, you can check " -#| "dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i> item. " -#| "<i>Verify system</i> entry will check package dependencies and resolve " -#| "conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -#| "installation, if necessary. For debugging purpose, you may use " -#| "<i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package " -#| "dependencies data into <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> directory. " -#| "This is usually what you need when asked for \"solver testcase\" in " -#| "bugzilla.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para desactivar a comprobación automática de dependencias cada vez que " -"cambia o estado, desmarque <i>Comprobación automática de dependencias</i>. " -"Nese caso vostede podería comprobar a man as dependencias seleccionando o " -"elemento <i>Comprobar agora as dependencias</i>. A entrada <i>Verificar o " -"sistema</i> ha comprobar as dependencias dos paquetes e ha resolver os " -"conflitos de forma non interactiva, marcando os paquetes que faltan para a " -"súa instalación automática, se fora necesario. Para propósitos de depuración " -"pode usar <i>Xerar caso de proba do resolvedor de dependencias</i>. Isto ha " -"envorcar os datos de dependencias de paquetes no directorio <tt>/var/log/" -"YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Isto é o que precisa normalmente cando se lle " -"solicita un \"caso de proba do resolvedor\" en bugzilla.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> off. In that case, you can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i> item. <i>Verify system</i> entry will check package dependencies and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation, if necessary. For debugging purpose, you may use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> directory. This is usually what you need when asked for \"solver testcase\" in bugzilla.</p>" +msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para desactivar a comprobación automática de dependencias cada vez que cambia o estado, desmarque <i>Comprobación automática de dependencias</i>. Nese caso vostede podería comprobar a man as dependencias seleccionando o elemento <i>Comprobar agora as dependencias</i>. A entrada <i>Verificar o sistema</i> ha comprobar as dependencias dos paquetes e ha resolver os conflitos de forma non interactiva, marcando os paquetes que faltan para a súa instalación automática, se fora necesario. Para propósitos de depuración pode usar <i>Xerar caso de proba do resolvedor de dependencias</i>. Isto ha envorcar os datos de dependencias de paquetes no directorio <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Isto é o que precisa normalmente cando se lle solicita un \"caso de proba do resolvedor\" en bugzilla.</p>" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Available options for dependency checking are: <i>System Verification " -#| "Mode</i> (monitor and repair dependencies of already installed packages " -#| "and solve immediately), <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i> (remove " -#| "dependent unused packages) and <i>Allow vendor change</i> (package vendor " -#| "may differ from vendor of installed package). Please note: after checking " -#| "the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System " -#| "Verification Mode</i> is on (if desired uncheck the option).</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency " -"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>As opcións dispoñibles para verificación de dependencias son: <i>Modo de " -"verificación de sistema</i> (monitorizar e reparar as dependencias de " -"paquetes previamente instalados e resolver de súpeto), <i>Limpeza cando se " -"eliminan paquetes</i> (eliminar paquetes dependentes non utilizados) e " -"<i>Permitir cambio de fabricante</i> (o fabricante do paquete pode ser " -"distinto do fabricante do paquete instalado). Por favor, tome nota: despois " -"de revisar o sistema <i>Verificar o sistema agora</i> a opción <i>Modo de " -"verificación de sistema</i> esta activada (se o desexa pode quitar a " -"selección da opción).</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are: <i>System Verification Mode</i> (monitor and repair dependencies of already installed packages and solve immediately), <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i> (remove dependent unused packages) and <i>Allow vendor change</i> (package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package). Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is on (if desired uncheck the option).</p>" +msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>As opcións dispoñibles para verificación de dependencias son: <i>Modo de verificación de sistema</i> (monitorizar e reparar as dependencias de paquetes previamente instalados e resolver de súpeto), <i>Limpeza cando se eliminan paquetes</i> (eliminar paquetes dependentes non utilizados) e <i>Permitir cambio de fabricante</i> (o fabricante do paquete pode ser distinto do fabricante do paquete instalado). Por favor, tome nota: despois de revisar o sistema <i>Verificar o sistema agora</i> a opción <i>Modo de verificación de sistema</i> esta activada (se o desexa pode quitar a selección da opción).</p>" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove " -"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>View:</b> here you have the possibility to choose which information " -#| "about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the " -#| "package table. Available options are: package description, technical data " -#| "(version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list " -#| "(all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires " -#| "etc.).</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ver:</b> aquí pódese escoller a información do paquete seleccionado " -"que se amosará na xanela que está debaixo da táboa de paquetes. As opcións " -"dispoñibles son: descrición do paquete ( predeterminado), información " -"técnica (versión, tamaño, licenza etc.) versións do paquete (todas as " -"dispoñibles), lista de ficheiros (todos os ficheiros incluídos no paquete) e " -"dependencias (provee, require etc.).</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>View:</b> here you have the possibility to choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Ver:</b> aquí pódese escoller a información do paquete seleccionado que se amosará na xanela que está debaixo da táboa de paquetes. As opcións dispoñibles son: descrición do paquete ( predeterminado), información técnica (versión, tamaño, licenza etc.) versións do paquete (todas as dispoñibles), lista de ficheiros (todos os ficheiros incluídos no paquete) e dependencias (provee, require etc.).</p>" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Configuration:</b> this menu integrates package selector with the " -#| "rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository " -#| "Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update " -#| "repository and configure periodic download of available updates " -#| "(<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of " -#| "the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action " -#| "after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository " -"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch " -"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package " -"Installation</b> menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Configuración:</b> este menú integra o selector de paquetes co resto " -"de ferramentas do xestor de paquetes. Desde aquí, pode <b>Iniciar o xestor " -"de repositorios</b> e editar repositorios configurados ou rexistrar para " -"actualizar repositorio e configurar a descarga periódica das actualizacións " -"dispoñibles (<b>Iniciar a configuración da actualización en liña</b>). Tamén " -"pode escoller entre os tres comportamentos posibles do selector de paquetes " -"ao saír - no menú <b>Acción despois da instalación de paquetes</b>." +#| msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b> this menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Configuración:</b> este menú integra o selector de paquetes co resto de ferramentas do xestor de paquetes. Desde aquí, pode <b>Iniciar o xestor de repositorios</b> e editar repositorios configurados ou rexistrar para actualizar repositorio e configurar a descarga periódica das actualizacións dispoñibles (<b>Iniciar a configuración da actualización en liña</b>). Tamén pode escoller entre os tres comportamentos posibles do selector de paquetes ao saír - no menú <b>Acción despois da instalación de paquetes</b>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Extras:</b> miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package " -#| "List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -#| "languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by " -#| "<i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. " -#| "It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same " -#| "state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> " -#| "will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on " -#| "currently mounted partition.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package " -"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import " -"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Suplementos:</b> aquí están funcións diversas. <i>Exportar a lista de " -"paquetes a un ficheiro</i> ha envorcar os datos dos paquetes, patróns e " -"linguas instalados no ficheiro XML especificado. Este ficheiro pode lerse " -"despois coa opción <i>Importar lista de paquetes desde un ficheiro</i> nun " -"ordenador diferente, por exemplo. Isto ha facer que o conxunto dos paquetes " -"do ordenador obxectivo teñan o mesmo estado ca o descrito no ficheiro XML " -"fornecido. <i>Amosar o espazo dispoñible no disco</i> ha amosar unha táboa " -"que mostra o uso do disco e o espazo baleiro do disco na partición montada " -"actualmente. </p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b> miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Suplementos:</b> aquí están funcións diversas. <i>Exportar a lista de paquetes a un ficheiro</i> ha envorcar os datos dos paquetes, patróns e linguas instalados no ficheiro XML especificado. Este ficheiro pode lerse despois coa opción <i>Importar lista de paquetes desde un ficheiro</i> nun ordenador diferente, por exemplo. Isto ha facer que o conxunto dos paquetes do ordenador obxectivo teñan o mesmo estado ca o descrito no ficheiro XML fornecido. <i>Amosar o espazo dispoñible no disco</i> ha amosar unha táboa que mostra o uso do disco e o espazo baleiro do disco na partición montada actualmente. </p>" #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 @@ -1407,8 +1027,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language related files for " msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Traducións, dicionarios e outros ficheiros relacionados co idioma para " +msgstr "Traducións, dicionarios e outros ficheiros relacionados co idioma para " #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 @@ -1418,78 +1037,31 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in " -"the feature.</p>" +msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product " -#| "Management) will be always installed first. The other patches must be " -#| "installed on a second run.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os parches para \"libzypp\"(Xestión de paquetes, parches, patróns e " -"produto) instálanse sempre primeiro. O resto dos parches debe instalarse " -"nunha segunda volta.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will be always installed first. The other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" +msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os parches para \"libzypp\"(Xestión de paquetes, parches, patróns e produto) instálanse sempre primeiro. O resto dos parches debe instalarse nunha segunda volta.</p>" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " -#| "installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on " -#| "your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</" -#| "p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b>+ " -#| "</b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> " -"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You " -"have selected this patch for installation.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Significado das marcas de estado:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Os parches " -"relacionados coa súa instalación están preseleccionados . Descargaranse e " -"instalaranse no seu sistema. Se non desexa un parche determinado, quítelle a " -"selección con '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: Se cumpren todos os requisitos para " -"este parche.</p><p><b>+ </b>: Seleccionou este parche para a súa instalación." -"</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b>+ </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Significado das marcas de estado:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Os parches relacionados coa súa instalación están preseleccionados . Descargaranse e instalaranse no seu sistema. Se non desexa un parche determinado, quítelle a selección con '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: Se cumpren todos os requisitos para este parche.</p><p><b>+ </b>: Seleccionou este parche para a súa instalación.</p>" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a " -"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1531,15 +1103,9 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>All changes in package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -#| "<br>Really exit?</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -"<br>Really exit?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vanse perder todos os cambios na selección de paquetes, parches ou " -"patróns.<br>Desexa saír de verdade?</p>" +#| msgid "<p>All changes in package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vanse perder todos os cambios na selección de paquetes, parches ou patróns.<br>Desexa saír de verdade?</p>" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 @@ -1589,20 +1155,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<b>Problema de actualización da lista</b><br><p>Non se puideron actualizar " -"automaticamente os paquetes da lista.</p><p>Razóns posibles:</p><p>Foron " -"desactualizados por outros paquetes.</p><p>Non hai ningunha versión máis " -"nova á que actualizar en ningún soporte de instalación.</p><p>Son paquetes " -"de terceiros.</p><p>Seleccione a man que facer con eles. A opción máis " -"segura é eliminalos.</p>" +msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Problema de actualización da lista</b><br><p>Non se puideron actualizar automaticamente os paquetes da lista.</p><p>Razóns posibles:</p><p>Foron desactualizados por outros paquetes.</p><p>Non hai ningunha versión máis nova á que actualizar en ningún soporte de instalación.</p><p>Son paquetes de terceiros.</p><p>Seleccione a man que facer con eles. A opción máis segura é eliminalos.</p>" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 @@ -1632,16 +1186,9 @@ #~ msgstr "----- este parche está roto !!! -----" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~| "is a security patch and it is highly recommended to install it.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O modo \"recomendado\" significa que debería instalar o parche. " -#~ "\"seguridade\" é un parche de seguridade e a súa instalación recoméndase " -#~ "encarecidamente.</p>" +#~| msgid "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and it is highly recommended to install it.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>O modo \"recomendado\" significa que debería instalar o parche. \"seguridade\" é un parche de seguridade e a súa instalación recoméndase encarecidamente.</p>" #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Buscar paquetes na &Web" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -94,12 +94,8 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Prema F1 para obter axuda" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this " -#~ "dialog.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Prema outra vez <b>F1</b> para obter máis axuda ou<b>ESC</b> para " -#~ "pechar este diálogo</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Prema outra vez <b>F1</b> para obter máis axuda ou<b>ESC</b> para pechar este diálogo</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Prema <b>F1</b> ou <b>ESC</b> para pechar este diálogo.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/network.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/network.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/network.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -163,17 +163,14 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Debe escoller se a devasa debe estar activada ou desactivada trala\n" @@ -182,16 +179,12 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port " -#| "for SSH\n" -#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i." -#| "e. it\n" +#| "<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" #| "will be started on computer boot).</p>" msgid "" -"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Coa devasa activada, debe decidir se abre o porto da devasa\n" @@ -212,70 +205,50 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A instalación dende imaxes está activada (<a href=\"%1\">desactivar</a>)" +msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está activada (<a href=\"%1\">desactivar</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (<a href=\"%1\">activar</a>)" +msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (<a href=\"%1\">activar</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A instalación dende imaxes está activada (<a href=\"%1\">desactivar</a>)" +msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está activada (<a href=\"%1\">desactivar</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (<a href=\"%1\">activar</a>)" +msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (<a href=\"%1\">activar</a>)" #. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</" -#| "a>)" +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">abrir</a>)" +msgstr "O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</" -#| "a>)" +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">abrir</a>)" +msgstr "O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</" -#| "a>)" +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">abrir</a>)" +msgstr "O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</" -#| "a>)" +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">abrir</a>)" +msgstr "O porto SSH está pechado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts @@ -423,11 +396,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Non se definiu ningún URL para as notas de publicación. Non se pode realizar " -"a proba de Internet." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Non se definiu ningún URL para as notas de publicación. Non se pode realizar a proba de Internet." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -436,10 +406,8 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" @@ -625,9 +593,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Defina a 'yes' para permitir ou a 'no' para desactivar a administración " -"remota" +msgstr "Defina a 'yes' para permitir ou a 'no' para desactivar a administración remota" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:128 @@ -667,8 +633,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:71 msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" -msgstr "" -"Mostrar a entrada da táboa de encamiñamento para o destino seleccionado" +msgstr "Mostrar a entrada da táboa de encamiñamento para o destino seleccionado" #: src/clients/routing.rb:79 #, fuzzy @@ -835,12 +800,8 @@ msgstr "Debe especificarse o enderezo IP do destino" #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Hase especificar polo menos un dos seguintes parámetros (pasarela, máscara " -"de rede, dispositivo, opcións)" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Hase especificar polo menos un dos seguintes parámetros (pasarela, máscara de rede, dispositivo, opcións)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1508,12 +1469,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On " -"Cable Connection</b>\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. </p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1714,9 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." msgstr "" #. Handler for action "add" @@ -1828,9 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "Instalando firmware" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 @@ -1909,17 +1863,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1927,26 +1878,20 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.</p>\n" +"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 @@ -2145,27 +2090,19 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by " -"spaces).</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label @@ -2332,8 +2269,7 @@ "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2355,8 +2291,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 @@ -2376,8 +2311,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2385,24 +2319,18 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2425,31 +2353,25 @@ msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the <i>hostname</i> \n" +"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n" "command.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2470,15 +2392,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2500,17 +2419,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</" -"p>\n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2518,12 +2434,9 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 @@ -2551,9 +2464,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 @@ -2562,16 +2473,14 @@ "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No " -"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" +"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 @@ -2587,8 +2496,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>" @@ -2598,15 +2506,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2627,19 +2532,14 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" +"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup @@ -2684,8 +2584,7 @@ "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.</p>\n" @@ -2705,8 +2604,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2746,8 +2644,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2843,8 +2740,7 @@ "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. text entry label @@ -2868,8 +2764,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" @@ -3104,8 +2999,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3207,8 +3101,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key.</p>" @@ -3267,8 +3160,7 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" @@ -3354,8 +3246,7 @@ "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3606,12 +3497,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Non se recomenda usar .local como nome de dominio debido aos DNS multicast. " -"Quere usalo a pesares deste risco?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Non se recomenda usar .local como nome de dominio debido aos DNS multicast. Quere usalo a pesares deste risco?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -3797,8 +3684,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.</p>\n" @@ -3902,18 +3788,15 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3929,8 +3812,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" "<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" "%1</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -4067,9 +3949,7 @@ msgstr "Configure a súa tarxeta de rede" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name @@ -4408,9 +4288,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -4550,10 +4428,7 @@ msgstr "(Sen asunto)" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 @@ -4711,26 +4586,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Controlador de Rede" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~| "disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O servizo SSH debe estar activo, o porto SSH debe estar aberto(<a href=" -#~ "\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">desactivar e pechar</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "O servizo SSH debe estar activo, o porto SSH debe estar aberto(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">desactivar e pechar</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~| "\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O servizo SSH pode estar desactivado, o porto SSH pode estar cerrado (<a " -#~ "href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">activar e abrir</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "O servizo SSH pode estar desactivado, o porto SSH pode estar cerrado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">activar e abrir</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Co&nfiguración xeral de rede" @@ -4813,8 +4676,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Enderezo IP asignado usando DHCP" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Erro ao restaurar a configuración do repositorio.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -4847,8 +4709,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Abortando a gravación</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Pode abortar o proceso de gravación premendo <B>Abortar</B>.\n" -#~ "Un diálogo adicional podería informarlle sobre se isto é seguro ou non.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Un diálogo adicional podería informarlle sobre se isto é seguro ou non.</P>\n" #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use." #~ msgstr "%1 é o provedor empregado actualmente." @@ -4881,10 +4742,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editar ou eliminar:</BIG></B><br>\n" -#~ "Escolla un dispositivo DSL cuxa configuración desexe modificar ou " -#~ "eliminar.\n" -#~ "Despois prema o botón que corresponda: <B>Editar</B> ou <B>Eliminar</B>.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Escolla un dispositivo DSL cuxa configuración desexe modificar ou eliminar.\n" +#~ "Despois prema o botón que corresponda: <B>Editar</B> ou <B>Eliminar</B>.</p>" #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Tipo" @@ -4916,13 +4775,11 @@ #~ "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Introduza o seu par VPI/VCI para PPPoATM , por exemplo, <i>0.38</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Introduza o seu par VPI/VCI para PPPoATM , por exemplo, <i>0.38</i>\n" #~ "para British Telecom. Se non está seguro, pregunte ao seu provedor.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para PPTP, introduza o nome do servidor ou o seu enderezo IP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para PPTP, introduza o nome do servidor ou o seu enderezo IP.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Activation during boot may\n" @@ -5020,8 +4877,7 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de tarxetas RDSI</BIG></B><br>\n" -#~ "Aquí pode obter un resumo das tarxetas de RDSI instaladas e as " -#~ "configuracións de conexión.\n" +#~ "Aquí pode obter un resumo das tarxetas de RDSI instaladas e as configuracións de conexión.\n" #~ "Aquí pode tamén editar a configuración.<br></P>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5029,8 +4885,7 @@ #~ "Press <B>Add</B> to configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir unha tarxeta RDSI</BIG></B><br>\n" -#~ "Prema <B>Engadir</B> se desexa configurar manualmente unha tarjeta RDSI.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Prema <B>Engadir</B> se desexa configurar manualmente unha tarjeta RDSI.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -5043,8 +4898,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir unha conexión RDSI</BIG></B><br>\n" #~ "Prema <B>Engadir</B> para configurar unha conexión RDSI.</P>\n" @@ -5062,12 +4916,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuración detallada de RDSI" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A <b>Lista de números de teléfono remotos</b> controla a que máquinas " -#~ "remotas\n" +#~ "<p>A <b>Lista de números de teléfono remotos</b> controla a que máquinas remotas\n" #~ "permíteselles conectarse a esta interface.</p>\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" @@ -5208,11 +5060,8 @@ #~ msgid "ISDN Low-Level Configuration for %1%2" #~ msgstr "Configuración de baixo nivel de RDSI" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Protocolo RDSI: </b>Na maioría dos casos, or protocolo é Euro-ISDN." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Protocolo RDSI: </b>Na maioría dos casos, or protocolo é Euro-ISDN.</p>" #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" #~ msgstr "Protocolo RDSI" @@ -5512,9 +5361,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to add a provider not in the list.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Use o botón <b>Novo</b> para engadir un provedor que non se atopa na " -#~ "lista.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Use o botón <b>Novo</b> para engadir un provedor que non se atopa na lista.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Home Page: %1</p>" @@ -5808,32 +5655,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from " -#~| "network attacks.\n" -#~| "SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -#~| "dedicated\n" +#~| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +#~| "SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" #~| "SSH client</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\\nFirewall is a defensive " -#~ "mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\\nSSH is a " -#~ "service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated" -#~ "\\nSSH client</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\\nFirewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\\nSSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\\nSSH client</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Devasa e SSH</big></b><br />\n" -#~ "A devasa é un mecanismo de defensa para protexer o seu sistema de ataques " -#~ "procedentes da rede.\n" -#~ "SSH é un servizo que lle permite identificarse remotamente no seu " -#~ "computador mediante un cliente\n" +#~ "A devasa é un mecanismo de defensa para protexer o seu sistema de ataques procedentes da rede.\n" +#~ "SSH é un servizo que lle permite identificarse remotamente no seu computador mediante un cliente\n" #~ "SSH dedicado</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -#~| "after\n" +#~| "<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" #~| "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -#~ "after\\nthe installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\\nthe installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Debe escoller se a devasa debe estar activada ou desactivada trala\n" #~ "instalación. Recoméndase tela activada.</p>" @@ -5860,9 +5696,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" #~| "and correct the settings.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\\nand correct " -#~ "the settings.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\\nand correct the settings.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se a proba falla, volva á configuración da rede e\n" #~ "corrixa as opcións.</p>\n" @@ -5871,8 +5705,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" #~| "RPM signature check failed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\\nRPM signature check failed." +#~ msgid "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\\nRPM signature check failed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode instalar as notas de publicación descargadas.\n" #~ "Fallou a comprobación da sinatura do RPM." @@ -5890,8 +5723,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" #~| "the logs for details." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Download of latest release notes failed. View\\nthe logs for details." +#~ msgid "Download of latest release notes failed. View\\nthe logs for details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallou a descarga da últimas notas de publicación.\n" #~ "Consulte os logs para obter detalles." @@ -5912,9 +5744,7 @@ #~| "You can run these network modules:\n" #~| "\n" #~| "lan\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuration of network.\\nThis is only a delegator to network sub-" -#~ "modules.\\nYou can run these network modules:\\n\\nlan\t" +#~ msgid "Configuration of network.\\nThis is only a delegator to network sub-modules.\\nYou can run these network modules:\\n\\nlan\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Configuración da rede.\n" #~ "Isto só é un delegado dos submódulos da rede.\n" @@ -5925,9 +5755,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" #~| " the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\\n the " -#~ "corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\\n the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Escolla un dos módulos de rede dispoñibles para\n" #~ "configurar os dispositivos correspondentes e prema <b>Lanzar</b>.</p>" @@ -5936,9 +5764,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" #~| "or 'no' to disallow it." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\\nor 'no' to disallow " -#~ "it." +#~ msgid "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\\nor 'no' to disallow it." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Defina a 'yes' para permitir a administración remota\n" #~ "ou a 'no' para desactivala." @@ -5947,9 +5773,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" #~| "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\\n</BIG></B><BR>Please wait..." -#~ "<BR></P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\\n</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Iniciando a configuración de DSL\n" #~ "</BIG></B><BR>Agarde...<BR></P>" @@ -5957,12 +5781,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization\n" -#~| "</BIG></B><BR>You can safely abort the configuration utility by " -#~| "pressing\n" +#~| "</BIG></B><BR>You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing\n" #~| "<B>Abort</B> now.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization\\n</BIG></B><BR>You can safely " -#~ "abort the configuration utility by pressing\\n<B>Abort</B> now.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization\\n</BIG></B><BR>You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing\\n<B>Abort</B> now.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Abortando o inicio\n" #~ "</BIG></B><BR>Pode abortar con seguridade a utilidade\n" @@ -5972,8 +5793,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Saving DSL Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Please wait...<BR></P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving DSL Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...<BR></P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Saving DSL Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...<BR></P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Gardando a configuración de DSL</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Agarde...<BR></P>" @@ -5983,24 +5803,18 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>Aborting Saving</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "You can abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>. An additional\n" #~| "dialog may inform you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting Saving</BIG></B><BR>\\nYou can abort the save process " -#~ "by pressing <B>Abort</B>. An additional\\ndialog may inform you whether " -#~ "it is safe to do so.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Aborting Saving</BIG></B><BR>\\nYou can abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>. An additional\\ndialog may inform you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Abortando a gravación</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Pode abortar o proceso de gravación premendo <B>Abortar</B>.\n" -#~ "Un diálogo adicional podería informarlle sobre se isto é seguro ou non.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Un diálogo adicional podería informarlle sobre se isto é seguro ou non.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>DSL Overview</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Here, get an overview of installed DSL devices. Additionally,\n" #~| "edit their configuration.<BR></P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL Overview</BIG></B><BR>\\nHere, get an overview of " -#~ "installed DSL devices. Additionally,\\nedit their configuration.<BR></P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>DSL Overview</BIG></B><BR>\\nHere, get an overview of installed DSL devices. Additionally,\\nedit their configuration.<BR></P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Resumo de DSL</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Aquí ten un resumo dos dispositivos DSL instalados.\n" @@ -6010,9 +5824,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Adding a DSL Device:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding a DSL Device:</BIG></B><BR>\\nIf you press <B>Add</B>, " -#~ "you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Adding a DSL Device:</BIG></B><BR>\\nIf you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Engadindo un dispositivo DSL:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Se preme <B>Engadir</B>, poderá configurar a man un dispositivo DSL.</P>" @@ -6022,23 +5834,17 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Choose a DSL device for which to change or remove the configuration.\n" #~| "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\\nChoose a DSL device for " -#~ "which to change or remove the configuration.\\nThen press the appropriate " -#~ "button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\\nChoose a DSL device for which to change or remove the configuration.\\nThen press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editar ou eliminar:</BIG></B><br>\n" -#~ "Escolla un dispositivo DSL cuxa configuración desexe modificar ou " -#~ "eliminar.\n" -#~ "Despois prema o botón que corresponda: <B>Editar</B> ou <B>Eliminar</B>.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Escolla un dispositivo DSL cuxa configuración desexe modificar ou eliminar.\n" +#~ "Despois prema o botón que corresponda: <B>Editar</B> ou <B>Eliminar</B>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" #~| "for the DSL connection.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here, set the most important settings\\nfor the DSL connection.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Here, set the most important settings\\nfor the DSL connection.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Aquí pode definir as opcións de configuración\n" #~ "máis importantes para a conexión DSL.</p>\n" @@ -6047,9 +5853,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you are using <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>, first configure your\n" #~| "ethernet card.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>, first configure your" -#~ "\\nethernet card.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>, first configure your\\nethernet card.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se está empregando <i>PPP sobre Ethernet</i>, primeiro configure a\n" #~ "tarxeta Ethernet.</p> " @@ -6058,21 +5862,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\n" #~| "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>" -#~ "\\nfor British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\\nfor British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Introduza o seu par VPI/VCI para PPPoATM , por exemplo, <i>0.38</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Introduza o seu par VPI/VCI para PPPoATM , por exemplo, <i>0.38</i>\n" #~ "para British Telecom. Se non está seguro, pregunte ao seu provedor.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Activation during boot may\n" #~| "be appropriate for dial-on-demand connections.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Activation during boot may\\nbe appropriate for dial-on-demand " -#~ "connections.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Activation during boot may\\nbe appropriate for dial-on-demand connections.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A activación durante o arrinque pode\n" #~ "ser axeitada para as conexións telefónicas baixo demanda.</p>" @@ -6081,9 +5880,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Here, validate the Internet connection just\n" #~| "configured. The test is entirely optional.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here, validate the Internet connection just\\nconfigured. The test is " -#~ "entirely optional.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Here, validate the Internet connection just\\nconfigured. The test is entirely optional.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Valide aquí a conexión a Internet que acaba\n" #~ "de configurar. A proba é totalmente opcional.</p>" @@ -6092,8 +5889,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>A successful result enables you to run\n" #~| "the YaST Online Update.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A successful result enables you to run\\nthe YaST Online Update.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>A successful result enables you to run\\nthe YaST Online Update.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Un resultado exitoso permítelle\n" #~ "executar YaST Online Update.</p>" @@ -6120,8 +5916,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "To validate your ISDN Internet access,\n" #~| "activate the test procedure." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To validate your ISDN Internet access,\\nactivate the test procedure." +#~ msgid "To validate your ISDN Internet access,\\nactivate the test procedure." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para validade o acceso RDSI a Internet,\n" #~ "active o procedemento de proba." @@ -6130,8 +5925,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "To validate your modem Internet access,\n" #~| "activate the test procedure." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To validate your modem Internet access,\\nactivate the test procedure." +#~ msgid "To validate your modem Internet access,\\nactivate the test procedure." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para validade o acceso por módem a\n" #~ "Internet, active o procedemento de proba." @@ -6140,9 +5934,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Initializing ISDN Card Configuration\n" #~| "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing ISDN Card Configuration\\n</BIG></B><BR>Please " -#~ "wait...<BR></P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Initializing ISDN Card Configuration\\n</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Iniciando a Configuración de Tarxeta RDSI\n" #~ "</BIG></B><BR>Agarde...<BR></P>\n" @@ -6151,18 +5943,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Saving ISDN Card Configuration\n" #~| "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving ISDN Card Configuration\\n</BIG></B><BR>Please wait..." -#~ "<BR></P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Saving ISDN Card Configuration\\n</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Gardando a Configuración de Tarxeta RDSI\n" #~ "</BIG></B><BR>Agarde...<BR></P>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting Saving:</BIG></B><BR>\\nYou can abort the save " -#~ "procedure by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you " -#~ "whether it is safe to do so.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Aborting Saving:</BIG></B><BR>\\nYou can abort the save procedure by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Abortando a gravación:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Pode abortar o procedemento de gravación premendo <B>Abortar</B>.\n" @@ -6175,10 +5962,7 @@ #~| "%1. First select another\n" #~| "default provider for interface %2\n" #~| "or delete the interface itself.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You tried to delete a provider that\\nis the default provider for " -#~ "interface\\n%1. First select another\\ndefault provider for interface " -#~ "%2\\nor delete the interface itself.\\n" +#~ msgid "You tried to delete a provider that\\nis the default provider for interface\\n%1. First select another\\ndefault provider for interface %2\\nor delete the interface itself.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tentou eliminar o provedor predeterminado\n" #~ "para a interface %1. Primeiro seleccione\n" @@ -6190,36 +5974,27 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>ISDN Card Overview</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Here, get an overview of installed ISDN cards and connection setups.\n" #~| "Additionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>ISDN Card Overview</BIG></B><BR>\\nHere, get an overview of " -#~ "installed ISDN cards and connection setups.\\nAdditionally you can edit " -#~ "their configurations.<BR></P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>ISDN Card Overview</BIG></B><BR>\\nHere, get an overview of installed ISDN cards and connection setups.\\nAdditionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de tarxetas RDSI</BIG></B><br>\n" -#~ "Aquí pode obter un resumo das tarxetas de RDSI instaladas e as " -#~ "configuracións de conexión.\n" +#~ "Aquí pode obter un resumo das tarxetas de RDSI instaladas e as configuracións de conexión.\n" #~ "Aquí pode tamén editar a configuración.<br></P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Card:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Press <B>Add</B> to configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Card:</BIG></B><BR>\\nPress <B>Add</B> to " -#~ "configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Card:</BIG></B><BR>\\nPress <B>Add</B> to configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir unha tarxeta RDSI</BIG></B><br>\n" -#~ "Prema <B>Engadir</B> se desexa configurar manualmente unha tarjeta RDSI.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Prema <B>Engadir</B> se desexa configurar manualmente unha tarjeta RDSI.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "If you press <B>Test</B>, the system tries to load the driver for the\n" #~| "selected card.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\\nIf you press <B>Test</" -#~ "B>, the system tries to load the driver for the\\nselected card.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\\nIf you press <B>Test</B>, the system tries to load the driver for the\\nselected card.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><BIG>Probar a configuración dunha tarxeta RDSI</BIG></b><br>\n" #~ "Se preme <B>Proba</B>, o sistema tentará cargar o controlador para a\n" @@ -6228,11 +6003,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~| "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~| "P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\\nIf you press " -#~ "<B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\\n" +#~| "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\\nIf you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir unha conexión RDSI</BIG></B><br>\n" #~ "Prema <B>Engadir</B> para configurar unha conexión RDSI.</P>\n" @@ -6242,124 +6014,81 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Choose an ISDN card or connection to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\\nChoose an ISDN card or " -#~ "connection to change or remove.\\nThen press the appropriate button: " -#~ "<B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\\nChoose an ISDN card or connection to change or remove.\\nThen press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editar ou eliminar:</BIG></B><br>\n" -#~ "Escolla unha tarxeta RDSI cuxa configuración queira modificar ou eliminar " -#~ "e\n" +#~ "Escolla unha tarxeta RDSI cuxa configuración queira modificar ou eliminar e\n" #~ "prema o botón correspondente: <B>Editar</B> ou <B>Eliminar</B>.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines " -#~| "are\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n" #~| "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are" -#~ "\\nallowed to connect to this interface.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\\nallowed to connect to this interface.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A <b>Lista de números de teléfono remotos</b> controla a que máquinas " -#~ "remotas\n" +#~ "<p>A <b>Lista de números de teléfono remotos</b> controla a que máquinas remotas\n" #~ "permíteselles conectarse a esta interface.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally " -#~| "without special \n" +#~| "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~| "processing.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \\nprocessing.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se o modo repetir chamada está <b<desactivado</b>, as chamadas " -#~ "manexaranse normalmente, sen ningún tratamento especial.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \\nprocessing.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Se o modo repetir chamada está <b<desactivado</b>, as chamadas manexaranse normalmente, sen ningún tratamento especial.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming " -#~| "call, a callback \n" +#~| "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~| "is triggered.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \\nis triggered.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \\nis triggered.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se o modo repetir chamda é <b>servidor</b>, tras recibir unha chamada " -#~ "entrante, \n" +#~ "<p>Se o modo repetir chamda é <b>servidor</b>, tras recibir unha chamada entrante, \n" #~ "actívase repetir chamada.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the " -#~| "initial call then \n" +#~| "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~| "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \\nwaits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \\nwaits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se o modo callback é <b>cliente</b>, o sistema local fai a chamada " -#~ "inicial e logo \n" +#~ "<p>Se o modo callback é <b>cliente</b>, o sistema local fai a chamada inicial e logo \n" #~ "agarda por repetir chamada do servidor remoto.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your " -#~ "\\ntelephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\\nto the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a " -#~ "PBX, put in the\\nMSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or " -#~ "the last digit or digits\\nof your phone extension) . If this fails, try " -#~ "using 0, which normally means\\nthe default MSN is actually used.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \\ntelephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\\nto the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\\nMSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\\nof your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\\nthe default MSN is actually used.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O meu número de teléfono - Para o seu número de teléfono (MSN), poña " -#~ "o\n" +#~ "<p>O meu número de teléfono - Para o seu número de teléfono (MSN), poña o\n" #~ "seu propio (¡sen o código de rexión!) se a tarxeta RDSI está conectada\n" -#~ "directamente ó NTBA. Se está conectada a unha estación RDSI, poña o MSN " -#~ "que\n" -#~ "estea almacenado alí (p.ex, a súa extensión telefónica ou o último " -#~ "díxito\n" -#~ "ou díxitos da extensión), ou - no caso de fallar - probe usando " -#~ "simplemente\n" +#~ "directamente ó NTBA. Se está conectada a unha estación RDSI, poña o MSN que\n" +#~ "estea almacenado alí (p.ex, a súa extensión telefónica ou o último díxito\n" +#~ "ou díxitos da extensión), ou - no caso de fallar - probe usando simplemente\n" #~ "0 (que normalmente fará que se use o MSN por omisión).</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Selecting\\n<b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall" -#~ "\\nand sets this interface as external.\\n<b>Restart Firewall</b> " -#~ "restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Selecting\\n<b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\\nand sets this interface as external.\\n<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccionando <b>activar firewall</b>, bloquearanse tódalas\n" #~ "conexións entrantes; se escolle esta opción, fará que as conexións\n" #~ "a internet sexan seguras perante ataques externos.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b> if your provider\\nassigns you one " -#~ "temporary address per connection. In this case, the\\noutgoing address is " -#~ "unknown until the moment the link is established.\\nThis is the default " -#~ "with most providers.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b> if your provider\\nassigns you one temporary address per connection. In this case, the\\noutgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\\nThis is the default with most providers.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Marque a opción de <b>enderezo IP dinámico</p> se vai usar o diald\n" -#~ " (daemon de marcación baixo demanda), e o enderezo saínte non se coñece " -#~ "no\n" +#~ " (daemon de marcación baixo demanda), e o enderezo saínte non se coñece no\n" #~ "momento de activar a ligazón.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select the ISDN card to configure. Filter cards for \n" #~| "particular vendors by selecting a vendor.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the ISDN card to configure. Filter cards for \\nparticular " -#~ "vendors by selecting a vendor.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the ISDN card to configure. Filter cards for \\nparticular vendors by selecting a vendor.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione a tarxeta RDSI que quere configurar. Marque un fabricante\n" #~ "para filtrar as tarxetas en función do mesmo.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\\nSelect one from the list." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\\nSelect one from the list.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione a tarxeta RDSI da lista.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -6367,12 +6096,7 @@ #~ msgstr "A configuración foi gardada correctamente." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this" -#~ "\\nformat: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-" -#~ "separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards " -#~ "are \\nconfigured with the same module name, the options will be merged " -#~ "while saving.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\\nformat: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \\nconfigured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>As opcións para o módulo débense escribir no formato\n" #~ "<i>opción</i>=<i>valor</i> e cada entrada debe estar separada por\n" @@ -6380,17 +6104,11 @@ #~ "tarxetas co mesmo nome de módulo, as opcións mesturaranse ó gardar.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\\nwritten to " -#~ "<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Aquí pode configurar o seu dispositivo de rede. Os valores serán " -#~ "escritos en <i>/etc/modules.conf</i>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\\nwritten to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Aquí pode configurar o seu dispositivo de rede. Os valores serán escritos en <i>/etc/modules.conf</i>.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\\nfor a particular " -#~ "network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\\nfor a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione a tarxeta de rede que quere configurar. Pode buscar unha\n" #~ "tarxeta concreta indicando o nome na entrada de busca.</p>" @@ -6407,9 +6125,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\\nConfiguration</big></b><br>Please " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\\nConfiguration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a Configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -6418,21 +6134,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora " -#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\\nConfiguration</big></b><br>Please wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\\nConfiguration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde, por favor...<br></p>\n" @@ -6441,9 +6152,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort saving by pressing " -#~ "<b>Abort</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para abortar a gravación prema en <b>Abortar</b>." @@ -6453,10 +6162,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of " -#~ "installed network cards. Additionally,\\nedit their configuration.<br></p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\\nedit their configuration.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de configuración de Drbd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Acceda a un resumo dos drbds instalados. Adicionalmente,\n" @@ -6466,9 +6172,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to " -#~ "configure a new network card manually.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadindo un drbd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un drbd.</p>" @@ -6478,109 +6182,61 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose a ftp server to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a network card " -#~ "to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> " -#~ "respectively.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a network card to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou eliminando</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa un servidor ftp para cambialo ou eliminalo.\n" #~ "Despois prema <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Eliminar, segundo o caso</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\\nThe <b>Default Gateway</b> " -#~ "matches every possible destination, but poorly. \\nIf any other entry " -#~ "exists that matches the required address, it is\\nused instead of the " -#~ "default route. The idea of the default route is simply\\nto enable you to " -#~ "say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\\nThe <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \\nIf any other entry exists that matches the required address, it is\\nused instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\\nto enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Neste diálogo pode configurar o encamiñamento. A ruta\n" #~ " por defecto serve para calquera destino, pero sen forzalo, de xeito que\n" #~ " se existe algunha outra entrada que coincida co enderezo, será a que se\n" -#~ " use no canto da ruta por defecto. A idea é que esta ruta por defecto " -#~ "está\n" +#~ " use no canto da ruta por defecto. A idea é que esta ruta por defecto está\n" #~ " simplemente para dicir \"e todo o demais ten que ir aquí\".</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get" -#~ "\\nalso a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by " -#~ "the DHCP client.\\nHowever, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse " -#~ "the graphical desktop. \\nTherefore, disable this option if you connect " -#~ "to different networks that assign \\ndifferent hostnames.</p> " +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\\nalso a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\\nHowever, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \\nTherefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \\ndifferent hostnames.</p> " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se está a usar DHCP para obter o enderezo IP, pode decidir se obter o\n" #~ "nome da máquina por medio de DHCP ou deixalo como está.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\\nIP " -#~ "addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\\n(for " -#~ "example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Un servidor de nomes é un ordenador que converte os nomes de máquina a " -#~ "enderezos IP. Este valor ten que introducirse como un <b>enderezo IP</b> " -#~ "(p.ex. 10.10.0.1), non como un nome de máquina.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\\nIP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\\n(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Un servidor de nomes é un ordenador que converte os nomes de máquina a enderezos IP. Este valor ten que introducirse como un <b>enderezo IP</b> (p.ex. 10.10.0.1), non como un nome de máquina.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts." -#~ "\\nThe primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of" -#~ "\\nyour computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -#~ "domains\\n(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white " -#~ "space.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O dominio de busca é o nome de dominio polo que comeza a busca de " -#~ "nomes de máquina. O primeiro dominio de busca é normalmente o mesmo que o " -#~ "<b>nome de dominio</b> do seu ordenador (p.ex. suse.de). Poden existir " -#~ "dominios de busca adicionais (p.ex. suse.com).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\\nThe primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\\nyour computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\\n(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>O dominio de busca é o nome de dominio polo que comeza a busca de nomes de máquina. O primeiro dominio de busca é normalmente o mesmo que o <b>nome de dominio</b> do seu ordenador (p.ex. suse.de). Poden existir dominios de busca adicionais (p.ex. suse.com).</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address " -#~ "\\nassigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Tamén debería seleccionalo se non ten un enderezo IP estático asignado " -#~ "polo seu provedor de cable ou DSL." +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \\nassigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr " Tamén debería seleccionalo se non ten un enderezo IP estático asignado polo seu provedor de cable ou DSL." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</" -#~ "b>\\nif you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network " -#~ "addresses \\nare then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\\nif you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \\nare then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Pode seleccionar asignamento dinámico de enderezos se ten un\n" #~ "<b>servidor DHCP</b> na súa rede local." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -#~ "your computer, and the \\n <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: " -#~ "<tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\\nfor your peer.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \\n <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\\nfor your peer.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " Introduza o enderezo IP (p.ex. 192.168.100.99) do seu ordenador, a " -#~ "máscara\n" +#~ " Introduza o enderezo IP (p.ex. 192.168.100.99) do seu ordenador, a máscara\n" #~ "de rede (normalmente 255.255.255.0) e, opcionalmente, o enderezo IP da\n" #~ "pasarela por omisión." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your " -#~ "computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\\nthe network mask " -#~ "(usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>)." -#~ "Optionally, you can enter\\na fully qualified hostname for this IP " -#~ "address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\\nthe network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\\na fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " Introduza o enderezo IP (p.ex. 192.168.100.99) do seu ordenador, a " -#~ "máscara\n" +#~ " Introduza o enderezo IP (p.ex. 192.168.100.99) do seu ordenador, a máscara\n" #~ "de rede (normalmente 255.255.255.0) e, opcionalmente, o enderezo IP da\n" #~ "pasarela por omisión." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about" -#~ "\\nthe network configuration.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\\nthe network configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Contacte co seu <b>administrador de rede</b> para máis información\n" #~ "sobre os datos da configuración.</p>" @@ -6589,8 +6245,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" #~| "for the DSL connection.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here, set the most important settings\\nfor wireless networking.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Here, set the most important settings\\nfor wireless networking.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Aquí pode definir as opcións de configuración\n" #~ "máis importantes para a conexión DSL.</p>\n" @@ -6599,9 +6254,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" #~| "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing Modem Configuration\\n</BIG></B><BR>Please wait..." -#~ "<BR></P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Initializing Modem Configuration\\n</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Iniciando a configuración de DSL\n" #~ "</BIG></B><BR>Agarde...<BR></P>" @@ -6610,9 +6263,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Saving DSL Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Please wait...<BR></P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving Modem Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...<BR></" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Saving Modem Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...<BR></P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Gardando a configuración de DSL</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Agarde...<BR></P>" @@ -6622,9 +6273,7 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>DSL Overview</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Here, get an overview of installed DSL devices. Additionally,\n" #~| "edit their configuration.<BR></P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Modem Overview</BIG></B><BR>\\nHere, get an overview of " -#~ "installed modems. Additionally,\\nedit their configuration.<BR></P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Modem Overview</BIG></B><BR>\\nHere, get an overview of installed modems. Additionally,\\nedit their configuration.<BR></P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Resumo de DSL</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Aquí ten un resumo dos dispositivos DSL instalados.\n" @@ -6634,9 +6283,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B><BIG>Adding a DSL Device:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding a Modem:</BIG></B><BR>\\nIf you press <B>Add</B>, you " -#~ "can manually configure a modem.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Adding a Modem:</BIG></B><BR>\\nIf you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a modem.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Engadindo un dispositivo DSL:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Se preme <B>Engadir</B>, poderá configurar a man un dispositivo DSL.</P>" @@ -6646,160 +6293,89 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Choose a DSL device for which to change or remove the configuration.\n" #~| "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\\nChoose a modem for which " -#~ "to change or remove the configuration.\\nThen press the appropriate " -#~ "button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\\nChoose a modem for which to change or remove the configuration.\\nThen press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editar ou eliminar:</BIG></B><br>\n" -#~ "Escolla un dispositivo DSL cuxa configuración desexe modificar ou " -#~ "eliminar.\n" -#~ "Despois prema o botón que corresponda: <B>Editar</B> ou <B>Eliminar</B>.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Escolla un dispositivo DSL cuxa configuración desexe modificar ou eliminar.\n" +#~ "Despois prema o botón que corresponda: <B>Editar</B> ou <B>Eliminar</B>.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\\nttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to " -#~ "COM1, COM2, etc.,\\nin DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB " -#~ "ports.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>O campo <b>dispositivo</b> indica en que porto está conectado o seu " -#~ "módem (ttyS0, ttyS1, etc... refírense a portos serie e normalmente " -#~ "corresponden respectivamente con COM1, COM2... en DOS/Windows; ttyACM0, " -#~ "ttyACM1 refírense a portos USB)</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\\nttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\\nin DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<P>O campo <b>dispositivo</b> indica en que porto está conectado o seu módem (ttyS0, ttyS1, etc... refírense a portos serie e normalmente corresponden respectivamente con COM1, COM2... en DOS/Windows; ttyACM0, ttyACM1 refírense a portos USB)</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a <b>Dial Prefix</b>." -#~ "\\nOften, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se está nunha PBX, probablemente terá que introducir un <B>prefixo de " -#~ "marcación</B>. A miúdo este é <I>9</I>.</P>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a <b>Dial Prefix</b>.\\nOften, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se está nunha PBX, probablemente terá que introducir un <B>prefixo de marcación</B>. A miúdo este é <I>9</I>.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone" -#~ "\\ncompanies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the " -#~ "additional\\ncheck boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</" -#~ "i>) or for your\\nmodem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect " -#~ "Dial Tone</i>).</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\\ncompanies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\\ncheck boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\\nmodem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Escolla o modo de marcación segundo a súa liña telefónica (a maioría " -#~ "das\n" -#~ "compañías usan <I>marcación por tons</I> como <B>método de marcación</" -#~ "B>),\n" -#~ "marque as opcións adicionais se quere <i>acender o altofalante do módem</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "<p>Escolla o modo de marcación segundo a súa liña telefónica (a maioría das\n" +#~ "compañías usan <I>marcación por tons</I> como <B>método de marcación</B>),\n" +#~ "marque as opcións adicionais se quere <i>acender o altofalante do módem</i>\n" #~ "e se quere que o módem agarde ata detectar o tono de marcación.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output " -#~| "directory.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>Details</b> to configure the baud rate and the modem " -#~ "\\ninitialization strings.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Prema <b>Finalizar</b> para crear o complemento no directorio de " -#~ "destino..</p>" +#~| msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>Details</b> to configure the baud rate and the modem \\ninitialization strings.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Prema <b>Finalizar</b> para crear o complemento no directorio de destino..</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Baud Rate</b> is a transmission speed that tells\\nhow many bits " -#~ "per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Baud Rate</b> is a transmission speed that tells\\nhow many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O elemento Velocidade en Baudios é unha velocidade de transmisión\n" #~ "que lle indica a cantos bits por segundo pode comunicarse o seu\n" #~ "ordenador co módem.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>All the relevant information about <b>Init Strings</b>\\nshould be in " -#~ "your modem manual.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Debería atopar a información sobre as <b>cadeas de inicialización</b> " -#~ "no manual do seu módem.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>All the relevant information about <b>Init Strings</b>\\nshould be in your modem manual.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Debería atopar a información sobre as <b>cadeas de inicialización</b> no manual do seu módem.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Selecting <b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall" -#~ "\\nand sets this interface as external.\\nChoosing this option makes dial-" -#~ "up connections\\nto the Internet safe from external attacks.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Selecting <b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\\nand sets this interface as external.\\nChoosing this option makes dial-up connections\\nto the Internet safe from external attacks.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccionando <b>activar firewall</b>, bloquearanse tódalas\n" #~ "conexións entrantes; se escolle esta opción, fará que as conexións\n" #~ "a internet sexan seguras perante ataques externos.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b>\\nif your provider assigns one " -#~ "temporary address per connection. In this case,\\nthe outgoing address is " -#~ "unknown until the moment the link is established.\\nThis is the default " -#~ "with most providers.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b>\\nif your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\\nthe outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\\nThis is the default with most providers.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Marque a opción de <b>enderezo IP dinámico</p> se vai usar o diald\n" -#~ " (daemon de marcación baixo demanda), e o enderezo saínte non se coñece " -#~ "no\n" +#~ " (daemon de marcación baixo demanda), e o enderezo saínte non se coñece no\n" #~ "momento de activar a ligazón.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\\nyour domain name servers after " -#~ "the connection is made. This replaces your static\\nDNS configuration " -#~ "with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\\nproviders " -#~ "support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\\nyour domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\\nDNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\\nproviders support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Marque a opción de <b>asignamento dinámico de DNS</b> se quere mudar " -#~ "os\n" +#~ "<p>Marque a opción de <b>asignamento dinámico de DNS</b> se quere mudar os\n" #~ "servidores de nome de dominio tras activar a conexión (isto subsituirá a\n" #~ "configuración DNS do seu sistema polos servidores que se obteñan)\n" -#~ "Actualmente, practicamente tódolos provedores usan <b>asignamento " -#~ "dinámico\n" +#~ "Actualmente, practicamente tódolos provedores usan <b>asignamento dinámico\n" #~ "de DNS</b></p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special " -#~ "\\nprocessing.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se o modo callback está desactivado, as chamadas manexaranse " -#~ "normalmente, sen ningún tratamento especial.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \\nprocessing.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Se o modo callback está desactivado, as chamadas manexaranse normalmente, sen ningún tratamento especial.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback " -#~ "\\nis triggered.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se o modo callback é servidor, tras recibir unha chamada entrante, " -#~ "actívase un callback.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \\nis triggered.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Se o modo callback é servidor, tras recibir unha chamada entrante, actívase un callback.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then " -#~ "\\nwaits for callback from the remote machine.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se o modo callback é cliente, o sistema local fai a chamada inicial e " -#~ "logo agarda polo callback do servidor remoto." +#~ msgid "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \\nwaits for callback from the remote machine.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Se o modo callback é cliente, o sistema local fai a chamada inicial e logo agarda polo callback do servidor remoto." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b><br>Please " -#~| "wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Provider\\nConfiguration</big></b><br>Please " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor LDAP</big></" -#~ "b><br>Agarde...<br></p>" +#~| msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Provider\\nConfiguration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor LDAP</big></b><br>Agarde...<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Provider\\nConfiguration</big></b><br>Please wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Provider\\nConfiguration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Gardando a configuración do servidor FTP</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Por favor, agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -6808,17 +6384,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure SLP server here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>\\nConfigure your provider here." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>\\nConfigure your provider here.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de Servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure o servidor SLP aquí.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a provider from the " -#~ "list of available providers\\nthen press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a provider from the list of available providers\\nthen press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa un servidor SLP para cambialo ou eliminalo.\n" @@ -6829,9 +6401,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" #~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, " -#~ "an additional dialog in which\\nto change the configuration opens.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which\\nto change the configuration opens.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se preme <b>Editar</b>, abrirase un diálogo adicional no\n" @@ -6842,9 +6412,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of " -#~ "installed providers. Additionally,\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed providers. Additionally,\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de configuración de Drbd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Acceda a un resumo dos drbds instalados. Adicionalmente,\n" @@ -6854,9 +6422,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a ftp server.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to " -#~ "configure a new provider manually.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadindo un servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un servidor de ftp.</p>\n" @@ -6866,90 +6432,47 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a provider to " -#~ "change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a provider to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa un drbd para cambialo ou eliminalo.\n" #~ "Despois prema <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose the country or region where you are\\nlocated then choose one " -#~ "of the listed providers.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Escolla o país ou rexión onde se atopa, e logo seleccione un dos " -#~ "provedores listados.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose the country or region where you are\\nlocated then choose one of the listed providers.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Escolla o país ou rexión onde se atopa, e logo seleccione un dos provedores listados.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\\ndialing number, connect " -#~ "to the home page <b>%2</b> or call the hot line\\n<b>%3</b>.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para rexistrarse en <b>%1</b> e atopar os mellores números para " -#~ "conectarse, vaia á páxina web <b>%2</b> ou chame á liña de atención <b>" -#~ "%3</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\\ndialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b> or call the hot line\\n<b>%3</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para rexistrarse en <b>%1</b> e atopar os mellores números para conectarse, vaia á páxina web <b>%2</b> ou chame á liña de atención <b>%3</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\\ndialing number, connect " -#~ "to the home page <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para rexistrarse en <b>%1</b> e atopar os mellores números para " -#~ "conectarse, vaia á páxina web <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\\ndialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para rexistrarse en <b>%1</b> e atopar os mellores números para conectarse, vaia á páxina web <b>%2</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\\ndialing number, call the " -#~ "hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para rexistrarse en <b>%1</b> e atopar os mellores números para " -#~ "conectarse, chame á liña de atención <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\\ndialing number, call the hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para rexistrarse en <b>%1</b> e atopar os mellores números para conectarse, chame á liña de atención <b>%2</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\\nselected " -#~ "your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Acceso ó seu provedor de internet. Se seleccionou o provedor da lista, " -#~ "estes valores xa están enchidos previamente.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\\nselected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Acceso ó seu provedor de internet. Se seleccionou o provedor da lista, estes valores xa están enchidos previamente.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</b>" -#~ "\\nto access your provider.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Introduza un <b>nome</b> para a conexión e un <b>número de teléfono</" -#~ "b> para acceder ó seu provedor.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</b>\\nto access your provider.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Introduza un <b>nome</b> para a conexión e un <b>número de teléfono</b> para acceder ó seu provedor.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the type of packet encapsulation.\\n<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC " -#~ "headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for\\nSynchronous PPP.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione o tipo de encapsulación de paquetes. <b>RawIP</b> significa " -#~ "que as cabeceiras MAC son eliminadas, <b>SyncPPP</b> significa PPP " -#~ "síncrono.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the type of packet encapsulation.\\n<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for\\nSynchronous PPP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione o tipo de encapsulación de paquetes. <b>RawIP</b> significa que as cabeceiras MAC son eliminadas, <b>SyncPPP</b> significa PPP síncrono.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter the <b>Line ID</b>\\n(e.g., 00056780362), the <b>T-Online " -#~ "Number</b> (e.g., 870008594732),\\nthe <b>User Code</b> (typically 0001), " -#~ "and the <b>Password</b>\\nto use as the login (ask your provider if " -#~ "unsure).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Introduza o <b>nome do usuario</b> e o <b>contrasinal</b> que se usará " -#~ "para a conexión (consulte co seu provedor se non está seguro).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Line ID</b>\\n(e.g., 00056780362), the <b>T-Online Number</b> (e.g., 870008594732),\\nthe <b>User Code</b> (typically 0001), and the <b>Password</b>\\nto use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Introduza o <b>nome do usuario</b> e o <b>contrasinal</b> que se usará para a conexión (consulte co seu provedor se non está seguro).</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter the <b>User Name</b> and the\\n<b>Password</b> to use as the " -#~ "login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Introduza o <b>nome do usuario</b> e o <b>contrasinal</b> que se usará " -#~ "para a conexión (consulte co seu provedor se non está seguro).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the <b>User Name</b> and the\\n<b>Password</b> to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Introduza o <b>nome do usuario</b> e o <b>contrasinal</b> que se usará para a conexión (consulte co seu provedor se non está seguro).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -6969,19 +6492,11 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Configuración do Cortalumes" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A devasa está activada (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">desactivar</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "A devasa está activada (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactivar</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A devasa está desactivada (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">activar</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "A devasa está desactivada (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activar</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Contrasinal:" @@ -7152,8 +6667,7 @@ #~ msgstr "O URL do HTTP proxy non é correcto." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O URL do proxy HTTPdebe conter unha especificación de esquema (http)." +#~ msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTPdebe conter unha especificación de esquema (http)." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." @@ -7220,20 +6734,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you plan to use a dial-up Internet connection and have set up your\n" -#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be " -#~ "temporarily\n" +#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be temporarily\n" #~ "disabled during the connection.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se vai usar unha conexión telefónica a internet, e configurou a\n" -#~ "asignación DNS dinámica, estes valores estarán temporalmente " -#~ "desactivados\n" +#~ "asignación DNS dinámica, estes valores estarán temporalmente desactivados\n" #~ "durante a conexión.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Insira o nome de máquina e o nome de dominio do seu ordenador. A lista " -#~ "de servidores de nomes e a de busca de dominios son opcionais.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Insira o nome de máquina e o nome de dominio do seu ordenador. A lista de servidores de nomes e a de busca de dominios son opcionais.</p>" #~ msgid "Name Servers: Set by DHCP" #~ msgstr "Servidores de Nomes: Configurados por DHCP" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -75,9 +75,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"Id do sistema de ficheiros, nfs e nfs4 permitidos. O valor predeterminado é " -"nfs." +msgstr "Id do sistema de ficheiros, nfs e nfs4 permitidos. O valor predeterminado é nfs." #. CLI action handler. #. Print summary in command line @@ -169,16 +167,14 @@ "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>A táboa contén todos os directorios\n" -"exportados desde servidores remotos e montados localmente a través de NFS " -"(recursos NFS).</p>" +"exportados desde servidores remotos e montados localmente a través de NFS (recursos NFS).</p>" #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 msgid "" "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Cada recurso NFS identifícase a través do enderezo do servidor\n" @@ -190,30 +186,24 @@ #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para montar un novo recurso NFS, prema en <B>Engadir</B>. Para\n" -"cambiar a configuración do recurso montado actualmente, prema en <B>Editar</" -"B>.\n" +"cambiar a configuración do recurso montado actualmente, prema en <B>Editar</B>.\n" "Desinstale ou desmonte o recurso seleccionado con <B>Eliminar</B>.</p>\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Se necesita acceder a recursos NFSv4 (NFSv4 é unha versión máis nova do " -"protocolo NFS),\n" +"<p>Se necesita acceder a recursos NFSv4 (NFSv4 é unha versión máis nova do protocolo NFS),\n" "marque a opción <b>Activar NFSv4</b>. Neste caso, necesitará o\n" -"<b>Nome de dominio NFSv4</b> específico, requirido para configurar " -"correctamente\n" +"<b>Nome de dominio NFSv4</b> específico, requirido para configurar correctamente\n" "os permisos de acceso de ficheiros e directorios.</p>\n" #. selection box label @@ -340,14 +330,12 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n" "interactively.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"En <b>Punto de montaxe</b>, introduza a ruta do sistema de ficheiros local " -"onde se debe montar o directorio. Prema\n" +"En <b>Punto de montaxe</b>, introduza a ruta do sistema de ficheiros local onde se debe montar o directorio. Prema\n" "<b>Examinar</b>, para seleccionar o punto de montaxe\n" "de xeito interactivo.</p>" @@ -510,10 +498,7 @@ #~| "Valid IPv4: %1\n" #~| "Valid IPv6: %2\n" #~| "Valid domain: %3" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\\nshorter than 50 characters " -#~ "and only use\\nvalid IPv4, IPv6 or domain name.\\nValid IPv4: %1\\nValid " -#~ "IPv6: %2\\nValid domain: %3" +#~ msgid "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\\nshorter than 50 characters and only use\\nvalid IPv4, IPv6 or domain name.\\nValid IPv4: %1\\nValid IPv6: %2\\nValid domain: %3" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome de máquina introducido é incorrecto.\n" #~ "Debe ter menos de 50 caracteres, e só se\n" @@ -536,9 +521,7 @@ #~| "The path entered is invalid.\n" #~| "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" #~| "and it must begin with a slash (/)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The path entered is invalid.\\nIt must be shorter than 70 characters" -#~ "\\nand it must begin with a slash (/)." +#~ msgid "The path entered is invalid.\\nIt must be shorter than 70 characters\\nand it must begin with a slash (/)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A ruta introducida é incorrecta.\n" #~ "Ten que ter menos de 70 caracteres\n" @@ -547,75 +530,48 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The table contains all directories \n" -#~| "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</" -#~| "p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The table contains all directories \\nexported from remote servers and " -#~ "mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" +#~| "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The table contains all directories \\nexported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A táboa contén tódolos directorios\n" -#~ "exportados dende servidores remotos e montados localmente a través de NFS " -#~ "(recursos NFS).</p>" +#~ "exportados dende servidores remotos e montados localmente a través de NFS (recursos NFS).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" -#~| "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is " -#~| "mounted, \n" -#~| "NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -#~| "information \n" +#~| "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" +#~| "NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" #~| "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and" -#~ "\\nexported directory, local directory where the remote directory is " -#~ "mounted, \\nNFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For " -#~ "further information \\nabout mounting NFS and mount options, refer to " -#~ "<tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\\nexported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \\nNFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \\nabout mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Cada recurso NFS identifícase a través do enderezo do servidor\n" #~ "remoto e do directorio exportado, o directorio local onde está montado o\n" -#~ "directorio remoto, tipo de NFS (xa sexa plain nfs ou nfsv4) e as opcións " -#~ "de\n" +#~ "directorio remoto, tipo de NFS (xa sexa plain nfs ou nfsv4) e as opcións de\n" #~ "montaxe. Para obter máis información sobre montar NFS e as opcións de\n" #~ "montaxe, consulte <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the " -#~| "configuration of\n" -#~| "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a " -#~| "selected\n" +#~| "<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" +#~| "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" #~| "share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the " -#~ "configuration of\\na currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove " -#~ "and unmount a selected\\nshare with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\\na currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\\nshare with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para montar un novo recurso NFS, prema en <B>Engadir</B>. Para\n" -#~ "cambiar a configuración do recurso montado actualmente, prema en " -#~ "<B>Editar</B>.\n" +#~ "cambiar a configuración do recurso montado actualmente, prema en <B>Editar</B>.\n" #~ "Elimine ou desmonte o recurso seleccionado con <B>Eliminar</B>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the " -#~| "NFS\n" -#~| "protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might " -#~| "need\n" -#~| "to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct " -#~| "setting\n" +#~| "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" +#~| "protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" +#~| "to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" #~| "of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS" -#~ "\\nprotocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you " -#~ "might need\\nto supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for " -#~ "the correct setting\\nof file/directory access rights.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\\nprotocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\\nto supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\\nof file/directory access rights.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se necesita acceder a recursos NFSv4 (NFSv4 é unha versión máis nova " -#~ "do protocolo NFS),\n" +#~ "<p>Se necesita acceder a recursos NFSv4 (NFSv4 é unha versión máis nova do protocolo NFS),\n" #~ "marque a opción <b>Activar NFSv4</b>. Neste caso, ten que fornecer o\n" -#~ "<b>Nome de dominio NFSv4</b> específico, requirido para configurar " -#~ "correctamente\n" +#~ "<b>Nome de dominio NFSv4</b> específico, requirido para configurar correctamente\n" #~ "os permisos de acceso de ficheiros e directorios.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -623,9 +579,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" #~| "which probably blocks the network scanning." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThis could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\\nwhich probably " -#~ "blocks the network scanning." +#~ msgid "\\nThis could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\\nwhich probably blocks the network scanning." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Isto pode deberse a que estea SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -636,9 +590,7 @@ #~| "<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n" #~| "<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n" #~| "NFS servers on the local network.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\\n<b>Choose</b>, browse " -#~ "through a list of\\nNFS servers on the local network.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\\n<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\\nNFS servers on the local network.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introduza o <b>Nome de Máquina do Servidor NFS</b>.\n" #~ "Prema <b>Escoller</b> para examinar unha lista dos\n" @@ -650,10 +602,7 @@ #~| "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" #~| "<b>Select</b> to select one from those exported by the server.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\\nenter the path to the directory on the " -#~ "NFS server. Use\\n<b>Select</b> to select one from those exported by the " -#~ "server.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\\nenter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\\n<b>Select</b> to select one from those exported by the server.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>En <b>Sistema de Ficheiros Remoto</b>,\n" #~ "introduza a ruta ó directorio no servidor NFS. Utilice\n" @@ -663,18 +612,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\t\t\n" -#~| "For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where " -#~| "the directory should be mounted. With\n" +#~| "For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" #~| "<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n" #~| "interactively.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\t\t\\nFor <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system " -#~ "where the directory should be mounted. With\\n<b>Browse</b>, select your " -#~ "mount point\\ninteractively.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\t\t\\nFor <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\\n<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\\ninteractively.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\t\t\n" -#~ "En <b>Punto de montaxe</b>, introduza a ruta do sistema de ficheiros " -#~ "local onde se debe montar o directorio. Prema\n" +#~ "En <b>Punto de montaxe</b>, introduza a ruta do sistema de ficheiros local onde se debe montar o directorio. Prema\n" #~ "<b>Examinar</b>, para seleccionar o punto de montaxe\n" #~ "de xeito interactivo.</p>" @@ -692,9 +636,7 @@ #~| "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" #~| "No changes will be made to the\n" #~| "the NFS client configuration.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\\nNo changes will be made to the\\nthe NFS " -#~ "client configuration.\\n" +#~ msgid "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\\nNo changes will be made to the\\nthe NFS client configuration.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non foi posible escribir en /etc/fstab.\n" #~ "Non vai haber cambios na\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs_server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs_server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs_server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -72,15 +72,9 @@ #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Domain specification for NFSv4 Idmapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -#| "com' etc." -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"A especificación de dominio para Idmapping (mapeo de id) de NFSv4 , coma " -"'localdomain' ou 'abc.com' etc." +#| msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 Idmapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "A especificación de dominio para Idmapping (mapeo de id) de NFSv4 , coma 'localdomain' ou 'abc.com' etc." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 #, fuzzy @@ -128,26 +122,15 @@ #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Please use the 'set " -#| "enablev4' command." -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"O dominio non se pode establecer sen activar NFSv4. Empregue a orde 'set " -"enablev4'." +#| msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Please use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "O dominio non se pode establecer sen activar NFSv4. Empregue a orde 'set enablev4'." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Command set must be used as in 'set option=value'. Please use 'set help' " -#| "to get information about the options." -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"A orde set debe ser empregada coma en 'set option=value'. Empregue 'set " -"help' para coñecer as opcións." +#| msgid "Command set must be used as in 'set option=value'. Please use 'set help' to get information about the options." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "A orde set debe ser empregada coma en 'set option=value'. Empregue 'set help' para coñecer as opcións." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -212,9 +195,7 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." -msgstr "" -"Introduza unha ruta de exportación que non estea baleira. Por exemplo, /" -"exports" +msgstr "Introduza unha ruta de exportación que non estea baleira. Por exemplo, /exports" #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 @@ -262,12 +243,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Non é posible ler o ficheiro /etc/idmapd.conf. O dominio usará por defecto a " -"configuración de 'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Non é posible ler o ficheiro /etc/idmapd.conf. O dominio usará por defecto a configuración de 'localdomain'." #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 @@ -291,18 +268,15 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.</P>\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" +"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. frame label @@ -356,29 +330,23 @@ #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>O <b>Comodín de máquina</b> permite definir as máquinas que teñen acceso " -"ó directorio seleccionado.\n" +"<P>O <b>Comodín de máquina</b> permite definir as máquinas que teñen acceso ó directorio seleccionado.\n" "Poden indicarse máquinas, grupos, comodíns ou\n" "redes IP.</P>\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) para especificar todas as máquinas.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduza un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) para especificar todas as máquinas.</p>" #. Help, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" -msgstr "" -"<P>Para máis información pode consultar a páxina <tt>man exports</tt>.</P>\n" +msgstr "<P>Para máis información pode consultar a páxina <tt>man exports</tt>.</P>\n" #. push button label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 @@ -488,15 +456,9 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Unable to start svcgssd. Please ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-" -#| "utils) set up is correct." -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"Non foi posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que a configuración de " -"kerberos e gssapi (nfs-utils) sexan correctas." +#| msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Please ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) set up is correct." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Non foi posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que a configuración de kerberos e gssapi (nfs-utils) sexan correctas." #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy @@ -567,22 +529,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Cortalumes" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The NFSv4 option is enabled in the previous page. Make sure that only " -#~| "one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a " -#~| "particular client.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is " -#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A opción NFSv4 está activada na páxina anterior. Asegúrese de ter " -#~ "marcado ca opción fsid=0 para un cliente concreto só un sistema de " -#~ "ficheiros a exportar.</p>" +#~| msgid "<p>The NFSv4 option is enabled in the previous page. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>A opción NFSv4 está activada na páxina anterior. Asegúrese de ter marcado ca opción fsid=0 para un cliente concreto só un sistema de ficheiros a exportar.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />\n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" @@ -590,8 +543,7 @@ #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>No caso de varias exportacións a un cliente NFSv4,\n" -#~ "é preciso asociar as rutas exportadas que non usan fsid=0 á que ten " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "é preciso asociar as rutas exportadas que non usan fsid=0 á que ten fsid=0.\n" #~ "Para exportar as rutas do servidor, <tt>/Eva</tt> e <tt>/Adán</tt> como\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> e <tt>/marido</tt>, respectivamente, use<br />\n" #~ "<pre>/Eva 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" @@ -611,9 +563,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n" #~| "for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\\nfor the same client " -#~ "'%1' (contained in '%2')" +#~ msgid "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\\nfor the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" #~ msgstr "" #~ "%3 e %4 exportáronse coa opción fsid=0\n" #~ "para o mesmo cliente '%1' (incluído en '%2')" @@ -623,9 +573,7 @@ #~| "The wild card or options string is invalid.\n" #~| "It must be shorter than 70 characters and it\n" #~| "must not contain spaces.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The wild card or options string is invalid.\\nIt must be shorter than 70 " -#~ "characters and it\\nmust not contain spaces.\\n" +#~ msgid "The wild card or options string is invalid.\\nIt must be shorter than 70 characters and it\\nmust not contain spaces.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O comodín ou a cadea de opcións é incorrecto.\n" #~ "Debe ter menos de 70 caracteres e\n" @@ -635,9 +583,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Invalid option.\n" #~| "Only letters, digits, and the characters =/.,_- are allowed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Invalid option.\\nOnly letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are " -#~ "allowed." +#~ msgid "Invalid option.\\nOnly letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opción incorrecta.\n" #~ "Só se permiten letras, díxitos e os caracteres =/.,_-." @@ -647,23 +593,18 @@ #~| "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\n" #~| "for %1.\n" #~| "Probably there is spurious whitespace in the configuration file." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\\nfor %1.\\nLikely, " -#~ "there is a spurious whitespace in the configuration file.\\n" +#~ msgid "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\\nfor %1.\\nLikely, there is a spurious whitespace in the configuration file.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hai parénteses sen parella nas opcións de exportación\n" #~ "de %1.\n" -#~ "É probable que haxa espazos en branco indebidos no ficheiro de " -#~ "configuración." +#~ "É probable que haxa espazos en branco indebidos no ficheiro de configuración." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" #~| "with spaces in their names.\n" #~| "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\\nwith spaces in " -#~ "their names.\\nUse the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgid "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\\nwith spaces in their names.\\nUse the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O servidor NFS en modo usuario (%1) non pode exportar\n" #~ "directorios con nomes que conteñan espazos.\n" @@ -673,9 +614,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "'fsid=0'is not a valid option unless \n" #~| "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \\nNFSv4 is enabled (previous page)." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \\nNFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "'fsid=0'non é unha opción válida a non ser que \n" #~ "NFSv4 estea activado (páxina anterior)" @@ -693,9 +632,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" #~| "and export some of your directories to others.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\\nand " -#~ "export some of your directories to others.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\\nand export some of your directories to others.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Aquí pode escoller se desexa iniciar un servidor NFS no\n" #~ "seu ordenador e exportar algúns directorios a outros.</P>" @@ -704,9 +641,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" #~| "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\\na " -#~ "configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\\na configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Se escolle <B>Iniciar servidor NFS</B>, ó premer\n" #~ "<B>Seguinte</B> abrirá un diálogo de configuración onde\n" @@ -714,49 +649,30 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</" -#~| "B>,\n" -#~| "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the id mapping daemon to use. " -#~| "Leave\n" -#~| "it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if " -#~| "you are not sure.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>" -#~ "\\nand fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to " -#~ "use. Leave\\nit as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and " -#~ "idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\\n" +#~| "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>,\n" +#~| "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the id mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +#~| "it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\\nand fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\\nit as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Se o servidor precisa xestionar clientes NFSv4, marque\n" -#~ "<B>Activar NFSv4</B>, e especifique o nome de dominio NFSv4 para que o " -#~ "use o daemon de mapeo de ID. Deixe este valor como\n" -#~ "localdomain ou consulte a páxina man correspondente a idmapd e idmapd." -#~ "conf se ten algunha dúbida.</P>\n" +#~ "<B>Activar NFSv4</B>, e especifique o nome de dominio NFSv4 para que o use o daemon de mapeo de ID. Deixe este valor como\n" +#~ "localdomain ou consulte a páxina man correspondente a idmapd e idmapd.conf se ten algunha dúbida.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, please " -#~| "enable the <B>Enable GSS Security</B> \n" -#~| "checkbox. For being able to use GSS API, currently you need to have " -#~| "Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the" -#~ "\\n<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to " -#~ "have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\\n" +#~| "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, please enable the <B>Enable GSS Security</B> \n" +#~| "checkbox. For being able to use GSS API, currently you need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\\n<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se o servidor e o cliente deben autenticarse usando a librería GSS, " -#~ "marque a caixa de verificación <B>Activar seguridade GSS.</B>\n" -#~ "Para que sexa posible usar a API GSS, actualmente o seu sistema debe " -#~ "dispoñer de Kerberos e gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7).</P>\n" +#~ "<P>Se o servidor e o cliente deben autenticarse usando a librería GSS, marque a caixa de verificación <B>Activar seguridade GSS.</B>\n" +#~ "Para que sexa posible usar a API GSS, actualmente o seu sistema debe dispoñer de Kerberos e gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7).</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" #~| "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" #~| "mount this directory.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\\nIf a directory " -#~ "is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\\nmount this " -#~ "directory.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\\nIf a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\\nmount this directory.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>A caixa superior contén todos os directorios que se van exportar.\n" #~ "Ó seleccionar un deses directorios, a caixa inferior amosará as máquinas\n" @@ -764,40 +680,28 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected " -#~| "directory.\n" +#~| "<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" #~| "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" #~| "IP networks.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected " -#~ "directory.\\nIt can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\\nIP " -#~ "networks.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\\nIt can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\\nIP networks.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>O <b>Comodín de máquina</b> permite definir as máquinas que teñen " -#~ "acceso ó directorio seleccionado.\n" +#~ "<P>O <b>Comodín de máquina</b> permite definir as máquinas que teñen acceso ó directorio seleccionado.\n" #~ "Poden indicarse máquinas, grupos, comodíns ou\n" #~ "redes IP.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~| "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~| "fsid=0.\n" +#~| "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~| "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~| "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />\n" #~| "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" #~| "/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\\nyou need to bind the " -#~ "exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\\nTo export the " -#~ "server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\\n<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/" -#~ "husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />\\n<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0," -#~ "crossmnt,ro,...)\\n/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\\nyou need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\\nTo export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\\n<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />\\n<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\\n/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>No caso de varias exportacións a un cliente NFSv4,\n" -#~ "é preciso asociar as rutas exportadas que non usan fsid=0 á que ten " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "é preciso asociar as rutas exportadas que non usan fsid=0 á que ten fsid=0.\n" #~ "Para exportar as rutas do servidor, <tt>/Eva</tt> e <tt>/Adán</tt> como\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> e <tt>/marido</tt>, respectivamente, use<br />\n" #~ "<pre>/Eva 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" @@ -807,9 +711,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" #~ msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Para máis información pode consultar a páxina <tt>man exports</tt>.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ msgstr "<P>Para máis información pode consultar a páxina <tt>man exports</tt>.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -825,9 +727,7 @@ #~| "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" #~| "No changes will be made to the\n" #~| "exported directories.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\\nNo changes will be made to the" -#~ "\\nexported directories.\\n" +#~ msgid "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\\nNo changes will be made to the\\nexported directories.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non foi posible escribir en /etc/exports.\n" #~ "Non vai haber cambios nos directorios\n" @@ -837,9 +737,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" #~| "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Unable to restart the NFS server.\\nYour changes will be active after " -#~ "reboot.\\n" +#~ msgid "Unable to restart the NFS server.\\nYour changes will be active after reboot.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non é posible reiniciar o servidor NFS.\n" #~ "Os cambios estarán activados ao reiniciar.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/nis.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/nis.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/nis.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -146,15 +146,13 @@ "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Configuración da devasa</b><br>\n" "Para abrir a devasa e permitir o acceso ao servizo 'ypbind'\n" "desde ordenadores remotos, active <b>Abrir porto na devasa</b>.\n" -"Para seleccionar as interfaces nas que desexa abrir o porto, prema " -"<b>Detalles da devasa</b>.\n" +"Para seleccionar as interfaces nas que desexa abrir o porto, prema <b>Detalles da devasa</b>.\n" "Esta opción só está dispoñíbel se está activada a devasa.</p>\n" #. help text @@ -164,44 +162,31 @@ " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Introduza o seu dominio NIS, por exemplo exemplo.com,\n" -"e o enderezo dos servidores NIS, coma por exemplo nis.exemplo.com ou " -"10.20.1.1.</p>\n" +"e o enderezo dos servidores NIS, coma por exemplo nis.exemplo.com ou 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione o xeito de modificar a configuración de NIS. Normalmente, isto " -"realízase\n" -"mediante un script netconfig que fusiona a información definida " -"estaticamente coa obtida\n" -"dinamicamente (ex.: de DHCP, NetworkManager etc). Esta é a opción " -"predeterminada,\n" +"<p>Seleccione o xeito de modificar a configuración de NIS. Normalmente, isto realízase\n" +"mediante un script netconfig que fusiona a información definida estaticamente coa obtida\n" +"dinamicamente (ex.: de DHCP, NetworkManager etc). Esta é a opción predeterminada,\n" "suficiente para a meirande parte das configuracións.\n" -"Se escolle a opción Só manual, netconfig non terá acceso a ningunha " -"modificación da configuración.\n" -"Poderá editar o ficheiro de xeito manual. Escollendo Usar directiva " -"personalizada,\n" -"pode especificar unha cadea de valores personalizados, que consiste nunha " -"lista,\n" -"separada por espazos, de nomes de interfaces, incluíndo caracteres comodín, " -"cos valores\n" -"especiais predeterminados STATIC e STATIC_FALLBACK. Se precisa máis " -"información, lea\n" +"Se escolle a opción Só manual, netconfig non terá acceso a ningunha modificación da configuración.\n" +"Poderá editar o ficheiro de xeito manual. Escollendo Usar directiva personalizada,\n" +"pode especificar unha cadea de valores personalizados, que consiste nunha lista,\n" +"separada por espazos, de nomes de interfaces, incluíndo caracteres comodín, cos valores\n" +"especiais predeterminados STATIC e STATIC_FALLBACK. Se precisa máis información, lea\n" "a páxina do manual de netconfig.<p>\n" #. help text @@ -228,14 +213,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A configuración de NFS que afecta a como opera o automounter pódese " -"definir dentro do cliente NFS, que pode ser configurado empregando o botón " -"<b>Configuración de NFS</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A configuración de NFS que afecta a como opera o automounter pódese definir dentro do cliente NFS, que pode ser configurado empregando o botón <b>Configuración de NFS</b>.</p>" #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 @@ -362,32 +341,19 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local " -"host.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Normalmente, calquera máquina pode preguntar que servidor está usando un " -"cliente. Desactivando <b>Responder a máquinas remotas</b> limita esta opción " -"só á máquina local.</p>" +msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Normalmente, calquera máquina pode preguntar que servidor está usando un cliente. Desactivando <b>Responder a máquinas remotas</b> limita esta opción só á máquina local.</p>" #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Servidor roto</b> se quere aceptar respostas de servidores que " -"funcionen en portos sen privilexios. Constitúe un risco de seguridade e é " -"máis conveniente substituír un servidor deste tipo.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Servidor roto</b> se quere aceptar respostas de servidores que funcionen en portos sen privilexios. Constitúe un risco de seguridade e é máis conveniente substituír un servidor deste tipo.</p>" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Consulte <b>man ypbind</b> para obter máis detalles doutras opcións.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Consulte <b>man ypbind</b> para obter máis detalles doutras opcións.</p>" #. frame label #. dialog title @@ -463,12 +429,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode empregar o protocolo de ubicación de servizos (<b>SLP</b>) para " -"buscar un servidor NIS</p>" +msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode empregar o protocolo de ubicación de servizos (<b>SLP</b>) para buscar un servidor NIS</p>" #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle @@ -639,10 +601,7 @@ #~| "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" #~| "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" #~| "fail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\\nin the local network " -#~ "to find a server after the specified servers\\nfail to respond. It is a " -#~ "security risk.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\\nin the local network to find a server after the specified servers\\nfail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A opción <b>Broadcast</b> (Difusión) permite buscar\n" #~ "un servidor na rede local se os servidores especificados\n" @@ -652,9 +611,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n" #~| "less frequently used settings.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\\nless frequently used settings.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\\nless frequently used settings.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A opción <b>Experto</b> proporciona acceso a algunhas\n" #~ "opcións de configuración usadas con menor frecuencia.</p>\n" @@ -664,110 +621,66 @@ #~| "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" #~| "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" #~| "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -#~| "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall " -#~| "Details</b>.\n" +#~| "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" #~| "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\\nTo open the firewall to allow accessing " -#~ "the 'ypbind' service\\nfrom remote computers, set <b>Open Port in " -#~ "Firewall</b>.\\nTo select interfaces on which to open the port, click " -#~ "<b>Firewall Details</b>.\\nThis option is only available if the firewall " -#~ "is enabled.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\\nTo open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\\nfrom remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\\nTo select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\\nThis option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Configuración do Cortalumes</b><br>\n" #~ "Para abrir o cortalumes e permitir o acceso ó servizo 'ypbind'\n" #~ "dende ordenadores remotos, active <b>Abrir Porto no Cortalumes</b>.\n" -#~ "Para seleccionar as interfaces nas que desexa abrir o porto, prema " -#~ "<b>Detalles do Cortalumes</b>.\n" +#~ "Para seleccionar as interfaces nas que desexa abrir o porto, prema <b>Detalles do Cortalumes</b>.\n" #~ "Esta opción só está dispoñible se está activado o cortalumes.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" -#~| " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\\n and the NIS server's " -#~ "address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\\n" +#~| " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\\n and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introduza o seu dominio NIS, por exemplo exemplo.com,\n" -#~ "e o enderezo dos servidores NIS, coma por exemplo nis.exemplo.com ou " -#~ "10.20.1.1.</p>\n" +#~ "e o enderezo dos servidores NIS, coma por exemplo nis.exemplo.com ou 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, " -#~| "it is\n" -#~| "handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically " -#~| "defined here\n" +#~| "<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +#~| "handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" #~| "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" -#~| "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most " -#~| "configurations. \n" -#~| "By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -#~| "modify\n" -#~| "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By " -#~| "choosing\n" -#~| "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of " -#~| "a\n" +#~| "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" +#~| "By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +#~| "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" +#~| "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" #~| "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -#~| "STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more " -#~| "information, see\n" +#~| "STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" #~| "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, " -#~ "it is\\nhandled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically " -#~ "defined here\\nwith dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, " -#~ "NetworkManager\\netc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for " -#~ "most configurations. \\nBy choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will " -#~ "no longer be allowed to modify\\nthe configuration. You can, however, " -#~ "edit the file manually. By choosing\\nCustom Policy, you can specify a " -#~ "custom policy string, which consists of a\\nspace-separated list of " -#~ "interface names, including wildcards, with\\nSTATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as " -#~ "predefined special values. For more information, see\\nthe netconfig " -#~ "manual page.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\\nhandled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\\nwith dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\\netc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \\nBy choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\\nthe configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\\nCustom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\\nspace-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\\nSTATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\\nthe netconfig manual page.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione o xeito de modificar a configuración de NIS. Normalmente, " -#~ "isto realízase\n" -#~ "mediante un script netconfig que fusiona a información definida " -#~ "estaticamente coa obtida\n" -#~ "dinamicamente (ex.: de DHCP, NetworkManager etc). Esta é a opción " -#~ "predeterminada,\n" +#~ "<p>Seleccione o xeito de modificar a configuración de NIS. Normalmente, isto realízase\n" +#~ "mediante un script netconfig que fusiona a información definida estaticamente coa obtida\n" +#~ "dinamicamente (ex.: de DHCP, NetworkManager etc). Esta é a opción predeterminada,\n" #~ "suficiente para a meirande parte das configuracións.\n" -#~ "Se escolle a opción Só manual, netconfig non terá acceso a ningunha " -#~ "modificación da configuración.\n" -#~ "Poderá editar o ficheiro de xeito manual. Escollendo Usar directiva " -#~ "personalizada,\n" -#~ "pode especificar unha cadea de valores personalizados, que consiste nunha " -#~ "lista,\n" -#~ "separada por espazos, de nomes de interfaces, incluíndo caracteres " -#~ "comodín, cos valores\n" -#~ "especiais predeterminados STATIC e STATIC_FALLBACK. Se precisa máis " -#~ "información, lea\n" +#~ "Se escolle a opción Só manual, netconfig non terá acceso a ningunha modificación da configuración.\n" +#~ "Poderá editar o ficheiro de xeito manual. Escollendo Usar directiva personalizada,\n" +#~ "pode especificar unha cadea de valores personalizados, que consiste nunha lista,\n" +#~ "separada por espazos, de nomes de interfaces, incluíndo caracteres comodín, cos valores\n" +#~ "especiais predeterminados STATIC e STATIC_FALLBACK. Se precisa máis información, lea\n" #~ "a páxina do manual de netconfig.<p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Specify multiple servers\n" #~| "by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Specify multiple servers\\nby separating their addresses with spaces.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Specify multiple servers\\nby separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Pode especificar varios servidores\n" #~ "separando os seus enderezos con espazos.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories " -#~| "automatically,\n" +#~| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" #~| "such as users' home directories.\n" #~| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" #~| "either locally or over NIS.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically," -#~ "\\nsuch as users' home directories.\\nIt is assumed that its " -#~ "configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\\neither locally or over NIS." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\\nsuch as users' home directories.\\nIt is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\\neither locally or over NIS.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> é un daemon que monta directorios automaticamente,\n" #~ "coma os directorios persoais de usuario (home).\n" @@ -779,9 +692,7 @@ #~| "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" #~| "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" #~| "Are you sure?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\\nyou cannot retrieve " -#~ "the user data from LDAP.\\nAre you sure?" +#~ msgid "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\\nyou cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\\nAre you sure?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se configura a súa máquina coma cliente NIS,\n" #~ "non poderá obter os datos de usuario dende LDAP.\n" @@ -791,9 +702,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" #~| "does not make any sense. Select just one option." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\\ndoes not make any sense. Select " -#~ "just one option." +#~ msgid "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\\ndoes not make any sense. Select just one option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non ten sentido activar as opción de Broadcast\n" #~ "(difusión) e SLP á vez. Escolla só unha opción." @@ -803,9 +712,7 @@ #~| "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" #~| "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" #~| "and it must be at most 64 characters long.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\\nit must not be \"(none)\",\\nand " -#~ "it must be at most 64 characters long.\\n" +#~ msgid "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\\nit must not be \"(none)\",\\nand it must be at most 64 characters long.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome de dominio NIS non pode estar baleiro,\n" #~ "non pode ser \"(nada)\",\n" @@ -816,9 +723,7 @@ #~| "Only an IP address can be used\n" #~| "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only an IP address can be used\\nbecause host names are resolved using " -#~ "NIS.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "Only an IP address can be used\\nbecause host names are resolved using NIS.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Só é posible empregar un enderezo IP\n" #~ "porque os nomes de máquina resólvense usando NIS.\n" @@ -829,14 +734,8 @@ #~ msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\\n" #~ msgstr "Vaise instalar o paquete automounter.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain " -#~ "name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up " -#~ "in the network module.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se emprega <b>DHCP</b> e o servidor proporciónalle o nome de dominio " -#~ "NIS ou os servidores NIS, pódeo activar aquí. A configuración de DHCP " -#~ "realízase no módulo de rede.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Se emprega <b>DHCP</b> e o servidor proporciónalle o nome de dominio NIS ou os servidores NIS, pódeo activar aquí. A configuración de DHCP realízase no módulo de rede.</p>" #~ msgid "Error while running portmapper." #~ msgstr "Erro ó executar portmapper." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/nis_server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/nis_server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/nis_server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -76,8 +76,7 @@ #. command line help text for the 'hosts' option #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" -msgstr "" -"Equipos autorizados para facer preguntas ao servidor ('máscara_rede:rede')" +msgstr "Equipos autorizados para facer preguntas ao servidor ('máscara_rede:rede')" #. summary label #. To translators: label in the dialog @@ -170,12 +169,10 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</" -"i>\n" +"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" "file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Indique se o ficheiro <i>passwd</i> debe fusionarse co ficheiro " -"<i>shadow</i>\n" +"<p>Indique se o ficheiro <i>passwd</i> debe fusionarse co ficheiro <i>shadow</i>\n" "(só é posible cando o ficheiro <i>shadow</i> existe).</p>\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -214,8 +211,7 @@ #. were a pain to use. #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "<p>With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione con este diálogo as relacións que van estar dispoñibles.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione con este diálogo as relacións que van estar dispoñibles.</p>" #. multilesection box label #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 @@ -230,12 +226,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza un <b>dominio</b> NIS. Se esta máquina é tamén un cliente NIS " -"que usa\n" +"<p>Introduza un <b>dominio</b> NIS. Se esta máquina é tamén un cliente NIS que usa\n" "a máquina como servidor, marque a opción correspondente.</p>\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -259,11 +253,9 @@ "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><i>Permitir cambiar os contrasinais</i> deixa ós usuarios cambiar os " -"seus\n" +"<p><i>Permitir cambiar os contrasinais</i> deixa ós usuarios cambiar os seus\n" "contrasinais dentro de NIS. Os botóns tamén permiten\n" -"cambiar a shell de inicio ou GECOS (nome completo e información " -"relacionada)\n" +"cambiar a shell de inicio ou GECOS (nome completo e información relacionada)\n" "e outras opcións máis específicas.</p>\n" #. To translators: checkbox label @@ -324,11 +316,9 @@ "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"O seu ordenador foi configurado para cambiar o nome de dominio de NIS a " -"través\n" +"O seu ordenador foi configurado para cambiar o nome de dominio de NIS a través\n" "de DHCP. Isto substituirá ó dominio que acaba de introducir. Comprobe a súa\n" -"configuración e considere a posibilidade de non executar un cliente DHCP nun " -"servidor de NIS.\n" +"configuración e considere a posibilidade de non executar un cliente DHCP nun servidor de NIS.\n" #. firewall openning help #: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 @@ -336,15 +326,13 @@ "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Configuración do Cortalumes</b><br>\n" "Para abrir o cortalumes e permitir o acceso ó servidor NIS\n" "dende equipos remotos, escolla <b>Porto aberto no Cortalumes</b>.\n" -"Para escoller as interfaces nas que desexa abrir o porto, prema en " -"<b>Detalles do cortalumes</b>.\n" +"Para escoller as interfaces nas que desexa abrir o porto, prema en <b>Detalles do cortalumes</b>.\n" "Esta opción só está dispoñible se o cortalumes está activado.</p>\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading @@ -375,9 +363,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "<p>Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza as máquinas que teñen permiso para consultar ao servidor NIS.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduza as máquinas que teñen permiso para consultar ao servidor NIS.</p>" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 @@ -386,8 +372,7 @@ "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Acéptase un enderezo de máquina se o valor de <b>rede</b> é igual\n" -"ó resultado da operación <i>AND</i> bit a bit do enderezo da maquina e maila " -"<b>máscara de rede</b>.</p>" +"ó resultado da operación <i>AND</i> bit a bit do enderezo da maquina e maila <b>máscara de rede</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 @@ -395,10 +380,8 @@ "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>A entrada ca <b>máscara de rede</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> e maila <b>rede</" -"b>\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexións desde a máquina " -"local.</p>\n" +"<p>A entrada ca <b>máscara de rede</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> e maila <b>rede</b>\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexións desde a máquina local.</p>\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -426,21 +409,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the " -"master NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza o <b>dominio</b> NIS e o <b>enderezo</b> IP ou o nome de " -"máquina do servidor NIS mestre.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduza o <b>dominio</b> NIS e o <b>enderezo</b> IP ou o nome de máquina do servidor NIS mestre.</p>" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se esta máquina é tamén un cliente NIS que usa este equipo coma servidor, " -"marque a opción correspondente.</p>" +msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se esta máquina é tamén un cliente NIS que usa este equipo coma servidor, marque a opción correspondente.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -479,15 +454,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"<i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and " -"<i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí pode introducir os nomes de máquinas para configurar servidores NIS " -"escravos. Use <i>Engadir</i> para engadir un novo e, <i>Editar</i> para " -"cambiar unha entrada xa existente, e <i>Eliminar</i> para eliminar unha " -"entrada.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí pode introducir os nomes de máquinas para configurar servidores NIS escravos. Use <i>Engadir</i> para engadir un novo e, <i>Editar</i> para cambiar unha entrada xa existente, e <i>Eliminar</i> para eliminar unha entrada.</p>" #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -966,50 +934,36 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" #~| "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\\n<i>'/etc'</i>).</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\\n<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Pode cambiar o directorio fonte do servidor NIS\n" #~ " (normalmente <i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the " -#~| "<i>shadow</i>\n" +#~| "<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" #~| "file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</" -#~ "i>\\nfile (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\\nfile (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Indique se o ficheiro <i>passwd</i> debe fusionarse co ficheiro " -#~ "<i>shadow</i>\n" +#~ "<p>Indique se o ficheiro <i>passwd</i> debe fusionarse co ficheiro <i>shadow</i>\n" #~ "(só é posible cando o ficheiro <i>shadow</i> existe).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using " -#~| "this machine as a server, check\n" +#~| "<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" #~| "the corresponding option.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using " -#~ "this machine as a server, check\\nthe corresponding option.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\\nthe corresponding option.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Introduza un <b>dominio</b> NIS. Se esta máquina é tamén un cliente " -#~ "NIS que usa\n" +#~ "<p>Introduza un <b>dominio</b> NIS. Se esta máquina é tamén un cliente NIS que usa\n" #~ "a máquina como servidor, marque a opción correspondente.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" #~| "<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n" -#~| "<i>Fast Map distribution</i>, it will speed up the transfer of maps to " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "<i>Fast Map distribution</i>, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" #~| "slaves.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\\n<i>Active " -#~ "Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\\n<i>Fast Map distribution</i>, " -#~ "it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\\nslaves.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\\n<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\\n<i>Fast Map distribution</i>, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\\nslaves.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se desexa que os servidores escravos cooperen con\n" #~ "este mestre, marque <i>Existe un servidor NIS escravo activo</i>.\n" @@ -1020,20 +974,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n" #~| "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" -#~| "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) " -#~| "can\n" +#~| "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" #~| "be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their" -#~ "\\npasswords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\\nchanging the " -#~ "login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\\nbe used to " -#~ "set up these more specific options.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\\npasswords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\\nchanging the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\\nbe used to set up these more specific options.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><i>Permitir cambiar os contrasinais</i> deixa ós usuarios cambiar os " -#~ "seus\n" +#~ "<p><i>Permitir cambiar os contrasinais</i> deixa ós usuarios cambiar os seus\n" #~ "contrasinais dentro de NIS. Os botóns tamén permiten\n" -#~ "cambiar a shell de inicio ou GECOS (nome completo e información " -#~ "relacionada)\n" +#~ "cambiar a shell de inicio ou GECOS (nome completo e información relacionada)\n" #~ "e outras opcións máis específicas.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1041,38 +988,25 @@ #~| "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" #~| "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" #~| "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\\nThis may " -#~ "replace the domain name just entered. Check your\\nsettings and consider " -#~ "not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\\n" +#~ msgid "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\\nThis may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\\nsettings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O seu ordenador foi configurado para cambiar o nome de dominio de NIS a " -#~ "través\n" -#~ "de DHCP. Isto substituirá ó dominio que acaba de introducir. Comprobe a " -#~ "súa\n" -#~ "configuración e considere a posibilidade de non executar un cliente DHCP " -#~ "nun servidor de NIS.\n" +#~ "O seu ordenador foi configurado para cambiar o nome de dominio de NIS a través\n" +#~ "de DHCP. Isto substituirá ó dominio que acaba de introducir. Comprobe a súa\n" +#~ "configuración e considere a posibilidade de non executar un cliente DHCP nun servidor de NIS.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" #~| "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" #~| "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -#~| "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall " -#~| "Details</b>.\n" +#~| "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" #~| "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\\nTo open the firewall to allow accessing " -#~ "the NIS server\\nfrom remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>." -#~ "\\nTo select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall " -#~ "Details</b>.\\nThis option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\\nTo open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\\nfrom remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\\nTo select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\\nThis option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Configuración do Cortalumes</b><br>\n" #~ "Para abrir o cortalumes e permitir o acceso ó servidor NIS\n" #~ "dende equipos remotos, escolla <b>Porto aberto no Cortalumes</b>.\n" -#~ "Para escoller as interfaces nas que desexa abrir o porto, prema en " -#~ "<b>Detalles do cortalumes</b>.\n" +#~ "Para escoller as interfaces nas que desexa abrir o porto, prema en <b>Detalles do cortalumes</b>.\n" #~ "Esta opción só está dispoñible se o cortalumes está activado.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1088,38 +1022,26 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\n" -#~| "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>." -#~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\\nto the " -#~ "bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" +#~| "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\\nto the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Acéptase un enderezo de máquina se o valor de <b>rede</b> é igual\n" -#~ "ó resultado da operación <i>AND</i> bit a bit do enderezo da maquina e " -#~ "maila <b>máscara de rede</b>.</p>" +#~ "ó resultado da operación <i>AND</i> bit a bit do enderezo da maquina e maila <b>máscara de rede</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" -#~| "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>" -#~ "\\n<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~| "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\\n<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A entrada ca <b>máscara de rede</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> e maila " -#~ "<b>rede</b>\n" -#~ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexións desde a máquina " -#~ "local.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>A entrada ca <b>máscara de rede</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> e maila <b>rede</b>\n" +#~ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexións desde a máquina local.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" #~| "<b>network</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\\n<b>network</b> " -#~ "<tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\\n<b>network</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introducindo a <b>máscara de rede</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> e\n" #~ "a <b>rede</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> proporciona acceso a tódalas máquinas.</p>" @@ -1137,21 +1059,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" #~| "<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a" -#~ "\\n<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\\n<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Escolla se desexa configurar un servidor NIS coma <b>mestre</b> ou " -#~ "coma\n" +#~ "<p>Escolla se desexa configurar un servidor NIS coma <b>mestre</b> ou coma\n" #~ "<b>escravo</b> ou non configurar ningún servidor NIS.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\n" #~| "configure it.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to" -#~ "\\nconfigure it.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\\nconfigure it.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O paquete do servidor NIS vaise <b>instalar</b> primeiro en\n" #~ "caso de que desexe configuralo.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/ntp-client.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/ntp-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/ntp-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -30,44 +30,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Prema <b>Sincronizar Agora</b> para establecer correctamente a hora do " -"sistema usando o servidor NTP seleccionado. Se desexa facer un uso " -"permanente de NTP, active a opción <b>Gardar a Configuración de NTP</b></p>" +msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +msgstr "<p>Prema <b>Sincronizar Agora</b> para establecer correctamente a hora do sistema usando o servidor NTP seleccionado. Se desexa facer un uso permanente de NTP, active a opción <b>Gardar a Configuración de NTP</b></p>" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ao activar a opción <b>Executar NTP como daemon</b>, o servizo NTP " -"iniciarase como deamon. En caso contrairo, a hora do sistema sincronizarase " -"periodicamente. O intervalo predeterminado é de 15 min. Isto pode " -"modificarse co <b>módulo yast2 ntp-client </b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ao activar a opción <b>Executar NTP como daemon</b>, o servizo NTP iniciarase como deamon. En caso contrairo, a hora do sistema sincronizarase periodicamente. O intervalo predeterminado é de 15 min. Isto pode modificarse co <b>módulo yast2 ntp-client </b>.</p>" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Usando o botón <b>Configurar</b>, ábrese a configuración avanzada de NTP." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Usando o botón <b>Configurar</b>, ábrese a configuración avanzada de NTP.</p>" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A sincronización co servidor NTP só é posible se a rede está configurada." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A sincronización co servidor NTP só é posible se a rede está configurada.</p>" #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -605,8 +583,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -"en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +"Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -635,10 +612,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" @@ -652,19 +627,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "Para executar o daemon NTP en chroot jail, active\n" -"<b>Executar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail</b>. Recoméndase iniciar calquera " -"daemon\n" +"<b>Executar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail</b>. Recoméndase iniciar calquera daemon\n" "en chroot jail porque é máis seguro.</p>" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 @@ -678,10 +649,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración mediante DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "Active <b>Configurar o daemon NTP mediante DHCP</b> para obter do\n" -"servidor de rede a información relativa aos servidores NTP a través do " -"protocolo DHCP\n" -"en vez de configuralos manualmente. Pregunte ao administrador da rede se o " -"servidor\n" +"servidor de rede a información relativa aos servidores NTP a través do protocolo DHCP\n" +"en vez de configuralos manualmente. Pregunte ao administrador da rede se o servidor\n" "DHCP fornece información sobre os servidores NTP.</p>" #. help text 4/5 @@ -689,18 +658,14 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Servidores configurados</big></b><br>\n" -"Para axustar os servidores NTP, pares, reloxos de radio locais e difusión " -"NTP,\n" -"seleccione a liña axeitada e prema <b>Editar</b>. Para engadir un novo par " -"de sincronización,\n" -"prema <b>Engadir</b> e para eliminar un par de sincronización existente, " -"seleccióneo\n" +"Para axustar os servidores NTP, pares, reloxos de radio locais e difusión NTP,\n" +"seleccione a liña axeitada e prema <b>Editar</b>. Para engadir un novo par de sincronización,\n" +"prema <b>Engadir</b> e para eliminar un par de sincronización existente, seleccióneo\n" "e prema <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/5 @@ -710,20 +675,17 @@ "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Amosar rexistro </big></b><br>\n" -"<p>Para ver os rexistros do daemon NTP nunha nova fiestra, prema en " -"<b>Amosar rexistro</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Para ver os rexistros do daemon NTP nunha nova fiestra, prema en <b>Amosar rexistro</b>.</p>\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración avanzada</big></b><br>\n" -"Para configurar este host para que se sincronice con varios hosts remotos " -"ou\n" +"Para configurar este host para que se sincronice con varios hosts remotos ou\n" "cun reloxo conectado localmente, empregue <b>Configuración avanzada</b>." #. help text 1/4 @@ -750,8 +712,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" @@ -761,8 +722,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Dispositivo</big></b><br>\n" "Para que o reloxo funcione pode cumprir crear unha ligazón simbólica\n" "especial ao dispositivo ao que está conectado. Para isto, estableza\n" -"<b>Crear ligazón simbólica</b> e defina o <b>Dispositivo</b>. Para procurar " -"o dispositivo,\n" +"<b>Crear ligazón simbólica</b> e defina o <b>Dispositivo</b>. Para procurar o dispositivo,\n" "prema en <b>Examinar</b>.\n" "Para algúns tipos de reloxos non é preciso crear unha ligazón simbólica, \n" "ou cómpre creala manualmente.</p>" @@ -774,8 +734,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Calibración do controlador</big></b><br>\n" -"Para calibrar o controlador do reloxo, prema en <b>Calibración do " -"controlador</b>.</p>" +"Para calibrar o controlador do reloxo, prema en <b>Calibración do controlador</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 @@ -786,10 +745,8 @@ "provider.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Enderezo do servidor NTP</big></b><br>\n" -"Para establecer o enderezo do servidor NTP, empregue a entrada <b>Enderezo</" -"b>.\n" -"Para procurar un servidor NTP, pregunte ao administrador da red ou ao " -"proveedor\n" +"Para establecer o enderezo do servidor NTP, empregue a entrada <b>Enderezo</b>.\n" +"Para procurar un servidor NTP, pregunte ao administrador da red ou ao proveedor\n" "de servizos de Internet.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 @@ -835,8 +792,7 @@ "text field.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Enderezo</big></b><br>\n" -"No campo <b>Enderezo</b>, defina o enderezo ao que desexa emitir unha " -"difusión (broadcast).</p>" +"No campo <b>Enderezo</b>, defina o enderezo ao que desexa emitir unha difusión (broadcast).</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 @@ -854,8 +810,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -864,22 +819,17 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" "<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opcións de control de acceso</big></b><br>\n" -"Defina as etiquetas de control de acceso (directiva <b><tt>restrict</tt></b> " -"en\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) para este servidor, indicando que tipo de accións pode " -"executar\n" -"o host remoto no seu daemon NTP. De xeito predeterminado, defínese como " -"<i>notrap\n" -"nomodify noquery</i>. Esta opción só está dispoñible se vostede marcou a " -"opción\n" +"Defina as etiquetas de control de acceso (directiva <b><tt>restrict</tt></b> en\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) para este servidor, indicando que tipo de accións pode executar\n" +"o host remoto no seu daemon NTP. De xeito predeterminado, defínese como <i>notrap\n" +"nomodify noquery</i>. Esta opción só está dispoñible se vostede marcou a opción\n" "<b>Restrinxir os servizos NTP só aos servidores configurados</b> en\n" "<b>Configuración de seguridade</b>.</p>\n" @@ -916,8 +866,7 @@ "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Reloxo de radio</b> para configurar un reloxo de radio " -"local\n" +"<p>Seleccione <b>Reloxo de radio</b> para configurar un reloxo de radio local\n" "conectado directamente ao seu equipo.</p>" #. help text 5/6 @@ -936,8 +885,7 @@ "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Para aceptar paquetes NTP difundidos por outros hosts na rede\n" -"e usalos para establecer a hora local, seleccione <b>Difusión entrante<b>.</" -"p>" +"e usalos para establecer a hora local, seleccione <b>Difusión entrante<b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -969,15 +917,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Seleccionar un servidor NTP público</b></big><br>\n" -"Seleccione da lista de <b>Servidores NTP públicos</b> o servidor NTP que " -"quere usar. Se desexa\n" -"que se amosen só servidores NTP dun país determinado, seleccióneo en " -"<b>País</b>.</p>" +"Seleccione da lista de <b>Servidores NTP públicos</b> o servidor NTP que quere usar. Se desexa\n" +"que se amosen só servidores NTP dun país determinado, seleccióneo en <b>País</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -992,13 +937,10 @@ "to find an NTP server near you.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Nota</b></big><br>\n" -"Pode que os servidores NTP da lista non estéan dispoñibles desde todos os " -"países,\n" +"Pode que os servidores NTP da lista non estéan dispoñibles desde todos os países,\n" "senón só para un país ou rexión determinados.\n" -"Antes de empregar calquera servidor NTP da lista, pregunte ao administrador " -"do seu sistema\n" -"ou ao seu proveedor de Internet se existe un servidor NTP máis próximo e, de " -"seren así,\n" +"Antes de empregar calquera servidor NTP da lista, pregunte ao administrador do seu sistema\n" +"ou ao seu proveedor de Internet se existe un servidor NTP máis próximo e, de seren así,\n" "dea preferencia a este servidor fronte a calquera da lista. Tamén pode\n" "consultar <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" "para atopar o servidor NTP máis próximo.</p>" @@ -1010,8 +952,7 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Probar a accesibilidade do servidor</big></b><br>\n" -"Prema en <b>Probar</b> para verificar se o servidor seleccionado responde " -"correctamente.</p>" +"Prema en <b>Probar</b> para verificar se o servidor seleccionado responde correctamente.</p>" #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1019,44 +960,34 @@ msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Empregar servidores aleatorios</b></big><br>\n" "Este servizo ofréceo pool.ntp.org. Se marca esta opción,\n" -"engadiranse tres servidores distintos á configuración. Os nomes dos " -"servidores son\n" -"permanentes, pero cambian o seu rexistro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Isto quere " -"dicir que\n" -"o seu cliente NTP estará sincronizado con servidores diferentes cada hora.</" -"p>\n" +"engadiranse tres servidores distintos á configuración. Os nomes dos servidores son\n" +"permanentes, pero cambian o seu rexistro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Isto quere dicir que\n" +"o seu cliente NTP estará sincronizado con servidores diferentes cada hora.</p>\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Calibración do controlador do reloxo</b></big><br>\n" -"Posiblemente sexa necesario calibrar o controlador do reloxo. Neste diálogo " -"pode configurar\n" -"diversas opcións de calibración. O significado de certas opcións depende de " -"controladores\n" +"Posiblemente sexa necesario calibrar o controlador do reloxo. Neste diálogo pode configurar\n" +"diversas opcións de calibración. O significado de certas opcións depende de controladores\n" "determinados. Algúns controladores non empregan todas as opcións.</p>" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup @@ -1521,14 +1452,8 @@ "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#~ "configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fallou ao enviar o 'test de proba ao servidor %1'. Se o servidor non é " -#~ "accesible ou a rede non está configurada prema en 'Non' para ignorar. " -#~ "Quere volver abrir a configuración do servidor NTP?" +#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#~ msgstr "Fallou ao enviar o 'test de proba ao servidor %1'. Se o servidor non é accesible ou a rede non está configurada prema en 'Non' para ignorar. Quere volver abrir a configuración do servidor NTP?" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1537,8 +1462,7 @@ #~ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "p><b><big>Iniciar o daemon NTP</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Seleccione se desexa iniciar o daemon NTP agora ou ao arrincar o " -#~ "sistema. \n" +#~ "Seleccione se desexa iniciar o daemon NTP agora ou ao arrincar o sistema. \n" #~ "NTP resolve nomes de hosts durante o arrinque. A conexión de rede\n" #~ "debe iniciarse antes de iniciar o daemon NTP.</p>\n" @@ -1546,9 +1470,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" #~| "without package %1 installed.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\\nwithout package %1 " -#~ "installed." +#~ msgid "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\\nwithout package %1 installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A sincronización co servidor NTP non é posible\n" #~ "sen ter instalado o paquete %1.\n" @@ -1557,9 +1479,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do cliente NTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "<br>Agarde, por favor...<br></p>" @@ -1568,21 +1488,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do cliente NTP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "<br>Agarde, por favor...<br></p>" @@ -1592,15 +1507,11 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it " -#~ "is safe to do so.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Cancele a gravación premendo <B>Cancelar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se facer isto é seguro ou non." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se facer isto é seguro ou non.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1608,15 +1519,10 @@ #~| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" #~| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" #~| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\\nSelect whether to start the " -#~ "NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \\nThe NTP daemon resolves host " -#~ "names when initializing. Your\\nnetwork connection must be started before " -#~ "the NTP daemon starts.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\\nSelect whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \\nThe NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\\nnetwork connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "p><b><big>Iniciar o daemon NTP</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Seleccione se desexa iniciar o daemon NTP agora ou ao arrincar o " -#~ "sistema. \n" +#~ "Seleccione se desexa iniciar o daemon NTP agora ou ao arrincar o sistema. \n" #~ "NTP resolve nomes de hosts durante o arrinque. A conexión de rede\n" #~ "debe iniciarse antes de iniciar o daemon NTP.</p>\n" @@ -1624,131 +1530,83 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" -#~| "<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot " -#~| "jail\n" +#~| "<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" #~| "is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\\nTo run the NTP daemon in chroot " -#~ "jail, set\\n<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in " -#~ "a chroot jail\\nis more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\\nTo run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\\n<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\\nis more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para executar o daemon NTP en chroot jail, active\n" -#~ "<b>Executar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail</b>. Recoméndase iniciar calquera " -#~ "daemon\n" +#~ "<b>Executar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail</b>. Recoméndase iniciar calquera daemon\n" #~ "en chroot jail porque é máis seguro.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, " -#~| "remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -#~| "computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp." -#~| "conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" -#~| "Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. " -#~| "This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\\nBy selecting " -#~ "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will " -#~ "not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \\ncomputer. The NTP " -#~ "service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and " -#~ "to localhost.<br> \\nAccess control flags can be fine-tuded in the " -#~ "servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured " -#~ "via DHCP.</p>\\n" +#~| "By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +#~| "computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +#~| "Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\\nBy selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \\ncomputer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \\nAccess control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración segura de NTP</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Seleccionando a opción <b>Restrinxir o servizo NTP só aos servidores " -#~ "configurados</b> prohíbese a todos os hosts remotos ver e modificar a " -#~ "configuración NTP no seu \n" -#~ "equipo. Deste xeito o servizo NTP limítase só aos servidores listados en " -#~ "<tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> e a localhost.<br> \n" -#~ "As etiquetas de control de acceso poden ser axustadas con máis detalle " -#~ "editando a entrada do servidor correspondente na táboa resumo de " -#~ "servidores. Esta opción non está dispoñible ao configurar NTP mediante " -#~ "DHCP.</p>\n" +#~ "Seleccionando a opción <b>Restrinxir o servizo NTP só aos servidores configurados</b> prohíbese a todos os hosts remotos ver e modificar a configuración NTP no seu \n" +#~ "equipo. Deste xeito o servizo NTP limítase só aos servidores listados en <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> e a localhost.<br> \n" +#~ "As etiquetas de control de acceso poden ser axustadas con máis detalle editando a entrada do servidor correspondente na táboa resumo de servidores. Esta opción non está dispoñible ao configurar NTP mediante DHCP.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol " -#~| "from\n" +#~| "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" #~| "your network server instead of setting them manually, set\n" #~| "<b>Configure NTP Daemon via DHCP</b>. Ask your network administrator if\n" #~| "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\\nTo retrieve the " -#~ "information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\\nyour network " -#~ "server instead of setting them manually, set\\n<b>Configure NTP Daemon " -#~ "via DHCP</b>. Ask your network administrator if\\nthe information about " -#~ "NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\\nTo retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\\nyour network server instead of setting them manually, set\\n<b>Configure NTP Daemon via DHCP</b>. Ask your network administrator if\\nthe information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración mediante DHCP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Active <b>Configurar o daemon NTP mediante DHCP</b> para obter do\n" -#~ "servidor de rede a información relativa aos servidores NTP a través do " -#~ "protocolo DHCP\n" -#~ "en vez de configuralos manualmente. Pregunte ao administrador da rede se " -#~ "o servidor\n" +#~ "servidor de rede a información relativa aos servidores NTP a través do protocolo DHCP\n" +#~ "en vez de configuralos manualmente. Pregunte ao administrador da rede se o servidor\n" #~ "DHCP fornece información sobre os servidores NTP.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -#~| "select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " -#~| "synchronization\n" +#~| "select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" #~| "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" #~| "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\\nTo adjust NTP servers, " -#~ "peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\\nselect the appropriate line " -#~ "and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\\npeer, click <b>Add</" -#~ "b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\\nselect it and click " -#~ "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\\nTo adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\\nselect the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\\npeer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\\nselect it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Servidores configurados</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para axustar os servidores NTP, pares, reloxos de radio locais e difusión " -#~ "NTP,\n" -#~ "seleccione a liña axeitada e prema <b>Editar</b>. Para engadir un novo " -#~ "par de sincronización,\n" -#~ "prema <b>Engadir</b> e para eliminar un par de sincronización existente, " -#~ "seleccióneo\n" +#~ "Para axustar os servidores NTP, pares, reloxos de radio locais e difusión NTP,\n" +#~ "seleccione a liña axeitada e prema <b>Editar</b>. Para engadir un novo par de sincronización,\n" +#~ "prema <b>Engadir</b> e para eliminar un par de sincronización existente, seleccióneo\n" #~ "e prema <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" #~| "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\\n<p>To view the logs of the NTP " -#~ "daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\\n<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Amosar rexistro </big></b><br>\n" -#~ "<p>Para ver os rexistros do daemon NTP nunha nova fiestra, prema en " -#~ "<b>Amosar rexistro</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Para ver os rexistros do daemon NTP nunha nova fiestra, prema en <b>Amosar rexistro</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -#~| "against\n" +#~| "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" #~| "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\\nTo configure this host " -#~ "to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\\na locally " -#~ "connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\\nTo configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\\na locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración avanzada</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para configurar este host para que se sincronice con varios hosts remotos " -#~ "ou\n" +#~ "Para configurar este host para que se sincronice con varios hosts remotos ou\n" #~ "cun reloxo conectado localmente, empregue <b>Configuración avanzada</b>." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\\nSelect the driver for the clock to " -#~ "configure.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\\nSelect the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Tipo de reloxo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione aquí o controlador para o reloxo que desexa configurar.</p>" @@ -1758,9 +1616,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" #~| "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" #~| "<b>Unit Number</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\\nIf you have multiple clocks of the " -#~ "same type, you must set\\n<b>Unit Number</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\\nIf you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\\n<b>Unit Number</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Número de unidade</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se ten varios reloxos do mesmo tipo, debe definir o\n" @@ -1769,61 +1625,42 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -#~| "link to \n" +#~| "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" #~| "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" -#~| "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the " -#~| "device,\n" +#~| "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" #~| "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" #~| "For some clock types, it is not necessary to create a symbolic link or \n" #~| "it must be created manually.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\\nTo make the clock work, it may be " -#~ "necessary to create a special symbolic link to \\nthe device to which the " -#~ "clock is connected. To do this, check\\n<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the " -#~ "<b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\\nclick <b>Browse</b>.\\nFor " -#~ "some clock types, it is not necessary to create a symbolic link or \\nit " -#~ "must be created manually.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\\nTo make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \\nthe device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\\n<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\\nclick <b>Browse</b>.\\nFor some clock types, it is not necessary to create a symbolic link or \\nit must be created manually.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Dispositivo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para que o reloxo funcione pode cumprir crear unha ligazón simbólica\n" #~ "especial ao dispositivo ao que está conectado. Para isto, estableza\n" -#~ "<b>Crear ligazón simbólica</b> e defina o <b>Dispositivo</b>. Para " -#~ "procurar o dispositivo,\n" +#~ "<b>Crear ligazón simbólica</b> e defina o <b>Dispositivo</b>. Para procurar o dispositivo,\n" #~ "prema en <b>Examinar</b>.\n" -#~ "Para algúns tipos de reloxos non é preciso crear unha ligazón " -#~ "simbólica, \n" +#~ "Para algúns tipos de reloxos non é preciso crear unha ligazón simbólica, \n" #~ "ou cómpre creala manualmente.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\\nTo calibrate the clock " -#~ "driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\\nTo calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Calibración do controlador</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para calibrar o controlador do reloxo, prema en <b>Calibración do " -#~ "controlador</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para calibrar o controlador do reloxo, prema en <b>Calibración do controlador</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" -#~| "To find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet " -#~| "service\n" +#~| "To find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet service\n" #~| "provider.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\\nTo set the address " -#~ "of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\\nTo find an NTP server, " -#~ "ask your network administrator or Internet service\\nprovider.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\\nTo set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\\nTo find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet service\\nprovider.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Enderezo do servidor NTP</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para establecer o enderezo do servidor NTP, empregue a entrada " -#~ "<b>Enderezo</b>.\n" -#~ "Para procurar un servidor NTP, pregunte ao administrador da red ou ao " -#~ "proveedor\n" +#~ "Para establecer o enderezo do servidor NTP, empregue a entrada <b>Enderezo</b>.\n" +#~ "Para procurar un servidor NTP, pregunte ao administrador da red ou ao proveedor\n" #~ "de servizos de Internet.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1832,26 +1669,19 @@ #~| "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" #~| "or from the list of known NTP servers, click <b>Select</b> and\n" #~| "choose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\\nTo select an NTP server " -#~ "from those found in the local network\\nor from the list of known NTP " -#~ "servers, click <b>Select</b> and\\nchoose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> " -#~ "and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\\nTo select an NTP server from those found in the local network\\nor from the list of known NTP servers, click <b>Select</b> and\\nchoose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Selección dun servidor</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para seleccionar un dos servidores NTP da rede local\n" #~ "ou da lista de servidores NTP coñecidos, prema en <b>Seleccionar</b> e\n" -#~ "escolla entre <b>Servidor NTP local</b> ou <b>Servidor NTP público</b>.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "escolla entre <b>Servidor NTP local</b> ou <b>Servidor NTP público</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" #~| "click <b>Test</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\\nTo test if the " -#~ "selected server is up and responds properly,\\nclick <b>Test</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\\nTo test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\\nclick <b>Test</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Probar a accesibilidade do servidor</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema en <b>Probar</b> para comprobar se o servidor seleccionado\n" @@ -1862,9 +1692,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" #~| "use <b>Address</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\\nTo set the address of the host with " -#~ "which to synchronize mutually,\\nuse <b>Address</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\\nTo set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\\nuse <b>Address</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Enderezo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Utilice <b>Enderezo</b> para definir o enderezo do host co\n" @@ -1875,22 +1703,17 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" #~| "text field.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\\nTo set the address to which to " -#~ "broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\\ntext field.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\\nTo set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\\ntext field.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Enderezo</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "No campo <b>Enderezo</b>, defina o enderezo ao que desexa emitir " -#~ "broadcast.</p>" +#~ "No campo <b>Enderezo</b>, defina o enderezo ao que desexa emitir broadcast.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" #~| "<b>Address</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\\nTo set the address from which to " -#~ "accept broadcast packets, use \\n<b>Address</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\\nTo set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \\n<b>Address</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Enderezo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Utilice <b>Enderezo</b> para establecer o enderezo do que vai \n" @@ -1899,19 +1722,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" #~| "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" #~| "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\\nTo fine-tune the synchronization " -#~ "source, enter the respective options in the\\n<b>Options</b> text field. " -#~ "For details, see\\n<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\\nTo fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\\n<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\\n<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Opcións</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para axustar en detalle a fonte de sincronización, defina as respectivas " -#~ "opcións no\n" +#~ "Para axustar en detalle a fonte de sincronización, defina as respectivas opcións no\n" #~ "campo <b>Opcións</b>. Pode obter máis información\n" #~ "en <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1919,31 +1736,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -#~| "<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions " -#~| "the remote\n" +#~| "<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" #~| "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" -#~| "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" #~| "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" #~| "<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\\nDefine the access " -#~ "control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\\n<i>/etc/ntp.conf</" -#~ "i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\\nhost " -#~ "can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap" -#~ "\\nnomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have " -#~ "checked the\\n<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> " -#~ "option in\\n<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\\nDefine the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\\n<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\\nhost can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\\nnomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\\n<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\\n<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Opcións de control de acceso</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Defina as etiquetas de control de acceso (directiva <b><tt>restrict</tt></" -#~ "b> en\n" -#~ "<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) para este servidor, indicando que tipo de accións " -#~ "pode executar\n" -#~ "o host remoto no seu daemon NTP. De xeito predeterminado, defínese como " -#~ "<i>notrap\n" -#~ "nomodify noquery</i>. Esta opción só está dispoñible se vostede marcou a " -#~ "opción\n" +#~ "Defina as etiquetas de control de acceso (directiva <b><tt>restrict</tt></b> en\n" +#~ "<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) para este servidor, indicando que tipo de accións pode executar\n" +#~ "o host remoto no seu daemon NTP. De xeito predeterminado, defínese como <i>notrap\n" +#~ "nomodify noquery</i>. Esta opción só está dispoñible se vostede marcou a opción\n" #~ "<b>Restrinxir os servizos NTP só aos servidores configurados</b> en\n" #~ "<b>Configuración de seguridade</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1951,9 +1755,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\\nSelect the kind of " -#~ "synchronization peer to add here.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\\nSelect the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Tipo de par de sincronización</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione aquí o tipo de par de sincronización que quere engadir.</p>" @@ -1962,9 +1764,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" #~| "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\\nselect <b>Server</b>.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\\nselect <b>Server</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para engadir un servidor NTP co que sincronizarse,\n" #~ "seleccione <b>Servidor</b>.</p>" @@ -1973,8 +1773,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" #~| "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\\n<b>Peer</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\\n<b>Peer</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Par</b> para engadir un par NTP\n" #~ "para efectos de sincronización recíproca.</p>" @@ -1983,21 +1782,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" #~| "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer," -#~ "\\nselect <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\\nselect <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Reloxo de radio</b> para configurar un reloxo de radio " -#~ "local\n" +#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Reloxo de radio</b> para configurar un reloxo de radio local\n" #~ "conectado directamente ao seu equipo.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" #~| "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select" -#~ "\\n<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\\n<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para difundir información de hora pola rede, seleccione\n" #~ "<b>Difusión saínte</b>.</p>" @@ -2006,24 +1800,17 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" #~| "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\\nand " -#~ "use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\\nand use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para aceptar paquetes NTP difundidos por outros hosts na rede\n" -#~ "e usalos para establecer a hora local, seleccione <b>Broadcast " -#~ "entrante<b>.</p>" +#~ "e usalos para establecer a hora local, seleccione <b>Broadcast entrante<b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" -#~| "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or " -#~| "select\n" +#~| "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" #~| "the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\\nSelect if you want to find the NTP " -#~ "server in the local network or select\\nthe NTP server from the list of " -#~ "known NTP servers.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\\nSelect if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\\nthe NTP server from the list of known NTP servers.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Situación do servidor</b></big>\n" #~ "Defina se desexa encontrar o servidor NTP na rede local ou\n" @@ -2036,11 +1823,7 @@ #~| "To find NTP servers in the local network using the\n" #~| "Service Location Protocol (SLP), click <b>Lookup</b>.\n" #~| "Then select a server from the list of found servers.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\\nNetwork</b></big><br>\\nTo find " -#~ "NTP servers in the local network using the\\nService Location Protocol " -#~ "(SLP), click <b>Lookup</b>.\\nThen select a server from the list of found " -#~ "servers.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\\nNetwork</b></big><br>\\nTo find NTP servers in the local network using the\\nService Location Protocol (SLP), click <b>Lookup</b>.\\nThen select a server from the list of found servers.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Busca de servidores na rede\n" #~ "local</b></big><br>\n" @@ -2051,51 +1834,31 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -#~| "Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " -#~| "display\n" -#~| "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</" -#~| "p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\\nSelect the NTP " -#~ "server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\\nNTP " -#~ "servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" +#~| "Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" +#~| "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\\nSelect the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\\nNTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Seleccionar un servidor NTP público</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Seleccione da lista de <b>Servidores NTP públicos</b> o servidor NTP que " -#~ "quere usar. Se desexa\n" -#~ "que se amosen só servidores NTP dun país determinado, seleccióneo en " -#~ "<b>País</b>.</p>" +#~ "Seleccione da lista de <b>Servidores NTP públicos</b> o servidor NTP que quere usar. Se desexa\n" +#~ "que se amosen só servidores NTP dun país determinado, seleccióneo en <b>País</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" #~| "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" #~| "for a particular country or region.\n" -#~| "Before using any NTP server from the list, ask your system " -#~| "administrator\n" -#~| "or Internet service provider if there is an NTP server closer to you " -#~| "and\n" +#~| "Before using any NTP server from the list, ask your system administrator\n" +#~| "or Internet service provider if there is an NTP server closer to you and\n" #~| "prefer this recommended server to any server from this list.\n" -#~| "You may also see <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</" -#~| "i>\n" +#~| "You may also see <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" #~| "to find an NTP server near you.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\\nThe listed NTP servers may not be " -#~ "available from any country, but only\\nfor a particular country or region." -#~ "\\nBefore using any NTP server from the list, ask your system " -#~ "administrator\\nor Internet service provider if there is an NTP server " -#~ "closer to you and\\nprefer this recommended server to any server from " -#~ "this list.\\nYou may also see <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/" -#~ "servers.html</i>\\nto find an NTP server near you.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\\nThe listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\\nfor a particular country or region.\\nBefore using any NTP server from the list, ask your system administrator\\nor Internet service provider if there is an NTP server closer to you and\\nprefer this recommended server to any server from this list.\\nYou may also see <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\\nto find an NTP server near you.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Nota</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Pode que os servidores NTP da lista non estéan dispoñibles desde todos os " -#~ "países,\n" +#~ "Pode que os servidores NTP da lista non estéan dispoñibles desde todos os países,\n" #~ "senón só para un país ou rexión determinados.\n" -#~ "Antes de empregar calquera servidor NTP da lista, pregunte ao " -#~ "administrador do seu sistema\n" -#~ "ou ao seu provedor de Internet se existe un servidor NTP máis próximo e, " -#~ "de seren así,\n" +#~ "Antes de empregar calquera servidor NTP da lista, pregunte ao administrador do seu sistema\n" +#~ "ou ao seu provedor de Internet se existe un servidor NTP máis próximo e, de seren así,\n" #~ "dea preferencia a este servidor fronte a calquera da lista. Tamén pode\n" #~ "consultar <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" #~ "para atopar o servidor NTP máis próximo.</p>" @@ -2104,73 +1867,47 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" #~| "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\\nTo test if the " -#~ "selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\\nTo test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Probar a accesibilidade do servidor</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Prema en <b>Probar</b> para verificar se o servidor seleccionado responde " -#~ "correctamente.</p>" +#~ "Prema en <b>Probar</b> para verificar se o servidor seleccionado responde correctamente.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" #~| "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -#~| "three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -#~| "are\n" -#~| "permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This " -#~| "means that\n" +#~| "three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +#~| "permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" #~| "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\\nThis service is offered by " -#~ "pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\\nthree different servers are " -#~ "added to the configuration. The server names are\\npermanent, but they " -#~ "change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\\nyour NTP " -#~ "client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\\nThis service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\\nthree different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\\npermanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\\nyour NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Empregar servidores aleatorios</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Este servizo ofréceo pool.ntp.org. Se marca esta opción,\n" -#~ "engadiranse tres servidores distintos á configuración. Os nomes dos " -#~ "servidores son\n" -#~ "permanentes, pero cambian o seu rexistro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Isto " -#~ "quere dicir que\n" -#~ "o seu cliente NTP estará sincronizado con servidores diferentes cada hora." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "engadiranse tres servidores distintos á configuración. Os nomes dos servidores son\n" +#~ "permanentes, pero cambian o seu rexistro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Isto quere dicir que\n" +#~ "o seu cliente NTP estará sincronizado con servidores diferentes cada hora.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -#~| "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -#~| "calibration\n" -#~| "options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -#~| "particular\n" +#~| "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +#~| "options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" #~| "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\\nThe clock driver may " -#~ "need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\\noptions can " -#~ "be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular" -#~ "\\ndriver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\\nThe clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\\noptions can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\\ndriver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Calibración do controlador do reloxo</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Posiblemente sexa necesario calibrar o controlador do reloxo. Neste " -#~ "diálogo pode configurar\n" -#~ "diversas opcións de calibración. O significado de certas opcións depende " -#~ "de controladores\n" +#~ "Posiblemente sexa necesario calibrar o controlador do reloxo. Neste diálogo pode configurar\n" +#~ "diversas opcións de calibración. O significado de certas opcións depende de controladores\n" #~ "determinados. Algúns controladores non empregan todas as opcións.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -#~| "<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock." -#~| "htm</i>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To learn more about available options, install the package\\n<i>ntp-doc</" -#~ "i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~| "<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "To learn more about available options, install the package\\n<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para máis información sobre o significado destas opcións, instale o\n" -#~ "paquete <i>ntp-doc</i> e consulte <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/" -#~ "refclock.htm</i></p>\n" +#~ "paquete <i>ntp-doc</i> e consulte <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2188,10 +1925,7 @@ #~| "If you do not have a permanent Internet connection,\n" #~| "starting the NTP daemon can take a very long time and \n" #~| "the daemon might not run properly." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning!\\n\\nIf you do not have a permanent Internet connection," -#~ "\\nstarting the NTP daemon can take a very long time and \\nthe daemon " -#~ "might not run properly." +#~ msgid "Warning!\\n\\nIf you do not have a permanent Internet connection,\\nstarting the NTP daemon can take a very long time and \\nthe daemon might not run properly." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso!\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2203,9 +1937,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" #~| "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\\nfully qualified hostname, IPv4 " -#~ "address, or IPv6 address." +#~ msgid "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\\nfully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O servidor NTP '%1' non é un nome correcto de host,\n" #~ "un nome de host completo, un enderezo IPv4 ou un enderezo IPv6." @@ -2216,9 +1948,7 @@ #~| "replace the current NTP server.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really replace the current NTP server?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\\nreplace the current NTP " -#~ "server.\\n\\nReally replace the current NTP server?" +#~ msgid "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\\nreplace the current NTP server.\\n\\nReally replace the current NTP server?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De activar os servidores aleatorios desde pool.ntp.org,\n" #~ "estes substituirán ao servidor NTP.\n" @@ -2230,9 +1960,7 @@ #~| "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" #~| "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" #~| "which probably blocks the network scanning." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No NTP server has been found on your network.\\nThis could be caused by a " -#~ "running SuSEfirewall2,\\nwhich probably blocks the network scanning." +#~ msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network.\\nThis could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\\nwhich probably blocks the network scanning." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou ningún servidor NTP na súa rede.\n" #~ "Isto pode deberse a que SuSEfirewall2 estea a executarse,\n" @@ -2242,9 +1970,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" #~| "without package %1 installed.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\\nwithout package %1 " -#~ "installed.\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\\nwithout package %1 installed.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode buscar servidores NTP na rede local\n" #~ "sen ter o paquete %1 instalado.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/oneclickinstall.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/oneclickinstall.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/oneclickinstall.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -42,12 +42,8 @@ msgstr "Ficheiro no que poñer a representación interna de YMP" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"Ficheiro que contén a representación interna das instruccións de <b>One " -"Click Install</b>" +msgid "File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> instructions" +msgstr "Ficheiro que contén a representación interna das instruccións de <b>One Click Install</b>" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -113,8 +109,7 @@ #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:184 msgid "Warning: Unable to remove temporarily added repositories." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: Non foi posible eliminar o repositorios engadidos temporalmente." +msgstr "Advertencia: Non foi posible eliminar o repositorios engadidos temporalmente." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:188 msgid "Finished" @@ -130,10 +125,8 @@ msgstr "Este asistente ha instalar software no seu ordenador." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Consulte http://en.opensuse.org/MetaPackages para obter máis información." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "Consulte http://en.opensuse.org/MetaPackages para obter máis información." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -206,51 +199,28 @@ msgstr "Pasos de Instalación" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaba subscribirse ós repositorios " -"requiridos. Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaba subscribirse ós repositorios requiridos. Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis información." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaban eliminar os paquetes especificados. " -"Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaban eliminar os paquetes especificados. Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis información." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaban instalar os patróns especificados. " -"Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaban instalar os patróns especificados. Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis información." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaban instalar os paquetes especificados. " -"Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaban instalar os paquetes especificados. Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis información." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaba desubscribir dos repositorios que se " -"usaron para realizar a instalación. Pode eliminalos a man en YaST > " -"Repositorios de Software. Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis " -"información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se intentaba desubscribir dos repositorios que se usaron para realizar a instalación. Pode eliminalos a man en YaST > Repositorios de Software. Revise os logs de yast2 para obter máis información." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -287,14 +257,9 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for " -#| "this version of openSUSE." -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"A ligazón/ficheiro de instalación que abriu non contén instruccións para " -"esta versión de openSUSE." +#| msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "A ligazón/ficheiro de instalación que abriu non contén instruccións para esta versión de openSUSE." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 msgid "Software is being installed." @@ -323,12 +288,8 @@ msgstr "Non preguntarme outra vez" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Estes repositorios só se han engadir durante a instalación. Non permanecerá " -"subscrito a eles." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Estes repositorios só se han engadir durante a instalación. Non permanecerá subscrito a eles." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -376,12 +337,8 @@ msgstr "A instalación só tivo un éxito parcial." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"A instalación fallou. Para obter máis información, consulte o ficheiro de " -"log en <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. A etapa do fallo foi: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "A instalación fallou. Para obter máis información, consulte o ficheiro de log en <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. A etapa do fallo foi: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -448,20 +405,14 @@ msgstr "descoñecido" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Requírense privilexios de root. Se se proporcionaron, é que ocorreu un erro " -"descoñecido." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Requírense privilexios de root. Se se proporcionaron, é que ocorreu un erro descoñecido." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Have you reviewed the changes that will be made to your system?\n" #~| "Malicious packages could damage your system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Have you reviewed the changes that will be made to your system?" -#~ "\\nMalicious packages could damage your system.\\n" +#~ msgid "Have you reviewed the changes that will be made to your system?\\nMalicious packages could damage your system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Revisou os cambios que se han facer ó seu sistema?\n" #~ "O sistema podería ser danando por paquetes maliciosos.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update-configuration.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update-configuration.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update-configuration.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -144,8 +144,7 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Prema <b>%1</b> para o repositorio predeterminado de actualizacións.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Prema <b>%1</b> para o repositorio predeterminado de actualizacións.</p>" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" @@ -156,30 +155,16 @@ msgstr "<p>En <b>%1</b> configurar a actualización automática en liña.</p>" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione un intervalo de actualización específico e indique se os " -"parches interactivos hanse ignorar e se as licenzas vanse aceptar " -"automaticamente.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione un intervalo de actualización específico e indique se os parches interactivos hanse ignorar e se as licenzas vanse aceptar automaticamente.</p>" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Todos os paquetes recomendados por un paquete actualizado hanse instalar " -"cando <b>%1</b> estea activado.</p>" +msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Todos os paquetes recomendados por un paquete actualizado hanse instalar cando <b>%1</b> estea activado.</p>" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os filtros de categoría por parches pódense configurar na sección <b>%1 </" -"b>. Só hanse instalar parches das categorías listadas. Omitirase o resto.</p>" +msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os filtros de categoría por parches pódense configurar na sección <b>%1 </b>. Só hanse instalar parches das categorías listadas. Omitirase o resto.</p>" #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 @@ -228,18 +213,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "In order to add the default update repository\n" #~| "you have to register this product." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In order to add the default update repository\\nyou have to register this " -#~ "product." +#~ msgid "In order to add the default update repository\\nyou have to register this product." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para engadir o repositorio predeterminado de actualización\n" #~ "ten que rexistrar este produto." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " -#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " -#~ "updater will use the default answers.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Configure en <b>%1</b> a actualización automática en liña. Escolla o " -#~ "intervalo a usar e se hai que ignorar os parches interactivos, doutro " -#~ "xeito, o actualizador utilizará as respostas predeterminadas.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Configure en <b>%1</b> a actualización automática en liña. Escolla o intervalo a usar e se hai que ignorar os parches interactivos, doutro xeito, o actualizador utilizará as respostas predeterminadas.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -69,20 +69,12 @@ #. command line help text for cd_directory option #: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" -msgstr "" -"Directorio dos datos de parches no CD de parches (o valor predeterminado é " -"'%1')" +msgstr "Directorio dos datos de parches no CD de parches (o valor predeterminado é '%1')" #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " -"module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O sistema está iniciando os repositorios de instalación e actualización. " -"Os repositorios de software pódense modificar no módulo de <b>Fontes de " -"instalación</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O sistema está iniciando os repositorios de instalación e actualización. Os repositorios de software pódense modificar no módulo de <b>Fontes de instalación</b>.</p>" #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -169,17 +161,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Tras conectarse ao servidor de actualizacións,\n" "YaST2 descargará todos os parches seleccionados.\n" -"Isto pode levar un bo anaco. Os detalles de descarga móstranse na xanela de " -"rexistro.</p>" +"Isto pode levar un bo anaco. Os detalles de descarga móstranse na xanela de rexistro.</p>" #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se hai dispoñíbeis mensaxes especiais asociadas aos parches, estas hanse " -"mostrar nun diálogo adicional cando se instala o parche.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Se hai dispoñíbeis mensaxes especiais asociadas aos parches, estas hanse mostrar nun diálogo adicional cando se instala o parche.</p>\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -272,10 +259,8 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Polo menos unha das actualizacións instaladas require o rearranque do " -"sistema\n" -"para funcionar correctamente. Rearranque o sistema tan axiña como sexa " -"posible." +"Polo menos unha das actualizacións instaladas require o rearranque do sistema\n" +"para funcionar correctamente. Rearranque o sistema tan axiña como sexa posible." #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 @@ -286,8 +271,7 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Estas actualizacións requiren un rearranque do sistema para funcionar " -"axeitadamente:\n" +"Estas actualizacións requiren un rearranque do sistema para funcionar axeitadamente:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -296,16 +280,14 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Hai dispoñíbeis parches para a xestión de paquetes que requiren reiniciar " -"YaST.\n" +"Hai dispoñíbeis parches para a xestión de paquetes que requiren reiniciar YaST.\n" "Deben instalarse primeiro e os outros parches despois de reiniciar.\n" "\n" "Seleccionou algúns outros parches para instalar agora.\n" @@ -574,9 +556,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" #~| "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will" -#~ "\\nreboot now then continue the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\\nreboot now then continue the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Algún programa que precisa reinicio foi actualizado. O sistema vaise\n" #~ "reiniciar agora e despois continuará a instalación.\n" @@ -585,39 +565,26 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "No update repository\n" #~| "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No update repository\\nconfigured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" +#~ msgid "No update repository\\nconfigured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non hai configurado ningún repositorio\n" -#~ "de actualización. Desexa executar o fluxo de traballo de configuración " -#~ "agora?" +#~ "de actualización. Desexa executar o fluxo de traballo de configuración agora?" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>After connecting to the update server,\n" #~| "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" -#~| "This could take some time. Download details are shown in the log window." -#~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>After connecting to the update server,\\nYaST will download all " -#~ "selected patches.\\nThis could take some time. Download details are shown " -#~ "in the log window.</p>" +#~| "This could take some time. Download details are shown in the log window.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>After connecting to the update server,\\nYaST will download all selected patches.\\nThis could take some time. Download details are shown in the log window.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Tras conectarse ao servidor de actualizacións,\n" #~ "YaST2 descargará todos os parches seleccionados.\n" -#~ "Isto pode levar un bo anaco. Os detalles de descarga móstranse na xanela " -#~ "de rexistro.</p>" +#~ "Isto pode levar un bo anaco. Os detalles de descarga móstranse na xanela de rexistro.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will " -#~| "be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will " -#~ "be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se hai dispoñibles mensaxes especiais asociadas aos parches, estas " -#~ "hanse mostrar nun diálogo adicional cando se instala o parche.</p>\n" +#~| msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Se hai dispoñibles mensaxes especiais asociadas aos parches, estas hanse mostrar nun diálogo adicional cando se instala o parche.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Installation finished.\n" @@ -628,8 +595,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Initialization failed. Check that\n" #~| "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Initialization failed. Check that\\nyou have inserted the correct CD.\\n" +#~ msgid "Initialization failed. Check that\\nyou have inserted the correct CD.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallou o inicio. Verifique\n" #~ "que inseriu o CD correcto.\n" @@ -638,9 +604,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot configure online update repository \n" #~| "without having package %1 installed" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot configure online update repository \\nwithout having package %1 " -#~ "installed" +#~ msgid "Cannot configure online update repository \\nwithout having package %1 installed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode configurar o repositorio de actualización \n" #~ "en liña sen ter instalado o paquete %1" @@ -649,38 +613,28 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" #~| "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session." -#~ "\\nLog out and in again as soon as possible.\\n" +#~ msgid "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\\nLog out and in again as soon as possible.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Polo menos unha das actualizacións instaladas require o reinicio da " -#~ "sesión.\n" +#~ "Polo menos unha das actualizacións instaladas require o reinicio da sesión.\n" #~ "Remate a sesión e volva entrar tan axiña como poida.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" #~| "Finishing and restarting now." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Packages for package management were updated.\\nFinishing and restarting " -#~ "now." +#~ msgid "Packages for package management were updated.\\nFinishing and restarting now." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Actualizáronse paquetes da xestión de paquetes.\n" #~ "Finalizando e reiniciando agora." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to " -#~| "function\n" +#~| "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" #~| "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function" -#~ "\\nproperly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." +#~ msgid "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\\nproperly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Polo menos unha das actualizacións instaladas require o reinicio do " -#~ "sistema\n" -#~ "para funcionar correctamente. Reinicie o sistema tan axiña como sexa " -#~ "posible." +#~ "Polo menos unha das actualizacións instaladas require o reinicio do sistema\n" +#~ "para funcionar correctamente. Reinicie o sistema tan axiña como sexa posible." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -689,12 +643,9 @@ #~| "%1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Reboot the system as soon as possible." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\\n\\n%1.\\n" -#~ "\\nReboot the system as soon as possible." +#~ msgid "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\\n\\n%1.\\n\\nReboot the system as soon as possible." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estas actualizacións requiren un reinicio do sistema para funcionar " -#~ "axeitadamente:\n" +#~ "Estas actualizacións requiren un reinicio do sistema para funcionar axeitadamente:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "%1.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -702,21 +653,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "There are patches for package management available that require a " -#~| "restart of YaST.\n" +#~| "There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" #~| "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue with installing your selection?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are patches for package management available that require a restart " -#~ "of YaST.\\nThey should be installed first and all other patches after the " -#~ "restart.\\n\\nYou selected some other patches to be installed now.\\n" -#~ "\\nContinue with installing your selection?" +#~ msgid "There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\\nThey should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\\n\\nYou selected some other patches to be installed now.\\n\\nContinue with installing your selection?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hai dispoñibles parches para a xestión de paquetes que requiren reiniciar " -#~ "YaST.\n" +#~ "Hai dispoñibles parches para a xestión de paquetes que requiren reiniciar YaST.\n" #~ "Deben instalarse primeiro e os outros parches despois de reiniciar.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Seleccionou algúns outros parches para instalar agora.\n" @@ -736,9 +681,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" #~| "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\\nYour " -#~ "installation will remain untouched.\\n" +#~ msgid "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\\nYour installation will remain untouched.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se aborta agora a instalación, non se instalará ningún parche.\n" #~ "A súa instalación ficará intacta.\n" @@ -748,10 +691,7 @@ #~| "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" #~| "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" #~| "Repeat the update, including the download, if desired.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Patch download and installation in progress.\\nIf you abort the " -#~ "installation now, the update is incomplete.\\nRepeat the update, " -#~ "including the download, if desired.\\n" +#~ msgid "Patch download and installation in progress.\\nIf you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\\nRepeat the update, including the download, if desired.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Descargando e instalando parches.\n" #~ "Se aborta a instalación, a actualización estará incompleta.\n" @@ -762,9 +702,7 @@ #~| "If you abort the installation now,\n" #~| "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" #~| "You will need to do the update again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you abort the installation now,\\nat least one patch is not installed " -#~ "correctly.\\nYou will need to do the update again." +#~ msgid "If you abort the installation now,\\nat least one patch is not installed correctly.\\nYou will need to do the update again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se aborta agora a instalación,\n" #~ "hai polo menos un parche non\n" Added: trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# Galician message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba@pobox.com>, 2000. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://trasno.gpul.org +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba@pobox.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <i18n@suse.de>\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Directorio" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Erro" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "si" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "non" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Saír" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Erro" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Seleccion&ar ou deselecionar todo" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/packager.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/packager.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/packager.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -344,16 +344,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 @@ -455,12 +451,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Fallou a execución do resolvedor de paquetes. Comprobe a sección de software " -"no perfil do AutoYaST." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Fallou a execución do resolvedor de paquetes. Comprobe a sección de software no perfil do AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -518,12 +510,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Repositorios de instalación - Este módulo non soporta a interface por liña " -"de ordes, utilice '%1' no seu lugar." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Repositorios de instalación - Este módulo non soporta a interface por liña de ordes, utilice '%1' no seu lugar." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -687,25 +675,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Un <B>servizo</B> ou <B>Servizo de índice de repositorio (RIS)</B> é un " -"protocolo para a xestión de repositorios de paquetes. Un servizo pode " -"ofrecer un ou máis repositorios de software que poden ser cambiados polo " -"administrador do servizo.</P>" +msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Un <B>servizo</B> ou <B>Servizo de índice de repositorio (RIS)</B> é un protocolo para a xestión de repositorios de paquetes. Un servizo pode ofrecer un ou máis repositorios de software que poden ser cambiados polo administrador do servizo.</P>" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -736,11 +714,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -748,38 +723,25 @@ #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Seleccione a opción axeitada na parte superior da xanela para navegar " -"polos repositorios e servizos.</P>" +msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Seleccione a opción axeitada na parte superior da xanela para navegar polos repositorios e servizos.</P>" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/" -"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>A caché local predeterminada atópase no directorio <B>/var/cache/zypp/" -"packages</B>. Modifique a localización no ficheiro <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</" -"B>.</P>" +msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "<P>A caché local predeterminada atópase no directorio <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Modifique a localización no ficheiro <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -894,11 +856,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"Non se puido resolver as dependencias de xeito automático. Necesítase facelo " -"manualmente." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "Non se puido resolver as dependencias de xeito automático. Necesítase facelo manualmente." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 @@ -912,12 +871,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Instalación de software - Este módulo non soporta a interface de liña de " -"ordes, utilice '%1' no seu lugar." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Instalación de software - Este módulo non soporta a interface de liña de ordes, utilice '%1' no seu lugar." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -927,9 +882,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Erro: non se puido engadir un directorio temporal, os paquetes non se van " -"instalar." +msgstr "Erro: non se puido engadir un directorio temporal, os paquetes non se van instalar." #. error message #. error message @@ -1035,9 +988,7 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"O dispositivo non contén ningún medio ou o sistema de ficheiros ISO é " -"defectuoso." +msgstr "O dispositivo non contén ningún medio ou o sistema de ficheiros ISO é defectuoso." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1046,10 +997,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"<B>Erro</B>: a suma MD5 non coincide.<BR>Non debería utilizar este medio." +msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgstr "<B>Erro</B>: a suma MD5 non coincide.<BR>Non debería utilizar este medio." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1075,16 +1024,14 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " @@ -1093,10 +1040,8 @@ #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 5/8 @@ -1108,29 +1053,19 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Nota:</B> Non pode cambiar de medio mentres está sendo utilizado polo " -"sistema.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Nota:</B> Non pode cambiar de medio mentres está sendo utilizado polo sistema.</P>" #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Para verificar o medio antes da instalación, utilice a opción " -"comprobación de medios no menú de inicio.</P>" +msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Para verificar o medio antes da instalación, utilice a opción comprobación de medios no menú de inicio.</P>" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. advice check of the media @@ -1275,8 +1210,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p>\n" #| "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" -#| "To add a new GPG key, use <b>Add</b> and specify the path to the key " -#| "file.\n" +#| "To add a new GPG key, use <b>Add</b> and specify the path to the key file.\n" #| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -1286,8 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Engadindo unha nova chave GPG</b><br>\n" -"Para engadir unha nova chave GPG, utilice <b>Engadir</b> e indique a ruta ao " -"ficheiro.\n" +"Para engadir unha nova chave GPG, utilice <b>Engadir</b> e indique a ruta ao ficheiro.\n" "</p>" #. header in file selection popup @@ -1449,8 +1382,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1615,44 +1547,25 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"O seu computador está a utilizar un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está " -"tentando instalar unha distribución de 32 bits." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "O seu computador está a utilizar un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está tentando instalar unha distribución de 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>A lista de patróns amosa que funcionalidade estará dispoñible despois de " -"instalar o sistema.</P>" +msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>A lista de patróns amosa que funcionalidade estará dispoñible despois de instalar o sistema.</P>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>A proposta amosa o tamaño total dos ficheiros que van ser instalados no " -"sistema. Non obstante, o sistema conterá tamén ficheiros temporais, polo que " -"o espazo usado pode ser lixeiramente maior ca o amosado. É, por iso, unha " -"boa idea contar polo menos cun 25% (ou 300MB) de espazo libre antes de " -"comezar a instalación.</P>" +msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "<P>A proposta amosa o tamaño total dos ficheiros que van ser instalados no sistema. Non obstante, o sistema conterá tamén ficheiros temporais, polo que o espazo usado pode ser lixeiramente maior ca o amosado. É, por iso, unha boa idea contar polo menos cun 25% (ou 300MB) de espazo libre antes de comezar a instalación.</P>" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header @@ -1688,42 +1601,27 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "" -"Estes complementos están marcados para eliminalos de xeito automático: %1" +msgstr "Estes complementos están marcados para eliminalos de xeito automático: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Póñase en contacto cos vendedores destes complementos para que lles " -"faciliten un novo medio de instalación." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Póñase en contacto cos vendedores destes complementos para que lles faciliten un novo medio de instalación." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Póñase en contacto co vendedor do complemento para que lle facilite un novo " -"medio de instalación." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Póñase en contacto co vendedor do complemento para que lle facilite un novo medio de instalación." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Erro: non se pode comprobar o espazo libre no directorio básico %1 " -"(dispositivo %2), non se pode iniciar a instalación." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Erro: non se pode comprobar o espazo libre no directorio básico %1 (dispositivo %2), non se pode iniciar a instalación." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Aviso: non se pode comprobar o espazo libre no directorio %1 (dispositivo " -"%2)." +msgstr "Aviso: non se pode comprobar o espazo libre no directorio %1 (dispositivo %2)." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 @@ -1733,9 +1631,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"Non hai espazo suficiente en disco. Elimine algúns paquetes na selección " -"individual." +msgstr "Non hai espazo suficiente en disco. Elimine algúns paquetes na selección individual." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 @@ -1777,10 +1673,8 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1793,8 +1687,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1857,12 +1750,8 @@ msgstr "Non se pode ler o ficheiro de licenza %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Para amosar axeitadamente a licenza do produto, coloque o ficheiro license." -"tar.gz na raíz do medio live cando constrúa a imaxe." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Para amosar axeitadamente a licenza do produto, coloque o ficheiro license.tar.gz na raíz do medio live cando constrúa a imaxe." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 @@ -1872,7 +1761,7 @@ #. check box label #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Acepto os termos da licenza." #. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 @@ -2198,9 +2087,7 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. text entry @@ -2212,8 +2099,7 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. popup message @@ -2257,8 +2143,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" @@ -2461,8 +2346,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2471,8 +2355,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2541,8 +2424,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2833,9 +2715,7 @@ #~ msgstr "<p><b>Buscas fallidas</b></p>" #~ msgid "<p><b>No packages matching entered criteria were found.</b></p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Non se atoparon paquetes que coincidan cos criterios introducidos.</" -#~ "b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Non se atoparon paquetes que coincidan cos criterios introducidos.</b></p>" #~ msgid "No further information available." #~ msgstr "No hai máis información dispoñible." @@ -2844,18 +2724,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Repositorio descoñecido" #~ msgid "No further information available, use at your own risk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non hai máis información dispoñible, actúe baixo a súa responsabilidade." +#~ msgstr "Non hai máis información dispoñible, actúe baixo a súa responsabilidade." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" #~| "<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" #~| "the current configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the " -#~ "\\n<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from " -#~ "\\nthe current configuration.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \\n<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \\nthe current configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Pode eliminar entradas seleccionándoas\n" #~ "na táboa e premendo <b>Eliminar</b>.\n" @@ -2866,10 +2742,7 @@ #~| "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" #~| "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" #~| "Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\\nenvironment that uses " -#~ "Evolution as mailer,\\nFirefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\\nenvironment that uses Evolution as mailer,\\nFirefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "GNOME é un potente e intuitivo ambiente de\n" #~ "escritorio que emprega Evolution como programa\n" @@ -2882,10 +2755,7 @@ #~| "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" #~| "Dolphin as file manager, and offers\n" #~| "both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\\nenvironment that uses Kontact " -#~ "as mailer,\\nDolphin as file manager, and offers\\nboth Firefox and " -#~ "Konqueror as Web browsers.\\n" +#~ msgid "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\\nenvironment that uses Kontact as mailer,\\nDolphin as file manager, and offers\\nboth Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "KDE é un ambiente de escritorio potente e\n" #~ "intuitivo que emprega Kontact como cliente de\n" @@ -2898,10 +2768,7 @@ #~| "desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" #~| "and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n" #~| "own sets of perfectly integrated applications.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Both <b>KDE</b> and <b>GNOME</b> are powerful and intuitive\\ndesktop " -#~ "environments. They combine ease of use\\nand attractive graphical " -#~ "interfaces with their\\nown sets of perfectly integrated applications.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Both <b>KDE</b> and <b>GNOME</b> are powerful and intuitive\\ndesktop environments. They combine ease of use\\nand attractive graphical interfaces with their\\nown sets of perfectly integrated applications.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Tanto <b>KDE</b> como <b>GNOME</b> son ambientes de escritorio\n" #~ "potentes e intuitivos. Combinan o uso sinxelo\n" @@ -2914,10 +2781,7 @@ #~| "environment installs a broad set of the\n" #~| "most important desktop applications on your\n" #~| "system.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choosing the default <b>GNOME</b> or <b>KDE</b> desktop\\nenvironment " -#~ "installs a broad set of the\\nmost important desktop applications on your" -#~ "\\nsystem.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Choosing the default <b>GNOME</b> or <b>KDE</b> desktop\\nenvironment installs a broad set of the\\nmost important desktop applications on your\\nsystem.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ao escoller o ambiente <b>GNOME</b> ou <b>KDE</b>\n" #~ "de xeito predeterminado, instalaranse no sistema\n" @@ -2929,10 +2793,7 @@ #~| "<p>Choose <b>Other</b> then select from\n" #~| "an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" #~| "system with a basic window manager.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose <b>Other</b> then select from\\nan alternative, such as a text-" -#~ "only system or a minimal graphical\\nsystem with a basic window manager.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose <b>Other</b> then select from\\nan alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\\nsystem with a basic window manager.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Escolla <b>Outro</b> e logo seleccione unha alternativa,\n" #~ "como sistema só de texto o un sistema cun entorno gráfico mínimo.</p>" @@ -2960,9 +2821,7 @@ #~| "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" #~| "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" #~| "other systems.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\\nto create a " -#~ "repository that can be used to install\\nother systems.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\\nto create a repository that can be used to install\\nother systems.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Os CD de instalación copiaranse no sistema para\n" #~ "crear un repositorio que poida utilizarse para instalar\n" @@ -2973,12 +2832,9 @@ #~| "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Would you like to configure it?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\\n" -#~ "\\nWould you like to configure it?" +#~ msgid "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\\n\\nWould you like to configure it?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "As fontes en liña definidas polo producto necesitan unha conexión a " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "As fontes en liña definidas polo producto necesitan unha conexión a Internet.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Quere configurala?" @@ -2986,9 +2842,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" #~| "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The packager is being initialized and \\nthe list of servers " -#~ "downloaded from the Web.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The packager is being initialized and \\nthe list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Agarde mentres mientras se inicia o xestor de\n" #~ "paquetes e se descarga a lista de servidores desde a Web.</p>\n" @@ -3006,8 +2860,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "No product URL defined from which to download\n" #~| "list of repositories.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No product URL defined from which to download\\nlist of repositories.\\n" +#~ msgid "No product URL defined from which to download\\nlist of repositories.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non hai definida un URL para descargar\n" #~ "a lista de repositorios.\n" @@ -3016,8 +2869,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Unable to download list of repositories\n" #~| "or no repositories defined." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Unable to download list of repositories\\nor no repositories defined." +#~ msgid "Unable to download list of repositories\\nor no repositories defined." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Imposible descargar a lista de repositorios\n" #~ "ou non hai repositorios definidos." @@ -3031,9 +2883,7 @@ #~| "<b>Description:</b> %4<br>\n" #~| "%5\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\\n<b>Linked from:</b> %2<br>\\n<b>Summary:</b> " -#~ "%3<br>\\n<b>Description:</b> %4<br>\\n%5\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\\n<b>Linked from:</b> %2<br>\\n<b>Summary:</b> %3<br>\\n<b>Description:</b> %4<br>\\n%5\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" @@ -3047,34 +2897,20 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" #~| "Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>List of default online repositories.\\nClick on a repository for " -#~ "details.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>List of default online repositories.\\nClick on a repository for details.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Lista de repositorios conectados.\n" #~ "Prema sobre un repositorio para máis detalles.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>." -#~ "</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione o repositorio conectado que desexe usar e prema en " -#~ "<b>Seguinte</b>.</p>\n" +#~| msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione o repositorio conectado que desexe usar e prema en <b>Seguinte</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</" -#~| "b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</" -#~ "b>.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione o repositorio conectado que desexe usar e prema en " -#~ "<b>Finalizar</b></p>\n" +#~| msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione o repositorio conectado que desexe usar e prema en <b>Finalizar</b></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3084,9 +2920,7 @@ #~| "%1\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Package installation will be aborted.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation failed.\\n\\nDetails:\\n%1\\n\\nPackage installation will be " -#~ "aborted.\\n" +#~ msgid "Installation failed.\\n\\nDetails:\\n%1\\n\\nPackage installation will be aborted.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallou a instalación\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3108,23 +2942,15 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -#~| "To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software " -#~| "repository or service.\n" -#~| "YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -#~| "available at the entered location.\n" +#~| "To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" +#~| "YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\\nTo add a new " -#~ "repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service." -#~ "\\nYaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -#~ "available at the entered location.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\\nTo add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\\nYaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Engadir un novo repositorio ou servizo</b><br>\n" -#~ "Para engadir un novo repositorio, empregue <b>Engadir</b> e especifique o " -#~ "repositorio de software ou servizo.\n" -#~ "YaST detectará automaticamente se é un servizo ou repositorio o que está " -#~ "dispoñible nesa localización.\n" +#~ "Para engadir un novo repositorio, empregue <b>Engadir</b> e especifique o repositorio de software ou servizo.\n" +#~ "YaST detectará automaticamente se é un servizo ou repositorio o que está dispoñible nesa localización.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3133,9 +2959,7 @@ #~| "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" #~| "have the CD set or the DVD available.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo install packages from <b>CD</b>,\\nhave the CD set or the DVD " -#~ "available.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo install packages from <b>CD</b>,\\nhave the CD set or the DVD available.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para instalar paquetes desde o <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -3152,11 +2976,7 @@ #~| "Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" #~| "into one directory.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\\nand then used as a " -#~ "repository.\\nInsert the path name where the first\\nCD is located, for " -#~ "example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\\nOnly the base path is required if all CDs " -#~ "are copied\\ninto one directory.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\\nand then used as a repository.\\nInsert the path name where the first\\nCD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\\nOnly the base path is required if all CDs are copied\\ninto one directory.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Pode copiar os CDs ao <b>disco duro</b>\n" @@ -3171,67 +2991,37 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -#~| "To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a " -#~| "repository, use\n" -#~| "<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the " -#~| "refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the " -#~| "table and use the check boxes below.\n" +#~| "To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" +#~| "<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\\nTo " -#~ "change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use" -#~ "\\n<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the " -#~ "refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table " -#~ "and use the check boxes below.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\\nTo change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\\n<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Modificar o estado do repositorio ou servizo</b>\n" -#~ "Para cambiar a localización dun repositorio, empregue <b>Editar</b>. Para " -#~ "eliminar un repositorio, use\n" -#~ "<b>Eliminar</b>. Para activar ou desactivar o repositorio ou cambiar a " -#~ "actualización ao inicio,\n" -#~ "seleccione o repositorio na táboa e utilice as caixas de selección " -#~ "situadas debaixo.\n" +#~ "Para cambiar a localización dun repositorio, empregue <b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar un repositorio, use\n" +#~ "<b>Eliminar</b>. Para activar ou desactivar o repositorio ou cambiar a actualización ao inicio,\n" +#~ "seleccione o repositorio na táboa e utilice as caixas de selección situadas debaixo.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -#~| "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -#~| "priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -#~| "available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority " -#~| "is used.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\\nPriority of a repository is an " -#~ "integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest " -#~ "priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, " -#~ "the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\\n" +#~| "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\\nPriority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B>Prioridad dun repositorio</B><BR>\n" -#~ "Un valor enteiro entre 0 (prioridade alta) e 200 (prioridade baixa). De " -#~ "xeito predeterminado é 99. Se un paquete está dispoñible en máis dun " -#~ "repositorio, empregarase o repositorio coa prioridade máis alta.</P>\n" +#~ "Un valor enteiro entre 0 (prioridade alta) e 200 (prioridade baixa). De xeito predeterminado é 99. Se un paquete está dispoñible en máis dun repositorio, empregarase o repositorio coa prioridade máis alta.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep " -#~| "downloaded\n" -#~| "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages " -#~| "are\n" -#~| "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -#~| "installation.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded" -#~ "\\npackages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the " -#~ "packages are\\nreinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are " -#~ "deleted after installation.</P>" +#~| "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" +#~| "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" +#~| "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\\npackages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\\nreinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Manter os paquetes descargados</B><BR>Marque esta opción para " -#~ "manter os\n" -#~ "paquetes descargados nunha caché local de xeito que poidan ser " -#~ "posteriormente utilizados\n" -#~ "novamente cando os paquetes se volvan instalar. Se se desmarca, os " -#~ "paquetes descargados elimínanse despois da instalación.</P>" +#~ "<P><B>Manter os paquetes descargados</B><BR>Marque esta opción para manter os\n" +#~ "paquetes descargados nunha caché local de xeito que poidan ser posteriormente utilizados\n" +#~ "novamente cando os paquetes se volvan instalar. Se se desmarca, os paquetes descargados elimínanse despois da instalación.</P>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3284,9 +3074,7 @@ #~| "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really add the repository again?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Repository %1\\nhas been already added. Each repository should be added " -#~ "only once.\\n\\nReally add the repository again?" +#~ msgid "Repository %1\\nhas been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\\n\\nReally add the repository again?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Xa se engadíu o\n" #~ "repositorio %1. Cada repositorio debe engadirse só unha vez.\n" @@ -3294,10 +3082,8 @@ #~ "Quere engadir o repositorio novamente?" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\\n" +#~| msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "<p>Erros ao restaurar a configuración do repositorio.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3327,9 +3113,7 @@ #~| "During the last package installation\n" #~| "several packages failed to install.\n" #~| "Install them now?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "During the last package installation\\nseveral packages failed to install." -#~ "\\nInstall them now?\\n" +#~ msgid "During the last package installation\\nseveral packages failed to install.\\nInstall them now?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Durante a última instalación de paquetes,\n" #~ "varios paquetes non se instalaron correctamente.\n" @@ -3339,9 +3123,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot configure online update repository \n" #~| "without having package %1 installed" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot configure online update repository \\nwithout having package %1 " -#~ "installed" +#~ msgid "Cannot configure online update repository \\nwithout having package %1 installed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode configurar o repositorio de actualización \n" #~ "en liña sen ter instalado o paquete %1" @@ -3350,9 +3132,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" #~| "without having package %1 installed" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot search packages in online repositories\\nwithout having package %1 " -#~ "installed" +#~ msgid "Cannot search packages in online repositories\\nwithout having package %1 installed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se poden buscar paquetes nos repositorios en liña\n" #~ "sen ter instalado o paquete %1" @@ -3369,131 +3149,84 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\n" -#~| "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all " -#~| "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\\nUse the functionality of " -#~ "<i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-" -#~ "service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\\n" +#~| "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\\nUse the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Buscar paquetes</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Use a funcionalidade de <i>busca de paquetes Webpin</i> para buscar entre " -#~ "todos os repositorios do build-service de openSUSE e os repositorios da " -#~ "comunidade.</p>\n" +#~ "Use a funcionalidade de <i>busca de paquetes Webpin</i> para buscar entre todos os repositorios do build-service de openSUSE e os repositorios da comunidade.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part " -#~| "of the\n" -#~| "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of " -#~| "a\n" -#~| "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\\ndistribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source " -#~ "of a\\npackage. We do not take any responsibility for installing such " -#~ "software.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\n" +#~| "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" +#~| "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\\ndistribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\\npackage. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Seguridade</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "O software atopado con frecuencia non forma parte da propia distribución. " -#~ "Ten que decidir\n" -#~ "sobre o nivel de confianza sobre o código fonte o paquete. Non nos " -#~ "facemos responsables pola instalación\n" +#~ "O software atopado con frecuencia non forma parte da propia distribución. Ten que decidir\n" +#~ "sobre o nivel de confianza sobre o código fonte o paquete. Non nos facemos responsables pola instalación\n" #~ "dese software.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -#~| "the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -#~| "should check\n" +#~| "the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" #~| "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>When you have a problem with\\nthe installation and you are using a CD " -#~ "or DVD installation medium, you should check\\nwhether the medium is " -#~ "broken.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>When you have a problem with\\nthe installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\\nwhether the medium is broken.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Se xorde un problema coa\n" -#~ "instalación e emprega un medio de instalación CD ou DVD, debería " -#~ "comprobar se o medio\n" +#~ "instalación e emprega un medio de instalación CD ou DVD, debería comprobar se o medio\n" #~ "está danado.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start " -#~| "Check</B>\n" +#~| "<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" #~| "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" #~| "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" #~| "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start " -#~ "Check</B>\\nor use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\\nThe " -#~ "check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\\ndrive and size " -#~ "of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " +#~ msgid "<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\\nor use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\\nThe check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\\ndrive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Seleccione un dispositivo, introduza nel un medio e prema <B>Iniciar " -#~ "comprobación</B>\n" -#~ "para verificar o medio ou <B>Comprobar ficheiro ISO</B> e seleccione un " -#~ "ficheiro ISO. \n" +#~ "<P>Seleccione un dispositivo, introduza nel un medio e prema <B>Iniciar comprobación</B>\n" +#~ "para verificar o medio ou <B>Comprobar ficheiro ISO</B> e seleccione un ficheiro ISO. \n" #~ "Esta operación pode durar varios minutos dependendo da velocidade\n" -#~ "da unidade e o tamaño do medio. A comprobación verifica a suma de " -#~ "verificación MD5.</P> " +#~ "da unidade e o tamaño do medio. A comprobación verifica a suma de verificación MD5.</P> " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -#~| "installation.\n" -#~| "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium." -#~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -#~ "installation.\\nIt may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the " -#~ "broken medium.</P>\\n" +#~| "<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +#~| "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\\nIt may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Si a comprobación do medio fallan, no debería seguir coa instalación " -#~ "por\n" -#~ "pode fallar ou provocar una perda de datos. Neste caso debe substituír o " -#~ "medio\n" +#~ "<P>Si a comprobación do medio fallan, no debería seguir coa instalación por\n" +#~ "pode fallar ou provocar una perda de datos. Neste caso debe substituír o medio\n" #~ "defectuoso.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" #~| "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. " -#~ "\\nThe order of the media is irrelevant.\\n" +#~ msgid "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \\nThe order of the media is irrelevant.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Despois da comprobación, insira outro medio e repita o proceso.\n" #~ "A orde dos medios carece de importancia.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " -#~| "recording\n" -#~| "software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check." -#~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " -#~ "recording\\nsoftware. It avoids read errors at the end of the media " -#~ "during the check.</P>\\n" +#~| "<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" +#~| "software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\\nsoftware. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se gravou vostede mesmo o medio, empregue a opción <B>pad</P> no " -#~ "software\n" -#~ "de gravación. Esta opción evita erros de lectura ao final do medio " -#~ "durante a comprobación.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>Se gravou vostede mesmo o medio, empregue a opción <B>pad</P> no software\n" +#~ "de gravación. Esta opción evita erros de lectura ao final do medio durante a comprobación.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" #~| "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is recommended to check all installation media\\nto avoid installation " -#~ "problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" +#~ msgid "It is recommended to check all installation media\\nto avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Recoméndase comprobar todos os medios de instalación\n" -#~ "para evitar problemas na instalación. Para saltar este paso, prema " -#~ "'Seguinte'." +#~ "para evitar problemas na instalación. Para saltar este paso, prema 'Seguinte'." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3501,10 +3234,7 @@ #~| "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Only readability of the medium will be checked.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\\nThe content of the medium " -#~ "cannot be verified.\\n\\nOnly readability of the medium will be checked." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\\nThe content of the medium cannot be verified.\\n\\nOnly readability of the medium will be checked.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O medio non contén unha suma de verificación MD5.\n" #~ "Non é posible verificar o contido do medio.\n" @@ -3527,17 +3257,12 @@ #~| "To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n" #~| "Check the <B>Trusted</B> check box if the key is trusted.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\\nTo add a new GPG key, specify the " -#~ "path to the key file.\\nCheck the <B>Trusted</B> check box if the key is " -#~ "trusted.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\\nTo add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\\nCheck the <B>Trusted</B> check box if the key is trusted.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Engadindo unha nova chave GPG</b><br>\n" -#~ "Para engadir unha nova chave GPG indique a ruta onde se atopa o " -#~ "ficheiro.\n" -#~ "Marque a caixa de verificación <B>Confiable</B> se desexa confiar nesta " -#~ "chave.\n" +#~ "Para engadir unha nova chave GPG indique a ruta onde se atopa o ficheiro.\n" +#~ "Marque a caixa de verificación <B>Confiable</B> se desexa confiar nesta chave.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3547,14 +3272,11 @@ #~| "To modify the trusted flag, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a GPG key, use\n" #~| "<b>Delete</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\\nTo modify the trusted flag, use " -#~ "<b>Edit</b>. To remove a GPG key, use\\n<b>Delete</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\\nTo modify the trusted flag, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a GPG key, use\\n<b>Delete</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Modificar o estado dunha chave GPG</b>\n" -#~ "Para modificar a marca de confiable, utilice<b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar " -#~ "unha chave, empregue\n" +#~ "Para modificar a marca de confiable, utilice<b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar unha chave, empregue\n" #~ "<b>Eliminar</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -3574,11 +3296,7 @@ #~| "the correct location.\n" #~| "To make rpm packages located at the specified location available\n" #~| "in the packages selection, continue.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is no product information available at the given location.\\nIf you " -#~ "expected to to point a product, go back and enter\\nthe correct location." -#~ "\\nTo make rpm packages located at the specified location available\\nin " -#~ "the packages selection, continue.\\n" +#~ msgid "There is no product information available at the given location.\\nIf you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\\nthe correct location.\\nTo make rpm packages located at the specified location available\\nin the packages selection, continue.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non hai ningunha información de produto dispoñible na ruta especificada.\n" #~ "Se esperaba acceder a un produto, retorne e volva introducir a\n" @@ -3599,9 +3317,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" #~| "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\\nChange " -#~ "the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." +#~ msgid "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\\nChange the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode utilizar unha imaxe ISO sobre un protocolo http ou ftp.\n" #~ "Cambie o protocolo ou descomprima a imaxe ISO no lado do servidor." @@ -3610,24 +3326,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" #~| "without having %1 package installed.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot search for SLP repositories\\nwithout having %1 package installed." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot search for SLP repositories\\nwithout having %1 package installed.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se poden buscar repositorios SLP\n" #~ "sen ter instalado o paquete %1\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -#~| "repositories.\n" +#~| "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" #~| "Select the ones you want to use.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -#~ "repositories.\\nSelect the ones you want to use.\\n" +#~ msgid "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\\nSelect the ones you want to use.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O repositorio de instalación tamén contén os repositorios adicionais " -#~ "amosados.\n" +#~ "O repositorio de instalación tamén contén os repositorios adicionais amosados.\n" #~ "Seleccione os que desexe empregar.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3652,50 +3362,30 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will " -#~| "be\n" -#~| "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important " -#~| "if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</" -#~| "P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be" -#~ "\\ndownloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important " -#~ "if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>" -#~ "\\n" +#~| "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" +#~| "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\\ndownloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>O 'tamaño total a descargar' é o tamaño dos paquetes que van ser " -#~ "descargados desde repositorios remotos.\n" -#~ "Este valor é importante cando a conexión é lenta ou cando existe un " -#~ "límite de descargas.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>O 'tamaño total a descargar' é o tamaño dos paquetes que van ser descargados desde repositorios remotos.\n" +#~ "Este valor é importante cando a conexión é lenta ou cando existe un límite de descargas.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -#~| "installation\n" -#~| "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you " -#~| "can\n" +#~| "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +#~| "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" #~| "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -#~ "installation\\nmedia. If an Internet connection is available during " -#~ "configuration, you can\\ndownload updated release notes from the SUSE " -#~ "Linux Web server.</b></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\\nmedia. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\\ndownload updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Estas notas de publicación feitas para a primeira versión inicial " -#~ "son\n" -#~ "parte do soporte de instalación. Durante a instalación, se está " -#~ "dispoñible unha\n" -#~ "conexión á Internet, poderá descargar notas de publicación actualizadas " -#~ "do servidor\n" +#~ "<p><b>Estas notas de publicación feitas para a primeira versión inicial son\n" +#~ "parte do soporte de instalación. Durante a instalación, se está dispoñible unha\n" +#~ "conexión á Internet, poderá descargar notas de publicación actualizadas do servidor\n" #~ "da Web de SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" #~| "Check the log file %1 for more details." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Error while initializing package descriptions.\\nCheck the log file %1 " -#~ "for more details." +#~ msgid "Error while initializing package descriptions.\\nCheck the log file %1 for more details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aconteceu un erro ao iniciar as descricións de paquetes.\n" #~ "Comprobe a ficheiro de rexistro %1 para obter máis información." @@ -3704,9 +3394,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" #~| "Software proposal will be called again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The software selection has been changed externally.\\nSoftware proposal " -#~ "will be called again." +#~ msgid "The software selection has been changed externally.\\nSoftware proposal will be called again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A proposta de software modificouse internamente.\n" #~ "Invocarase novamente a proposta de software." @@ -3715,9 +3403,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" #~| "on the first media in the file %1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\\non the first media in " -#~ "the file %1" +#~ msgid "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\\non the first media in the file %1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se quere imprimir este EULA, busque o\n" #~ "ficheiro %1 no primeiro medio" @@ -3725,13 +3411,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" -#~| "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license " -#~| "agreement,\n" +#~| "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" #~| "the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\\none of the available " -#~ "options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\\nthe " -#~ "configuration will be aborted.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\\none of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\\nthe configuration will be aborted.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Lea atentamente o acordo de licenza e escolla unha das\n" #~ "opcións dispoñibles. En caso de non aceptar o acordo de licenza,\n" @@ -3741,9 +3423,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" #~| "Really refuse the agreement?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\\nReally refuse " -#~ "the agreement?" +#~ msgid "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\\nReally refuse the agreement?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ao rexeitar o acordo de licenza non pode continuar coa instalación.\n" #~ "Quere realmente rexeitar este acordo?" @@ -3752,9 +3432,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" #~| "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\\nproduct installation. " -#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" +#~ msgid "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\\nproduct installation. Really refuse the agreement?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ao rexeitar o acordo de licenza non pode continuar coa instalación\n" #~ "do complemento. Quere realmente rexeitar este acordo?" @@ -3781,9 +3459,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" #~| "Continue with the installation?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\\nContinue with the " -#~ "installation?" +#~ msgid "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\\nContinue with the installation?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O espazo de disco na partición %1 está a piques de esgotarse.\n" #~ "Quere continuar coa instalación?" @@ -3792,8 +3468,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" #~| "Continue with the installation?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\\nContinue with the installation?" +#~ msgid "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\\nContinue with the installation?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O espazo de disco está case esgotado.\n" #~ "Desexa continuar coa instalación? " @@ -3802,9 +3477,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" #~| "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\\nof the media, set " -#~ "<b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\\nof the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se a localización é un ficheiro que alberga unha imaxe ISO\n" #~ "dos medios, defina <b>Imaxe ISO</b>.</p>" @@ -3813,9 +3486,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" #~| "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\\nset the location of the " -#~ "first media of the set.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\\nset the location of the first media of the set.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se o repositorio comprende varios medios,\n" #~ "defina a localización do primeiro medio do conxunto.</p>\n" @@ -3823,40 +3494,26 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -#~| "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it " -#~| "is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as " -#~| "the name.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Repository Name</b> to " -#~ "specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the " -#~ "product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\\n" +#~| "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Nome do repositorio</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Empregue <b>Nome do repositorio</b> para especificar o nome do " -#~ "repositorio. Se o deixa baleiro, YaST utilizará o nome do produto (en " -#~ "caso de estar dispoñible) ou o URL.</p>\n" +#~ "Empregue <b>Nome do repositorio</b> para especificar o nome do repositorio. Se o deixa baleiro, YaST utilizará o nome do produto (en caso de estar dispoñible) ou o URL.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -#~| "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is " -#~| "empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Service Name</b> to " -#~ "specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of " -#~ "the service URL as the name.</p>\\n" +#~| "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Nome do servizo</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Empregue <b>Nome do servizo</b> para especificar o nome do servizo. Se o " -#~ "deixa baleiro, YaST utilizará parte do URL como nome.</p>\n" +#~ "Empregue <b>Nome do servizo</b> para especificar o nome do servizo. Se o deixa baleiro, YaST utilizará parte do URL como nome.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>URL</b> to specify the " -#~ "URL of the repository.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>URL do repositorio</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Utilice <b>URL</b> para especificar o URL do repositorio.<p>" @@ -3866,10 +3523,7 @@ #~| "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" #~| "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path " -#~ "to Directory or ISO Image</b>\\nto specify the NFS server host name and " -#~ "path on the server.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\\nto specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Sevidor NFS</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Empregue <b>Sevidor NFS</b> e <b>Ruta ao directorio ou á imaxe ISO</b>\n" @@ -3879,39 +3533,29 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" #~| "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -#~| "This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -#~| "<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +#~| "This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" #~| "for details and the list of supported options." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\\nYou can specify extra options " -#~ "used for mounting the NFS volume.\\nThis is an expert option, keeping the " -#~ "default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\\nfor details and the " -#~ "list of supported options." +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\\nYou can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\\nThis is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\\nfor details and the list of supported options." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Opcións de montaxe</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Pode especificar opcións extras empregadas para montar o volume NFS.\n" -#~ "Esta é unha opción avanzada, é recomendable manter o valor " -#~ "predeterminado. Consulte\n" +#~ "Esta é unha opción avanzada, é recomendable manter o valor predeterminado. Consulte\n" #~ "<b>man 5 nfs</b> para obter máis detalles e a lista de opcións soportadas." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\\nSet <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-" -#~ "ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\\nSet <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Medios en CD ou DVD</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Defina <b>CD-ROM</b> ou <b>DVD-ROM</b> para especificar o tipo de medio.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Defina <b>CD-ROM</b> ou <b>DVD-ROM</b> para especificar o tipo de medio.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The entered path is not a directory\n" #~| "or the directory does not exist.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The entered path is not a directory\\nor the directory does not exist.\\n" +#~ msgid "The entered path is not a directory\\nor the directory does not exist.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A ruta indicada non é un directorio\n" #~ "ou o directorio non existe.\n" @@ -3943,11 +3587,7 @@ #~| "directory. If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" #~| "any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" #~| "<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Path to Directory</b> " -#~ "to specify the path to the\\ndirectory. If the directory contains only " -#~ "RPM packages without\\nany metadata (i.e. there is no product " -#~ "information), then check option\\n<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\\ndirectory. If the directory contains only RPM packages without\\nany metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\\n<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Directorio local</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Empregue <b>Ruta ao directorio</b> para indicar a ruta\n" @@ -3959,26 +3599,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" -#~| "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the " -#~| "repository.\n" -#~| "If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the " -#~| "disk.\n" +#~| "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n" +#~| "If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n" #~| "If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" #~| "any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" #~| "<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\\nSelect the USB device on " -#~ "which the repository is located.\\nUse <b>Path to Directory</b> to " -#~ "specify the directory of the repository.\\nIf the path is omitted, the " -#~ "system will use the root directory of the disk.\\nIf the directory " -#~ "contains only RPM packages without\\nany metadata (i.e. there is no " -#~ "product information), then check option\\n<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\\nSelect the USB device on which the repository is located.\\nUse <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\\nIf the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\\nIf the directory contains only RPM packages without\\nany metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\\n<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Memoria ou disco USB</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione o dispositivo USB onde se atope o repositorio.\n" -#~ "Utilice <b>Ruta ao directorio</b> para indicar o directorio do " -#~ "repositorio.\n" +#~ "Utilice <b>Ruta ao directorio</b> para indicar o directorio do repositorio.\n" #~ "Se omite a ruta, o sistema utilizará o directorio raíz do disco.\n" #~ "Se o directorio contén unicamente paquetes RPM sen metadatos\n" #~ "(non hai información do produto), daquela marque a opción\n" @@ -3989,35 +3619,22 @@ #~| "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" #~| "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" #~| "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\\nif " -#~ "you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\\nwant to " -#~ "use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\\nif you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\\nwant to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O sistema de ficheiros empregado no dispositivo será detectado " -#~ "automaticamente\n" -#~ "se está seleccionado 'auto' no sistema de ficheiros. Se a detección falla " -#~ "ou quere utilizar\n" +#~ "<p>O sistema de ficheiros empregado no dispositivo será detectado automaticamente\n" +#~ "se está seleccionado 'auto' no sistema de ficheiros. Se a detección falla ou quere utilizar\n" #~ "un sistema de ficheiros específico, seleccióneo da lista.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" -#~| "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the " -#~| "repository.\n" -#~| "If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the " -#~| "disk.\n" +#~| "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n" +#~| "If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n" #~| "If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" #~| "any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" #~| "<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\\nSelect the disk on which the repository " -#~ "is located.\\nUse <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of " -#~ "the repository.\\nIf the path is omitted, the system will use the root " -#~ "directory of the disk.\\nIf the directory contains only RPM packages " -#~ "without\\nany metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check " -#~ "option\\n<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\\nSelect the disk on which the repository is located.\\nUse <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\\nIf the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\\nIf the directory contains only RPM packages without\\nany metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\\n<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Disco</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione o disco onde se atope localizado o repositorio.\n" @@ -4032,9 +3649,7 @@ #~| "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" #~| "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" #~| "ISO image file.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Path to ISO Image</b> " -#~ "to specify the path to the\\nISO image file.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\\nISO image file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Imaxe ISO local</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Empregue <b>Ruta á imaxe ISO</b> para indicar a ruta\n" @@ -4048,45 +3663,30 @@ #~| "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" #~| "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " -#~| "Directory\n" +#~| "For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" #~| "or ISO Image</b>. \n" #~| "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" #~| "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Server Name</b> " -#~ "and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\\nto specify the NFS server " -#~ "host name and path on the server.\\nTo enable authentication, uncheck " -#~ "<b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\\n<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</" -#~ "b>.</p>\\n<p>\\nFor the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name " -#~ "and <b>Path to Directory\\nor ISO Image</b>. \\nIf the location is a file " -#~ "holding an ISO image\\nof the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\\nUse <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\\nto specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.\\nTo enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\\n<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\\n<p>\\nFor the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\\nor ISO Image</b>. \\nIf the location is a file holding an ISO image\\nof the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Servidor e directorio</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Empregue <b>Nome do servidor</b> e <b>Ruta ao directorio ou imaxe ISO</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Empregue <b>Nome do servidor</b> e <b>Ruta ao directorio ou imaxe ISO</b>\n" #~ "para especificar o nome do servidor NFS e a ruta.\n" -#~ "Para activar a autenticación, quite a marca de <b>Anónimo</b> e " -#~ "especifique o\n" +#~ "Para activar a autenticación, quite a marca de <b>Anónimo</b> e especifique o\n" #~ "<b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>.<p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para o repositorio SMB/CIFS, especifique o nome de <b>Compartir</b> e a " -#~ "<b>Ruta ao directorio\n" +#~ "Para o repositorio SMB/CIFS, especifique o nome de <b>Compartir</b> e a <b>Ruta ao directorio\n" #~ "ou imaxe ISO</b>. \n" #~ "Se a localización é un ficheiro que alberga unha imaxe ISO\n" #~ "do medio, defina <b>Imaxe ISO</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -#~| "repository.\n" +#~| "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" #~| "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -#~ "repository.\\nLeave it empty to use the default port.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\\nLeave it empty to use the default port.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>É posible indicar o número de <b>Porto</b> para un repositorio HTTP/" -#~ "HTTPS.\n" +#~ "<p>É posible indicar o número de <b>Porto</b> para un repositorio HTTP/HTTPS.\n" #~ "Déixeo en branco para usar o porto predeterminado.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -4094,13 +3694,10 @@ #~| "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" #~| "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" #~| "or on the hard disk.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\\nThe software repository can be " -#~ "located on CD, on a network server,\\nor on the hard disk.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\\nThe software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\\nor on the hard disk.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Tipo de medio</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "O repositorio de software pode estar localizado nun CD, un servidor de " -#~ "rede\n" +#~ "O repositorio de software pode estar localizado nun CD, un servidor de rede\n" #~ "ou no disco duro.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -4108,9 +3705,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" #~| "have the product CD set or the DVD available.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\\nhave the product CD set or the " -#~ "DVD available.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\\nhave the product CD set or the DVD available.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para engadir <b>CD</b> ou <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -4123,10 +3718,7 @@ #~| "Enter the path to the first CD, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" #~| "Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" #~| "into the same directory.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\\nEnter the path to " -#~ "the first CD, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\\nOnly the base path is " -#~ "required if all CDs are copied\\ninto the same directory.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\\nEnter the path to the first CD, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\\nOnly the base path is required if all CDs are copied\\ninto the same directory.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Pódense copiar ao disco duro os Cds do produto.\n" @@ -4140,14 +3732,10 @@ #~| "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" #~| "Specify the directory in which the packages from\n" #~| "the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nNetwork installation requires a working network connection." -#~ "\\nSpecify the directory in which the packages from\\nthe first CD are " -#~ "located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nNetwork installation requires a working network connection.\\nSpecify the directory in which the packages from\\nthe first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A instalación a través da rede necesita unha conexión de rede que " -#~ "funcione.\n" +#~ "A instalación a través da rede necesita unha conexión de rede que funcione.\n" #~ "Especifique o directorio onde se atopan os paquetes do\n" #~ "primeiro CD, como /data1/CD1.</p>\n" @@ -4155,22 +3743,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" #~| "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -#~| "repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to " -#~| "download the\n" -#~| "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST " -#~| "will\n" +#~| "repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" +#~| "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" #~| "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\\nEach repository has description files " -#~ "which describe the content of the\\nrepository. Check <b>Download " -#~ "repository description files</b> to download the\\nfiles when closing " -#~ "this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\\nautomatically " -#~ "download the files when it needs them later. </p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\\nEach repository has description files which describe the content of the\\nrepository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\\nfiles when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\\nautomatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Descarga de ficheiros</b><br>\n" #~ "Cada repositorio contén ficheiros coa descrición do seu contido.\n" -#~ "Seleccione a marca <b>Descargar ficheiros de descrición</b> para " -#~ "descargar estes ficheiros\n" +#~ "Seleccione a marca <b>Descargar ficheiros de descrición</b> para descargar estes ficheiros\n" #~ "ao pechar o módulo YaST. Se a opción non está seleccionada, YaST\n" #~ "descargará os ficheiros automaticamente cando os precise. </p>\n" @@ -4183,9 +3763,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Select one of the offered options.\n" #~| "More repositories are available for this product.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select one of the offered options.\\nMore repositories are available for " -#~ "this product.\\n" +#~ msgid "Select one of the offered options.\\nMore repositories are available for this product.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Seleccione unha das opcións que se ofrecen.\n" #~ "Están dispoñible máis repositorios para este produto.\n" @@ -4204,10 +3782,7 @@ #~| "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" #~| "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" #~| "which probably blocks the network scanning." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\\nThis could be " -#~ "caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\\nwhich probably blocks the network " -#~ "scanning." +#~ msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\\nThis could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\\nwhich probably blocks the network scanning." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atoparon repositorios SLP na rede.\n" #~ "Pode que se deba a que se está a executar SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -4217,9 +3792,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" #~| "before updating the system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\\nbefore updating the " -#~ "system.\\n" +#~ msgid "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\\nbefore updating the system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Quite a selección a paquetes ou elimine datos\n" #~ "ou ficheiros temporais antes de actualizar o sistema.\n" @@ -4243,17 +3816,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Buscar &en" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Estas notas da versión foron redactadas para a primeira versión " -#~ "inicial. Forman\n" -#~ "parte do medio de instalación. Durante a instalación, se hai dispoñible " -#~ "unha conexión\n" +#~ "<p><b>Estas notas da versión foron redactadas para a primeira versión inicial. Forman\n" +#~ "parte do medio de instalación. Durante a instalación, se hai dispoñible unha conexión\n" #~ " a Internet, poderá descargar as notas da versión actualizadas\n" #~ "do servidor Web de openSUSE Linux.</b></p>" @@ -4600,9 +4169,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Comprobando a base de datos de paquetes; este proceso pode levar algúns " -#~ "minutos." +#~ msgstr "Comprobando a base de datos de paquetes; este proceso pode levar algúns minutos." #~ msgid "Status" #~ msgstr "Estado" @@ -4621,9 +4188,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Comprobando a base de datos de paquetes; este proceso pode levar algúns " -#~ "minutos." +#~ msgstr "Comprobando a base de datos de paquetes; este proceso pode levar algúns minutos." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -4831,8 +4396,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "O sistema SuSE Linux <b>Por Omisión</b> é unha boa selección de software\n" -#~ "para a maioría dos sistemas. Non terá que usar tódolos CDs da " -#~ "distribución\n" +#~ "para a maioría dos sistemas. Non terá que usar tódolos CDs da distribución\n" #~ "para esta escolla. É posible instalar software adicional dos outros CDs\n" #~ "máis adiante.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -4854,8 +4418,7 @@ #~ "<b><i>non inclúe ambientes gráficos de escritorio</i></b>, isto é, nin\n" #~ "X11, nin KDE, nin Gnome, etc... Escolla esta opción como unha base\n" #~ "para unha selección personalizada, para sistemas servidores dedicados\n" -#~ "que non precisan dun escritorio gráfico, ou para sistemas que teñan " -#~ "pouco\n" +#~ "que non precisan dun escritorio gráfico, ou para sistemas que teñan pouco\n" #~ "espacio de disco e/ou memoria.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -4900,8 +4463,7 @@ #~ "A instalación a través da <b>rede</b> require unha conexión de rede\n" #~ "funcionando (posiblemente terá que configurar primeiro o módulo\n" #~ "\"Rede/Base\" do YaST2)\n" -#~ "Especifique o directorio onde se atopan os paquetes do primeiro CD, p." -#~ "ex.\n" +#~ "Especifique o directorio onde se atopan os paquetes do primeiro CD, p.ex.\n" #~ "/usr/SuSE7-1/<b>CD1</b>. Só se necesita o directorio base se os paquetes\n" #~ "non están divididos, p.ex. /usr/full-i386.\n" #~ "O directorio ten que estar listado no ficheiro <i>/etc/exports</i> no\n" @@ -4936,8 +4498,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "O sistema SuSE Linux <b>Por Omisión</b> é unha boa selección de software\n" -#~ "para a maioría dos sistemas. Non terá que usar tódolos CDs da " -#~ "distribución\n" +#~ "para a maioría dos sistemas. Non terá que usar tódolos CDs da distribución\n" #~ "para esta escolla. É posible instalar software adicional dos outros CDs\n" #~ "máis adiante.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -4959,8 +4520,7 @@ #~ "<b><i>non inclúe ambientes gráficos de escritorio</i></b>, isto é, nin\n" #~ "X11, nin KDE, nin Gnome, etc... Escolla esta opción como unha base\n" #~ "para unha selección personalizada, para sistemas servidores dedicados\n" -#~ "que non precisan dun escritorio gráfico, ou para sistemas que teñan " -#~ "pouco\n" +#~ "que non precisan dun escritorio gráfico, ou para sistemas que teñan pouco\n" #~ "espacio de disco e/ou memoria.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5199,8 +4759,7 @@ #~ "<b><i>non inclúe ambientes gráficos de escritorio</i></b>, isto é, nin\n" #~ "X11, nin KDE, nin Gnome, etc... Escolla esta opción como unha base\n" #~ "para unha selección personalizada, para sistemas servidores dedicados\n" -#~ "que non precisan dun escritorio gráfico, ou para sistemas que teñan " -#~ "pouco\n" +#~ "que non precisan dun escritorio gráfico, ou para sistemas que teñan pouco\n" #~ "espacio de disco e/ou memoria.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5434,13 +4993,11 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Software packages can be installed from the CD via\n" #~ "Network or from hard disk. Even if you just want to remove\n" -#~ "some packages, YaST2 will still need some information from the source " -#~ "media.\n" +#~ "some packages, YaST2 will still need some information from the source media.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Os paquetes de software pódense instalar de CD, a través da rede, ou " -#~ "dende\n" +#~ "Os paquetes de software pódense instalar de CD, a través da rede, ou dende\n" #~ "o disco duro. Mesmo se só quere eliminar algúns paquetes, YaST2 necesita\n" #~ "algúns datos sobre o medio de orixe.</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -5589,8 +5146,7 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "SuSE Linux inclúe tódolos códigos fonte, polo que ten a opción\n" #~ "de <b>instalar os códigos fonte dispoñibles</b> dos compoñentes\n" -#~ "seleccionados. Teña en conta que o código fonte non está dispoñible para " -#~ "o\n" +#~ "seleccionados. Teña en conta que o código fonte non está dispoñible para o\n" #~ "software comercial.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<br>\n" @@ -5867,10 +5423,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>These packages need a manual decision\n" -#~ "whether to perform the update or not. The packages are marked with \"m" -#~ "\".\n" -#~ "Double click a line in the list to select the respective package for " -#~ "update (the status\n" +#~ "whether to perform the update or not. The packages are marked with \"m\".\n" +#~ "Double click a line in the list to select the respective package for update (the status\n" #~ "will change to \"u\").</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Este paquete necesita que decida manualmente se quere\n" @@ -5884,8 +5438,7 @@ #~ "selected for update as well as packages you manually\n" #~ "decided to update. These are marked with \"u\".\n" #~ "Double-click the package to change its status to \"i\",\n" -#~ "i.e. do not update the package, but retain the currently installed one.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "i.e. do not update the package, but retain the currently installed one.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A lista mostra os paquetes que foron seleccionados\n" #~ "automaticamente para actualizar, así como os paquetes que\n" @@ -6164,8 +5717,7 @@ #~ "registration or license, some are time-limited.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "You can select or deselect a package by clicking on its corresponding " -#~ "line.\n" +#~ "You can select or deselect a package by clicking on its corresponding line.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<p> The packages are shown with status information:\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -6412,8 +5964,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose the source for installation/removal of software packages\n" -#~ "It is possible to install packages from CD, via the network or from " -#~ "harddisk." +#~ "It is possible to install packages from CD, via the network or from harddisk." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Escolla a orixe para a instalación/eliminación de paquetes software\n" #~ "É posible instalar paquetes do CD, a través da rede, ou do disco duro." @@ -6496,8 +6047,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Choose the <b>kernel</b> to be used for th installation and later in the " -#~ "installed system.\n" +#~ "Choose the <b>kernel</b> to be used for th installation and later in the installed system.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6562,16 +6112,13 @@ #~ "</p>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The software you chose is installed. Depending on your selection, you " -#~ "will be prompted\n" +#~ "The software you chose is installed. Depending on your selection, you will be prompted\n" #~ "to change the CD-ROMs.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Make use of the time it takes to install the packages to browse the " -#~ "manual a little:\n" -#~ "The appendix is meant to answer <em>frequently asked questions</em> or " -#~ "FAQs.\n" +#~ "Make use of the time it takes to install the packages to browse the manual a little:\n" +#~ "The appendix is meant to answer <em>frequently asked questions</em> or FAQs.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6586,8 +6133,7 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Use o tempo que leva a instalación dos paquetes para botar unha pequena\n" #~ "ollada ó manual:\n" -#~ "O apéndice está feito para responder ás <em>preguntas máis frecuentes</" -#~ "em>\n" +#~ "O apéndice está feito para responder ás <em>preguntas máis frecuentes</em>\n" #~ "(FAQ).\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<br>\n" @@ -6695,8 +6241,7 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "The update process recognize packages which have to be updated.\n" #~ "Sometimes there are packages recognized where the user have to decide\n" -#~ " by using the button \"Detailed selection\", if these packages have to be " -#~ "updated.\n" +#~ " by using the button \"Detailed selection\", if these packages have to be updated.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6740,8 +6285,7 @@ #~ "Non fai nada.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Se le este texto nun ambiente real do YaST2 (mesmo na fase de beta " -#~ "testing),\n" +#~ "Se le este texto nun ambiente real do YaST2 (mesmo na fase de beta testing),\n" #~ "por favor infórmeo inmediatamente.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -6755,8 +6299,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "En primeiro lugar, vanse instalar tódolos paquetes adicionais que se\n" -#~ "seleccionaron. Despois diso, eliminaranse do sistema os paquetes " -#~ "marcados\n" +#~ "seleccionaron. Despois diso, eliminaranse do sistema os paquetes marcados\n" #~ "para borrar no diálogo anterior.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -7014,15 +6557,13 @@ #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>SuSE Linux</b> ten moitas novas funcionalidades dende a última " -#~ "versión.\n" +#~ "<b>SuSE Linux</b> ten moitas novas funcionalidades dende a última versión.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you want to install these new features, please select which kind of " -#~ "software group you want.</p>\n" +#~ "If you want to install these new features, please select which kind of software group you want.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se desexa instalar estas novas funcionalidades, seleccione que tipo de\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/pam.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/pam.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/pam.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -40,9 +40,7 @@ #~| "The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\n" #~| "%2\n" #~| "Disable automatic login?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\\n%2\\nDisable " -#~ "automatic login?" +#~ msgid "The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\\n%2\\nDisable automatic login?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A entrada automática está activada para o usuario %1.\n" #~ "%2\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/pkg-bindings.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/pkg-bindings.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/pkg-bindings.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -33,50 +33,26 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Cargando paquetes dispoñibles</B></BIG></P><P>Cargando os " -"paquetes dispoñibles dende os repositorios configurados. Isto pode tardar un " -"chisco...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Cargando paquetes dispoñibles</B></BIG></P><P>Cargando os paquetes dispoñibles dende os repositorios configurados. Isto pode tardar un chisco...</P>" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Cargando paquetes instalados</B><BIG></P><P>O xestor de paquetes " -"está a ler os paquetes instalados...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Cargando paquetes instalados</B><BIG></P><P>O xestor de paquetes está a ler os paquetes instalados...</P>" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Rexistrando un novo repositorio</B></BIG></P><P>Estase a " -"rexistrar un novo repositorio. O xestor de paquetes está a ler a lista de " -"paquetes dispoñibles no repositorio...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Rexistrando un novo repositorio</B></BIG></P><P>Estase a rexistrar un novo repositorio. O xestor de paquetes está a ler a lista de paquetes dispoñibles no repositorio...</P>" #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Gardando repositorios</B></BIG></P><P>O xestor de paquetes está a " -"actualizar os repositorios configurados...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Gardando repositorios</B></BIG></P><P>O xestor de paquetes está a actualizar os repositorios configurados...</P>" #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Actualizando o repositorio</B></BIG></P><P>O xestor de paquetes " -"está a actualizar o contido do repositorio...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Actualizando o repositorio</B></BIG></P><P>O xestor de paquetes está a actualizar o contido do repositorio...</P>" #. error message #: src/Package.cc:651 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/printer.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/printer.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/printer.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"Erro: non se puido escribir o nome do servidor %1 en /etc/cups/client.conf" +msgstr "Erro: non se puido escribir o nome do servidor %1 en /etc/cups/client.conf" #. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST #. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. @@ -72,26 +71,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Non se pode configurar a impresión (o paquete requirido cups-client non está " -"instalado)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "Non se pode configurar a impresión (o paquete requirido cups-client non está instalado)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Non se pode configurar as impresoras locais (o paquete requirido cups non " -"está instalado)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "Non se pode configurar as impresoras locais (o paquete requirido cups non está instalado)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"Non hai unha impresora local accesible (utilizando o servidor CUPS remoto " -"'%1' para imprimir)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "Non hai unha impresora local accesible (utilizando o servidor CUPS remoto '%1' para imprimir)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -131,8 +121,7 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"Non se poden configurar impresioras locais (cupsd local non é accesible)." +msgstr "Non se poden configurar impresioras locais (cupsd local non é accesible)." #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -201,8 +190,7 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers @@ -211,9 +199,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 #, fuzzy #| msgid "udev-configure-printer is used for automatic configuration" -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" msgstr "udev-configure-printer emprégase para a configuración automática" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -233,12 +219,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"A configuración dun servidor CUPS remoto está en conflito coa configuración " -"de impresoras no sistema local." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "A configuración dun servidor CUPS remoto está en conflito coa configuración de impresoras no sistema local." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -442,8 +424,7 @@ #. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Tamaño de papel por defecto (cando a impresora e o controlador o soportan)" +msgstr "Tamaño de papel por defecto (cando a impresora e o controlador o soportan)" #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: @@ -532,11 +513,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Só están permitidas letras (a-z e A-Z), números (0-) e '_' no nome da cola." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Só están permitidas letras (a-z e A-Z), números (0-) e '_' no nome da cola." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -558,12 +536,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Se o seguinte diálogo non amosase a nova configuración da impresora " -"esperada, espere algún tempo e empregue o botón 'Actualizar a lista'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Se o seguinte diálogo non amosase a nova configuración da impresora esperada, espere algún tempo e empregue o botón 'Actualizar a lista'." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -609,12 +583,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"Non se emprega controlador (é unha cola en bruto 'raw' ou estase a utilizar " -"un 'script de interface de estilo System V')" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Non se emprega controlador (é unha cola en bruto 'raw' ou estase a utilizar un 'script de interface de estilo System V')" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -623,8 +593,7 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "" -"Axustar as opcións do controlador actual ou asignar un controlador difrerente" +msgstr "Axustar as opcións do controlador actual ou asignar un controlador difrerente" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -666,12 +635,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Se o seguinte diálogo non amosase as modificacións esperadas, espere algún " -"tempo e empregue o botón 'Actualizar a lista'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Se o seguinte diálogo non amosase as modificacións esperadas, espere algún tempo e empregue o botón 'Actualizar a lista'." #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: @@ -684,8 +649,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "" -"Razóns posibles: Non hai nada seleccionado ou é unha configuración remota." +msgstr "Razóns posibles: Non hai nada seleccionado ou é unha configuración remota." #. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 @@ -697,11 +661,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Manter o modelo ou seleccionar un &fabricante de impresoras, se non vaise " -"usar unha cola 'raw'." +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Manter o modelo ou seleccionar un &fabricante de impresoras, se non vaise usar unha cola 'raw'." #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -713,12 +674,9 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "You may select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +#| msgid "You may select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Debe escoller un &fabricante de impresoras, se non vaise usar unha cola " -"'raw'." +msgstr "Debe escoller un &fabricante de impresoras, se non vaise usar unha cola 'raw'." #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server @@ -760,9 +718,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\"(usualmente baleiro) [codificación-" -"porcentual]" +msgstr "Parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\"(usualmente baleiro) [codificación-porcentual]" #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -830,11 +786,8 @@ msgstr "Bits de ¶da" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a unha impresora bluetooth, o paquete RPM bluez-cups debe estar " -"instalado." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Para acceder a unha impresora bluetooth, o paquete RPM bluez-cups debe estar instalado." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -914,12 +867,8 @@ msgstr "URI (vexa o manual da impresora)[codificación-porcentual]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a impresora compartida SMB, o paquete RPM cliente-samba debe " -"estar instalado." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Para acceder a impresora compartida SMB, o paquete RPM cliente-samba debe estar instalado." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -996,9 +945,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a unha cola de impresión IPX, o paquete RPM ncpfs debe estar " -"instalado." +msgstr "Para acceder a unha cola de impresión IPX, o paquete RPM ncpfs debe estar instalado." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1035,9 +982,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para imprimir mediante 'pipe', o paquete RPM cups-backends debe estar " -"instalado." +msgstr "Para imprimir mediante 'pipe', o paquete RPM cups-backends debe estar instalado." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1049,14 +994,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Nome do programa (/ruta/programa?opción=valor) [codificación-porcentual]" +msgstr "Nome do programa (/ruta/programa?opción=valor) [codificación-porcentual]" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"URI do dispositivo (ao que se debe aplicar 'beh')[codificación-porcentual]" +msgstr "URI do dispositivo (ao que se debe aplicar 'beh')[codificación-porcentual]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 @@ -1245,19 +1188,15 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"O dispositivo de serie e a taxa de transferencia non poden estar baleiros." +msgstr "O dispositivo de serie e a taxa de transferencia non poden estar baleiros." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "A verificación de paridade 'espazo' só soporta 7 bits de datos." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"A comprobación de paridade 'marca' soporta só 7 bits de datos e 1 bit de " -"parada." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "A comprobación de paridade 'marca' soporta só 7 bits de datos e 1 bit de parada." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1299,9 +1238,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"O URI do dispositivo, o número de tentativas e o retardo non poden estar " -"baleiros." +msgstr "O URI do dispositivo, o número de tentativas e o retardo non poden estar baleiros." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe @@ -1350,15 +1287,13 @@ #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" -msgstr "" -"Examinar os hosts que estean accesibles mediante o porto 515 (LPD/LPR) " +msgstr "Examinar os hosts que estean accesibles mediante o porto 515 (LPD/LPR) " #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -msgstr "" -"Examinar os hosts que estean accesibles mediante o porto 631 (CUPS/IPP)" +msgstr "Examinar os hosts que estean accesibles mediante o porto 631 (CUPS/IPP)" #. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ #. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); @@ -1422,15 +1357,9 @@ #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -#| "installed." -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a impresora compartida SMB, o paquete RPM cliente-samba debe " -"estar instalado." +#| msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Para acceder a impresora compartida SMB, o paquete RPM cliente-samba debe estar instalado." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 @@ -1535,8 +1464,7 @@ #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" -msgstr "" -"Ficheiros de descrición de impresoras para algunhas impresoras PostScript" +msgstr "Ficheiros de descrición de impresoras para algunhas impresoras PostScript" #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. #. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text @@ -1599,9 +1527,7 @@ #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" -msgstr "" -"Nome do ficheiro de descri&ción da impresora coa ruta completa á súa " -"localización" +msgstr "Nome do ficheiro de descri&ción da impresora coa ruta completa á súa localización" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: @@ -1624,10 +1550,8 @@ #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The printer description file is not in compliance to the specification." -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#| msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance to the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "O ficheiro de descrición da impresora non coincide coa especificación." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1638,11 +1562,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"Un ficheiro de descrición de impresora incorrecto pode provocar fallos " -"aleatorios." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "Un ficheiro de descrición de impresora incorrecto pode provocar fallos aleatorios." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" @@ -1684,14 +1605,12 @@ "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1719,8 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configurar unha impresora</big></b><br>\n" -"Prema <b>Engadir</b> para crear unha nova cola para un dispositivo de " -"impresión.\n" +"Prema <b>Engadir</b> para crear unha nova cola para un dispositivo de impresión.\n" "</p>" #. Overview dialog help 4/7: @@ -1793,19 +1711,14 @@ "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -"<br>\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1830,8 +1743,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1839,10 +1751,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1854,8 +1764,7 @@ "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1880,8 +1789,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1972,8 +1880,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1981,10 +1888,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2021,12 +1926,9 @@ "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" @@ -2035,8 +1937,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -"<br>\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2044,8 +1945,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2060,10 +1960,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and " -"<b>location</b>.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2076,11 +1974,9 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"A diferenza da conexión e o controlador onde debe seleccionar " -"axeitadamente,\n" +"A diferenza da conexión e o controlador onde debe seleccionar axeitadamente,\n" "pode introducir texto libre en <b>descrición</b> e en <b>localización</b>.\n" -"Os aplicativos amosaranlle a descrición e localización no diálogo de " -"impresión.\n" +"Os aplicativos amosaranlle a descrición e localización no diálogo de impresión.\n" "Para asegurar que estas cadeas amósanse correctamente en calquera idioma \n" "que un usuario dun aplicativo en particular poida usar, é seguro\n" "empregar só texto simple, sen caracteres especiais\n" @@ -2184,8 +2080,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2197,24 +2092,19 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -"<br>\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='.<br>\n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" @@ -2332,10 +2222,8 @@ "Example device URIs:<br>\n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2344,8 +2232,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2393,8 +2280,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" @@ -2437,8 +2323,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2506,12 +2391,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" "Example:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2521,8 +2404,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -"<br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2578,10 +2460,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -"<br>\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -2614,8 +2494,7 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" @@ -2626,17 +2505,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -"<br>\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2729,8 +2605,7 @@ "<br>\n" "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default).<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2862,8 +2737,7 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2910,11 +2784,8 @@ #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor non accesible leva a unha secuencia sen remate de retardos e " -"erros." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Un servidor non accesible leva a unha secuencia sen remate de retardos e erros." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 @@ -2941,11 +2812,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"esta é unha configuración remota. Só poden eliminarse as configuracións " -"locais." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "esta é unha configuración remota. Só poden eliminarse as configuracións locais." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" @@ -2953,11 +2821,8 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"A configuración seleccionada eliminarase de súpeto e non se poderá restaurar." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "A configuración seleccionada eliminarase de súpeto e non se poderá restaurar." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 @@ -2992,9 +2857,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"A páxina de proba non se pode imprimir porque estanse a rexeitar os " -"traballos de impresión." +msgstr "A páxina de proba non se pode imprimir porque estanse a rexeitar os traballos de impresión." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". @@ -3006,8 +2869,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"A páxina de proba non se pode imprimir porque a impresión está desactivada." +msgstr "A páxina de proba non se pode imprimir porque a impresión está desactivada." #. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. #. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because @@ -3015,12 +2877,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Hai traballos de impresiónpendentes que deben borrarse antes de imprimir a " -"páxina de probas." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Hai traballos de impresiónpendentes que deben borrarse antes de imprimir a páxina de probas." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3070,8 +2928,7 @@ #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir unha ou dúas páxinas, por exemplo, probar impresión a dobre cara" +msgstr "Imprimir unha ou dúas páxinas, por exemplo, probar impresión a dobre cara" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 @@ -3133,8 +2990,7 @@ #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." -msgstr "" -"Estes son os traballos de impresión pendentes que deben eliminarse agora." +msgstr "Estes son os traballos de impresión pendentes que deben eliminarse agora." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: @@ -3154,35 +3010,24 @@ msgstr "Consulte o rexistro completo no ficheiro /var/log/cups/error_log file." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"CUPS rexistra información mentres se está aprocesar a páxina de proba para " -"%1 (só en inglés)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "CUPS rexistra información mentres se está aprocesar a páxina de proba para %1 (só en inglés)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Para ver a información de rexistro de CUPS, consulte o ficheiro /var/log/" -"cups/error_log file. " +msgstr "Para ver a información de rexistro de CUPS, consulte o ficheiro /var/log/cups/error_log file. " #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Cando falla a impresión mediante un sistema remoto, debe preguntar ao " -"administrador do sistema remoto." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Cando falla a impresión mediante un sistema remoto, debe preguntar ao administrador do sistema remoto." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Hai conflito na configuración do servidor CUPS remoto ao engadir a " -"configuración." +msgstr "Hai conflito na configuración do servidor CUPS remoto ao engadir a configuración." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" @@ -3190,11 +3035,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Esta é unha configuración remota. Só se poden modificar as configuracións " -"locais." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Esta é unha configuración remota. Só se poden modificar as configuracións locais." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -3232,8 +3074,7 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"&Aplicar esta política de erros a todas as configuacións de impresoras locais" +msgstr "&Aplicar esta política de erros a todas as configuacións de impresoras locais" #. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 @@ -3247,19 +3088,13 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"Aplicar esta &política de funcionamento a todas as configuracións de " -"impresoras locais." +msgstr "Aplicar esta &política de funcionamento a todas as configuracións de impresoras locais." #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"A configuración dun servidor CUPS remoto está en conflito coas políticas no " -"sistema local." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "A configuración dun servidor CUPS remoto está en conflito coas políticas no sistema local." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -3360,8 +3195,7 @@ #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Nomes de servidor CUPS consultados ou enderezos &IP( separados por espazo)" +msgstr "Nomes de servidor CUPS consultados ou enderezos &IP( separados por espazo)" #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: @@ -3385,24 +3219,20 @@ #. or to set up to use a network printer directly: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" -msgstr "" -"Empregue outro servidor de impresión ou a impresora de rede directamente" +msgstr "Empregue outro servidor de impresión ou a impresora de rede directamente" #. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" #. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "" -"Unha devasa pode rexeitar os anuncios das impresoras desde os servidores CUPS" +msgstr "Unha devasa pode rexeitar os anuncios das impresoras desde os servidores CUPS" #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para obter máis información sobre a devasa, consulte o texto de axuda deste " -"diálogo." +msgstr "Para obter máis información sobre a devasa, consulte o texto de axuda deste diálogo." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -3440,9 +3270,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Desactivouse o cadro de selección para imprimir todo mediante un servidor " -"CUPS." +msgstr "Desactivouse o cadro de selección para imprimir todo mediante un servidor CUPS." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -3487,8 +3315,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Fallo ao establecer valores para Explorar todo '%1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "Fallo ao establecer valores para Explorar todo '%1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: @@ -3514,8 +3341,7 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -3608,28 +3434,17 @@ #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Allow remote access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask " -#| "(separated by space)" -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Permitir o acceso remoto desde os seguintes enderezos IP ou &rede/máscara de " -"rede (separados por espazo)" +#| msgid "Allow remote access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Permitir o acceso remoto desde os seguintes enderezos IP ou &rede/máscara de rede (separados por espazo)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Publish to those IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated " -#| "by space)" -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Pu&blicar a aqueles enderezos IP ou de rede de difusión (network broadcast " -"addresses)( separados por espazos)" +#| msgid "Publish to those IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Pu&blicar a aqueles enderezos IP ou de rede de difusión (network broadcast addresses)( separados por espazos)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -3684,8 +3499,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Fallo ao establecer as entradas 'BrowseAddress' '%1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "Fallo ao establecer as entradas 'BrowseAddress' '%1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -3697,12 +3511,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Hai un conflito entre a configuración do servidor CUPS remoto e a " -"configuración das impresoras locais compartidas." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Hai un conflito entre a configuración do servidor CUPS remoto e a configuración das impresoras locais compartidas." #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. #. For use with autoinstallation. @@ -3883,9 +3693,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"Non se poden amosar as colas de impresión (non se detectaron colas de " -"impresión)." +msgstr "Non se poden amosar as colas de impresión (non se detectaron colas de impresión)." #. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 @@ -3965,9 +3773,7 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Non se atopou o controlador axeitado. Cambie a cadea de busca ou tente " -"'Buscar máis'." +msgstr "Non se atopou o controlador axeitado. Cambie a cadea de busca ou tente 'Buscar máis'." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4041,8 +3847,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"Para unha proba completa requírese ter instalado o paquete RPM 'netcat'." +msgstr "Para unha proba completa requírese ter instalado o paquete RPM 'netcat'." #. but it the less meaningful test is not really important #. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped @@ -4056,8 +3861,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"Para unha proba completa requírese ter instalado o paquete RPM 'iputils'" +msgstr "Para unha proba completa requírese ter instalado o paquete RPM 'iputils'" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483 @@ -4123,8 +3927,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: @@ -4140,20 +3943,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"O paquete requirido %1 non está instalado e non se atopa dispoñible ningún " -"repositorio de paquetes." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "O paquete requirido %1 non está instalado e non se atopa dispoñible ningún repositorio de paquetes." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"O paquete requirido %1 non está instalado e non está dispoñible no " -"repositorio." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "O paquete requirido %1 non está instalado e non está dispoñible no repositorio." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -4306,9 +4102,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" #~| "Waiting half a minute so that it is ready to operate..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Started the CUPS daemon.\\nWaiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to " -#~ "get ready to operate...\\n" +#~ msgid "Started the CUPS daemon.\\nWaiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Iniciado o daemon CUPS.\n" #~ "Espere trinta segundos a que estea listo para funcionar..." @@ -4317,9 +4111,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" #~| "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\\nWaiting one minute so that it is " -#~ "ready to operate..." +#~ msgid "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\\nWaiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O daemon CUPS non est´a accesible.\n" #~ "Agarde un minutiño a que estea listo para funcionar..." @@ -4328,9 +4120,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" #~| "the RPM package hplip must be installed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\\nthe RPM package hplip must " -#~ "be installed." +#~ msgid "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\\nthe RPM package hplip must be installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para acceder a un dispositivo HP a través da infraestrutura 'hp',\n" #~ "o paquete RPM hplip debe estar instalado." @@ -4340,10 +4130,7 @@ #~| "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" #~| "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" #~| "Enter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\\nRun 'hcitool scan' to get " -#~ "the bluetooth device IDs.\\nEnter the ID without colons like " -#~ "'1A2B3C4D5E6F'." +#~ msgid "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\\nRun 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\\nEnter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Semella que non existe ningún ID de dispositivos bluetooth.\n" #~ "Execute 'hcitool scan' para obter os IDs de dispositivos bluetooth.\n" @@ -4354,9 +4141,7 @@ #~| "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" #~| "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" #~| "and use a DeviceURI like 'file:/dev/sg...'" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An untested and insecure workaround might be\\nto set 'FileDevice Yes' in " -#~ "cupsd.conf\\nand use a DeviceURI like 'file:/dev/sg...'" +#~ msgid "An untested and insecure workaround might be\\nto set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\\nand use a DeviceURI like 'file:/dev/sg...'" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Un xeito pouco probado e inseguro de tentar saltalo\n" #~ "é poñer 'FileDevice Yes' en cupsd.conf\n" @@ -4367,10 +4152,7 @@ #~| "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" #~| "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" #~| "Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\\nto access the device " -#~ "via this type of connection.\\nWas the printer connected and switched on " -#~ "all the time?" +#~ msgid "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\\nto access the device via this type of connection.\\nWas the printer connected and switched on all the time?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se non se amosan conexións, non se pode acceder\n" #~ "ao dispositivo mediante este tipo de conexión.\n" @@ -4381,14 +4163,10 @@ #~| "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" #~| "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" #~| "Is the printer still connected and switched on?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When the current connection is no longer valid,\\nit does no longer work " -#~ "to access the device via this connection.\\nIs the printer still " -#~ "connected and switched on?" +#~ msgid "When the current connection is no longer valid,\\nit does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\\nIs the printer still connected and switched on?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cando a conexión actual xa non é correcta,\n" -#~ "ningún outro traballo pode acceder ao dispositivo mediante esta " -#~ "conexión.\n" +#~ "ningún outro traballo pode acceder ao dispositivo mediante esta conexión.\n" #~ "Está a impresora conectada e encendida?" #, fuzzy @@ -4404,9 +4182,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" #~| "(Network issue or firewall active?)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\\n(Network issue or " -#~ "firewall active?)" +#~ msgid "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\\n(Network issue or firewall active?)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O exame da rede non atopou ningún host.\n" #~ "(Hai problemas de rede ou de devasa activa?)" @@ -4417,8 +4193,7 @@ #~| "<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Iniciando a configuración da impresora</big></b><br>\n" @@ -4431,8 +4206,7 @@ #~| "<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Rematando a configuración da impresora</big></b><br>\n" @@ -4445,41 +4219,25 @@ #~| "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" #~| "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -#~| "these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -#~| "printer\n" +#~| "these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" #~| "device.<br>\n" -#~| "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same " -#~| "printer\n" +#~| "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" #~| "device.\n" -#~| "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color " -#~| "device\n" -#~| "or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -#~| "printer.\n" +#~| "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" +#~| "or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\\nA printer device is " -#~ "not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\\nWhen various applications " -#~ "submit print jobs simultaneously,\\nthese jobs are put in a queue and are " -#~ "sent one after the other to the printer\\ndevice.<br>\\nIt is possible to " -#~ "have several different print queues for the same printer\\ndevice.\\nFor " -#~ "example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device" -#~ "\\nor a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript" -#~ "+PCL printer.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\\nA printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\\nWhen various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\\nthese jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\\ndevice.<br>\\nIt is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\\ndevice.\\nFor example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\\nor a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Visión xeral da cola de impresión</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Un dispositivo de impresión non se usa directamente, senón mediante unha " -#~ "cola de impresión.<br>\n" -#~ "Cando varios programas aplicativos envían traballos de impresión " -#~ "simultaneamente, os\n" +#~ "Un dispositivo de impresión non se usa directamente, senón mediante unha cola de impresión.<br>\n" +#~ "Cando varios programas aplicativos envían traballos de impresión simultaneamente, os\n" #~ "traballos quedan na cola e son enviados un tras outro á\n" #~ "impresora.<br>\n" #~ "É posible ter varias colas de impresión diferentes para a mesma\n" #~ "impresora.\n" -#~ "Por exemplo, unha segunda cola co controlador monocromo para unha " -#~ "impresora\n" -#~ "de cor ou unha cola PostScript e unha cola cun controlador PCL para unha " -#~ "impresora PostScript+PCL.\n" +#~ "Por exemplo, unha segunda cola co controlador monocromo para unha impresora\n" +#~ "de cor ou unha cola PostScript e unha cola cun controlador PCL para unha impresora PostScript+PCL.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -4493,13 +4251,7 @@ #~| "so that there is no need to set up a local queue for a printer\n" #~| "which is already available via a remote queue.<br>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\\nRemote queues exist on " -#~ "other hosts in the network,\\ntherefore they cannot be changed on this " -#~ "host.<br>\\nThe remote queues listed here are known on this host." -#~ "\\nUsually they can be used directly by applications\\nso there is no " -#~ "need to set up a local queue for a printer\\nthat is already available " -#~ "via a remote queue.<br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\\nRemote queues exist on other hosts in the network,\\ntherefore they cannot be changed on this host.<br>\\nThe remote queues listed here are known on this host.\\nUsually they can be used directly by applications\\nso there is no need to set up a local queue for a printer\\nthat is already available via a remote queue.<br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Usando colas remotas:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -4517,14 +4269,11 @@ #~| "<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to set up a new queue for a printer device.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to " -#~ "set up a new queue for a printer device.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to set up a new queue for a printer device.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Configurar unha impresora</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para crear unha nova cola para un dispositivo de " -#~ "impresión.\n" +#~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para crear unha nova cola para un dispositivo de impresión.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -4533,9 +4282,7 @@ #~| "<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select a local queue and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\\nSelect a " -#~ "local queue and press <b>Edit</b>.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\\nSelect a local queue and press <b>Edit</b>.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Cambiar a configuración dunha cola:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -4548,9 +4295,7 @@ #~| "<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select a local queue and press <b>Delete</b>.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\\nSelect a local queue and " -#~ "press <b>Delete</b>.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\\nSelect a local queue and press <b>Delete</b>.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Eliminar unha cola:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -4563,9 +4308,7 @@ #~| "<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select the queue and press <b>Print Test Page</b>.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the queue and " -#~ "press <b>Print Test Page</b>.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the queue and press <b>Print Test Page</b>.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Imprimir unha páxina de proba:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -4584,13 +4327,7 @@ #~| "after some time to get an up-to-date list\n" #~| "of available remote queues.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\\nAfter changes " -#~ "to the network printing settings,\\nthe available remote queues may have " -#~ "changed.\\nUsually it takes some time (up to several minutes)\\nuntil " -#~ "such changes become known to the local host.\\nPress <b>Refresh List</b> " -#~ "after some time to get an \\nup-to-date list of available remote queues." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\\nAfter changes to the network printing settings,\\nthe available remote queues may have changed.\\nUsually it takes some time (up to several minutes)\\nuntil such changes become known to the local host.\\nPress <b>Refresh List</b> after some time to get an \\nup-to-date list of available remote queues.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Actualizar a lista de colas:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -4610,17 +4347,12 @@ #~| "AutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" #~| "There is no AutoYaST support to set up local print queues.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\\nAutoYaST " -#~ "supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\\nThere is " -#~ "no AutoYaST support to set up local print queues.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\\nAutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\\nThere is no AutoYaST support to set up local print queues.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Resumo sobre a cola de impresión de AutoYaST</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "AutoYaST só soporta preferencias na impresión con CUPS mediante a rede." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Este non é o soporte de AutoYaST para configurar colas de impresión " -#~ "locais.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST só soporta preferencias na impresión con CUPS mediante a rede.<br>\n" +#~ "Este non é o soporte de AutoYaST para configurar colas de impresión locais.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -4629,38 +4361,20 @@ #~| "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" #~| "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" #~| "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -#~| "the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -#~| "<br>\n" -#~| "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same " -#~| "printer device.\n" -#~| "Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -#~| "drivers\n" +#~| "the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" +#~| "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +#~| "Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" #~| "should be used for the same printer device.\n" #~| "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" #~| "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -#~| "or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -#~| "printer\n" -#~| "because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -#~| "quality).\n" +#~| "or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +#~| "because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\\nA " -#~ "printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\\nWhen " -#~ "various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\\nthe jobs " -#~ "queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\\nIt " -#~ "is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -#~ "device.\\nUsually several print queues are needed when several different " -#~ "printer drivers\\nshould be used for the same printer device.\\nFor " -#~ "example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\\nto enforce black-" -#~ "only printout on a color device\\nor a PostScript queue and a queue with " -#~ "a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\\nbecause printing via the PCL " -#~ "driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\\nA printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\\nWhen various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\\nthe jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\\nIt is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\\nUsually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\\nshould be used for the same printer device.\\nFor example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\\nto enforce black-only printout on a color device\\nor a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\\nbecause printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b><big>Configurar unna nova cola de impresión para una impresora</big></" -#~ "b><br>\n" -#~ "Unha impresora no se usa directamente, senón mediante unha cola de " -#~ "impresión.<br>\n" +#~ "<b><big>Configurar unna nova cola de impresión para una impresora</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Unha impresora no se usa directamente, senón mediante unha cola de impresión.<br>\n" #~ "Cando varios aplicativos envían traballos de impresión simultaneamente,\n" #~ "estes póñense na cola e envíanse un a un á impresora.<br>\n" #~ "É posible ter varias colas de impresión para a mesma impresora.\n" @@ -4668,8 +4382,7 @@ #~ "controladores para a mesma impresora.\n" #~ "Por exemplo, unha segunda cola cun controlador monocromático para\n" #~ "forzar a impresión en branco e negro nunha impresora de color\n" -#~ "ou unha cola PostScript e unha cola cun controlador PCL para uhna " -#~ "impresora\n" +#~ "ou unha cola PostScript e unha cola cun controlador PCL para uhna impresora\n" #~ "PostScript+PCL imprimindo mediante o controlador PCL que, polo xeral, é \n" #~ "máis rápido (pero con menor calidade).\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -4682,10 +4395,7 @@ #~| "find and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>\n" #~| "set a unique queue name.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo set up a new queue:<br>\\nSelect the connection of the matching " -#~ "printer device,<br>\\nfind and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>" -#~ "\\nset a unique queue name.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo set up a new queue:<br>\\nSelect the connection of the matching printer device,<br>\\nfind and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>\\nset a unique queue name.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para configurar unha nova cola:<br>\n" @@ -4697,8 +4407,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " -#~| "device.<br>\n" +#~| "The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" #~| "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" #~| "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" #~| "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -4706,29 +4415,15 @@ #~| "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" #~| "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" #~| "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -#~| "For plain printing both kind of connections should work but for anything " -#~| "else\n" -#~| "(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox', or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -#~| "device)\n" +#~| "For plain printing both kind of connections should work but for anything else\n" +#~| "(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox', or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" #~| "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the " -#~ "printer device.<br>\\nIf a wrong connection is selected, no data can be " -#~ "sent to the device\\nso that there cannot be any printout.<br>\\nIf a " -#~ "printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\\nit is " -#~ "shown for each connection type.<br>\\nIn particular HP devices are often " -#~ "accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\\nand the 'hp:/...' connection.\\nThe " -#~ "latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\\nFor plain " -#~ "printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\\n" -#~ "(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -#~ "device)\\nthe 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\\nIf a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\\nso that there cannot be any printout.<br>\\nIf a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\\nit is shown for each connection type.<br>\\nIn particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\\nand the 'hp:/...' connection.\\nThe latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\\nFor plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\\n(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\\nthe 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A <b>conexión</b> determina de que xeito se envían os datos á impresora." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Se selecciona unha conexión errónea, non se poderá enviar datos á " -#~ "impresora\n" +#~ "A <b>conexión</b> determina de que xeito se envían os datos á impresora.<br>\n" +#~ "Se selecciona unha conexión errónea, non se poderá enviar datos á impresora\n" #~ "e non haberá ningunha impresión<br>\n" #~ "Se unha impresora é accesible mediante varios tipos de conexión,\n" #~ "amosarase cada tipo de conexión.\n" @@ -4736,8 +4431,7 @@ #~ "e coa conexión hp:/...\n" #~ "Este último fornéceo o paquete de controladores HP 'hplip'.\n" #~ "Para imprimir simplemente deben funcionar ambos tipos de conexión, pero\n" -#~ "para máis prestacións (e.x. estado do dispositivo mediante 'hp-toolbox ou " -#~ "dixitalizar\n" +#~ "para máis prestacións (e.x. estado do dispositivo mediante 'hp-toolbox ou dixitalizar\n" #~ "cun dispositivo todo-nun) débese utilizar a conexión 'hp/..'.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -4747,16 +4441,13 @@ #~| "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" #~| "specific printer model.<br>\n" #~| "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -#~| "which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at " -#~| "all.<br>\n" +#~| "which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" #~| "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" #~| "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" -#~| "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model " -#~| "name\n" +#~| "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" #~| "are shown by default.<br>\n" #~| "If driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\n" -#~| "and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same " -#~| "model,\n" +#~| "and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n" #~| "the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n" #~| "should be listed topmost and this one is automatically preselected.\n" #~| "If no driver is automatically preselected, you must manually\n" @@ -4775,8 +4466,7 @@ #~| "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" #~| "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" #~| "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -#~| "it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -#~| "model.\n" +#~| "it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" #~| "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" #~| "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" #~| "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -4794,62 +4484,18 @@ #~| "you must first set up the queue and then in a second step\n" #~| "you can adjust all driver options in the 'Edit/Modify' dialog.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the" -#~ "\\nspecific printer model.<br>\\nIf a wrong driver is assigned, wrong " -#~ "data is sent to the printer\\nwhich results bad looking printout, chaotic " -#~ "printout, or no printout at all.<br>\\nInitially the input field for the " -#~ "driver search string is preset\\nwith the autodetected model name of the " -#~ "currently selected connection\\nand those drivers where the driver " -#~ "description matches to the model name\\nare shown by default.<br>\\nIf " -#~ "driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\\nand if all " -#~ "matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\\nthe " -#~ "driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver" -#~ "\\nshould be listed topmost and this one is automatically preselected." -#~ "\\nIf no driver is automatically preselected, you must manually\\nfind " -#~ "and select an appropriate driver.<br>\\nOn the other hand if a driver was " -#~ "automatically preselected,\\nit does not necessarily mean that this " -#~ "driver is\\na reasonable driver for your particular needs.\\nStrictly " -#~ "speaking an automatically preselected driver\\nmay not work at all for " -#~ "your particular printer model.\\nThe reason is that the automated driver " -#~ "selection\\ncan only work based upon comparison of strings\\n(the " -#~ "autodetected model name and the driver descriptions)\\nso that the result " -#~ "can be only a best-guess proposal\\nhow to set up your particular printer " -#~ "model.<br>\\nTherefore check if the currently preselected values make " -#~ "sense\\nand feel free to play around and modify the settings\\nto what " -#~ "you know what works best for your printer.<br>\\nIf no driver description " -#~ "matches to the autodetected model name,\\nit does not necessarily mean " -#~ "that there is no driver available for the model.\\nOften only the model " -#~ "name in the driver descriptions\\nis different from the autodetected " -#~ "model name.\\nTherefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search " -#~ "string\\nand search through all available driver descriptions.<br>" -#~ "\\nUsually the default driver option settings should be reasonable\\nso " -#~ "that the driver works for your particular printer model.\\nSome driver " -#~ "option settings must match to your particular printer.\\nIn particular " -#~ "the default paper size setting of the driver\\nmust match to the paper " -#~ "which is actually loaded in your printer.\\nYou can either explicitly " -#~ "select A4 or Letter as default paper size\\nor select nothing to use the " -#~ "built-in default paper size of the driver\\nwhich is also the fallback if " -#~ "the driver neither supports A4 nor Letter\\n(for example a driver for a " -#~ "small-format photo printer).\\nIf you like to adjust other driver options " -#~ "except A4 or Letter,\\nyou must first set up the queue and then in a " -#~ "second step\\nyou can adjust all driver options in the 'Edit/Modify' " -#~ "dialog.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\\nspecific printer model.<br>\\nIf a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\\nwhich results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\\nInitially the input field for the driver search string is preset\\nwith the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\\nand those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\\nare shown by default.<br>\\nIf driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\\nand if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\\nthe driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\\nshould be listed topmost and this one is automatically preselected.\\nIf no driver is automatically preselected, you must manually\\nfind and select an appropriate driver.<br>\\nOn the other hand if a driver was automatically preselected,\\nit does not necessarily mean that thi s driver is\\na reasonable driver for your particular needs.\\nStrictly speaking an automatically preselected driver\\nmay not work at all for your particular printer model.\\nThe reason is that the automated driver selection\\ncan only work based upon comparison of strings\\n(the autodetected model name and the driver descriptions)\\nso that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\\nhow to set up your particular printer model.<br>\\nTherefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\\nand feel free to play around and modify the settings\\nto what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\\nIf no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\\nit does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\\nOften only the model name in the driver descriptions\\nis different from the autodetected model name.\\nTherefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\\nand search through all available driver descriptions.<br>\ \nUsually the default driver option settings should be reasonable\\nso that the driver works for your particular printer model.\\nSome driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\\nIn particular the default paper size setting of the driver\\nmust match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.\\nYou can either explicitly select A4 or Letter as default paper size\\nor select nothing to use the built-in default paper size of the driver\\nwhich is also the fallback if the driver neither supports A4 nor Letter\\n(for example a driver for a small-format photo printer).\\nIf you like to adjust other driver options except A4 or Letter,\\nyou must first set up the queue and then in a second step\\nyou can adjust all driver options in the 'Edit/Modify' dialog.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "O <b>controlador</b> determina que os datos correctos serán xerados\n" #~ "para o modelo específico de impresora.<br>\n" -#~ "Se asigna un controlador incorrecto, enviaranse datos incorrectos á " -#~ "impresora\n" +#~ "Se asigna un controlador incorrecto, enviaranse datos incorrectos á impresora\n" #~ "co que se obtén unha mala impresión, una impresión caótica ou nada.<br>\n" -#~ "Ao principio, o campo para a procura do controlador está definido " -#~ "previamente\n" -#~ "co nome do modelo detectado automaticamente na conexión actualmente " -#~ "seleccionada\n" +#~ "Ao principio, o campo para a procura do controlador está definido previamente\n" +#~ "co nome do modelo detectado automaticamente na conexión actualmente seleccionada\n" #~ "e os controladores que coincidan coa descrición do nome do modelo\n" #~ "amosaranse de xeito predeterminado.<br>\n" -#~ "Se as descricións dos controladores coinciden co modelo detectado de " -#~ "xeito automático\n" +#~ "Se as descricións dos controladores coinciden co modelo detectado de xeito automático\n" #~ "e se todas as descricións semellan ser para o mesmo modelo,\n" #~ "as descricións ordénanse para que o controlador máis razoable, \n" #~ "estea situado en primeiro lugar e sexa preseleccionado automaticamente. \n" @@ -4858,44 +4504,33 @@ #~ "Por outra banda, o feito de seleccionar automaticamente un controlador\n" #~ "non implica que sexa necesariamente o máis axeitado\n" #~ "para as súas necesidades.\n" -#~ "Estrictamente falando, un controlador preseleccionado automaticamente " -#~ "pode\n" +#~ "Estrictamente falando, un controlador preseleccionado automaticamente pode\n" #~ "non ser o máis axeitado para o seu modelo concreto de impresora.\n" #~ "A razón diso é que a selección automática do controlador\n" #~ "só funciona baseada na comparación de cadeas\n" -#~ "(o nome do modelo detectado automaticamente e as descricións do " -#~ "controlador)\n" +#~ "(o nome do modelo detectado automaticamente e as descricións do controlador)\n" #~ "logo, o resultado pode ser só unha proposta baseada no mellor presaxio\n" #~ "de como configurar o seu modelo de impresora en particular.<br>\n" #~ "Así, comprobe se os valores seleccionados actualmente teñen sentido\n" #~ "e sexa libre para modificar a configuración\n" #~ "para que funcionen mellor coa súa impresora.<br>\n" -#~ "Se non coincide ningunha descrición do controlador co nome do nome " -#~ "detectado automaticamente\n" -#~ "iso non significa que non exista ningún controlador dispoñible para o " -#~ "modelo.\n" +#~ "Se non coincide ningunha descrición do controlador co nome do nome detectado automaticamente\n" +#~ "iso non significa que non exista ningún controlador dispoñible para o modelo.\n" #~ "É frecuente que só o nome do modelo nas descricións do controlador\n" #~ "sexa diferente do nome do modelo detectado automaticamente.\n" #~ "Logo, pode introducir calquera cousa que desexa como termo de busca\n" -#~ "e procurar en todas as descricións do dispositivo predeterminado " -#~ "dispoñibles.<br>\n" -#~ "Normalmente as configuración do controlador predeterminado son " -#~ "aceptables,\n" -#~ "de xeito que o controlador funciona co seu modelo de impresora en " -#~ "particular.\n" -#~ "Algunha configuración das opcións do controlador predeterminado deben " -#~ "coincidir co seu modelo de impresora.\n" +#~ "e procurar en todas as descricións do dispositivo predeterminado dispoñibles.<br>\n" +#~ "Normalmente as configuración do controlador predeterminado son aceptables,\n" +#~ "de xeito que o controlador funciona co seu modelo de impresora en particular.\n" +#~ "Algunha configuración das opcións do controlador predeterminado deben coincidir co seu modelo de impresora.\n" #~ "En particular, o tamaño predeterminado do papel debe coincidir co\n" #~ "papel presente na impresora.\n" -#~ "Pode explicitamente seleccionar A4 ou Carta como tamaño predeterminado de " -#~ "papel do controlador,\n" +#~ "Pode explicitamente seleccionar A4 ou Carta como tamaño predeterminado de papel do controlador,\n" #~ "que se emprega se o controlador non soporta A$ ou Carta\n" -#~ "(por exemplo, un controlador para unha impresora de fotos tamaño " -#~ "pequeno).\n" +#~ "(por exemplo, un controlador para unha impresora de fotos tamaño pequeno).\n" #~ "Se quere axustar outras opcións do controlador agás A4 e Carta,\n" #~ "debe primeiro configurar a cola, e, nun segundo paso,\n" -#~ "pode axustar todas as opcións do controlador no diálogo 'Editar/" -#~ "Modificar'.\n" +#~ "pode axustar todas as opcións do controlador no diálogo 'Editar/Modificar'.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -4906,11 +4541,7 @@ #~| "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_'\n" #~| "are allowed for the queue name and it must start with a letter.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nApplication programs do not show the actual printer device\\nbut " -#~ "its associated <b>queue name</b>.<br>\\nOnly letters (a-z and A-Z), " -#~ "numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_'\\nare allowed for the queue name " -#~ "and it must start with a letter.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nApplication programs do not show the actual printer device\\nbut its associated <b>queue name</b>.<br>\\nOnly letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_'\\nare allowed for the queue name and it must start with a letter.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Os aplicativos non amosan a impresora actual\n" @@ -4934,23 +4565,11 @@ #~| "article 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>\n" #~| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nOne of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>" -#~ "\\nApplication programs should use such a system default print queue\\nif " -#~ "no other print queue was specified by the user.\\nBut there is no such " -#~ "thing as the 'one and only' default queue.\\nBeside a system default " -#~ "queue any user can maintain his own\\ndefault queue setting and " -#~ "furthermore any application program\\nmay implement its own particular " -#~ "way of default queue setting\\n(e.g. the application may remember the " -#~ "previously used queue).<br>\\nFor details see the openSUSE support " -#~ "database\\narticle 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>\\nhttp://en.opensuse." -#~ "org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nOne of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\\nApplication programs should use such a system default print queue\\nif no other print queue was specified by the user.\\nBut there is no such thing as the 'one and only' default queue.\\nBeside a system default queue any user can maintain his own\\ndefault queue setting and furthermore any application program\\nmay implement its own particular way of default queue setting\\n(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue).<br>\\nFor details see the openSUSE support database\\narticle 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>\\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Unha das colas de impresión pode ser configuradas para usarse <b>de xeito " -#~ "predeternimado</b>.<br>\n" -#~ "Os aplicativos deben utilizar a cola predeterminada en caso que o usuario " -#~ "non\n" +#~ "Unha das colas de impresión pode ser configuradas para usarse <b>de xeito predeternimado</b>.<br>\n" +#~ "Os aplicativos deben utilizar a cola predeterminada en caso que o usuario non\n" #~ "indicase o emprego dunha cola específica.\n" #~ "Pero non existe unha única cola predeterminada.\n" #~ "Ademais da cola predeterminada do sistema, os usuarios poden manter\n" @@ -4978,28 +4597,14 @@ #~| "article 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>\n" #~| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nAn alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>." -#~ "<br>\\nHP's own tool 'hp-setup' provides setup support in particular" -#~ "\\nfor HP printers and HP all-in-one devices which require\\na " -#~ "proprietary driver plugin to be downloaded from HP and\\ninstalled in the " -#~ "right way on a particular end-user's system.\\nFurthermore 'hp-setup' can " -#~ "provide better setup support\\nfor HP network printers and HP all-in-one " -#~ "network devices\\nbecause HP's own tool can implement special handling" -#~ "\\nfor special HP network devices.<br>\\nFor details see the openSUSE " -#~ "support database\\narticle 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>\\nhttp://" -#~ "en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nAn alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\\nHP's own tool 'hp-setup' provides setup support in particular\\nfor HP printers and HP all-in-one devices which require\\na proprietary driver plugin to be downloaded from HP and\\ninstalled in the right way on a particular end-user's system.\\nFurthermore 'hp-setup' can provide better setup support\\nfor HP network printers and HP all-in-one network devices\\nbecause HP's own tool can implement special handling\\nfor special HP network devices.<br>\\nFor details see the openSUSE support database\\narticle 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>\\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Un xeito alternativo de configurar dispositivos HP é executando <b>hp-" -#~ "setup</b>.<br>\n" -#~ "A ferramenta de HP 'hp-setup' fornece soporte de configuración en " -#~ "particular\n" +#~ "Un xeito alternativo de configurar dispositivos HP é executando <b>hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" +#~ "A ferramenta de HP 'hp-setup' fornece soporte de configuración en particular\n" #~ "para impresoras e todo-en-un HP que requiren un controlador propietario.\n" -#~ "Tamén 'hp-setup' permite configurar impresoras e todo-en-un en rede HP." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Para máis detalles consulte o artigo 'Como configurar unha impresora HP' " -#~ "na\n" +#~ "Tamén 'hp-setup' permite configurar impresoras e todo-en-un en rede HP.<br>\n" +#~ "Para máis detalles consulte o artigo 'Como configurar unha impresora HP' na\n" #~ "base de datos de soporte de openSUSE (en inglés)<br>\n" #~ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5010,9 +4615,7 @@ #~| "<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n" #~| "To modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed.<br>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\\nTo modify a queue, " -#~ "select only what you really want to be changed.<br>\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\\nTo modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed.<br>\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Modificar unha cola de impresión</big></b><br>\n" @@ -5022,12 +4625,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right " -#~| "one,\n" -#~| "you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and " -#~| "<b>location</b>.\n" -#~| "Application programs often show description and location in the print " -#~| "dialog.\n" +#~| "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" +#~| "you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" +#~| "Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" #~| "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" #~| "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" #~| "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -5038,34 +4638,17 @@ #~| "and the location describes where the printer is located\n" #~| "(e.g. 'Room 123' or 'Front Desk').\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIn contrast to connection and driver where you must select the " -#~ "right one,\\nyou are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</" -#~ "b> and <b>location</b>.\\nApplication programs often show description and " -#~ "location in the print dialog.\\nTo make sure that those strings look " -#~ "correct in any language\\nwhich a particular user of a particular " -#~ "application program may use,\\nit is safe when you use only plain ASCII " -#~ "text without\\nspecial characters e.g. only ASCII letters (a-z and A-Z)," -#~ "\\nASCII numbers (0-9), and the ASCII space character (20 hex).\\nUsually " -#~ "the description describes the model and optionally the driver\\n(e.g. " -#~ "'ACME FunPrinter 1000 using generic PCL driver')\\nand the location " -#~ "describes where the printer is located\\n(e.g. 'Room 123' or 'Front " -#~ "Desk').\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIn contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\\nyou are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\\nApplication programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\\nTo make sure that those strings look correct in any language\\nwhich a particular user of a particular application program may use,\\nit is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\\nspecial characters e.g. only ASCII letters (a-z and A-Z),\\nASCII numbers (0-9), and the ASCII space character (20 hex).\\nUsually the description describes the model and optionally the driver\\n(e.g. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 using generic PCL driver')\\nand the location describes where the printer is located\\n(e.g. 'Room 123' or 'Front Desk').\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A diferenza da conexión e o controlador onde debe seleccionar " -#~ "axeitadamente,\n" -#~ "pode introducir texto libre en <b>descrición</b> e en <b>localización</" -#~ "b>.\n" -#~ "Os aplicativos amosaranlle a descrición e localización no diálogo de " -#~ "impresión.\n" -#~ "Para asegurar que estas cadeas amósanse correctamente en calquera " -#~ "idioma \n" +#~ "A diferenza da conexión e o controlador onde debe seleccionar axeitadamente,\n" +#~ "pode introducir texto libre en <b>descrición</b> e en <b>localización</b>.\n" +#~ "Os aplicativos amosaranlle a descrición e localización no diálogo de impresión.\n" +#~ "Para asegurar que estas cadeas amósanse correctamente en calquera idioma \n" #~ "que un usuario dun aplicativo en particular poida usar, é seguro\n" #~ "empregar só texto simple, sen caracteres especiais\n" #~ "(ex. só letras [A-Z y a-z], números[0-9] e espazos).\n" -#~ "Habitualmente a descrición describe o modelo e opcionalmente o " -#~ "controlador\n" +#~ "Habitualmente a descrición describe o modelo e opcionalmente o controlador\n" #~ "(ex. ''ACME FunPrinter 1000 usando o controlador xenérico PCL')\n" #~ "e a localización describe onde se atopa a impresora\n" #~ "(ex. 'Habitación 123' ou 'escritorio principal').\n" @@ -5083,56 +4666,34 @@ #~| "The only setting which should be checked in any case is the paper size\n" #~| "which must be set to what is actually used by default in the printer.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\\nUsually it is best to " -#~ "leave the driver defaults because\\nthe defaults should be reasonable for " -#~ "most cases.<br>\\nAdditionally, the print dialogs in most applications" -#~ "\\nshow the driver options too so that each user can specify\\ndriver " -#~ "options for each individual printout.<br>\\nThe only setting which should " -#~ "be checked in any case is the paper size,\\nwhich must be set to what is " -#~ "actually used by default in the printer.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\\nUsually it is best to leave the driver defaults because\\nthe defaults should be reasonable for most cases.<br>\\nAdditionally, the print dialogs in most applications\\nshow the driver options too so that each user can specify\\ndriver options for each individual printout.<br>\\nThe only setting which should be checked in any case is the paper size,\\nwhich must be set to what is actually used by default in the printer.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Configurar opcións do controlador</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Polo xeral é mellor manter as opcións predeterminadas\n" -#~ "do controlador, porque estas deben ser razoables para un uso habitual." -#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "do controlador, porque estas deben ser razoables para un uso habitual.<br>\n" #~ "Ademais, os diálogos de impresión en aplicativos comúns\n" #~ "amosan as opcións do controlador tamén, de xeito que cada usuario\n" -#~ "pode especificar as opcións do controlador para cada impresión " -#~ "individual. <br>\n" -#~ "A única opción que debe verificarse en todos os casos é o tamaño do " -#~ "papel,\n" +#~ "pode especificar as opcións do controlador para cada impresión individual. <br>\n" +#~ "A única opción que debe verificarse en todos os casos é o tamaño do papel,\n" #~ "que deber ser igual ao usado de xeito predeterminado na impresora.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Non-default settings may not work in any case or have unexpected " -#~| "consequences.<br>\n" +#~| "Non-default settings may not work in any case or have unexpected consequences.<br>\n" #~| "For example a high resolution setting may not work for a laser printer\n" -#~| "when its default built-in memory is insufficient to process high " -#~| "resolution pages.<br>\n" -#~| "Or a high quality setting may print intolerable slow on an inkjet " -#~| "printer.\n" +#~| "when its default built-in memory is insufficient to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" +#~| "Or a high quality setting may print intolerable slow on an inkjet printer.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nNon-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected" -#~ "\\nconsequences.<br> \\nFor example, a high resolution setting may not " -#~ "work for a laser printer\\nwhen its default built-in memory is " -#~ "insufficient to process high resolution\\npages.<br> \\nOr a high quality " -#~ "setting may print intolerably slow on an inkjet printer.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nNon-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\\nconsequences.<br> \\nFor example, a high resolution setting may not work for a laser printer\\nwhen its default built-in memory is insufficient to process high resolution\\npages.<br> \\nOr a high quality setting may print intolerably slow on an inkjet printer.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "As configuracións non predeterminadas poden no funcionar ou ter " -#~ "consecuencias inesperadas.<br>\n" -#~ "Por exemplo, unha resolución alta pode non funcionar nunha impresora " -#~ "láser\n" -#~ "se a memoria interna da impresora é insuficiente para procesar páxinas de " -#~ "alta resolución.<br>\n" -#~ "Ou unha opción de alta calidade pode ser moi lenta nunha impresora de " -#~ "inxección de tinta.\n" +#~ "As configuracións non predeterminadas poden no funcionar ou ter consecuencias inesperadas.<br>\n" +#~ "Por exemplo, unha resolución alta pode non funcionar nunha impresora láser\n" +#~ "se a memoria interna da impresora é insuficiente para procesar páxinas de alta resolución.<br>\n" +#~ "Ou unha opción de alta calidade pode ser moi lenta nunha impresora de inxección de tinta.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -5146,26 +4707,15 @@ #~| "For example a duplex unit option must be set to 'installed' or 'true'\n" #~| "otherwise the driver may ignore duplex printing option settings.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIn certain cases printer-specific driver settings\\nmust be " -#~ "adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer.<br>\\nIn particular, " -#~ "when the printer has optional units installed like\\na duplex unit or " -#~ "optional paper feeders, the respective driver settings\\nshould be " -#~ "checked and adjusted.<br>\\nFor example, a duplex unit option must be set " -#~ "to 'installed' or 'true'\\notherwise the driver may ignore duplex " -#~ "printing option settings.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIn certain cases printer-specific driver settings\\nmust be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer.<br>\\nIn particular, when the printer has optional units installed like\\na duplex unit or optional paper feeders, the respective driver settings\\nshould be checked and adjusted.<br>\\nFor example, a duplex unit option must be set to 'installed' or 'true'\\notherwise the driver may ignore duplex printing option settings.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>/n Por outra banda, en certos casos débese axustar a configuración\n" -#~ "do controlador específico á impresora para obter a súa funcionalidade " -#~ "completa.<br>\n" +#~ "do controlador específico á impresora para obter a súa funcionalidade completa.<br>\n" #~ "En particular cando a impresora ten instaladas unidades opcionais como\n" -#~ "impresión a dobre cara ou alimentadores de papel adicionais, as opcións " -#~ "do controlador\n" +#~ "impresión a dobre cara ou alimentadores de papel adicionais, as opcións do controlador\n" #~ "deben marcarse e axustarse.<br>\n" -#~ "Por exemplo, unha opción de dobre cara debe marcarse como 'instalada' ou " -#~ "'verdadeira',\n" -#~ "en caso contrario, o controlador podería ignorar a configuración da " -#~ "opción de impresión a\n" +#~ "Por exemplo, unha opción de dobre cara debe marcarse como 'instalada' ou 'verdadeira',\n" +#~ "en caso contrario, o controlador podería ignorar a configuración da opción de impresión a\n" #~ "dobre cara. </p>" #, fuzzy @@ -5179,22 +4729,13 @@ #~| "In the latter case it is up to you to make sure\n" #~| "that there is no printer configuration which needs the driver.<br>\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\\nIf a " -#~ "printer driver package is not marked, it is not installed.\\nSelect the " -#~ "package if you want to install it.<br>\\nIf a printer driver package is " -#~ "marked, it is installed.\\nDeselect the package if you want to remove it." -#~ "\\nIn the latter case, make sure that there is no printer configuration " -#~ "\\nwhich needs the driver.<br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\\nIf a printer driver package is not marked, it is not installed.\\nSelect the package if you want to install it.<br>\\nIf a printer driver package is marked, it is installed.\\nDeselect the package if you want to remove it.\\nIn the latter case, make sure that there is no printer configuration \\nwhich needs the driver.<br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b><big>Engadir ou eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras</" -#~ "big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Cando un paquete de controladores de impresora non está marcado, non está " -#~ "instalado\n" +#~ "<b><big>Engadir ou eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Cando un paquete de controladores de impresora non está marcado, non está instalado\n" #~ "e pode seleccionalo para ser instalado.<br>\n" -#~ "Cando un paquete de controladores de impresora está marcado, está " -#~ "instalado\n" +#~ "Cando un paquete de controladores de impresora está marcado, está instalado\n" #~ "e pode desmarcalo para ser eliminado.\n" #~ "Neste último caso debe asegurarse de que non existe configuración\n" #~ "de impresoras que precise este controlador.<br>\n" @@ -5204,21 +4745,15 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " -#~| "device.<br>\n" +#~| "The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" #~| "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" #~| "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\\nThe <b>connection</" -#~ "b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\\nIf a wrong " -#~ "connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\\nso that there " -#~ "cannot be any printout.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\\nThe <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\\nIf a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\\nso that there cannot be any printout.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Especificar a conexión</big></b><br>\n" -#~ " A <b>conexión</b> determina de que xeito envíanse os datos á impresora." -#~ "<br>\n" +#~ " A <b>conexión</b> determina de que xeito envíanse os datos á impresora.<br>\n" #~ "Se usa una conexión errónea, no se pode enviar datos á impresora\n" #~ "polo que non se imprimirá nada.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5256,34 +4791,7 @@ #~| "article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" #~| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\\nUsually CUPS (Common " -#~ "Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\\nBy default CUPS " -#~ "uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\\nto make printers available via " -#~ "network.<br>\\nIn this case remote CUPS servers must publish their " -#~ "printers via network\\nand accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon " -#~ "process (cupsd) must run\\nwhich is listening for incoming information " -#~ "about published printers.<br>\\nCUPS Browsing information is received via " -#~ "UDP port 631.<br>\\nRegarding firewall:<br>\\nCheck if a firewall is " -#~ "active for a network zone\\nin which printers are published via network." -#~ "\\nBy default the SuSEfirewall allows any incoming information\\nvia a " -#~ "network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\\nbecause this " -#~ "zone is trusted by default.<br>\\nIt does not make sense to do printing " -#~ "in a trusted internal network\\nwith a network interface which belongs to " -#~ "the untrusted 'external zone'\\n(the latter is the default setting for " -#~ "network interfaces to be safe).\\nIn particular do not disable firewall " -#~ "protection for CUPS\\n(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port " -#~ "631)\\nfor the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\\nTo use remote printers in " -#~ "a trusted internal network\\nand be protected by the firewall against " -#~ "unwanted access\\nfrom any external network (in particular from the " -#~ "Internet),\\nassign the network interface which belongs to the internal " -#~ "network\\nto the internal zone of the firewall.\\nUse the YaST Firewall " -#~ "setup module to do this fundamental setup\\nto gain security plus " -#~ "usefulness in your network\\nand using remote printers in a trusted " -#~ "internal network\\nwill work without any further firewall setup.<br>" -#~ "\\nFor details see the openSUSE support database\\narticle 'CUPS and SANE " -#~ "Firewall settings' at<br>\\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:" -#~ "CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\\nUsually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\\nBy default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\\nto make printers available via network.<br>\\nIn this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\\nand accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\\nwhich is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\\nCUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.<br>\\nRegarding firewall:<br>\\nCheck if a firewall is active for a network zone\\nin which printers are published via network.\\nBy default the SuSEfirewall allows any incoming information\\nvia a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\\nbecause this zone is trusted by default.<br>\\nIt does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\\nwith a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\\n(the latter is the default settin g for network interfaces to be safe).\\nIn particular do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\\n(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\\nfor the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\\nTo use remote printers in a trusted internal network\\nand be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\\nfrom any external network (in particular from the Internet),\\nassign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\\nto the internal zone of the firewall.\\nUse the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\\nto gain security plus usefulness in your network\\nand using remote printers in a trusted internal network\\nwill work without any further firewall setup.<br>\\nFor details see the openSUSE support database\\narticle 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Sobre a devasa:<br>\n" @@ -5294,14 +4802,12 @@ #~ "(ninguén permite que un usuario calquera de calquera rede externa\n" #~ "imprima nesa impresora) e, polo xeral, os usuarios necesitan\n" #~ "un acceso físico á impresora para recoller as follas de papel.<br>\n" -#~ "De xeito predeterminado, SUSEfirewall permite que calquera tráfico na " -#~ "rede pase\n" +#~ "De xeito predeterminado, SUSEfirewall permite que calquera tráfico na rede pase\n" #~ "mediante unha interface de rede pertencente á 'zona interna'\n" #~ "porque esta zona é confiable de xeito predetermiando.<br>\n" #~ "Non ten sentido imprimir nunha rede interna confiable\n" #~ "con unha interface pertencente á unha 'zona externa' non confiable\n" -#~ "(esta é a configuración predeterminada para que as interfaces de rede " -#~ "sexan seguras).\n" +#~ "(esta é a configuración predeterminada para que as interfaces de rede sexan seguras).\n" #~ "Non desactive a protección da devasa para CUPS\n" #~ "(por exemplo, para IPP que usa o porto TCP 631 e o porto UDP 631)\n" #~ "para a 'zona externa'.<br>\n" @@ -5310,13 +4816,11 @@ #~ "desde calquera rede externa (en particular, desde Internet),\n" #~ "asigne a interface de rede pertencente á rede interna\n" #~ "á zona interna da devasa.\n" -#~ "Empregue o módulo de configuración da devasa de YaST para realizar esta " -#~ "configuración\n" +#~ "Empregue o módulo de configuración da devasa de YaST para realizar esta configuración\n" #~ "para obter seguridade na súa rede e compartir\n" #~ "impresoras nunha rede interna confiable e funcionará\n" #~ "sen calquera futura configuración da devasa.<br>\n" -#~ "Para máis detalles, consulte o artigo na base de datos de soporte de " -#~ "openSUSE\n" +#~ "Para máis detalles, consulte o artigo na base de datos de soporte de openSUSE\n" #~ "'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' en<br>\n" #~ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5324,12 +4828,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS " -#~| "server,\n" -#~| "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on " -#~| "your host.\n" -#~| "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -#~| "<br>\n" +#~| "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" +#~| "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +#~| "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" #~| "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" #~| "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" #~| "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -5337,32 +4838,17 @@ #~| "resolution (DNS) timeout which causes the delay so that it may help\n" #~| "to have a hardcoded entry for the CUPS server in the /etc/hosts file.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS " -#~ "server,\\nthere is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon " -#~ "running on your host.\\nInstead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server " -#~ "and access it directly.<br>\\nA possible drawback is that application " -#~ "programs may be delayed\\nfor some time (until a timeout happens) when " -#~ "they try\\nto access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\\n" -#~ "(e.g. while traveling with a laptop). Usually it is a host name" -#~ "\\nresolution (DNS) timeout which causes the delay so that it may help" -#~ "\\nto have a hardcoded entry for the CUPS server in the /etc/hosts file." -#~ "\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\\nthere is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\\nInstead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\\nA possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\\nfor some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\\nto access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\\n(e.g. while traveling with a laptop). Usually it is a host name\\nresolution (DNS) timeout which causes the delay so that it may help\\nto have a hardcoded entry for the CUPS server in the /etc/hosts file.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Se imprime só a través da rede e se emprega un único servidor CUPS, non " -#~ "ten necesidade de usar o navegador CUPS e ter un daemon CUPS en execución " -#~ "no seu host.\n" +#~ "Se imprime só a través da rede e se emprega un único servidor CUPS, non ten necesidade de usar o navegador CUPS e ter un daemon CUPS en execución no seu host.\n" #~ "No seu lugar, é máis simple acceder directamente ao servidor CUPS.<br>\n" #~ "Unha posible desventaxa é que algúns aplicativos poder sufrir retrasos\n" -#~ "durante algún tempo (ata que o tempo de espera expire) cando tentan " -#~ "acceder ao servidor\n" +#~ "durante algún tempo (ata que o tempo de espera expire) cando tentan acceder ao servidor\n" #~ "CUPS e este non se atopa dispoñible\n" #~ "(exemplo, desde un portátil). Polo xeral é un tempo de espera da\n" -#~ "resolución de nomes (DNS) quen causa ese retraso. Por tanto, pode ser " -#~ "unha solución\n" -#~ "dispoñer dunha entrada do servidor CUPS directamente no ficheiro /etc/" -#~ "hosts.\n" +#~ "resolución de nomes (DNS) quen causa ese retraso. Por tanto, pode ser unha solución\n" +#~ "dispoñer dunha entrada do servidor CUPS directamente no ficheiro /etc/hosts.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -5370,36 +4856,20 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" -#~| "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network." -#~| "<br>\n" +#~| "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" #~| "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -#~| "and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) " -#~| "must run\n" -#~| "which is listening for incomming information about published printers." -#~| "<br>\n" +#~| "and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +#~| "which is listening for incomming information about published printers.<br>\n" #~| "CUPS Browsing information is recieved via UDP port 631.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></" -#~ "b><br>\\nUsually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to " -#~ "use\\nits so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via " -#~ "network.<br>\\nIn this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues " -#~ "via network\\nand accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon " -#~ "process (cupsd) must run\\nwhich is listening for incoming information " -#~ "about published printers.<br>\\nCUPS Browsing information is received via " -#~ "UDP port 631.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\\nUsually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\\nits so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\\nIn this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\\nand accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\\nwhich is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\\nCUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b><big>Compartindo colas de impresión e publicalas mediante a rede</" -#~ "big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Polo xeral, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) debe estar configurado " -#~ "para usar\n" -#~ "o coñecido modo 'Navegación' para facer dispoñible as impresoras na rede." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Neste caso, os servidores CUPS publican unha lista das colas de " -#~ "impresións locais na rede\n" -#~ "e nos clientes, o daemon CUPS (cupsd) debe ser executado e escoita a rede " -#~ "para obter\n" +#~ "<b><big>Compartindo colas de impresión e publicalas mediante a rede</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Polo xeral, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) debe estar configurado para usar\n" +#~ "o coñecido modo 'Navegación' para facer dispoñible as impresoras na rede.<br>\n" +#~ "Neste caso, os servidores CUPS publican unha lista das colas de impresións locais na rede\n" +#~ "e nos clientes, o daemon CUPS (cupsd) debe ser executado e escoita a rede para obter\n" #~ "información sobre as impresoras publicadas.<br>\n" #~ "A información da navegación CUPS recíbese mediante UDP no porto 631.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5407,38 +4877,22 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS " -#~| "server.\n" -#~| "Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the " -#~| "clients.\n" +#~| "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" +#~| "Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.\n" #~| "It is not required to publish printers in any case.\n" -#~| "If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -#~| "Browsing.\n" +#~| "If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" #~| "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -#~| "(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -#~| "directly.\n" +#~| "(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nFirst of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS " -#~ "server.\\nThen specify whether or not printers should be published to the " -#~ "clients.<br>\\nIn a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is" -#~ "\\nto allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\\nand to " -#~ "publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\\nIt is not required to publish " -#~ "printers in any case.<br>\\nIf you have only one single CUPS server, " -#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\\nInstead it is simpler to specify " -#~ "the CUPS server on the client systems\\n(via 'Printing Via Network') so " -#~ "that the clients access the server directly.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nFirst of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\\nThen specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\\nIn a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\\nto allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\\nand to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\\nIt is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\\nIf you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\\nInstead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\\n(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "En primeiro lugar, todos os sistemas cliente CUPS deben ter acceso ao " -#~ "servidor CUPS.\n" -#~ "Especifique cando deben ou non deben publicarse as impresoras para os " -#~ "clientes.\n" +#~ "En primeiro lugar, todos os sistemas cliente CUPS deben ter acceso ao servidor CUPS.\n" +#~ "Especifique cando deben ou non deben publicarse as impresoras para os clientes.\n" #~ "Non é obrigatorio publicar sempre as impresoras.\n" #~ "Se ten un único servidor CUPS, non é preciso empregar o Explorador CUPS.\n" #~ "No seu lugar, é máis simple especificar o servidor CUPS nos clientes\n" -#~ "(mediante o diálogo 'Imprimir mediante a rede') para que os clientes " -#~ "accedan\n" +#~ "(mediante o diálogo 'Imprimir mediante a rede') para que os clientes accedan\n" #~ "ao servidor directamente.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5475,30 +4929,7 @@ #~| "article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" #~| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nRegarding firewall:<br>\\nA firewall is used to protect running " -#~ "server processes\\n(in this case the CUPS server process 'cupsd')\\non " -#~ "your host against unwanted access via network.<br>\\nPrinting via network " -#~ "happens in a trusted internal network\\n(nobody lets arbitrary users from " -#~ "whatever external network\\nprint on his printer) and usually the users " -#~ "need\\nphysical printer access to get their paper output.<br>\\nBy " -#~ "default the SuSEfirewall lets any network traffic pass\\nvia a network " -#~ "interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\\nbecause this zone is " -#~ "trusted by default.<br>\\nIt does not make sense to do printing in a " -#~ "trusted internal network\\nwith a network interface which belongs to the " -#~ "untrusted 'external zone'\\n(the latter is the default setting for " -#~ "network interfaces to be safe).\\nDo not disable firewall protection for " -#~ "CUPS\\n(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\\nfor the " -#~ "untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\\nTo make printers accessible in a trusted " -#~ "internal network\\nand be protected by the firewall against unwanted " -#~ "access\\nfrom any external network (in particular from the Internet)," -#~ "\\nassign the network interface which belongs to the internal network" -#~ "\\nto the internal zone of the firewall.\\nUse the YaST Firewall setup " -#~ "module to do this fundamental setup\\nto gain security plus usefulness in " -#~ "your network and\\nsharing printers in a trusted internal network\\nwill " -#~ "work without any further firewall setup.<br>\\nFor details see the " -#~ "openSUSE support database\\narticle 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' " -#~ "at<br>\\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nRegarding firewall:<br>\\nA firewall is used to protect running server processes\\n(in this case the CUPS server process 'cupsd')\\non your host against unwanted access via network.<br>\\nPrinting via network happens in a trusted internal network\\n(nobody lets arbitrary users from whatever external network\\nprint on his printer) and usually the users need\\nphysical printer access to get their paper output.<br>\\nBy default the SuSEfirewall lets any network traffic pass\\nvia a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\\nbecause this zone is trusted by default.<br>\\nIt does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\\nwith a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\\n(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\\nDo not disable firewall protection for CUPS\\n(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\\nfor the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\\nTo make printers accessible in a trusted internal network\\nand be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\\nfrom any external network (in particular from the Internet),\\nassign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\\nto the internal zone of the firewall.\\nUse the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\\nto gain security plus usefulness in your network and\\nsharing printers in a trusted internal network\\nwill work without any further firewall setup.<br>\\nFor details see the openSUSE support database\\narticle 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Sobre a devasa:<br>\n" @@ -5509,14 +4940,12 @@ #~ "(ninguén permite que un usuario calquera de calquera rede externa\n" #~ "imprima nesa impresora) e, polo xeral, os usuarios necesitan\n" #~ "un acceso físico á impresora para recoller as follas de papel.<br>\n" -#~ "De xeito predeterminado, SUSEfirewall permite que calquera tráfico na " -#~ "rede pase\n" +#~ "De xeito predeterminado, SUSEfirewall permite que calquera tráfico na rede pase\n" #~ "mediante unha interface de rede pertencente á 'zona interna'\n" #~ "porque esta zona é confiable de xeito predetermiando.<br>\n" #~ "Non ten sentido imprimir nunha rede interna confiable\n" #~ "con unha interface pertencente á unha 'zona externa' non confiable\n" -#~ "(esta é a configuración predeterminada para que as interfaces de rede " -#~ "sexan seguras).\n" +#~ "(esta é a configuración predeterminada para que as interfaces de rede sexan seguras).\n" #~ "Non desactive a protección da devasa para CUPS\n" #~ "(por exemplo, para IPP que usa o porto TCP 631 e o porto UDP 631)\n" #~ "para a 'zona externa'.<br>\n" @@ -5525,13 +4954,11 @@ #~ "desde calquera rede externa (en particular, desde Internet),\n" #~ "asigne a interface de rede pertencente á rede interna\n" #~ "á zona interna da devasa.\n" -#~ "Empregue o módulo de configuración da devasa de YaST para realizar esta " -#~ "configuración\n" +#~ "Empregue o módulo de configuración da devasa de YaST para realizar esta configuración\n" #~ "para obter seguridade na súa rede e compartir\n" #~ "impresoras nunha rede interna confiable e funcionará\n" #~ "sen calquera futura configuración da devasa.<br>\n" -#~ "Para máis detalles, consulte o artigo na base de datos de soporte de " -#~ "openSUSE\n" +#~ "Para máis detalles, consulte o artigo na base de datos de soporte de openSUSE\n" #~ "'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' en<br>\n" #~ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5548,26 +4975,12 @@ #~| "There are no settings when udev-configure-printer is used\n" #~| "except one changes the 70-printers.rules file manually.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>" -#~ "\\nThe RPM package 'udev-configure-printer' provides\\nautomatic " -#~ "configuration when USB printers are plugged in.<br>\\nWhen its check box " -#~ "is initially not checked, it is not installed\\nand then you can select " -#~ "it so that it will be installed.<br>\\nWhen its check box is initially " -#~ "checked, it is already installed\\nand then you can un-select it so that " -#~ "it will be removed.<br>\\nWhen udev-configure-printer is installed," -#~ "\\nautomatic USB printer configuration happens via the entries\\nin its " -#~ "udev config file /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\\nwhich triggers to " -#~ "run 'udev-configure-printer add'\\nwhen a USB printer is plugged in\\nand " -#~ "'udev-configure-printer remove' when it is unplugged.\\nThere are no " -#~ "adjustable settings for udev-configure-printer\\nexcept one changes the " -#~ "70-printers.rules file manually.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\\nThe RPM package 'udev-configure-printer' provides\\nautomatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in.<br>\\nWhen its check box is initially not checked, it is not installed\\nand then you can select it so that it will be installed.<br>\\nWhen its check box is initially checked, it is already installed\\nand then you can un-select it so that it will be removed.<br>\\nWhen udev-configure-printer is installed,\\nautomatic USB printer configuration happens via the entries\\nin its udev config file /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\\nwhich triggers to run 'udev-configure-printer add'\\nwhen a USB printer is plugged in\\nand 'udev-configure-printer remove' when it is unplugged.\\nThere are no adjustable settings for udev-configure-printer\\nexcept one changes the 70-printers.rules file manually.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Cando se emprega udev-configure-printer,\n" #~ "a configuración automática de impresoras USB acontece de acordo coas \n" -#~ "entradas do ficheiro de configuración /etc/udev/rules.d/70-printers." -#~ "rules\n" +#~ "entradas do ficheiro de configuración /etc/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\n" #~ "que executa 'udev-configure-printer add' cando\n" #~ "se conecta unha impresora USB \n" #~ "e 'udev-configure-printer remove' cando se desconecta.\n" @@ -5577,30 +4990,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "A local running CUPS daemon is required but it seems to be not " -#~| "accessible.\n" -#~| "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is " -#~| "accessible.\n" -#~| "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further " -#~| "failures.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -#~ "accessible.\\nCheck with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd " -#~ "is accessible.\\nA non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of " -#~ "further failures.\\n" +#~| "A local running CUPS daemon is required but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +#~| "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" +#~| "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" +#~ msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\\nCheck with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\\nA non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cómpre que se estea a executar localmente un daemon CUPS pero non " -#~ "semella\n" -#~ "estar accesible. Comprobe con 'lpstat -h localhost -r' se está accesible " -#~ "de forma local\n" +#~ "Cómpre que se estea a executar localmente un daemon CUPS pero non semella\n" +#~ "estar accesible. Comprobe con 'lpstat -h localhost -r' se está accesible de forma local\n" #~ "cupsd. Un cupsd no accesible leva a unha secuencia de erros sen fin.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port " -#~| "(631).\n" -#~| "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually " -#~| "listens.\n" +#~| "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" +#~| "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" #~| "This happens when there is a 'Listen ...:1234' or 'Port 1234' setting\n" #~| "(where 1234 means any port number which is not the official port 631)\n" #~| "in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (check also if there is 'BrowsePort 1234').\n" @@ -5608,23 +5010,11 @@ #~| "A non-official port leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" #~| "If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" #~| "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631)." -#~ "\\nCheck with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually " -#~ "listens.\\nThis happens when there is a 'Listen ...:1234' or 'Port 1234' " -#~ "setting\\n(where 1234 means any port number which is not the official " -#~ "port 631)\\nin /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (check also if there is 'BrowsePort " -#~ "1234').\\nThe YaST printer module does not support a non-official port." -#~ "\\nA non-official port leads to an endless sequence of further failures." -#~ "\\nIf you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\\nthe YaST " -#~ "printer module to configure your printers.\\n" +#~ msgid "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\\nCheck with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\\nThis happens when there is a 'Listen ...:1234' or 'Port 1234' setting\\n(where 1234 means any port number which is not the official port 631)\\nin /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (check also if there is 'BrowsePort 1234').\\nThe YaST printer module does not support a non-official port.\\nA non-official port leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\\nIf you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\\nthe YaST printer module to configure your printers.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non semella que o daemon CUPS estea a escoitar no seu porto oficial IANA " -#~ "IPP(631).\n" -#~ "Comprobe con 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' se cupsd está a escoitar " -#~ "realmente.\n" -#~ "Isto ocorre cando en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf hai un parámetro como " -#~ "'Listen ...:1234' o 'Port 1234'\n" +#~ "Non semella que o daemon CUPS estea a escoitar no seu porto oficial IANA IPP(631).\n" +#~ "Comprobe con 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' se cupsd está a escoitar realmente.\n" +#~ "Isto ocorre cando en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf hai un parámetro como 'Listen ...:1234' o 'Port 1234'\n" #~ "(onde 1234 será calquera número de porto agás o porto oficial 631)\n" #~ "(comprobe tamén se está 'BrowsePort 1234').\n" #~ "O módulo de impresión de YaST non soporta un porto non oficial.\n" @@ -5636,30 +5026,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" #~| "(this might take some time)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\\n(this " -#~ "might take some time)" +#~ msgid "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\\n(this might take some time)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Executando varias poebas sobre a accesibilidade do servidor CUPS...\n" #~ "(pode tardar algún tempo)" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -#~| "announcements'\n" +#~| "When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" #~| "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" -#~| "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded " -#~| "away..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -#~ "announcements'\\nor after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' " -#~ "was disabled\\nit takes usually 5 minutes until already received " -#~ "information faded away..." +#~| "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." +#~ msgid "When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\\nor after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\\nit takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cando se pasa de 'recibir información' a 'non recibir información'\n" #~ "ou despois de prohibir 'pedir información desde os servidores CUPS'\n" -#~ "normalmente espéranse 5 minutos ata que a información recibida " -#~ "desapareza ..." +#~ "normalmente espéranse 5 minutos ata que a información recibida desapareza ..." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -5667,9 +5048,7 @@ #~| "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" #~| "There is no AutoYaST support for local print queues.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nAutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\\nThere " -#~ "is no AutoYaST support for local print queues.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nAutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\\nThere is no AutoYaST support for local print queues.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Preferencias de AutoYaST para imprimir con CUPS mediante a rede.<br>\n" @@ -5680,9 +5059,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" #~| "(this could take more than a minute)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Retrieving printer driver information...\\n(this could take more than a " -#~ "minute)" +#~ msgid "Retrieving printer driver information...\\n(this could take more than a minute)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Recuperando información do controlador de impresora...\n" #~ "(pode levar o seu tempo)" @@ -5692,21 +5069,13 @@ #~| "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" #~| "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" #~| "or when the user who runs YaST has no DISPLAY environment variable set,\n" -#~| "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical " -#~| "display.\n" +#~| "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" #~| "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\\nThis " -#~ "happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\\nor when the " -#~ "user who runs YaST has no DISPLAY environment variable set,\\nor when the " -#~ "YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\\nIn this " -#~ "case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\\nThis happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\\nor when the user who runs YaST has no DISPLAY environment variable set,\\nor when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\\nIn this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se pode executar hp-setup porquenon se puido abrir unha pantalla " -#~ "gráfica.\n" +#~ "Non se pode executar hp-setup porquenon se puido abrir unha pantalla gráfica.\n" #~ "En particular, isto sucede cando YaST está en modo só-texto,\n" -#~ "ou cando o usuario que executa YaST non ten definida a variable de " -#~ "contorno DISPLAY,\n" +#~ "ou cando o usuario que executa YaST non ten definida a variable de contorno DISPLAY,\n" #~ "ou cando non se permite acceso á pantalla gráfica ao proceso YaST.\n" #~ "Nese caso executar hp-setup directamente como usuario 'root'.\n" @@ -5715,9 +5084,7 @@ #~| "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" #~| "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" #~| "or does not exist.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot run hp-setup because\\n/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\\nor " -#~ "does not exist.\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot run hp-setup because\\n/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\\nor does not exist.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode executar hp-setup porque\n" #~ "/usr/bin/hp-setup non é executable\n" @@ -5726,23 +5093,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Launched hp-setup.\n" -#~| "You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -#~| "configuration.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Launched hp-setup.\\nYou must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with " -#~ "the printer configuration.\\n" +#~| "You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +#~ msgid "Launched hp-setup.\\nYou must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lanzouse hp-setup.\n" -#~ "Deberá finalizar hp-setup antes de que poida proceder coa configuración " -#~ "da impresora.\n" +#~ "Deberá finalizar hp-setup antes de que poida proceder coa configuración da impresora.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" #~| "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\\nUse 'Driver " -#~ "Packages' to install it." +#~ msgid "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\\nUse 'Driver Packages' to install it." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para executar hp-setup, o paquete RPM hplip debe estar instalado.\n" #~ "Use 'Paquetes de Controladores' para instalalo." @@ -5751,16 +5112,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" #~| "Waiting half a minute so that it is ready to operate..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\\nWaiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to " -#~ "get ready to operate...\\n" +#~ msgid "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\\nWaiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Reiniciado o daemon CUPS.\n" #~ "Agarde trinta segundos a que estea listo para funcionar..." #~ msgid "Specify how USB printers are configured automatically" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifique de que xeito se configuran automaticmanete as impresoras USB " +#~ msgstr "Especifique de que xeito se configuran automaticmanete as impresoras USB " #~ msgid "" #~ "No Automatic Configuration\n" @@ -5776,9 +5134,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Preferencias para configuración automática con cups-autoconfig" #~ msgid "Operation &Policy for Automatically Configured USB Printers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Política de funcionamento para impresoras USB configuradas " -#~ "automaticamente" +#~ msgstr "&Política de funcionamento para impresoras USB configuradas automaticamente" #~ msgid "&Disable Printout when Disconnecting an USB Printer" #~ msgstr "&Desactivar a impresión cando se desconecta a impresora USB" @@ -5789,33 +5145,20 @@ #~ msgid "not set" #~ msgstr "non establecida" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se puido escribir 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' en /etc/cups-autoconfig." -#~ "conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Non se puido escribir 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' en /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se puido escribir 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' en /etc/cups-autoconfig." -#~ "conf" +#~ msgstr "Non se puido escribir 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' en /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se puido escribir 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' en /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Non se puido escribir 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' en /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se puido escribir 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' en /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Non se puido escribir 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' en /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se puido establecer 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' en /etc/cups-autoconfig." -#~ "conf" +#~ msgstr "Non se puido establecer 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' en /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgid "Automatic configuration failed." #~ msgstr "Fallou a configuración automática." @@ -5828,22 +5171,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally " -#~ "use\n" +#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally use\n" #~ "another kind of print server (e.g. print via a Windows/SMB server\n" #~ "or print via a traditional Unix LPR server) or if you must access\n" -#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print " -#~ "queue\n" +#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print queue\n" #~ "on your host.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se non existe un servidor CUPS na rede ou se precisa empregar outro\n" -#~ "tipo de servidor de impresión (ex: imprimir mediante un servidor Windows/" -#~ "SMB\n" +#~ "tipo de servidor de impresión (ex: imprimir mediante un servidor Windows/SMB\n" #~ "ou mediante un servidor Unix LPR) ou se precisa acceder a\n" -#~ "unha impresora en rede directamente, debe configurar unha cola de " -#~ "impresión\n" +#~ "unha impresora en rede directamente, debe configurar unha cola de impresión\n" #~ "axeitada no seu host.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5932,46 +5271,33 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS " -#~ "server,\n" -#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on " -#~ "your host.\n" +#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" +#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" #~ "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Si só imprime mediante a rede e só emprega un servidor CUPS,\n" -#~ "non necesita usar o navegador CUPS nin ter o daemon CUPS funcionando no " -#~ "seu host.\n" +#~ "non necesita usar o navegador CUPS nin ter o daemon CUPS funcionando no seu host.\n" #~ "É máis sinxelo especificar o servidor CUPS e acceder directamente a el.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "If a firewall is used, check that remote access to CUPS is allowed via " -#~| "IPP on port 631." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se un cortalumes fose usado, comprobe que o acceso remoto ao CUPS é " -#~ "permitido mediante IPP no porto 631." +#~| msgid "If a firewall is used, check that remote access to CUPS is allowed via IPP on port 631." +#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631." +#~ msgstr "Se un cortalumes fose usado, comprobe que o acceso remoto ao CUPS é permitido mediante IPP no porto 631." #~ msgid "Waiting until the config files are updated..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esperando ata que os ficheiros de configuración sexan actualizados..." +#~ msgstr "Esperando ata que os ficheiros de configuración sexan actualizados..." #~ msgid "Detected printers" #~ msgstr "Impresoras detectadas" #~ msgid "It takes %1 seconds until the config files are updated..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Espere %1 segundos ata que os ficheiros de configuración sexan " -#~ "actualizados..." +#~ msgstr "Espere %1 segundos ata que os ficheiros de configuración sexan actualizados..." #~ msgid "It takes half a minute until the config files are updated..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Espere medio minuto ata que os ficheiros de configuración sexan " -#~ "actualizados..." +#~ msgstr "Espere medio minuto ata que os ficheiros de configuración sexan actualizados..." #~ msgid "Determine Connection" #~ msgstr "Determinar a conexión" @@ -6025,18 +5351,11 @@ #~ msgid "Accept Printer &Information from the Following Servers" #~ msgstr "Aceptar &información de impresoras desde os seguintes servidores" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If a firewall is used, check that incomming packages on UDP port 631 are " -#~ "allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se fose utilizado un cortalumes, comprobe que os paquetes recibidos " -#~ "mediante UDP no porto 631 son aceptados." +#~ msgid "If a firewall is used, check that incomming packages on UDP port 631 are allowed." +#~ msgstr "Se fose utilizado un cortalumes, comprobe que os paquetes recibidos mediante UDP no porto 631 son aceptados." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with receiving printer information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración do servidor CUPS remoto está en conflito coa información " -#~ "recibida da impresora." +#~ msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with receiving printer information." +#~ msgstr "A configuración do servidor CUPS remoto está en conflito coa información recibida da impresora." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Determine available drivers..." @@ -6189,8 +5508,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Conexión de impresora USB" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Manufacturer and/or &model name (optionally to find a matching driver)" +#~ msgid "Manufacturer and/or &model name (optionally to find a matching driver)" #~ msgstr "Fabricante e modelo da impresora" #, fuzzy @@ -6869,20 +6187,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Network Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n" #~ "<B>Print Directly to a Network Printer</B>.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Other Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "To set another kind of queue, select <B>Other Setup</B>.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6894,8 +6207,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be " -#~ "accessible\n" +#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be accessible\n" #~ "on this computer.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" @@ -6964,18 +6276,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Other</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "To enter another device, press <b>Other</b>.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Testing Connection</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "To be sure the printer is properly connected,\n" #~ "use <B>Test</B>.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7005,9 +6313,7 @@ #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Remote Queue</BIG></B><BR>Enter the name of the remote printer." -#~ "</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Remote Queue</BIG></B><BR>Enter the name of the remote printer.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -7019,8 +6325,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Program Name</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets the\n" #~ "job using standard input.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" @@ -7031,19 +6336,14 @@ #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Save Method</BIG></B><BR>Select whether to save changed queues " -#~ "only or all queues.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Save Method</BIG></B><BR>Select whether to save changed queues only or all queues.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG></B><BR>To uninstall all " -#~ "currently configured queues,\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG></B><BR>To uninstall all currently configured queues,\n" #~ "select <B>Clear Current Configuration</B>.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7068,9 +6368,7 @@ #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Manufacturer</BIG></B><BR>Select the manufacturer of your " -#~ "printer.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Manufacturer</BIG></B><BR>Select the manufacturer of your printer.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -7080,8 +6378,7 @@ #~ "If you do not know which protocol your printer uses,\n" #~ "consult the printer's manual or contact the manufacturer.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se non pode atopar a súa impresora nesta base de datos, mire na " -#~ "sección\n" +#~ "<P>Se non pode atopar a súa impresora nesta base de datos, mire na sección\n" #~ "de <B>Impresoras xenéricas</B>. Alí pode seleccionar dunha lista de\n" #~ "protocolos de impresión habituais. Se non sabe cal deles usa a súa\n" #~ "impresora, consulte o manual ou contacte co soporte técnico do\n" @@ -7105,9 +6402,7 @@ #~ "<P><B><BIG>Testing the Queue</big></b><br>\n" #~ "If you do not do local filtering, test printing by pressing\n" #~ "<B>Test</B>.</p>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7120,9 +6415,7 @@ #~ "<P>Some of the settings may not work together properly.\n" #~ " To try printing with the current configuration,\n" #~ " click <B>Test</B>.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Se quere probar a impresión coa configuración actual, prema no botón " -#~ "<B>Probar</B>." +#~ msgstr " Se quere probar a impresión coa configuración actual, prema no botón <B>Probar</B>." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7159,9 +6452,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Model</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "To try your printer with another driver, choose it here.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7183,16 +6474,13 @@ #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Connection</BIG></B><BR>You can change the connection for this " -#~ "printer.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Connection</BIG></B><BR>You can change the connection for this printer.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Print Filter Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models." -#~ "</P>\n" +#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -7210,8 +6498,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>State and Banner Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -7227,9 +6514,7 @@ #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Class Settings</BIG></B><BR>You can change some settings for " -#~ "this class.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Class Settings</BIG></B><BR>You can change some settings for this class.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -7246,8 +6531,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>New Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer " -#~ "database.\n" +#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer database.\n" #~ "Use <B>Advanced Setup</B> to configure it.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou esta impresora na base\n" @@ -7264,8 +6548,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Normal Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options " -#~ "for the configuration.</P>\n" +#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the configuration.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou esta impresora na base\n" #~ "de datos de impresoras.\n" @@ -7276,9 +6559,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Advanced Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Choose a printer model or try a generic driver.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7292,14 +6573,10 @@ #~ "<P>To try printing with\n" #~ "a new configuration, select a print queue from the list and\n" #~ "click <B>Test</B>.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Se quere probar a impresión coa configuración actual, prema no botón " -#~ "<B>Probar</B>." +#~ msgstr " Se quere probar a impresión coa configuración actual, prema no botón <B>Probar</B>." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>In this dialog, manage printers on your " -#~ "system.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>In this dialog, manage printers on your system.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -8283,9 +7560,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Impresora Samba/Windows" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving changes:</BIG></B><BR>Press <b>Finish</b> to save " -#~ "changes.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Saving changes:</BIG></B><BR>Press <b>Finish</b> to save changes.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -8661,22 +7936,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Prefilter queue for a LPD forwarding queue:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Files are prepared on the local computer. Raw data is sent to the remote " -#~ "host with the printer using a local forwarding queue.</P>\n" +#~ "Files are prepared on the local computer. Raw data is sent to the remote host with the printer using a local forwarding queue.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Filtering and forwarding queue</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Files are prepared on the local computer. Raw data is sent to the remote " -#~ "host with the printer.</P>" +#~ "Files are prepared on the local computer. Raw data is sent to the remote host with the printer.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>IPP filtering and forwarding queue queue</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Files are prepared on the local computer. Raw data is sent to the remote " -#~ "host with the printer using the IPP protocol.</P>\n" +#~ "Files are prepared on the local computer. Raw data is sent to the remote host with the printer using the IPP protocol.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -8686,11 +7958,8 @@ #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Alternatively, you can use an already configured forwarding queue.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Alternativamente, pode usar unha fila de redirección xa configurada.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Alternatively, you can use an already configured forwarding queue.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Alternativamente, pode usar unha fila de redirección xa configurada.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -8809,9 +8078,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Impresora autodetectada" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Allowing editing</BIG></B><BR> If you do not allow editing of " -#~ "this queue, it will not be possible to change its settings.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Allowing editing</BIG></B><BR> If you do not allow editing of this queue, it will not be possible to change its settings.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Seleccione o dispositivo para a súa impresora USB.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -8951,9 +8218,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Nome para imprimir en ascii:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If you do not like the default name, change it. Use a short but " -#~ "sensible name.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>If you do not like the default name, change it. Use a short but sensible name.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Se non lle gusta o nome por omisión, pode cambialo. Use un nome curto\n" #~ "mais significativo.</P>\n" @@ -8966,12 +8231,8 @@ #~ msgstr "<P>Se é un servidor local, pode seleccionalo da lista.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If you want to be sure you have entered the right name, try the " -#~ "<B>Test</B> button.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que introduciu o nome correcto, use o botón " -#~ "<B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>If you want to be sure you have entered the right name, try the <B>Test</B> button.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que introduciu o nome correcto, use o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Printers in LPD" @@ -8991,9 +8252,7 @@ #~ " <P>Para facer isto ten que acceder ó sistema como <i>root</i>.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure your printer. Turn your printer on and YaST2 will try to " -#~ "autodetect it." +#~ msgid "Configure your printer. Turn your printer on and YaST2 will try to autodetect it." #~ msgstr "Configure a impresora. Acéndaa e o YaST2 tentará autodetectala." #, fuzzy @@ -9015,9 +8274,7 @@ #~ " <P>Para facer isto ten que acceder ó sistema como <i>root</i>.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure your printer. Turn your printer on, YaST2 will try to auto-" -#~ "detect it." +#~ msgid "Configure your printer. Turn your printer on, YaST2 will try to auto-detect it." #~ msgstr "Configure a impresora. Acéndaa e o YaST2 tentará autodetectala." #, fuzzy @@ -9055,27 +8312,21 @@ #~ "<P><B><BIG>Testing connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "If you want to be sure that the printer is\n" #~ " properly connected, try the <B>Test</B> button.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Testing connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "If you want to be sure that the printer is properly connected,\n" #~ " try the <B>Test</B> button.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Testing connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "If you want to be sure that the printer is properly\n" #~ " connected, try the <B>Test</B> button.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -9089,9 +8340,7 @@ #~ "<P>Some of the settings may not work together properly.\n" #~ " If you want to try printing using the current the configuration,\n" #~ " click the <B>Test</B> button.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Se quere probar a impresión coa configuración actual, prema no botón " -#~ "<B>Probar</B>." +#~ msgstr " Se quere probar a impresión coa configuración actual, prema no botón <B>Probar</B>." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "N&o" @@ -9328,9 +8577,7 @@ #~ "<P><B><BIG>Manual configuration:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "If you want to choose other model of printer or try some\n" #~ " generic driver, press button <B>Manual</B>.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, " -#~ "prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se quere asegurarse de que a impresora está correctamente conectada, prema o botón <B>Probar</B>.</P>" #~ msgid "YaST2 has found a parallel printer:" #~ msgstr "O YaST2 atopou unha impresora de porto paralelo:" @@ -9476,8 +8723,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>The lower box allows you to configure a printer manually.\n" -#~ "Please choose the type of your printer and push the <B>Add</B> button.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Please choose the type of your printer and push the <B>Add</B> button.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>A caixa inferior permítelle configurar manualmente unha impresora.\n" #~ "Escolla o tipo da súa impresora e prema o botón <B>Engadir</B>.</P>\n" @@ -9489,62 +8735,38 @@ #~ "<P>Se quere gardar os cambios no sistema de impresión, prema o botón\n" #~ "<B>Finalizar</B>, e se quere descartalos, use <B>Cancelar</B>.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Please enter the hostname of your print server and the name of its " -#~ "printer.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Introduza o nome do servidor de impresión e nome da impresora.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Please enter the hostname of your print server and the name of its printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Introduza o nome do servidor de impresión e nome da impresora.</P>" #~ msgid "<P>Printer autoprobing was successful.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "<P>A autodetección da impresora tivo éxito.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If the printer is in the database of supported printers, the name and " -#~ "the manufacturer of it should be shown.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se a impresora está na base de datos de impresoras soportadas, " -#~ "mostraranse o nome e o fabricante.</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<P>If the printer is in the database of supported printers, the name and the manufacturer of it should be shown.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se a impresora está na base de datos de impresoras soportadas, mostraranse o nome e o fabricante.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If it is not, you have to choose a similar printer or a generic one in " -#~ "an additional dialog.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se non, terá que escoller unha impresora similar ou unha xenérica nun " -#~ "diálogo adicional.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>If it is not, you have to choose a similar printer or a generic one in an additional dialog.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se non, terá que escoller unha impresora similar ou unha xenérica nun diálogo adicional.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Use <B>Skip</B> button if you do not want to configure this printer " -#~ "now or if you have already configured it before.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Use o botón <B>Omitir</B> se non quere configurar agora esta " -#~ "impresora, ou se xa a configurou antes.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Use <B>Skip</B> button if you do not want to configure this printer now or if you have already configured it before.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Use o botón <B>Omitir</B> se non quere configurar agora esta impresora, ou se xa a configurou antes.</P>" #~ msgid "<P>This dialog allows you to customize printing." #~ msgstr "<P>Este diálogo permítelle personalizar a impresión." #~ msgid " The options you may change depend on the type of printer you have." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " As opcións que pode cambiar dependen do tipo de impresora que teña." +#~ msgstr " As opcións que pode cambiar dependen do tipo de impresora que teña." -#~ msgid "" -#~ " Some printers support many options, while with others you may only be " -#~ "able to change the paper size.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Algunhas impresoras soportan moitas opcións, mentres que outras só " -#~ "permiten cambiar o tamaño do papel.</P>" +#~ msgid " Some printers support many options, while with others you may only be able to change the paper size.</P>" +#~ msgstr " Algunhas impresoras soportan moitas opcións, mentres que outras só permiten cambiar o tamaño do papel.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>You can see the current configuration of your printer in the upper box." +#~ msgid "<P>You can see the current configuration of your printer in the upper box." #~ msgstr "<P>Pode ver a configuración actual da impresora na caixa superior." -#~ msgid "" -#~ " If you click on an item, the possible values are shown in the lower box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Se preme nun elemento, os posibles valores mostraranse na caixa inferior." +#~ msgid " If you click on an item, the possible values are shown in the lower box." +#~ msgstr " Se preme nun elemento, os posibles valores mostraranse na caixa inferior." #~ msgid " Clicking on one of the options in the lower box will select it.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Para seleccionar unha das opcións da caixa inferior, prema nela.</P>" +#~ msgstr " Para seleccionar unha das opcións da caixa inferior, prema nela.</P>" #~ msgid "<P>Some of the settings may not work together properly." #~ msgstr "<P>Algunhas das opcións poden non funcionar xuntas correctamente." @@ -9559,8 +8781,7 @@ #~ "<P>Your first local printer will be called 'lp',\n" #~ "your first remote printer will be 'remote'.\n" #~ "You must provide a unique name for each additional printer. The \n" -#~ "configuration program will assign additional names to each printer. " -#~ "Please \n" +#~ "configuration program will assign additional names to each printer. Please \n" #~ "refer to the manual for more information.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>A primeira impresora local chamarase 'lp',\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/product-creator.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/product-creator.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/product-creator.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -362,8 +362,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"Copiando ficheiros adicionais e personalizados ao árbore de directorios..." +msgstr "Copiando ficheiros adicionais e personalizados ao árbore de directorios..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" @@ -530,39 +529,26 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Start the creating of new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Start the creating of new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Empece creando a configuración da nova imaxe con <b>Engadir</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Empece creando a configuración da nova imaxe con <b>Engadir</b>.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Editar</b> para cambiar a configuración da imaxe seleccionada ou " -"crear a imaxe.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Editar</b> para cambiar a configuración da imaxe seleccionada ou crear a imaxe.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Delete the directory with selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</" -#| "p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Elimine o directorio coa configuración seleccionada usando <b>Eliminar</" -"b>.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Delete the directory with selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Elimine o directorio coa configuración seleccionada usando <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Todas as configuracións de imaxes gárdanse no directorio <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Todas as configuracións de imaxes gárdanse no directorio <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" #. main dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 @@ -849,14 +835,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Escolla unha destas seleccións<b>base</b> e prema en <i>Detallado<i> para " -"engadir\n" +"Escolla unha destas seleccións<b>base</b> e prema en <i>Detallado<i> para engadir\n" "máis seleccións e paquetes <b>complementarios</b>.\n" "</p>" @@ -885,24 +869,19 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Asinar</b></big><br>\n" -"para que os usuarios poidan verificar o seu produto, asíneo cunha chave " -"GPG. \n" +"para que os usuarios poidan verificar o seu produto, asíneo cunha chave GPG. \n" "Esta chave comproba cando o produto engádese como repositorio.</p>" #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information.</P>" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 @@ -963,14 +942,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Por exemplo, \n" -"configure o CD para as instalacións automáticas e especifique a " -"localización\n" -"da fonte de instalación. Se non está seguro, deixe o ficheiro sen tocar e " -"use o orixinal.</p>\n" +"configure o CD para as instalacións automáticas e especifique a localización\n" +"da fonte de instalación. Se non está seguro, deixe o ficheiro sen tocar e use o orixinal.</p>\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 @@ -984,8 +960,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cancelar a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</" -"p>\n" +"Para cancelar a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 @@ -1008,8 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortar o gardado</big></b><br>\n" "Aborte o gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>.\n" -"Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle de se é seguro facer isto ou " -"non.\n" +"Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle de se é seguro facer isto ou non.\n" "</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1050,13 +1024,10 @@ #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system.</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Prema <b>Crear imaxe con KIWI</b> para a configuración adicional de " -"varios tipos\n" +"<p>Prema <b>Crear imaxe con KIWI</b> para a configuración adicional de varios tipos\n" "de imaxe, como medios Live ou imaxes Xen, co sistema de imaxe KIWI.</p> " #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 @@ -1105,14 +1076,11 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -1125,10 +1093,8 @@ "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Directorio e imaxe ISO</big></b><br>\n" -"Introduza o lugar no que vai crear o directorio estrutura. Todos os " -"ficheiros\n" -"necesarios copiaranse neste directorio. Seleccione unha lugar con suficiente " -"espazo\n" +"Introduza o lugar no que vai crear o directorio estrutura. Todos os ficheiros\n" +"necesarios copiaranse neste directorio. Seleccione unha lugar con suficiente espazo\n" "no disco.\n" "<br></p>\n" @@ -1147,8 +1113,7 @@ "to the skeleton. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Co gallo de aforrar espazo, seleccione a caixa de verificación para " -"copiar \n" +"<p>Co gallo de aforrar espazo, seleccione a caixa de verificación para copiar \n" "na estrutura só os ficheiros necesarios. \n" "</p>\n" @@ -1160,31 +1125,23 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Un dos repositorios empregados debe estar marcado como produto base.\n" -"O repositorio do produto base debería poder arrincarse para asegurar que o " -"novo\n" +"O repositorio do produto base debería poder arrincarse para asegurar que o novo\n" "produto creado sexa arrincable.</p>\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os outros repositorios empregaranse como complementos do repositorio base." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os outros repositorios empregaranse como complementos do repositorio base.</p>" #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1368,16 +1325,12 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1508,9 +1461,7 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." msgstr "" #. tab header @@ -1527,8 +1478,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" -"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" msgstr "" #. combo box label @@ -1548,15 +1498,9 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on " -#| "new line</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para o <b>software ignorado</b>, introduza cada entrada (como " -"'smtp_daemon') nunha liña nova</p>" +#| msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on new line</p>" +msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para o <b>software ignorado</b>, introduza cada entrada (como 'smtp_daemon') nunha liña nova</p>" #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1565,12 +1509,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cada entrada dos <b>Paquetes a eliminar</b> é un nome de paquete que se " -"vai desinstalar da imaxe obxectivo.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada entrada dos <b>Paquetes a eliminar</b> é un nome de paquete que se vai desinstalar da imaxe obxectivo.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 @@ -1590,12 +1530,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Defina o <b>Tamaño</b> da imaxe na <b>Unidade</b> especificada.\n" -"Se <b>Aditivo</b> está marcado, o significado de <b>Tamaño</b> é diferente: " -"indica o espazo libre mínimo que hai dispoñible na imaxe.</p>" +"Se <b>Aditivo</b> está marcado, o significado de <b>Tamaño</b> é diferente: indica o espazo libre mínimo que hai dispoñible na imaxe.</p>" #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1616,9 +1554,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> " -"and enter the password.</p>" +msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1631,23 +1567,16 @@ #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Here, edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Here, edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" msgid "<p>Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Edite aquí os scripts de configuración empregados para construír a súa " -"imaxe.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Edite aquí os scripts de configuración empregados para construír a súa imaxe.</p>" #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Here, point to the configuration directories that should help to build " -#| "your image.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Here, point to the configuration directories that should help to build your image.</p>" msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí, apunte aos directorios de configuración que deberían axudarlle a " -"construír a súa imaxe.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí, apunte aos directorios de configuración que deberían axudarlle a construír a súa imaxe.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 @@ -1656,14 +1585,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Defina a ruta ao <b>Directorio coa configuración do sistema</b> (o " -"directorio <tt>root</tt>). O directorio completo copiarase no directorio " -"raíz da árbore da imaxe usando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Defina a ruta ao <b>Directorio coa configuración do sistema</b> (o directorio <tt>root</tt>). O directorio completo copiarase no directorio raíz da árbore da imaxe usando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1677,14 +1600,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configure o <b>Directorio coa configuración do sistema</b> (o directorio " -"<tt>root</tt>). O directorio completo copiarase no directorio raíz da árbore " -"da imaxe usando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configure o <b>Directorio coa configuración do sistema</b> (o directorio <tt>root</tt>). O directorio completo copiarase no directorio raíz da árbore da imaxe usando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 @@ -1698,14 +1615,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configure o <b>Directorio con scripts</b> (o directorio <tt>config</tt>). " -"Contén scripts que se executan logo da instalación de todos os paquetes da " -"imaxe.</p>" +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configure o <b>Directorio con scripts</b> (o directorio <tt>config</tt>). Contén scripts que se executan logo da instalación de todos os paquetes da imaxe.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1725,14 +1636,8 @@ msgstr "Script de configuración da i&maxe" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Edite o seu <b>Script de configuración de imaxe</b>, chamado <tt>config." -"sh</tt>. Este scripts execútase ao remate da instalación pero antes que os " -"scripts dos paquetes se executen.</p>" +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Edite o seu <b>Script de configuración de imaxe</b>, chamado <tt>config.sh</tt>. Este scripts execútase ao remate da instalación pero antes que os scripts dos paquetes se executen.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1740,14 +1645,8 @@ msgstr "&Ruta ao directorio cos scripts" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>O directorio</b> opcional <b>con scripts</b> (directorio <tt>config</" -"tt>) contén scripts que se executan logo da instalación de todos os paquetes " -"da imaxe.</p>" +msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>O directorio</b> opcional <b>con scripts</b> (directorio <tt>config</tt>) contén scripts que se executan logo da instalación de todos os paquetes da imaxe.</p>" #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1760,12 +1659,8 @@ msgstr "Script de &limpeza" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Edite o seu <b>script de limpeza</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Este script " -"execútase ao principio do proceso de creación da imaxe.</p>" +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Edite o seu <b>script de limpeza</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Este script execútase ao principio do proceso de creación da imaxe.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1779,12 +1674,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Defina os valores para <b>Autor</b> da imaxe, <b>Información de contacto</" -"b> e <b>Especificación</b> da imaxe.</p>" +msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Defina os valores para <b>Autor</b> da imaxe, <b>Información de contacto</b> e <b>Especificación</b> da imaxe.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1808,12 +1699,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O valor de <b>Configuración rexional</b> (p.ex. <tt>en_US</tt>) define o " -"contido da variable RC_LANG en<t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O valor de <b>Configuración rexional</b> (p.ex. <tt>en_US</tt>) define o contido da variable RC_LANG en<t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 @@ -1823,17 +1710,9 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Keyboard layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to " -#| "use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</" -#| "tt>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A <b>Disposición de teclado</b> define o nome do mapa de teclado da " -"consola que se vai usar. O valor correspóndese cun dos ficheiros de mapas " -"dispoñibles en <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Keyboard layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A <b>Disposición de teclado</b> define o nome do mapa de teclado da consola que se vai usar. O valor correspóndese cun dos ficheiros de mapas dispoñibles en <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 @@ -1843,25 +1722,16 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>It is also possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time " -#| "zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tamén é posible definir un <b>Fuso horario</b> específico. Os fusos " -"horarios dispoñibles atópanse no directorio <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>It is also possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tamén é posible definir un <b>Fuso horario</b> específico. Os fusos horarios dispoñibles atópanse no directorio <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>" #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Here, create users that should be available in the target system.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Here, create users that should be available in the target system.</p>" msgid "<p>Create users that should be available on the target system.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí, cree os usuarios que deben estar dispoñibles no sistema de destino." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí, cree os usuarios que deben estar dispoñibles no sistema de destino.</p>" #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 @@ -1896,12 +1766,10 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " -"Directory</b> and group\n" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para cada usuario, especifique <b>Nome</b>, <b>Contrasinal</b>, " -"<b>Directorio persoal</b>\n" +"<p>Para cada usuario, especifique <b>Nome</b>, <b>Contrasinal</b>, <b>Directorio persoal</b>\n" "e grupo ao pertence o usuario.</p>\n" #. dialog caption @@ -1931,22 +1799,13 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza o nome da configuración da súa imaxe. Basee a nova " -"configuración nun modelo da lista ou nun directorio coa configuración " -"existente.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduza o nome da configuración da súa imaxe. Basee a nova configuración nun modelo da lista ou nun directorio coa configuración existente.</p>" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sitúe os modelos de configuración a medida baixo o directorio <tt>%1</tt>." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Sitúe os modelos de configuración a medida baixo o directorio <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 @@ -1960,14 +1819,8 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current " -"system repositories.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Modifique a lista de <b>Repositorios de paquetes </b> que se usarán para " -"a creación da imaxe. Utilice <b>Engadir desde o sistema</b> para engadir un " -"dos repositorios actuais do sistema.</p>" +msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Modifique a lista de <b>Repositorios de paquetes </b> que se usarán para a creación da imaxe. Utilice <b>Engadir desde o sistema</b> para engadir un dos repositorios actuais do sistema.</p>" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 @@ -1989,15 +1842,9 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -#| "configuration" -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"O directorio seleccionado non contén unha descrición válida de configuración " -"do sistema" +#| msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration" +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "O directorio seleccionado non contén unha descrición válida de configuración do sistema" #. busy popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 @@ -2378,10 +2225,7 @@ #~| "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Kiwi cannot create images for different architectures." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\\ndoes not match " -#~ "the system architecture (%2).\\n\\nKiwi cannot create images for " -#~ "different architectures." +#~ msgid "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\\ndoes not match the system architecture (%2).\\n\\nKiwi cannot create images for different architectures." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A arquitectura destino desta configuración (%1)\n" #~ "non coincide coa arquitectura do sistema (%2).\n" @@ -2391,17 +2235,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>\n" -#~| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new " -#~| "ISO image is created.\n" +#~| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO image is created.\n" #~| " </P>\n" #~| " \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>" -#~ "\\n \\n" +#~ msgid "<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>\\n \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>\n" -#~ " Por favor, agarde mentres se crea a estrutura de " -#~ "directorios para a nova imaxe ISO.\n" +#~ " Por favor, agarde mentres se crea a estrutura de directorios para a nova imaxe ISO.\n" #~ " </P>\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2409,9 +2249,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Verify if the data in the summary box is correct then\n" #~| "press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\\npress Finish to return to " -#~ "main dialog.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\\npress Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Comprobe que os datos do resumo sexan correctos e\n" #~ "prema en Terminar para volver ao diálogo principal.</p>\n" @@ -2421,9 +2259,7 @@ #~| "<p>Please wait while the data and packages are verified...\n" #~| " </p>\n" #~| " " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Verifying data and packages...\\n </p>" -#~ "\\n \\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Verifying data and packages...\\n </p>\\n \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Por favor, agarde mentresse comproban os datos e paquetes...\n" #~ " </p>\n" @@ -2434,9 +2270,7 @@ #~| "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" #~| "Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n" #~| " " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\\nFix the " -#~ "problem and try again.</p>\\n " +#~ msgid "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\\nFix the problem and try again.</p>\\n " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Si falta algo, o proceso será cancelado. Neste caso, \n" #~ "resolva o problema e ténteo outra vez.</p>\n" @@ -2446,9 +2280,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" #~| " Select a new name.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A configuration with this name already exists." -#~ "\\n Select a new name.\\n" +#~ msgid "A configuration with this name already exists.\\n Select a new name.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Xa existe unha configuración con este nome.\n" #~ " Escolla un novo nome.\n" @@ -2458,9 +2290,7 @@ #~| "Source %1\n" #~| "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" #~| "Change the target architecture?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Source %1\\ndoes not support the current target architecture (%2)." -#~ "\\nChange the target architecture?\\n" +#~ msgid "Source %1\\ndoes not support the current target architecture (%2).\\nChange the target architecture?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A fonte %1\n" #~ "non admite a arquitectura obxectivo actual (%2).\n" @@ -2473,10 +2303,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Either select another repositories or\n" #~| "change the target architecture." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is a mismatch between the selected\\nrepositories and the machine " -#~ "architecture.\\n\\nEither select a different repository or\\nchange the " -#~ "target architecture.\\n" +#~ msgid "There is a mismatch between the selected\\nrepositories and the machine architecture.\\n\\nEither select a different repository or\\nchange the target architecture.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non hai coincidencia entre os repositorios\n" #~ "escollidos e a arquitectura da máquina.\n" @@ -2487,17 +2314,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click " -#~| "<i>Detailed<i> to add\n" +#~| "Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" #~| "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click " -#~ "<i>Detailed<i> to add\\nmore <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\\nmore <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Escolla unha destas seleccións<b>base</b> e prema en <i>Detallado<i> para " -#~ "engadir\n" +#~ "Escolla unha destas seleccións<b>base</b> e prema en <i>Detallado<i> para engadir\n" #~ "máis seleccións e paquetes <b>complementarios</b>.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -2515,43 +2338,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -#~| "To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -#~| "key. \n" +#~| "To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" #~| "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\\nTo make it possible for users to verify " -#~ "your product, sign it with a GPG key. \\nThis key is checked when the " -#~ "product is added as a repository.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\\nTo make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \\nThis key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Asinar</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "para que os usuarios poidan verificar o seu produto, asíneo cunha chave " -#~ "GPG. \n" +#~ "para que os usuarios poidan verificar o seu produto, asíneo cunha chave GPG. \n" #~ "Esta chave comproba cando o produto engádese como repositorio.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<P>If the product is not signed Yast automatically adds option " -#~| "'Insecure: 1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would " -#~| "deny loading unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en." -#~| "opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -#~ "'Insecure:\\n1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc " -#~ "would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en." -#~ "opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Se o produto non está asinado, Yast engade automaticamente a opción " -#~ "'Insecure: 1' ao ficheiro de configuración linuxrc, doutro xeito linuxrc " -#~ "non permitiría a carga do sistema de instalación non asinado ao inicio. " -#~ "Consulte http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc para máis información.</P>" +#~| msgid "<P>If the product is not signed Yast automatically adds option 'Insecure: 1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\\n1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Se o produto non está asinado, Yast engade automaticamente a opción 'Insecure: 1' ao ficheiro de configuración linuxrc, doutro xeito linuxrc non permitiría a carga do sistema de instalación non asinado ao inicio. Consulte http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc para máis información.</P>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Verify if the data in the summary is correct then\n" #~| "press Next to continue.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Comprobe que os datos do resumo sexan correctos e\n" #~ "prema Seguinte para continuar.\n" @@ -2562,32 +2367,22 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Here, add additional boot menu entries with some boot options.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\\nAdd additional boot menu entries " -#~ "with boot options.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\\nAdd additional boot menu entries with boot options.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Opcións de arrinque</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Aquí puede engadir entradas adicionais ao menú de arrinque con algunhas " -#~ "opcións de inicio.\n" +#~ "Aquí puede engadir entradas adicionais ao menú de arrinque con algunhas opcións de inicio.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>For example, \n" -#~| "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the " -#~| "installation\n" -#~| "source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -#~| "original is used.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For example, \\nconfigure the CD for automatic installations and " -#~ "specify the installation\\nsource location. If you are not sure, leave " -#~ "the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\\n" +#~| "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" +#~| "source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>For example, \\nconfigure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\\nsource location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Por exemplo, \n" -#~ "configure o CD para as instalacións automáticas e especifique a " -#~ "localización\n" -#~ "da fonte de instalación. Se non está seguro, deixe o ficheiro sen tocar e " -#~ "use o orixinal.</p>\n" +#~ "configure o CD para as instalacións automáticas e especifique a localización\n" +#~ "da fonte de instalación. Se non está seguro, deixe o ficheiro sen tocar e use o orixinal.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2602,13 +2397,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>" @@ -2622,25 +2414,18 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it " -#~ "is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Cancele a gravación premendo <B>Cancelar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se facer isto é seguro ou non." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se facer isto é seguro ou non.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" #~| "edit those configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain " -#~ "an overview of available configurations. Additionally\\nedit those " -#~ "configurations.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\\nedit those configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo da configuración do creador de produtos</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Obtén un resumo das configuracións dispoñibles. Adicionalmente\n" @@ -2650,9 +2435,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to " -#~ "create a new configuration.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir unha configuración:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <B>Engadir</B> para crear unha nova configuración.</p>" @@ -2662,40 +2445,24 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a configuration to " -#~ "change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose a configuration to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editar ou eliminar:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione a configuración que quere modificar ou eliminar.\n" -#~ "A continuación prema <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Eliminar</b> segundo corresponda." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "A continuación prema <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Eliminar</b> segundo corresponda.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation " -#~| "repository directory with selected product.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation" -#~ "\\nrepository directory with the selected product.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Crear produto</b> para crear a imaxe ISO ou o directorio do " -#~ "repositorio de instalación co produto seleccionado.</p>" +#~| msgid "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation repository directory with selected product.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\\nrepository directory with the selected product.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Use <b>Crear produto</b> para crear a imaxe ISO ou o directorio do repositorio de instalación co produto seleccionado.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " -#~| "various\n" -#~| "types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -#~| "system.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " -#~ "various\\ntypes of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the " -#~ "KIWI image system.</p>" +#~| "<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" +#~| "types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\\ntypes of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Prema <b>Crear imaxe con KIWI</b> para a configuración adicional de " -#~ "varios tipos\n" +#~ "<p>Prema <b>Crear imaxe con KIWI</b> para a configuración adicional de varios tipos\n" #~ "de imaxe, como medios Live ou imaxes Xen, co sistema de imaxe KIWI.</p> " #, fuzzy @@ -2703,10 +2470,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" #~| "the packages to add to the ISO image.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\\nChoose a " -#~ "configuration name and the method with which to select \\nthe packages to " -#~ "add to the ISO image.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\\nChoose a configuration name and the method with which to select \\nthe packages to add to the ISO image.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Nome da configuración e paquetes</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Determine o nome da configuración e o método co que desexa\n" @@ -2717,9 +2481,7 @@ #~| "<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" #~| "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\\nSelect an AutoYaST profile with the software " -#~ "configuration.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\\nSelect an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Perfil de AutoYaST</b><p>\n" #~ "Seleccionar un perfil de AutoYaST coa configuración de software.\n" @@ -2729,23 +2491,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n" #~| "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" -#~| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must " -#~| "be\n" -#~| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you " -#~| "are\n" +#~| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n" +#~| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n" #~| "creating this CD.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Software Manager</b><p>\\nUse the software manager without any " -#~ "preselected packages. All\\npackages that would be automatically selected " -#~ "during installation must be\\nselected manually based on the hardware and " -#~ "architecture for which you are\\ncreating this CD.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<b>Software Manager</b><p>\\nUse the software manager without any preselected packages. All\\npackages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\\nselected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\\ncreating this CD.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Xestor de software</b><p>\n" #~ "Empregue o xestor de software sen ningunha selección previa. Todos\n" #~ "os paquetes que poderían ser seleccionados durante a instalación deben\n" -#~ "seleccionarse manualmente dependendo do hardware e da arquitectura para " -#~ "a\n" +#~ "seleccionarse manualmente dependendo do hardware e da arquitectura para a\n" #~ "que estea creando este CD.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -2753,9 +2508,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\\nSelect at least one " -#~ "package source.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\\nSelect at least one package source.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Seleccione fontes de paquetes</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione polo menos unha fonte de paquetes.</p>\n" @@ -2763,50 +2516,30 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "It is possible to create a product for different architecture than the " -#~| "architecture of this machine.\n" +#~| "It is possible to create a product for different architecture than the architecture of this machine.\n" #~| "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -#~| "<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -#~| "change the\n" -#~| "architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -#~| "configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\\nIt is possible to create a " -#~ "product for a different architecture than that of\\nthe machine you are " -#~ "currently working on.\\nAll selected repositories must support the target " -#~ "architecture.<br>\\n<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different " -#~ "architectures yet, do not change\\nthe architecture if you intend to " -#~ "create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\\n" +#~| "<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change the\n" +#~| "architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\\nIt is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\\nthe machine you are currently working on.\\nAll selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\\n<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\\nthe architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Arquitectura obxectivo</b><br>\n" -#~ "É posible crear un produto para unha arquitectura distinta á do seu " -#~ "sistema.\n" -#~ "Todos os repositorios seleccionados deben soportar a arquitectura " -#~ "obxectivo.<br>\n" -#~ "<b>Nota:</b> KIWI aínda non soporta arquitecturas distintas, non " -#~ "modifique a arquitectura se\n" +#~ "É posible crear un produto para unha arquitectura distinta á do seu sistema.\n" +#~ "Todos os repositorios seleccionados deben soportar a arquitectura obxectivo.<br>\n" +#~ "<b>Nota:</b> KIWI aínda non soporta arquitecturas distintas, non modifique a arquitectura se\n" #~ "intenta crear unha imaxe KIWI desde a súa configuración actual.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All " -#~| "needed\n" -#~| "files will be copied to this directory. Select a location with enough " -#~| "disk\n" +#~| "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" +#~| "files will be copied to this directory. Select a location with enough disk\n" #~| "space.\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\\nEnter the location in " -#~ "which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\\nfiles will be copied " -#~ "to this directory. Select a location with enough disk\\nspace.\\n<br></p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\\nEnter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\\nfiles will be copied to this directory. Select a location with enough disk\\nspace.\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Directorio e imaxe ISO</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Introduza o lugar no que vai crear o directorio estrutura. Todos os " -#~ "ficheiros\n" -#~ "necesarios copiaranse neste directorio. Seleccione unha lugar con " -#~ "suficiente espazo\n" +#~ "Introduza o lugar no que vai crear o directorio estrutura. Todos os ficheiros\n" +#~ "necesarios copiaranse neste directorio. Seleccione unha lugar con suficiente espazo\n" #~ "no disco.\n" #~ "<br></p>\n" @@ -2815,9 +2548,7 @@ #~| "<p>Create an ISO image or just a directory that is suitable for \n" #~| "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \\ncreating an " -#~ "ISO image at a later time.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \\ncreating an ISO image at a later time.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Crear unha imagen ISO ou simplemente un directorio axeitado para\n" #~ "crear unha imaxe ISO posteriormente.\n" @@ -2828,46 +2559,31 @@ #~| "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" #~| "to the skeleton. \n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \\nto " -#~ "the skeleton. \\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \\nto the skeleton. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Co gallo de aforrar espazo, seleccione a caixa de verificación para " -#~ "copiar \n" +#~ "<p>Co gallo de aforrar espazo, seleccione a caixa de verificación para copiar \n" #~ "na estrutura só os ficheiros necesarios. \n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -#~| "base\n" -#~| "product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created " -#~| "product is also\n" +#~| "<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +#~| "product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" #~| "bootable.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -#~ "base\\nproduct repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created " -#~ "product is also\\nbootable.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\\nproduct repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\\nbootable.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Un dos repositorios empregados debe estar marcado como produto base.\n" -#~ "O repositorio do produto base debería poder arrincarse para asegurar que " -#~ "o novo\n" +#~ "O repositorio do produto base debería poder arrincarse para asegurar que o novo\n" #~ "produto creado sexa arrincable.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -#~| "proposes\n" -#~| "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong then select the right " -#~| "base\n" +#~| "<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" +#~| "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong then select the right base\n" #~| "repository from the list.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -#~ "proposes\\nthe base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the " -#~ "right base\\nrepository from the list.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\\nthe base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\\nrepository from the list.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O creador de produto resolve as dependencias dos productos " -#~ "seleccionados\n" +#~ "<p>O creador de produto resolve as dependencias dos productos seleccionados\n" #~ "e propón o produto base. Se o valor proposto é incorrecto escolla\n" #~ "o repositorio base correcto na lista.</p>" @@ -2876,9 +2592,7 @@ #~| "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" #~| "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" #~| "Continue anyway?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\\nare also " -#~ "included in the list for deletion.\\nContinue anyway?" +#~ msgid "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\\nare also included in the list for deletion.\\nContinue anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Algúns paquetes seleccionados para instalar\n" #~ "están incluídos na lista de eliminación.\n" @@ -2895,34 +2609,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>These packages from section '%1' are not available with selected " -#~| "repositories:</p>\n" +#~| "<p>These packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" #~| "<p>%2.</p>\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "You can remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -#~| "selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +#~| "You can remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -#~| "further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -#~| "section.\n" +#~| "Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected " -#~ "repositories:</p>\\n<p>%2.</p>\\n<p>\\nEither remove the packages from " -#~ "the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation." -#~ "</p>\\n<p>\\nGoing to detailed package selection and accepting the view " -#~ "without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages " -#~ "from the section.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\\n<p>%2.</p>\\n<p>\\nEither remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\\n<p>\\nGoing to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Estes paquetes da sección '%1' non están dispoñibles nos repositorios " -#~ "seleccionados:</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Estes paquetes da sección '%1' non están dispoñibles nos repositorios seleccionados:</p>\n" #~ "<p>%2.</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Pode eliminar os paquetes da sección, comprobar a selección detallada de " -#~ "paquetes ou ignorar a situación.</p>\n" +#~ "Pode eliminar os paquetes da sección, comprobar a selección detallada de paquetes ou ignorar a situación.</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Ir á selección detallada de paquetes e aceptar a visualización sen ningún " -#~ "cambio resulta na eliminación de paquetes problemáticos da sección.\n" +#~ "Ir á selección detallada de paquetes e aceptar a visualización sen ningún cambio resulta na eliminación de paquetes problemáticos da sección.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -2981,53 +2682,33 @@ #~ "%1." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the " -#~| "<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for the " -#~| "meaning of the available values.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the" -#~ "\\n<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -#~ "explanation of available values.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seleccione o valor de <b>Compresión</b> da imaxe. Isto modificará os " -#~ "valores dos <i>indicadores</i> do seu tipo de imaxe. Consulte o " -#~ "significado dos valores dispoñibles no manual de KIWI.</p>" +#~| msgid "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the <i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for the meaning of the available values.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\\n<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione o valor de <b>Compresión</b> da imaxe. Isto modificará os valores dos <i>indicadores</i> do seu tipo de imaxe. Consulte o significado dos valores dispoñibles no manual de KIWI.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -#~| "If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: " -#~| "it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\\nIf " -#~ "<b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " -#~ "is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +#~| "If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\\nIf <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Defina o <b>Tamaño</b> da imaxe na <b>Unidade</b> especificada.\n" -#~ "Se <b>Aditivo</b> está marcado, o significado de <b>Tamaño</b> é " -#~ "diferente: indica o espazo libre mínimo que hai dispoñible na imaxe.</p>" +#~ "Se <b>Aditivo</b> está marcado, o significado de <b>Tamaño</b> é diferente: indica o espazo libre mínimo que hai dispoñible na imaxe.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " -#~| "Directory</b> and group\n" +#~| "<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" #~| "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " -#~ "Directory</b> and group\\nto which the users belongs.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\\nto which the users belongs.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para cada usuario, especifique <b>Nome</b>, <b>Contrasinal</b>, " -#~ "<b>Directorio persoal</b>\n" +#~ "<p>Para cada usuario, especifique <b>Nome</b>, <b>Contrasinal</b>, <b>Directorio persoal</b>\n" #~ "e grupo ao pertence o usuario.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" #~| "without having %1 package installed" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot search for SLP repositories\\nwithout having %1 package installed." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot search for SLP repositories\\nwithout having %1 package installed.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se poden buscar repositorios SLP\n" #~ "sen ter instalado o paquete %1" @@ -3036,8 +2717,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" #~| "Choose a different one." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\\nChoose a different one." +#~ msgid "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\\nChoose a different one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A configuración co nome \"%1\" xa existe.\n" #~ "Escolla un nome diferente." @@ -3124,9 +2804,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Error while copying packages. \n" #~| "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Error while copying packages. \\n\t\t Check the created directory for " -#~ "possible hints." +#~ msgid "Error while copying packages. \\n\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Erro ao copiar os paquetes. \n" #~ "\t\t Comprobar o directorio creado para obter posibles suxerencias." @@ -3164,8 +2842,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelar a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Cancele a gravación premendo en <b>Cancelar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro facer isto ou " -#~ "non.\n" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro facer isto ou non.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "Remove the packages" @@ -3210,13 +2887,11 @@ #~ "no sistema de ficheiros comprimido squashfs." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>These packages from section '%1' are not available with selected " -#~ "repositories:</p>\n" +#~ "<p>These packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" #~ "<p>%2.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Check the list of packages and package repositories.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Estes paquetes desde a sección '%1' non están dispoñibles cos " -#~ "repositorios seleccionados:</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Estes paquetes desde a sección '%1' non están dispoñibles cos repositorios seleccionados:</p>\n" #~ "<p>%2.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Comprobe a lista de paquetes e repositorios de paquetes.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/proxy.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/proxy.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/proxy.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -208,10 +208,8 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" msgstr "" @@ -227,8 +225,7 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -270,8 +267,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 @@ -514,46 +510,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "An error occurred during the installation of" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\\nProxy return code: %2.\\n" +#~ msgid "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\\nProxy return code: %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "Ocorreu un erro durante a instalación de" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "An error occurred during the installation of" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\\nProxy return code: " -#~ "%2.\\n" +#~ msgid "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\\nProxy return code: %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "Ocorreu un erro durante a instalación de" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " -#~| "certificate.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access" -#~ "\\nto the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome común</b> é o nome do usuario para o que se crea o certificado." -#~ "</p>" +#~| msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\\nto the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Nome común</b> é o nome do usuario para o que se crea o certificado.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " -#~| "certificate.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\\nto the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome común</b> é o nome do usuario para o que se crea o certificado." -#~ "</p>" +#~| msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\\nto the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Nome común</b> é o nome do usuario para o que se crea o certificado.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " -#~| "certificate.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access" -#~ "\\nto the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Nome común</b> é o nome do usuario para o que se crea o certificado." -#~ "</p>" +#~| msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\\nto the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Nome común</b> é o nome do usuario para o que se crea o certificado.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/qt-pkg.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/qt-pkg.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/qt-pkg.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -308,20 +308,12 @@ msgstr "C&ancelar" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancelar o cambio</a> dos " -"paquetes do sistema para versións no repositorio %2</small></p>" +msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" +msgstr "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancelar o cambio</a> dos paquetes do sistema para versións no repositorio %2</small></p>" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Cambiar os paquetes do sistema</a>para " -"as versións neste repositorio (%2)</p>" +msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" +msgstr "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Cambiar os paquetes do sistema</a>para as versións neste repositorio (%2)</p>" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -351,16 +343,8 @@ msgstr "Erro: Non hai espazo no disco!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and " -"deselect some packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode continuar coa instalación se sabe o que está a facer, pero arríscase " -"a que o sistema teña fallos que haxa que resolver manualmente. Se non sabe " -"exactamente como facer nun caso así, preme en <b>Cancelar</b> e anule a " -"selección dalgúns paquetes.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode continuar coa instalación se sabe o que está a facer, pero arríscase a que o sistema teña fallos que haxa que resolver manualmente. Se non sabe exactamente como facer nun caso así, preme en <b>Cancelar</b> e anule a selección dalgúns paquetes.</p>" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -384,12 +368,8 @@ msgstr "Cambios automáticos" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Ademais das seleccións manuais, cambiáronse os seguintes paquetes para " -"resolver dependencias:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Ademais das seleccións manuais, cambiáronse os seguintes paquetes para resolver dependencias:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 @@ -402,12 +382,8 @@ msgstr "Paquetes sen soporte" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Teña en conta que o software seleccionado non se permite o seu uso ou cómpre " -"un contrato de licenza adicional." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Teña en conta que o software seleccionado non se permite o seu uso ou cómpre un contrato de licenza adicional." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -420,213 +396,101 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." +msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." msgstr "<b>Nota:</b> Este só é un breve resumo. Máis información no manual." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"Neste cadro de diálogo, seleccione os parches que desexe descargar e " -"instalar." +msgstr "Neste cadro de diálogo, seleccione os parches que desexe descargar e instalar." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"A lista da esquerda contén os parches dispoñíbeis e o tipo de revisión " -"(seguridade, recomendado ou opcional), ademais do tamaño estimado para a " -"descarga." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "A lista da esquerda contén os parches dispoñíbeis e o tipo de revisión (seguridade, recomendado ou opcional), ademais do tamaño estimado para a descarga." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"A lista contén, polo xeral, só os parches que aínda non están instalados no " -"sistema. Pode cambiar isto revisando a caixa de verificación <b>Incluír " -"parches instalados</b> debaixo da lista." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +msgstr "A lista contén, polo xeral, só os parches que aínda non están instalados no sistema. Pode cambiar isto revisando a caixa de verificación <b>Incluír parches instalados</b> debaixo da lista." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"O campo <b>Descrición do parche</b> contén unha explicación máis ampla do " -"parche seleccionado actualmente. Prema nun parche da lista para ver a súa " -"descrición aquí." +msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "O campo <b>Descrición do parche</b> contén unha explicación máis ampla do parche seleccionado actualmente. Prema nun parche da lista para ver a súa descrición aquí." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"A lista de paquetes da dereita mostrar o contido do parche seleccionado, por " -"exemplo, os paquetes que contén. Non pode instalar ou eliminar paquetes " -"individuais dun parche, soamente todo o parche. Isto é intencional para " -"evitar inconsistencias no sistema. " +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "A lista de paquetes da dereita mostrar o contido do parche seleccionado, por exemplo, os paquetes que contén. Non pode instalar ou eliminar paquetes individuais dun parche, soamente todo o parche. Isto é intencional para evitar inconsistencias no sistema. " #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Ademais dos <b>Parches</b>, tamén pode seleccionar unha das outras vistas de " -"filtros en <b>Filtro</b> na parte superior esquerda:" +msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +msgstr "Ademais dos <b>Parches</b>, tamén pode seleccionar unha das outras vistas de filtros en <b>Filtro</b> na parte superior esquerda:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Neste cadro de diálogo pode seleccionar os paquetes de quere instalar, " -"actualizar ou eliminar. Pode seleccionar paquetes soltos ou ben \"seleccións" -"\" completas de paquetes." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Neste cadro de diálogo pode seleccionar os paquetes de quere instalar, actualizar ou eliminar. Pode seleccionar paquetes soltos ou ben \"seleccións\" completas de paquetes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Prema na icona de estado para cambiar o estado dun paquete ou selección ou " -"prema co botón dereito para abrir un menú contextual." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Prema na icona de estado para cambiar o estado dun paquete ou selección ou prema co botón dereito para abrir un menú contextual." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Empregue o botón <b>Comprobar dependencias</b> para resolver dependnecias de " -"paquetes. Algúns paquete requiren a instalación doutros paquetes. Ademais, " -"algúns paquetes só poden instalarse se outros paquetes non están instalados. " -"Esta comprobación marca automaticamente os paquetes que han ser instalados e " -"avisaralle en caso de existir conflitos de dependencias." +msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Empregue o botón <b>Comprobar dependencias</b> para resolver dependnecias de paquetes. Algúns paquete requiren a instalación doutros paquetes. Ademais, algúns paquetes só poden instalarse se outros paquetes non están instalados. Esta comprobación marca automaticamente os paquetes que han ser instalados e avisaralle en caso de existir conflitos de dependencias." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"A comprobación realizarase automaticamente se sae deste cadro de diálogo con " -"<b>Aceptar</b>." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "A comprobación realizarase automaticamente se sae deste cadro de diálogo con <b>Aceptar</b>." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione unha das vistas de filtro dispoñíbeis empregando o menú de " -"selección <b>Filtro</b> na parte superior esquerda:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Seleccione unha das vistas de filtro dispoñíbeis empregando o menú de selección <b>Filtro</b> na parte superior esquerda:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"<b>Seleccións></b> mostra grupos predefinidos de paquetes que están " -"relacionados entre si." +msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "<b>Seleccións></b> mostra grupos predefinidos de paquetes que están relacionados entre si." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Empregue a caixa de verificación colocada xunto á selección para escollela " -"na súa totalidade. Tamén pode seleccionar ou desmarcar paquetes individuais " -"na lista de paquetes da dereita." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Empregue a caixa de verificación colocada xunto á selección para escollela na súa totalidade. Tamén pode seleccionar ou desmarcar paquetes individuais na lista de paquetes da dereita." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"<b>Grupos de paquetes</b> mostra os paquetes clasificados por categorías. " -"Pode expandir ou contraer elementos da árbore para restrinxir ou xeralizar " -"unha categoría. Prema nunha categoría para mostrar os paquetes desa " -"categoría na lista da dereita." +msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "<b>Grupos de paquetes</b> mostra os paquetes clasificados por categorías. Pode expandir ou contraer elementos da árbore para restrinxir ou xeralizar unha categoría. Prema nunha categoría para mostrar os paquetes desa categoría na lista da dereita." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" <b>Suxestión:</b> Ao rematar a lista atópase a entrada \"zzz todo\" que " -"mostra todos os paquetes. Este proceso pode durar algúns segundos en " -"máquinas lentas." +msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " <b>Suxestión:</b> Ao rematar a lista atópase a entrada \"zzz todo\" que mostra todos os paquetes. Este proceso pode durar algúns segundos en máquinas lentas." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"<b>Buscar</b> permítelle buscar paquetes que cumpran varios criterios. Este " -"é o xeito máis sinxelo de atopar un paquete se coñece o seu nome." +msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "<b>Buscar</b> permítelle buscar paquetes que cumpran varios criterios. Este é o xeito máis sinxelo de atopar un paquete se coñece o seu nome." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." -msgstr "" -"<b>Suxestión:</b> Tamén pode empregar esta función para atopar que paquete " -"contén unha determinada biblioteca. Busque o campo RPM <b>Fornecer</b>." +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +msgstr "<b>Suxestión:</b> Tamén pode empregar esta función para atopar que paquete contén unha determinada biblioteca. Busque o campo RPM <b>Fornecer</b>." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"<b>Resumo da instalación</b> mostra de xeito predeterminado os cambios no " -"sistema, é dicir, que paquetes van ser instalados, eliminados ou " -"actualizados." +msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "<b>Resumo da instalación</b> mostra de xeito predeterminado os cambios no sistema, é dicir, que paquetes van ser instalados, eliminados ou actualizados." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to " -"<b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Polo xeral, é boa idea usar <b>Comprobar dependencias</b> e logo cambiar a " -"<b>Resumo da instalación</b> antes de premer en <b>Aceptar</b>. Así pode ver " -"todas as modificacións que se efectuarán no seu sistema." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Polo xeral, é boa idea usar <b>Comprobar dependencias</b> e logo cambiar a <b>Resumo da instalación</b> antes de premer en <b>Aceptar</b>. Así pode ver todas as modificacións que se efectuarán no seu sistema." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Tamén pode seleccionar de xeito explícito os paquetes e estados que desexa " -"ver aquí. Empregue as caixas de verificación da parte esquerda." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Tamén pode seleccionar de xeito explícito os paquetes e estados que desexa ver aquí. Empregue as caixas de verificación da parte esquerda." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"<b>Suxestión</b>: pode invertir o efecto deste filtro e ver que paquetes do " -"sistema non foron cambiados. Simplemente marque <b>Manter</b> e " -"desmarquetodo o demais." +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "<b>Suxestión</b>: pode invertir o efecto deste filtro e ver que paquetes do sistema non foron cambiados. Simplemente marque <b>Manter</b> e desmarquetodo o demais." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -676,12 +540,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete xa está instalado. Actualizar ou volver instalar (se as " -"versións coinciden)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Este paquete xa está instalado. Actualizar ou volver instalar (se as versións coinciden)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -703,21 +563,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete non está instalado e non debe der instalado de ningún xeito, " -"sobre todo debido a posíbeis dependencias non resoltas doutros paquetes." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Este paquete non está instalado e non debe der instalado de ningún xeito, sobre todo debido a posíbeis dependencias non resoltas doutros paquetes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Os paquetes co estado \"tabú\" trátanse coma se non existisen en ningún " -"medio de instalación" +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Os paquetes co estado \"tabú\" trátanse coma se non existisen en ningún medio de instalación" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -726,20 +577,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete está instalado e non debe ser modificado, sobre todo debido a " -"posíbeis dependencias non resoltas doutros paquetes." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Este paquete está instalado e non debe ser modificado, sobre todo debido a posíbeis dependencias non resoltas doutros paquetes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Use este estado para paquetes doutros fabricantes que non deben " -"sobrescribirse con versións máis recentes que poidan vir coa distribución." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Use este estado para paquetes doutros fabricantes que non deben sobrescribirse con versións máis recentes que poidan vir coa distribución." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -749,19 +592,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete instalarase automaticamente porque o necesita algún outro " -"paquete." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Este paquete instalarase automaticamente porque o necesita algún outro paquete." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"<b>Suxestión</b>: pode que teña que usar o estado \"tabú\" para desfacerse " -"dun paquete deste tipo." +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "<b>Suxestión</b>: pode que teña que usar o estado \"tabú\" para desfacerse dun paquete deste tipo." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -771,12 +607,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete xa está instalado, pero algún paquete precisa unha versión " -"posterior, así que actualizarase automaticamente." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Este paquete xa está instalado, pero algún paquete precisa unha versión posterior, así que actualizarase automaticamente." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -786,17 +618,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete xa está instalado, pero debe eliminarse debido ás dependencias " -"de paquetes." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Este paquete xa está instalado, pero debe eliminarse debido ás dependencias de paquetes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Isto pode suceder, por exemplo, cando un paquete deixa obsoleto a outro." +msgstr "Isto pode suceder, por exemplo, cando un paquete deixa obsoleto a outro." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -816,12 +643,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Obter este paquete e instalalo se aínda non o está. Actualizalo á última " -"versión se está instalado e se hai unha versión posterior." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Obter este paquete e instalalo se aínda non o está. Actualizalo á última versión se está instalado e se hai unha versión posterior." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -830,21 +653,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Eliminar este paquete. Marcalo coma \"non instalar\" se aínda non estivese " -"instalado e eliminalo se xa estivese instalado." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Eliminar este paquete. Marcalo coma \"non instalar\" se aínda non estivese instalado e eliminalo se xa estivese instalado." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Actualizar este paquete se xa estivese instalado e houbese unha nova " -"versión. Ignorar os paquetes que non estean instalados." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Actualizar este paquete se xa estivese instalado e houbese unha nova versión. Ignorar os paquetes que non estean instalados." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -853,23 +668,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Desfacer o efecto de \">\" de máis arriba: marcar o paquete como \"a manter" -"\" se está marcado como \"actualizar\". Ignorar o resto dos paquetes." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Desfacer o efecto de \">\" de máis arriba: marcar o paquete como \"a manter\" se está marcado como \"actualizar\". Ignorar o resto dos paquetes." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marque este paquete como \"tabú\" se non está instalado: así este paquete " -"non se instalará, especialmente debido a posíbeis dependencias non resoltas " -"doutros paquetes. " +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marque este paquete como \"tabú\" se non está instalado: así este paquete non se instalará, especialmente debido a posíbeis dependencias non resoltas doutros paquetes. " #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -878,23 +683,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marque este paquete como \"protexido\" se está instalado: así este paquete " -"non se modificará, especialmente debido a posíbeis dependencias non resoltas " -"doutros paquetes. " +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marque este paquete como \"protexido\" se está instalado: así este paquete non se modificará, especialmente debido a posíbeis dependencias non resoltas doutros paquetes. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Use esta opción para paquetes doutros fabricantes que non se deben " -"sobrescribir con versións posteriores que poidan estar incluídas na " -"distribución." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Use esta opción para paquetes doutros fabricantes que non se deben sobrescribir con versións posteriores que poidan estar incluídas na distribución." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -954,13 +748,8 @@ msgstr "Crear Caso de Proba do Resolvedor de Dependencias" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice esta opción para xerar rexistros exhaustivos que faciliten o " -"seguemento de fallos na resolución de dependencias. Os rexistros " -"almacenaranse no directorio <br><tt>%1</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p>Utilice esta opción para xerar rexistros exhaustivos que faciliten o seguemento de fallos na resolución de dependencias. Os rexistros almacenaranse no directorio <br><tt>%1</tt>.</p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -968,13 +757,8 @@ msgstr "Caso de proba do sistema de resolución" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O caso de proba do sistema de resolución de dependencias gravouse en " -"<br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Quere preparar o ficheiro <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para " -"anexalo a Bugzilla?</p>" +msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgstr "<p>O caso de proba do sistema de resolución de dependencias gravouse en <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Quere preparar o ficheiro <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para anexalo a Bugzilla?</p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -983,13 +767,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Erro</b> ao crear o caso de proba do sistema de resolución de " -"dependencias</p><p>Comprobe o espazo dispoñíbel no disco e os permisos de " -"<tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Erro</b> ao crear o caso de proba do sistema de resolución de dependencias</p><p>Comprobe o espazo dispoñíbel no disco e os permisos de <tt>%1</tt></p>" #. startsWith #. filter Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/rdp.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/rdp.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/rdp.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Indique 'si' para permitir ou 'non' para non permitir a administración remota" +msgstr "Indique 'si' para permitir ou 'non' para non permitir a administración remota" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 @@ -155,9 +154,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" #~| "or 'no' to disallow it." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\\nor 'no' to disallow " -#~ "it." +#~ msgid "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\\nor 'no' to disallow it." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Indique 'si' para permitir a administración remota\n" #~ "ou 'non' para non permitila." @@ -169,16 +166,10 @@ #~| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" #~| "client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" #~| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\\n<p>If this " -#~ "feature is enabled, you can\\nadminister this machine remotely from " -#~ "another machine. Use a RDP\\nclient, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><" -#~ "hostname>:%1</tt>).\\nThis form of remote administration is less " -#~ "secure than using SSH.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\\n<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\\nadminister this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\\nclient, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\\nThis form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de Administración remota</big></b></p>\n" #~ "<p>Se esta opción está activada, poderá\n" -#~ "administrar este equipo de xeito remoto desde outro equipo. Use un " -#~ "cliente RDP,\n" +#~ "administrar este equipo de xeito remoto desde outro equipo. Use un cliente RDP,\n" #~ "como rdesktop (conectar a <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" #~ "Esta forma de administración remota non é tan segura como usar SSH.</p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/rear.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/rear.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/rear.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -53,9 +53,7 @@ msgstr "Este escáner non está soportado polo controlador %1." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 @@ -151,61 +149,36 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Here, configure an infrared interface (<b>IrDA</b>) for your computer." -#| "</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí pode configurar unha interface de infravermellos (<b>IrDA</b>) para " -"o seu sistema.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Here, configure an infrared interface (<b>IrDA</b>) for your computer.</p>" +msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí pode configurar unha interface de infravermellos (<b>IrDA</b>) para o seu sistema.</p>" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" +msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the " -"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!</strong></p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" +msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" msgstr "" #. prepare advanced menu @@ -284,9 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/registration.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/registration.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/registration.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rexistro" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 msgid "Registration is being updated..." @@ -163,9 +163,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -226,15 +224,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" msgstr "" #. error message @@ -345,7 +339,7 @@ #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detalles:" #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" @@ -567,7 +561,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acordo de licenza" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -604,9 +598,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" -"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module.</p>" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -629,22 +621,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code.</p>" +msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -675,9 +662,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -686,15 +671,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificador" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versión" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arquitectura" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -723,11 +708,11 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Versión" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Arquitectura" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Release Type" @@ -735,19 +720,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product " -"Registration</b>.</p>" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. " -"Refer\n" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -763,7 +744,7 @@ #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración do servidor" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" @@ -786,7 +767,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 msgid "none" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ningún" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 @@ -821,38 +802,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" +msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk.</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -974,8 +944,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Engadíuse un servidor de actualizacións." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se puido engadir un servidor de actualizacións á súa configuración." +#~ msgstr "Non se puido engadir un servidor de actualizacións á súa configuración." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Non é necesario modificar ningún repositorio." @@ -1031,14 +1000,10 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "O rexistro como usuario regular non inclúe as fontes de actualización\n" #~ "no módulo de actualización en liña de YaST. Se decide continuar e máis\n" -#~ "adiante desexa realizar actualizacións en liña co sistema de " -#~ "actualizacións\n" -#~ "en liña, deberá engadir a orixe de xeito manual.Pode seguir a utilizar " -#~ "outras ferramentas, \n" -#~ "coma o Actualizador de Software no panel. Como alternativa, pode cancelar " -#~ "o proceso e \n" -#~ "rexistrarse despois usando YaST como root para que as fontes estean " -#~ "dispoñibles para todas as ferramentas." +#~ "adiante desexa realizar actualizacións en liña co sistema de actualizacións\n" +#~ "en liña, deberá engadir a orixe de xeito manual.Pode seguir a utilizar outras ferramentas, \n" +#~ "coma o Actualizador de Software no panel. Como alternativa, pode cancelar o proceso e \n" +#~ "rexistrarse despois usando YaST como root para que as fontes estean dispoñibles para todas as ferramentas." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." #~ msgstr "Erro: os datos recibidos non son correctos." @@ -1073,209 +1038,156 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Configure o sistema para habilitar as actualizacións en liña registrándoo " -#~ "con Novell.\n" -#~ "Para facelo agora, seleccione <b>Configurar agora.</b> Para facelo máis " -#~ "tarde, seleccione\n" +#~ "Configure o sistema para habilitar as actualizacións en liña registrándoo con Novell.\n" +#~ "Para facelo agora, seleccione <b>Configurar agora.</b> Para facelo máis tarde, seleccione\n" #~ "<b>Configurar máis tarde.</b>\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n" -#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para simplificar o proceso de rexistro, inclúa a información do sistema\n" #~ "mediante <b>Información opcional</b> e <b>Perfil de hardware.</b> \n" -#~ "<b>Detalles</b> mostra a cantidade máxima de información que pode estar " -#~ "relacionada\n" -#~ "co rexistro. Para obter esta información, establécese un contacto co " -#~ "servidor de Novell\n" -#~ "para solicitar a información necesaria para o produto. Neste intercambio " -#~ "inicial, só se envía\n" +#~ "<b>Detalles</b> mostra a cantidade máxima de información que pode estar relacionada\n" +#~ "co rexistro. Para obter esta información, establécese un contacto co servidor de Novell\n" +#~ "para solicitar a información necesaria para o produto. Neste intercambio inicial, só se envía\n" #~ "a identidade do produto instalado.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se mercou unha copia deste produto, active <b>Código de rexistro,</b>\n" #~ "deste xeito solicitaráselle o código de produto. \n" -#~ "Así quedará rexistrado para acceder á asistencia de instalación incluída " -#~ "co produto.\n" +#~ "Así quedará rexistrado para acceder á asistencia de instalación incluída co produto.\n" #~ " </p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Non se envía información algunha a ninguén alleo a Novell. Os datos son " -#~ "empregados\n" -#~ "con fins estatísticos e para ofrecer unha meirande comodidade ao usuario " -#~ "en relación coa compatibilidade dos controladores\n" -#~ "e a súa conta Web. Atopará unha directiva de privacidade detallada en " -#~ "<b>Detalles.</b> Consulte\n" -#~ "a información transmitida no ficheiro de rexistro <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Non se envía información algunha a ninguén alleo a Novell. Os datos son empregados\n" +#~ "con fins estatísticos e para ofrecer unha meirande comodidade ao usuario en relación coa compatibilidade dos controladores\n" +#~ "e a súa conta Web. Atopará unha directiva de privacidade detallada en <b>Detalles.</b> Consulte\n" +#~ "a información transmitida no ficheiro de rexistro <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A opción <b>Sincronizar periodicamente con Centro de servizos ao cliente</" -#~ "b> comproba que as fontes de \n" -#~ "actualización sigan sendo válidos e engade outros novos que estén " -#~ "dispoñibles.\n" -#~ "Ademais envíanse modificacións aos datos incluídos en Novell como, por " -#~ "exemplo, \n" -#~ "información sobre o hardware, en caso de que a opción <b>Información de " -#~ "hardware</b> estea activada.\n" +#~ "A opción <b>Sincronizar periodicamente con Centro de servizos ao cliente</b> comproba que as fontes de \n" +#~ "actualización sigan sendo válidos e engade outros novos que estén dispoñibles.\n" +#~ "Ademais envíanse modificacións aos datos incluídos en Novell como, por exemplo, \n" +#~ "información sobre o hardware, en caso de que a opción <b>Información de hardware</b> estea activada.\n" #~ " Esta opción non elimina ningunha fonte incluída manualmente.\n" #~ " </p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Configure o sistema para activar as actualizacións en liña rexistrándoo " -#~ "con Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "Para facelo agora, seleccione <b>Configurar agora.</b> Para facelo máis " -#~ "tarde, seleccione\n" +#~ "Configure o sistema para activar as actualizacións en liña rexistrándoo con Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Para facelo agora, seleccione <b>Configurar agora.</b> Para facelo máis tarde, seleccione\n" #~ "<b>Configurar máis tarde.</b>\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n" -#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para simplificar o proceso de rexistro, inclúa a información do sistema\n" #~ "mediante <b>Información opcional</b> e <b>Perfil de hardware.</b> \n" -#~ "<b>Detalles</b> mostra a cantidade máxima de información que pode estar " -#~ "relacionada\n" -#~ "co rexistro. Para obter esta información, establécese un contacto co " -#~ "servidor de Open-SLX\n" -#~ "para solicitar a información necesaria para o produto. Neste intercambio " -#~ "inicial, só se envía\n" +#~ "<b>Detalles</b> mostra a cantidade máxima de información que pode estar relacionada\n" +#~ "co rexistro. Para obter esta información, establécese un contacto co servidor de Open-SLX\n" +#~ "para solicitar a información necesaria para o produto. Neste intercambio inicial, só se envía\n" #~ "a identidade do produto instalado.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Non se envía información algunha a ninguén alleo a Open-SLX. Os datos son " -#~ "empregados\n" -#~ "con fins estatísticos e para ofrecer unha meirande comodidade ao usuario " -#~ "en relación coa compatibilidade dos controladores\n" -#~ "e a súa conta Web. Atopará unha directiva de privacidade detallada en " -#~ "<b>Detalles.</b> Consulte\n" -#~ "a información transmitida no ficheiro de rexistro <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Non se envía información algunha a ninguén alleo a Open-SLX. Os datos son empregados\n" +#~ "con fins estatísticos e para ofrecer unha meirande comodidade ao usuario en relación coa compatibilidade dos controladores\n" +#~ "e a súa conta Web. Atopará unha directiva de privacidade detallada en <b>Detalles.</b> Consulte\n" +#~ "a información transmitida no ficheiro de rexistro <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A opción <b>Sincronizar periodicamente con Centro de servizos ao cliente</" -#~ "b> comproba que as fontes de \n" -#~ "actualización sigan sendo válidos e engade outros novos que estén " -#~ "dispoñibles.\n" -#~ "Ademais envíanse modificacións aos datos incluídos en Open-SLX como, por " -#~ "exemplo, \n" -#~ "información sobre o hardware, en caso de que a opción <b>Información de " -#~ "hardware</b> estea activada.\n" +#~ "A opción <b>Sincronizar periodicamente con Centro de servizos ao cliente</b> comproba que as fontes de \n" +#~ "actualización sigan sendo válidos e engade outros novos que estén dispoñibles.\n" +#~ "Ademais envíanse modificacións aos datos incluídos en Open-SLX como, por exemplo, \n" +#~ "información sobre o hardware, en caso de que a opción <b>Información de hardware</b> estea activada.\n" #~ " Esta opción non elimina ningunha fonte incluída manualmente.\n" #~ " </p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "O proceso de rexistro debe conectar cun servidor de Open-SLX (ou un " -#~ "servidor local de rexistro se a súa empresa tivese un).\n" +#~ "O proceso de rexistro debe conectar cun servidor de Open-SLX (ou un servidor local de rexistro se a súa empresa tivese un).\n" #~ "Confirme que son correctos os parámetros de rede e do proxy.\n" -#~ "Pode volver atrás, á configuración de rede, para comprobar ou modificar " -#~ "estes parámetros.\n" +#~ "Pode volver atrás, á configuración de rede, para comprobar ou modificar estes parámetros.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1375,11 +1287,8 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "É necesario instalar o paquete." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para levar a cabo esta instalación correctamente, necesita instalar o " -#~ "paquete %1." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "Para levar a cabo esta instalación correctamente, necesita instalar o paquete %1." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Primeiro cómpre eliminar os seguintes paquetes:" @@ -1387,12 +1296,8 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "O paquete %1 debe estar instalado e o %2 eliminado." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " -#~ "miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O rexistro debe continuar aínda que o servidor de rexistro poida ignorar " -#~ "esta instalación." +#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "O rexistro debe continuar aínda que o servidor de rexistro poida ignorar esta instalación." #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." #~ msgstr "Estase a configurar a orixe da actualización en liña..." @@ -1454,26 +1359,11 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "A chave non é correcta." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " -#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " -#~ "while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. " -#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " -#~ "<b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Inclúe o rexistro do producto na base de datos de Novell, o que lle " -#~ "habilita para obter actualizacións en liña e asistencia técnica. Para " -#~ "rexistrarse durante a instalación automática, seleccione <b>Executar " -#~ "rexistro do produto.</b> Para simplificar o proceso, inclúa a información " -#~ "do sistema mediante <b>Perfil de hardware</b> e <b>Información opcional.</" -#~ "b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Inclúe o rexistro do producto na base de datos de Novell, o que lle habilita para obter actualizacións en liña e asistencia técnica. Para rexistrarse durante a instalación automática, seleccione <b>Executar rexistro do produto.</b> Para simplificar o proceso, inclúa a información do sistema mediante <b>Perfil de hardware</b> e <b>Información opcional.</b></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para obter información adicional sobre o proceso de rexistro, empregue " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para obter información adicional sobre o proceso de rexistro, empregue <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>" #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor SMT" @@ -1572,50 +1462,26 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Consulte a axuda para obter máis detalles." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, " -#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " -#~ "<b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para rexistrar esta instalación nun servidor de rexistro local, " -#~ "configure o URL e opcionalmente o certificado CA do servidor mediante o " -#~ "menú <b>Avanzado</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the <b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para rexistrar esta instalación nun servidor de rexistro local, configure o URL e opcionalmente o certificado CA do servidor mediante o menú <b>Avanzado</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas " -#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</" -#~ "i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/" -#~ "path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the " -#~ "keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " -#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O URL do servidor de rexistro debe comezar con <i>https://</i> mentres " -#~ "que a localización do certificado CA pode ser un URL do formato <i>http://" -#~ "</i>, <i>https://</i> ou <i>ftp://</i>. Outras localizacións correctas " -#~ "son <i>/path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> " -#~ "e a palabra clave <i>done</i>.Esta última indica que non cómpre utilizar " -#~ "o certificado CA para confiar no servidor de rexistro.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>O URL do servidor de rexistro debe comezar con <i>https://</i> mentres que a localización do certificado CA pode ser un URL do formato <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> ou <i>ftp://</i>. Outras localizacións correctas son <i>/path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> e a palabra clave <i>done</i>.Esta última indica que non cómpre utilizar o certificado CA para confiar no servidor de rexistro.</p>" #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Desexa saltar o rexistro?" #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non foi posible cargar o ficheiro de certificado SMT desde o disquete." +#~ msgstr "Non foi posible cargar o ficheiro de certificado SMT desde o disquete." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non foi descargar o ficheiro de certificado SMT do enderezo URL " -#~ "especificado." +#~ msgstr "Non foi descargar o ficheiro de certificado SMT do enderezo URL especificado." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non foi posible localizar o ficheiro de certificado SMT na ruta " -#~ "especificada." +#~ msgstr "Non foi posible localizar o ficheiro de certificado SMT na ruta especificada." #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Houbo un erro descoñecido ao recuperar o ficheiro de certificado SMT." +#~ msgstr "Houbo un erro descoñecido ao recuperar o ficheiro de certificado SMT." #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Saltar" @@ -1700,9 +1566,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Get technical support and product updates and\n" #~| "manage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get technical support and product updates and\\nmanage subscriptions with " -#~ "Novell Customer Center." +#~ msgid "Get technical support and product updates and\\nmanage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Reciba asistencia técnica e actualizacións de produtos e\n" #~ "xestione subscricións co Centro de atención ao cliente de Novell." @@ -1711,9 +1575,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Get technical support and product updates\n" #~| "by registering this installation." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get technical support and product updates\\nby registering this " -#~ "installation." +#~ msgid "Get technical support and product updates\\nby registering this installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Reciba asistencia técnica e actualizacións de produtos\n" #~ "rexistrando a súa instalación." @@ -1722,9 +1584,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A Web browser will start in which to complete\n" #~| "the configuration on the opened Web site." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A Web browser will start in which to complete\\nthe configuration on the " -#~ "opened Web site." +#~ msgid "A Web browser will start in which to complete\\nthe configuration on the opened Web site." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Iniciarase un navegador Web que lle permitirá\n" #~ "completar a configuración no sitio Web aberto." @@ -1733,9 +1593,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~| "submission of the hardware profile automatically." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating " -#~ "\\nsubmission of the hardware profile automatically." +#~ msgid "The server requires additional system information. Activating \\nsubmission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O servidor require información adicional sobre o seu sistema. \n" #~ "Activando o envío automático do perfil de hardware." @@ -1748,24 +1606,14 @@ #~| "Other tools, such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \n" #~| "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n" #~| "so the sources are available to all tools." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Registering as a regular user does not include the update source\\nin the " -#~ "Online Update YaST module. If you continue and later want \\nto update " -#~ "with Online Update, the source must be added manually.\\nOther tools, " -#~ "such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \\nused. " -#~ "Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \\nso the " -#~ "sources are available to all tools." +#~ msgid "Registering as a regular user does not include the update source\\nin the Online Update YaST module. If you continue and later want \\nto update with Online Update, the source must be added manually.\\nOther tools, such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \\nused. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \\nso the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O rexistro como usuario regular non inclúe as fontes de actualización\n" #~ "no módulo de actualización en liña de YaST. Se decide continuar e máis\n" -#~ "adiante desexa realizar actualizacións en liña co sistema de " -#~ "actualizacións\n" -#~ "en liña, deberá engadir a orixe de xeito manual.Pode seguir a utilizar " -#~ "outras ferramentas, \n" -#~ "coma o Actualizador de Software no panel. Como alternativa, pode cancelar " -#~ "o proceso e \n" -#~ "rexistrarse despois usando YaST como root para que as fontes estean " -#~ "dispoñibles para todas as ferramentas." +#~ "adiante desexa realizar actualizacións en liña co sistema de actualizacións\n" +#~ "en liña, deberá engadir a orixe de xeito manual.Pode seguir a utilizar outras ferramentas, \n" +#~ "coma o Actualizador de Software no panel. Como alternativa, pode cancelar o proceso e \n" +#~ "rexistrarse despois usando YaST como root para que as fontes estean dispoñibles para todas as ferramentas." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1781,9 +1629,7 @@ #~| "No product found to be registered.\n" #~| "You do not need to register this installation.\n" #~| "Please add update sources yourself." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No product found to be registered.\\nYou do not need to register this " -#~ "installation.\\nPlease add update sources yourself." +#~ msgid "No product found to be registered.\\nYou do not need to register this installation.\\nPlease add update sources yourself." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou ningún produto a rexistrar.\n" #~ "Non é preciso rexistrar esta instalación.\n" @@ -1794,10 +1640,7 @@ #~| "Your registration requires interactive input that is not\n" #~| "supported in text mode. Run YaST2 in the graphical mode or\n" #~| "run the suse_register command manually." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your registration requires interactive input that is not\\nsupported in " -#~ "text mode. Run YaST2 in the graphical mode or\\nrun the suse_register " -#~ "command manually." +#~ msgid "Your registration requires interactive input that is not\\nsupported in text mode. Run YaST2 in the graphical mode or\\nrun the suse_register command manually." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O rexistro require unha entrada interactiva que non se\n" #~ "admite no modo de texto. Execute YaST2 en modo gráfico\n" @@ -1806,301 +1649,190 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~| "Novell.\n" -#~| "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration " -#~| "with\n" +#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~| "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n" #~| "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nConfigure your system to enable online updates by registering it " -#~ "with Novell.\\nTo do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the " -#~ "registration with\\n<b>Configure Later</b>.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nConfigure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\\nTo do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\\n<b>Configure Later</b>.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Configure o sistema para habilitar as actualizacións en liña registrándoo " -#~ "con Novell.\n" -#~ "Para facelo agora, seleccione <b>Configurar agora.</b> Para facelo máis " -#~ "tarde, seleccione\n" +#~ "Configure o sistema para habilitar as actualizacións en liña registrándoo con Novell.\n" +#~ "Para facelo agora, seleccione <b>Configurar agora.</b> Para facelo máis tarde, seleccione\n" #~ "<b>Configurar máis tarde.</b>\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~| "system\n" +#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~| "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n" -#~| "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~| "involved\n" -#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~| "Novell\n" -#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~| "identity\n" +#~| "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~| "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\\nwith <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. " -#~ "\\n<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\\n in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts " -#~ "the Novell\\nserver to query what information is needed for your product. " -#~ "Only the identity\\nof the installed product is sent in this initial " -#~ "exchange.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo simplify the registration process, include information from your system\\nwith <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \\n<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\\n in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\\nserver to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\\nof the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para simplificar o proceso de rexistro, inclúa a información do sistema\n" #~ "mediante <b>Información opcional</b> e <b>Perfil de hardware.</b> \n" -#~ "<b>Detalles</b> mostra a cantidade máxima de información que pode estar " -#~ "relacionada\n" -#~ "co rexistro. Para obter esta información, establécese un contacto co " -#~ "servidor de Novell\n" -#~ "para solicitar a información necesaria para o produto. Neste intercambio " -#~ "inicial, só se envía\n" +#~ "<b>Detalles</b> mostra a cantidade máxima de información que pode estar relacionada\n" +#~ "co rexistro. Para obter esta información, establécese un contacto co servidor de Novell\n" +#~ "para solicitar a información necesaria para o produto. Neste intercambio inicial, só se envía\n" #~ "a identidade do produto instalado.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</" -#~| "b>\n" +#~| "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</b>\n" #~| "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~| "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~| "product.\n" +#~| "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration " -#~ "Code</b>\\nso you are prompted for your product code. \\nThis registers " -#~ "you for the installation support included with your product.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</b>\\nso you are prompted for your product code. \\nThis registers you for the installation support included with your product.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se mercou unha copia deste produto, active <b>Código de rexistro,</b>\n" #~ "deste xeito solicitaráselle o código de produto. \n" -#~ "Así quedará rexistrado para acceder á asistencia de instalación incluída " -#~ "co produto.\n" +#~ "Así quedará rexistrado para acceder á asistencia de instalación incluída co produto.\n" #~ " </p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~| "support\n" -#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. " -#~| "View\n" -#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~| "tt>.\n" +#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n" +#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nNo information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used " -#~ "for\\nstatistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding " -#~ "driver support\\nand your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in " -#~ "<b>Details</b>. View\\nthe transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/." -#~ "suse_register.log</tt>.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nNo information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\\nstatistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\\nand your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\\nthe transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Non se envía información algunha a ninguén alleo a Novell. Os datos son " -#~ "empregados\n" -#~ "con fins estatísticos e para ofrecer unha meirande comodidade ao usuario " -#~ "en relación coa compatibilidade dos controladores\n" -#~ "e a súa conta Web. Atopará unha directiva de privacidade detallada en " -#~ "<b>Detalles.</b> Consulte\n" -#~ "a información transmitida no ficheiro de rexistro <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Non se envía información algunha a ninguén alleo a Novell. Os datos son empregados\n" +#~ "con fins estatísticos e para ofrecer unha meirande comodidade ao usuario en relación coa compatibilidade dos controladores\n" +#~ "e a súa conta Web. Atopará unha directiva de privacidade detallada en <b>Detalles.</b> Consulte\n" +#~ "a información transmitida no ficheiro de rexistro <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your " -#~| "update \n" +#~| "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n" #~| "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~| "such \n" +#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~| "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n" #~| "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that " -#~ "your update \\nsources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be " -#~ "available.\\nIt additionally sends any modifications to your included " -#~ "data to Novell, such \\nas hardware information if <b>Hardware " -#~ "Information</b> is activated.\\nThis option does not remove any sources " -#~ "added manually.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \\nsources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\\nIt additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \\nas hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\\nThis option does not remove any sources added manually.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A opción <b>Sincronizar periodicamente con Centro de servizos ao cliente</" -#~ "b> comproba que as fontes de \n" -#~ "actualización sigan sendo válidos e engade outros novos que estén " -#~ "dispoñibles.\n" -#~ "Ademais envíanse modificacións aos datos incluídos en Novell como, por " -#~ "exemplo, \n" -#~ "información sobre o hardware, en caso de que a opción <b>Información de " -#~ "hardware</b> estea activada.\n" +#~ "A opción <b>Sincronizar periodicamente con Centro de servizos ao cliente</b> comproba que as fontes de \n" +#~ "actualización sigan sendo válidos e engade outros novos que estén dispoñibles.\n" +#~ "Ademais envíanse modificacións aos datos incluídos en Novell como, por exemplo, \n" +#~ "información sobre o hardware, en caso de que a opción <b>Información de hardware</b> estea activada.\n" #~ " Esta opción non elimina ningunha fonte incluída manualmente.\n" #~ " </p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~| "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~| "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~| "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~| "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\\nMake sure that the " -#~ "network and proxy settings are correct.\\nYou can go back to the network " -#~ "setup to check or change the settings.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\\nMake sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\\nYou can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "O proceso de rexistro debe conectar cun servidor de Novell (ou un " -#~ "servidor local de rexistro se a súa empresa tivese un).\n" +#~ "O proceso de rexistro debe conectar cun servidor de Novell (ou un servidor local de rexistro se a súa empresa tivese un).\n" #~ "Confirme que son correctos os parámetros de rede e do proxy.\n" -#~ "Pode volver atrás, á configuración de rede, para comprobar ou modificar " -#~ "estes parámetros.\n" +#~ "Pode volver atrás, á configuración de rede, para comprobar ou modificar estes parámetros.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~| "Open-SLX.\n" -#~| "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration " -#~| "with\n" +#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~| "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n" #~| "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nConfigure your system to enable online updates by registering it " -#~ "with Open-SLX.\\nTo do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the " -#~ "registration with\\n<b>Configure Later</b>.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nConfigure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\\nTo do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\\n<b>Configure Later</b>.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Configure o sistema para activar as actualizacións en liña rexistrándoo " -#~ "con Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "Para facelo agora, seleccione <b>Configurar agora.</b> Para facelo máis " -#~ "tarde, seleccione\n" +#~ "Configure o sistema para activar as actualizacións en liña rexistrándoo con Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Para facelo agora, seleccione <b>Configurar agora.</b> Para facelo máis tarde, seleccione\n" #~ "<b>Configurar máis tarde.</b>\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~| "system\n" +#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~| "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n" -#~| "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~| "involved\n" -#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~| "SLX\n" -#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~| "identity\n" +#~| "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~| "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\\nwith <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. " -#~ "\\n<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\\n in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts " -#~ "the Open-SLX\\nserver to query what information is needed for your " -#~ "product. Only the identity\\nof the installed product is sent in this " -#~ "initial exchange.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo simplify the registration process, include information from your system\\nwith <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \\n<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\\n in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\\nserver to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\\nof the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para simplificar o proceso de rexistro, inclúa a información do sistema\n" #~ "mediante <b>Información opcional</b> e <b>Perfil de hardware.</b> \n" -#~ "<b>Detalles</b> mostra a cantidade máxima de información que pode estar " -#~ "relacionada\n" -#~ "co rexistro. Para obter esta información, establécese un contacto co " -#~ "servidor de Open-SLX\n" -#~ "para solicitar a información necesaria para o produto. Neste intercambio " -#~ "inicial, só se envía\n" +#~ "<b>Detalles</b> mostra a cantidade máxima de información que pode estar relacionada\n" +#~ "co rexistro. Para obter esta información, establécese un contacto co servidor de Open-SLX\n" +#~ "para solicitar a información necesaria para o produto. Neste intercambio inicial, só se envía\n" #~ "a identidade do produto instalado.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~| "for\n" -#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~| "support\n" -#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. " -#~| "View\n" -#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~| "tt>.\n" +#~| "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n" +#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nNo information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is " -#~ "used for\\nstatistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding " -#~ "driver support\\nand your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in " -#~ "<b>Details</b>. View\\nthe transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/." -#~ "suse_register.log</tt>.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nNo information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\\nstatistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\\nand your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\\nthe transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Non se envía información algunha a ninguén alleo a Open-SLX. Os datos son " -#~ "empregados\n" -#~ "con fins estatísticos e para ofrecer unha meirande comodidade ao usuario " -#~ "en relación coa compatibilidade dos controladores\n" -#~ "e a súa conta Web. Atopará unha directiva de privacidade detallada en " -#~ "<b>Detalles.</b> Consulte\n" -#~ "a información transmitida no ficheiro de rexistro <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Non se envía información algunha a ninguén alleo a Open-SLX. Os datos son empregados\n" +#~ "con fins estatísticos e para ofrecer unha meirande comodidade ao usuario en relación coa compatibilidade dos controladores\n" +#~ "e a súa conta Web. Atopará unha directiva de privacidade detallada en <b>Detalles.</b> Consulte\n" +#~ "a información transmitida no ficheiro de rexistro <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your " -#~| "update \n" +#~| "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n" #~| "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~| "SLX, such \n" +#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~| "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n" #~| "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that " -#~ "your update \\nsources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be " -#~ "available.\\nIt additionally sends any modifications to your included " -#~ "data to Open-SLX, such \\nas hardware information if <b>Hardware " -#~ "Information</b> is activated.\\nThis option does not remove any sources " -#~ "added manually.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \\nsources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\\nIt additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \\nas hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\\nThis option does not remove any sources added manually.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A opción <b>Sincronizar periodicamente con Centro de servizos ao cliente</" -#~ "b> comproba que as fontes de \n" -#~ "actualización sigan sendo válidos e engade outros novos que estén " -#~ "dispoñibles.\n" -#~ "Ademais envíanse modificacións aos datos incluídos en Open-SLX como, por " -#~ "exemplo, \n" -#~ "información sobre o hardware, en caso de que a opción <b>Información de " -#~ "hardware</b> estea activada.\n" +#~ "A opción <b>Sincronizar periodicamente con Centro de servizos ao cliente</b> comproba que as fontes de \n" +#~ "actualización sigan sendo válidos e engade outros novos que estén dispoñibles.\n" +#~ "Ademais envíanse modificacións aos datos incluídos en Open-SLX como, por exemplo, \n" +#~ "información sobre o hardware, en caso de que a opción <b>Información de hardware</b> estea activada.\n" #~ " Esta opción non elimina ningunha fonte incluída manualmente.\n" #~ " </p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " -#~| "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~| "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~| "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~| "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a " -#~ "local registration server if your company provides one).\\nPlease make " -#~ "sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\\nYou can step back " -#~ "to the network setup to check or change the settings.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\\nPlease make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\\nYou can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "O proceso de rexistro debe conectar cun servidor de Open-SLX (ou un " -#~ "servidor local de rexistro se a súa empresa tivese un).\n" +#~ "O proceso de rexistro debe conectar cun servidor de Open-SLX (ou un servidor local de rexistro se a súa empresa tivese un).\n" #~ "Confirme que son correctos os parámetros de rede e do proxy.\n" -#~ "Pode volver atrás, á configuración de rede, para comprobar ou modificar " -#~ "estes parámetros.\n" +#~ "Pode volver atrás, á configuración de rede, para comprobar ou modificar estes parámetros.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -2116,9 +1848,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "In order to register properly the system\n" #~| "needs to install the following packages." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In order to register properly the system\\nneeds to install the following " -#~ "packages." +#~ msgid "In order to register properly the system\\nneeds to install the following packages." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para rexistrar axeitadamente o sistema\n" #~ "precisa instalar os paquetes seguintes." @@ -2126,57 +1856,34 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n" -#~| "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then " -#~| "enter the\n" -#~| "appropriate values. These parameters are can be passed with " -#~| "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~| "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~| "a\n" -#~| "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with " -#~| "<b>Edit</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration" -#~ "\\nData</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then " -#~ "enter the\\nappropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be " -#~ "passed with <tt>suse_register\\n-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\\nkey-value pair with <b>Delete</b> " -#~ "or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +#~| "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n" +#~| "appropriate values. These parameters are can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~| "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~| "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\\nData</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\\nappropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\\n-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\\nkey-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>En <b>Datos de rexistro</b> amósase información adicional utilizada no " -#~ "rexistro.\n" -#~ " Para engadir un novo par de chave e valor, prema <b>Engadir</b> e " -#~ "introduza os valores\n" -#~ " axeitados. Estes parámetros poden ir mediante <tt>suse_register -a</" -#~ "tt>. \n" -#~ "<br>Para obter máis información acerca deles, empregue <tt>suse_register -" -#~ "p</tt>.\n" -#~ " Para eliminar un par, utilice <b>Eliminar</b> e, para modificar un " -#~ "existente, use <b>Editar</b>.</p>" +#~ "<p>En <b>Datos de rexistro</b> amósase información adicional utilizada no rexistro.\n" +#~ " Para engadir un novo par de chave e valor, prema <b>Engadir</b> e introduza os valores\n" +#~ " axeitados. Estes parámetros poden ir mediante <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. \n" +#~ "<br>Para obter máis información acerca deles, empregue <tt>suse_register -p</tt>.\n" +#~ " Para eliminar un par, utilice <b>Eliminar</b> e, para modificar un existente, use <b>Editar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~| "Server\n" -#~| "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. " -#~| "Refer\n" +#~| "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#~| "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" #~| "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~ "Server\\nand the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server " -#~ "Settings</b>. Refer\\nto your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\\nand the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\\nto your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se a súa rede utiliza un servidor SMT a medida, introduza o enderezo " -#~ "URL do\n" -#~ " servidor SMT e a localización do certificado SMT en <b>Axustes do " -#~ "servidor SMT</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Se a súa rede utiliza un servidor SMT a medida, introduza o enderezo URL do\n" +#~ " servidor SMT e a localización do certificado SMT en <b>Axustes do servidor SMT</b>.\n" #~ "Consulte o seu manual SMT para máis información.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Location of SMT Certificate invalid.\n" #~| "See your SMT documentation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Location of SMT Certificate invalid.\\nSee your SMT documentation.\\n" +#~ msgid "Location of SMT Certificate invalid.\\nSee your SMT documentation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A localización do certificado SMT non é correcta.\n" #~ "Consulte a documentación sobre SMT.\n" @@ -2185,9 +1892,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The software repositories have been updated.\n" #~| "Find details in the Software Repositories module." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The software repositories have been updated.\\nFind details in the " -#~ "Software Repositories module." +#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated.\\nFind details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Actualizáronse os repositorios de software.\n" #~ "Busque os detalles no módulo Repositorios de software." @@ -2196,9 +1901,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "To add the default update repository,\n" #~| "you have to register this product.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To add the default update repository,\\nyou have to register this product." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "To add the default update repository,\\nyou have to register this product.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para engadir o repositorio predeterminado\n" #~ "ten que rexistrar este produto.\n" @@ -2207,9 +1910,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Server CA certificate location is invalid.\n" #~| "For details, see the help text.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Server CA certificate location is invalid.\\nFor details, see the help " -#~ "text.\\n" +#~ msgid "Server CA certificate location is invalid.\\nFor details, see the help text.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non é correcta a localización do servidor de certificados CA.\n" #~ "Para máis detalles, consulte a axuda.\n" @@ -2219,10 +1920,7 @@ #~| "If you select %1, registration will most likely fail.\n" #~| "You can copy the certificate file to the system manually\n" #~| "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you select %1, registration will most likely fail.\\nYou can copy the " -#~ "certificate file to the system manually\\nand then specify its path by " -#~ "choosing %2.\\n" +#~ msgid "If you select %1, registration will most likely fail.\\nYou can copy the certificate file to the system manually\\nand then specify its path by choosing %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se selecciona %1 o máis probable é que o rexistro falle.\n" #~ "Pode copiar manualmente o ficheiro de certificado ao sistema\n" @@ -2241,9 +1939,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~| "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\\nYou have to " -#~ "trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\\n" +#~ msgid "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\\nYou have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Este certificado empregarase para conectar co servidor SMT.\n" #~ "Debe ter confianza neste certificado para continuar co rexistro.\n" @@ -2252,9 +1948,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Installation of the SMT certificates failed.\n" #~| "See the logs for further information.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation of the SMT certificates failed.\\nSee the logs for further " -#~ "information.\\n" +#~ msgid "Installation of the SMT certificates failed.\\nSee the logs for further information.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallou a instalación dos certificados SMT.\n" #~ "Consulte o rexistro para obter máis información.\n" @@ -2278,21 +1972,13 @@ #~ msgstr "<p>O repositorio actual de actualizacións amósase en <b>%1</b>.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Prema <b>%1</b> para o repositorio predeterminado de actualizacións.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Prema <b>%1</b> para o repositorio predeterminado de actualizacións.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Busque as accións relacionadas no menú <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " -#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " -#~ "updater will use the default answers.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Configure en <b>%1</b> a actualización automática en liña. Escolla o " -#~ "intervalo a usar e se hai que ignorar os parches interactivos, doutro " -#~ "xeito, o actualizador utilizará as respostas predeterminadas.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Configure en <b>%1</b> a actualización automática en liña. Escolla o intervalo a usar e se hai que ignorar os parches interactivos, doutro xeito, o actualizador utilizará as respostas predeterminadas.</p>" #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" #~ msgstr "Editar os repositorios de software" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/reipl.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/reipl.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/reipl.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nome" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "reipl configuration" @@ -174,8 +174,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Interrompendo a inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para interromper con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema " -"<b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para interromper con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -209,41 +208,30 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Escolla un dos métodos para reiniciar o equipo por medio dos botóns de " -"opción\n" +"<p>Escolla un dos métodos para reiniciar o equipo por medio dos botóns de opción\n" "que están dentro de <b>métodos reipl</b>. Segundo as opcións que admita\n" -"o seu equipo, escolla entre dispositivos CCW (palabra de control de canle) " -"e\n" -"dispositivos SCSI, que están conectados mediante zFCP (protocolo de canle de " -"fibra)\n" +"o seu equipo, escolla entre dispositivos CCW (palabra de control de canle) e\n" +"dispositivos SCSI, que están conectados mediante zFCP (protocolo de canle de fibra)\n" "Complete os campos cos parámetros necesarios segundo o método elixido.</p>\n" #. Configure dialog help 3 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><" -"device ID></i>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>O <b>dispositivo</b> debe ser un identificador (ID) de bus de " -"dispositivo\n" -"correcto que conteña letras en minúscula nun formato 0.<i><ID do " -"conxunto\n" -"da subcanle></i>.<i><ID do dispositivo></i> compatíbel con sysfs, " -"como\n" -"0.0.5c51. Segundo o método seleccionado, pode facer referencia a un DASD ou " -"un adaptador FCP.</p>" +"<p>O <b>dispositivo</b> debe ser un identificador (ID) de bus de dispositivo\n" +"correcto que conteña letras en minúscula nun formato 0.<i><ID do conxunto\n" +"da subcanle></i>.<i><ID do dispositivo></i> compatíbel con sysfs, como\n" +"0.0.5c51. Segundo o método seleccionado, pode facer referencia a un DASD ou un adaptador FCP.</p>" #. Configure dialog help 4 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 @@ -252,11 +240,9 @@ "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>O atributo <b>loadparm</b> debe conter un máximo de 8 caracteres e " -"selecciona\n" +"<p>O atributo <b>loadparm</b> debe conter un máximo de 8 caracteres e selecciona\n" "unha configuración de arranque desde o menú do cargador de arranque zipl.\n" -"Utilice un espazo en branco para seleccionar a configuración predeterminada." -"</p>" +"Utilice un espazo en branco para seleccionar a configuración predeterminada.</p>" #. Configure dialog help 5 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 @@ -265,16 +251,13 @@ "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>O <b>número de porto mundial</b> (WWPN) débese introducir en letras\n" -"
minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos, do tipo " -"0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" +"
minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos, do tipo 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"</p>" +"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>O <b>número de unidade lóxica</b> (LUN) débese introducir en letras\n" "
minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos con ceros ao final,\n" @@ -287,11 +270,9 @@ "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>O <b>selector do programa de arranque</b> debe ser un número enteiro que " -"no sexa\n" +"<p>O <b>selector do programa de arranque</b> debe ser un número enteiro que no sexa\n" "negativo e elixe unha configuración de arranque desde o menú do cargador de\n" -"arranque de zipl. Utilice un valor de 0 para seleccionar a configuración " -"predeterminada.</p>" +"arranque de zipl. Utilice un valor de 0 para seleccionar a configuración predeterminada.</p>" #. Configure dialog help 8 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 @@ -305,14 +286,11 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Despois de confirmar este cadro de diálogo, pode activar un reinicio, por " -"exemplo,\n" -"apagando o equipo, e o sistema reiniciarase automaticamente desde o " -"dispositivo\n" +"<p>Despois de confirmar este cadro de diálogo, pode activar un reinicio, por exemplo,\n" +"apagando o equipo, e o sistema reiniciarase automaticamente desde o dispositivo\n" "que especificou.</p>" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -357,8 +335,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" #~| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nAfter shutdown, reload the system\\nwith an IPL from DASD '%1'.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nAfter shutdown, reload the system\\nwith an IPL from DASD '%1'.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Unha vez apagado, recargue o sistema\n" #~ "cun IPL desde o DASD '%1'.\n" @@ -368,9 +345,7 @@ #~| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" #~| "with an IPL from FCP '%1' with WWPN '%2'\n" #~| "and LUN '%3'.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nAfter shutdown, reload the system\\nwith an IPL from FCP '%1'\\nwith " -#~ "WWPN '%2'\\nand LUN '%3'.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nAfter shutdown, reload the system\\nwith an IPL from FCP '%1'\\nwith WWPN '%2'\\nand LUN '%3'.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Unha vez apagado, recargue o sistema\n" #~ "cun IPL desde o FCP '%1' co WWPN '%2'\n" @@ -382,9 +357,7 @@ #~| "After shutdown, reload the system \n" #~| "with an IPL from the device \n" #~| "that contains /boot" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nAfter shutdown, reload the system \\nwith an IPL from the device " -#~ "\\nthat contains /boot" +#~ msgid "\\nAfter shutdown, reload the system \\nwith an IPL from the device \\nthat contains /boot" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Unha vez apagado, recargue o sistema\n" @@ -404,13 +377,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -426,111 +396,65 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -#~| "buttons\n" -#~| "listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine " -#~| "supports,\n" +#~| "<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +#~| "listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" #~| "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" -#~| "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" #~| "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -#~ "buttons\\nlisted inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your " -#~ "machine supports,\\nchoose between CCW (channel command word) devices and " -#~ "SCSI devices,\\nwhich are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). " -#~ "Then fill out the\\nnecessary parameter entry fields for the respective " -#~ "method.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\\nlisted inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\\nchoose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\\nwhich are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\\nnecessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Escolla un dos métodos para reiniciar o equipo por medio dos botóns de " -#~ "opción\n" -#~ "que se atopan dentro de <b>métodos reipl</b>. Segundo as opcións que " -#~ "admita\n" -#~ "o seu equipo, escolla entre dispositivos CCW (palabra de control de " -#~ "canle) e\n" -#~ "dispositivos SCSI, que están conectados mediante zFCP (protocolo de canle " -#~ "de fibra)\n" -#~ "Complete os campos cos parámetros necesarios segundo o método elixido.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "<p>Escolla un dos métodos para reiniciar o equipo por medio dos botóns de opción\n" +#~ "que se atopan dentro de <b>métodos reipl</b>. Segundo as opcións que admita\n" +#~ "o seu equipo, escolla entre dispositivos CCW (palabra de control de canle) e\n" +#~ "dispositivos SCSI, que están conectados mediante zFCP (protocolo de canle de fibra)\n" +#~ "Complete os campos cos parámetros necesarios segundo o método elixido.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case " -#~| "letters\n" -#~| "in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><" -#~| "device ID></i>,\n" -#~| "such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer " -#~| "to a DASD or to\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" +#~| "in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n" +#~| "such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" #~| "an FCP adapter.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters" -#~ "\\nin a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><" -#~ "device ID></i>,\\nsuch as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, " -#~ "this can either refer to a DASD or to\\nan FCP adapter.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\\nin a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\\nsuch as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\\nan FCP adapter.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>dispositivo</b> debe ser un identificador (ID) de bus de " -#~ "dispositivo\n" -#~ "válido que conteña letras en minúscula nun formato 0.<i><ID do " -#~ "conxunto\n" -#~ "da subcanle></i>.<i><ID do dispositivo></i> compatible con " -#~ "sysfs, como\n" -#~ "0.0.5c51. Segundo o método seleccionado, pode facer referencia a un DASD " -#~ "ou un adaptador FCP.</p>" +#~ "<p>O <b>dispositivo</b> debe ser un identificador (ID) de bus de dispositivo\n" +#~ "válido que conteña letras en minúscula nun formato 0.<i><ID do conxunto\n" +#~ "da subcanle></i>.<i><ID do dispositivo></i> compatible con sysfs, como\n" +#~ "0.0.5c51. Segundo o método seleccionado, pode facer referencia a un DASD ou un adaptador FCP.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>loadparm</b> must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a " -#~| "boot\n" -#~| "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank " -#~| "character\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>loadparm</b> must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\n" +#~| "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" #~| "to select the default configuration.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>loadparm</b> must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a " -#~ "boot\\nconfiguration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank " -#~ "character\\nto select the default configuration.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>loadparm</b> must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\\nconfiguration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\\nto select the default configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O atributo <b>loadparm</b> debe conter un máximo de 8 caracteres e " -#~ "selecciona\n" -#~ "unha configuración de arrinque desde o menú do cargador de arrinque " -#~ "zipl.\n" -#~ "Utilice un espazo en branco para seleccionar a configuración " -#~ "predeterminada.</p>" +#~ "<p>O atributo <b>loadparm</b> debe conter un máximo de 8 caracteres e selecciona\n" +#~ "unha configuración de arrinque desde o menú do cargador de arrinque zipl.\n" +#~ "Utilice un espazo en branco para seleccionar a configuración predeterminada.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with " -#~| "lowercase\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" #~| "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase" -#~ "\\nletters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\\nletters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O <b>número de porto mundial</b> (WWPN) débese introducir en letras\n" -#~ "
minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos, do tipo " -#~ "0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" +#~ "
minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos, do tipo 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -#~| "letters\n" -#~| "as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as " -#~| "0x52ca000000000000.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -#~ "letters\\nas a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as " -#~ "0x52ca000000000000.</p>" +#~| "<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +#~| "as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\\nas a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O <b>número de unidade lóxica</b> (LUN) débese introducir en letras\n" #~ "
minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos con ceros ao final,\n" @@ -538,50 +462,32 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>boot program selector</b> must be a non-negative integer " -#~| "choosing\n" -#~| "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to " -#~| "select\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>boot program selector</b> must be a non-negative integer choosing\n" +#~| "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" #~| "the default configuration.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>boot program selector</b> must be a non-negative integer " -#~ "choosing\\na boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use " -#~ "0 to select\\nthe default configuration.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>boot program selector</b> must be a non-negative integer choosing\\na boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\\nthe default configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>selector do programa de arrinque</b> debe ser un número enteiro " -#~ "que no sexa\n" -#~ "negativo e elixe unha configuración de arrinque desde o menú do cargador " -#~ "de\n" -#~ "arrinque de zipl. Utilice un valor de 0 para seleccionar a configuración " -#~ "predeterminada.</p>" +#~ "<p>O <b>selector do programa de arrinque</b> debe ser un número enteiro que no sexa\n" +#~ "negativo e elixe unha configuración de arrinque desde o menú do cargador de\n" +#~ "arrinque de zipl. Utilice un valor de 0 para seleccionar a configuración predeterminada.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the " -#~| "master\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n" #~| "boot record and is currently always 0.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master" -#~ "\\nboot record and is currently always 0.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\\nboot record and is currently always 0.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>enderezo lóxico do bloque de carga</b> (LBA) especifica o " -#~ "rexistro\n" +#~ "<p>O <b>enderezo lóxico do bloque de carga</b> (LBA) especifica o rexistro\n" #~ "de arrinque maestro (MBR) e actualmente sempre é 0.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -#~| "shutdown,\n" +#~| "<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" #~| "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -#~ "shutdown,\\nand the system will automatically restart from your specified " -#~ "device.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\\nand the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Despois de confirmar este cadro de diálogo, pode activar un reinicio, " -#~ "por exemplo,\n" -#~ "apagando o equipo, e o sistema reiniciarase automaticamente desde o " -#~ "dispositivo\n" +#~ "<p>Despois de confirmar este cadro de diálogo, pode activar un reinicio, por exemplo,\n" +#~ "apagando o equipo, e o sistema reiniciarase automaticamente desde o dispositivo\n" #~ "que especificou.</p>" #~ msgid "&Ccw" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/relocation-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/relocation-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/relocation-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -233,8 +233,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</" -"b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -261,11 +260,7 @@ "<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" "<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.</p>\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" msgstr "" @@ -273,13 +268,9 @@ #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.</p>\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" msgstr "" #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration @@ -468,33 +459,25 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Kerberos Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>" -#~ "\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor Kerberos</big></" -#~ "b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuración do servidor Kerberos</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving Kerberos Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do servidor Kerberos</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -504,12 +487,8 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/s390.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/s390.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/s390.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Deseleccionar todo..." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -377,8 +377,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -"en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +"Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 @@ -432,18 +431,15 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p>All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select " -#| "disks\n" +#| "<p>All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" #| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" #| "<b>Select or Deselect</b>.</p>" msgid "" -"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Pódense executar todas as accións en varios discos dunha soa vez. Para\n" -"seleccionar os discos onde executar unha acción, escolla os discos " -"desexados\n" +"seleccionar os discos onde executar unha acción, escolla os discos desexados\n" "e prema en <b>Seleccionar ou anular selección</b>.</p>" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 @@ -452,8 +448,7 @@ "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para executar unha acci´onnos discos seleccionados, use <b>Executar " -"acción</b>.\n" +"<p>Para executar unha acci´onnos discos seleccionados, use <b>Executar acción</b>.\n" "A acción executarase de súpeto.</p>" #. Disk add help 1/3 @@ -498,30 +493,24 @@ #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD.<br>" +msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>" msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>.</p>" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog.<br>" +msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>" msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 6/8 @@ -563,9 +552,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" #| "Continue?" -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" msgstr "" "O disco %1 formatarase agora como dispositivo de envorcado.\n" "Quere continuar?" @@ -596,17 +583,12 @@ msgstr "<p><b><big>Recursos</big></b></p>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" +msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, " -"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 @@ -619,16 +601,13 @@ #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 @@ -640,17 +619,13 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> " -"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" -"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting " -"them on the right.</p>" +"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" +"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 @@ -679,8 +654,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or " -"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 @@ -693,22 +667,16 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> " -"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" -"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has " -"to be used.</p>" +"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" +"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the " -#| "<b>Edit</b> button.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the <b>Edit</b> button.</p>" msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode cambiar algúns dos valores da configuración premendo no botón " -"<b>Editar</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode cambiar algúns dos valores da configuración premendo no botón <b>Editar</b>.</p>" #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -718,17 +686,12 @@ msgstr "<p><b><big>Imaxe ISO</big></b></p>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." +msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." msgstr "" #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or " -"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is " -"enabled. </p>" +msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>" msgstr "" #. Text approval @@ -1020,13 +983,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "" #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty @@ -1060,15 +1021,12 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." -msgstr "" -"Só é posible eliminar un controlador que non estea vinculado a un escáner." +msgstr "Só é posible eliminar un controlador que non estea vinculado a un escáner." #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 @@ -1106,19 +1064,12 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance." -"<br>" +msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are " -"available.</p>" +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 @@ -1130,47 +1081,34 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs.</p>" +msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain " -"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" msgstr "" #. Dialog content @@ -1262,17 +1200,14 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>\n" #| "</p>\n" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Configuración do Repositorio</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 @@ -1298,8 +1233,7 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>" msgstr "" @@ -1310,26 +1244,17 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> " -"dialog.</p>" +msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" msgstr "" #. radio button label @@ -1373,8 +1298,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "" -"Só é posible eliminar un controlador que non estea vinculado a un escáner." +msgstr "Só é posible eliminar un controlador que non estea vinculado a un escáner." #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 @@ -1513,14 +1437,11 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1713,8 +1634,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." -msgstr "" -"Convertendo a base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso pode levar un bo anaco." +msgstr "Convertendo a base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso pode levar un bo anaco." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 @@ -2101,9 +2021,7 @@ #~| "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" #~| "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" #~| "%1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\\nReally format the " -#~ "following disks?<br>\\n%1" +#~ msgid "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\\nReally format the following disks?<br>\\n%1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Formatar estes discos destrúe todos os seus datos.<br>\n" #~ "Quere formatar os seguintes discos?<br>\n" @@ -2113,9 +2031,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" #~| "All changes will be lost." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\\nAll changes " -#~ "will be lost." +#~ msgid "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\\nAll changes will be lost." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Quere deixar a configuración do disco ZFCP sen gardar?\n" #~ "Perderanse todas as modificacións." @@ -2124,8 +2040,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do controlador</big></b><br>\n" #~ "<br>Agarde...<br></p>" @@ -2134,13 +2049,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Abortando o inicio:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Para abortar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en " -#~ "<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2156,36 +2068,27 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it " -#~ "is safe to do so.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n" #~| "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\\nIn this dialog, manage " -#~ "DASD disks on your system.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\\nIn this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Discos DASD configurados</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Este cadro de diálogo permítelle administrar os discos DASD do sistema.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Este cadro de diálogo permítelle administrar os discos DASD do sistema.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" #~| "the <b>Minimum Channel</b> and the <b>Maximum Channel</b>\n" #~| "and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and " -#~ "\\nthe <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \\nthe <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para filtrar os discos que deben ser amosados, defina\n" #~ "a <b>Canle mínima</b> e a <b>Canle máxima</b>\n" @@ -2195,24 +2098,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" #~| "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\\n<b>Delete</b>." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\\n<b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para eliminar un disco DASD configurado, seleccióneo\n" #~ "e prema en >b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</" -#~| "b>.\n" +#~| "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n" #~| "The action will be performed immediately!</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>." -#~ "\\nThe action will be performed immediately!</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\\nThe action will be performed immediately!</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para executar unha acci´onnos discos seleccionados, use <b>Executar " -#~ "acción</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Para executar unha acci´onnos discos seleccionados, use <b>Executar acción</b>.\n" #~ "A acción executarase de súpeto.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -2220,21 +2117,17 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" #~| "<b>Channel Number</b> of the DASD disk.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\\nTo add a disk, enter the " -#~ "<b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\\nidentifier.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\\nTo add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\\nidentifier.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir novo disco DASD</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Introduza o identificador do disco que quere engadir. Para especificar o " -#~ "disco, empregue o\n" +#~ "Introduza o identificador do disco que quere engadir. Para especificar o disco, empregue o\n" #~ "<b>Número de canle</b> do disco DASD.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" #~| "use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the disk should be formatted,\\nuse <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If the disk should be formatted,\\nuse <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para indicar que o disco debe ser formatado,\n" #~ "utilice a opción <b>Formatar o disco</b>.</p>" @@ -2249,23 +2142,15 @@ #~ "utilice a opción <b>Usar DIAG</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " -#~| "existing one.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete" -#~ "\\nUser</b> to remove users.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Empregue <b>Novo</b> para crear un novo patrón ou <b>Importar</b> para " -#~ "importar un existente.</p>" +#~| msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\\nUser</b> to remove users.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Novo</b> para crear un novo patrón ou <b>Importar</b> para importar un existente.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" #~| "All changes will be lost." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\\nAll changes " -#~ "will be lost." +#~ msgid "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\\nAll changes will be lost." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Quere deixar a configuración do disco ZFCP sen gardar?\n" #~ "Perderanse todas as modificacións." @@ -2274,8 +2159,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración de discos ZFCP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "<br>Agarde...<br></p>" @@ -2293,9 +2177,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big></b><br>\n" #~| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\\nManage ZFCP devices on " -#~ "your system.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\\nManage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Discos ZFCP configurados</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Este diálogo permítelle administrar os discos ZFCP do seu sistema.</p>" @@ -2304,9 +2186,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" #~| "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\\n<b>Delete</" -#~ "b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\\n<b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para eliminar un disco ZFCP xa confugurado, seleccióneo e prema\n" #~ "en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" @@ -2316,10 +2196,7 @@ #~| "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n" #~| "<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" #~| "Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\\n<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure " -#~ "that this access is exclusive.\\nOtherwise there is a potential risk of " -#~ "data corruption.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\\n<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\\nOtherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ao acceder a un dispositivo ZFCP de\n" #~ "<b>LECTURA</b>/<b>ESCRITURA</b> asegúrese que o acceso sexa exclusivo.\n" @@ -2331,10 +2208,7 @@ #~| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" #~| "<b>Channel Number</b> of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" #~| "(<b>WWPN</b>), and the <b>FCP-LUN</b> number.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\\nEnter the identifier of " -#~ "the device to add, the\\n<b>Channel ID</b> of the ZFCP controller, the " -#~ "worldwide port number\\n(<b>WWPN</b>) and the <b>LUN</b> number.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\\nEnter the identifier of the device to add, the\\n<b>Channel ID</b> of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\\n(<b>WWPN</b>) and the <b>LUN</b> number.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir novo disco ZFCP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Introduza o identificador do disco para engadir. Introduza o\n" @@ -2343,33 +2217,20 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The <b>Channel Number</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a " -#~| "sysfs conforming\n" +#~| "<p>The <b>Channel Number</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" #~| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -#~| "<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex " -#~| "value, such as\n" +#~| "<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" #~| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -#~| "<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex " -#~| "value with\n" +#~| "<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" #~| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a " -#~ "sysfs conforming\\nformat 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</" -#~ "p>\\n<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex " -#~ "value, such as\\n<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\\n<p>The LUN must be " -#~ "entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\\nall " -#~ "trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\\nformat 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\\n<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\\n<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\\n<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\\nall trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>Número de canle</b> débese indicar con letras minúsculas nun " -#~ "formato admitido por\n" +#~ "<p>O <b>Número de canle</b> débese indicar con letras minúsculas nun formato admitido por\n" #~ "sysfs 0.0.<nºdispositivo>, por exemplo, <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>O WWPN débese indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 " -#~ "díxitos,\n" +#~ "<p>O WWPN débese indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos,\n" #~ "por exemplo, <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>O LUN débese indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 " -#~ "díxitos\n" -#~ "con todos os seus ceros ao final como, por exemplo, " -#~ "<tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>" +#~ "<p>O LUN débese indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos\n" +#~ "con todos os seus ceros ao final como, por exemplo, <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2433,12 +2294,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Engadir un novo dispositivo de envorcado" #~ msgid "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instalar rexistro de envorcado aínda que o disco xa estea &formatado" +#~ msgstr "Instalar rexistro de envorcado aínda que o disco xa estea &formatado" #~ msgid "Really leave the dump device configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seguro que desexa saír da configuración do dispositivo de envorcado?" +#~ msgstr "Seguro que desexa saír da configuración do dispositivo de envorcado?" #~ msgid "Add another dump device?" #~ msgstr "Engadir outro dispositivo de envorcado?" @@ -2448,8 +2307,7 @@ #~ "<br>\n" #~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración de dispositivos de envorcado</big></" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración de dispositivos de envorcado</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>\n" #~ "Agarde un chisco...<br></p>\n" @@ -2457,8 +2315,7 @@ #~ "<p><b><big>Saving Dump Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Please wait...<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración dos dispositivos de envorcado</big></" -#~ "b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración dos dispositivos de envorcado</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -2466,20 +2323,16 @@ #~ "This dialog shows configured dump devices for your system.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Dispositivos de envorcado configurados</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Este cadro de diálogo amosa os dispositivos de envorcado configurados no " -#~ "seu sistema.</p>" +#~ "Este cadro de diálogo amosa os dispositivos de envorcado configurados no seu sistema.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To add and configure a new dump device, click <b>Add</b>. To edit an\n" #~ "already configured dump device, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" #~ "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para a configuración dun novo dispositivo de envorcado, prema en " -#~ "<b>Engadir</b>. Para editar un\n" -#~ "dispositivo de envorcado xa configurado, seleccióneo e prema en " -#~ "<b>Editar</b>.\n" -#~ "Para eliminar un dispositivo de envorcado configurado, seleccióneo e " -#~ "prema en <b>Eliminar</b></p>" +#~ "<p>Para a configuración dun novo dispositivo de envorcado, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para editar un\n" +#~ "dispositivo de envorcado xa configurado, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n" +#~ "Para eliminar un dispositivo de envorcado configurado, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b></p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Add New Dump Device</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2487,18 +2340,14 @@ #~ "ECKD DASD. Set <b>Dump Device</b> to select the device\n" #~ "to format. If the device is already formatted\n" #~ "or configured, setting\n" -#~ "<b>Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted</b> is required.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "<b>Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted</b> is required.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadir novo dispositivo de envorcado</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Prepare un dispositivo para usar como un dispositivo de envorcado S/390. " -#~ "Os dispositivos soportados son\n" +#~ "Prepare un dispositivo para usar como un dispositivo de envorcado S/390. Os dispositivos soportados son\n" #~ "discos ECKD DASD. Para seleccionar o dispositivo que debe ser formatado,\n" -#~ "defina <b>Dispositivo de envorcado</b>. Se o dispositivo xa tivese sido " -#~ "formatado\n" +#~ "defina <b>Dispositivo de envorcado</b>. Se o dispositivo xa tivese sido formatado\n" #~ "ou configurado, será necesario definir\n" -#~ "<b>Instalar rexistro de envorcado incluso se o disco xa estivese " -#~ "&formatado</b>.</p>" +#~ "<b>Instalar rexistro de envorcado incluso se o disco xa estivese &formatado</b>.</p>" #~ msgid "Disk unusable." #~ msgstr "Disco non utilizable" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-client.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -170,12 +170,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique o <b>intervalo</b> para os ID de usuario e grupo Samba " -"(valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> e <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique o <b>intervalo</b> para os ID de usuario e grupo Samba (valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> e <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -409,13 +405,11 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"A configuración deste sistema como un cliente para Active Directory " -"restablece os\n" +"A configuración deste sistema como un cliente para Active Directory restablece os\n" "seguintes axustes de smb.conf aos valores predeterminados:\n" "%1" @@ -480,8 +474,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cancelar de forma segura a utilidade de configuración prema en " -"<b>Abortar</b>.</p>\n" +"Para cancelar de forma segura a utilidade de configuración prema en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -512,8 +505,7 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -521,15 +513,13 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -537,8 +527,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.</p>\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) @@ -557,41 +546,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home " -"directories created on the first login.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Crear directorio persoal ao iniciar la sesión</b> para crear o " -"directorio local de usuario no primeiro inicio de sesión.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Crear directorio persoal ao iniciar la sesión</b> para crear o directorio local de usuario no primeiro inicio de sesión.</p>" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Autenticación sen conexión</b> permite ao usuario iniciar unha sesión " -"aínda que non haxa ningunha conexión co controlador de dominio. Para que " -"esta opción funcione, deberá iniciar sesión no dominio polo menos unha vez. " -"As credenciais do usuario almacénanse cifradas no computador e vólvense usar " -"para un inicio de sesión de dominio cando non se pode establecer unha " -"conexión co controlador de dominio. Isto resulta especialmente útil para os " -"usuarios móbiles." +msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "<p><b>Autenticación sen conexión</b> permite ao usuario iniciar unha sesión aínda que non haxa ningunha conexión co controlador de dominio. Para que esta opción funcione, deberá iniciar sesión no dominio polo menos unha vez. As credenciais do usuario almacénanse cifradas no computador e vólvense usar para un inicio de sesión de dominio cando non se pode establecer unha conexión co controlador de dominio. Isto resulta especialmente útil para os usuarios móbiles." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Prema en <b>Opcións avanzadas</b> para activar recursos avanzados como as " -"opcións WINS ou a montaxe de directorios persoais de servidores a partires " -"de dominios Active Directory. </p>" +msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Prema en <b>Opcións avanzadas</b> para activar recursos avanzados como as opcións WINS ou a montaxe de directorios persoais de servidores a partires de dominios Active Directory. </p>" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -601,22 +567,14 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique o <b>Servidor de Active Directory</b> que quere empregar para " -"unirse a un dominio de Active Directory. Tamén úsase como valor para KDC na " -"configuración de Kerberos.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique o <b>Servidor de Active Directory</b> que quere empregar para unirse a un dominio de Active Directory. Tamén úsase como valor para KDC na configuración de Kerberos.</p>" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -627,8 +585,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Configure o seu sistema como cliente NTP para sincronizar a hora do sistema " -"coa dun\n" +"Configure o seu sistema como cliente NTP para sincronizar a hora do sistema coa dun\n" "servidor NTP. Pode pasar á configuración con <b>Configuración NTP</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -685,8 +642,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty." msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Para unirse ao dominio de xeito anónimo, deixe baleiros os campos de texto." +msgstr "Para unirse ao dominio de xeito anónimo, deixe baleiros os campos de texto." #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 @@ -726,9 +682,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Xa existen recursos compartidos de usuarios. Quere manter ou borrar estes " -"recursos compartidos?" +msgstr "Xa existen recursos compartidos de usuarios. Quere manter ou borrar estes recursos compartidos?" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 @@ -743,9 +697,7 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" -msgstr "" -"Están dispoñibles outros servizos para compartir recursos de Windows. Desexa " -"detelos tamén?" +msgstr "Están dispoñibles outros servizos para compartir recursos de Windows. Desexa detelos tamén?" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 @@ -754,13 +706,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Si desexa empregar o Servizo de nomes de Internet de Microsoft (WINS) " -"para resolución de nomes, marque <b>Utilizar WINS para resolución de nomes " -"de host</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Si desexa empregar o Servizo de nomes de Internet de Microsoft (WINS) para resolución de nomes, marque <b>Utilizar WINS para resolución de nomes de host</b>.</p>" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -769,12 +716,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Obter servidor WINS mediante DHCP</b> para utilizar un servidor " -"WINS fornecido a través de DHCP.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Obter servidor WINS mediante DHCP</b> para utilizar un servidor WINS fornecido a través de DHCP.</p>" #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -808,80 +751,39 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the " -"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Permitir aos usuarios compartir os seus directorios</b> permite que os " -"membros do grupo de <b>Grupo permitido</b> compartan os directorios que " -"posúen con outros usuarios. Por exemplo, os <tt>usuarios</tt> con ámbito " -"local ou os de <tt>Usuarios de DOMINIO%1</tt> para un ámbito de dominio. O " -"usuario tamén debe comprobar que os permisos do sistema de ficheiros " -"permiten o acceso.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Permitir aos usuarios compartir os seus directorios</b> permite que os membros do grupo de <b>Grupo permitido</b> compartan os directorios que posúen con outros usuarios. Por exemplo, os <tt>usuarios</tt> con ámbito local ou os de <tt>Usuarios de DOMINIO%1</tt> para un ámbito de dominio. O usuario tamén debe comprobar que os permisos do sistema de ficheiros permiten o acceso.</p>" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Número máximo de recursos compartidos</b> permite limitar a cantidade " -"total de recursos compartidos que poden crearse.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Número máximo de recursos compartidos</b> permite limitar a cantidade total de recursos compartidos que poden crearse.</p>" #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow " -"Guest Access</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para permitir o acceso aos recursos compartidos dos usuarios sen " -"autenticación, active <b>Permitir acceso de invitado</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para permitir o acceso aos recursos compartidos dos usuarios sen autenticación, active <b>Permitir acceso de invitado</b>.</p>" #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" -"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Por exemplo, pode utilizar o valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> para " -"<b>Directorio remoto</b>, o valor <tt>~/</tt> para <b>Punto de montaxe " -"local</b> para montar o directorio persoal, xunto co valor <tt>user=" -"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> como parte de <b>Opcións</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Por exemplo, pode utilizar o valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> para <b>Directorio remoto</b>, o valor <tt>~/</tt> para <b>Punto de montaxe local</b> para montar o directorio persoal, xunto co valor <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> como parte de <b>Opcións</b>.</p>" #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> sets how kerberos tickets are " -#| "verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default " -#| "Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf " -#| "manual page for details.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O valor do <b>Método Kerberos</b> establece como se comproban os tickets " -"kerberos. Cando se emprega <b>Single Sing-on para SSH</b>, o Método " -"Kerberos predeterminado por YaST será <tt>segredos e keytab</tt>. Consulte a " -"páxina do manual smb.conf para obter máis información.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> sets how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O valor do <b>Método Kerberos</b> establece como se comproban os tickets kerberos. Cando se emprega <b>Single Sing-on para SSH</b>, o Método Kerberos predeterminado por YaST será <tt>segredos e keytab</tt>. Consulte a páxina do manual smb.conf para obter máis información.</p>" #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -953,32 +855,32 @@ #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar os paquetes requiridos" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalando os paquetes requiridos..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicio de Sesión PAM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non usar Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dominio Realm predeterminado" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 @@ -989,17 +891,17 @@ #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enderezo do servidor KDC" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Distorsión do reloxo" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<b>Servidor KDC</b>: %1<br>" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -1011,7 +913,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<b>Dominio Realm predeterminado</b>: %1<br>" #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -1035,7 +937,7 @@ #. summary line #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración adquirida mediante DNS" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 @@ -1043,6 +945,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"A distorsión do reloxo non é válida.\n" +"Ténteo outra vez.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1050,6 +954,8 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"O tempo de vida non é válido.\n" +"Ténteo outra vez." #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 @@ -1079,12 +985,12 @@ #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gardando a configuración do cliente Samba" #. translators: write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribir as opcións" #. translators: write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 @@ -1099,7 +1005,7 @@ #. translators: write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..." #. translators: write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 @@ -1114,12 +1020,12 @@ #. write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gravar a configuración de Kerberos" #. write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gravando a configuración de Kerberos..." #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename @@ -1171,7 +1077,7 @@ #. autoyast summary item #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autenticación sen conexión activada" #. autoyast summary item #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 @@ -1181,7 +1087,7 @@ #. summary item: configured workgroup #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<p><b>Grupo de traballo ou dominio</b>: %1</p>" #. summary item: authentication using winbind #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 @@ -1196,8 +1102,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Samba client configuration module.\n" #~| "See Samba documentation for details." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Samba client configuration module.\\nSee Samba documentation for details." +#~ msgid "Samba client configuration module.\\nSee Samba documentation for details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Módulo de configuración do cliente Samba.\n" #~ "Consulte a documentación de Samba para obter máis información." @@ -1206,20 +1111,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST2 will\n" #~| "try to join the domain without specifying user and password." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\\ntry to join " -#~ "the domain without specifying user and password.\\n" +#~ msgid "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\\ntry to join the domain without specifying user and password.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O usuario empregado para unirse ao dominio. Se non se introduce, YaST\n" -#~ "intentará incorporarse ao dominio sen especificar o usuario nin o " -#~ "contrasinal." +#~ "intentará incorporarse ao dominio sen especificar o usuario nin o contrasinal." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" #~| "larger than maximum one.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The minimum value in the range cannot be\\nlarger than maximum one.\\n" +#~ msgid "The minimum value in the range cannot be\\nlarger than maximum one.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O valor mínimo do intervalo non pode ser\n" #~ "maior ca o máximo.\n" @@ -1244,16 +1145,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -#~| "following\n" +#~| "Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" #~| "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" #~| "%1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -#~ "following\\nsettings in smb.conf to the default values:\\n%1" +#~ msgid "Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\\nsettings in smb.conf to the default values:\\n%1" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración deste sistema como un cliente para Active Directory " -#~ "restablece os\n" +#~ "A configuración deste sistema como un cliente para Active Directory restablece os\n" #~ "seguintes axustes de smb.conf aos valores predeterminados:\n" #~ "%1" @@ -1261,9 +1158,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The host must be a member of a domain\n" #~| "for Linux authentication using SMB." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The host must be a member of a domain\\nfor Linux authentication using " -#~ "SMB." +#~ msgid "The host must be a member of a domain\\nfor Linux authentication using SMB." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O host debe ser membro dun dominio\n" #~ "para a autenticación en Linux con SMB." @@ -1282,9 +1177,7 @@ #~| "In a Microsoft environment,\n" #~| "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" #~| "Disable hostname changes with DHCP?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In a Microsoft environment,\\nhostname changes with DHCP are problematic." -#~ "\\nDisable hostname changes with DHCP?" +#~ msgid "In a Microsoft environment,\\nhostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\\nDisable hostname changes with DHCP?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "No contorno de rede de Microsoft,\n" #~ "as modificacións do nome de equipo con DHCP son problemáticas.\n" @@ -1295,13 +1188,9 @@ #~| "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" #~| "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" #~| "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already" -#~ "\\nrunning services. Restart your services manually or reboot \\nthe " -#~ "machine to enable it for all services.\\n" +#~ msgid "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\\nrunning services. Restart your services manually or reboot \\nthe machine to enable it for all services.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esta modificación só afecta aos procesos recén creados e non aos " -#~ "servizos\n" +#~ "Esta modificación só afecta aos procesos recén creados e non aos servizos\n" #~ "en execución. Para aplicar a modificación a todos os servizos, reiníceos\n" #~ "de xeito manual ou reinicie o equipo.\n" @@ -1309,8 +1198,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do cliente Samba</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -1319,13 +1207,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar de forma segura a utilidade de configuración prema en " -#~ "<b>Abortar</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "Para cancelar de forma segura a utilidade de configuración prema en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1341,10 +1226,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is " -#~ "safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortar o gardado</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte o procedemento de gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>.\n" @@ -1352,40 +1234,27 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -#~| "Directory domain.\n" +#~| "<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" #~| "Here, specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -#~ "Directory domain.\\nSpecify the name of the membership.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\\nSpecify the name of the membership.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Un cliente Linux pode ser membro dun grupo de traballo, un dominio NT " -#~ "ou un dominio de Active Directory.\n" +#~ "<p>Un cliente Linux pode ser membro dun grupo de traballo, un dominio NT ou un dominio de Active Directory.\n" #~ "Especifique aquí o nombre do tipo de pertenza.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -#~| "verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -#~| "joining an AD domain.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows " -#~ "\\nverification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -#~ "joining an AD domain.</p>\\n" +#~| "verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \\nverification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Usar a información SMB para a autenticación de Linux</b> permite\n" -#~ "verificar os contrasinais co servidor NT ou Kerberos ao unirse a un " -#~ "dominio de AD.</p>\n" +#~ "verificar os contrasinais co servidor NT ou Kerberos ao unirse a un dominio de AD.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -#~| "if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -#~| "domain.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\\nif " -#~ "it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -#~ "domain.</p>\\n" +#~| "if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\\nif it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ao premer sobre <b>Aceptar</b>, o sistema comproba a pertenza e,\n" #~ "se é un dominio NT, permite a este host unirse a el.</p>\n" @@ -1399,43 +1268,26 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n" #~| "allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and" -#~ "\\nallows this host to join the domain.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\\nallows this host to join the domain.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ao premer sobre <b>Seguinte</b>, o sistema comproba o dominio e\n" #~ "permite a este equipo unirse a el.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " -#~| "joining selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password " -#~| "will be saved to the profile in the cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " -#~ "joining\\nthe selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the " -#~ "password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Estableza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b> que deben " -#~ "empregarse para unirse ao dominio seleccionado durante a instalación " -#~ "automática. Teña en conta que o contrasinal gardarase no perfil en " -#~ "formato de texto sen formato (sen cifrar).</p>" +#~| msgid "<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in the cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\\nthe selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Estableza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b> que deben empregarse para unirse ao dominio seleccionado durante a instalación automática. Teña en conta que o contrasinal gardarase no perfil en formato de texto sen formato (sen cifrar).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" -#~| "as an NTP client. Access the configuration with <b>NTP Configuration</" -#~| "b>.\n" +#~| "as an NTP client. Access the configuration with <b>NTP Configuration</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer" -#~ "\\nas an NTP client. Access the configuration with <b>NTP Configuration</" -#~ "b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\\nas an NTP client. Access the configuration with <b>NTP Configuration</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Configure o seu sistema como cliente NTP para sincronizar a hora do " -#~ "sistema coa dun\n" +#~ "Configure o seu sistema como cliente NTP para sincronizar a hora do sistema coa dun\n" #~ "servidor NTP. Pode pasar á configuración con <b>Configuración NTP</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1443,8 +1295,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "User name and password are required\n" #~| "for listing the machine accounts." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "User name and password are required\\nfor listing the machine accounts." +#~ msgid "User name and password are required\\nfor listing the machine accounts." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Necesítase un nome de usuario e contrasinal\n" #~ "para amosar as contas de máquina." @@ -1452,17 +1303,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty." #~ msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para unirse ao dominio de xeito anónimo, deixe baleiros os campos de " -#~ "texto." +#~ msgstr "Para unirse ao dominio de xeito anónimo, deixe baleiros os campos de texto." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" #~| "is a member of the domain %1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot automatically determine if this host\\nis a member of the domain " -#~ "%1." +#~ msgid "Cannot automatically determine if this host\\nis a member of the domain %1." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non é posible determinar automaticamente se este host\n" #~ "é membro do dominio %1." @@ -1480,9 +1327,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" #~| "is a member of the domain %1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\\nis a member of the " -#~ "domain %1." +#~ msgid "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\\nis a member of the domain %1." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non é posible determinar automaticamente se este host\n" #~ "é membro do dominio %1." @@ -1497,26 +1342,9 @@ #~ "do dominio %1." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server " -#~| "directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted " -#~| "when the user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify " -#~| "<b>User Name</b> for selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted " -#~| "for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server" -#~ "\\ndirectories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted " -#~ "when the\\nuser is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, " -#~ "specify <b>User\\nName</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the " -#~ "directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount." -#~ "conf manual page.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Na táboa <b>Montar servidor de directorios</b>, pode indicar servidor " -#~ "de directorios (como o directorio persoal) que deban ser montados " -#~ "localmente cando o usuario inicia sesión. Se a montaxe debe ser " -#~ "específica por usuario, indique <b>Nombre de usuario</b> para a regra " -#~ "seleccionada. En caso contrario, o directorio móntase por cada usuario. " -#~ "Para máis información, consulte a páxina do manual pam_mount.conf.</p>" +#~| msgid "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User Name</b> for selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\\ndirectories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\\nuser is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\\nName</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Na táboa <b>Montar servidor de directorios</b>, pode indicar servidor de directorios (como o directorio persoal) que deban ser montados localmente cando o usuario inicia sesión. Se a montaxe debe ser específica por usuario, indique <b>Nombre de usuario</b> para a regra seleccionada. En caso contrario, o directorio móntase por cada usuario. Para máis información, consulte a páxina do manual pam_mount.conf.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -25,9 +25,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Módulo de configuración do servidor Samba (consulte a documentación de Samba " -"para obter máis detalles)" +msgstr "Módulo de configuración do servidor Samba (consulte a documentación de Samba para obter máis detalles)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -112,16 +110,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Unha lista de usuarios separados por comas aos cales se lles permite ler no " -"recurso" +msgstr "Unha lista de usuarios separados por comas aos cales se lles permite ler no recurso" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Unha lista de usuarios separados por comas aos cales se lles permite " -"escribir no recurso" +msgstr "Unha lista de usuarios separados por comas aos cales se lles permite escribir no recurso" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 @@ -136,9 +130,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Unha lista de usuarios separados por comas aos cales se lles permite acceder " -"ao recurso" +msgstr "Unha lista de usuarios separados por comas aos cales se lles permite acceder ao recurso" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -158,9 +150,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"O servidor debe proporcionar recursos, pero non debe permitir iniciar sesión " -"no dominio" +msgstr "O servidor debe proporcionar recursos, pero non debe permitir iniciar sesión no dominio" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -194,18 +184,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"O DN de LDAP para modificar o contido do servidor LDAP (por exemplo cambiar " -"os contrasinais)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "O DN de LDAP para modificar o contido do servidor LDAP (por exemplo cambiar os contrasinais)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -269,16 +254,13 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Debido a que hai usuarios conectados a este servidor Samba,\n" "recargouse a configuración do servidor en vez de reinicialo.\n" -"Para confirmar que se aplica toda a configuración a pesar de que " -"posiblemente\n" -"desconecte aos usuarios, execute '/etc/init.d/smb restart' e '/etc/init.d/" -"nmb restart'" +"Para confirmar que se aplica toda a configuración a pesar de que posiblemente\n" +"desconecte aos usuarios, execute '/etc/init.d/smb restart' e '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 @@ -310,9 +292,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multiple optional values for one back-end must be quoted." msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Os valores opcionais múltiples dunha infrastrutura deben estar entre signos " -"de cita." +msgstr "Os valores opcionais múltiples dunha infrastrutura deben estar entre signos de cita." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -869,8 +849,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialización</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema en " -"<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -891,16 +870,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortar o gardado</big></b><br>\n" "Aborte o gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>.\n" -"Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle de se é seguro facer isto ou " -"non.\n" +"Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle de se é seguro facer isto ou non.\n" "</p>\n" #. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -909,24 +886,18 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -#| "<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#| "domain.</p>\n" +#| "<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" #| "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" #| "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.</p>\n" -"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases.</p>" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tipo de servidor Samba</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Un controlador de dominio permítelle aos clientes Windows iniciar sesión " -"nun dominio Windows.</p>\n" +"<p>Un controlador de dominio permítelle aos clientes Windows iniciar sesión nun dominio Windows.</p>\n" "<p>As opcións dispoñibles nas caixas de diálogo de\n" "configuración dependerán das opcións que seleccione aquí.</p>" @@ -934,14 +905,12 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tipo de servidor Samba</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Un controlador de dominio permítelle aos clientes Windows iniciar sesión " -"nun dominio Windows.</p>\n" +"<p>Un controlador de dominio permítelle aos clientes Windows iniciar sesión nun dominio Windows.</p>\n" "<p>As opcións dispoñibles nas caixas de diálogo de\n" "configuración dependerán das opcións que seleccione aquí.</p>" @@ -956,8 +925,7 @@ "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Esta é unha lista dos recursos xa configurados, inclúe os\n" -"activados e os desactivados, con algunha información básica sobre eles.<br></" -"p>" +"activados e os desactivados, con algunha información básica sobre eles.<br></p>" #. Share list dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 @@ -1015,9 +983,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain " -"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" @@ -1057,8 +1023,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.</p>\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 @@ -1126,8 +1091,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1135,9 +1099,7 @@ #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 @@ -1152,8 +1114,7 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1242,21 +1203,11 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further " -"details.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog @@ -1266,54 +1217,37 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</" -"b>.<p>" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, " -"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> " -"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" -"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "" #. translators: warning text @@ -1362,8 +1296,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Configuración avanzada</b> proporciona acceso á\n" @@ -1811,21 +1744,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" #~| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -#~| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting " -#~| "the users,\n" +#~| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" #~| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\\nthe server " -#~ "configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\\nTo confirm that " -#~ "all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\\nrun " -#~ "'/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +#~ msgid "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\\nthe server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\\nTo confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\\nrun '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Debido a que hai usuarios conectados a este servidor Samba,\n" #~ "recargouse a configuración do servidor en vez de reinicialo.\n" -#~ "Para confirmar que se aplica toda a configuración a pesar de que " -#~ "posiblemente\n" -#~ "desconecte aos usuarios, execute '/etc/init.d/smb restart' e '/etc/init.d/" -#~ "nmb restart'" +#~ "Para confirmar que se aplica toda a configuración a pesar de que posiblemente\n" +#~ "desconecte aos usuarios, execute '/etc/init.d/smb restart' e '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1835,9 +1761,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Consult the Samba HOWTO collection for\n" #~| "further information.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An identifier must be provided\\nin details \\nfor the MySQL passdb back-" -#~ "end.\\n\\nConsult the Samba HOWTO collection for\\nfurther information.\\n" +#~ msgid "An identifier must be provided\\nin details \\nfor the MySQL passdb back-end.\\n\\nConsult the Samba HOWTO collection for\\nfurther information.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Débese proporcionar un identificador\n" #~ "nos detalles da infrastrutura passdb de MySQL.\n" @@ -1859,9 +1783,7 @@ #~| "If you delete share %1,\n" #~| "all its settings will be lost.\n" #~| "Really delete it?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you delete share %1,\\nall its settings will be lost.\\nReally delete " -#~ "it?" +#~ msgid "If you delete share %1,\\nall its settings will be lost.\\nReally delete it?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se borra o recurso %1,\n" #~ "perderase toda a súa configuración.\n" @@ -1872,9 +1794,7 @@ #~| "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" #~| "administrative account (root).\n" #~| "It will be created now." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\\nadministrative account " -#~ "(root).\\nIt will be created now." +#~ msgid "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\\nadministrative account (root).\\nIt will be created now." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para funcionar de forma axeitada o servidor\n" #~ "Samba precisa unha conta de administración (root).\n" @@ -1911,9 +1831,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do servidor Samba</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -1922,21 +1840,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora " -#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do servidor Samba</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -1947,51 +1860,34 @@ #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it " -#~ "is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortar o gardado</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte o gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle de se é seguro facer isto ou " -#~ "non.\n" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle de se é seguro facer isto ou non.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "All available workgroups or domains found on your network are listed " -#~| "here. Select one of them or type your own new name and click <b>Next</" -#~| "b>.\n" +#~| "All available workgroups or domains found on your network are listed here. Select one of them or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\\nSelect existing " -#~ "name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</" -#~ "b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\\nSelect existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Selección de grupo de traballo ou dominio</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Aquí lístanse todos os grupos de traballo ou dominios que se atoparon na " -#~ "rede. Seleccione un deles ou escriba o un nome e prema en <b>Seguinte</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Aquí lístanse todos os grupos de traballo ou dominios que se atoparon na rede. Seleccione un deles ou escriba o un nome e prema en <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -#~| "<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#~| "domain.</p>\n" +#~| "<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" #~| "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" #~| "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\\n<p>A domain controller " -#~ "allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\\n<p>The " -#~ "options available in the configuration dialogs \\ndepend on the settings " -#~ "in this selection.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\\n<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\\n<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \\ndepend on the settings in this selection.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Tipo de servidor Samba</big></b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>Un controlador de dominio permítelle aos clientes Windows iniciar " -#~ "sesión nun dominio Windows.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Un controlador de dominio permítelle aos clientes Windows iniciar sesión nun dominio Windows.</p>\n" #~ "<p>As opcións dispoñibles nas caixas de diálogo de\n" #~ "configuración dependerán das opcións que seleccione aquí.</p>" @@ -1999,13 +1895,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" #~| "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \\nare " -#~ "enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \\nare enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta é unha lista dos recursos xa configurados, inclúe os\n" -#~ "activados e os desactivados, con algunha información básica sobre eles." -#~ "<br></p>" +#~ "activados e os desactivados, con algunha información básica sobre eles.<br></p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2014,10 +1907,7 @@ #~| "configuration is still written into the configuration file.\n" #~| "So the share can be later enabled again.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\\nA disabled share is not " -#~ "accessible, but its\\nconfiguration is still written into the " -#~ "configuration file.\\nSo the share can be later enabled again.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\\nA disabled share is not accessible, but its\\nconfiguration is still written into the configuration file.\\nSo the share can be later enabled again.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Un recurso pode activarse ou desactivarse.\n" #~ "Un recurso desactivado non está accesible, pero\n" @@ -2032,11 +1922,7 @@ #~| "of users. The system shares can be hidden from the table\n" #~| "by selecting <b>Do Not Show System Shares</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\n" #~| "menu.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\\nHomes is a " -#~ "special system share for accessing home directories\\nof users. The " -#~ "system shares can be hidden from the table\\nby selecting <b>Do Not Show " -#~ "System Shares</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\\nmenu.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\\nHomes is a special system share for accessing home directories\\nof users. The system shares can be hidden from the table\\nby selecting <b>Do Not Show System Shares</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\\nmenu.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Algúns dos recursos son especiais. Por exemplo o recurso\n" #~ "Homes é un recurso especial do sistema para acceder aos directorios\n" @@ -2049,10 +1935,7 @@ #~| "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" #~| "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" #~| "remove the information about a share.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\\nalready " -#~ "existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \\nremove the information about a " -#~ "share.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\\nalready existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \\nremove the information about a share.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Use <b>Engadir</b> para engadir un recurso novo,\n" #~ "<b>Editar</b> para modificar un recurso xa existente e\n" @@ -2063,9 +1946,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n" #~| "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" #~| "primary role in the network.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\\nThese options allow setup of the " -#~ "identity of the server and its\\nprimary role in the network.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\\nThese options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\\nprimary role in the network.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Identidade</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Estas opcións permiten configurar a identidade do servidor\n" @@ -2075,9 +1956,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" #~| "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\\nNetBIOS name is " -#~ "the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\\nNetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ten a opción de definir un <b>nome de servidor NetBIOS</b>.\n" #~ "O nome de NetBIOS é o nome que usa o servidor na rede SMB.</p>" @@ -2085,12 +1964,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -#~| "detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication " -#~| "sources, and\n" +#~| "detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" #~| "expert global settings.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \\ndetailed configuration, " -#~ "user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \\ndetailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Configuración avanzada</b> proporciona acceso á\n" #~ "configuración detallada, por exemplo a configuración de LDAP, as fontes\n" @@ -2100,9 +1976,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\\nHere, fine-tune the options of a " -#~ "share.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\\nHere, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Modificar as opcións do servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Use este diálogo para modificar as opcións do servidor DNS.</p>" @@ -2112,9 +1986,7 @@ #~| "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" #~| "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" #~| "remove the information about a share.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify" -#~ "\\nan existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\\nan existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Use <b>Engadir</b> para engadir un recurso novo,\n" #~ "<b>Editar</b> para modificar un recurso xa existente e\n" @@ -2124,9 +1996,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>TV Station Configuration</big></b>\n" #~| "Here, see the list of TV stations defined for your system.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\\nHere, " -#~ "fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\\nHere, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración das emisoras de TV</big></b>\n" #~ "Aquí atopará a lista de emisoras de TV definidas para o seu sistema.</p>" @@ -2136,9 +2006,7 @@ #~| "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" #~| "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" #~| "remove the information about a share.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify" -#~ "\\nalready existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\\nalready existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Use <b>Engadir</b> para engadir un recurso novo,\n" #~ "<b>Editar</b> para modificar un recurso xa existente e\n" @@ -2148,9 +2016,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\\nHere, set up details " -#~ "about use of LDAP by the Samba\\nserver.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\\nHere, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\\nserver.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Modificar as opcións do servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Use este diálogo para modificar as opcións do servidor DNS.</p>" @@ -2159,9 +2025,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" #~| "the information.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\\nthe information." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\\nthe information.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>LDAP</b> é un URL dun servidor LDAP onde\n" #~ "se busca a información.</p>\n" @@ -2169,23 +2033,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual " -#~| "host.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\\nHere, enter the basic " -#~ "information about a share to add.</p>\\n" +#~| "This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\\nHere, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Novo host</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host " -#~ "virtual.</p>" +#~ "Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host virtual.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" #~| "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\\ndirectory includes " -#~ "many secrets of your system.\\n" +#~ msgid "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\\ndirectory includes many secrets of your system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Exportar /etc podería provocar problemas de seguridade.\n" #~ "O directorio contén moitos secretos do sistema.\n" @@ -2194,9 +2052,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" #~| "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\\ndirectory includes " -#~ "many secrets of your system.\\n" +#~ msgid "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\\ndirectory includes many secrets of your system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Exportar /etc podería provocar problemas de seguridade.\n" #~ "O directorio contén moitos secretos do sistema.\n" @@ -2205,9 +2061,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" #~| "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your" -#~ "\\nentire file system browsable from Samba clients.\\n" +#~ msgid "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\\nentire file system browsable from Samba clients.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Exportar / podería provocar problemas de seguridade porque permite\n" #~ "que os clientes de Samba poidan navegar por todo o sistema de ficheiros.\n" @@ -2215,13 +2069,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -#~| "detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication " -#~| "sources, and\n" +#~| "detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" #~| "expert global settings.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \\ndetailed configuration, " -#~ "such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\\nexpert global " -#~ "settings.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \\ndetailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\\nexpert global settings.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Configuración avanzada</b> proporciona acceso á\n" #~ "configuración detallada, por exemplo a configuración de LDAP, as fontes\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-users.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-users.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-users.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -29,28 +29,19 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí pode editar a configuración das contas de usuario de samba.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí pode editar a configuración das contas de usuario de samba.</p>" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "<p>Se non introduce valores personalizados para " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon " -"Script</b> " -msgstr "" -"<b>Unidade persoal</b>, <b>Ruta persoal</b>, <b>Ruta do perfil</b>, e " -"<b>Script de inicio de sesión</b> " +msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> " +msgstr "<b>Unidade persoal</b>, <b>Ruta persoal</b>, <b>Ruta do perfil</b>, e <b>Script de inicio de sesión</b> " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"vanse empregar os valores predeterminados definidos na configuración local " -"de Samba.</p>" +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>" +msgstr "vanse empregar os valores predeterminados definidos na configuración local de Samba.</p>" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" @@ -92,20 +83,14 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Este engadido pódese usar para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar dispoñíbel " -"para\n" +"<p>Este engadido pódese usar para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar dispoñíbel para\n" "Samba. Aquí só se pode configurar o atributo <b>Nome de grupo Samba</b>,\n" "que é o mesmo Nome do grupo para Samba-Clients. As demais configuracións\n" "encheranse automaticamente. Se deixa baleiro o <b>Nome de grupo Samba</b> ,\n" @@ -145,30 +130,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -#~| "Samba.\n" -#~| "The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> " -#~| "attribute,\n" -#~| "which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -#~| "other\n" -#~| "settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group " -#~| "Name</b>\n" -#~| "empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -#~| "will\n" +#~| "<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +#~| "The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" +#~| "which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +#~| "settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" +#~| "empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" #~| "be used.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -#~ "Samba.\\nThe only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group " -#~ "Name</b> attribute,\\nwhich is the Name of the Group as it should appear " -#~ "to Samba-Clients. All other\\nsettings are computed automatically. If you " -#~ "leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\\nempty, the same name as configured in " -#~ "the Global Settings of this Group will\\nbe used.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\\nThe only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\\nwhich is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\\nsettings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\\nempty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\\nbe used.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Este plugin pódese usar para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar dispoñible " -#~ "para\n" +#~ "<p>Este plugin pódese usar para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar dispoñible para\n" #~ "Samba. Aquí só se pode configurar o atributo <b>Nome de grupo Samba</b>,\n" #~ "que é o mesmo Nome do grupo para Samba-Clients. As demais configuracións\n" -#~ "encheranse automaticamente. Se deixa baleiro o <b>Nome de grupo Samba</" -#~ "b> ,\n" +#~ "encheranse automaticamente. Se deixa baleiro o <b>Nome de grupo Samba</b> ,\n" #~ "empregarase o nome utilizado na configuración global para este\n" #~ "grupo.</p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/scanner.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/scanner.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/scanner.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -110,8 +110,7 @@ #. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." -msgstr "" -"Só é posible eliminar un controlador que non estea vinculado a un escáner." +msgstr "Só é posible eliminar un controlador que non estea vinculado a un escáner." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry #. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver @@ -271,12 +270,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"O controlador epkowa só está dispoñible para arquitecturas compatibles con " -"i386 (32-bit i386 e tamén 64-bit x86_64)." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "O controlador epkowa só está dispoñible para arquitecturas compatibles con i386 (32-bit i386 e tamén 64-bit x86_64)." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -288,9 +283,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"O controlador epkowa pode causar problemas en arquitecturas de 64-bits " -"x86_64." +msgstr "O controlador epkowa pode causar problemas en arquitecturas de 64-bits x86_64." #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 @@ -402,14 +395,12 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configuración do escáner</big></b><br>\n" -"Permite axustar ou modificar a configuración do escáner e amosa os escáneres " -"que están activos actualmente.\n" +"Permite axustar ou modificar a configuración do escáner e amosa os escáneres que están activos actualmente.\n" "</p>" #. Overview dialog help 2/8: @@ -418,15 +409,13 @@ "<p>\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para configurar un novo escáner, seleccione el escáner na lista de\n" "escáneres detectados e prema <b>Editar</b>.\n" -"Se o escáner non foi detectado, utilice <b>Engadir</b> para establecer a " -"configuración manualmente.\n" +"Se o escáner non foi detectado, utilice <b>Engadir</b> para establecer a configuración manualmente.\n" "</p>" #. Overview dialog help 3/8: @@ -452,8 +441,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -466,8 +454,7 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -475,8 +462,7 @@ "Se houbese algún problema ao empregar <b>Engadir</b>,\n" "comprobe se o escáner aparece ao empregar a orde <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "Se non é así, significa que o sistema SCSI non pode comunicarse co escáner.\n" -"Comprobe a carga dun módulo do kernel axeitado para o adaptador de host " -"SCSI.\n" +"Comprobe a carga dun módulo do kernel axeitado para o adaptador de host SCSI.\n" "</p>" #. Overview dialog help 5/8: @@ -489,8 +475,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -514,10 +499,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -535,16 +518,13 @@ "Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"A táboa amosa os controladores configurados e os escáneres asociados a " -"eles.\n" -"Prema en <b>Engadir</b> para seleccionar un modelo e un controlador a " -"activalo.\n" +"A táboa amosa os controladores configurados e os escáneres asociados a eles.\n" +"Prema en <b>Engadir</b> para seleccionar un modelo e un controlador a activalo.\n" "Prema sobre <b>Editar</b> para seleccionar e activar un controlador.\n" "Prema sobre <b>Eliminar</b> para eliminar un controlador.\n" "Se preme sobre <b>Outro</b>, poderá\n" @@ -567,8 +547,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -578,16 +557,13 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si o controlador está configurado pero o controlador non recoñece o escáner, " -"é posible que:\n" +"Si o controlador está configurado pero o controlador non recoñece o escáner, é posible que:\n" "O escáner non estea conectado ou o interruptor estea apagado,\n" "o controlador non sexa axeitado para este modelo de escáner\n" "(incluso pequenas diferenzas no nome do modelo ou diferenzas internas no\n" "mesmo modelo, poden facer necesario o emprego de controladores distintos),\n" -"poida haber problemas de comunicación a baixo nivel (relacionado co kernel) " -"co dispositivo\n" -"(ex. un problema a baixo nivel con USB ou un problema a baixo nivel con " -"SCSI).\n" +"poida haber problemas de comunicación a baixo nivel (relacionado co kernel) co dispositivo\n" +"(ex. un problema a baixo nivel con USB ou un problema a baixo nivel con SCSI).\n" "</p>" #. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: @@ -597,18 +573,15 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"<b>Next</b>.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Selección do modelo de escáner</big></b><br>\n" -"Esta lista inclúe todos os modelos de escáneres coñecidos, tanto os " -"compatibles coma os non compatibles.\n" -"Lea atentamente toda a información antes de seleccionar un modelo y premer " -"sobre <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" +"Esta lista inclúe todos os modelos de escáneres coñecidos, tanto os compatibles coma os non compatibles.\n" +"Lea atentamente toda a información antes de seleccionar un modelo y premer sobre <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" "A información está baseada nos datos do proxecto SANE, dispoñible en\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" @@ -619,19 +592,13 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -"<br>\n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -639,16 +606,13 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Incluso se un modelo non ten controlador, o fabricante pode dispor dun.\n" -"En consecuencia, se conta cun escáner non compatible, deberá solicitar ao " -"fabricante do escáner un controlador.\n" +"En consecuencia, se conta cun escáner non compatible, deberá solicitar ao fabricante do escáner un controlador.\n" "</p>" #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: @@ -672,18 +636,12 @@ "<p>\n" "Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -693,16 +651,14 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configuración do escáner e controlador</big></b><br>\n" "O controlador actívase e os escáneres asociados se próbanse.\n" -"Isto pode levar algúns segundos, polo que haberá que esperar antes de premer " -"<b>Seguinte</b>.\n" +"Isto pode levar algúns segundos, polo que haberá que esperar antes de premer <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" "Se preme <b>Atrás</b>, o controlador desactivarase.\n" "</p>" @@ -720,8 +676,7 @@ "<b><big>Paquetes adicionais</big></b><br>\n" "Se o paquete que inclúe o controlador aínda non está instalado,\n" "amosarase un cadro de diálogo para instalar o paquete.\n" -"É posible que este tipo de paquetes no estean dispoñibles para todas as " -"arquitecturas.\n" +"É posible que este tipo de paquetes no estean dispoñibles para todas as arquitecturas.\n" "</p>" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: @@ -754,14 +709,10 @@ "<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -795,12 +746,9 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -856,10 +804,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -921,8 +867,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -940,20 +885,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"O paquete requirido %1 non está instalado e non se atopa dispoñible ningún " -"repositorio de paquetes." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "O paquete requirido %1 non está instalado e non se atopa dispoñible ningún repositorio de paquetes." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"O paquete requirido %1 non está instalado e non está dispoñible no " -"repositorio." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "O paquete requirido %1 non está instalado e non está dispoñible no repositorio." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -974,8 +912,7 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system @@ -1150,8 +1087,7 @@ "stop the ptal service, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP,\n" "and start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -"Hai, polo menos, unha configuración de impresora que emprega o servizo " -"ptal.\n" +"Hai, polo menos, unha configuración de impresora que emprega o servizo ptal.\n" "Pódese continuar, pero o servizo ptal en funcionamento podería impedir\n" " que hp-setup funcionase correctamente.\n" "Recoméndase cancelar a configuración do escáner, deter o\n" @@ -1196,12 +1132,10 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Lanzouse hp-setup.\n" -"Deberá finalizar hp-setup antes de que poida proceder coa configuración do " -"escáner.\n" +"Deberá finalizar hp-setup antes de que poida proceder coa configuración do escáner.\n" #. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column #. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: @@ -1251,9 +1185,7 @@ #. nor an active driver was found: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"Non se detectou ningún escáner e non existe ningún escáner nin controlador " -"activo." +msgstr "Non se detectou ningún escáner e non existe ningún escáner nin controlador activo." #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 @@ -1279,8 +1211,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." -msgstr "" -"Sen mantemento do controlador %1 pode fornecer unha boa funcionalidade." +msgstr "Sen mantemento do controlador %1 pode fornecer unha boa funcionalidade." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 @@ -1302,8 +1233,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"Sen mantemento do controlador %1 pode fornecer todas as funcionalidades." +msgstr "Sen mantemento do controlador %1 pode fornecer todas as funcionalidades." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 @@ -1330,8 +1260,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"Sen mantemento do controlador %1 pode fornecer funcionalidades mínimas." +msgstr "Sen mantemento do controlador %1 pode fornecer funcionalidades mínimas." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 @@ -1342,9 +1271,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." -msgstr "" -"É posible que o controlador %1 funcione, pero descoñécese con que " -"funcionalidade." +msgstr "É posible que o controlador %1 funcione, pero descoñécese con que funcionalidade." #. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload #. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. @@ -1354,42 +1281,32 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"Un ficheiro firmware contén software que debe cargarse na memoria do " -"escáner.\n" +"Un ficheiro firmware contén software que debe cargarse na memoria do escáner.\n" "Sen firmware, o escáner non pode funcionar.\n" "\n" -"Dado que para distribuir o firmware precísase dunha licenza do fabricante do " -"escáner, non podemos distribuilo.\n" +"Dado que para distribuir o firmware precísase dunha licenza do fabricante do escáner, non podemos distribuilo.\n" "Normalmente, o ficheiro de firmware inclúese no CD do fabricante.\n" "Outra opción pode ser descargalo do sitio web do fabricante.\n" -"Pregunte a fabricante como pode obter o ficheiro de firmware para o seu " -"escáner.\n" +"Pregunte a fabricante como pode obter o ficheiro de firmware para o seu escáner.\n" "Atopará información adicional útil no sitio web de SANE, en \n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" -"Unha vez conseguido o ficheiro firmware, debe configurar o controlador " -"manualmente.\n" -"A páxina man do controlador describe como configuralo para cargar o " -"firmware.\n" +"Unha vez conseguido o ficheiro firmware, debe configurar o controlador manualmente.\n" +"A páxina man do controlador describe como configuralo para cargar o firmware.\n" "A seguinte orde amosa a páxina man para o seu controlador:\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. @@ -1413,43 +1330,34 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"O controlador hpoj necesita que o sistema PTAL estea configurado e en " -"execución.\n" +"O controlador hpoj necesita que o sistema PTAL estea configurado e en execución.\n" "En particular, o servizo ptal debe estar activo e en execución.\n" "\n" "Antes de iniciar o servicio ptal, o sistema PTAL debe estar xa iniciado.\n" -"Do mesmo xeito, o servizo ptal debe estar activado para iniciarse ao " -"arrincar.\n" +"Do mesmo xeito, o servizo ptal debe estar activado para iniciarse ao arrincar.\n" "O sistema PTAL e o servizo hplip exclúense mutuamente.\n" -"En consecuencia, se o servizo hplip estase executando, deterase e " -"desactivarase\n" +"En consecuencia, se o servizo hplip estase executando, deterase e desactivarase\n" "antes de que o sistema PTAL se inicie, se active e se execute.\n" "O inicio automático do sistema PTAL é seguro só para USB.\n" "Se dispón dun dispositivo que non sexa USB ou se o inicio automático\n" "de USB falla, configure manualmente o sistema PTAL.\n" -"Si ten un dispositivo \"todo nun\" (escáner e impresora), teña en conta que " -"a\n" -"execución do servizo ptal monopoliza o ficheiro do dispositivo USB (por " -"ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" -"así que a impresora no poderá xestionarse mediante o ficheiro do dispositivo " -"USB.\n" +"Si ten un dispositivo \"todo nun\" (escáner e impresora), teña en conta que a\n" +"execución do servizo ptal monopoliza o ficheiro do dispositivo USB (por ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"así que a impresora no poderá xestionarse mediante o ficheiro do dispositivo USB.\n" "\n" "Desexa arrincar, activar e iniciar agora o sistema PTAL para USB?\n" @@ -1464,18 +1372,14 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" -"Hai como mínimo unha configuración de impresora que utiliza o servizo " -"hplip.\n" +"Hai como mínimo unha configuración de impresora que utiliza o servizo hplip.\n" "Pódese continuar, pero o servizo hplip deterase\n" -"e todas as colas de impresión que utilicen este servizo poderían deixar de " -"funcionar.\n" +"e todas as colas de impresión que utilicen este servizo poderían deixar de funcionar.\n" "Se o escáner tamén está soportado polo controlador hpaio, non continúe.\n" "Empregue no seu lugar hpaio para configurar o escáner.\n" -"Tamén pode continuar e modificar a configuración da impresora para que use o " -"servizo ptal.\n" +"Tamén pode continuar e modificar a configuración da impresora para que use o servizo ptal.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 @@ -1514,8 +1418,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "" -"Probando e configurando reuqisitos especiais para controladores concretos..." +msgstr "Probando e configurando reuqisitos especiais para controladores concretos..." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 @@ -1566,8 +1469,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." -msgstr "" -"Se o servizo ptal non se está a executar, o escáner non pode funcionar." +msgstr "Se o servizo ptal non se está a executar, o escáner non pode funcionar." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1593,12 +1495,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"O controlador hpoj está desactivado, pero o servizo asociado ptal non, " -"porque o sistema de impresión CUPS necesítao." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "O controlador hpoj está desactivado, pero o servizo asociado ptal non, porque o sistema de impresión CUPS necesítao." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. @@ -1724,16 +1622,13 @@ #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para obter máis información sobre a devasa, consulte o texto de axuda deste " -"diálogo." +msgstr "Para obter máis información sobre a devasa, consulte o texto de axuda deste diálogo." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This model is not supported.\n" #~| "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This model is not supported.\\nAsk the manufacturer for a Linux driver." +#~ msgid "This model is not supported.\\nAsk the manufacturer for a Linux driver." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Este modelo non está soportado.\n" #~ "Pregunte ao fabricante por un controlador para Linux." @@ -1743,9 +1638,7 @@ #~| "Check if another driver supports it,\n" #~| "select a compatible model,\n" #~| "or ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check if another driver supports it,\\nselect a compatible model,\\nor " -#~ "ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." +#~ msgid "Check if another driver supports it,\\nselect a compatible model,\\nor ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Comprobe se hai outro controlador que o soporte,\n" #~ "seleccione un modelo compatible\n" @@ -1755,9 +1648,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" #~| "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\\nTry to use " -#~ "the up-to-date driver hpaio." +#~ msgid "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\\nTry to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O controlador hpoj pode funcionar pero xa non se mantén.\n" #~ "Tente usar o controlador actualizado hpaio." @@ -1768,9 +1659,7 @@ #~| "<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Iniciando a configuración do escáner</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1783,9 +1672,7 @@ #~| "<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Gardando a configuración do escáner</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1796,17 +1683,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -#~| "scanners.\n" +#~| "Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\\nSet up or change the " -#~ "scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\\nSet up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Configuración do escáner</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Permite axustar ou modificar a configuración do escáner e amosa os " -#~ "escáneres que están activos actualmente.\n" +#~ "Permite axustar ou modificar a configuración do escáner e amosa os escáneres que están activos actualmente.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1814,19 +1697,14 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" #~| "detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" -#~| "If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual " -#~| "configuration.\n" +#~| "If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of" -#~ "\\ndetected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\\nIf your scanner has not " -#~ "been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\\ndetected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\\nIf your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para configurar un novo escáner, seleccione el escáner na lista de\n" #~ "escáneres detectados e prema <b>Editar</b>.\n" -#~ "Se o escáner non foi detectado, utilice <b>Engadir</b> para establecer a " -#~ "configuración manualmente.\n" +#~ "Se o escáner non foi detectado, utilice <b>Engadir</b> para establecer a configuración manualmente.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1838,33 +1716,17 @@ #~| "If a USB scanner is not shown or if there are unexpected results,\n" #~| "try <b>Other</b> and <b>Restart Detection</b>.\n" #~| "It might happen that particular USB devices which are not scanners\n" -#~| "are shown too. There is no generic way to reliably distinguish a " -#~| "scanner\n" -#~| "from other USB devices because there is no USB device class for " -#~| "scanners.\n" +#~| "are shown too. There is no generic way to reliably distinguish a scanner\n" +#~| "from other USB devices because there is no USB device class for scanners.\n" #~| "Try to proceed with <b>Add</b>.\n" #~| "For HP all-in-one devices you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" #~| "via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b> before you can \n" #~| "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" #~| "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" #~| "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -#~| "If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -#~| "scanner.\n" +#~| "If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nA normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\\nBy " -#~ "default, only those USB scanners are shown\\nfor which the USB vendor and " -#~ "product IDs are known.\\nIf a USB scanner is not shown or if there are " -#~ "unexpected results,\\ntry <b>Other</b> and <b>Restart Detection</b>.\\nIt " -#~ "might happen that particular USB devices which are not scanners\\nare " -#~ "shown too. There is no generic way to reliably distinguish a scanner" -#~ "\\nfrom other USB devices because there is no USB device class for " -#~ "scanners.\\nTry to proceed with <b>Add</b>.\\nFor HP all-in-one devices " -#~ "you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt>\\nvia <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-" -#~ "setup</b> before you can \\nconfigure the scanner unit with this tool." -#~ "\\nIf you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\\ncheck whether it " -#~ "appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\\nIf it is not listed there, the " -#~ "USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nA normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\\nBy default, only those USB scanners are shown\\nfor which the USB vendor and product IDs are known.\\nIf a USB scanner is not shown or if there are unexpected results,\\ntry <b>Other</b> and <b>Restart Detection</b>.\\nIt might happen that particular USB devices which are not scanners\\nare shown too. There is no generic way to reliably distinguish a scanner\\nfrom other USB devices because there is no USB device class for scanners.\\nTry to proceed with <b>Add</b>.\\nFor HP all-in-one devices you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt>\\nvia <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b> before you can \\nconfigure the scanner unit with this tool.\\nIf you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\\ncheck whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\\nIf it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Un escáner USB normal debe detectarse automaticamente.\n" @@ -1881,8 +1743,7 @@ #~ "posible configurar o escáner con esta ferramenta.\n" #~ "Se ten problemas para configurar o escáner desde aquí,\n" #~ "comprobe si aparece na saída de <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -#~ "Se no aparece, significa que o sistema USB non pode comunicarse co " -#~ "escáner.\n" +#~ "Se no aparece, significa que o sistema USB non pode comunicarse co escáner.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1892,24 +1753,16 @@ #~| "If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" #~| "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" #~| "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -#~| "Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has " -#~| "been loaded.\n" +#~| "Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSCSI scanners are normally detected.\\nIf difficulties arise " -#~ "proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\\ncheck whether your scanner is shown by the " -#~ "command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\\nIf not, the SCSI system cannot communicate " -#~ "with the scanner.\\nVerify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI " -#~ "host adapter has been loaded.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSCSI scanners are normally detected.\\nIf difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\\ncheck whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\\nIf not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\\nVerify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Os escáneres SCSI acostuman seren detectados.\n" #~ "Se houbese algún problema ao empregar <b>Engadir</b>,\n" #~ "comprobe se o escáner aparece ao empregar a orde <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" -#~ "Se non é así, significa que o sistema SCSI non pode comunicarse co " -#~ "escáner.\n" -#~ "Comprobe a carga dun módulo do kernel axeitado para o adaptador de host " -#~ "SCSI.\n" +#~ "Se non é así, significa que o sistema SCSI non pode comunicarse co escáner.\n" +#~ "Comprobe a carga dun módulo do kernel axeitado para o adaptador de host SCSI.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1920,28 +1773,18 @@ #~| "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" #~| "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" #~| "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -#~| "you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-" -#~| "setup</b>\n" -#~| "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</" -#~| "b>.\n" +#~| "you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +#~| "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nParallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\\nexcept " -#~ "for HP all-in-one devices.\\nCommon parallel port scanners must be " -#~ "configured manually.\\nTo set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one " -#~ "device,\\nwhich is connected to the parallel port,\\nyou may have to run " -#~ "<tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\\nbefore you " -#~ "can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nParallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\\nexcept for HP all-in-one devices.\\nCommon parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\\nTo set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\\nwhich is connected to the parallel port,\\nyou may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\\nbefore you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Os escáneres de porto paralelo non se poden configurar con esta " -#~ "ferramenta.\n" +#~ "Os escáneres de porto paralelo non se poden configurar con esta ferramenta.\n" #~ "Este tipo de dispositivos débense configurar manualmente.\n" #~ "Para configurar o escáner nun dispositivo multifunción HP\n" #~ "conectado ao porto paralelo, pode ser necesario executar\n" #~ "<tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante <b>Outro</b> e <b>Ejecutar hp-setup</b>\n" -#~ "para que poida configurar o escáner con esta ferramenta usando " -#~ "<b>Engadir</b>.\n" +#~ "para que poida configurar o escáner con esta ferramenta usando <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1956,22 +1799,10 @@ #~| "connected to another host in the network.\n" #~| "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" #~| "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -#~| "you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-" -#~| "setup</b>\n" -#~| "before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using " -#~| "<b>Add</b>.\n" +#~| "you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +#~| "before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nNetwork scanners cannot be configured with this tool\\nexcept for " -#~ "HP all-in-one devices.\\nNetwork scanners must be configured manually." -#~ "\\nA network scanner is a scanner that has a network interface\\nso it is " -#~ "directly accessible in the network.\\nIn contrast, scanning via network " -#~ "means accessing a remote scanner\\nconnected to another host in the " -#~ "network.\\nTo set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\\nwhich " -#~ "is connected via a built-in network interface,\\nyou may have to run " -#~ "<tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\\nbefore it " -#~ "works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\\n</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nNetwork scanners cannot be configured with this tool\\nexcept for HP all-in-one devices.\\nNetwork scanners must be configured manually.\\nA network scanner is a scanner that has a network interface\\nso it is directly accessible in the network.\\nIn contrast, scanning via network means accessing a remote scanner\\nconnected to another host in the network.\\nTo set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\\nwhich is connected via a built-in network interface,\\nyou may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\\nbefore it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Os escáneres de rede non se poden configurar con esta ferramenta.\n" @@ -1983,10 +1814,8 @@ #~ "a un escáner remoto conectado a outro equipo da rede.\n" #~ "Para configurar o escáner dun dispositivo multifunción HP\n" #~ "conectado por medio dunha interface de rede interna, pode ser necesario\n" -#~ "executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante <b>Outro</b> e <b>Executar hp-setup</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "para que poida configurar o escáner con esta ferramenta usando " -#~ "<b>Engadir</b>.\n" +#~ "executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante <b>Outro</b> e <b>Executar hp-setup</b>\n" +#~ "para que poida configurar o escáner con esta ferramenta usando <b>Engadir</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1996,36 +1825,25 @@ #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" #~| "Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" #~| "Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" -#~| "If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -#~| "drivers,\n" +#~| "If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" #~| "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe table lists the configured drivers with their associated " -#~ "scanners.\\nPress <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it." -#~ "\\nPress <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\\nPress <b>Delete</b> " -#~ "to disable the driver.\\nIf you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the " -#~ "detection, test enabled drivers,\\nset up HP all-in-one devices, or set " -#~ "up scanning via network.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\\nPress <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\\nPress <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\\nPress <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\\nIf you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\\nset up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A táboa amosa os controladores configurados e os escáneres asociados a " -#~ "eles.\n" -#~ "Prema en <b>Engadir</b> para seleccionar un modelo e un controlador a " -#~ "activalo.\n" +#~ "A táboa amosa os controladores configurados e os escáneres asociados a eles.\n" +#~ "Prema en <b>Engadir</b> para seleccionar un modelo e un controlador a activalo.\n" #~ "Prema sobre <b>Editar</b> para seleccionar e activar un controlador.\n" #~ "Prema sobre <b>Eliminar</b> para eliminar un controlador.\n" #~ "Se preme sobre <b>Outro</b>, poderá\n" -#~ "reiniciar a detección, probar os escáneres activos, configurar " -#~ "dispositivos\n" +#~ "reiniciar a detección, probar os escáneres activos, configurar dispositivos\n" #~ "multifunción HP ou configurar a dixitalización a través da rede.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, " -#~| "possible reasons are:\n" +#~| "If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" #~| "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" #~| "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" #~| "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -2033,53 +1851,33 @@ #~| "there are low-level (kernel related) device communication problems\n" #~| "(e.g. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem).\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, " -#~ "possible reasons are:\\nThe scanner is not connected or switched off," -#~ "\\nthe driver is not the right one for the particular model\\n(even small " -#~ "differences in model names or internal differences in\\nthe same model " -#~ "series may require different drivers),\\nthere are low-level (kernel " -#~ "related) device communication problems\\n(e.g. a low-level USB problem or " -#~ "a low-level SCSI problem).\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\\nThe scanner is not connected or switched off,\\nthe driver is not the right one for the particular model\\n(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\\nthe same model series may require different drivers),\\nthere are low-level (kernel related) device communication problems\\n(e.g. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem).\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Si o controlador está configurado pero o controlador non recoñece o " -#~ "escáner, é posible que:\n" +#~ "Si o controlador está configurado pero o controlador non recoñece o escáner, é posible que:\n" #~ "O escáner non estea conectado ou o interruptor estea apagado,\n" #~ "o controlador non sexa axeitado para este modelo de escáner\n" #~ "(incluso pequenas diferenzas no nome do modelo ou diferenzas internas no\n" -#~ "mesmo modelo, poden facer necesario o emprego de controladores " -#~ "distintos),\n" -#~ "poida haber problemas de comunicación a baixo nivel (relacionado co " -#~ "kernel) co dispositivo\n" -#~ "(ex. un problema a baixo nivel con USB ou un problema a baixo nivel con " -#~ "SCSI).\n" +#~ "mesmo modelo, poden facer necesario o emprego de controladores distintos),\n" +#~ "poida haber problemas de comunicación a baixo nivel (relacionado co kernel) co dispositivo\n" +#~ "(ex. un problema a baixo nivel con USB ou un problema a baixo nivel con SCSI).\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed " -#~| "here.\n" -#~| "Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -#~| "<b>Next</b>.\n" +#~| "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" +#~| "Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" #~| "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" #~| "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\\nAll known scanner " -#~ "models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\\nRead all " -#~ "information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>." -#~ "\\nThe information is based on data of the SANE project at\\n<tt>http://" -#~ "www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\\nAll known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\\nRead all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\\nThe information is based on data of the SANE project at\\n<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Selección do modelo de escáner</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Esta lista inclúe todos os modelos de escáneres coñecidos, tanto os " -#~ "compatibles coma os non compatibles.\n" -#~ "Lea atentamente toda a información antes de seleccionar un modelo y " -#~ "premer sobre <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" +#~ "Esta lista inclúe todos os modelos de escáneres coñecidos, tanto os compatibles coma os non compatibles.\n" +#~ "Lea atentamente toda a información antes de seleccionar un modelo y premer sobre <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" #~ "A información está baseada nos datos do proxecto SANE, dispoñible en\n" #~ "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -2087,79 +1885,48 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -#~| "available.\n" -#~| "Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -#~| "backends package.\n" -#~| "The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to " -#~| "complete.<br>\n" -#~| "When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the " -#~| "driver does not work.\n" +#~| "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +#~| "Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +#~| "The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" +#~| "When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" #~| "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -#~| "But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -#~| "internals\n" -#~| "so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an " -#~| "unmaintained driver.\n" +#~| "But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +#~| "so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nA model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner " -#~ "driver available.\\nMost scanner drivers are from the SANE project and " -#~ "provided in the sane-backends package.\\nThe support status for a " -#~ "particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\\nWhen a driver is " -#~ "shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work." -#~ "\\nEven an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\\nBut it means " -#~ "that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\\nso " -#~ "that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -#~ "driver.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nA model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\\nMost scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\\nThe support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\\nWhen a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\\nEven an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\\nBut it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\\nso that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Un modelo ten soporte, se hai polo menos un controlador apropiado " -#~ "dispoñible para o escáner.\n" -#~ "A meirande parte dos controladores de escáner pertencen ao proxecto SANE " -#~ "e fornecen o paquete sane-backens.\n" -#~ "O nivel de soporte para un escáner en concreto varía de mínimo a completo." -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "Cando un controlador amósase como 'sen mantemento' non significa que o " -#~ "controlador non vaia funcionar.\n" +#~ "Un modelo ten soporte, se hai polo menos un controlador apropiado dispoñible para o escáner.\n" +#~ "A meirande parte dos controladores de escáner pertencen ao proxecto SANE e fornecen o paquete sane-backens.\n" +#~ "O nivel de soporte para un escáner en concreto varía de mínimo a completo.<br>\n" +#~ "Cando un controlador amósase como 'sen mantemento' non significa que o controlador non vaia funcionar.\n" #~ "Incluso aínda sen mantemento podería traballar perfectamente.\n" -#~ "Pero significa que xa non hai ninguén que coñeza o funcionamento interno " -#~ "do controlador,\n" -#~ "de xeito que, polo xeral, non se proporciona axuda en caso de haber algún " -#~ "problema cun controlador deste tipo.\n" +#~ "Pero significa que xa non hai ninguén que coñeza o funcionamento interno do controlador,\n" +#~ "de xeito que, polo xeral, non se proporciona axuda en caso de haber algún problema cun controlador deste tipo.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -#~| "driver.\n" -#~| "Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -#~| "unsupported scanner.\n" +#~| "Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +#~| "Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nEven if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might " -#~ "have a driver.\\nTherefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a " -#~ "driver for an unsupported scanner.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nEven if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\\nTherefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Incluso se un modelo non ten controlador, o fabricante pode dispor dun.\n" -#~ "En consecuencia, se conta cun escáner non compatible, deberá solicitar ao " -#~ "fabricante do escáner un controlador.\n" +#~ "En consecuencia, se conta cun escáner non compatible, deberá solicitar ao fabricante do escáner un controlador.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square " -#~| "brackets.\n" +#~| "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nWhen additional comments are available, they are shown in square " -#~ "brackets.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nWhen additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Se houbese dispoñibles comentarios adicionais, amosaranse entre " -#~ "corchetes.\n" +#~ "Se houbese dispoñibles comentarios adicionais, amosaranse entre corchetes.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -2167,47 +1934,24 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" #~| "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -#~| "A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -#~| "also possible.\n" -#~| "If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in " -#~| "this list,\n" -#~| "the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as " -#~| "<tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -#~| "To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the " -#~| "search string.\n" -#~| "For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in " -#~| "<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -#~| "or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -#~| "*1200</tt>.\n" +#~| "A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +#~| "If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +#~| "the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +#~| "To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +#~| "For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +#~| "or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nUse the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly." -#~ "\\nTo find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\\nA " -#~ "more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -#~ "also possible.\\nIf the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is " -#~ "available in this list,\\nthe search string is preset with the " -#~ "manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\\nTo refine the search " -#~ "results, append model-specific details to the search string.\\nFor " -#~ "example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -#~ "*perfection</tt>\\nor append some digits that are part of the model name " -#~ "as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nUse the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\\nTo find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\\nA more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\\nIf the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\\nthe search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\\nTo refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\\nFor example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\\nor append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Use a función <b>Cadea de busca</b> para buscar rapidamente unha entrada " -#~ "axeitada.\n" +#~ "Use a función <b>Cadea de busca</b> para buscar rapidamente unha entrada axeitada.\n" #~ "Para buscar texto incluído nunha táboa, escriba o texto no campo.\n" -#~ "Se o desexa, pode realizar buscas máis complexas empregando expresións " -#~ "regulares que distingan entre maiúsculas e minúsculas.\n" -#~ "En caso de ter detectado o escáner e o nome do fabricante aprecen na " -#~ "lista, a cadea de busca\n" -#~ "defínese de xeito predeterminado co nome do fabricante, como, por " -#~ "exemplo, <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -#~ "Para axustar os resultados da busca, inclúa na cadea de busca tamén " -#~ "información sobre o modelo concreto.\n" -#~ "Por exemplo, inclúa unha palabra que forme parte do nome do modelo como " -#~ "<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -#~ "ou inclúa algúns díxitos que formen parte do nome do modelo , como, por " -#~ "exemplo, <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +#~ "Se o desexa, pode realizar buscas máis complexas empregando expresións regulares que distingan entre maiúsculas e minúsculas.\n" +#~ "En caso de ter detectado o escáner e o nome do fabricante aprecen na lista, a cadea de busca\n" +#~ "defínese de xeito predeterminado co nome do fabricante, como, por exemplo, <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +#~ "Para axustar os resultados da busca, inclúa na cadea de busca tamén información sobre o modelo concreto.\n" +#~ "Por exemplo, inclúa unha palabra que forme parte do nome do modelo como <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +#~ "ou inclúa algúns díxitos que formen parte do nome do modelo , como, por exemplo, <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -2215,21 +1959,15 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" #~| "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -#~| "This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press " -#~| "<b>Next</b>.\n" +#~| "This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" #~| "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\\nThe driver is " -#~ "activated and the associated scanners are probed.\\nThis may take a few " -#~ "seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\\nIf you press " -#~ "<b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\\nThe driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\\nThis may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\\nIf you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Configuración do escáner e controlador</big></b><br>\n" #~ "O controlador actívase e os escáneres asociados se próbanse.\n" -#~ "Isto pode levar algúns segundos, polo que haberá que esperar antes de " -#~ "premer <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" +#~ "Isto pode levar algúns segundos, polo que haberá que esperar antes de premer <b>Seguinte</b>.\n" #~ "Se preme <b>Atrás</b>, o controlador desactivarase.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -2241,18 +1979,13 @@ #~| "an appropriate dialog is shown to install the package.\n" #~| "Such packages may not be available for all architectures.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\\nIf the package that " -#~ "provides the driver is not yet installed,\\nan appropriate dialog is " -#~ "shown to install the package.\\nSuch packages may not be available for " -#~ "all architectures.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\\nIf the package that provides the driver is not yet installed,\\nan appropriate dialog is shown to install the package.\\nSuch packages may not be available for all architectures.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Paquetes adicionais</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se o paquete que inclúe o controlador aínda non está instalado,\n" #~ "amosarase un cadro de diálogo para instalar o paquete.\n" -#~ "É posible que este tipo de paquetes no estean dispoñibles para todas as " -#~ "arquitecturas.\n" +#~ "É posible que este tipo de paquetes no estean dispoñibles para todas as arquitecturas.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -2262,10 +1995,7 @@ #~| "Some models require a firmware upload.\n" #~| "In this case, an appropriate explanatory text is shown.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\\nSome models require a " -#~ "firmware upload.\\nIn this case, an appropriate explanatory text is shown." -#~ "\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\\nSome models require a firmware upload.\\nIn this case, an appropriate explanatory text is shown.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Carga do firmware</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2279,47 +2009,26 @@ #~| "<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" #~| "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" #~| "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -#~| "There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -#~| "devices:\n" -#~| "the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -#~| "available),\n" -#~| "which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-" -#~| "in-one devices,\n" -#~| "and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the " -#~| "hpaio driver.\n" +#~| "There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +#~| "the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +#~| "which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +#~| "and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" #~| "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" #~| "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" #~| "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" #~| "must be used for all HP all-in-one devices.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\\nHP all-in-one devices " -#~ "may require a special setup.\\nIn this case, an appropriate dialog is " -#~ "shown.\\nThere are two software packages that provide support for HP all-" -#~ "in-one devices:\\nthe outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which " -#~ "is no longer available),\\nwhich provides the PTAL system (with the ptal " -#~ "service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\\nand the up-to-date HPLIP " -#~ "software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\\nBoth " -#~ "software packages can be installed at the same time\\nbut the ptal " -#~ "service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\\nTherefore either the " -#~ "patl service or the hpaio driver\\nmust be used for all HP all-in-one " -#~ "devices.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\\nHP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\\nIn this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\\nThere are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\\nthe outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\\nwhich provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\\nand the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\\nBoth software packages can be installed at the same time\\nbut the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\\nTherefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\\nmust be used for all HP all-in-one devices.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Dispositivos HP multifunción</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Os dispositivos multifunción de HP poden necesitar unha configuración " -#~ "especial.\n" +#~ "Os dispositivos multifunción de HP poden necesitar unha configuración especial.\n" #~ "Neste caso, amosarase o cadro de diálogo axeitado.\n" -#~ "Hai dous paquetes de software que fornecem compatibilidade para os " -#~ "dispositivos multifunción HP:\n" -#~ "Por un lado, o antigo software HPOJ (o paquete hp-officeJet xa non está " -#~ "dispoñible),\n" -#~ "que inclúe o sistema PTAL (co servizo ptal) para acceder aos dispositivos " -#~ "multifunción de HP\n" -#~ "e, por outro, o novo software HPLIP (paquete hplip), que inclúe o " -#~ "controlador hpaio.\n" -#~ "Ambos os dous paquetes de software poden estar instalados " -#~ "simultaneamente\n" +#~ "Hai dous paquetes de software que fornecem compatibilidade para os dispositivos multifunción HP:\n" +#~ "Por un lado, o antigo software HPOJ (o paquete hp-officeJet xa non está dispoñible),\n" +#~ "que inclúe o sistema PTAL (co servizo ptal) para acceder aos dispositivos multifunción de HP\n" +#~ "e, por outro, o novo software HPLIP (paquete hplip), que inclúe o controlador hpaio.\n" +#~ "Ambos os dous paquetes de software poden estar instalados simultaneamente\n" #~ "pero o servizo ptal e o controlador paio non se poden executar á vez.\n" #~ "Pode empregarse o servizo ptal ou o controlador hplip\n" #~ "para acceder aos dispositivos multifunción de HP.\n" @@ -2332,9 +2041,7 @@ #~| "Enter the appropriate information and press <b>Next</b>\n" #~| "to set up scanning via network.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\\nEnter the appropriate " -#~ "information and press <b>Next</b>\\nto set up scanning via network.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\\nEnter the appropriate information and press <b>Next</b>\\nto set up scanning via network.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Dixitalizar usando a rede</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2346,39 +2053,22 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible " -#~| "via the network,\n" -#~| "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -#~| "server.\n" -#~| "In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -#~| "access saned on your server.\n" -#~| "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP " -#~| "addresses)\n" +#~| "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +#~| "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +#~| "In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" +#~| "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" #~| "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" #~| "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" #~| "If saned is activated, xinetd is also activated and set up for saned.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\\nIf you have locally " -#~ "connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network," -#~ "\\nset up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -#~ "server.\\nIn <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are " -#~ "permitted to access saned on your server.\\nEnter a comma-separated list " -#~ "of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\\nor subnets (CIDR notation, " -#~ "such as 192.168.1.0/24).\\nIf no client hosts are permitted, saned is not " -#~ "activated.\\nIf saned is activated, xinetd is also activated and set up " -#~ "for saned.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\\nIf you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\\nset up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\\nIn <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\\nEnter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\\nor subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\\nIf no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\\nIf saned is activated, xinetd is also activated and set up for saned.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Configuración do servidor</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Se conectou escáneres de xeito local e quere que estean dispoñibles a " -#~ "través da rede,\n" -#~ "configure o daemon de escaneado en rede saned para que o host se convirta " -#~ "en servidor.\n" -#~ "En <b>Clientes permitidos</b>, especifique que hosts clientes teñen " -#~ "permiso para acceder a saned no servidor.\n" -#~ "Introduza unha lista separados por comas cos hosts clientes (nomes de " -#~ "host ou enderezos IP)\n" +#~ "Se conectou escáneres de xeito local e quere que estean dispoñibles a través da rede,\n" +#~ "configure o daemon de escaneado en rede saned para que o host se convirta en servidor.\n" +#~ "En <b>Clientes permitidos</b>, especifique que hosts clientes teñen permiso para acceder a saned no servidor.\n" +#~ "Introduza unha lista separados por comas cos hosts clientes (nomes de host ou enderezos IP)\n" #~ "ou subredes (notación CIDR como, por exemplo, 192.168.1.0/24).\n" #~ "Se ningún host cliente ten permiso, saned non se activa.\n" #~ "Se se activa saned, xinetd actívase e configúrase tamén para saned.\n" @@ -2395,14 +2085,11 @@ #~| "can access scanners which are connected to your local host.\n" #~| "Client hosts contact the saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n" #~| "but scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\n" -#~| "Therefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network." -#~| "<br>\n" +#~| "Therefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network.<br>\n" #~| "Do not open the sane-port 6566 or any other port\n" #~| "regarding using scanners for the external zone in the firewall.\n" -#~| "This is dangerous because it allows access to the saned from foreign " -#~| "hosts\n" -#~| "so that the firewall does no longer provide any protection for the " -#~| "saned.\n" +#~| "This is dangerous because it allows access to the saned from foreign hosts\n" +#~| "so that the firewall does no longer provide any protection for the saned.\n" #~| "Allowing access from the external network (i.e. for the external zone)\n" #~| "does not make sense because scanning documents requires\n" #~| "physical scanner access by trusted users.<br>\n" @@ -2418,30 +2105,7 @@ #~| "article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" #~| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\\nA firewall is used to " -#~ "protect running server processes\\non your host against unwanted access " -#~ "via network.\\nFor using scanners via network the SANE network daemon " -#~ "(the saned)\\nis the server process which must run so that remote clients" -#~ "\\ncan access scanners which are connected to your local host.\\nClient " -#~ "hosts contact the saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\\nbut scanning " -#~ "data is transferred via an additional random port.\\nTherefore only port " -#~ "6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network.<br>\\nDo not open the " -#~ "sane-port 6566 or any other port\\nregarding using scanners for the " -#~ "external zone in the firewall.\\nThis is dangerous because it allows " -#~ "access to the saned from foreign hosts\\nso that the firewall does no " -#~ "longer provide any protection for the saned.\\nAllowing access from the " -#~ "external network (i.e. for the external zone)\\ndoes not make sense " -#~ "because scanning documents requires\\nphysical scanner access by trusted " -#~ "users.<br>\\nOn the other hand the default firewall settings allow\\nany " -#~ "access from an internal (i.e. trusted) network.\\nTo make the saned on " -#~ "your server accessible from an internal network,\\nassign the network " -#~ "interface which belongs to the internal network\\nto the internal zone of " -#~ "the firewall.\\nUse the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental " -#~ "setup\\nregarding network security and firewall and scanning via network" -#~ "\\nwill work without any further firewall setup.<br>\\nFor details see " -#~ "the openSUSE support database\\narticle 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' " -#~ "at<br>\\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\\nA firewall is used to protect running server processes\\non your host against unwanted access via network.\\nFor using scanners via network the SANE network daemon (the saned)\\nis the server process which must run so that remote clients\\ncan access scanners which are connected to your local host.\\nClient hosts contact the saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\\nbut scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\\nTherefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network.<br>\\nDo not open the sane-port 6566 or any other port\\nregarding using scanners for the external zone in the firewall.\\nThis is dangerous because it allows access to the saned from foreign hosts\\nso that the firewall does no longer provide any protection for the saned.\\nAllowing access from the external network (i.e. for the external zone)\\ndoes not make sense because scanning documents requires\\nphysical scanner access by trusted users.<br>\\nOn the other hand the default firewall settings allow\\nany access from an internal (i.e. trusted) network.\\nTo make the saned on your server accessible from an internal network,\\nassign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\\nto the internal zone of the firewall.\\nUse the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\\nregarding network security and firewall and scanning via network\\nwill work without any further firewall setup.<br>\\nFor details see the openSUSE support database\\narticle 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Con respecto á devasa</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2450,12 +2114,9 @@ #~ "Para usar escáneres a través da rede, o daemon de rede SANE (o saned)\n" #~ "é o proceso que máis correrá, para que os clientes remotos\n" #~ "poiden acceder aos escáneres que estean conectados á súa máquina local.\n" -#~ "Clientes anfitrións contactan co saned mediante sane-port (porto TCP " -#~ "6566),\n" -#~ "pero os datos de escaneo son transferidos a través dun porto aleatorio " -#~ "adicional.\n" -#~ "Por tanto, o porto 6566 por si só non é suficiente para escanear a través " -#~ "da rede.\n" +#~ "Clientes anfitrións contactan co saned mediante sane-port (porto TCP 6566),\n" +#~ "pero os datos de escaneo son transferidos a través dun porto aleatorio adicional.\n" +#~ "Por tanto, o porto 6566 por si só non é suficiente para escanear a través da rede.\n" #~ "Non abra o porto sane-port 6566 ou calquera outro porto\n" #~ "se desxea usar escáneres, para a zona externa na devasa.\n" #~ "Isto é perigoso porque permite o acceso a saned de hóspedes alleos\n" @@ -2468,10 +2129,8 @@ #~ "Para facer accesible o saned no noso servidor, desde unha rede interna,\n" #~ "asignamos a interface de rede que pertence á rede interna,\n" #~ "á zona interna da devasa.\n" -#~ "Utilice o módulo de configuración da devasa de YaST, para realizar esta " -#~ "configuración fundamental\n" -#~ "en relación á seguridade de rede e a devasa e de escaneo a través da " -#~ "rede\n" +#~ "Utilice o módulo de configuración da devasa de YaST, para realizar esta configuración fundamental\n" +#~ "en relación á seguridade de rede e a devasa e de escaneo a través da rede\n" #~ "funcionará sen ningún tipo de configuración adicional da devasa.\n" #~ "Para máis detalles ver a base de datos de soporte de openSUSE\n" #~ "artigo 'CUPS e a configuración de SANE Devasa 'en\n" @@ -2482,34 +2141,22 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -#~| "network,\n" -#~| "set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -#~| "servers.\n" +#~| "If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +#~| "set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" #~| "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" #~| "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" #~| "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" #~| "If no servers are entered, net is not activated.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\\nIf you want to access " -#~ "scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\\nset up the " -#~ "net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers." -#~ "\\nThe saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\\nIn " -#~ "<b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\\nEnter a comma-" -#~ "separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\\nIf no servers " -#~ "are entered, net is not activated.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\\nIf you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\\nset up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\\nThe saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\\nIn <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\\nEnter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\\nIf no servers are entered, net is not activated.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Configuración dos clientes</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Se quere acceder aos escáneres conectados a outros equipos da rede,\n" -#~ "configure o metacontrolador net para acceder a eles mediante o daemon que " -#~ "se executa nos servidores.\n" +#~ "configure o metacontrolador net para acceder a eles mediante o daemon que se executa nos servidores.\n" #~ "O saned e a devasa dos servidores deberían permitir o acceso.\n" -#~ "En <b>Servidores empregados,</b> introduza os servidores que desexe " -#~ "utilizar.\n" -#~ "Introduza unha lista de servidores separados por comas (nomes de " -#~ "servidores ou enderezos IP).\n" +#~ "En <b>Servidores empregados,</b> introduza os servidores que desexe utilizar.\n" +#~ "Introduza unha lista de servidores separados por comas (nomes de servidores ou enderezos IP).\n" #~ "Se non introduce ningún servidor, net non se activará.\n" #~ " </p>" @@ -2524,24 +2171,15 @@ #~| "When you enter <tt>localhost</tt> for both the server and the client,\n" #~| "you can access such a scanner even as a normal user on your local host.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\\nBy using the " -#~ "loopback network, saned and the net metadriver\\ncan be used even on your " -#~ "local host.\\nIn this case, the server and client are the same machine " -#~ "(localhost).\\nSome scanners, such as parallel port scanners, require " -#~ "root privileges.\\nWhen you enter <tt>localhost</tt> for both the server " -#~ "and the client,\\nyou can access such a scanner even as a normal user on " -#~ "your local host.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\\nBy using the loopback network, saned and the net metadriver\\ncan be used even on your local host.\\nIn this case, the server and client are the same machine (localhost).\\nSome scanners, such as parallel port scanners, require root privileges.\\nWhen you enter <tt>localhost</tt> for both the server and the client,\\nyou can access such a scanner even as a normal user on your local host.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><big>Configuración do host local</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Mediante o uso da rede loopback, tanto saned como o metacontrolador\n" #~ "de rede pódense empregar incluso no seu equipo local.\n" #~ "Neste caso, o servidor e o cliente están na mesma máquina (localhost).\n" -#~ "Algúns escáneres, como os de porto paralelo, requiren privilexios de " -#~ "superusuario (root).\n" -#~ "Cando introduce <tt>localhost</tt> tanto para o servidor como para o " -#~ "cliente,\n" +#~ "Algúns escáneres, como os de porto paralelo, requiren privilexios de superusuario (root).\n" +#~ "Cando introduce <tt>localhost</tt> tanto para o servidor como para o cliente,\n" #~ "pode acceder ao escáner incluso como usuario normal no seu equipo local.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -2558,10 +2196,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is " -#~| "required.\n" -#~| "The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -#~| "Avasys)\n" +#~| "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" +#~| "The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" #~| "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" #~| "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" #~| "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -2574,39 +2210,19 @@ #~| "you have to download and install two packages from Epson/Avasys:\n" #~| "The 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\n" #~| "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required." -#~ "\\nThe Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -#~ "Avasys)\\nhttp://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson" -#~ "\\n(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\\nwhere RPM " -#~ "packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\\ncan be " -#~ "downloaded (if you accept the Epson/Avasys license agreements).\\nThe " -#~ "Image Scan driver contains proprietary binary-only software.\\nFor some " -#~ "models it is only available for 32-bit (i386) architecture\\nwhich does " -#~ "not work when you have a 64-bit system installation.\\nSome scanners are " -#~ "also supported by another (free-software) driver.\\nWhen your scanner " -#~ "model requires a DFSG non-free (proprietary) module,\\nyou have to " -#~ "download and install two packages from Epson/Avasys:\\nThe 'iscan' " -#~ "package for the base software and an additional\\nmodel dependant 'iscan-" -#~ "plugin' package with the proprietary module.\\n" +#~ msgid "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\\nThe Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\\nhttp://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\\n(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\\nwhere RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\\ncan be downloaded (if you accept the Epson/Avasys license agreements).\\nThe Image Scan driver contains proprietary binary-only software.\\nFor some models it is only available for 32-bit (i386) architecture\\nwhich does not work when you have a 64-bit system installation.\\nSome scanners are also supported by another (free-software) driver.\\nWhen your scanner model requires a DFSG non-free (proprietary) module,\\nyou have to download and install two packages from Epson/Avasys:\\nThe 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\\nmodel dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cómpre ter o controlador do software Image Scan de Epson/Avasys.\n" #~ "O controlador do software Image Scan é producido e fornecido por Epson\n" -#~ "(formalmente Avasys) http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?" -#~ "OSC=LXEpson\n" -#~ "onde paquetes RPM para a arquitectura de 32-bits (i386) e 64-bit " -#~ "(x86_64)\n" +#~ "(formalmente Avasys) http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" +#~ "onde paquetes RPM para a arquitectura de 32-bits (i386) e 64-bit (x86_64)\n" #~ "poden ser descargados (se acepta os acordos de licenza de Epson/Avasys).\n" #~ "O controlador de Image Scan só contén software binario propietario.\n" -#~ "Nalgúns modelos só está dispoñible para a arquitectura de 32-bits " -#~ "(i386),\n" +#~ "Nalgúns modelos só está dispoñible para a arquitectura de 32-bits (i386),\n" #~ "polo que non funciona nunha instalación do sistema de 64-bits.\n" -#~ "Algúns escáneres están soportado por outros controladores (software " -#~ "libre).\n" -#~ "Cando o seu modelo de escáner necesite un módulo DFSG non-libre " -#~ "(propietario),\n" -#~ "vostede ten que descargar e instalar os seguintes dos paquetes de Epson/" -#~ "Avasys:\n" +#~ "Algúns escáneres están soportado por outros controladores (software libre).\n" +#~ "Cando o seu modelo de escáner necesite un módulo DFSG non-libre (propietario),\n" +#~ "vostede ten que descargar e instalar os seguintes dos paquetes de Epson/Avasys:\n" #~ "O paquete 'iscan' para o software base e un modelo adicional\n" #~ "dependente 'iscan-plugin' co paquete propietario do módulo.\n" @@ -2614,20 +2230,11 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" #~| "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" -#~| "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For " -#~| "example,\n" -#~| "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net " -#~| "metadriver\n" +#~| "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" +#~| "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" #~| "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -#~| "In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network " -#~| "is fixed.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to determine the active scanners.\\nIf the net metadriver is " -#~ "activated while there is a problem\\nwith the network, the 'scanimage -L' " -#~ "command may not respond. For example,\\nthis may happen if communication " -#~ "with a server used by the net metadriver\\ngets distorted because a " -#~ "firewall drops some network traffic.\\nIn this case, disable the net " -#~ "metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\\n" +#~| "In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" +#~ msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners.\\nIf the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\\nwith the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\\nthis may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\\ngets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\\nIn this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non foi posible atopar escáneres activos.\n" #~ "Cando se activa o metacontrolador net e acontece algo estrano\n" @@ -2635,28 +2242,19 @@ #~ "'scanimage -L'. Por exemplo: cando a comunicación co servidor\n" #~ "que debe empregarse co metacontrolador net está distorsionada\n" #~ "debido a unha devasa que fai perder parte do tráfico de rede.\n" -#~ "Neste caso desactive o metacontrolador net de rede ata que se solucione " -#~ "este problema coa rede.\n" +#~ "Neste caso desactive o metacontrolador net de rede ata que se solucione este problema coa rede.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" -#~| "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could " -#~| "prevent\n" +#~| "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" #~| " hp-setup from working correctly.\n" #~| "It is recommended to abort the scanner configuration now,\n" #~| "stop the ptal service, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP,\n" #~| "and start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service." -#~ "\\nIt is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could " -#~ "prevent\\n hp-setup from working correctly.\\nIt is recommended to abort " -#~ "the scanner configuration now,\\nstop the ptal service, change the " -#~ "printer configuration to use HPLIP,\\nand start the scanner configuration " -#~ "again afterwards.\\n" +#~ msgid "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\\nIt is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\\n hp-setup from working correctly.\\nIt is recommended to abort the scanner configuration now,\\nstop the ptal service, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP,\\nand start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hai, polo menos, unha configuración de impresora que emprega o servizo " -#~ "ptal.\n" +#~ "Hai, polo menos, unha configuración de impresora que emprega o servizo ptal.\n" #~ "Pódese continuar, pero o servizo ptal en funcionamento podería impedir\n" #~ " que hp-setup funcionase correctamente.\n" #~ "Recoméndase cancelar a configuración do escáner, deter o\n" @@ -2668,40 +2266,24 @@ #~| "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" #~| "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" #~| "has no DISPLAY environment variable set, or if the YaST process is not \n" -#~| "allowed to access the graphical display. In this case, abort the " -#~| "scanner \n" -#~| "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner " -#~| "configuration\n" +#~| "allowed to access the graphical display. In this case, abort the scanner \n" +#~| "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" #~| "again afterwards.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \\nThis " -#~ "happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \\nhas " -#~ "no DISPLAY environment variable set, or if the YaST process is not " -#~ "\\nallowed to access the graphical display. In this case, abort the " -#~ "scanner \\nconfiguration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner " -#~ "configuration\\nagain afterwards.\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \\nThis happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \\nhas no DISPLAY environment variable set, or if the YaST process is not \\nallowed to access the graphical display. In this case, abort the scanner \\nconfiguration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\\nagain afterwards.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se pode executar hp-setup porque non se puido abrir unha pantalla " -#~ "gráfica.\n" -#~ "Isto sucede cando YaST está en modo só-texto ou cando o usuario que " -#~ "executa YaST \n" -#~ "non ten definida a variable de contorno DISPLAY ou cando non se permite " -#~ "acceso á \n" -#~ "pantalla gráfica ao proceso YaST. Nese caso debería cancele a " -#~ "configuración do escáner,\n" -#~ "execute hp-setup manualmente e reinicie posteriormente a configuración do " -#~ "escáner.\n" +#~ "Non se pode executar hp-setup porque non se puido abrir unha pantalla gráfica.\n" +#~ "Isto sucede cando YaST está en modo só-texto ou cando o usuario que executa YaST \n" +#~ "non ten definida a variable de contorno DISPLAY ou cando non se permite acceso á \n" +#~ "pantalla gráfica ao proceso YaST. Nese caso debería cancele a configuración do escáner,\n" +#~ "execute hp-setup manualmente e reinicie posteriormente a configuración do escáner.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" #~| "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup." -#~ "\\nShould the hplip package be installed?\\n" +#~ msgid "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\\nShould the hplip package be installed?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Semella que hplip, que cómpre para executar hp-setup, non está " -#~ "instalado.\n" +#~ "Semella que hplip, que cómpre para executar hp-setup, non está instalado.\n" #~ "Desexa instalar o paquete hplip?\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2709,9 +2291,7 @@ #~| "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" #~| "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" #~| "or does not exist.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot run hp-setup because\\n/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\\nor " -#~ "does not exist.\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot run hp-setup because\\n/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\\nor does not exist.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode executar hp-setup porque\n" #~ "/usr/bin/hp-setup non é executable\n" @@ -2720,67 +2300,41 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Launched hp-setup.\n" -#~| "You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -#~| "configuration.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Launched hp-setup.\\nYou must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with " -#~ "the scanner configuration.\\n" +#~| "You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" +#~ msgid "Launched hp-setup.\\nYou must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lanzouse hp-setup.\n" -#~ "Deberá finalizar hp-setup antes de que poida proceder coa configuración " -#~ "do escáner.\n" +#~ "Deberá finalizar hp-setup antes de que poida proceder coa configuración do escáner.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -#~| "memory.\n" +#~| "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" #~| "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -#~| "distribute it.\n" +#~| "Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" #~| "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -#~| "Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's " -#~| "web site.\n" -#~| "Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -#~| "scanner.\n" +#~| "Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +#~| "Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" #~| "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" #~| "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver " -#~| "manually.\n" -#~| "The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -#~| "upload.\n" +#~| "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" +#~| "The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" #~| "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -#~ "memory.\\nWithout firmware, the scanner cannot work.\\n\\nBecause " -#~ "firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it." -#~ "\\nUsually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD." -#~ "\\nAlternatively, it may be possible to download it from the " -#~ "manufacturer's web site.\\nAsk the manufacturer how to get the firmware " -#~ "file for your particular scanner.\\nFind additional useful information on " -#~ "the SANE web site at\\nhttp://www.sane-project.org/.\\n\\nAfter you get " -#~ "the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\\nThe man page " -#~ "of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\\nThe " -#~ "following command shows the man page for your driver:\\n" +#~ msgid "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\\nWithout firmware, the scanner cannot work.\\n\\nBecause firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\\nUsually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\\nAlternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\\nAsk the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\\nFind additional useful information on the SANE web site at\\nhttp://www.sane-project.org/.\\n\\nAfter you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\\nThe man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\\nThe following command shows the man page for your driver:\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Un ficheiro firmware contén software que debe cargarse na memoria do " -#~ "escáner.\n" +#~ "Un ficheiro firmware contén software que debe cargarse na memoria do escáner.\n" #~ "Sen firmware, o escáner non pode funcionar.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Dado que para distribuir o firmware precísase dunha licenza do fabricante " -#~ "do escáner, non podemos distribuilo.\n" +#~ "Dado que para distribuir o firmware precísase dunha licenza do fabricante do escáner, non podemos distribuilo.\n" #~ "Normalmente, o ficheiro de firmware inclúese no CD do fabricante.\n" #~ "Outra opción pode ser descargalo do sitio web do fabricante.\n" -#~ "Pregunte a fabricante como pode obter o ficheiro de firmware para o seu " -#~ "escáner.\n" +#~ "Pregunte a fabricante como pode obter o ficheiro de firmware para o seu escáner.\n" #~ "Atopará información adicional útil no sitio web de SANE, en \n" #~ "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Unha vez conseguido o ficheiro firmware, debe configurar o controlador " -#~ "manualmente.\n" -#~ "A páxina man do controlador describe como configuralo para cargar o " -#~ "firmware.\n" +#~ "Unha vez conseguido o ficheiro firmware, debe configurar o controlador manualmente.\n" +#~ "A páxina man do controlador describe como configuralo para cargar o firmware.\n" #~ "A seguinte orde amosa a páxina man para o seu controlador:\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2789,117 +2343,72 @@ #~| "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" #~| "and all print queues that use the ptal service would no longer work.\n" #~| "If you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service." -#~ "\\nIt is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped" -#~ "\\nand all print queues that use the ptal service would no longer work." -#~ "\\nIf you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\\n" +#~ msgid "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\\nIt is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\\nand all print queues that use the ptal service would no longer work.\\nIf you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hai polo menos unha configuración de impresora que emprega o servizo " -#~ "ptal.\n" +#~ "Hai polo menos unha configuración de impresora que emprega o servizo ptal.\n" #~ "Pódese continuar, pero daquela, o servizo ptal deterase e todas\n" -#~ "as colas de impresión que empreguen o servizo ptal deixarán de " -#~ "funcionar.\n" -#~ "Cando continúe, modifique a configuración da impresora para que use " -#~ "HPLIP.\n" +#~ "as colas de impresión que empreguen o servizo ptal deixarán de funcionar.\n" +#~ "Cando continúe, modifique a configuración da impresora para que use HPLIP.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" #~| "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -#~| "initialized.\n" -#~| "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when " -#~| "booting.\n" +#~| "Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" +#~| "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" #~| "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" #~| "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" #~| "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" #~| "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -#~| "If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -#~| "fails,\n" +#~| "If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" #~| "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" #~| "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -#~| "a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -#~| "lp0),\n" +#~| "a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" #~| "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started " -#~| "now?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\\nIn " -#~ "particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\\n\\nBefore the ptal " -#~ "service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized." -#~ "\\nAdditionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when " -#~ "booting.\\nThe PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other." -#~ "\\nTherefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated" -#~ "\\nbefore the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started." -#~ "\\nAn automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB." -#~ "\\nIf you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for " -#~ "USB fails,\\nset up the PTAL system manually.\\nIf you have an all-in-one " -#~ "device (scanner+printer), note that\\na running ptal service monopolizes " -#~ "the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\\nso the printer can no longer " -#~ "be addressed via the USB device file.\\n\\nShould the PTAL system for USB " -#~ "be initialized, activated, and started now?\\n" +#~| "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" +#~ msgid "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\\nIn particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\\n\\nBefore the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\\nAdditionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\\nThe PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\\nTherefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\\nbefore the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\\nAn automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\\nIf you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\\nset up the PTAL system manually.\\nIf you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\\na running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\\nso the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\\n\\nShould the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O controlador hpoj necesita que o sistema PTAL estea configurado e en " -#~ "execución.\n" +#~ "O controlador hpoj necesita que o sistema PTAL estea configurado e en execución.\n" #~ "En particular, o servizo ptal debe estar activo e en execución.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Antes de iniciar o servicio ptal, o sistema PTAL debe estar xa iniciado.\n" -#~ "Do mesmo xeito, o servizo ptal debe estar activado para iniciarse ao " -#~ "arrincar.\n" +#~ "Do mesmo xeito, o servizo ptal debe estar activado para iniciarse ao arrincar.\n" #~ "O sistema PTAL e o servizo hplip exclúense mutuamente.\n" -#~ "En consecuencia, se o servizo hplip estase executando, deterase e " -#~ "desactivarase\n" +#~ "En consecuencia, se o servizo hplip estase executando, deterase e desactivarase\n" #~ "antes de que o sistema PTAL se inicie, se active e se execute.\n" #~ "O inicio automático do sistema PTAL é seguro só para USB.\n" #~ "Se dispón dun dispositivo que non sexa USB ou se o inicio automático\n" #~ "de USB falla, configure manualmente o sistema PTAL.\n" -#~ "Si ten un dispositivo \"todo nun\" (escáner e impresora), teña en conta " -#~ "que a\n" -#~ "execución do servizo ptal monopoliza o ficheiro do dispositivo USB (por " -#~ "ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" -#~ "así que a impresora no poderá xestionarse mediante o ficheiro do " -#~ "dispositivo USB.\n" +#~ "Si ten un dispositivo \"todo nun\" (escáner e impresora), teña en conta que a\n" +#~ "execución do servizo ptal monopoliza o ficheiro do dispositivo USB (por ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +#~ "así que a impresora no poderá xestionarse mediante o ficheiro do dispositivo USB.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa arrincar, activar e iniciar agora o sistema PTAL para USB?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip " -#~| "service.\n" +#~| "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" #~| "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" #~| "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" #~| "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" #~| "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -#~| "Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the " -#~| "ptal service.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service." -#~ "\\nIt is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped" -#~ "\\nand all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work." -#~ "\\nIf the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed." -#~ "\\nInstead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\\nAlternatively proceed and " -#~ "change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\\n" +#~| "Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" +#~ msgid "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\\nIt is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\\nand all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\\nIf the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\\nInstead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\\nAlternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hai como mínimo unha configuración de impresora que utiliza o servizo " -#~ "hplip.\n" +#~ "Hai como mínimo unha configuración de impresora que utiliza o servizo hplip.\n" #~ "Pódese continuar, pero o servizo hplip deterase\n" -#~ "e todas as colas de impresión que utilicen este servizo poderían deixar " -#~ "de funcionar.\n" +#~ "e todas as colas de impresión que utilicen este servizo poderían deixar de funcionar.\n" #~ "Se o escáner tamén está soportado polo controlador hpaio, non continúe.\n" #~ "Empregue no seu lugar hpaio para configurar o escáner.\n" -#~ "Tamén pode continuar e modificar a configuración da impresora para que " -#~ "use o servizo ptal.\n" +#~ "Tamén pode continuar e modificar a configuración da impresora para que use o servizo ptal.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" #~| "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following scanners use the same driver.\\nTherefore all those " -#~ "scanners will be deactivated:" +#~ msgid "The following scanners use the same driver.\\nTherefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Os seguinte escáneres empregan o mesmo controlador.\n" #~ "Polo tanto, os escáneres serán desactivados:" @@ -3027,8 +2536,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Please wait while the configuration files are updated..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por favor, agarde mentres se actualizan os ficheiros de configuración." +#~ msgstr "Por favor, agarde mentres se actualizan os ficheiros de configuración." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Please select a scanner from the list" @@ -3124,8 +2632,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to save the\n" #~ "settings.</p>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Prema o botón <b>Omitir</b> para non configurar esta tarxeta.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Prema o botón <b>Omitir</b> para non configurar esta tarxeta.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Please select a scanner from the list." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/security.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/security.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/security.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -251,12 +251,8 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "" -"<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Estes servizos básicos do sistema non están activados no nivel de " -"execución %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" +msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" +msgstr "<P>Estes servizos básicos do sistema non están activados no nivel de execución %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" @@ -264,15 +260,11 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Estes servizos básicos do sistema están activados no nivel de execución " -"%1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" +msgstr "<P>Estes servizos básicos do sistema están activados no nivel de execución %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Revise a lista de servizos e desactive todos os servizos que non se usan." -"</P>" +msgstr "<P>Revise a lista de servizos e desactive todos os servizos que non se usan.</P>" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" @@ -372,8 +364,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo " -"en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 @@ -400,8 +391,7 @@ "<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Seguridade de arranque</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varios parámetros relacionados ca " -"seguridade.</p>" +"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varios parámetros relacionados ca seguridade.</p>" #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 @@ -417,8 +407,7 @@ "Configure o que debe facer o sistema como resposta a que\n" "alguén prema na consola a combinación de teclas CTRL + ALT + SUPR.\n" "Normalmente reiniciase o sistema. A veces é desexable ignorar este\n" -"evento, por exemplo cando un sistema fai de estación de traballo e de " -"servidor.</p>" +"evento, por exemplo cando un sistema fai de estación de traballo e de servidor.</p>" #. Boot dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 @@ -433,29 +422,23 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<P><BIG><B>Configurar a seguridade local</B></BIG></P>\n" "<p>Usando as predefinicións, cambiar as opcións de seguridade local que\n" -" inclúen o arranque, o inicio de sesión, o contrasinal, a creación de " -"usuarios e\n" -" os permisos dos ficheiros. A predefinicións pódense modificar tanto " -"como\n" +" inclúen o arranque, o inicio de sesión, o contrasinal, a creación de usuarios e\n" +" os permisos dos ficheiros. A predefinicións pódense modificar tanto como\n" "sexa necesario.\n" "</p>" @@ -506,20 +489,14 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>).</p>" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Atraso tras un intento incorrecto de inicio de sesión:</b>\n" -"Aconséllase agardar algún tempo despois dun intento incorrecto de inicio de " -"sesión,\n" -"para evitar a adiviñación de contrasinais. Por outra banda, poña un tempo " -"pequeno\n" -"dabondo para que os usuarios non teñan que agardar demasiado se escriben mal " -"o\n" +"Aconséllase agardar algún tempo despois dun intento incorrecto de inicio de sesión,\n" +"para evitar a adiviñación de contrasinais. Por outra banda, poña un tempo pequeno\n" +"dabondo para que os usuarios non teñan que agardar demasiado se escriben mal o\n" "contrasinal. Un valor aconsellable é tres segundos (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" #. Login dialog help 3/4 @@ -527,8 +504,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -536,8 +512,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Permitir o inicio de sesión gráfico remoto:</b> Marcar isto\n" @@ -558,23 +533,19 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" msgstr "" "<b>Comprobar os novos contrasinais</b>: convén escoller un contrasinal\n" -"que non se poida atopar nun diccionario, en nomes ou en outras palabras " -"simples\n" -"e comúns. Marcando a opción, fai que se realicen esas comprobacións segundo " -"esas regras.</p>" +"que non se poida atopar nun diccionario, en nomes ou en outras palabras simples\n" +"e comúns. Marcando a opción, fai que se realicen esas comprobacións segundo esas regras.</p>" #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -583,15 +554,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Contrasinais que se lembran</b>:\n" -"Introduza o número de contrasinais do usuario que se almacenan e se evita " -"que\n" -"o usuario os volva usar. Introduza 0 se non se deben almacenar os " -"contrasinais.</p>" +"Introduza o número de contrasinais do usuario que se almacenan e se evita que\n" +"o usuario os volva usar. Introduza 0 se non se deben almacenar os contrasinais.</p>" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 @@ -602,27 +570,22 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>MD5</b> permite contrasinais máis longos e é compatible con todas as\n" -"distribucións de Linux actuais, pero non con outros sistemas ou software " -"antigo.</p>" +"distribucións de Linux actuais, pero non con outros sistemas ou software antigo.</p>" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 @@ -639,14 +602,11 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Días de antelación do aviso respecto á caducidade de contrasinal</b>:" -"Esta entrada configura cantos días antes da caducidade do contrasinal se\n" -"avisa ao usuario de que o seu contrasinal vai caducar. Canto maior é o " -"tempo,\n" +"<p><b>Días de antelación do aviso respecto á caducidade de contrasinal</b>:Esta entrada configura cantos días antes da caducidade do contrasinal se\n" +"avisa ao usuario de que o seu contrasinal vai caducar. Canto maior é o tempo,\n" "menos probable é que alguén poida adiviñar contrasinais.</p>" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 @@ -656,8 +616,7 @@ "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Seguridade de usuarios</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varias opcións que se usan para crear " -"usuarios.</p>" +"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varias opcións que se usan para crear usuarios.</p>" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -681,50 +640,38 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Outras opcións de seguridade</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar diversas opcións relacionadas ca " -"seguridade local.</p>" +"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar diversas opcións relacionadas ca seguridade local.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Permisos de ficheiros</b>: as opcións para os permisos de certos\n" -"ficheiros do sistema defínense segundo os datos de /etc/permissions.secure " -"ou\n" -"/etc/permissions.easy. O ficheiro que se use depende da escolla nesta " -"opción.\n" +"ficheiros do sistema defínense segundo os datos de /etc/permissions.secure ou\n" +"/etc/permissions.easy. O ficheiro que se use depende da escolla nesta opción.\n" "Ao iniciar SuSEconfig defínense os permisos conforme a /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"Deste xeito arránxanse ficheiros con permisos incorrectos, fosen " -"modificados\n" +"Deste xeito arránxanse ficheiros con permisos incorrectos, fosen modificados\n" "por accidente ou por algún intruso.</p><p>\n" "Con <b>Fácil</b> a maioría dos ficheiros de sistema, que coa opción Seguro\n" "activada só pode ler root, tamén poderán ser lidos polos outros usuarios.\n" -"Se se usa <b>Seguro</b> algúns ficheiros de sistema (p.ex. /var/log/" -"messages)\n" -"só poden ser vistos polo usuario root. Algúns programas só poden ser " -"executados\n" +"Se se usa <b>Seguro</b> algúns ficheiros de sistema (p.ex. /var/log/messages)\n" +"só poden ser vistos polo usuario root. Algúns programas só poden ser executados\n" "por root ou por daemons, pero non por un usuario normal.\n" "A opción máis segura é <b>Paranoico</b>. Con ela terá que decidir que\n" "usuarios poderán executar aplicativos X e programas setuid.</p>\n" @@ -733,18 +680,15 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Usuario que inicia updatedb</b>: o programa updatedb\n" "execútase unha vez ao día. Examina o sistema de ficheiros completo\n" "e crea unha base de datos (locatedb), onde se almacena a localización\n" -"de todos os ficheiros. Pódese buscar na base de datos co programa \"locate" -"\".\n" +"de todos os ficheiros. Pódese buscar na base de datos co programa \"locate\".\n" "Defina aquí o usuario que executa esta orde: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (poucos ficheiros) ou <b>root</b> (todos os ficheiros).</p>" @@ -753,8 +697,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -762,8 +705,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -773,21 +715,17 @@ msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Algúns sistemas fan un arranxo engadindo o punto (\".\") ao\n" "camiño de busca, permitindo que se poidan buscar e executar ficheiros\n" "do directorio actual. Isto é moi perigoso xa que por accidente pódense\n" "iniciar programas descoñecidos no directorio actual en vez dos ficheiros\n" -"do sistema normais. Por esta razón é posible executar <i>Cabalos de Troia</" -"i>\n" -"que se benefician desta febleza para introducirse no sistema dun xeito " -"bastante\n" +"do sistema normais. Por esta razón é posible executar <i>Cabalos de Troia</i>\n" +"que se benefician desta febleza para introducirse no sistema dun xeito bastante\n" "doado, se activa esta opción.\n" "</p>" @@ -813,147 +751,90 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This is overview of the most important " -#| "security settings.</P>" -msgid "" -"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important " -"security settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Resumo de seguridade</B><BR>Isto é o resumo das opcións de seguridade " -"máis importantes.</P>" +#| msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This is overview of the most important security settings.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Resumo de seguridade</B><BR>Isto é o resumo das opcións de seguridade máis importantes.</P>" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P>To change the current value click the link associated to the option.</" -#| "P>" -msgid "" -"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +#| msgid "<P>To change the current value click the link associated to the option.</P>" +msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" msgstr "<P>Para cambiar o valor actual prema na ligazón asociada á opción.</P>" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P>Check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " -#| "value of the option is secure.</P>" -msgid "" -"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>O sinal de verificación na columan <B>Estado de seguridade</B> significa " -"que o valor actual da opción é seguro.</P>" +#| msgid "<P>Check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgstr "<P>O sinal de verificación na columan <B>Estado de seguridade</B> significa que o valor actual da opción é seguro.</P>" #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -#| "installed or the option is missing in the system.</B></P>" -msgid "" -"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Non foi posible ler o valor actual. Probablemente o servizo non está " -"instalado ou falta a opción no sistema.</B></P>" +#| msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing in the system.</B></P>" +msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Non foi posible ler o valor actual. Probablemente o servizo non está instalado ou falta a opción no sistema.</B></P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with " -"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective.</P>" +msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password.</P>" +msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" +"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 @@ -962,8 +843,7 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" @@ -975,32 +855,18 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" +msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 @@ -1012,40 +878,22 @@ msgstr "<P>Esta opción só se aplica a <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" +msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency " -#| "and to run the security related services.</P>" -msgid "" -"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Os servizos de sistema básicos debe estar activados para proporcionar " -"consistencia ao sistema e para executar servizos relacionados ca seguridade." -"</P>" +#| msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security related services.</P>" +msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Os servizos de sistema básicos debe estar activados para proporcionar consistencia ao sistema e para executar servizos relacionados ca seguridade.</P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Cada serviz en execución é un posible obxectivo dun ataque á seguridade. " -"Polo tanto recoméndase que se desactiven todos os servizos que non se usan " -"no sistema.</P>" +msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Cada serviz en execución é un posible obxectivo dun ataque á seguridade. Polo tanto recoméndase que se desactiven todos os servizos que non se usan no sistema.</P>" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 @@ -1366,16 +1214,11 @@ msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Nivel de seguridade actual: %1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>By default the current working directory is not used when searching " -#~ "for executables.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Por defecto non se busca no directorio de traballo actual ao buscar " -#~ "executables.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Por defecto non se busca no directorio de traballo actual ao buscar executables.</P>" #~ msgid "This setting applies for <EM>root</EM> user and system users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esta opción aplícase ao usuario <EM>root</EM> e aos usuarios do sistema." +#~ msgstr "Esta opción aplícase ao usuario <EM>root</EM> e aos usuarios do sistema." #~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users." #~ msgstr "Esta opción aplícase aos usuarios normais." @@ -1384,8 +1227,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" #~| " (multiuser with network)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\\n (multiuser with network)" +#~ msgid "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\\n (multiuser with network)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activar os servizos de sistema básicos no nivel de execución 3\n" #~ " (multiusuario con rede)" @@ -1394,9 +1236,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" #~| " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\\n (multiuser with network and " -#~ "graphical login)" +#~ msgid "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\\n (multiuser with network and graphical login)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activar os servizos de sistema básicos no nivel de execución 5\n" #~ " (multiusuario con rede e inicio de sesión gráfico)" @@ -1414,21 +1254,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" #~| "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\\nThe " -#~ "maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." +#~ msgid "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\\nThe maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A lonxitude de contrasinal mínima non pode ser maior que a máxima. \n" -#~ "A lonxitude de contrasinal máxima para o método de cifrado seleccionado é " -#~ "%1." +#~ "A lonxitude de contrasinal máxima para o método de cifrado seleccionado é %1." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" #~| "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Please " -#~ "wait...<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Please wait...<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración de seguridade</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>Agarde...</p>" @@ -1437,21 +1272,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora " -#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" +#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" #~| "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Please wait..." -#~ "<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>Please wait...<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración de seguridade</big></b>\n" #~ "<br>Agarde...<br></p>" @@ -1460,9 +1290,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a garda</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Para abortar a garda prema en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>" @@ -1471,13 +1299,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" #~| "<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\\n<p>In this dialog, change " -#~ "various boot settings related to security.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\\n<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Seguridade de arranque</big></b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varios parámetros relacionados ca " -#~ "seguridade.</p>" +#~ "<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varios parámetros relacionados ca seguridade.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1487,27 +1312,19 @@ #~| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" #~| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" #~| "workstation and server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\\nConfigure what the system " -#~ "should do in response to\\nsomeone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT " -#~ "+ DEL key\\ncombination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is " -#~ "desirable\\nto ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as " -#~ "both\\nworkstation and server.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\\nConfigure what the system should do in response to\\nsomeone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\\ncombination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\\nto ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\\nworkstation and server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Interpretación de Ctrl + Alt + Supr</b>:\n" #~ "Configure o que debe facer o sistema como resposta a que\n" #~ "alguén prema na consola a combinación de teclas CTRL + ALT + SUPR.\n" #~ "Normalmente reiniciase o sistema. A veces é desexable ignorar este\n" -#~ "evento, por exemplo cando un sistema fai de estación de traballo e de " -#~ "servidor.</p>" +#~ "evento, por exemplo cando un sistema fai de estación de traballo e de servidor.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" #~| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\\nSet who is allowed to " -#~ "shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\\nSet who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Comportamento de apagado do xestor de acceso</b>:\n" #~ "Pode controlar quen pode apagar a máquina dende o KDM.</p>\n" @@ -1515,24 +1332,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -#~| "<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -#~| "include\n" -#~| " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -#~| "default\n" +#~| "<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +#~| " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" #~| " settings can be modified as needed.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\\n<p>Using predefined " -#~ "defaults, change the local security settings, which include\\n " -#~ "booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default" -#~ "\\n settings can be modified as needed.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\\n<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\\n booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\\n settings can be modified as needed.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><BIG><B>Configurar a seguridade local</B></BIG></P>\n" #~ "<p>Usando as predefinicións, cambiar as opcións de seguridade local que\n" -#~ " inclúen o arranque, o inicio de sesión, o contrasinal, a creación de " -#~ "usuarios e\n" -#~ " os permisos dos ficheiros. A predefinicións pódense modificar tanto " -#~ "como\n" +#~ " inclúen o arranque, o inicio de sesión, o contrasinal, a creación de usuarios e\n" +#~ " os permisos dos ficheiros. A predefinicións pódense modificar tanto como\n" #~ "sexa necesario.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -1540,9 +1349,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n" #~| "any type of a network.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\\nany " -#~ "type of a network.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\\nany type of a network.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Estación de traballo no fogar</b>: para un ordenador na casa,\n" #~ "sen conexión a ningún tipo de rede.</p>" @@ -1551,9 +1358,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" #~| "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\\nto any type " -#~ "of network including the Internet.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\\nto any type of network including the Internet.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Estación de traballo en rede</b>: para un ordenador\n" #~ "conectado a algún tipo de rede ou á Internet.</p>" @@ -1562,9 +1367,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" #~| "any type of service.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\\nany type of " -#~ "service.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\\nany type of service.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Servidor de rede</b>: para un ordenador que\n" #~ "proporciona algún tipo de servizo.</p>" @@ -1574,9 +1377,7 @@ #~| "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" #~| "<p>These login settings\n" #~| "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\\n<p>These login settings\\nare " -#~ "mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\\n<p>These login settings\\nare mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Seguridade de inicio de sesión</b></big></p>\n" #~ "<p>Estas opcións gárdanse\n" @@ -1585,41 +1386,24 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -#~| "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -#~| "prevent\n" -#~| "password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to " -#~| "wait to\n" -#~| "retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds " -#~| "(<tt>3</tt>).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\\nIt is advisable to wait " -#~ "some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\\npassword " -#~ "guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to" -#~ "\\nretry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds " -#~ "(<tt>3</tt>).</p>" +#~| "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +#~| "password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +#~| "retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\\nIt is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\\npassword guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\\nretry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Atraso tras un intento incorrecto de inicio de sesión:</b>\n" -#~ "Aconséllase agardar algún tempo despois dun intento incorrecto de inicio " -#~ "de sesión,\n" -#~ "para evitar a adiviñación de contrasinais. Por outra banda, poña un tempo " -#~ "pequeno\n" -#~ "dabondo para que os usuarios non teñan que agardar demasiado se escriben " -#~ "mal o\n" +#~ "Aconséllase agardar algún tempo despois dun intento incorrecto de inicio de sesión,\n" +#~ "para evitar a adiviñación de contrasinais. Por outra banda, poña un tempo pequeno\n" +#~ "dabondo para que os usuarios non teñan que agardar demasiado se escriben mal o\n" #~ "contrasinal. Un valor aconsellable é tres segundos (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" -#~| "attempts is useful. It can help to warn you of unauthorized access to " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -#~| "usual).\n" +#~| "attempts is useful. It can help to warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" +#~| "system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login" -#~ "\\nattempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the" -#~ "\\nsystem (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -#~ "usual).\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\\nattempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\\nsystem (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Rexistrar os intentos de inicio de sesión válidos:</b>\n" #~ "Rexistrar os intentos de autenticación válidos é útil. Pode axudar\n" @@ -1630,17 +1414,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -#~| "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -#~| "access\n" +#~| "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" #~| "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\\nto " -#~ "a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access" -#~ "\\nto your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\\nto a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\\nto your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Permitir o inicio de sesión gráfico remoto:</b> Marcar isto\n" -#~ "permite o acceso por rede a unha pantalla de inicio de sesión gráfica " -#~ "nesta\n" +#~ "permite o acceso por rede a unha pantalla de inicio de sesión gráfica nesta\n" #~ "máquina. O acceso remoto a esta máquina usando un xestor de inicio de\n" #~ "sesión podería ser un risco.</p>" @@ -1648,9 +1427,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>These password settings\n" #~| "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>These password settings\\nare mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs " -#~ "file.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>These password settings\\nare mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Estas opcións gárdanse\n" #~ "sobre todo no ficheiro \"/etc/login.defs\".</p>" @@ -1658,79 +1435,50 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -#~| "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, " -#~| "common word.\n" -#~| "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." -#~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that" -#~ "\\ncannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, " -#~ "common word.\\nBy checking the box, enforce password checking in regard " -#~ "to these rules.</p>" +#~| "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +#~| "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\\ncannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\\nBy checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Comprobar os novos contrasinais</b>: convén escoller un contrasinal\n" -#~ "que non se poida atopar nun diccionario, en nomes ou en outras palabras " -#~ "simples\n" -#~ "e comúns. Marcando a opción, fai que se realicen esas comprobacións " -#~ "segundo esas regras.</p>" +#~ "que non se poida atopar nun diccionario, en nomes ou en outras palabras simples\n" +#~ "e comúns. Marcando a opción, fai que se realicen esas comprobacións segundo esas regras.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -#~| "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -#~| "reusing.\n" +#~| "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" #~| "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\\nEnter the number of user passwords to " -#~ "store and prevent the user from reusing.\\nEnter 0 if passwords should " -#~ "not be stored.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\\nEnter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\\nEnter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Contrasinais que se lembran</b>:\n" -#~ "Introduza o número de contrasinais do usuario que se almacenan e se evita " -#~ "que\n" -#~ "o usuario os volva usar. Introduza 0 se non se deben almacenar os " -#~ "contrasinais.</p>" +#~ "Introduza o número de contrasinais do usuario que se almacenan e se evita que\n" +#~ "o usuario os volva usar. Introduza 0 se non se deben almacenar os contrasinais.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>des</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network " -#~| "environments,\n" -#~| "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If " -#~| "you need\n" +#~| "<p><b>des</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" +#~| "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" #~| "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network " -#~ "environments,\\nbut it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight " -#~ "characters. If you need\\ncompatibility with other systems, use this " -#~ "method.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\\nbut it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\\ncompatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>des</b>, é o método predeterminado de Linux e funciona en todos os\n" -#~ "contornos de rede, pero restrinxe a lonxitude dos contrasinais a un " -#~ "máximo de oito\n" -#~ "caracteres. Se precisa compatibilidade con outros sistemas use este " -#~ "método.</p>" +#~ "contornos de rede, pero restrinxe a lonxitude dos contrasinais a un máximo de oito\n" +#~ "caracteres. Se precisa compatibilidade con outros sistemas use este método.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -#~| "Linux \n" +#~| "<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" #~| "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -#~ "Linux \\ndistributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \\ndistributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>MD5</b> permite contrasinais máis longos e é compatible con todas " -#~ "as\n" -#~ "distribucións de Linux actuais, pero non con outros sistemas ou software " -#~ "antigo.</p>" +#~ "<p><b>MD5</b> permite contrasinais máis longos e é compatible con todas as\n" +#~ "distribucións de Linux actuais, pero non con outros sistemas ou software antigo.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" #~| "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\\nmaximum number of days a " -#~ "password may be used.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\\nmaximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Duración do contrasinal:</b> Define os\n" #~ "números de días mínimo e máximo que se pode usar\n" @@ -1739,41 +1487,28 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -#~| "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The " -#~| "longer the\n" +#~| "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" #~| "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the" -#~ "\\nnumber of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The " -#~ "longer the\\ntime, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\\nnumber of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\\ntime, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Días de antelación do aviso respecto á caducidade de contrasinal</" -#~ "b>:Esta entrada configura cantos días antes da caducidade do contrasinal " -#~ "se\n" -#~ "avisa ao usuario de que o seu contrasinal vai caducar. Canto maior é o " -#~ "tempo,\n" +#~ "<p><b>Días de antelación do aviso respecto á caducidade de contrasinal</b>:Esta entrada configura cantos días antes da caducidade do contrasinal se\n" +#~ "avisa ao usuario de que o seu contrasinal vai caducar. Canto maior é o tempo,\n" #~ "menos probable é que alguén poida adiviñar contrasinais.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" #~| "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\\n<p>In this dialog, change " -#~ "various settings used to create users.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\\n<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Seguridade de usuarios</b></big></P>\n" -#~ "<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varias opcións que se usan para " -#~ "crear usuarios.</p>" +#~ "<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varias opcións que se usan para crear usuarios.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" #~| "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\\nSet the minimum and maximum possible " -#~ "user ID.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\\nSet the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Limitacións dos ID de usuario:</b>\n" #~ "Configura o valor mínimo e máximo dos ID de usuario posibles.</p>" @@ -1782,9 +1517,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" #~| "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\\nSet the minimum and maximum possible " -#~ "group ID.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\\nSet the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Limitacións dos ID de grupo</b>:\n" #~ "Configura o valor mínimo e máximo dos ID de grupo posibles.</p>" @@ -1792,71 +1525,39 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -#~| "<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local " -#~| "security.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\\n<p>In this dialog, " -#~ "change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" +#~| "<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\\n<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Outras opcións de seguridade</b></big></P>\n" -#~ "<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar diversas opcións relacionadas ca " -#~ "seguridade local.</p>" +#~ "<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar diversas opcións relacionadas ca seguridade local.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -#~| "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/" -#~| "permissions.secure\n" +#~| "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" #~| "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -#~| "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/" -#~| "permissions.*.\n" -#~| "This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -#~| "accidentally\n" +#~| "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +#~| "This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" #~| "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" -#~| "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by " -#~| "root\n" +#~| "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" #~| "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -#~| "Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, " -#~| "can only\n" -#~| "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root " -#~| "or by\n" +#~| "Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +#~| "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" #~| "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" #~| "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" -#~| "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\\nof certain " -#~ "system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure" -#~ "\\nor /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection." -#~ "\\nLaunching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/" -#~ "permissions.*.\\nThis fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether " -#~ "this occurred accidentally\\nor by intruders.</p><p>\\nWith <b>Easy</b>, " -#~ "most of the system files that are only readable by root\\nin Secure are " -#~ "modified so other users can also read these files.\\nUsing <b>Secure</b>, " -#~ "certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\\nbe viewed by " -#~ "the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by" -#~ "\\ndaemons, not by ordinary users.\\nThe most secure setting is " -#~ "<b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\\ndecide which users are able to run X " -#~ "applications and setuid programs.</p>\\n" +#~| "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\\nof certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\\nor /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\\nLaunching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\\nThis fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\\nor by intruders.</p><p>\\nWith <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\\nin Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\\nUsing <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\\nbe viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\\ndaemons, not by ordinary users.\\nThe most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\\ndecide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Permisos de ficheiros</b>: as opcións para os permisos de certos\n" -#~ "ficheiros do sistema defínense segundo os datos de /etc/permissions." -#~ "secure ou\n" -#~ "/etc/permissions.easy. O ficheiro que se use depende da escolla nesta " -#~ "opción.\n" -#~ "Ao iniciar SuSEconfig defínense os permisos conforme a /etc/permissions." -#~ "*.\n" -#~ "Deste xeito arránxanse ficheiros con permisos incorrectos, fosen " -#~ "modificados\n" +#~ "ficheiros do sistema defínense segundo os datos de /etc/permissions.secure ou\n" +#~ "/etc/permissions.easy. O ficheiro que se use depende da escolla nesta opción.\n" +#~ "Ao iniciar SuSEconfig defínense os permisos conforme a /etc/permissions.*.\n" +#~ "Deste xeito arránxanse ficheiros con permisos incorrectos, fosen modificados\n" #~ "por accidente ou por algún intruso.</p><p>\n" -#~ "Con <b>Fácil</b> a maioría dos ficheiros de sistema, que coa opción " -#~ "Seguro\n" -#~ "activada só pode ler root, tamén poderán ser lidos polos outros " -#~ "usuarios.\n" -#~ "Se se usa <b>Seguro</b> algúns ficheiros de sistema (p.ex. /var/log/" -#~ "messages)\n" -#~ "só poden ser vistos polo usuario root. Algúns programas só poden ser " -#~ "executados\n" +#~ "Con <b>Fácil</b> a maioría dos ficheiros de sistema, que coa opción Seguro\n" +#~ "activada só pode ler root, tamén poderán ser lidos polos outros usuarios.\n" +#~ "Se se usa <b>Seguro</b> algúns ficheiros de sistema (p.ex. /var/log/messages)\n" +#~ "só poden ser vistos polo usuario root. Algúns programas só poden ser executados\n" #~ "por root ou por daemons, pero non por un usuario normal.\n" #~ "A opción máis segura é <b>Paranoico</b>. Con ela terá que decidir que\n" #~ "usuarios poderán executar aplicativos X e programas setuid.</p>\n" @@ -1864,57 +1565,35 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -#~| "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -#~| "(locatedb)\n" -#~| "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: " -#~| "<b>nobody</b>\n" +#~| "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +#~| "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" +#~| "program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" #~| " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \\nonce a " -#~ "day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -#~ "(locatedb)\\nthat stores the location of every file. The database can be " -#~ "searched by the\\nprogram \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this " -#~ "command: <b>nobody</b>\\n (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \\nonce a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\\nthat stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\\nprogram \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\\n (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Usuario que inicia updatedb</b>: o programa updatedb\n" #~ "execútase unha vez ao día. Examina o sistema de ficheiros completo\n" #~ "e crea unha base de datos (locatedb), onde se almacena a localización\n" -#~ "de todos os ficheiros. Pódese buscar na base de datos co programa \"locate" -#~ "\".\n" +#~ "de todos os ficheiros. Pódese buscar na base de datos co programa \"locate\".\n" #~ "Defina aquí o usuario que executa esta orde: <b>nobody</b>\n" #~ " (poucos ficheiros) ou <b>root</b> (todos os ficheiros).</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" -#~| "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and " -#~| "executed.\n" -#~| "This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -#~| "programs in\n" -#~| "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a " -#~| "result,\n" -#~| "executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade " -#~| "your system,\n" +#~| "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" +#~| "This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +#~| "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" +#~| "executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" #~| "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the" -#~ "\\nsearch path, enabling files in the current path to be found and " -#~ "executed.\\nThis is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch " -#~ "unknown programs in\\nthe current directory instead of the usual " -#~ "systemwide files. As a result,\\nexecuting <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which " -#~ "exploit this weakness and invade your system,\\nis rather easy if you set " -#~ "this option.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\\nsearch path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\\nThis is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\\nthe current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\\nexecuting <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\\nis rather easy if you set this option.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Algúns sistemas fan un arranxo engadindo o punto (\".\") ao\n" #~ "camiño de busca, permitindo que se poidan buscar e executar ficheiros\n" #~ "do directorio actual. Isto é moi perigoso xa que por accidente pódense\n" #~ "iniciar programas descoñecidos no directorio actual en vez dos ficheiros\n" -#~ "do sistema normais. Por esta razón é posible executar <i>Cabalos de " -#~ "Troia</i>\n" -#~ "que se benefician desta febleza para introducirse no sistema dun xeito " -#~ "bastante\n" +#~ "do sistema normais. Por esta razón é posible executar <i>Cabalos de Troia</i>\n" +#~ "que se benefician desta febleza para introducirse no sistema dun xeito bastante\n" #~ "doado, se activa esta opción.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -1922,9 +1601,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" #~| "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\\npath " -#~ "of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\\npath of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\"si\": o punto (\".\") engádese ao final do camiño de busca\n" #~ "de root, sendo deste xeito o último lugar no que se busca.</p>" @@ -1933,13 +1610,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" #~| "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\\ncurrent " -#~ "directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\\ncurrent directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\"non\": o usuario root sempre terá que iniciar os programas\n" -#~ "do directorio actual poñéndolle antes \"./\". Exemplo: \"./configure\".</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "do directorio actual poñéndolle antes \"./\". Exemplo: \"./configure\".</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/services-manager.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/services-manager.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/services-manager.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -43,34 +43,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -114,15 +103,14 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribindo a configuración..." #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" @@ -136,14 +124,14 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servizo" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activado" #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state @@ -151,11 +139,11 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activo" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Descrición" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 msgid "&Start/Stop" @@ -167,7 +155,7 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 msgid "Show &Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar &detalles" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 @@ -184,7 +172,7 @@ #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactivado" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 @@ -210,34 +198,32 @@ #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Servizos" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servizos" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" "The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>" msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>Servizos</b></big><br>\n" +"A configuración actual non fornece agora ningunha funcionalidade.</p>" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.</p>\n" -"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -256,7 +242,7 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non foi posible activar o servizo %1" #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" @@ -271,7 +257,7 @@ #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aínda non configurado." #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state #. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/slp-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/slp-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/slp-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -174,8 +174,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Cancele a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro premendo <b>Cancelar</" -"b> agora.</p>\n" +"Cancele a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro premendo <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -270,47 +269,29 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Estableza aquí o modo no que se executará o daemon SLP. O modo máis " -"simple é <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -"Nel, o daemon SLP responde ás solicitudes enviadas por broadcast. O seguinte " -"modo é <b>Multicast</b>. Nel, o daemon responde ás\n" -"solicitudes enviadas por multicast nos ÁMBITOS axeitados. No modo " -"<b>Servidor DA</b> informa aos servidores DA nos\n" -"enderezos IP especificados sobre os servizos rexistrados estática e " -"dinamicamente. A última opción é\n" -"<b>Convértese nun Servidor DA</b>. Isto é un servidor de caché para as " -"respostas do servizo.</p>\n" +"<p>Estableza aquí o modo no que se executará o daemon SLP. O modo máis simple é <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"Nel, o daemon SLP responde ás solicitudes enviadas por broadcast. O seguinte modo é <b>Multicast</b>. Nel, o daemon responde ás\n" +"solicitudes enviadas por multicast nos ÁMBITOS axeitados. No modo <b>Servidor DA</b> informa aos servidores DA nos\n" +"enderezos IP especificados sobre os servizos rexistrados estática e dinamicamente. A última opción é\n" +"<b>Convértese nun Servidor DA</b>. Isto é un servidor de caché para as respostas do servizo.</p>\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>Opcións de expertos</b>, acceda a todas as opcións dispoñíbeis en /" -"etc/slp.conf.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Con <b>Opcións de expertos</b>, acceda a todas as opcións dispoñíbeis en /etc/slp.conf.</p>" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create " -"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Ficheiros de configuración para o rexistro estático de SLP. Cree un novo " -"ficheiro baleiro con <b>Engadir</b>. Con\n" -"<b>Modificar</b>, cambie os valores dun ficheiro xa existente. Con " -"<b>Eliminar</b>, é posíbel eliminar ficheiros non posuídos por ningún " -"paquete." +"Ficheiros de configuración para o rexistro estático de SLP. Cree un novo ficheiro baleiro con <b>Engadir</b>. Con\n" +"<b>Modificar</b>, cambie os valores dun ficheiro xa existente. Con <b>Eliminar</b>, é posíbel eliminar ficheiros non posuídos por ningún paquete." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" @@ -323,10 +304,8 @@ #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar o servidor SLP, debe instalarse o paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configurar o servidor SLP, debe instalarse o paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>" #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" @@ -418,9 +397,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciaando a configuración de Servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -429,21 +406,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración de Servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n" @@ -453,25 +425,18 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an " -#~ "overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\\nedit their " -#~ "configurations.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de configuración de Servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Obteña un resumo dos servidores SLP instalados. Ademais\n" @@ -481,9 +446,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to " -#~ "configure an SLP server.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Engadindo un Servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un servidor SLP.</p>\n" @@ -493,10 +456,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" #~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an SLP server to " -#~ "change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an SLP server to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou eliminando</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Elixa un servidor SLP para cambialo ou eliminalo.\n" @@ -507,9 +467,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" #~| "<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to " -#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Primeira parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n" @@ -520,9 +478,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" #~| "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You " -#~ "must code it first. :-)\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Selección de algo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Non é posible. Débese codificar primeiro. :-)\n" @@ -533,9 +489,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" #~| "<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to " -#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Segunda parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n" @@ -543,53 +497,27 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode " -#~| "is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -#~| "In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next " -#~| "mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -#~| "sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, " -#~| "it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -#~| "about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options " -#~| "is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +#~| "<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +#~| "In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +#~| "sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +#~| "about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" #~| "answers.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode " -#~ "is <b>Broadcast</b>.\\nIn it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by " -#~ "broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers " -#~ "queries\\nsent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</" -#~ "b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\\nabout " -#~ "statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -#~ "<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\\nanswers.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\\nIn it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\\nsent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\\nabout statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\\nanswers.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Estableza aquí o modo no que se executará o daemon SLP. O modo máis " -#~ "simple é <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -#~ "Nel, o daemon SLP responde ás solicitudes enviadas por broadcast. O " -#~ "seguinte modo é <b>Multicast</b>. Nel, o daemon responde ás\n" -#~ "solicitudes enviadas por multicast nos ÁMBITOS axeitados. No modo " -#~ "<b>Servidor DA</b> informa aos servidores DA nos\n" -#~ "enderezos IP especificados sobre os servizos rexistrados estatica e " -#~ "dinamicamente. A última opción é\n" -#~ "<b>Convértese nun Servidor DA</b>. Isto é un servidor de caché para as " -#~ "respostas do servizo.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Estableza aquí o modo no que se executará o daemon SLP. O modo máis simple é <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +#~ "Nel, o daemon SLP responde ás solicitudes enviadas por broadcast. O seguinte modo é <b>Multicast</b>. Nel, o daemon responde ás\n" +#~ "solicitudes enviadas por multicast nos ÁMBITOS axeitados. No modo <b>Servidor DA</b> informa aos servidores DA nos\n" +#~ "enderezos IP especificados sobre os servizos rexistrados estatica e dinamicamente. A última opción é\n" +#~ "<b>Convértese nun Servidor DA</b>. Isto é un servidor de caché para as respostas do servizo.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, " -#~| "create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" -#~| "change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is " -#~| "possible to delete files not owned by any package." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, " -#~ "create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\\nchange the values of any " -#~ "existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not " -#~ "owned by any package." +#~| "Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +#~| "change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." +#~ msgid "Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\\nchange the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ficheiros de configuración para o rexistro estático de SLP. Cree un novo " -#~ "ficheiro baleiro con <b>Engadir</b>. Con\n" -#~ "<b>Modificar</b>, cambie os valores dun ficheiro xa existente. Con " -#~ "<b>Eliminar</b>, é posible eliminar ficheiros non posuídos por ningún " -#~ "paquete." +#~ "Ficheiros de configuración para o rexistro estático de SLP. Cree un novo ficheiro baleiro con <b>Engadir</b>. Con\n" +#~ "<b>Modificar</b>, cambie os valores dun ficheiro xa existente. Con <b>Eliminar</b>, é posible eliminar ficheiros non posuídos por ningún paquete." #~ msgid "SLP Server to Configure" #~ msgstr "Servidor SLP a Configurar" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/snapper.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/snapper.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/snapper.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -330,16 +330,14 @@ "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" "<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" msgstr "" "<p>Estes ficheiros hanse restaurar desde a captura '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Os ficheiros que hai na captura orixinal vanse copiar ao sistema actual.</" -"p>\n" +"<p>Os ficheiros que hai na captura orixinal vanse copiar ao sistema actual.</p>\n" "<p>Eliminaranse os ficheiros que non existan na captura.</p>Está seguro?" #. Read dialog help @@ -355,28 +353,17 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see " -"the\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de capturas</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>A táboa mostra unha lista de capturas do ficheiro de sistema. Hay tres " -"tipos\n" +"<p>A táboa mostra unha lista de capturas do ficheiro de sistema. Hay tres tipos\n" "de capturas: <b>única</b>, <b>pre</b> e <b>post</b>. As capturas únicas\n" -"empréganse para gardar o estado do sistema de ficheiros nun determinado " -"intre, mentres Pre e Post úsanse para definir os cambios feitos por " -"operacións especiais executadas entre a toma desas dúas capturas. As " -"capturas Pre e Post emparéllanse na táboa.</p>\n" -"<p>Seleccione unha captura ou parella de capturas e prema en <b>Mostrar " -"cambios</b> para ver \n" +"empréganse para gardar o estado do sistema de ficheiros nun determinado intre, mentres Pre e Post úsanse para definir os cambios feitos por operacións especiais executadas entre a toma desas dúas capturas. As capturas Pre e Post emparéllanse na táboa.</p>\n" +"<p>Seleccione unha captura ou parella de capturas e prema en <b>Mostrar cambios</b> para ver \n" "os cambios no sistema de ficheiros nunha captura especificada.</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help @@ -384,27 +371,18 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Vista global de capturas</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"A árbore mostra todos os ficheiros que se modificaron entre laa creación da " -"primeira (pre) e segunda (post) captura. No lado dereito pode ver a " -"descrición xerada cando se creou a primeira e o tempo de creación de ambas.\n" +"A árbore mostra todos os ficheiros que se modificaron entre laa creación da primeira (pre) e segunda (post) captura. No lado dereito pode ver a descrición xerada cando se creou a primeira e o tempo de creación de ambas.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Cando seleccione un ficheiro na árbore, poderá ver os cambios que houbo. De " -"xeito predeterminado móstranse os cambios entre capturas emparelladas, pero " -"é posíbel comparar o ficheiro con diferentes versións.\n" +"Cando seleccione un ficheiro na árbore, poderá ver os cambios que houbo. De xeito predeterminado móstranse os cambios entre capturas emparelladas, pero é posíbel comparar o ficheiro con diferentes versións.\n" "</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -412,24 +390,18 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Vista global de capturas</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"A árbore mostra todos os ficheiros que son diferentes entre a captura actual " -"e o sistema actual. No lado dereito pode ver unha descrición da captura e a " -"data de da súa creación.\n" +"A árbore mostra todos os ficheiros que son diferentes entre a captura actual e o sistema actual. No lado dereito pode ver unha descrición da captura e a data de da súa creación.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Cando seleccione un ficheiro na árbore, mostrarase a diferenza entre a " -"versión da imaxe e o sistema actual.\n" +"Cando seleccione un ficheiro na árbore, mostrarase a diferenza entre a versión da imaxe e o sistema actual.\n" "</p>\n" #. popup error @@ -557,24 +529,14 @@ #~ msgstr "O ficheiro /etc/sysconfig/snappe non está dispoñíbel." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -#~| "system?" +#~| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" #~ msgid "Do you want to delete the file\\n\\n%1\\n\\nfrom current system?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ten certeza de que quere aplicar a configuración do perfil ao sistema " -#~ "actual?" +#~ msgstr "Ten certeza de que quere aplicar a configuración do perfil ao sistema actual?" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your " -#~| "current system?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do you want to copy the file\\n\\n%1\\n\\nfrom snapshot '%2' to current " -#~ "system?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ten certeza de querer aplicar a configuración do módulo \"%1\" ao sistema " -#~ "actual?" +#~| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +#~ msgid "Do you want to copy the file\\n\\n%1\\n\\nfrom snapshot '%2' to current system?" +#~ msgstr "Ten certeza de querer aplicar a configuración do módulo \"%1\" ao sistema actual?" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -588,102 +550,50 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -#~| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -#~| "types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single " -#~| "snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while " -#~| "Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation " -#~| "proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are " -#~| "coupled together in the table.</p>\n" -#~| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to " -#~| "see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\\n<p>The table shows a " -#~ "list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\\nof snapshots, " -#~ "<b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\\nused " -#~ "for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -#~ "are used to define the changes done by special operation performed " -#~ "between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled " -#~ "together in the table.</p>\\n<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and " -#~ "click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\\nnew file system changes in the " -#~ "specified snapshot.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" +#~| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\\n<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\\nof snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\\nused for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\\n<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\\nnew file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración das capturas</big></b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>A táboa amosa unha lista de capturas do sistema de ficheiros raíz. Hai " -#~ "tres tipos de capturas, <b>único</b>, <b>pre</b> e <b>post</b>. As " -#~ "capturas únicas empréganse para gardar o estado do sistema de ficheiros " -#~ "nun intre determinado, mentres que o Pre e o Post utilízanse para definir " -#~ "os cambios realizados por operacións especiais ocorridas entre a toma " -#~ "desas dúas capturas. As capturass Pre e Post agrúpanse xuntos na táboa.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<p>Seleccione unha captura ou un par delas e prema en <b>Amosar cambios</" -#~ "b> para visualizar os novos cambios no sistema de ficheiros especificados " -#~ "na captura.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>A táboa amosa unha lista de capturas do sistema de ficheiros raíz. Hai tres tipos de capturas, <b>único</b>, <b>pre</b> e <b>post</b>. As capturas únicas empréganse para gardar o estado do sistema de ficheiros nun intre determinado, mentres que o Pre e o Post utilízanse para definir os cambios realizados por operacións especiais ocorridas entre a toma desas dúas capturas. As capturass Pre e Post agrúpanse xuntos na táboa.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Seleccione unha captura ou un par delas e prema en <b>Amosar cambios</b> para visualizar os novos cambios no sistema de ficheiros especificados na captura.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating first " -#~| "('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you can see the " -#~| "description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time " -#~| "of creation for both snapshots.\n" +#~| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you can see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" #~| "</p>\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the changes done to it. " -#~| "By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it " -#~| "is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +#~| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\\n<p>\\nThe tree shows all the " -#~ "files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second " -#~ "('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated " -#~ "when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both " -#~ "snapshots.\\n</p>\\n<p>\\nWhen a file is selected in the tree, you see " -#~ "the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled " -#~ "snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with " -#~ "different versions.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\\n<p>\\nThe tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\\n</p>\\n<p>\\nWhen a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Vista previa das capturas</big></b><p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A árbore amosa todos os ficheiros que se modificaron entre a creación da " -#~ "primeira (pre) e segunda (post) captura. No lado dereito pode ver a " -#~ "descrición xerada cando se creou a primeira e o tempo de creación de " -#~ "ámbalas dúas.\n" +#~ "A árbore amosa todos os ficheiros que se modificaron entre a creación da primeira (pre) e segunda (post) captura. No lado dereito pode ver a descrición xerada cando se creou a primeira e o tempo de creación de ámbalas dúas.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Cando seleccione unha captura, poderá ver as modificacións realizadas. De " -#~ "xeito predeterminado amósanse os cambios entre as capturas pareadas, pero " -#~ "tamén se pode comparar o ficheiro con diferentes versións.\n" +#~ "Cando seleccione unha captura, poderá ver as modificacións realizadas. De xeito predeterminado amósanse os cambios entre as capturas pareadas, pero tamén se pode comparar o ficheiro con diferentes versións.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "The tree shows all the files that are different between selected " -#~| "snapshot and current system. On the right side, you can see the snapshot " -#~| "description and time of its creation.\n" +#~| "The tree shows all the files that are different between selected snapshot and current system. On the right side, you can see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" #~| "</p>\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference " -#~| "between snapshot version and current system.\n" +#~| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\\n<p>\\nThe tree shows all the " -#~ "files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the " -#~ "right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n<p>\\nWhen a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its " -#~ "difference between snapshot version and current system.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\\n<p>\\nThe tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\\n</p>\\n<p>\\nWhen a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Vista previa das capturas</big></b><p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A árbore amosa todos os ficheiros que son diferentes entre a captura " -#~ "actual e o sistema actual. No lado dereito pode ver unha descrición da " -#~ "captura e da data da súa creación.\n" +#~ "A árbore amosa todos os ficheiros que son diferentes entre a captura actual e o sistema actual. No lado dereito pode ver unha descrición da captura e da data da súa creación.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Cando seleccione un ficheiro na árbore, amosarase a diferenza entre a " -#~ "versión da imaxe e o sistema actual.\n" +#~ "Cando seleccione un ficheiro na árbore, amosarase a diferenza entre a versión da imaxe e o sistema actual.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -720,9 +630,5 @@ #~ msgid "%1 skipped\\n" #~ msgstr "%1 omitido\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</" -#~ "p>Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Os ficheiros hanse copiar da captura '%1' ao sistema actual: <p>%2</" -#~ "p>Está seguro?" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</p>Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Os ficheiros hanse copiar da captura '%1' ao sistema actual: <p>%2</p>Está seguro?" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/sound.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/sound.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/sound.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ #. popup error message #: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"Non se atopou a base de datos de tarxetas de son. Comprobe a súa instalación." +msgstr "Non se atopou a base de datos de tarxetas de son. Comprobe a súa instalación." #. translators: command line help text for Sound module #: src/clients/sound.rb:59 @@ -42,8 +41,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for add action #: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." -msgstr "" -"Engadir tarxeta de son. Sen parámetros engádese a primeira tarxeta detectada." +msgstr "Engadir tarxeta de son. Sen parámetros engádese a primeira tarxeta detectada." #. help text for unknownd parameters #: src/clients/sound.rb:84 @@ -68,18 +66,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for set action #: src/clients/sound.rb:115 msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." -msgstr "" -"Configurar os novos valores para os parámetros da tarxeta especificada." +msgstr "Configurar os novos valores para os parámetros da tarxeta especificada." #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Valor do parámetro do módulo especificado. Utilice a orde 'show' para ver " -"unha lista dos parámetros permitidos." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Valor do parámetro do módulo especificado. Utilice a orde 'show' para ver unha lista dos parámetros permitidos." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -89,12 +82,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Valor da canle específica (0-100). Utilice a orde 'channels' para ver unha " -"lista das canles dispoñibles." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Valor da canle específica (0-100). Utilice a orde 'channels' para ver unha lista das canles dispoñibles." #. translators: command line help text for modules action #: src/clients/sound.rb:144 @@ -266,11 +255,9 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Algúns paquetes necesarios non están dispoñibles %1\n" -"Algúns dispositivos de son poden non funcionar ou non ter algunhas " -"prestacións.\n" +"Algúns dispositivos de son poden non funcionar ou non ter algunhas prestacións.\n" "\n" -"Permita ou engada repositorios adicionais de software que conteñan estes " -"paquetes.\n" +"Permita ou engada repositorios adicionais de software que conteñan estes paquetes.\n" #. creates summary table with card labels and thier states #. (running/not running/dissappeared) @@ -557,15 +544,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore " -"the original settings.</P>" +"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Con este cadro de diálogo pode establecer o volume para cada canle da " -"tarxeta de son seleccionada. \n" -"Prema <B>Seguinte</B> para almacenar a súa configuración de volume, prema " -"<B>Atrás</B> para restablecer os orixinais.</P>" +"<P>Con este cadro de diálogo pode establecer o volume para cada canle da tarxeta de son seleccionada. \n" +"Prema <B>Seguinte</B> para almacenar a súa configuración de volume, prema <B>Atrás</B> para restablecer os orixinais.</P>" #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 @@ -790,8 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Se non desexa axustar o volume ou establecer a configuración agora, \n" -"marque <b>Configuración automática rápida</b>. Poderá establecer o volumen " -"e\n" +"marque <b>Configuración automática rápida</b>. Poderá establecer o volumen e\n" "cambiar as opcións máis tarde.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -872,9 +854,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Se a lista contiene tarxetas<b>autodetectadas</b> (e aínda non " -"configuradas), elixa unha e siga adiante. Alternativamente pode utilizar " -"<b>Selección manual</b>.</p>\n" +"Se a lista contiene tarxetas<b>autodetectadas</b> (e aínda non configuradas), elixa unha e siga adiante. Alternativamente pode utilizar <b>Selección manual</b>.</p>\n" #. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated #. (popup label message) @@ -922,8 +902,7 @@ "para activar un novo valor. Se existen posibles valores para\n" "unha opción determinada, pode seleccionalo en <B>Posibles valores</B>.\n" "Pode restablecer todos os valores premendo <b>Restablecer</b>. \n" -"Os valores numéricos poden introducirse como decimais ou hexadecimais " -"(hexadecimais precedidos polo prefixo <b>0x</b>).</p>\n" +"Os valores numéricos poden introducirse como decimais ou hexadecimais (hexadecimais precedidos polo prefixo <b>0x</b>).</p>\n" #. help text - mixer setting 1/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 @@ -1098,10 +1077,7 @@ "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" "configure only the '%2'.\n" -msgstr "" -"As tarxetas '%1' e '%2' foron autodetectadas no seu sistema. Para un " -"funcionamento axeitado, por favor, omita a tarjeta '%1' e configure só a " -"'%2'.\n" +msgstr "As tarxetas '%1' e '%2' foron autodetectadas no seu sistema. Para un funcionamento axeitado, por favor, omita a tarjeta '%1' e configure só a '%2'.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 msgid "" @@ -1149,8 +1125,7 @@ "configure the card manually.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Escolla unha tarxeta non configurada da lista e prema <B>Editar</B> para\n" -"configurala. Se a tarxeta non se detecta automaticamente, prema <B>Engadir</" -"B> e \n" +"configurala. Se a tarxeta non se detecta automaticamente, prema <B>Engadir</B> e \n" "configúrea manualmente.</P>\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 @@ -1174,10 +1149,8 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Utilice <b>Outros</b> para definir o volume da tarxeta seleccionada ou " -"configure\n" -"o módulo que debe cargarse para reproducir os ficheiros MIDI (<b>Iniciar " -"secuenciador</b>).\n" +"Utilice <b>Outros</b> para definir o volume da tarxeta seleccionada ou configure\n" +"o módulo que debe cargarse para reproducir os ficheiros MIDI (<b>Iniciar secuenciador</b>).\n" "Utilice <b>Proba de reprodución de son</b> para probar a tarxeta escollida.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1191,25 +1164,19 @@ #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>O dispositivo de son co índice 0 é o dispositivo utilizado de xeito " -"predeterminado polo sistema e os aplicativos.\n" -"Utilice <b>Outros</b> para definir o dispositivo de son escollido como " -"dispositivo principal.</p>" +"<p>O dispositivo de son co índice 0 é o dispositivo utilizado de xeito predeterminado polo sistema e os aplicativos.\n" +"Utilice <b>Outros</b> para definir o dispositivo de son escollido como dispositivo principal.</p>" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" -"Os aplicativos que utilizan OSS (sistema de son aberto) poden utilizar o " -"software mixer por medio de encapsulado aoss. Utilice a orde <tt>aoss <" -"aplicación></tt> para\n" +"Os aplicativos que utilizan OSS (sistema de son aberto) poden utilizar o software mixer por medio de encapsulado aoss. Utilice a orde <tt>aoss <aplicación></tt> para\n" "iniciar o aplicativo." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 @@ -1443,26 +1410,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Almacenando configuración da panca de mandos..." #~ msgid "USB joysticks do not need any configuration, just connect them." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "As pancas de mandos USB non precisan ningunha configuración, simplemente " -#~ "conécteas." +#~ msgstr "As pancas de mandos USB non precisan ningunha configuración, simplemente conécteas." #~ msgid "Joystick Configuration - %1" #~ msgstr "Configuración da panca de mandos - %1" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Neste cadro de diálogo, especifique o tipo de panca de mandos. Se a " -#~ "súa\n" -#~ "non está na lista, escolla <B>Panca de mandos xenérica analóxica</b>.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<p>Non vai atopar ningunha panca de mandos USB. Se dispón dun dispositivo " -#~ "USB, conecte a panca de mandos e empece a utilizala.</P>\n" +#~ "<p>Neste cadro de diálogo, especifique o tipo de panca de mandos. Se a súa\n" +#~ "non está na lista, escolla <B>Panca de mandos xenérica analóxica</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Non vai atopar ningunha panca de mandos USB. Se dispón dun dispositivo USB, conecte a panca de mandos e empece a utilizala.</P>\n" #~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:" #~ msgstr "E&scolla o seu tipo de panca de mandos:" @@ -1491,19 +1451,11 @@ #~ msgid "%1 - <font color=\"red\">Invalid configuration<font>" #~ msgstr "%1 - <font color=\"red\">Configuración incorrecta<font>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or " -#~ "a wrong driver is used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración non está activada - ou a panca de mandos non está " -#~ "conectada ou estase a empregar un controlador incorrecto" +#~ msgid "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or a wrong driver is used" +#~ msgstr "A configuración non está activada - ou a panca de mandos non está conectada ou estase a empregar un controlador incorrecto" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press <b>Edit</b> to change the joystick driver or <b>Delete</b> to " -#~ "remove the configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prema en <b>Editar</b> para cambiar o controlador da panca de mandos ou " -#~ "en <b>Eliminar</b> para retirar a configuración" +#~ msgid "Press <b>Edit</b> to change the joystick driver or <b>Delete</b> to remove the configuration" +#~ msgstr "Prema en <b>Editar</b> para cambiar o controlador da panca de mandos ou en <b>Eliminar</b> para retirar a configuración" #~ msgid "Axis %1" #~ msgstr "Eixo %1" @@ -1518,12 +1470,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Panca de mandos: %1, unido a: %2" #~ msgid "Sound Cards with Joystick Support" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tarxetas de son configuradas con compatibilidade para panca de mandos" +#~ msgstr "Tarxetas de son configuradas con compatibilidade para panca de mandos" #~ msgid "To add an USB joystick close this dialog and just connect it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para engadir unha panca de mandos USB peche este diálogo e só conéctea." +#~ msgstr "Para engadir unha panca de mandos USB peche este diálogo e só conéctea." #~ msgid "&Configure joystick" #~ msgstr "&Configurar pancas de mandos" @@ -1540,12 +1490,8 @@ #~ msgid "<p>Here is an overview of the detected joysticks.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Aquí ten un resumo das pancas de mandos detectadas.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press <b>Add</b> " -#~ "button.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para configurar unha nova panca de mandos conectada a un porto de " -#~ "xogos prema no botón <b>Engadir</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press <b>Add</b> button.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para configurar unha nova panca de mandos conectada a un porto de xogos prema no botón <b>Engadir</b>.</p>" #~ msgid "Model" #~ msgstr "Modelo" @@ -1557,9 +1503,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Conectado a" #~ msgid "There is no soundcard with joystick support (gameport)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non hai ningunha tarxeta de son con soporte para panca de mandos " -#~ "(gameport)." +#~ msgstr "Non hai ningunha tarxeta de son con soporte para panca de mandos (gameport)." #~ msgid "There is no soundcard with unconfigured joystick." #~ msgstr "Non hai ningunha tarxeta de son con panca de mandos." @@ -1607,28 +1551,20 @@ #~| "These required packages are not available: %1\n" #~| "Some sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the " -#~| "packages.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These required packages are not available: %1\\nSome sound devices may " -#~ "not work or some features may not be supported.\\n\\nEnable or add an " -#~ "additional software repository containing the packages.\\n" +#~| "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" +#~ msgid "These required packages are not available: %1\\nSome sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\\n\\nEnable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Algúns paquetes necesarios non están dispoñibles %1\n" -#~ "Algúns dispositivos de son poden non funcionar ou non ter algunhas " -#~ "prestacións.\n" +#~ "Algúns dispositivos de son poden non funcionar ou non ter algunhas prestacións.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Permita ou engada repositorios adicionais de software que conteñan estes " -#~ "paquetes.\n" +#~ "Permita ou engada repositorios adicionais de software que conteñan estes paquetes.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "To apply changes, the sound system\n" #~| "must be restarted.\n" #~| "Restart sound system now?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To apply changes, the sound system\\nmust be restarted.\\nRestart sound " -#~ "system now?\\n" +#~ msgid "To apply changes, the sound system\\nmust be restarted.\\nRestart sound system now?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para aplicar os cambios, o sistema de son\n" #~ "debe reiniciarse.\n" @@ -1638,8 +1574,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Restart of the sound system has failed.\n" #~| "Check options of the driver.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Restart of the sound system has failed.\\nCheck options of the driver.\\n" +#~ msgid "Restart of the sound system has failed.\\nCheck options of the driver.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O reinicio do sistema de son fallou.\n" #~ "Comprobe as opcións do controlador.\n" @@ -1647,22 +1582,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~| "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~| "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~| "just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\\njoystick type is " -#~ "not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>\\n<p>You will " -#~ "not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in " -#~ "the joystick and start using it.</P>\\n" +#~| "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>\n" +#~| "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<P>In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\\njoystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>\\n<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Neste cadro de diálogo, especifique o tipo de panca de mandos. Se a " -#~ "súa\n" -#~ "non está na lista, escolla <B>Panca de mandos xenérica analóxica</b>.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<p>A lista non inclúe ningunha panca de mandos USB. Se dispón dun " -#~ "dispositivo USB, conecte a panca de mandos e empece a utilizala.</P>\n" +#~ "<p>Neste cadro de diálogo, especifique o tipo de panca de mandos. Se a súa\n" +#~ "non está na lista, escolla <B>Panca de mandos xenérica analóxica</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>A lista non inclúe ningunha panca de mandos USB. Se dispón dun dispositivo USB, conecte a panca de mandos e empece a utilizala.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1680,9 +1606,7 @@ #~| "The selected joystick configuration is not active.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "The joystick cannot be tested." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected joystick configuration is not active.\\n\\nThe joystick " -#~ "cannot be tested." +#~ msgid "The selected joystick configuration is not active.\\n\\nThe joystick cannot be tested." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A configuración da panca de mandos seleccionada non está activa.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1690,19 +1614,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -#~| "sound card. \n" -#~| "Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to " -#~| "restore the original settings.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -#~ "sound card. \\nPress <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press " -#~ "<B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" +#~| "<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +#~| "Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \\nPress <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Con este cadro de diálogo pode establecer o volume para cada canle da " -#~ "tarxeta de son seleccionada. \n" -#~ "Prema <B>Seguinte</B> para almacenar a súa configuración de volume, prema " -#~ "<B>Atrás</B> para restablecer os orixinais.</P>" +#~ "<P>Con este cadro de diálogo pode establecer o volume para cada canle da tarxeta de son seleccionada. \n" +#~ "Prema <B>Seguinte</B> para almacenar a súa configuración de volume, prema <B>Atrás</B> para restablecer os orixinais.</P>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1728,9 +1645,7 @@ #~| "characters '%1'.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Enter a valid value." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Value of the option contains invalid\\ncharacters '%1'.\\n\\nEnter a " -#~ "valid value." +#~ msgid "Value of the option contains invalid\\ncharacters '%1'.\\n\\nEnter a valid value." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O valor da opción contén caracteres\n" #~ "incorrectos '%1'.\n" @@ -1743,9 +1658,7 @@ #~| "characters '%1'.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Enter a valid name." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the option contains invalid\\ncharacters '%1'.\\n\\nEnter a valid " -#~ "name." +#~ msgid "Name of the option contains invalid\\ncharacters '%1'.\\n\\nEnter a valid name." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome da opción contén caracteres\n" #~ "incorrectos %1'.\n" @@ -1757,10 +1670,7 @@ #~| "The kernel module %1 for sound support\n" #~| "could not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\n" #~| "module parameters, including invalid IO or IRQ parameters." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The kernel module %1 for sound support\\ncould not be loaded. This can be " -#~ "caused by incorrect\\nmodule parameters, including invalid IO or IRQ " -#~ "parameters." +#~ msgid "The kernel module %1 for sound support\\ncould not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\\nmodule parameters, including invalid IO or IRQ parameters." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O módulo do kernel %1 para o soporte de son\n" #~ "non se pode cargar. Isto puede deberse a uns parámetros\n" @@ -1775,12 +1685,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Warning: The probe procedure can take some time and\n" #~| "could make your system unstable.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\\nOn this laptop, the " -#~ "CS4236 driver should be used\\nalthough the CS46xx chip is detected." -#~ "\\nAttempt to probe the configuration of CS4236 driver?\\n\\nWarning: The " -#~ "probe procedure can take some time and\\ncould make your system unstable." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\\nOn this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\\nalthough the CS46xx chip is detected.\\nAttempt to probe the configuration of CS4236 driver?\\n\\nWarning: The probe procedure can take some time and\\ncould make your system unstable.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ao parecer ten un portátil Thinkpad 600E.\n" #~ "Neste portátil debería usarse o controlador CS4236\n" @@ -1796,9 +1701,7 @@ #~| "To configure this sound card and adjust its \n" #~| "volume, check <b>Normal setup</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo configure this sound card and adjust its \\nvolume, check " -#~ "<b>Normal setup</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo configure this sound card and adjust its \\nvolume, check <b>Normal setup</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para configurar esta tarxeta de son e axustar\n" @@ -1811,9 +1714,7 @@ #~| "check <b>Advanced setup</b>.\n" #~| "Most users will not need this.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To set a special option, \\ncheck <b>Advanced setup</b>.\\nMost users " -#~ "will not need this.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To set a special option, \\ncheck <b>Advanced setup</b>.\\nMost users will not need this.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para establecer unha opción especial, \n" #~ "prema <b>Configuración avanzada</b>.\n" @@ -1827,15 +1728,11 @@ #~| "check <b>Quick automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and \n" #~| "change options later.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \\ncheck " -#~ "<b>Quick automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and \\nchange " -#~ "options later.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \\ncheck <b>Quick automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and \\nchange options later.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se non desexa axustar o volume ou establecer a configuración agora, \n" -#~ "marque <b>Configuración automática rápida</b>. Poderá establecer o " -#~ "volumen e\n" +#~ "marque <b>Configuración automática rápida</b>. Poderá establecer o volumen e\n" #~ "cambiar as opcións máis tarde.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1846,15 +1743,11 @@ #~| "automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and change options \n" #~| "later.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick " -#~ "\\nautomatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and change options " -#~ "\\nlater.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick \\nautomatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and change options \\nlater.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se non desexa axustar o volume agora, \n" -#~ "marque <b>Configuración automática rápida</b>. Poderá establecer o volume " -#~ "e\n" +#~ "marque <b>Configuración automática rápida</b>. Poderá establecer o volume e\n" #~ "cambiar as opcións máis tarde.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1864,9 +1757,7 @@ #~| "To configure a card that was not detected, \n" #~| "check <B>More detailed installation of sound cards</B>.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nTo configure a card that was not detected, \\ncheck <B>More " -#~ "detailed installation of sound cards</B>.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nTo configure a card that was not detected, \\ncheck <B>More detailed installation of sound cards</B>.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>\n" #~ "Para configurar unha tarxeta que non foi detectada, \n" @@ -1880,10 +1771,7 @@ #~| "configure. Search for a particular sound card by \n" #~| "entering the name in the search box.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\n<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \\nconfigure. Search for " -#~ "a particular sound card by \\nentering the name in the search box.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\n<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \\nconfigure. Search for a particular sound card by \\nentering the name in the search box.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>\n" #~ "<b>Manualmente</b> escolla a tarxeta de son a\n" @@ -1897,9 +1785,7 @@ #~| "Select <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \n" #~| "supported sound card models.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \\nsupported sound card " -#~ "models.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \\nsupported sound card models.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Escolla <b>Todos</b> para ver a lista enteira \n" @@ -1924,15 +1810,10 @@ #~| "configured, select one and continue. Otherwise,\n" #~| "use <b>manual selection</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet " -#~ "\\nconfigured, select one and continue. Otherwise,\\nuse <b>manual " -#~ "selection</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet \\nconfigured, select one and continue. Otherwise,\\nuse <b>manual selection</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Se a lista contiene tarxetas<b>autodetectadas</b> (e aínda non " -#~ "configuradas), elixa unha e siga adiante. Alternativamente pode utilizar " -#~ "<b>Selección manual</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "Se a lista contiene tarxetas<b>autodetectadas</b> (e aínda non configuradas), elixa unha e siga adiante. Alternativamente pode utilizar <b>Selección manual</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1940,10 +1821,7 @@ #~| "the audio device.\n" #~| "To reset the configuration, these \n" #~| "programs must be terminated. Proceed?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are programs running that are currently using \\nthe audio device." -#~ "\\nTo reset the configuration, these \\nprograms must be terminated. " -#~ "Proceed?\\n" +#~ msgid "There are programs running that are currently using \\nthe audio device.\\nTo reset the configuration, these \\nprograms must be terminated. Proceed?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Existen programas en execución que están a utilizar\n" #~ "nestes intres o dispositivo de son.\n" @@ -1957,10 +1835,7 @@ #~| "If you are not <b>absolutely sure</b> what you are doing, \n" #~| "leave this dialog untouched. \n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nHere, modify options for the sound modules. \\nIf you are not " -#~ "<b>absolutely sure</b> what you are doing, \\nleave this dialog " -#~ "untouched. \\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nHere, modify options for the sound modules. \\nIf you are not <b>absolutely sure</b> what you are doing, \\nleave this dialog untouched. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Aquí, pode modificar as opcións dos módulos de son.\n" @@ -1978,20 +1853,14 @@ #~| "by pressing <b>Reset</b>. Numeric values can be entered as \n" #~| "decimal or hexadecimal (hexadecimal with a <b>0x</b> prefix).\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nChoose the option to set then use <b>Set</b> \\nto enable the new " -#~ "value. If there are known possible values for \\nthe selected option, " -#~ "choose it under \\n<B>Possible value</B>. Reset all values \\nby pressing " -#~ "<b>Reset</b>. Numeric values can be entered as \\ndecimal or hexadecimal " -#~ "(hexadecimal with a <b>0x</b> prefix).\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nChoose the option to set then use <b>Set</b> \\nto enable the new value. If there are known possible values for \\nthe selected option, choose it under \\n<B>Possible value</B>. Reset all values \\nby pressing <b>Reset</b>. Numeric values can be entered as \\ndecimal or hexadecimal (hexadecimal with a <b>0x</b> prefix).\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Escolla a opción que desexa <b>Establecer</b> \n" #~ "para activar un novo valor. Se existen posibles valores para\n" #~ "unha opción determinada, pode seleccionalo en <B>Posibles valores</B>.\n" #~ "Pode restablecer todos os valores premendo <b>Restablecer</b>. \n" -#~ "Os valores numéricos poden introducirse como decimais ou hexadecimais " -#~ "(hexadecimais precedidos polo prefixo <b>0x</b>).</p>\n" +#~ "Os valores numéricos poden introducirse como decimais ou hexadecimais (hexadecimais precedidos polo prefixo <b>0x</b>).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2023,9 +1892,7 @@ #~| "After configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \n" #~| "or any program of your choice to adjust the volume.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nAfter configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \\nor any " -#~ "program of your choice to adjust the volume.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nAfter configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \\nor any program of your choice to adjust the volume.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Despois da configuración, utilice <b>amixer</b> \n" @@ -2038,9 +1905,7 @@ #~| "sound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \n" #~| "damage.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\\nsound card with <b>very</b> low " -#~ "volume settings to prevent \\ndamage.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\\nsound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \\ndamage.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>ATENCIÓN:</b> Inicie a proba da\n" #~ "tarxeta de son co volume <b>moi</b> baixo para evitar \n" @@ -2053,13 +1918,9 @@ #~| "may fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\n" #~| "snd_vaio_hack option value to 1 or by \n" #~| "configuring this card outside X. Proceed?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \\nmay fail if X " -#~ "is running. This can be avoided by setting the\\nsnd_vaio_hack option " -#~ "value to 1 or by \\nconfiguring this card outside X. Proceed?\\n" +#~ msgid "Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \\nmay fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\\nsnd_vaio_hack option value to 1 or by \\nconfiguring this card outside X. Proceed?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración desta tarxeta de son nalgúns portátiles Sony VAIO pode " -#~ "non\n" +#~ "A configuración desta tarxeta de son nalgúns portátiles Sony VAIO pode non\n" #~ "funcionar se X está en execución. Pódese evitar este problema asignando\n" #~ "o valor 1 á opción snd_vaio-hack ou ben configurando\n" #~ " a tarxeta fóra de X. ¿Desexa continuar?\n" @@ -2082,9 +1943,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The sound card was successfully configured.\n" #~| "It is now available for use.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The sound card was successfully configured.\\nIt is now available for use." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "The sound card was successfully configured.\\nIt is now available for use.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A tarxeta de son configurouse con éxito.\n" #~ "Pode comezar a utilizala agora.\n" @@ -2104,9 +1963,7 @@ #~| "The sound volume and configuration\n" #~| "for the sound card \n" #~| "will be saved now.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The sound volume and configuration\\nfor the sound card \\nwill be saved " -#~ "now.\\n" +#~ msgid "The sound volume and configuration\\nfor the sound card \\nwill be saved now.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O volume do son e a configuración\n" #~ "da tarxeta de son \n" @@ -2116,9 +1973,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" #~| "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \\nyour " -#~ "Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\\n" +#~ msgid "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \\nyour Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desexa que YaST instale o ficheiro coa táboa de ondas de SoundFont desde\n" #~ "a súa SoundBlaster Live! ou desde o seu CD de controladores AWE?\n" @@ -2127,9 +1982,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n" #~| "in the CD-ROM drive.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\\nin the CD-" -#~ "ROM drive.\\n" +#~ msgid "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\\nin the CD-ROM drive.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Por favor, insira o CD da tarxeta SoundBlaster Live! / AWE\n" #~ "no dispositivo lector de CD-ROM.\n" @@ -2139,13 +1992,8 @@ #~| "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" #~| "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" #~| "configure only the '%2'.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \\nFor proper " -#~ "functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \\nconfigure only the '%2'.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "As tarxetas '%1' e '%2' foron autodetectadas no seu sistema. Para un " -#~ "funcionamento axeitado, por favor, omita a tarjeta '%1' e configure só a " -#~ "'%2'.\n" +#~ msgid "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \\nFor proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \\nconfigure only the '%2'.\\n" +#~ msgstr "As tarxetas '%1' e '%2' foron autodetectadas no seu sistema. Para un funcionamento axeitado, por favor, omita a tarjeta '%1' e configure só a '%2'.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2154,10 +2002,7 @@ #~| "select the appropriate item in list and press \n" #~| "<B>Configure<B>.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nHardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, " -#~ "\\nselect the appropriate item in list and press \\n<B>Configure<B>.\\n</" -#~ "P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nHardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \\nselect the appropriate item in list and press \\n<B>Configure<B>.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>\n" #~ "A detección de hardware atopou unha nova tarxeta de son. \n" @@ -2170,8 +2015,7 @@ #~| "<P>\n" #~| "Press <B>Change</B> to configure cards already installed.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nPress <B>Change</B> to configure cards already installed.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nPress <B>Change</B> to configure cards already installed.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>\n" #~ "Prema <B>Cambiar</B> para configurar as tarxetas xa instaladas.\n" @@ -2182,8 +2026,7 @@ #~| "<P>\n" #~| "To save the current configuration, press <B>Finish</B>.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nTo save the current configuration, press <B>Finish</B>.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nTo save the current configuration, press <B>Finish</B>.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>\n" #~ "Para gravar a configuración actual, prema <B>Finalizar</B>.\n" @@ -2194,15 +2037,10 @@ #~| "<P>Select an unconfigured card from the list and press <B>Edit</B> to\n" #~| "configure it. If the card was not detected, press <B>Add</B> and\n" #~| "configure the card manually.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Select an unconfigured card from the list and press <B>Edit</B> to" -#~ "\\nconfigure it. If the card was not detected, press <B>Add</B> and" -#~ "\\nconfigure the card manually.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>Select an unconfigured card from the list and press <B>Edit</B> to\\nconfigure it. If the card was not detected, press <B>Add</B> and\\nconfigure the card manually.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Escolla unha tarxeta non configurada da lista e prema <B>Editar</B> " -#~ "para\n" -#~ "configurala. Se a tarxeta non se detecta automaticamente, prema " -#~ "<B>Engadir</B> e \n" +#~ "<P>Escolla unha tarxeta non configurada da lista e prema <B>Editar</B> para\n" +#~ "configurala. Se a tarxeta non se detecta automaticamente, prema <B>Engadir</B> e \n" #~ "configúrea manualmente.</P>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2211,9 +2049,7 @@ #~| "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" #~| "Then press <B>Edit</B>.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>\\nTo change the configuration of a card, select the card.\\nThen " -#~ "press <B>Edit</B>.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>\\nTo change the configuration of a card, select the card.\\nThen press <B>Edit</B>.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>\n" #~ "Para cambiar la configuración dunha tarxeta, escóllaa.\n" @@ -2227,61 +2063,40 @@ #~| "the module loaded for playing MIDI files (<b>Start Sequencer</b>).\n" #~| "Use <b>Play Test Sound</b> to test the selected card.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nUse <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure" -#~ "\\nthe module loaded for playing MIDI files (<b>Start Sequencer</b>)." -#~ "\\nUse <b>Play Test Sound</b> to test the selected card.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nUse <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure\\nthe module loaded for playing MIDI files (<b>Start Sequencer</b>).\\nUse <b>Play Test Sound</b> to test the selected card.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Utilice <b>Outros</b> para definir o volume da tarxeta seleccionada ou " -#~ "configure\n" -#~ "o módulo que debe cargarse para reproducir os ficheiros MIDI (<b>Iniciar " -#~ "secuenciador</b>).\n" -#~ "Utilice <b>Proba de reprodución de son</b> para probar a tarxeta " -#~ "escollida.\n" +#~ "Utilice <b>Outros</b> para definir o volume da tarxeta seleccionada ou configure\n" +#~ "o módulo que debe cargarse para reproducir os ficheiros MIDI (<b>Iniciar secuenciador</b>).\n" +#~ "Utilice <b>Proba de reprodución de son</b> para probar a tarxeta escollida.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" #~| "Use <B>PulseAudio Configuration</B> to enable or disable it.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\\nUse <B>PulseAudio " -#~ "Configuration</B> to enable or disable it.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\\nUse <B>PulseAudio Configuration</B> to enable or disable it.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>O daemon PulseAudio pódese usar para reproducir sons.\n" #~ "Use <b>Configuración PulseAudio</b> para activalo ou desactivalo.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system " -#~| "and applications.\n" -#~| "Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device." -#~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -#~ "applications.\\nUse <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the " -#~ "primary device.</p>" +#~| "<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" +#~| "Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\\nUse <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O dispositivo de son co índice 0 é o dispositivo utilizado por defecto " -#~ "polo sistema e as aplicacións.\n" -#~ "Utilice <b>Outros</b> para definir o dispositivo de son escollido como " -#~ "dispositivo principal.</p>" +#~ "<p>O dispositivo de son co índice 0 é o dispositivo utilizado por defecto polo sistema e as aplicacións.\n" +#~ "Utilice <b>Outros</b> para definir o dispositivo de son escollido como dispositivo principal.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -#~| "mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></" -#~| "tt> to\n" +#~| "mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" #~| "start the application." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software" -#~ "\\nmixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></" -#~ "tt> to\\nstart the application." +#~ msgid "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\\nmixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\\nstart the application." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "As aplicacións que utilizan OSS (sistema de sonido aberto) poden utilizar " -#~ "o software mixer por medio de encapsulado aoss. Utilice o comando " -#~ "<tt>aoss <aplicación></tt> para\n" +#~ "As aplicacións que utilizan OSS (sistema de sonido aberto) poden utilizar o software mixer por medio de encapsulado aoss. Utilice o comando <tt>aoss <aplicación></tt> para\n" #~ "iniciar a aplicación." #, fuzzy @@ -2292,10 +2107,7 @@ #~| "will not work, try <i>OSS/Free</i> or \n" #~| "another module.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf the the problem persists, try passing \\n<b>options</b> to the " -#~ "ALSA module. If your sound card still\\nwill not work, try <i>OSS/Free</" -#~ "i> or \\nanother module.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf the the problem persists, try passing \\n<b>options</b> to the ALSA module. If your sound card still\\nwill not work, try <i>OSS/Free</i> or \\nanother module.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "De persistir o problema, intente pasar as\n" @@ -2310,9 +2122,7 @@ #~| "This is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \n" #~| "to save sound card information.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThis is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button " -#~ "\\nto save sound card information.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThis is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \\nto save sound card information.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Esta é a lista completa de tarxetas de son. Utilice <b>Finalizar</b> \n" @@ -2325,9 +2135,7 @@ #~| "Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \n" #~| "Use <b>Add sound card</b> to add a sound card.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nUse <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \\nUse <b>Add " -#~ "sound card</b> to add a sound card.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nUse <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \\nUse <b>Add sound card</b> to add a sound card.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Utilice <b>Eliminar</b> para configurar a tarxeta de son. \n" @@ -2345,10 +2153,7 @@ #~| "using the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n" #~| "Logic CS4236\" driver and configure \n" #~| "its parameters using the 'Advanced setup'." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please try to configure this sound card manually \\nusing the \"Cirrus " -#~ "Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \\nLogic CS4236\" driver and configure \\nits " -#~ "parameters using the 'Advanced setup'." +#~ msgid "Please try to configure this sound card manually \\nusing the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \\nLogic CS4236\" driver and configure \\nits parameters using the 'Advanced setup'." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Intente configurar esta tarxeta manualmente\n" #~ "utilizando o controlador \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" ou\n" @@ -2373,9 +2178,7 @@ #~| "failed last time.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Probe the chip now?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It looks like probing the chip\\n%1\\nfailed last time.\\n\\nProbe the " -#~ "chip now?\\n" +#~ msgid "It looks like probing the chip\\n%1\\nfailed last time.\\n\\nProbe the chip now?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Semella que a proba do chip\n" #~ "%1\n" @@ -2390,10 +2193,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Warning: The probe procedure can take some time and\n" #~| "could make your system unstable.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No card was found.\\nAttempt to detect the presence some old chips?\\n" -#~ "\\nWarning: The probe procedure can take some time and\\ncould make your " -#~ "system unstable.\\n" +#~ msgid "No card was found.\\nAttempt to detect the presence some old chips?\\n\\nWarning: The probe procedure can take some time and\\ncould make your system unstable.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou ningunha tarxeta.\n" #~ "Inténtase detectar chips antigos?\n" @@ -2435,16 +2235,11 @@ #~ "<P>To remove the configured joystick from the system\n" #~ "or if you do not have a joystick, select <B>No joystick</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Escolla <B>Ningunha panca de mandos</B> se non dispón dunha ou se " -#~ "desexa\n" +#~ "<P>Escolla <B>Ningunha panca de mandos</B> se non dispón dunha ou se desexa\n" #~ "eliminar do sistema a panca de mandos configurada.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Press <B>Test</B> to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Prema <B>Probar</B> para probar o funcionamento do tipo de panca de " -#~ "mandos seleccionada.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Press <B>Test</B> to test the functionality of the selected joystick type.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Prema <B>Probar</B> para probar o funcionamento do tipo de panca de mandos seleccionada.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B>Note:</B> Connect your joystick to your computer\n" @@ -2458,13 +2253,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.</P>\n" -#~ "<P>To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press <B>Configure " -#~ "Joystick</B>.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press <B>Configure Joystick</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Dúas ou máis tarxetas de son do seu sistema teñen soporte para pancas " -#~ "de mandos.</P>\n" -#~ "<P>Para configurar unha panca de mandos, escolla a tarxeta de son e prema " -#~ "<B>Configurar pancas de mandos</B>.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>Dúas ou máis tarxetas de son do seu sistema teñen soporte para pancas de mandos.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>Para configurar unha panca de mandos, escolla a tarxeta de son e prema <B>Configurar pancas de mandos</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." #~ msgstr "As tarxetas configuradas non soportan pancas de mandos." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/squid.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/squid.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/squid.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -524,8 +524,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialización:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema en " -"<b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema en <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -544,8 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Abortar o gardado:</big></b><br>\n" "Aborte o gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>.\n" -"Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle de se é seguro facer isto ou " -"non.\n" +"Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle de se é seguro facer isto ou non.\n" "</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help @@ -578,9 +576,7 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 @@ -610,12 +606,8 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Memoria de caché</b> define a cantidade ideal de memoria que se vai " -"usar para os obxectos.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Memoria de caché</b> define a cantidade ideal de memoria que se vai usar para os obxectos.</p>" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -641,11 +633,9 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -671,55 +661,42 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Access to Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O acceso ao servidor Squid contrólase a través de <b>grupos de ACL</b>.</" -"p>" +#| msgid "<p>Access to Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O acceso ao servidor Squid contrólase a través de <b>grupos de ACL</b>.</p>" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -732,29 +709,20 @@ #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file where client activities are logged." -#| "</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O <b>rexistro de accesos</b> define o ficheiro no que se rexistran as " -"actividades dos clientes.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file where client activities are logged.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O <b>rexistro de accesos</b> define o ficheiro no que se rexistran as actividades dos clientes.</p>" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -870,8 +838,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host must contain valid ip address or hostname." msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." -msgstr "" -"A máquina debe conter un enderezo IP válido ou un nome de máquina válido." +msgstr "A máquina debe conter un enderezo IP válido ou un nome de máquina válido." #. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** #. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** @@ -927,8 +894,7 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 @@ -1256,15 +1222,9 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This refers to destination domain i.e. the source domain where the origin " -#| "server is located." -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Isto refírese ao dominio de destino, é dicir, o dominio no que está o " -"servidor." +#| msgid "This refers to destination domain i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Isto refírese ao dominio de destino, é dicir, o dominio no que está o servidor." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 #, fuzzy @@ -1327,8 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 @@ -1380,9 +1339,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 @@ -1390,9 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 @@ -1415,8 +1370,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1439,11 +1393,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaans" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Árabe" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1491,7 +1445,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Persa" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1511,7 +1465,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonesio" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1527,7 +1481,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Letón" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1535,7 +1489,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malaio" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1565,7 +1519,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ruso" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" @@ -1595,7 +1549,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tailandés" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1603,15 +1557,15 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ucraíno" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usbeco" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamita" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" @@ -1634,13 +1588,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1656,23 +1607,17 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure squid here.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure Squid here.<br></" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure Squid here.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de Squid</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure aquí Squid.<br></p>\n" @@ -1682,33 +1627,22 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" #~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an " -#~ "overview of installed squids and\\nedit their configurations if necessary." -#~ "<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed squids and\\nedit their configurations if necessary.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de configuración de Drbd</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Acceda a un resumo dos drbds instalados. Adicionalmente,\n" #~ "pode editar a súa configuración.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file where client activities are logged." -#~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about " -#~ "your\\ncache's behavior is logged.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>rexistro de accesos</b> define o ficheiro no que se rexistran as " -#~ "actividades dos clientes.</p>" +#~| msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file where client activities are logged.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\\ncache's behavior is logged.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>O <b>rexistro de accesos</b> define o ficheiro no que se rexistran as actividades dos clientes.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\n" #~| "connections after a specified time.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close" -#~ "\\nconnections after a specified time.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\\nconnections after a specified time.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>O <b>tempo de espera de conexión</b> é unha opción que forza\n" #~ "a Squid a pechar as conexións despois dun tempo especificado.</p>" @@ -1731,9 +1665,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You can not change name of this ACL Group, because \n" #~| "it's used in Access Control table.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\\ndelete other " -#~ "ACL Groups with the same name before that.\\n" +#~ msgid "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\\ndelete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non pode cambiar o nome deste grupo de ACL xa que\n" #~ "se usa na táboa de control de acceso.\n" @@ -1742,9 +1674,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You can not change name of this ACL Group, because \n" #~| "it's used in Access Control table.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \\nit is used in " -#~ "the Access Control table.\\n" +#~ msgid "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \\nit is used in the Access Control table.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non pode cambiar o nome deste grupo de ACL xa que\n" #~ "se usa na táboa de control de acceso.\n" @@ -1753,30 +1683,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You can not change name of this ACL Group, because \n" #~| "it's used in Access Control table.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\\ndelete all of its " -#~ "occurrences in Access Control table." +#~ msgid "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\\ndelete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non pode cambiar o nome deste grupo de ACL xa que\n" #~ "se usa na táboa de control de acceso.\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "If you change name of this ACL Group these options might be affected: \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be " -#~ "affected: \\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se cambia o nome deste grupo de ACL poderíanse ver afectadas estas " -#~ "opcións:\n" +#~| msgid "If you change name of this ACL Group these options might be affected: \n" +#~ msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \\n" +#~ msgstr "Se cambia o nome deste grupo de ACL poderíanse ver afectadas estas opcións:\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" #~| "it's used in Access Control table.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \\nit is used in the Access " -#~ "Control table.\\n" +#~ msgid "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \\nit is used in the Access Control table.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non debe borrar este grupo de ACL xa que se\n" #~ "usa na táboa de control de acceso.\n" @@ -1784,8 +1705,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "If you delete this ACL Group these options might be affected: \n" #~ msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se borra este grupo de ACL poderíanse ver afectadas estas opcións:\n" +#~ msgstr "Se borra este grupo de ACL poderíanse ver afectadas estas opcións:\n" #~ msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." #~ msgstr "Non foi posible ler a configuración da devasa." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/sshd.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/sshd.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/sshd.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Número" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" @@ -426,16 +426,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Maximum Authentication Tries</b><br>\n" -#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per " -#~ "connection.\n" -#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures " -#~ "are logged.</p>" +#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" +#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Número máximo de intentos na autenticación</b><br>\n" -#~ "Especifica o número máximo de intento de autenticación permitidos por " -#~ "conexión.\n" -#~ "Unha vez que o número de fallos chega á metade deste valor, rexístranse " -#~ "os fallos adicionais.</p>" +#~ "Especifica o número máximo de intento de autenticación permitidos por conexión.\n" +#~ "Unha vez que o número de fallos chega á metade deste valor, rexístranse os fallos adicionais.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>RSA Authentication</b><br>\n" @@ -552,9 +548,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure SSHD here.<br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure SSHD here.<br></" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure SSHD here.<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de servidor</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Configure SSHD aquí.<br></p>" @@ -564,10 +558,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Here you can configure the SSHD login and authentication settings.\n" #~| "Some apply to a particular protocol version only.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\\nHere you can configure the SSHD " -#~ "login and authentication settings.\\nSome apply to a particular protocol " -#~ "version only.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\\nHere you can configure the SSHD login and authentication settings.\\nSome apply to a particular protocol version only.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Configuración de inicio de sesión</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aquí pode configurar o inicio de sesión SSHD e a autenticación.\n" @@ -578,9 +569,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Print Message of the Day After Login</b>\n" #~| "Specifies whether sshd should print /etc/motd when\n" #~| "a user logs in interactively.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Print Message of the Day After Login</b>\\nSpecifies whether sshd " -#~ "should print /etc/motd when\\na user logs in interactively.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Print Message of the Day After Login</b>\\nSpecifies whether sshd should print /etc/motd when\\na user logs in interactively.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Imprimir mensaxe do día despois do inicio de sesión</b>\n" #~ "Especifica se sshd debería imprimir /etc/motd cando\n" @@ -590,9 +579,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Permit Root Login</b><br>\n" #~| "Specifies whether root can log in using ssh.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Permit Root Login</b><br>\\nSpecifies whether root can log in using " -#~ "ssh.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Permit Root Login</b><br>\\nSpecifies whether root can log in using ssh.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Permitir inicio de sesión como superusuario</b><br>\n" #~ "Especifica cando o superusuario pode ingresar usando ssh.</p>" @@ -600,30 +587,20 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Maximum Authentication Tries</b><br>\n" -#~| "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per " -#~| "connection.\n" -#~| "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures " -#~| "are logged.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Maximum Authentication Tries</b><br>\\nSpecifies the maximum number " -#~ "of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\\nOnce the number of " -#~ "failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged.</p>" +#~| "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" +#~| "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Maximum Authentication Tries</b><br>\\nSpecifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\\nOnce the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Número máximo de intentos na autenticación</b><br>\n" -#~ "Especifica o número máximo de intento de autenticación permitidos por " -#~ "conexión.\n" -#~ "Unha vez que o número de fallos chega á metade deste valor, rexístranse " -#~ "os fallos adicionais.</p>" +#~ "Especifica o número máximo de intento de autenticación permitidos por conexión.\n" +#~ "Unha vez que o número de fallos chega á metade deste valor, rexístranse os fallos adicionais.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>RSA Authentication</b><br>\n" #~| "Specifies whether pure RSA authentication is allowed.\n" #~| "This option applies to protocol version 1 only.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>RSA Authentication</b><br>\\nSpecifies whether pure RSA " -#~ "authentication is allowed.\\nThis option applies to protocol version 1 " -#~ "only.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>RSA Authentication</b><br>\\nSpecifies whether pure RSA authentication is allowed.\\nThis option applies to protocol version 1 only.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Autenticación RSA</b><br>\n" #~ "Especifica se a autenticación RSA pura está permitida.\n" @@ -634,10 +611,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Public Key Authentication</b><br>\n" #~| "Specifies whether public key authentication is allowed.\n" #~| "This option applies to protocol version 2 only.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Public Key Authentication</b><br>\\nSpecifies whether public key " -#~ "authentication is allowed.\\nThis option applies to protocol version 2 " -#~ "only.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Public Key Authentication</b><br>\\nSpecifies whether public key authentication is allowed.\\nThis option applies to protocol version 2 only.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Autenticación de chave pública</b><br>\n" #~ "Especifica se a autenticación de chave pública está permitida..\n" @@ -647,10 +621,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big></b><br>\\nConfigure SSHD " -#~ "protocol version and cipher settings.<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big></b><br>\\nConfigure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings.<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><b><big>Configuración de protocolo e cifrado</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Configure a versión do protocolo SSH e os axustes de cifrado aquí.<br></" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Configure a versión do protocolo SSH e os axustes de cifrado aquí.<br></p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/storage.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/storage.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/storage.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -483,8 +483,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"O sistema só pode configurarse coa opción de particións personalizadas." +msgstr "O sistema só pode configurarse coa opción de particións personalizadas." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -597,11 +596,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Non se atopou ningún disco. Tente usar o CD de actualización, se estivese " -"dispoñible." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Non se atopou ningún disco. Tente usar o CD de actualización, se estivese dispoñible." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -628,8 +624,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Posteriormente pode seleccionar en que lugar do disco duro instalarase " -"&product;.\n" +"Posteriormente pode seleccionar en que lugar do disco duro instalarase &product;.\n" "</p>\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -1063,8 +1058,7 @@ "Aviso: coa configuración actual, pode que a súa instalación de\n" "%1 non sexa arrincable directamente posto que os ficheiros\n" "por debaixo de \"/boot\" atópanse nun dispositivo RAID de software. \n" -"Ás veces, a configuración do cargador de arrinque fallas nesta " -"configuración.\n" +"Ás veces, a configuración do cargador de arrinque fallas nesta configuración.\n" "\n" "¿Quere usar esta configuración?\n" @@ -1110,8 +1104,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1143,8 +1136,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1219,11 +1211,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1395,8 +1385,7 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1404,15 +1393,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Etiqueta de volume:</b>\n" "O nome que introduza neste campo utilizarase como etiqueta de volume.\n" -"Isto só ten sentido cando se activa a opción para montar por etiqueta de " -"volume.\n" +"Isto só ten sentido cando se activa a opción para montar por etiqueta de volume.\n" "As etiquetas de volume non poden conter o carácter / nin espazos.\n" #. label text @@ -1578,8 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 non puede ampliar o sistema de ficheiros na partición seleccionada.\n" -"Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"ficheiros." +"Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de ficheiros." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1589,10 +1575,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST2 non pode ampliar o sistema de ficheiros no volume lóxico " -"seleccionado.\n" -"Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"ficheiros." +"YaST2 non pode ampliar o sistema de ficheiros no volume lóxico seleccionado.\n" +"Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de ficheiros." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1616,8 +1600,7 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aínda que é posible reducir un sistema de ficheiros reiser, esta función " -"está\n" +"Aínda que é posible reducir un sistema de ficheiros reiser, esta función está\n" "pouco probada. Recoméndase realizar unha copia de seguridade dos datos.\n" "\n" "Desexa reducir o sistema de ficheiros agora?" @@ -1647,8 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1810,8 +1792,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1824,19 +1805,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Se esquece o seu contrasinal, vai perder o acceso aos seus datos no seu " -"sistema de ficheiros.\n" +"Se esquece o seu contrasinal, vai perder o acceso aos seus datos no seu sistema de ficheiros.\n" "Escolla o seu contrasinal con cuidado. Recoméndase unha combinación\n" -"de letras e números. Para garantir que introduciu o contrasinal " -"correctamente\n" +"de letras e números. Para garantir que introduciu o contrasinal correctamente\n" "pediráselle dúas veces.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1846,8 +1824,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1898,17 +1875,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Se o sistema de ficheiros cifrado non contén ningún ficheiro de sistema e, " -"polo tanto,\n" -"non se necesitase para a actualización, pode seleccionar a opción <b>Omitir." -"</b>\n" +"Se o sistema de ficheiros cifrado non contén ningún ficheiro de sistema e, polo tanto,\n" +"non se necesitase para a actualización, pode seleccionar a opción <b>Omitir.</b>\n" "Neste caso, non se accede ao sistema de ficheiros durante a actualización.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2006,8 +1980,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Só os dispositivos de intercambio poden ter como punto de montaxe swap." +msgstr "Só os dispositivos de intercambio poden ter como punto de montaxe swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text @@ -2026,8 +1999,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Carácter non válido no punto de montaxe. Non use \"`'!\"%#\"." #. error popup text @@ -2588,8 +2560,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3594,13 +3565,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Nome de ruta do ficheiro de bucle:</b><br>Debe ser unna ruta absoluta " -"ao ficheiro\n" +"<p><b>Nome de ruta do ficheiro de bucle:</b><br>Debe ser unna ruta absoluta ao ficheiro\n" "que contén os datos para dispositivo de bucle cifrado a configurar.</p>\n" #. helptext @@ -3612,8 +3581,7 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Crear ficheiro crypt:</b><br>Se esta opción está activada, o ficheiro " -"será\n" +"<p><b>Crear ficheiro crypt:</b><br>Se esta opción está activada, o ficheiro será\n" "icreado co tamaño indicado no campo seguente. <b>NOTA:</b> Se o ficheiro \n" "xa existe, todos os datos que conteña perderanse.</p>\n" @@ -3662,8 +3630,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"O tamaño introducido non é válido. Introduza un tamaño de polo menos %1." +msgstr "O tamaño introducido non é válido. Introduza un tamaño de polo menos %1." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 @@ -3812,9 +3779,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Quere eliminar o grupo de volumes \"%1\" e todos os volumes lóxicos " -"relacionados?" +msgstr "Quere eliminar o grupo de volumes \"%1\" e todos os volumes lóxicos relacionados?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -3822,8 +3787,7 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Los datos que vén de introducir non son válidos. Introduza un tamaño de " -"extensión\n" +"Los datos que vén de introducir non son válidos. Introduza un tamaño de extensión\n" "física maior de %1 en potencias de 2, por exemplo, \"%2\" ou \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -3857,15 +3821,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza o nome e o tamaño da extensión física do novo grupo de volumes." -"</p> " +msgstr "<p>Introduza o nome e o tamaño da extensión física do novo grupo de volumes.</p> " #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione os volumes físicos que debe conter o grupo de volumes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione os volumes físicos que debe conter o grupo de volumes.</p>" #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -3898,13 +3859,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Introduza o tamaño ademais do número e tamaño\n" -"de segmentos para o volume lóxico novo. O número de segmentos non pode ser " -"maior\n" +"de segmentos para o volume lóxico novo. O número de segmentos non pode ser maior\n" "ca o número de volumes físicos do grupo de volumes.</p>" #. helptext @@ -3949,8 +3908,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3958,16 +3916,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</" -"b>.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4030,15 +3986,12 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Non hai suficientes dispositivos sen usar cos que se poida crear un grupo de " -"volumes.\n" +"Non hai suficientes dispositivos sen usar cos que se poida crear un grupo de volumes.\n" "\n" -"Para empregar LVM cómpre polo menos unha partición libre do tipo 0x8e (o " -"0x83) ou un\n" +"Para empregar LVM cómpre polo menos unha partición libre do tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) ou un\n" "dispositivo RAID sen usar. Modifique a táboa de particións axeutadamente." #. error popup @@ -4266,12 +4219,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"A configuración de NFS non está dispoñible. Comprobe a instalación do " -"paquete yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "A configuración de NFS non está dispoñible. Comprobe a instalación do paquete yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4305,45 +4254,34 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Este nivel mellora o rendemento do disco.\n" -"Neste modo <b>NON</b> hai redundancia. Se unha das unidades se estragase, no " -"sería posible recuperar os datos.</p>\n" +"Neste modo <b>NON</b> hai redundancia. Se unha das unidades se estragase, no sería posible recuperar os datos.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Este modo ten a mellor redundancia. Pode\n" -"empregarse con dous ou máis discos. Este modo mantén unha copia exacta de " -"todos os datos\n" -"en todos os discos. Mentres funcione polo menos un disco, no haberá perda de " -"datos.\n" -"As particións usadas neste tipo de RAID deberían ser aproximadamente do " -"mesmo tamaño.</p>\n" +"empregarse con dous ou máis discos. Este modo mantén unha copia exacta de todos os datos\n" +"en todos os discos. Mentres funcione polo menos un disco, no haberá perda de datos.\n" +"As particións usadas neste tipo de RAID deberían ser aproximadamente do mesmo tamaño.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Este modo combina a administración dun grande número\n" -"de discos mantendo certa redundancia. Este modo pode utilizarse con tres ou " -"máis discos.\n" -"Se un dos discos falla, todos os datos continúan intactos. Se dous discos " -"fallan á vez, pérdense todos os datos</p>\n" +"de discos mantendo certa redundancia. Este modo pode utilizarse con tres ou máis discos.\n" +"Se un dos discos falla, todos os datos continúan intactos. Se dous discos fallan á vez, pérdense todos os datos</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4357,15 +4295,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Engadir particións a RAID. Dependendo do tipo de RAID,\n" "o tamaño de disco utilizable é a suma destas particións (RAID 0), o tamaño\n" -"da partición máis pequena (RAID 1) ou ben (N-1)*partición máis pequena (RAID " -"5)</p>\n" +"da partición máis pequena (RAID 1) ou ben (N-1)*partición máis pequena (RAID 5)</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4428,16 +4363,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño do bloque:</b><br>É a cantidade mínima de masa \"atómica\"\n" -"de datos que se pode escribir nos dispositivos. Un tamaño de bloque " -"razonable para RAID 5 é 128 kB.\n" -"Para RAID 0, 32 kB é un bo punto de inicio. Para RAID 1, o tamaño do bloque " -"non afecta á estrutura da matriz de datos.</p>\n" +"de datos que se pode escribir nos dispositivos. Un tamaño de bloque razonable para RAID 5 é 128 kB.\n" +"Para RAID 0, 32 kB é un bo punto de inicio. Para RAID 1, o tamaño do bloque non afecta á estrutura da matriz de datos.</p>\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 #, fuzzy @@ -4449,8 +4380,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -4530,9 +4460,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Non hai suficientes dispositivos libres que se poidan usar para crear un " -"RAID." +msgstr "Non hai suficientes dispositivos libres que se poidan usar para crear un RAID." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4731,11 +4659,9 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -4750,9 +4676,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5032,8 +4956,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" @@ -5041,12 +4964,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -5069,8 +4989,7 @@ msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" #. dialog help text @@ -5085,16 +5004,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -5133,8 +5048,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -5166,8 +5080,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -5199,8 +5112,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montable polo usuario:</b>\n" -"O sistema de ficheiros pode ser montable por un usuario normal. A opción " -"predeterminada é false.</p>\n" +"O sistema de ficheiros pode ser montable por un usuario normal. A opción predeterminada é false.</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5213,10 +5125,8 @@ "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. button text @@ -5248,10 +5158,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. button text @@ -5291,24 +5199,19 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." +#| msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "Carácter non válido no punto de montaxe. Non use \"`'!\"%#\"." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Valor de opción arbitraria:</b>\n" -"Neste campo, introduza unha opción de montaxe válida permitida no cuarto " -"campo de /etc/fstab.\n" +"Neste campo, introduza unha opción de montaxe válida permitida no cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" "Varias opcións sepáranse con comas.</p>\n" #. label text @@ -5334,12 +5237,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Codepage para nomes FAT curtos:</b>\n" -"Este código de páxina emprégase para converter para nomes curtos caracteres " -"en sistemas de ficheiros FAT.</p>\n" +"Este código de páxina emprégase para converter para nomes curtos caracteres en sistemas de ficheiros FAT.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 @@ -5350,12 +5251,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Número de FATs:</b>\n" -"Especifique o número de táboas de asignación no sistema de ficheiros. O " -"predeterminado é 2.</p>" +"Especifique o número de táboas de asignación no sistema de ficheiros. O predeterminado é 2.</p>" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 @@ -5368,9 +5267,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -5385,8 +5282,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"O tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas no directorio ráiz\" é 112. Ténteo de novo." +msgstr "O tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas no directorio ráiz\" é 112. Ténteo de novo." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 @@ -5406,8 +5302,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -5421,10 +5316,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -5439,9 +5331,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -5469,8 +5359,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -5484,8 +5373,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5509,8 +5397,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -5541,8 +5428,7 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Lonxitude do paso en bloques:</b>\n" -"Determine as opcións relacionadas co RAID para o sistema de ficheiros. " -"Actualmente\n" +"Determine as opcións relacionadas co RAID para o sistema de ficheiros. Actualmente\n" "o único argumento soportado é 'stride', que toma como argumento o número\n" "de bloques nun segmento do RAID.</p>\n" @@ -5550,9 +5436,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -5571,8 +5455,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5594,21 +5477,9 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Percentage of blocks reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage " -#| "of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that " -#| "normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, " -#| "lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Porcentaxe de bloques reservados para o administrador (root):</b> " -"Especifica a porcentaxe de bloques reservados para o superusuario. De xeito " -"predeterminado, resérvase 1 Gig. O limite superior predeterminado para a " -"reserva é de 5.0, o limite inferior é 0.1.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Percentage of blocks reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Porcentaxe de bloques reservados para o administrador (root):</b> Especifica a porcentaxe de bloques reservados para o superusuario. De xeito predeterminado, resérvase 1 Gig. O limite superior predeterminado para a reserva é de 5.0, o limite inferior é 0.1.</p>" #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -5645,8 +5516,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5844,8 +5714,7 @@ #| "\n" #| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #| "disk %2 are in used." -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "\n" "Non se pode eliminar a partición %1 porque están en uso outras\n" @@ -6155,8 +6024,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6165,8 +6033,7 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6181,8 +6048,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -6525,14 +6391,9 @@ #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"É imposible redimensionar porque o sistema de ficheiros non é coherente. " -"Comprobe o sistema de ficheiros desde Windows." +#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "É imposible redimensionar porque o sistema de ficheiros non é coherente. Comprobe o sistema de ficheiros desde Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -6582,8 +6443,7 @@ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para crear unha proposta baseada en LVM, escolla o botón correspondente.</" -"p>\n" +"Para crear unha proposta baseada en LVM, escolla o botón correspondente.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 @@ -6708,16 +6568,9 @@ #~| "kernel, which would most likely lead to data loss.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\\n" -#~ "\\nNever partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\\n(mounted, " -#~ "swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\\ndoing. Otherwise, the " -#~ "partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\\nkernel, which will most " -#~ "likely lead to data loss.\\n\\nTo continue despite this warning, click " -#~ "Yes.\\n" +#~ msgid "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\\n\\nNever partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\\n(mounted, swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\\ndoing. Otherwise, the partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\\nkernel, which will most likely lead to data loss.\\n\\nTo continue despite this warning, click Yes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Use soamente este programa se está familiarizado coa xestión de " -#~ "particións en discos duros.\n" +#~ "Use soamente este programa se está familiarizado coa xestión de particións en discos duros.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Nunca particione discos que poidan, dalgún xeito, estar en uso\n" #~ "(montado, de intercambio, etc) a menos que saiba moi ben o que está\n" @@ -6730,9 +6583,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "No automatic proposal possible.\n" #~| "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No automatic proposal possible.\\nSpecify mount points manually in the " -#~ "'Partitioner' dialog." +#~ msgid "No automatic proposal possible.\\nSpecify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode elaborar unha proposta automática.\n" #~ "Introduza manualmente os puntos de montaxe no diálogo do 'Particionador'." @@ -6742,9 +6593,7 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" #~| "displayed is proposed for your hard drive.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYour hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\\ndisplayed " -#~ "is proposed for your hard drive.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYour hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\\ndisplayed is proposed for your hard drive.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Comprobáronse os discos duros. A configuración de particións\n" @@ -6757,10 +6606,7 @@ #~| "setup (like e.g. changing filesystem types), choose\n" #~| "<b>%1</b> and do these modification in the expert\n" #~| "partitioner dialog.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo make only small adjustments to the proposed\\nsetup (like " -#~ "changing filesystem types), choose\\n<b>%1</b> and modify the settings in " -#~ "the expert\\npartitioner dialog.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo make only small adjustments to the proposed\\nsetup (like changing filesystem types), choose\\n<b>%1</b> and modify the settings in the expert\\npartitioner dialog.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se quere facer pequenos axustes na configuración\n" @@ -6774,10 +6620,7 @@ #~| "To import the mount points from an existing Linux\n" #~| "system choose <b>%1</b>. You can still make modification\n" #~| "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo import the mount points from an existing Linux\\nsystem choose " -#~ "<b>%1</b>. You can still make modification\\nafterwards in the expert " -#~ "partitioner dialog.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo import the mount points from an existing Linux\\nsystem choose <b>%1</b>. You can still make modification\\nafterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para importar os puntos de montaxe dun sistema Linux\n" @@ -6793,11 +6636,7 @@ #~| "<b>%1</b>.\n" #~| "This is also the option to choose for\n" #~| "advanced options like RAID and encryption.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\\nyour own " -#~ "partition setup starting with the partitions \\ncurrently present on the " -#~ "disks. Select\\n<b>%1</b>.\\nThis is also the option to choose for" -#~ "\\nadvanced configurations like RAID and encryption.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\\nyour own partition setup starting with the partitions \\ncurrently present on the disks. Select\\n<b>%1</b>.\\nThis is also the option to choose for\\nadvanced configurations like RAID and encryption.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se as suxestións non satisfán as súas necesidades, cre\n" @@ -6811,9 +6650,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" #~| "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \\ndone so far. " -#~ "Continue with computing proposal?" +#~ msgid "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \\ndone so far. Continue with computing proposal?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O cálculo desta proposta sobrescribirá os cambios\n" #~ "manuais. Desexa continuar a calcular a proposta?" @@ -6868,10 +6705,7 @@ #~| "settings in the last installation dialog. Until then, your Windows\n" #~| "partition will remain untouched.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>\\nThe actual resizing will not be performed until after you " -#~ "confirm all your\\nsettings in the last installation dialog. Until then " -#~ "your Windows\\npartition will remain untouched.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>\\nThe actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\\nsettings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\\npartition will remain untouched.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6887,9 +6721,7 @@ #~| "To skip resizing your Windows partition, press\n" #~| "<b>Back</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>\\nTo skip resizing your Windows partition, press\\n<b>Back</b>." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>\\nTo skip resizing your Windows partition, press\\n<b>Back</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6898,10 +6730,7 @@ #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>\\nThe upper bar graph displays the current situation.\\nThe lower " -#~ "bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\\nthe " -#~ "partition resize).\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>\\nThe upper bar graph displays the current situation.\\nThe lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\\nthe partition resize).\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6917,9 +6746,7 @@ #~| "Drag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\n" #~| "input field to adjust the suggested value.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>\\nDrag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\\ninput field " -#~ "to adjust the suggested values.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>\\nDrag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\\ninput field to adjust the suggested values.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6932,13 +6759,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Within the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically " -#~| "be\n" +#~| "Within the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically be\n" #~| "created as necessary.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>\\nWithin the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will " -#~ "automatically be\\ncreated as necessary.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>\\nWithin the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically be\\ncreated as necessary.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6953,10 +6777,7 @@ #~| "The partitions will automatically be created within this range\n" #~| "as required for &product;.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\\nThe " -#~ "partitions will automatically be created within this range\\nas required " -#~ "for &product;.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\\nThe partitions will automatically be created within this range\\nas required for &product;.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>Introduza un valor para o tamaño da súa instalación <b>Linux</b>.\n" @@ -6968,17 +6789,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "<b>Windows Used</b> is the size of the used part of your Windows " -#~| "partition.\n" +#~| "<b>Windows Used</b> is the size of the used part of your Windows partition.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>\\n<b>Windows Used</b> is the size of the space your Windows " -#~ "partition uses.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>\\n<b>Windows Used</b> is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Usado por Windows</b> é o tamaño da parte ocupada na partición de " -#~ "Windows.\n" +#~ "<b>Usado por Windows</b> é o tamaño da parte ocupada na partición de Windows.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -6987,9 +6804,7 @@ #~| "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" #~| "installation) on the partition.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux" -#~ "\\ninstallation) on the partition.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "\\n<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\\ninstallation) on the partition.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p><b>Libre</b> indica o espazo libre actual (antes da instalación\n" @@ -7009,12 +6824,7 @@ #~| "You need at least %1 MB of free space on the\n" #~| "Windows device, including Windows workspace and\n" #~| "space for %2.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe space available on the Windows partition " -#~ "is not sufficient for\\nthe minimum Linux installation.\\n\\nTo install " -#~ "Linux, boot Windows first and uninstall some \\napplications or delete " -#~ "data to free space.\\n\\nYou need at least %1 MB of free space on the" -#~ "\\nWindows device, including Windows workspace and\\nspace for %2.\\n" +#~ msgid "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe space available on the Windows partition is not sufficient for\\nthe minimum Linux installation.\\n\\nTo install Linux, boot Windows first and uninstall some \\napplications or delete data to free space.\\n\\nYou need at least %1 MB of free space on the\\nWindows device, including Windows workspace and\\nspace for %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "¡Ocorreu un erro!\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7036,10 +6846,7 @@ #~| "Depending on the size of your Windows partition\n" #~| "and the amount of space used, this may take a while.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\\nfor consistency.\\n" -#~ "\\nDepending on the size of your Windows partition\\nand the amount of " -#~ "space used, this may take a while.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\\nfor consistency.\\n\\nDepending on the size of your Windows partition\\nand the amount of space used, this may take a while.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Comprobando a coherencia do sistema de ficheiros da\n" #~ "partición de Windows.\n" @@ -7059,11 +6866,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "If the problem occurs again next time, resize your\n" #~| "Windows partition by other means.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An error has occurred.\\n\\nYour Windows partition has errors in the file " -#~ "system.\\n\\nBoot Windows and clear those errors by running\\nscandisk " -#~ "and defrag.\\n\\nIf the problem occurs again next time, resize your" -#~ "\\nWindows partition by other means.\\n" +#~ msgid "An error has occurred.\\n\\nYour Windows partition has errors in the file system.\\n\\nBoot Windows and clear those errors by running\\nscandisk and defrag.\\n\\nIf the problem occurs again next time, resize your\\nWindows partition by other means.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ocorreu un erro.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7085,11 +6888,7 @@ #~| "\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\n" #~| "\t Windows partition by other means.\n" #~| "\t " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An internal error has occurred.\\n\\n\t You cannot shrink your " -#~ "Windows partition during\\n\t installation. Your hard disk has not " -#~ "been altered.\\n\\n\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\\n" -#~ "\t Windows partition by other means.\\n\t " +#~ msgid "An internal error has occurred.\\n\\n\t You cannot shrink your Windows partition during\\n\t installation. Your hard disk has not been altered.\\n\\n\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\\n\t Windows partition by other means.\\n\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ocorreu un erro interno!\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7110,11 +6909,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" #~| "shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe Windows version on your system is \\nnot " -#~ "compatible with the resizing tool.\\nShrinking your Windows partition is " -#~ "not possible.\\n\\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and" -#~ "\\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\\n" +#~ msgid "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe Windows version on your system is \\nnot compatible with the resizing tool.\\nShrinking your Windows partition is not possible.\\n\\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and\\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ocorreu un erro!\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7133,11 +6928,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" #~| "shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\\n\\nIt is " -#~ "therefore not possible to shrink your Windows partition.\\n\\nChoose a " -#~ "different disk or abort the installation and\\nshrink your Windows " -#~ "partition by other means.\\n" +#~ msgid "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\\n\\nIt is therefore not possible to shrink your Windows partition.\\n\\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and\\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non é posible determinar a versión de Windows do sistema.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7160,13 +6951,7 @@ #~| "the Windows system applications scandisk and defrag.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really shrink your Windows partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\\nIn the next dialog, " -#~ "specify the amount of\\nWindows space that should be freed for %1.\\n\\nA " -#~ "data backup is strongly recommended\\nbecause data must be reorganized. " -#~ "\\nUnder rare circumstances, this could fail.\\n\\nOnly continue if you " -#~ "have successfully run\\nthe Windows system applications scandisk and " -#~ "defrag.\\n\\nReally shrink your Windows partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\\nIn the next dialog, specify the amount of\\nWindows space that should be freed for %1.\\n\\nA data backup is strongly recommended\\nbecause data must be reorganized. \\nUnder rare circumstances, this could fail.\\n\\nOnly continue if you have successfully run\\nthe Windows system applications scandisk and defrag.\\n\\nReally shrink your Windows partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Decidiu reducir a súa partición de Windows.\n" #~ "No seguinte diálogo, pode indicar a cantidade de\n" @@ -7188,10 +6973,7 @@ #~| "All data on this partition will be lost in the process.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really delete your Windows partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\\n\\nAll data " -#~ "on this partition will be lost in the process.\\n\\nReally delete your " -#~ "Windows partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\\n\\nAll data on this partition will be lost in the process.\\n\\nReally delete your Windows partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Seleccionou borrar por completo a partición de Windows.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7205,10 +6987,7 @@ #~| "the disk is too small. \n" #~| "To install Linux, select more partitions to \n" #~| "remove or select a larger disk." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \\nthe disk is too small. " -#~ "\\nTo install Linux, select more partitions to \\nremove or select a " -#~ "larger disk." +#~ msgid "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \\nthe disk is too small. \\nTo install Linux, select more partitions to \\nremove or select a larger disk." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hai poucas particións marcadas para a súa eliminación\n" #~ "ou o disco é demasiado pequeno. \n" @@ -7221,9 +7000,7 @@ #~| "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" #~| "are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown " -#~ "here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Velaquí todos os discos duros detectados automaticamente.\n" @@ -7235,13 +7012,10 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYou may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYou may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Posteriormente pode seleccionar en que lugar do disco duro instalarase " -#~ "&product;.\n" +#~ "Posteriormente pode seleccionar en que lugar do disco duro instalarase &product;.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7252,15 +7026,11 @@ #~| "control over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\n" #~| "partitions to mount points when installing &product;.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>\\nThe <b>Custom Partitioning</b> option for experts allows full" -#~ "\\ncontrol over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\\npartitions to " -#~ "mount points when installing &product;.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>\\nThe <b>Custom Partitioning</b> option for experts allows full\\ncontrol over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\\npartitions to mount points when installing &product;.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para expertos, hai unha opción de <b>particionamento personalizado</b> " -#~ "que\n" +#~ "Para expertos, hai unha opción de <b>particionamento personalizado</b> que\n" #~ "lles permite un control completo do particionamento dos discos duros, e\n" #~ "da asignación das particións para a instalación de &product;.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -7269,13 +7039,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" #~| "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\\nensure " -#~ "that ownerships of home directories are set properly." +#~ msgid "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\\nensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A partición /home no se formatará. Despois da instalación,\n" -#~ "asegúrese de que os permisos dos directorios do usuario están ben " -#~ "definidos." +#~ "asegúrese de que os permisos dos directorios do usuario están ben definidos." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -7299,9 +7066,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" #~| "The entire disk will be used for %1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\\nThe entire disk will be used " -#~ "for %1." +#~ msgid "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\\nThe entire disk will be used for %1." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aínda non hai particións neste disco.\n" #~ "Usarase todo o disco para %1." @@ -7310,9 +7075,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" #~| "There is not enough space to install Linux." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\\nThere is not enough space to " -#~ "install Linux." +#~ msgid "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\\nThere is not enough space to install Linux." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Semella que este disco é usado por Windows.\n" #~ "Non hai espazo dabondo para instalar Linux." @@ -7334,9 +7097,7 @@ #~| "You can either use the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" #~| "partitions or free regions shown.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nUse either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the" -#~ "\\npartitions or free regions shown.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nUse either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\\npartitions or free regions shown.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Pode utilizar <b>todo o disco duro</b> ou unha ou máis das particións ou\n" @@ -7350,10 +7111,7 @@ #~| "might loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect\n" #~| "other operating systems.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nNotice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you" -#~ "\\nmight loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect" -#~ "\\nother operating systems.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nNotice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\\nmight loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect\\nother operating systems.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Nota: Se selecciona unha rexión que non se amosa como <i>libre</i>,\n" @@ -7367,9 +7125,7 @@ #~| "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" #~| "lost. </i></b> There will be no way to recover this data.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be" -#~ "\\nlost. </i></b> There will be no way to recover this data.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\\nlost. </i></b> There will be no way to recover this data.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b><i>As rexións marcadas van ser borradas. Todos os datos nelas\n" @@ -7383,32 +7139,23 @@ #~| "space for &product;. You can either <b>delete Windows completely</b> or\n" #~| "<b>shrink</b> it to get enough free space.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not " -#~ "enough\\nspace for &product;. You can either <b>delete Windows " -#~ "completely</b> or\\n<b>shrink</b> it to get enough free space.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\\nspace for &product;. You can either <b>delete Windows completely</b> or\\n<b>shrink</b> it to get enough free space.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "O disco duro seleccionado está usado probablemente polo Windows. Non hai\n" -#~ "espazo dabondo para &product;. Pode <b>borrar Windows completamente</b> " -#~ "ou\n" +#~ "espazo dabondo para &product;. Pode <b>borrar Windows completamente</b> ou\n" #~ "<b>reducilo</b> para obter espazo libre necesario.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be " -#~| "<b>irreversibly\n" +#~| "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" #~| "lost</b> in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we <b>strongly\n" #~| "recommend a data backup</b>, because the data must be reorganized.\n" #~| "This may fail under rare circumstances.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be " -#~ "<b>irreversibly\\nlost</b> in the installation. When shrinking Windows, " -#~ "we <b>strongly\\nrecommend a data backup</b>, because the data must be " -#~ "reorganized.\\nThis may fail under rare circumstances.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\\nlost</b> in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we <b>strongly\\nrecommend a data backup</b>, because the data must be reorganized.\\nThis may fail under rare circumstances.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se borra Windows, todos os datos desta partición <b>perderanse\n" @@ -7421,15 +7168,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" -#~| "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to " -#~| "a\n" +#~| "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" #~| "partition.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have not assigned a root partition for\\ninstallation. This does not " -#~ "work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\\npartition.\\n\\nReally use " -#~ "this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "You have not assigned a root partition for\\ninstallation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\\npartition.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non asignou unha partición raíz para\n" #~ "a instalación. Isto non funciona. Asine o punto de montaxe raíz\"/\" a\n" @@ -7440,23 +7183,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You tried to mount a fat partition to one of\n" -#~| "the following mount points: / /usr /home /opt /var. This will very " -#~| "likely\n" -#~| "cause problems. Use a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these " -#~| "mount\n" +#~| "the following mount points: / /usr /home /opt /var. This will very likely\n" +#~| "cause problems. Use a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these mount\n" #~| "points.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount" -#~ "\\npoints: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause " -#~ "problems.\\nUse a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these " -#~ "mount points.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\\npoints: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\\nUse a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these mount points.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tentou montar unha partición fat para un dos\n" #~ "seguintes puntos de montaxe: / /usr /home /opt /var. Isto é probable que\n" -#~ "cause problemas. Use un sistema de ficheiros Linux, como ext3,ou ext4 " -#~ "para estes\n" +#~ "cause problemas. Use un sistema de ficheiros Linux, como ext3,ou ext4 para estes\n" #~ "puntos de montaxe.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa realmente usar esta configuración?\n" @@ -7464,19 +7200,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" -#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux " -#~| "file\n" +#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" #~| "system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\\nmount point /boot. This will " -#~ "very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 or " -#~ "ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\\nmount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tentou montar unha partición fat para o\n" -#~ "punto de montaxe /boot. Isto é probable que cause problemas. Use un " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "punto de montaxe /boot. Isto é probable que cause problemas. Use un sistema\n" #~ "de ficheiros Linux como ext3 ou ext4 para este punto de montaxe.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa realmente usar esta configuración?\n" @@ -7484,19 +7215,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You have mounted a partition with btrfs to the\n" -#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux " -#~| "file\n" +#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" #~| "system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\\nmount point /boot. This " -#~ "will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 " -#~ "or ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\\nmount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ten montada unha partición con btrfs para o\n" -#~ "punto de montaxe /boot. Isto é probable que cause problemas. Use un " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "punto de montaxe /boot. Isto é probable que cause problemas. Use un sistema\n" #~ "de ficheiros Linux como ext3 ou ext4 para este punto de montaxe.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa realmente usar esta configuración?\n" @@ -7511,11 +7237,7 @@ #~| "installation might not be directly bootable.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning:\\nYour boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\\nYour BIOS does " -#~ "not seem able to boot\\npartitions above cylinder %1.\\nWith the current " -#~ "setup, your %2\\ninstallation might not be directly bootable.\\n\\nReally " -#~ "use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning:\\nYour boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\\nYour BIOS does not seem able to boot\\npartitions above cylinder %1.\\nWith the current setup, your %2\\ninstallation might not be directly bootable.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso:\n" #~ "O cilindro final da partición de arrinque é superior a %1.\n" @@ -7533,10 +7255,7 @@ #~| "It is recommended to increase the size of /boot.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning:\\nYour boot partition is smaller than %1.\\nWe recommend to " -#~ "increase the size of /boot.\\n\\nReally keep this size of boot partition?" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning:\\nYour boot partition is smaller than %1.\\nWe recommend to increase the size of /boot.\\n\\nReally keep this size of boot partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso:\n" #~ "A súa partición de arrinque é menor ca %1.\n" @@ -7553,12 +7272,7 @@ #~| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP).\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\\nTo boot from your hard " -#~ "disk, a small /boot partition\\n(approx. %1) is required. Consider " -#~ "creating one.\\nPartitions assigned to /boot will automatically be " -#~ "changed to\\ntype 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\\n\\nReally use the setup without /boot " -#~ "partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\\nTo boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\\n(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\\nPartitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\\ntype 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\\n\\nReally use the setup without /boot partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso: non hai ningunha partición montada en /boot. \n" #~ "Para arrincar desde o disco duro, cómpre unha pequena partición /boot\n" @@ -7578,17 +7292,11 @@ #~| "directly bootable.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\\nboot your machine from " -#~ "the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\\nhas an end cylinder above " -#~ "%1. Your BIOS does not seem capable\\nof booting partitions beyond the %1 " -#~ "cylinder boundary,\\nwhich means your %2 installation will not be" -#~ "\\ndirectly bootable.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\\nboot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\\nhas an end cylinder above %1. Your BIOS does not seem capable\\nof booting partitions beyond the %1 cylinder boundary,\\nwhich means your %2 installation will not be\\ndirectly bootable.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso: segundo a súa configuración, pretende arrincar\n" #~ "a súa máquina desde a partición root (/), quen por desgraza,\n" -#~ "remata nun cilindro por riba do límite de %1. A BIOS semella non ser " -#~ "quen\n" +#~ "remata nun cilindro por riba do límite de %1. A BIOS semella non ser quen\n" #~ "de arrincar particións situadas por riba do límite de %1, o que\n" #~ "significa que a instalación de %2 non poderá ser\n" #~ "arrincada directamente.\n" @@ -7603,17 +7311,12 @@ #~| "The boot loader setup sometimes fails in this configuration.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\\ninstallation might not be " -#~ "directly bootable, because\\nyour files below \"/boot\" are on a software " -#~ "RAID device.\\nThe boot loader setup sometimes fails in this " -#~ "configuration.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\\ninstallation might not be directly bootable, because\\nyour files below \"/boot\" are on a software RAID device.\\nThe boot loader setup sometimes fails in this configuration.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso: coa configuración actual, pode que a súa instalación de\n" #~ "%1 non sexa arrincable directamente posto que os ficheiros\n" #~ "por debaixo de \"/boot\" atópanse nun dispositivo RAID de software. \n" -#~ "Ás veces, a configuración do cargador de arrinque fallas nesta " -#~ "configuración.\n" +#~ "Ás veces, a configuración do cargador de arrinque fallas nesta configuración.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "¿Quere usar esta configuración?\n" @@ -7628,12 +7331,7 @@ #~| "partition for your files below /boot.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\\nwill encounter " -#~ "problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\\npartition and your " -#~ "\"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\\nThis does not work.\\n" -#~ "\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal" -#~ "\\npartition for your files below /boot.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\\nwill encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\\npartition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\\nThis does not work.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\npartition for your files below /boot.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso: coa configuración actual, a súa instalación %1\n" #~ "vai ter problemas no arrinque pois non ten vostede partición \"boot\"\n" @@ -7654,12 +7352,7 @@ #~| "FAT partition for your files below %1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\\nwill encounter " -#~ "problems when booting, because you have no\\nFAT partition mounted on %1." -#~ "\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\\n\\nIf " -#~ "you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\nFAT partition " -#~ "for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\\nwill encounter problems when booting, because you have no\\nFAT partition mounted on %1.\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\nFAT partition for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso: coa súa configuración actual podería ter problemas para\n" #~ "arrincar a instalación de %2, xa que non ha montou unha\n" @@ -7684,12 +7377,7 @@ #~| "partition for your files below %1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\\nencounter " -#~ "problems when booting, because you have no \\nseparate %1 partition on " -#~ "your RAID disk.\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot " -#~ "setup.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal" -#~ "\\npartition for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\\nencounter problems when booting, because you have no \\nseparate %1 partition on your RAID disk.\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\npartition for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso: coa súa configuración actual, a súa instalación %2 atopará\n" #~ "durante o arrinque pois non hai ningunha partición\n" @@ -7705,32 +7393,20 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "You have not assigned a swap partition. There is nothing wrong with " -#~| "that, but\n" -#~| "in most cases it is highly recommended to create and assign a swap " -#~| "partition.\n" +#~| "You have not assigned a swap partition. There is nothing wrong with that, but\n" +#~| "in most cases it is highly recommended to create and assign a swap partition.\n" #~| "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -#~| "type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " -#~| "\"swap\".\n" +#~| "type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" #~| "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly " -#~ "recommend \\nto create and assign a swap partition.\\nSwap partitions on " -#~ "your system are listed in the main window with the\\ntype \"Linux Swap\". " -#~ "An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\\nYou can assign " -#~ "more than one swap partition, if desired.\\n\\nReally use the setup " -#~ "without swap partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYou have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \\nto create and assign a swap partition.\\nSwap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\\ntype \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\\nYou can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\\n\\nReally use the setup without swap partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Non asignou unha partición de intercambio. Non hai nada malo nisto, pero\n" -#~ "na meirande parte dos casos é altamente recomendado crear e asignar unha " -#~ "partición\n" -#~ "de intercambio. As particións de intercambio no sistema son listadas na " -#~ "fiestra principal como\n" -#~ "tipo \"Linux Swap\". Unha partición de intercambio asignada ten o punto " -#~ "de montaxe\n" +#~ "na meirande parte dos casos é altamente recomendado crear e asignar unha partición\n" +#~ "de intercambio. As particións de intercambio no sistema son listadas na fiestra principal como\n" +#~ "tipo \"Linux Swap\". Unha partición de intercambio asignada ten o punto de montaxe\n" #~ "\"swap\".Pode asignar máis dunha partición de intercambio se o desexa.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa usar a configuración sen partición de intercambio?\n" @@ -7741,10 +7417,7 @@ #~| "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" #~| "formatted. YaST2 cannot guarantee your installation will succeed,\n" #~| "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be" -#~ "\\nformatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed," -#~ "\\nparticularly in any of the following cases:\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYou chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\\nformatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed,\\nparticularly in any of the following cases:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Escolleu instalar dentro dunha partición existente que non será\n" @@ -7757,10 +7430,7 @@ #~| "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" #~| "overwritten\n" #~| "- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\\n- if this partition already " -#~ "contains a Linux distribution that will be\\noverwritten\\n- if this " -#~ "partition does not yet contain a file system\\n" +#~ msgid "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\\n- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\\noverwritten\\n- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "- se é una partición existente de tipo ReiserFS\n" #~ "- se esta partición xa contén outra distribución de Linux que deba ser\n" @@ -7770,13 +7440,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" -#~| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -#~| "points\n" +#~| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" #~| "like /, /boot, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\\nformatting, " -#~ "especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points" -#~ "\\nlike /, /boot, /opt or /var.\\n" +#~ msgid "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\\nformatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\\nlike /, /boot, /opt or /var.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "En caso de dúbida, pode retroceder e marcar esta partición\n" #~ "para que sexa formatada - especialmente se é asignada a un dos\n" @@ -7787,9 +7453,7 @@ #~| "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\\n" -#~ "\\nReally keep the partition unformatted?\\n" +#~ msgid "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\\n\\nReally keep the partition unformatted?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se decide formatar a partición, todos os datos nelas perderanse.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7799,9 +7463,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" #~| "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID " -#~ "before editing it.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID before editing it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O dispositivo seleccionado pertence ao RAID (%1).\n" #~ "Elimíneo do RAID antes de editalo.\n" @@ -7810,9 +7472,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" #~| "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\\nRemove it from the " -#~ "volume group before editing it.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\\nRemove it from the volume group before editing it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O dispositivo seleccionado pertence a un grupo de volumes (%1).\n" #~ "Elimíneo do grupo de volumes antes de editalo.\n" @@ -7821,9 +7481,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" #~| "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\\nRemove the volume before " -#~ "editing it.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\\nRemove the volume before editing it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O volume (%1) utiliza o dispositivo seleccionado.\n" #~ "Elimine o volume antes de editar o dispositivo.\n" @@ -7832,9 +7490,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" #~| "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID " -#~ "before deleting it.\\n" +#~ msgid "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID before deleting it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O dispositivo (%2) pertence a RAID (%1).\n" #~ "Elimíneo de RAID antes de borralo.\n" @@ -7853,9 +7509,7 @@ #~| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" #~| "Since it is a logical partition and another logical \n" #~| "partition with higher number is in use.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and " -#~ "\\nanother logical partition with a higher number is in use.\\n" +#~ msgid "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \\nanother logical partition with a higher number is in use.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "No se pode eliminar o dispositivo (%1).\n" #~ "É unha partición lóxica e hai outra partición lóxica\n" @@ -7863,25 +7517,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -#~| "mounted:\n" +#~| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" #~| "%1\n" -#~| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before you " -#~| "delete the extended partition.\n" +#~| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" #~| "Please choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -#~ "mounted:\\n%1\\nWe *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions " -#~ "before you delete the extended partition.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know " -#~ "exactly what you are doing.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\\n%1\\nWe *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A partición estendida seleccionada contén particións que están montadas " -#~ "neste intre:\n" +#~ "A partición estendida seleccionada contén particións que están montadas neste intre:\n" #~ "%1\n" -#~ "Recoméndase encarecidamente desmontar estas particións antes de borrar a " -#~ "partición estendida.\n" -#~ "Por favor, prema en Cancelar a menos que saiba exactamente o que está a " -#~ "facer.\n" +#~ "Recoméndase encarecidamente desmontar estas particións antes de borrar a partición estendida.\n" +#~ "Por favor, prema en Cancelar a menos que saiba exactamente o que está a facer.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -7890,10 +7535,7 @@ #~| "assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" #~| "partitions from their respective volume groups\n" #~| "before deleting the extended partition.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition" -#~ "\\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their " -#~ "respective volume groups\\nbefore deleting the extended partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their respective volume groups\\nbefore deleting the extended partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "A partición estendida seleccionada contén polo menos unha partición LVM\n" @@ -7908,10 +7550,7 @@ #~| "that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" #~| "partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" #~| "deleting the extended partition.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat " -#~ "is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective " -#~ "RAID systems before\\ndeleting the extended partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective RAID systems before\\ndeleting the extended partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "A partición estendida seleccionada contén polo menos unha partición\n" @@ -7925,10 +7564,7 @@ #~| "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" #~| "that is in use. Remove the used volume before\n" #~| "deleting the extended partition.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat " -#~ "is in use. Remove the used volume before\\ndeleting the extended " -#~ "partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat is in use. Remove the used volume before\\ndeleting the extended partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "A partición estendida seleccionada contén como mínimo unha partición\n" @@ -7949,9 +7585,7 @@ #~| "The first and the second version\n" #~| "of the password do not match.\n" #~| "Try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match!\\nTry " -#~ "again.\\n" +#~ msgid "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match!\\nTry again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A primeira e a segunda versión\n" #~ "do contrasinal non coinciden.\n" @@ -7979,9 +7613,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" #~| "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\\nChange your " -#~ "volume label so that it does not contain this character.\\n" +#~ msgid "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\\nChange your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se permite o carácter '/' nas etiquetas de volumes.\n" #~ "Cambie a etiqueta para que non conteña este carácter.\n" @@ -7990,46 +7622,28 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" #~| "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file " -#~| "system to mount\n" -#~| "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~| "can be\n" -#~| "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~| "possible.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\\nNormally, a file system to mount is " -#~ "identified in /etc/fstab\\nby the device name. This identification can be " -#~ "changed so the file system \\nto mount is found by searching for a UUID " -#~ "or a volume label. Not all file \\nsystems can be mounted by UUID or a " -#~ "volume label. If an option is disabled, \\nthis is not possible.\\n" +#~| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~| "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~| "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\\nNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\\nby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \\nto mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \\nsystems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \\nthis is not possible.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Montar en /etc/fstab por</b>\n" -#~ "Normalmente, o sistema de ficheiros que se debe montar está identificado " -#~ "en /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "polo nome do dispositivo. Esta identificación pode cambiar, de modo que o " -#~ "sistema de ficheiros para montar\n" -#~ "se atope ao procurar por UUID ou unha etiqueta de volume. Non todos os " -#~ "sistemas de ficheiros poden\n" -#~ "montarse empregando o UUID ou a etiqueta de volume. Se a opción " -#~ "correspondente está desactivada, é imposible facelo.\n" +#~ "Normalmente, o sistema de ficheiros que se debe montar está identificado en /etc/fstab\n" +#~ "polo nome do dispositivo. Esta identificación pode cambiar, de modo que o sistema de ficheiros para montar\n" +#~ "se atope ao procurar por UUID ou unha etiqueta de volume. Non todos os sistemas de ficheiros poden\n" +#~ "montarse empregando o UUID ou a etiqueta de volume. Se a opción correspondente está desactivada, é imposible facelo.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -#~| "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -#~| "makes sense only \n" +#~| "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" #~| "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" #~| "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\\nThe name entered in this field is used as the " -#~ "volume label. This usually makes sense only \\nwhen you activate the " -#~ "option for mounting by volume label.\\nA volume label cannot contain " -#~ "the / character or spaces.\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\\nThe name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \\nwhen you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\\nA volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Etiqueta de volume:</b>\n" #~ "O nome que introduza neste campo utilizarase como etiqueta de volume.\n" -#~ "Isto só ten sentido cando se activa a opción para montar por etiqueta de " -#~ "volume.\n" +#~ "Isto só ten sentido cando se activa a opción para montar por etiqueta de volume.\n" #~ "As etiquetas de volume non poden conter o carácter / nin espazos.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -8037,22 +7651,17 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" #~| "is %1. Your volume label was truncated to this size.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nMaximum volume label length for the selected file system\\nis %1. Your " -#~ "volume label has been truncated to this size.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nMaximum volume label length for the selected file system\\nis %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A lonxitude máxima de etiqueta de volume para o sistema de ficheiros " -#~ "seleccionado\n" -#~ "é de %1. A etiqueta de volume está truncada para que se axuste a este " -#~ "tamaño.\n" +#~ "A lonxitude máxima de etiqueta de volume para o sistema de ficheiros seleccionado\n" +#~ "é de %1. A etiqueta de volume está truncada para que se axuste a este tamaño.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" -#~| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system " -#~| "type),\n" +#~| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\n" #~| "your Linux installation might be damaged.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Unmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\n" @@ -8060,17 +7669,11 @@ #~| "exactly what you are doing.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\\nIf you " -#~ "change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type)," -#~ "\\nyour Linux installation might be damaged.\\n\\nUnmount the partition " -#~ "if possible. If you are unsure,\\nwe recommend to abort. Do not proceed " -#~ "unless you know\\nexactly what you are doing.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\\nIf you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\\nyour Linux installation might be damaged.\\n\\nUnmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\\nwe recommend to abort. Do not proceed unless you know\\nexactly what you are doing.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "A partición seleccionada (%1) está montada actualmente en %2.\n" -#~ "Se cambia algún parámetro (coma o punto de montaxe ou o tipo de sistema " -#~ "de ficheiros),\n" +#~ "Se cambia algún parámetro (coma o punto de montaxe ou o tipo de sistema de ficheiros),\n" #~ "podería danar a súa instalación de Linux.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desmonte a partición se é posible. Se non está seguro,\n" @@ -8084,9 +7687,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" #~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\\nOnly " -#~ "fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." +#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "YaST2 non pode reducir o sistema de ficheiros na partición.\n" @@ -8097,50 +7698,33 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" #~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2." -#~ "\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file " -#~ "system." +#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "YaST2 non puede reducir o sistema de ficheiros do volume lóxico.\n" -#~ "Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permiten reducir un sistema de " -#~ "ficheiros." +#~ "Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permiten reducir un sistema de ficheiros." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" -#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file " -#~| "system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2." -#~ "\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file " -#~ "system." +#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "YaST2 non puede ampliar o sistema de ficheiros na partición " -#~ "seleccionada.\n" -#~ "Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -#~ "ficheiros." +#~ "YaST2 non puede ampliar o sistema de ficheiros na partición seleccionada.\n" +#~ "Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de ficheiros." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by " -#~| "YaST2.\n" -#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file " -#~| "system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by " -#~ "YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a " -#~ "file system." +#~| "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" +#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "YaST2 non pode ampliar o sistema de ficheiros no volume lóxico " -#~ "seleccionado.\n" -#~ "Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -#~ "ficheiros." +#~ "YaST2 non pode ampliar o sistema de ficheiros no volume lóxico seleccionado.\n" +#~ "Só fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de ficheiros." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -8149,14 +7733,10 @@ #~| "very thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Shrink the file system now?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nIt is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not" -#~ "\\nvery thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\\n" -#~ "\\nShrink the file system now?" +#~ msgid "\\nIt is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\\nvery thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\\n\\nShrink the file system now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Aínda que é posible reducir un sistema de ficheiros reiser, esta función " -#~ "está\n" +#~ "Aínda que é posible reducir un sistema de ficheiros reiser, esta función está\n" #~ "pouco probada. Recoméndase realizar unha copia de seguridade dos datos.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa reducir o sistema de ficheiros agora?" @@ -8165,19 +7745,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" #~| "%1\n" -#~| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting " -#~| "the partition table.\n" +#~| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" #~| "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\\n" -#~ "%1\\nWe *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before " -#~ "deleting the partition table.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly " -#~ "what you are doing.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\\n%1\\nWe *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O dispositivo seleccionado contén particións xa montadas:\n" #~ "%1\n" -#~ "É moi recomendable desmontar estas particións antes de borrar a táboa de " -#~ "particións.\n" +#~ "É moi recomendable desmontar estas particións antes de borrar a táboa de particións.\n" #~ "Escolla Cancelar a menos que saiba exactamente o que vai facer.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -8187,10 +7761,7 @@ #~| "assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" #~| "partitions from their respective volume groups\n" #~| "before deleting the device.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected device contains at least one LVM partition\\nassigned to " -#~ "a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their respective volume " -#~ "groups\\nbefore deleting the device.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected device contains at least one LVM partition\\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their respective volume groups\\nbefore deleting the device.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "O dispositivo seleccionado contén polo menos unha partición LVM\n" @@ -8205,10 +7776,7 @@ #~| "that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" #~| "partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" #~| "deleting the device.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is part of " -#~ "a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective RAID " -#~ "systems before\\ndeleting the device.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective RAID systems before\\ndeleting the device.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "O dispositivo seleccionado contén polo menos unha partición\n" @@ -8222,10 +7790,7 @@ #~| "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" #~| "that is used by another volume. Delete the volume using it\n" #~| "before deleting the device.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is used by " -#~ "another volume. Delete the volume using it\\nbefore deleting the device." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is used by another volume. Delete the volume using it\\nbefore deleting the device.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "O dispositivo seleccionado contén polo menos unha partición\n" @@ -8236,9 +7801,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Only subvolume names starting with \"@/\" currently allowed!\n" #~| "Automatically prepending \"@/\" to name of subvolume." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!" -#~ "\\nAutomatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." +#~ msgid "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\\nAutomatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Só se permiten nomes de subdominio que empecen por \"@/\"!\n" #~ "Automaticamente o nome do subdominio terá o prefixo \"@/\"." @@ -8272,10 +7835,7 @@ #~| "mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" #~| "Linux file system.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not" -#~ "\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux " -#~ "file system.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux file system.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Lémbre que este sistema de ficheiros só estará protexido cando\n" @@ -8286,71 +7846,48 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~| "tmp.\n" -#~| "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~| "create\n" -#~| "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~| "all\n" +#~| "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~| "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create\n" +#~| "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" #~| "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThis mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp " -#~ "or /var/tmp.\\nIf you leave the encryption password empty, the system " -#~ "will create\\na random password at system startup for you. This means, " -#~ "you will lose all\\ndata on these filesystems at system shutdown.\\n</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThis mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\\nIf you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\\na random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\\ndata on these filesystems at system shutdown.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Este punto de montaxe correspóndese cun sistema de ficheiros temporais " -#~ "como /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Pode deixar en branco o contrasinal de cifrado. De facelo así, o sistema " -#~ "creará un\n" -#~ "contrasinal aleatorio ao iniciar o sistema. Isto quere dicir que perderá " -#~ "todo os\n" +#~ "Este punto de montaxe correspóndese cun sistema de ficheiros temporais como /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Pode deixar en branco o contrasinal de cifrado. De facelo así, o sistema creará un\n" +#~ "contrasinal aleatorio ao iniciar o sistema. Isto quere dicir que perderá todo os\n" #~ "datos destes sistemas de ficheiros cando o sistema se peche.\n" #~ " </p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your " -#~| "file system.\n" +#~| "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" #~| "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" #~| "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" #~| "enter it twice.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on " -#~ "your file system.\\nChoose your password carefully. A combination of " -#~ "letters and numbers\\nis recommended. To ensure the password was entered " -#~ "correctly,\\nenter it twice.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\\nChoose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\\nis recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\\nenter it twice.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Se esquece o seu contrasinal, vai perder o acceso aos seus datos no seu " -#~ "sistema de ficheiros.\n" +#~ "Se esquece o seu contrasinal, vai perder o acceso aos seus datos no seu sistema de ficheiros.\n" #~ "Escolla o seu contrasinal con cuidado. Recoméndase unha combinación\n" -#~ "de letras e números. Para garantir que introduciu o contrasinal " -#~ "correctamente\n" +#~ "de letras e números. Para garantir que introduciu o contrasinal correctamente\n" #~ "pediráselle dúas veces.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should " -#~| "have at\n" +#~| "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" #~| "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" #~| "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYou must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password " -#~ "should have at\\nleast %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any " -#~ "special characters\\n(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYou must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\\nleast %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\\n(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Debe distinguir entre maiúsculas e minúsculas. Un contrasinal debe ter " -#~ "polo\n" +#~ "Debe distinguir entre maiúsculas e minúsculas. Un contrasinal debe ter polo\n" #~ "menos %1 caracteres e non conter ningún carácter especial\n" #~ "(ex. letras con til ou diérese).\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -8362,10 +7899,7 @@ #~| "<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\n" #~| "letters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nPossible characters are\\n<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and " -#~ "lowercase\\nletters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</" -#~ "tt>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nPossible characters are\\n<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\\nletters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Os caracteres posibles son \n" @@ -8398,24 +7932,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and " -#~| "therefore is\n" -#~| "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +#~| "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" #~| "file system is not accessed during update.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and " -#~ "therefore is\\nnot needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In " -#~ "this case, the\\nfile system is not accessed during update.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\\nnot needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\\nfile system is not accessed during update.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Se o sistema de ficheiros cifrado non contén ningún ficheiro de sistema " -#~ "e, polo tanto,\n" -#~ "non se necesitase para a actualización, pode seleccionar a opción " -#~ "<b>Omitir.</b>\n" -#~ "Neste caso, non se accede ao sistema de ficheiros durante a " -#~ "actualización.\n" +#~ "Se o sistema de ficheiros cifrado non contén ningún ficheiro de sistema e, polo tanto,\n" +#~ "non se necesitase para a actualización, pode seleccionar a opción <b>Omitir.</b>\n" +#~ "Neste caso, non se accede ao sistema de ficheiros durante a actualización.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -8428,13 +7954,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" #~| "the disk label in the expert partitioner." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\\nwill encounter " -#~ "problems when booting, because the disk on which \\nyour /boot partition " -#~ "is located does not contain a GPT disk label.\\n\\nIt will probably not " -#~ "be possible to boot such a setup.\\n\\nIf you need to use this disk for " -#~ "installation, you should destroy \\nthe disk label in the expert " -#~ "partitioner.\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\\nwill encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \\nyour /boot partition is located does not contain a GPT disk label.\\n\\nIt will probably not be possible to boot such a setup.\\n\\nIf you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \\nthe disk label in the expert partitioner.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso: coa configuración actual, a súa instalación\n" #~ "terá problemas ao arrincar, porque o disco onde se atopa a \n" @@ -8458,15 +7978,10 @@ #~| "This might lead to trouble.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really do this?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system" -#~ "\\nthat may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\\n" -#~ "\\nThis may cause problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" +#~ msgid "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\\nthat may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\\n\\nThis may cause problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Optou por non montar automaticamente durante o arrinque un sistema de " -#~ "ficheiros\n" -#~ "que pode conter ficheiros necesarios para que o sistema funcione " -#~ "correctamente.\n" +#~ "Optou por non montar automaticamente durante o arrinque un sistema de ficheiros\n" +#~ "que pode conter ficheiros necesarios para que o sistema funcione correctamente.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Isto podería causar problemas.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8478,11 +7993,7 @@ #~| "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" #~| "/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n" #~| "nonloopbacked file system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\\nwith one of " -#~ "the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\\n/var\". This " -#~ "is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\\nnonloopbacked file " -#~ "system.\\n" +#~ msgid "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\\nwith one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\\n/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\\nnonloopbacked file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Asignou un sistema de ficheiros cifrado a unha partición\n" #~ "cun dos seguintes puntos de montaxe: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -8497,10 +8008,7 @@ #~| "This usually causes problems.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really do this?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\\nmay " -#~ "contain files that need to be executable.\\n\\nThis usually causes " -#~ "problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" +#~ msgid "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\\nmay contain files that need to be executable.\\n\\nThis usually causes problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Definíu a opción de modo que os usuarios poidan montar un\n" #~ "sistema de ficheiros que pode necesitar ficheiros executables.\n" @@ -8511,12 +8019,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /" -#~| "home).\n" +#~| "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" #~| "This is not possible." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)." -#~ "\\nThis is not possible." +#~ msgid "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\\nThis is not possible." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non é posible usar un sistema de ficheiros FAT como punto de montaxe\n" #~ "do sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)." @@ -8526,9 +8031,7 @@ #~| "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" #~| "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" #~| "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\\n/bin, /dev, /etc, /" -#~ "lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\\n/var/adm/mnt\\n" +#~ msgid "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\\n/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\\n/var/adm/mnt\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non pode utilizar ningún dos seguintes puntos de montaxe:\n" #~ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -8538,9 +8041,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" #~| "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your partition is too small to use %1.\\nThe minimum size for this file " -#~ "system is %2.\\n" +#~ msgid "Your partition is too small to use %1.\\nThe minimum size for this file system is %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A súa partición é demasiado pequena para usar %1.\n" #~ " tamaño mínimo para este sistema de ficheiros é %2.\n" @@ -8549,9 +8050,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" #~| "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\\nto a device with nonexistent " -#~ "or unknown file system." +#~ msgid "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\\nto a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non está permitido asignar un punto de montaxe\n" #~ "a un dispositivo que non existe ou cun sistema de ficheiros descoñecido." @@ -8567,11 +8066,7 @@ #~| "itself if it does not work properly or at all.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this file system?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nWARNING:\\n\\nThis file system is not supported in %1;.\\nIt is " -#~ "completely untested and might not be well-integrated \\nin the system. " -#~ "Do not report bugs against this file system \\nif it does not work " -#~ "properly or at all.\\n\\nReally use this file system?\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nWARNING:\\n\\nThis file system is not supported in %1;.\\nIt is completely untested and might not be well-integrated \\nin the system. Do not report bugs against this file system \\nif it does not work properly or at all.\\n\\nReally use this file system?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "AVISO:\n" @@ -8597,9 +8092,7 @@ #~| "<p>By double clicking on a table entry\n" #~| "you can navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" #~| "device.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\\nyou navigate to the view with " -#~ "detailed information about the\\ndevice.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\\nyou navigate to the view with detailed information about the\\ndevice.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Facendo doble click nunha entrada da táboa\n" #~ "pode navegar para ver información detallada sobre o\n" @@ -8609,9 +8102,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" #~| "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\\nnavigate to the view with " -#~ "detailed information about the device.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\\nnavigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccionando unha entrada da táboa\n" #~ "pode navegar para ver información detallada sobre o dispositivo.</p> " @@ -8629,9 +8120,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call iSCSI configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " -#~ "iSCSI configuration?" +#~ msgid "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call iSCSI configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Chamar a configuración iSCI cancela todos os cambios actuais.\n" #~ "Desexa cancelar a configuración iSCI?" @@ -8640,21 +8129,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling Multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call Multipath configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally " -#~ "call multipath configuration?\\n" +#~ msgid "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call multipath configuration?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Chamando á configuración multipath, cancelaranse todos os cambios " -#~ "actuais.\n" +#~ "Chamando á configuración multipath, cancelaranse todos os cambios actuais.\n" #~ "Desexa chamar á configuración de multipath?" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call DASD configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " -#~ "DASD configuration?" +#~ msgid "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call DASD configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Chamando á configuración DASD, cancelaranse todos os cambios actuais.\n" #~ "Desexa chamar á configuración DASD?" @@ -8663,9 +8147,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call zFCP configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " -#~ "zFCP configuration?" +#~ msgid "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call zFCP configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Chamando á configuración zFCP, cancelaranse todos os cambios.\n" #~ "Desexa chamar á configuración zFCP?" @@ -8674,9 +8156,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call XPRAM configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " -#~ "XPRAM configuration?" +#~ msgid "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call XPRAM configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Chamando á configuración XPRAM, cancelaranse todosd os cambios actuais.\n" #~ "Desexa chamar á configuración XPRAM?" @@ -8685,21 +8165,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it " -#~ "is not used." +#~ msgid "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O BTRFS %1 está actualmente en uso.\n" -#~ "Non se pode editar. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que non o está a " -#~ "empregar." +#~ "Non se pode editar. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que non o está a empregar." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected BTRFS volume.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Btrfs volume." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Btrfs volume.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa información detallada sobre\n" #~ "o volume BTRFS.</p>" @@ -8708,8 +8183,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" #~| "selected BTRFS volume.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Btrfs volume.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Btrfs volume.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa todos os dispositivos\n" #~ "empregados polo volume BTRFS seleccionado.</p>" @@ -8718,9 +8192,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" #~| "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\\nformatted and the " -#~ "desired file system type.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\\nformatted and the desired file system type.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Primeiro escolla o tipo de partición que desexa\n" #~ "formatar e o tipo de sistema que desexa.</p>" @@ -8728,26 +8200,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -#~| "volume select <b>Encrypt device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " -#~| "existing\n" +#~| "volume select <b>Encrypt device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" #~| "volume will delete all data on it.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\\nvolume, select <b>Encrypt " -#~ "Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\\nvolume will delete " -#~ "all data on it.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\\nvolume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\\nvolume will delete all data on it.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se quere cifrar todos os datos do volume\n" -#~ "seleccionado, escolla <b>Cifrar dispositivo</b>. Ao mudar o cifrado dun " -#~ "volume existente\n" +#~ "seleccionado, escolla <b>Cifrar dispositivo</b>. Ao mudar o cifrado dun volume existente\n" #~ "eliminaranse todos os datos que contén.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" #~| "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\\nbe mounted and enter the " -#~ "mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\\nbe mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Daquela, escolla se a partición debe ser montada\n" #~ "e o seu punto de montaxe ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.).</p>" @@ -8758,10 +8223,7 @@ #~| "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Also check the format option.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\\nthat it should " -#~ "be formatted. This does not make sense.\\n\\nAlso check the format option." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\\nthat it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\\n\\nAlso check the format option.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Escolleu crear o ficheiro crypt, pero non indicou que\n" #~ "deba ser formatado. Isto non ten sentido.\n" @@ -8775,10 +8237,7 @@ #~| "mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" #~| "Linux file system.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not" -#~ "\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux " -#~ "file system.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux file system.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Lémbre que este sistema de ficheiros só estará protexido cando\n" @@ -8789,22 +8248,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "The file system used for this volume is swap. You may leave the crypt " -#~| "password\n" -#~| "empty but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating (suspend " -#~| "to\n" +#~| "The file system used for this volume is swap. You may leave the crypt password\n" +#~| "empty but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating (suspend to\n" #~| "disk).\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the " -#~ "encryption \\npassword empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for " -#~ "hibernating\\n(suspend to disk).\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \\npassword empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\\n(suspend to disk).\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "O sistema de ficheiros deste volume é de intercambio. Pode deixar o " -#~ "contrasinal cifrado\n" -#~ "baleiro, pero non poderá usar o dispositivo de intercambio para hibernar " -#~ "(suspender\n" +#~ "O sistema de ficheiros deste volume é de intercambio. Pode deixar o contrasinal cifrado\n" +#~ "baleiro, pero non poderá usar o dispositivo de intercambio para hibernar (suspender\n" #~ "o disco).\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -8813,9 +8265,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" #~| "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\\non " -#~ "this partition does not support resizing.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYou cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\\non this partition does not support resizing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Non é posible cambiar o tamaño da partición seleccionada porque o\n" @@ -8823,18 +8273,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\\ncan be resized while it is " -#~ "mounted." +#~ msgid "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\\ncan be resized while it is mounted." #~ msgstr "Non é posible crear unha partición en %1." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" #~| "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Partition %1 cannot be resized\\nbecause the filesystem seems to be " -#~ "inconsistent.\\n" +#~ msgid "Partition %1 cannot be resized\\nbecause the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A partición %1 non pode ser redimensionada\n" #~ "porque o sistema de ficheiros semella estar inconsistente" @@ -8843,9 +8289,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is " -#~ "not used." +#~ msgid "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O DM %1 está en uso. Non pode\n" #~ "editarse. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que non se está a usar." @@ -8853,13 +8297,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices\n" -#~| "except for those already included in some other view. Thus Multipath " -#~| "Disks,\n" +#~| "except for those already included in some other view. Thus Multipath Disks,\n" #~| "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already " -#~ "\\nincluded in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\\nBIOS RAIDs " -#~ "and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \\nincluded in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\\nBIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa todos os dispositivos do Mapeador de dispositivos\n" #~ "agás os que xa están incluídos nalgunha outra vista. Non se mostran os\n" @@ -8869,9 +8309,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Device " -#~ "Mapper device.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Device Mapper device.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista mostra información detallada sobre\n" #~ "o dispositivo seleccionado no Mapeador de dispositivos.</p>" @@ -8880,9 +8318,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" #~| "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Device Mapper " -#~ "device.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Device Mapper device.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa todos os dispositivos usados polo\n" #~ "Mapeador de dispositivos seleccionado.</p>" @@ -8891,9 +8327,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" #~| "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\\nIf you proceed, the " -#~ "following partitions will be deleted:" +#~ msgid "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\\nIf you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O disco \"%1\" contén polo menos unha partición.\n" #~ "Se procede, as particións seguintes vanse eliminar:" @@ -8902,21 +8336,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" #~| "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\\non " -#~ "%1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." +#~ msgid "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\\non %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desexa crear unha nova táboa de particións en %1? Eliminará todos\n" -#~ "os datos en %1 e todos os RAIDs e grupos de volume que usan particións en " -#~ "%1." +#~ "os datos en %1 e todos os RAIDs e grupos de volume que usan particións en %1." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure " -#~ "it is not used." +#~ msgid "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A partición %1 está en uso. Non pode\n" #~ "editarse. Para editar %1, asegúrese que non se está a usar." @@ -8934,9 +8363,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make " -#~ "sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A partición %1 está en uso. Non se pode mudar\n" #~ "o seu tamaño. Para mudar o tamaño de %1, asegúrese que non está en uso." @@ -8949,11 +8376,7 @@ #~| "<p>Disks marked with '*' sign contain one or\n" #~| "more partitions. After cloning, these\n" #~| "partitions will be deleted.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\\nthat will have the same " -#~ "partition layout as\\nthis disk.</p>\\n<p>Disks marked with the sign '*' " -#~ "contain one or\\nmore partitions. After cloning, these\\npartitions will " -#~ "be deleted.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\\nthat will have the same partition layout as\\nthis disk.</p>\\n<p>Disks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\\nmore partitions. After cloning, these\\npartitions will be deleted.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione un ou máis (se están dispoñibles) discos duros\n" #~ "que podan ter a mesma disposición de particións ca\n" @@ -8966,9 +8389,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The following partitions will be deleted\n" #~| "and all data on them will be lost:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following partitions will be deleted\\nand all data on them will be " -#~ "lost:" +#~ msgid "The following partitions will be deleted\\nand all data on them will be lost:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eliminaranse as seguintes particións\n" #~ "e borraranse todos os datos que contén:" @@ -8978,9 +8399,7 @@ #~| "There are no partitions on this disk (a clonable\n" #~| "disk must have at least one partition).\n" #~| "Create some partitions before cloning the disk." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\\ndisk must have at " -#~ "least one partition.\\nCreate partitions before cloning the disk.\\n" +#~ msgid "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\\ndisk must have at least one partition.\\nCreate partitions before cloning the disk.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non hai ningunha partición no disco (un disco\n" #~ "clonable debe ter polo menos unha partición).\n" @@ -8990,9 +8409,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" #~| "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\\ndisks that could have " -#~ "the same partitioning layout." +#~ msgid "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\\ndisks that could have the same partitioning layout." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode clonar este disco. Non hai discos\n" #~ "dispoñibles que poidan ter a mesma disposición de particionado." @@ -9001,9 +8418,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" #~| "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\\nReally execute dasdfmt on " -#~ "disk %1?\\n" +#~ msgid "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\\nReally execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se executa dasdfmt, eliminaranse todos os datos no disco.\n" #~ "Desexa executar dasdfmt no disco %1?\n" @@ -9014,9 +8429,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Partitions currently present on this disk are again\n" #~| "displayed.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\\n\\nPartitions currently " -#~ "present on this disk are again\\ndisplayed.\\n" +#~ msgid "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\\n\\nPartitions currently present on this disk are again\\ndisplayed.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O disco xa non está marcado para dasdfmt.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9045,9 +8458,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" #~| "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and Multipath disks and their partitions.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\\niSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and " -#~ "multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\\niSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa todos os discos duros incluíndo\n" #~ "discos ISCSI, BIOS RAIDs e discos multipath e a súas particións.</p>" @@ -9056,9 +8467,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected hard disk.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected hard disk.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected hard disk.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista mostra información detallada sobre\n" #~ "o disco duro seleccionado.</p>" @@ -9068,10 +8477,7 @@ #~| "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" #~| "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath no\n" #~| "partitions are shown here.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\\nhard disk. If the " -#~ "hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\\npartitions are " -#~ "shown here.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\\nhard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\\npartitions are shown here.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa todas as particións do\n" #~ "disco duro seleccionado. Se o disco duro úsase\n" @@ -9081,26 +8487,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" -#~| "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, " -#~| "partitioned\n" +#~| "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" #~| "software RAIDs and Multipath Disks.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected hard disk. The view " -#~ "is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\\nsoftware RAIDs and " -#~ "multipath disks.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\\nsoftware RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa todos os dispositivos usados polo\n" -#~ "disco duro seleccionado. A vista está só dispoñible para discos RAID de " -#~ "BIOS\n" +#~ "disco duro seleccionado. A vista está só dispoñible para discos RAID de BIOS\n" #~ "RAID particionados por software e discos Multipath.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected partition.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected partition.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected partition.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa a imformación datallada da\n" #~ "partición seleccionada.</p>" @@ -9108,17 +8507,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>YaST2 has scanned your hard disks and found\n" -#~| "one or several existing Linux systems with mount points. The old mount " -#~| "points\n" +#~| "one or several existing Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points\n" #~| "are shown in the table.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing " -#~ "\\nLinux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in " -#~ "\\nthe table.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \\nLinux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \\nthe table.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>YaST escaneou os seus discos duros e deu cun\n" -#~ "sistema linux anterior con puntos de montaxe. Os puntos de montaxe " -#~ "antigos\n" +#~ "sistema linux anterior con puntos de montaxe. Os puntos de montaxe antigos\n" #~ "amosaranse na táboa.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -9126,10 +8520,7 @@ #~| "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" #~| "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" #~| "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\\nvolumes, e.g. / and /usr, " -#~ "will be formatted during the\\ninstallation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /" -#~ "home, will not be formatted.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\\nvolumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\\ninstallation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Pode escoller se os volumes do sistema existente\n" #~ "por exemplo, / e /usr formataranse durante a instalación.\n" @@ -9140,14 +8531,10 @@ #~| "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\"\n" #~| "To keep system in consistent state, the following volume group\n" #~| "and its logical volumes will be deleted:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\\nTo keep the " -#~ "system in a consistent state, the following volume group\\nand its " -#~ "logical volumes will be deleted:\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\\nTo keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\\nand its logical volumes will be deleted:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O grupo de volumes \"%1\" emprega a partición seleccionada\n" -#~ "Para manter un sisitema nun estado consistente, o seguinte grupo de " -#~ "volume\n" +#~ "Para manter un sisitema nun estado consistente, o seguinte grupo de volume\n" #~ "e os seus volumes lóxicos vanse eliminar:" #, fuzzy @@ -9155,9 +8542,7 @@ #~| "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\"\n" #~| "To keep system in consistent state, the following\n" #~| "RAID device will be deleted:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\\nTo keep the system in a " -#~ "consistent state, the following\\nRAID device will be deleted:\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\\nTo keep the system in a consistent state, the following\\nRAID device will be deleted:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A partición seleccionada pertence ao RAID \"%1\".\n" #~ "Para manter o sistema nun estado consistente,\n" @@ -9175,47 +8560,33 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to " -#~| "the file\n" +#~| "<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" #~| "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to " -#~ "the file\\ncontaining the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\\ncontaining the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p><b>Nome de ruta do ficheiro de bucle:</b><br>Debe ser unna ruta " -#~ "absoluta ao ficheiro\n" +#~ "<p><b>Nome de ruta do ficheiro de bucle:</b><br>Debe ser unna ruta absoluta ao ficheiro\n" #~ "que contén os datos para dispositivo de bucle cifrado a configurar.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be " -#~| "created\n" +#~| "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" #~| "with the size given in the next field. <b>NOTE:</b> If the file already\n" #~| "exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be " -#~ "created\\nwith the size given in the next field. <b>NOTE:</b> If the file " -#~ "already\\nexists, all data in it is lost.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\\nwith the size given in the next field. <b>NOTE:</b> If the file already\\nexists, all data in it is lost.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p><b>Crear ficheiro crypt:</b><br>Se esta opción está activada, o " -#~ "ficheiro será\n" -#~ "icreado co tamaño indicado no campo seguente. <b>NOTA:</b> Se o " -#~ "ficheiro \n" +#~ "<p><b>Crear ficheiro crypt:</b><br>Se esta opción está activada, o ficheiro será\n" +#~ "icreado co tamaño indicado no campo seguente. <b>NOTA:</b> Se o ficheiro \n" #~ "xa existe, todos os datos que conteña perderanse.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system " -#~| "to\n" +#~| "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system to\n" #~| "create in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system" -#~ "\\ncreated in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\\ncreated in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p><b>Tamaño:</b><br>Este é o tamaño do ficheiro de bucle.\n" @@ -9229,19 +8600,12 @@ #~| "checks about file size and path names because the file system is not\n" #~| "accessible. It will be created at the end of installation. Be\n" #~| "careful about the size and path name you provide.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency" -#~ "\\nchecks of file size and path names because the file system is not" -#~ "\\naccessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be" -#~ "\\ncareful when providing the size and path name.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\\nchecks of file size and path names because the file system is not\\naccessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\\ncareful when providing the size and path name.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p><b>NOTA:</b>Durante a instalación non é posible efectuar ningunha " -#~ "comprobación\n" -#~ "de coherencia dos tamaños dos ficheiros e os nomes de ruta porque non se " -#~ "pode\n" -#~ "acceder ao sistema de ficheiros. Este créase ao final da instalación. " -#~ "Polo tanto,\n" +#~ "<p><b>NOTA:</b>Durante a instalación non é posible efectuar ningunha comprobación\n" +#~ "de coherencia dos tamaños dos ficheiros e os nomes de ruta porque non se pode\n" +#~ "acceder ao sistema de ficheiros. Este créase ao final da instalación. Polo tanto,\n" #~ "asigne os tamaños e nomes de ruta con coidado.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -9258,9 +8622,7 @@ #~| "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" #~| "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" #~| "the create flag." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\\nand the flag for create is off. " -#~ "Either use an existing file or activate\\nthe create flag." +#~ msgid "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\\nand the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\\nthe create flag." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome de ficheiro \"%1\" non existe e o indicador\n" #~ "para crealo está desactivado. Utilice un ficheiro existente ou active\n" @@ -9270,9 +8632,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure " -#~ "it is not used." +#~ msgid "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro crypt %1 está en uso. Non pode ser\n" #~ "editado. Para editar %1, asegúrese que non está en uso." @@ -9281,8 +8641,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" #~| "selected crypt file.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\\nselected crypt file.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\\nselected crypt file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa información detallada do\n" #~ " crypt seleccionado.</p>" @@ -9291,9 +8650,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" #~| "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\\nare " -#~ "alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +#~ msgid "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome do grupo de volumes contén caracteres ilegales. Permítense\n" #~ "os caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"." @@ -9302,9 +8659,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" #~| "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\\nwith another entry in the /dev " -#~ "directory.\\n" +#~ msgid "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\\nwith another entry in the /dev directory.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome do grupo de volumes \"%1\" ten un conflito\n" #~ "con outra entrada do directorio /dev.\n" @@ -9314,10 +8669,7 @@ #~| "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" #~| "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" #~| "and deleted:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\\nIf you " -#~ "proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\\nand " -#~ "deleted:" +#~ msgid "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\\nIf you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\\nand deleted:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O grupo de volumes \"%1\" contén polo menos un volume lóxico.\n" #~ "Se procede, desmontaranse os seguintes volumes (se estivesen montados)\n" @@ -9325,24 +8677,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than " -#~| "%1\n" +#~| "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" #~| "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than " -#~ "%1\\nin powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" +#~ msgid "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\\nin powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Los datos que vén de introducir non son válidos. Introduza un tamaño de " -#~ "extensión\n" +#~ "Los datos que vén de introducir non son válidos. Introduza un tamaño de extensión\n" #~ "física maior de %1 en potencias de 2, por exemplo, \"%2\" ou \"%3\"" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" #~| "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed" -#~ "\\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +#~ msgid "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O nome do volume lóxico contén caracteres non permitidos. Permítense\n" #~ "os caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"." @@ -9351,8 +8697,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" #~| "in volume group \"%2\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\\nin volume group \"%2\"." +#~ msgid "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\\nin volume group \"%2\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Un volume lóxico denominado \"%1\" xa existe\n" #~ "no grupo de volumes \"%2\"." @@ -9360,37 +8705,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -#~| "of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -#~| "higher\n" +#~| "of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" #~| "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\\nof stripes for the new " -#~ "logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\\nthan the number " -#~ "of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\\nof stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\\nthan the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introduza o tamaño ademais do número e tamaño\n" -#~ "de segmentos para o volume lóxico novo. O número de segmentos non pode " -#~ "ser maior\n" +#~ "de segmentos para o volume lóxico novo. O número de segmentos non pode ser maior\n" #~ "ca o número de volumes físicos do grupo de volumes.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -#~| "unused\n" +#~| "To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" #~| "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\\n" -#~ "\\nTo use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or " -#~ "one unused\\nRAID device is required. Change your partition table " -#~ "accordingly." +#~ msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\\n\\nTo use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\\nRAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non hai suficientes dispositivos sen usar cos que se poida crear un grupo " -#~ "de volumes.\n" +#~ "Non hai suficientes dispositivos sen usar cos que se poida crear un grupo de volumes.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Para empregar LVM cómpre polo menos unha partición libre do tipo 0x8e (o " -#~ "0x83) ou un\n" +#~ "Para empregar LVM cómpre polo menos unha partición libre do tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) ou un\n" #~ "dispositivo RAID sen usar. Modifique a táboa de particións axeutadamente." #, fuzzy @@ -9408,9 +8741,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it " -#~ "is not used." +#~ msgid "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O volume %1 está en uso. Non pode\n" #~ "editarse. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que non se está a usar." @@ -9419,8 +8750,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" #~| "their logical volumes.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\\ntheir logical volumes.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\\ntheir logical volumes.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa todos os grupos de volumes\n" #~ "LVM e os seus volumes lóxicos.</p>" @@ -9429,9 +8759,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected volume group.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected volume group." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected volume group.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa información detallada sobre\n" #~ "o grupo de volumes seleccionado.</p>" @@ -9440,8 +8768,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" #~| "selected volume group.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\\nselected volume group.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\\nselected volume group.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa todos os volumes\n" #~ "lóxicos do grupo de volumes seleccionado.</p>" @@ -9450,9 +8777,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" #~| "the selected volume group.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\\nthe selected volume " -#~ "group.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\\nthe selected volume group.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa todos os volumes físicos\n" #~ "usados polo grupo de volumes seleccionado.</p>" @@ -9461,9 +8786,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected logical volume.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected logical " -#~ "volume.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected logical volume.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa información detallada sobre\n" #~ "o volume lóxico seleccionado.</p>" @@ -9473,9 +8796,7 @@ #~| "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" #~| "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" #~| "Really exit?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes" -#~ "\\nwill be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\\nReally exit?" +#~ msgid "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\\nwill be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\\nReally exit?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cambiou as opcións de almacenamento ou de particionamento. Estes cambios\n" #~ "perderanse se sae do particionador con %1.\n" @@ -9493,85 +8814,52 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -#~| "There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives " -#~| "crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\\nThere is " -#~ "<b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data " -#~ "recovery will not be possible.</p>\\n" +#~| "There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\\nThere is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Este nivel mellora o rendemento do disco.\n" -#~ "Neste modo <b>NON</b> hai redundancia. Se unha das unidades se estragase, " -#~ "no sería posible recuperar os datos.</p>\n" +#~ "Neste modo <b>NON</b> hai redundancia. Se unha das unidades se estragase, no sería posible recuperar os datos.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -#~| "used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all " -#~| "data on all\n" -#~| "disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. " -#~| "The partitions\n" +#~| "used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +#~| "disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" #~| "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\\nused " -#~ "with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -#~ "all\\ndisks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is " -#~ "lost. The partitions\\nused for this type of RAID should have " -#~ "approximately the same size.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\\nused with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\\ndisks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\\nused for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Este modo ten a mellor redundancia. Pode\n" -#~ "empregarse con dous ou máis discos. Este modo mantén unha copia exacta de " -#~ "todos os datos\n" -#~ "en todos os discos. Mentres funcione polo menos un disco, no haberá perda " -#~ "de datos.\n" -#~ "As particións usadas neste tipo de RAID deberían ser aproximadamente do " -#~ "mesmo tamaño.</p>\n" +#~ "empregarse con dous ou máis discos. Este modo mantén unha copia exacta de todos os datos\n" +#~ "en todos os discos. Mentres funcione polo menos un disco, no haberá perda de datos.\n" +#~ "As particións usadas neste tipo de RAID deberían ser aproximadamente do mesmo tamaño.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -#~| "of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on " -#~| "three disks or more.\n" -#~| "If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -#~| "simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number" -#~ "\\nof disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on " -#~ "three disks or more.\\nIf one disk fails, all data is still intact. If " -#~ "two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\\n" +#~| "of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +#~| "If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\\nof disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\\nIf one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Este modo combina a administración dun grande " -#~ "número\n" -#~ "de discos mantendo certa redundancia. Este modo pode utilizarse con tres " -#~ "ou máis discos.\n" -#~ "Se un dos discos falla, todos os datos continúan intactos. Se dous discos " -#~ "fallan á vez, pérdense todos os datos</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Este modo combina a administración dun grande número\n" +#~ "de discos mantendo certa redundancia. Este modo pode utilizarse con tres ou máis discos.\n" +#~ "Se un dos discos falla, todos os datos continúan intactos. Se dous discos fallan á vez, pérdense todos os datos</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -#~| "the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions " -#~| "(RAID0), the size\n" -#~| "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\\nthe RAID type, the usable " -#~ "disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\\nof the " -#~ "smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\\n" +#~| "the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +#~| "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\\nthe RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\\nof the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Engadir particións a RAID. Dependendo do tipo de RAID,\n" -#~ "o tamaño de disco utilizable é a suma destas particións (RAID 0), o " -#~ "tamaño\n" -#~ "da partición máis pequena (RAID 1) ou ben (N-1)*partición máis pequena " -#~ "(RAID 5)</p>\n" +#~ "o tamaño de disco utilizable é a suma destas particións (RAID 0), o tamaño\n" +#~ "da partición máis pequena (RAID 1) ou ben (N-1)*partición máis pequena (RAID 5)</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" #~| "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\\nto get the " -#~ "redundancy and performance you want.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\\nto get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Polo xeral, as particións deberían estar en diferentes unidades,\n" #~ "para obter a redundancia e o rendemento que desexa.</p>\n" @@ -9579,45 +8867,28 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -#~| "of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for " -#~| "RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -#~| "32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not " -#~| "affect the array very much.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\\nof data " -#~ "that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is " -#~ "128 kB. For RAID 0,\\n32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the " -#~ "chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\\n" +#~| "of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +#~| "32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\\nof data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\\n32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tamaño do bloque:</b><br>É a cantidade mínima de masa \"atómica\"\n" -#~ "de datos que se pode escribir nos dispositivos. Un tamaño de bloque " -#~ "razonable para RAID 5 é 128 kB.\n" -#~ "Para RAID 0, 32 kB é un bo punto de inicio. Para RAID 1, o tamaño do " -#~ "bloque non afecta á estrutura da matriz de datos.</p>\n" +#~ "de datos que se pode escribir nos dispositivos. Un tamaño de bloque razonable para RAID 5 é 128 kB.\n" +#~ "Para RAID 0, 32 kB é un bo punto de inicio. Para RAID 1, o tamaño do bloque non afecta á estrutura da matriz de datos.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Parity Algorithm:</b><br>The parity algorithm to use with " -#~| "RAID5/6.\n" -#~| "Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical " -#~| "disks with rotating platters.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\\nLeft-symmetric is the one " -#~ "that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters." -#~ "\\n" +#~| "<p><b>Parity Algorithm:</b><br>The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" +#~| "Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\\nLeft-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Algoritmo de paridade:</b><br>o algoritmo de paridade para usar con " -#~ "RAID5/6.\n" -#~ "Esquerda simétrica é un dos que ofrece o máximo rendemento en discos " -#~ "típicos con platos rotatorios.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Algoritmo de paridade:</b><br>o algoritmo de paridade para usar con RAID5/6.\n" +#~ "Esquerda simétrica é un dos que ofrece o máximo rendemento en discos típicos con platos rotatorios.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is " -#~ "not used." +#~ msgid "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O RAID %1 está en uso. Non se pode\n" #~ "editar. Para editar %1, asegúrese que non estea en uso." @@ -9626,9 +8897,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" #~| "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize " -#~ "%1, remove it and create it again." +#~ msgid "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O RAID %1 xa está creado no disco. Non se pode mudar\n" #~ "o seu tamaño. Para mudar o tamaño de %1, elimíneo e cree outro de novo." @@ -9637,9 +8906,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it " -#~ "is not used." +#~ msgid "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O RAID %1 está en uso. Non se pode mudar\n" #~ "o seu tamaño. Para mudar o tamaño de %1, asegúrese que non estea en uso." @@ -9648,8 +8915,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected RAID.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected RAID.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected RAID.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa información detallada sobre o\n" #~ "RAID seleccionado.</p>" @@ -9675,41 +8941,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" -#~| "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the " -#~| "kernel\n" -#~| "device name which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device " -#~| "Path</i>\n" +#~| "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" +#~| "device name which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" #~| "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -#~| "persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</" -#~| "i> and\n" +#~| "persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" #~| "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\\nmethod for newly created " -#~ "file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\\ndevice name, which is " -#~ "not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\\nuse names " -#~ "generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\\npersistent " -#~ "but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and" -#~ "\\n<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\\nmethod for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\\ndevice name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\\nuse names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\\npersistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\\n<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Montar de xeito predeterminado</b> indica o\n" -#~ "método de montaxe para os novos sistemas de ficheiros. <i>Nome de " -#~ "dispositivo</i> utiliza o nome\n" -#~ "de dispositivo do kernel, que non é persistente. <i>ID de dispositivo</i> " -#~ "e <i>Ruta do dispositivo</i>\n" -#~ "utiliza nomes xerados por udev con información do hardware. Este debería " -#~ "ser\n" -#~ "persistente pero lamentablemente non sempre é así. Por último <i>UUID</i> " -#~ "e\n" -#~ "<i>Etiqueta do volumen</i> utiliza a etiqueta e UUID do sistema de " -#~ "ficheiros.</p>" +#~ "método de montaxe para os novos sistemas de ficheiros. <i>Nome de dispositivo</i> utiliza o nome\n" +#~ "de dispositivo do kernel, que non é persistente. <i>ID de dispositivo</i> e <i>Ruta do dispositivo</i>\n" +#~ "utiliza nomes xerados por udev con información do hardware. Este debería ser\n" +#~ "persistente pero lamentablemente non sempre é así. Por último <i>UUID</i> e\n" +#~ "<i>Etiqueta do volumen</i> utiliza a etiqueta e UUID do sistema de ficheiros.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" #~| "system type for newly created file file systems.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\\nsystem type for newly " -#~ "created file systems.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\\nsystem type for newly created file systems.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Sistema de ficheiros predeterminado</b> determina\n" #~ "o tipo de sistema de ficheiros para os novos sistemas de ficheiros.</p>" @@ -9717,23 +8967,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -#~| "determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -#~| "traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -#~| "aligns the \n" -#~| "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by linux " -#~| "kernel \n" +#~| "determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" +#~| "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by linux kernel \n" #~| "or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\\ndetermines how created " -#~ "partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at " -#~ "cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \\npartitions " -#~ "for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \\nkernel " -#~ "or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\\ndetermines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \\npartitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \\nkernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Aliñamento de novas particións</b>\n" -#~ "determina como se aliñan as novas particións. <b>cilindro</b> é a " -#~ "aliñación tradicional nos límites dos cilindros do disco. <b>óptimo</b> " -#~ "aliña as \n" +#~ "determina como se aliñan as novas particións. <b>cilindro</b> é a aliñación tradicional nos límites dos cilindros do disco. <b>óptimo</b> aliña as \n" #~ "particións para mellor rendemento en base a propostas do kernel linux \n" #~ "ou tenta ser compatible con Windows Vista e Windows 7.</p>" @@ -9741,9 +8981,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" #~| "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\\nthe name displayed for hard " -#~ "disks in the navigation tree.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\\nthe name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Amosar dispositivos de almacenamento por</b> controla\n" #~ "o nome dos discos duros amosado na árbore de navegación.</p>" @@ -9752,9 +8990,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" #~| "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\\nDevices</b> allows to hide " -#~ "information in the tables and overview.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\\nDevices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Información visible de dispositivos de almacenamento</b>\n" #~ "permite agochar información nas táboas e resumos.</p>" @@ -9772,9 +9008,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected BTRFS volume.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected tmpfs volume." -#~ "</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected tmpfs volume.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa información detallada sobre\n" #~ "o volume BTRFS.</p>" @@ -9782,26 +9016,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" -#~| "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups " -#~| "that\n" +#~| "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" #~| "have no logical volumes.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\\npoint assigned to them, " -#~ "disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\\nhave no logical " -#~ "volumes.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\\npoint assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\\nhave no logical volumes.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Esta vista amosa os dispositivos que non teñen\n" -#~ "puntos de montaxe asignados, discos sen particións e grupos de volumes " -#~ "que\n" +#~ "puntos de montaxe asignados, discos sen particións e grupos de volumes que\n" #~ "non teñen volumes lóxicos.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" #~| "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Rescanning unused devices cancels\\nall current changes. Really rescan " -#~ "unused devices?" +#~ msgid "Rescanning unused devices cancels\\nall current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se examina de novo os dispositivos usados\n" #~ "cancelaranse todos os cambios actuais. Seguro que quere facer isto?" @@ -9817,71 +9044,51 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\\nValue must " -#~ "be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O valor debe estar por riba de 100k ou entre o 1% e o 200%. Ténteo outra " -#~ "vez." +#~ msgid "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\\nValue must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." +#~ msgstr "O valor debe estar por riba de 100k ou entre o 1% e o 200%. Ténteo outra vez." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" #~| "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\\nEnter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean " -#~ "higher priority.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\\nEnter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Prioridade de intercambio:</b>\n" -#~ "Introduza a prioridade de intercambio. Números altos significan maior " -#~ "prioridade.</p>\n" +#~ "Introduza a prioridade de intercambio. Números altos significan maior prioridade.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" #~| "No writing to the file system is possible. Default is false.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\\nWriting to the file system is not possible. " -#~ "Default is false. During installation\\nthe file system is always mounted " -#~ "read-write.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\\nWriting to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\\nthe file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Montar só lectura:</b>\n" -#~ "Non se pode escribir no sistema de ficheiros. A opción predeterminada é " -#~ "'false'.</p>\n" +#~ "Non se pode escribir no sistema de ficheiros. A opción predeterminada é 'false'.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>No access time:</b>\n" #~| "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\\nAccess times are not updated when a file is " -#~ "read. Default is false.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\\nAccess times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Sen hora de acceso:</b>\n" -#~ "A hora do acceso non se actualiza cando se le un ficheiro. A opción " -#~ "predeterminada é false.</p>" +#~ "A hora do acceso non se actualiza cando se le un ficheiro. A opción predeterminada é false.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" -#~| "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\\nThe file system may be mounted by an " -#~ "ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\\n" +#~| "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\\nThe file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Montable polo usuario:</b>\n" -#~ "O sistema de ficheiros pode ser montable por un usuario normal. A opción " -#~ "predeterminada é false.</p>\n" +#~ "O sistema de ficheiros pode ser montable por un usuario normal. A opción predeterminada é false.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" #~| "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" #~| "Default is false.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\\nThe file system is mounted with user " -#~ "quotas enabled.\\nDefault is false.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\\nThe file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\\nDefault is false.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Activar soporte de cuotas de disco:</b>\n" #~ "O sistema de ficheiors móntase coas cuotas de usuario activadas.\n" @@ -9891,9 +9098,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" #~| "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\\nEnable access control lists on " -#~ "the file system.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\\nEnable access control lists on the file system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Listas de control de acceso (ACL):</b>\n" #~ "Activa listas de control de acceso no sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" @@ -9902,9 +9107,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" #~| "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\\nAllow extended user attributes on " -#~ "the file system.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\\nAllow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Atributos de usuario estendidos:</b>\n" #~ "Permite atributos de usuario estendidos no sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" @@ -9912,27 +9115,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -#~| "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field " -#~| "of /etc/fstab.\n" +#~| "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" #~| "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\\nIn this field, type any legal mount " -#~ "option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\\nMultiple options are " -#~ "separated by commas.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\\nIn this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\\nMultiple options are separated by commas.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Valor de opción arbitraria:</b>\n" -#~ "Neste campo, introduza unha opción de montaxe válida permitida no cuarto " -#~ "campo de /etc/fstab.\n" +#~ "Neste campo, introduza unha opción de montaxe válida permitida no cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" #~ "Varias opcións sepáranse con comas.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" -#~| "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\\nSet the charset used for display of " -#~ "file names in Windows partitions.</p>\\n" +#~| "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\\nSet the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Conxunto de caracteres para nomes de ficheiros:</b>\n" #~ "Configure o conxunto de caracteres para nomes en particións Windows.</p>\n" @@ -9940,36 +9135,26 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -#~| "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -#~| "systems.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\\nThis codepage is used for " -#~ "converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\\n" +#~| "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\\nThis codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Codepage para nomes FAT curtos:</b>\n" -#~ "Este código de páxina emprégase para converter para nomes curtos " -#~ "caracteres en sistemas de ficheiros FAT.</p>\n" +#~ "Este código de páxina emprégase para converter para nomes curtos caracteres en sistemas de ficheiros FAT.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -#~| "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The " -#~| "default is 2.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\\nSpecify the number of file allocation tables " -#~ "in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" +#~| "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\\nSpecify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Número de FATs:</b>\n" -#~ "Especifique o número de táboas de asignación no sistema de ficheiros. O " -#~ "predeterminado é 2.</p>" +#~ "Especifique o número de táboas de asignación no sistema de ficheiros. O predeterminado é 2.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" #~| "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\\nThis specifies the name of the hash function " -#~ "to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\\nThis specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tamaño do inode:</b>\n" #~ "Esta opción especifica o tamaño do inode do sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" @@ -9977,28 +9162,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n" -#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, " -#~| "2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is " -#~| "determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file " -#~| "system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block " -#~ "size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is " -#~ "selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\\n" +#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tamaño do bloque:</b>\n" -#~ "Especifica o tamaño de bloques en bytes. Os tamaños válidos de bloque son " -#~ "1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloque. Se selecciona a opción automática, o " -#~ "tamaño do bloque vén determinado polo tamaño do sistema de ficheiros e o " -#~ "uso estimado do mesmo.</p>\n" +#~ "Especifica o tamaño de bloques en bytes. Os tamaños válidos de bloque son 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloque. Se selecciona a opción automática, o tamaño do bloque vén determinado polo tamaño do sistema de ficheiros e o uso estimado do mesmo.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" #~| "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\\nThis option specifies the inode size of the file " -#~ "system.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\\nThis option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tamaño do inode:</b>\n" #~ "Esta opción especifica o tamaño do inode do sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" @@ -10006,45 +9180,30 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Percentage of inode space:</b>\n" -#~| "The option \"Percentage of inode space\" specifies the maximum " -#~| "percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\\nThe option \"Percentage of Inode " -#~ "Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that " -#~ "can be allocated to inodes.</p>\\n" +#~| "The option \"Percentage of inode space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\\nThe option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Porcentaxe de espazo de inodo:</b>\n" -#~ "A opción \"Porcentaxe de espazo de inodo\" especifica a porcentaxe máxima " -#~ "de espazo no sistema de ficheiros que pode ser asignado para inodos.</p>\n" +#~ "A opción \"Porcentaxe de espazo de inodo\" especifica a porcentaxe máxima de espazo no sistema de ficheiros que pode ser asignado para inodos.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -#~| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation " -#~| "is or\n" -#~| "is not aligned. The default is that inodes are aligned. Aligned inode " -#~| "access\n" +#~| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +#~| "is not aligned. The default is that inodes are aligned. Aligned inode access\n" #~| "is normally more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\\nThe option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to " -#~ "specify whether inode allocation is or\\nis not aligned. By default " -#~ "inodes are aligned, which\\nis usually more efficient than unaligned " -#~ "access.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\\nThe option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\\nis not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\\nis usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Aliñamento de inodos</b>\n" -#~ "Esta opción úsase para especificar se a adxudicación de inodos está " -#~ "aliñada ou non.\n" -#~ "De xeito predeterminado, os inodos se aliñaranse. O acceso aliñado aos " -#~ "inodos\n" +#~ "Esta opción úsase para especificar se a adxudicación de inodos está aliñada ou non.\n" +#~ "De xeito predeterminado, os inodos se aliñaranse. O acceso aliñado aos inodos\n" #~ "é normalmente máis eficiente ca o acceso desaliñado.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" #~| "Please enter a value greater than zero." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\\nEnter a value greater than zero.\\n" +#~ msgid "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\\nEnter a value greater than zero.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O valor de \"tamaño do rexistro\" é incorrecto.\n" #~ "Introduza un valor maior ca cero." @@ -10052,23 +9211,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Log size</b>\n" -#~| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -#~| "aggregate size.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Log Size</b>\\nSet the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the " -#~ "default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\\n" +#~| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Log Size</b>\\nSet the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tamaño do rexistro</b>\n" -#~ "Determina o tamaño do rexistro (en megabytes). Cando é automático, " -#~ "usarase de xeito predeterminado o 40% do tamaño engadido.</p>" +#~ "Determina o tamaño do rexistro (en megabytes). Cando é automático, usarase de xeito predeterminado o 40% do tamaño engadido.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" #~| "Please select a value greater than 1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\\nSelect a value " -#~ "greater than 1.\\n" +#~ msgid "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\\nSelect a value greater than 1.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O valor de \"Lonxitude do paso en bloques\" non é posible.\n" #~ "Seleccione un valor maior ca 1." @@ -10076,122 +9229,74 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" -#~| "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only " -#~| "supported\n" +#~| "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" #~| "argument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\n" #~| "RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\\nSet RAID-related options for the " -#~ "file system. Currently, the only supported\\nargument is 'stride', which " -#~ "takes the number of blocks in a\\nRAID stripe as its argument.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\\nSet RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\\nargument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\\nRAID stripe as its argument.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Lonxitude do paso en bloques:</b>\n" -#~ "Determine as opcións relacionadas co RAID para o sistema de ficheiros. " -#~ "Actualmente\n" +#~ "Determine as opcións relacionadas co RAID para o sistema de ficheiros. Actualmente\n" #~ "o único argumento soportado é 'stride', que toma como argumento o número\n" #~ "de bloques nun segmento do RAID.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n" -#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, " -#~| "2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is " -#~| "determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file " -#~| "system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block " -#~ "size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is " -#~ "selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the " -#~ "expected use of the file system.</p>\\n" +#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tamaño do bloque:</b>\n" -#~ "Especifica o tamaño de bloques en bytes. Os tamaños válidos de bloque son " -#~ "1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloque. Se selecciona a opción automática, o " -#~ "tamaño do bloque vén determinado polo tamaño do sistema de ficheiros e o " -#~ "uso estimado do mesmo.</p>\n" +#~ "Especifica o tamaño de bloques en bytes. Os tamaños válidos de bloque son 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloque. Se selecciona a opción automática, o tamaño do bloque vén determinado polo tamaño do sistema de ficheiros e o uso estimado do mesmo.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Bytes per inode:</b>\n" -#~| "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST2 creates an inode for every <" -#~| "bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the bytes-per-" -#~| "inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created.\n" -#~| "Generally, this value should not be smaller than the block size of the " -#~| "file system, since too many inodes will be created in this case. It is " -#~| "not possible to expand the\n" -#~| "number of inodes on a file system after its creation, so be sure to " -#~| "enter a reasonable value for this parameter.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \\nSpecify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST " -#~ "creates an inode for every\\n<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on " -#~ "the disk. The larger the\\nbytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will " -#~ "be created. Generally, this\\nvalue should not be smaller than the block " -#~ "size of the file system, or else\\ntoo many inodes will be created. It is " -#~ "not possible to expand the number of\\ninodes on a file system after its " -#~ "creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\\nvalue for this parameter.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~| "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST2 creates an inode for every <bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created.\n" +#~| "Generally, this value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, since too many inodes will be created in this case. It is not possible to expand the\n" +#~| "number of inodes on a file system after its creation, so be sure to enter a reasonable value for this parameter.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \\nSpecify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\\n<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the\\nbytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\\nvalue should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\\ntoo many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\\ninodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\\nvalue for this parameter.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Bytes por inodo:</b>\n" -#~ "Especifica a relación de bytes/inodo. YaST2 crea un inodo para cada <" -#~ "bytes por inodo> bytes de espazo en disco. Canto maior sexa a relación " -#~ "de bytes por inodo, menos inodos se crearán.\n" -#~ "Polo xeral este valor non debería ser menor ca o tamaño de bloque do " -#~ "sistema de ficheiros, xa que en caso contrario crearase unha grande " -#~ "cantidade de inodos. Teña en conta que non se pode\n" -#~ "modificar o número de inodos dun sistema de ficheiros unha vez este se " -#~ "crease, así que asegúrese de introducir o valor correcto para este " -#~ "parámetro.</p>\n" +#~ "Especifica a relación de bytes/inodo. YaST2 crea un inodo para cada <bytes por inodo> bytes de espazo en disco. Canto maior sexa a relación de bytes por inodo, menos inodos se crearán.\n" +#~ "Polo xeral este valor non debería ser menor ca o tamaño de bloque do sistema de ficheiros, xa que en caso contrario crearase unha grande cantidade de inodos. Teña en conta que non se pode\n" +#~ "modificar o número de inodos dun sistema de ficheiros unha vez este se crease, así que asegúrese de introducir o valor correcto para este parámetro.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" #~| "Allowed are float numbers not larger than 99. (e.g. 0.5)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect." -#~ "\\nAllowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\\n" +#~ msgid "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\\nAllowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O valor de \"porcentaxe de bloques reservados para o administrador\" non " -#~ "é correcto.\n" +#~ "O valor de \"porcentaxe de bloques reservados para o administrador\" non é correcto.\n" #~ "Debe utilizar un número flotante non maior ca 99. (por exemplo, 0.5)" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Disable regular checks:</b>\n" #~| "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\\nDisable regular file system check at " -#~ "booting.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\\nDisable regular file system check at booting.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Desactivar comprobacións regulares:</b>\n" -#~ "Desactiva comprobacións regulares do sistema de ficheiros no arrinque.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Desactiva comprobacións regulares do sistema de ficheiros no arrinque.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" -#~| "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\\nEnables use of hashed b-trees to speed up " -#~ "lookups in large directories.</p>\\n" +#~| "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\\nEnables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Índice de directorio:</b>\n" -#~ "active o uso de árbores-B coa función hash para acelerar as buscas en " -#~ "directorios de grande tamaño.</p>\n" +#~ "active o uso de árbores-B coa función hash para acelerar as buscas en directorios de grande tamaño.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -#~| "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -#~| "really\n" +#~| "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" #~| "know what you are doing.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\\nSuppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only " -#~ "activate this when you really\\nknow what you are doing.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\\nSuppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\\nknow what you are doing.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -#~ "Suprimido o emprego de journaling no sistema de ficheiros. Actíveo só se " -#~ "sabe\n" +#~ "Suprimido o emprego de journaling no sistema de ficheiros. Actíveo só se sabe\n" #~ "realmente o que está a facer.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -10200,9 +9305,7 @@ #~| "System error code is %1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "The crypt password provided could be incorrect.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Could not set encryption.\\nSystem error code is %1.\\n\\nThe encryption " -#~ "password provided could be incorrect.\\n" +#~ msgid "Could not set encryption.\\nSystem error code is %1.\\n\\nThe encryption password provided could be incorrect.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se puido configurar o cifrado.\n" #~ "O código de erro do sistema é %1.\n" @@ -10214,9 +9317,7 @@ #~| "The first and the second version\n" #~| "of the password do not match.\n" #~| "Try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match.\\nTry " -#~ "again." +#~ msgid "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match.\\nTry again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A primeira e a segunda versión\n" #~ "do contrasinal non coinciden.\n" @@ -10227,9 +9328,7 @@ #~| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" #~| "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" #~| "Try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password may only contain the following characters:\\n0..9, a..z, A.." -#~ "Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\\nTry again." +#~ msgid "The password may only contain the following characters:\\n0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\\nTry again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O contrasinal só pode conter os seguintes caracteres:\n" #~ " 0..9, a..z, A..Z, e calquera de \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -10241,11 +9340,7 @@ #~| "passwords are not yet known.\n" #~| "The passwords need to be known if the volumes are needed either \n" #~| "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the " -#~ "\\npasswords are not yet known.\\nThe passwords need to be known if the " -#~ "volumes are needed either \\nduring an update or if they contain an " -#~ "encrypted LVM physical volume." +#~ msgid "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \\npasswords are not yet known.\\nThe passwords need to be known if the volumes are needed either \\nduring an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Os seguintes volumes conteñen unha sinatura de cifrado, pero os \n" #~ "contrasinaisaínda non se coñecen.\n" @@ -10257,9 +9352,7 @@ #~| "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" #~| "devices in the locked devices list.\n" #~| "Password will be tried for all devices." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter encryption password for any of the\\ndevices in the locked devices " -#~ "list.\\nPassword will be tried for all devices." +#~ msgid "Enter encryption password for any of the\\ndevices in the locked devices list.\\nPassword will be tried for all devices." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduza o contrasinal de cifrado para calquera dos\n" #~ "dispositivos da lista de dispositivos bloqueados.\n" @@ -10270,9 +9363,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" #~| "that is needed to run the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\\nthat " -#~ "is needed to run the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\\nthat is needed to run the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Non se pode modificar o dispositivo %1 pois contén intercambio activado\n" @@ -10283,9 +9374,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" #~| "data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation" -#~ "\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Non se pode modificar o dispositivo %1 porque contén os datos\n" @@ -10296,13 +9385,10 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" #~| "that is needed to run the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\\nthat " -#~ "is needed to run the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\\nthat is needed to run the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Non se pode eliminar o dispositivo %1 porque contén un intercambio " -#~ "activado\n" +#~ "Non se pode eliminar o dispositivo %1 porque contén un intercambio activado\n" #~ "necesario para executar a instalación.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -10310,9 +9396,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" #~| "data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation" -#~ "\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Non se pode eliminar o dispositivo %1 porque contén os datos da\n" @@ -10324,14 +9408,10 @@ #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" #~| "device %2 which contains activated swap that is needed to run \n" #~| "the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change" -#~ "\\ndevice %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \\nthe " -#~ "installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\\ndevice %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \\nthe installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Non se pode eliminar o dispositivo %1 porque isto alteraría " -#~ "indirectamente\n" +#~ "Non se pode eliminar o dispositivo %1 porque isto alteraría indirectamente\n" #~ "o dispositivo %2, que contén un intercambio necesario para executar \n" #~ "a instalación.\n" @@ -10340,23 +9420,17 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" #~| "device %2 which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change" -#~ "\\ndevice %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\\ndevice %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Non se pode eliminar o dispositivo %1 porque isto alteraría " -#~ "indirectamente\n" -#~ "o dispositivo %2, que contén datos da instalación necesarios para " -#~ "executala.\n" +#~ "Non se pode eliminar o dispositivo %1 porque isto alteraría indirectamente\n" +#~ "o dispositivo %2, que contén datos da instalación necesarios para executala.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" #~| "disk. This field can be empty." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\\ndisk. This field can be " -#~ "empty." +#~ msgid "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\\ndisk. This field can be empty." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>ID de BIOS</b> amosa o identificador da BIOS do disco\n" #~ "duro. Este campo pode estar baleiro." @@ -10365,9 +9439,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" #~| "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\\nthe system. This field " -#~ "can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." +#~ msgid "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\\nthe system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Bus</b> amosam como se conecta o dispositivo ao\n" #~ "sistema. Este campo pode estar baleiro, p. ex. para discos multipath." @@ -10385,8 +9457,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" #~| "cylinders of the hard disk." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\\ncylinders of the hard disk." +#~ msgid "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\\ncylinders of the hard disk." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Tamaño do cilindro</b> amosa o tamaño\n" #~ "dos cilindros do disco duro." @@ -10413,9 +9484,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" #~| "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\\ntype of the disk, e.g " -#~ "<tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." +#~ msgid "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\\ntype of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Etiqueta do disco</b> amosa o tipo de táboa de\n" #~ "particións do disco, p. ex. <tt>MSDOS</tt> ou <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -10460,8 +9529,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" #~| "Fibre Channel disks." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\\nFibre Channel disks." +#~ msgid "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\\nFibre Channel disks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>WWPN</b> amosa o Número de porto a nivel mundial dos\n" #~ "discos Fibre Channel." @@ -10470,9 +9538,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" #~| "an encrypted loop device." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\\nan encrypted loop " -#~ "device." +#~ msgid "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\\nan encrypted loop device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Ruta de ficheiro</b> amosa a ruta do ficheiro\n" #~ "do dispositivo de bucle cifrado." @@ -10481,9 +9547,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" #~| "means the device is selected to be formatted." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\\nmeans the device is selected " -#~ "to be formatted." +#~ msgid "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\\nmeans the device is selected to be formatted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Formato</b> amosa algúns indicadores: <tt>F</tt>\n" #~ "significa que o dispositivo está seleccionado para ser formatado." @@ -10515,20 +9579,15 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" #~| "cylinders of the hard disk." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\\ncylinders the hard disk has." +#~ msgid "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\\ncylinders the hard disk has." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Tamaño do cilindro</b> amosa o tamaño\n" #~ "dos cilindros do disco duro." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\\nfor LVM volume groups." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Introduza o nome e o tamaño da extensión física do novo grupo de " -#~ "volumes.</p> " +#~| msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" +#~ msgid "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\\nfor LVM volume groups." +#~ msgstr "<p>Introduza o nome e o tamaño da extensión física do novo grupo de volumes.</p> " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -10543,9 +9602,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" #~| "disk. This field can be empty." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\\nIDs. This field can be " -#~ "empty.\\n" +#~ msgid "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\\nIDs. This field can be empty.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>ID de BIOS</b> amosa o identificador da BIOS do disco\n" #~ "duro. Este campo pode estar baleiro." @@ -10554,9 +9611,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" #~| "disk. This field can be empty." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\\npath. This field can be " -#~ "empty." +#~ msgid "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\\npath. This field can be empty." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>ID de BIOS</b> amosa o identificador da BIOS do disco\n" #~ "duro. Este campo pode estar baleiro." @@ -10565,8 +9620,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" #~| "system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\\nIdentifier of the file system." +#~ msgid "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\\nIdentifier of the file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Etiqueta</b> amosa a etiqueta do\n" #~ "sistema de ficheiros." @@ -10575,9 +9629,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" #~| "You must quit that application before you can continue." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\\nYou must " -#~ "quit that application before you can continue." +#~ msgid "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\\nYou must quit that application before you can continue." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O subsistema de almacenamento está bloqueado por un aplicativo\n" #~ "descoñecido. Debe pechar o aplicativo antes de continuar." @@ -10586,44 +9638,33 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" #~| "You must quit that application before you can continue." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\\nYou " -#~ "must quit that application before you can continue." +#~ msgid "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\\nYou must quit that application before you can continue." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O subsistema de almacenamento está bloqueado polo aplicativo " -#~ "\"%1\" (%2).\n" +#~ "O subsistema de almacenamento está bloqueado polo aplicativo \"%1\" (%2).\n" #~ "Debe pechar o apilcativo antes de continuar." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non hai interface de liña de ordes dispoñible para o módulo de " -#~ "particionamento" +#~ msgstr "Non hai interface de liña de ordes dispoñible para o módulo de particionamento" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You have mounted a partition with btrfs to the\n" -#~| "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~| "system,\n" -#~| "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~| "boot.\n" +#~| "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~| "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ten montada unha partición con btrfs para o\n" -#~ "punto de montaxe /boot. Isto é probable que cause problemas. Use un " -#~ "sistema\n" -#~ "de ficheiros Linux como ext3 ou ext4 para este punto de montaxe ou para " -#~ "unha partición extra para /boot.\n" +#~ "punto de montaxe /boot. Isto é probable que cause problemas. Use un sistema\n" +#~ "de ficheiros Linux como ext3 ou ext4 para este punto de montaxe ou para unha partición extra para /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa realmente usar esta configuración?\n" @@ -10702,22 +9743,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Este punto de montaxe correspóndese cun sistema de ficheiros temporais " -#~ "como /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Pode deixar en branco o contrasinal de cifrado. De facelo así, o sistema " -#~ "creará un \n" -#~ "contrasinal aleatorio ao iniciar o sistema. Isto significa que perderá " -#~ "todos os \n" +#~ "Este punto de montaxe correspóndese cun sistema de ficheiros temporais como /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Pode deixar en branco o contrasinal de cifrado. De facelo así, o sistema creará un \n" +#~ "contrasinal aleatorio ao iniciar o sistema. Isto significa que perderá todos os \n" #~ "datos destes sistemas de ficheiros cando o sistema se peche.\n" #~ " </p>\n" @@ -10772,14 +9807,10 @@ #~ "de montaxe para os novos sistemas de ficheiros.</p>" #~ msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Para seguir utilizando estes puntos de montaxe <BR>prema no botón " -#~ "<B>Si</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Para seguir utilizando estes puntos de montaxe <BR>prema no botón <B>Si</B>.</P>" #~ msgid "<P>To ignore these mount points, <BR> press <B>No</B>.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Para ignorar estes puntos de montaxe <BR>prema non botón <B>Non</B>.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Para ignorar estes puntos de montaxe <BR>prema non botón <B>Non</B>.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -10851,23 +9882,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. </p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Dependendo do tamaño do seu disco duro e da velocidade do seu " -#~ "procesador,\n" +#~ "Dependendo do tamaño do seu disco duro e da velocidade do seu procesador,\n" #~ "esta acción pode levar algún tempo. 5 minutos é un valor normal para\n" -#~ "discos meirandes que 4 GB. A miúdo, a barra de progreso non presenta " -#~ "unha\n" -#~ "evolución lineal; mesmo se vai a modo preto da fin (\"95 %\"), sexa " -#~ "paciente: a\n" +#~ "discos meirandes que 4 GB. A miúdo, a barra de progreso non presenta unha\n" +#~ "evolución lineal; mesmo se vai a modo preto da fin (\"95 %\"), sexa paciente: a\n" #~ "ferramenta de formatado ten que realizar varias comprobacións.</p><br>" #, fuzzy @@ -11211,9 +10236,7 @@ #~ msgstr "%1 Crear unha partición lóxica en %2 %3" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with " -#~ "%4$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "%1 Crear unha partición lóxica en %2 %3" #, fuzzy @@ -11225,8 +10248,7 @@ #~ msgstr "%1 Crear unha partición lóxica en %2 %3" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "%1 Crear unha partición lóxica en %2 %3" #, fuzzy @@ -11318,8 +10340,7 @@ #~ msgstr "%1 Crear unha partición lóxica en %2 %3" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" #~ msgstr "%1 Crear unha partición lóxica en %2 %3" #, fuzzy @@ -11578,8 +10599,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Windows usado</b> é o tamaño da parte usada da súa partición de " -#~ "Windows.\n" +#~ "<b>Windows usado</b> é o tamaño da parte usada da súa partición de Windows.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -11722,73 +10742,45 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>On already-existing partitions, you can change\n" #~ "everything except the start and size of the partition.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para unha partición xa existente, só pode cambiar o punto de montaxe e " -#~ "o formatado.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para unha partición xa existente, só pode cambiar o punto de montaxe e o formatado.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition " -#~ "should be formatted.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Primeiro, escolla o tipo da nova partición, e se quere formatala ou " -#~ "non.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Primeiro, escolla o tipo da nova partición, e se quere formatala ou non.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Logo ten que introducir o punto de montaxe ( /, /boot, /usr, /var ... )" -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Logo ten que introducir o punto de montaxe ( /, /boot, /usr, /var ... )</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create " -#~ "a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be " -#~ "lost.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se quere cambiar o tipo ou o cilindro inicial/final, ten que borrar a " -#~ "partición e crear unha nova cos novos parámetros. ¡Tódolos datos nesta " -#~ "partición PERDERANSE!</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Se quere cambiar o tipo ou o cilindro inicial/final, ten que borrar a partición e crear unha nova cos novos parámetros. ¡Tódolos datos nesta partición PERDERANSE!</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Entón debe indicar a localización da nova partición no seu disco duro. " +#~ msgid "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>" +#~ msgstr "Entón debe indicar a localización da nova partición no seu disco duro. " #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Please enter the starting cylinder number of the partition. </p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Introduza o número do cilindro inicial da partición. " #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Despois diso, pode especificar o número do cilindro final, ou o " -#~ "incremento respecto ó primeiro cilindro (p.ex. +66)." +#~ msgid "<p>After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).</p>" +#~ msgstr "Despois diso, pode especificar o número do cilindro final, ou o incremento respecto ó primeiro cilindro (p.ex. +66)." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e." -#~ "g., +100M or +20000K).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tamén é posible especificar directamente o tamaño da partición (p.ex. " -#~ "+100M ou +20000K)</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +100M or +20000K).</p>" +#~ msgstr "Tamén é posible especificar directamente o tamaño da partición (p.ex. +100M ou +20000K)</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Enter the starting cylinder number of the partition.\n" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., " -#~ "+2G, +100M, or +20000K).</p>\n" +#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" +#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +2G, +100M, or +20000K).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Introduza o número do cilindro inicial da partición.\n" -#~ "Logo diso, pode especificar o número do cilindro final, ou o incremento " -#~ "respecto ó primeiro cilindro (p.ex. +66).\n" -#~ "Tamén é posible especificar directamente o tamaño da partición (p.ex. +2G " -#~ "ou +100M ou +20000K)</p>" +#~ "Logo diso, pode especificar o número do cilindro final, ou o incremento respecto ó primeiro cilindro (p.ex. +66).\n" +#~ "Tamén é posible especificar directamente o tamaño da partición (p.ex. +2G ou +100M ou +20000K)</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>" @@ -11798,15 +10790,13 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "This is intended for <b>experts</b>.\n" #~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk <b>partitions</b>\n" -#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select <b>automatic</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select <b>automatic</b>\n" #~ "partitioning.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Isto está deseñado para <b>expertos</b>.\n" -#~ "Se non ten familiaridade cos conceptos de <b>particións</b> de discos " -#~ "duros\n" +#~ "Se non ten familiaridade cos conceptos de <b>particións</b> de discos duros\n" #~ "e como usalas, pode ir para atrás e seleccionar particionamento\n" #~ "<b>automático</b>.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -11814,8 +10804,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Please note that <b>nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -11842,8 +10831,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -11879,18 +10867,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition " -#~ "on\n" -#~ "the first disk. <b>Note:</b> this is always #5, even if there are less " -#~ "than four\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n" +#~ "the first disk. <b>Note:</b> this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n" #~ "primary partitions.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda1 </tt>Primeira partición primaria do 1º disco EIDE.</p>\n" #~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda2 </tt>Segunda partición primaria do 1º disco EIDE.</p>\n" #~ "<p>...</p>\n" -#~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda5 </tt>Primeira partición lóxica da partición estendida do " -#~ "1º disco EIDE. <b>Nota:</b> esta é sempre o número 5, mesmo se hai menos " -#~ "de catro particións primarias.</p>" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda5 </tt>Primeira partición lóxica da partición estendida do 1º disco EIDE. <b>Nota:</b> esta é sempre o número 5, mesmo se hai menos de catro particións primarias.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda6 </tt>2nd logical partition</p>" @@ -11903,8 +10887,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n" -#~ "<b>primary partitions</b> on any hard disk, because the respective table " -#~ "in the\n" +#~ "<b>primary partitions</b> on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n" #~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -11930,28 +10913,23 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it " -#~ "ends below this\n" +#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n" #~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n" -#~ "<b>/boot</b>, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single " -#~ "cylinder\n" +#~ "<b>/boot</b>, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n" #~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para poder arrincar dunha partición, asegúrese de que remata por debaixo " -#~ "do\n" +#~ "Para poder arrincar dunha partición, asegúrese de que remata por debaixo do\n" #~ "límite do cilindro 1024. Se é necesario, cree unha partición separada e\n" -#~ "móntea como <b>/boot</b>. Unha partición que conteña un só cilindro " -#~ "(polo\n" +#~ "móntea como <b>/boot</b>. Unha partición que conteña un só cilindro (polo\n" #~ "menos 2 MB) normalmente abonda para iso.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an <b>extended partition</b>.\n" -#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more <b>logical partitions</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more <b>logical partitions</b>.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -11981,8 +10959,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as <b>GRUB</b>, you can " -#~ "even\n" +#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as <b>GRUB</b>, you can even\n" #~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -11996,13 +10973,11 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "The extended partition will <b>overlap</b> with the logical\n" #~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n" -#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 " -#~ "to 500.\n" +#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Teña en conta que a partición estendida <b>se solapará</b> coas " -#~ "particións\n" +#~ "Teña en conta que a partición estendida <b>se solapará</b> coas particións\n" #~ "lóxicas: Nunha partición estendida do cilindro 200 ó 500, as particións\n" #~ "lóxicas irían (p.ex) de 200 a 250, 251 a 400 e 401 a 500.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -12010,11 +10985,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "<b>Nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -12219,8 +11192,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>With this tool, manage or create logical volumes.\n" #~ "</p>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Con este módulo, pode cambiar as opcións de seguridade local.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Con este módulo, pode cambiar as opcións de seguridade local.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid " Device " @@ -12390,8 +11362,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "You have to select one device in the table" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para editar unha partición, ten que seleccionar unha no diálogo principal" +#~ msgstr "Para editar unha partición, ten que seleccionar unha no diálogo principal" #~ msgid "ma&x" #~ msgstr "má&x" @@ -12591,8 +11562,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Select the partition to edit in the main dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para editar unha partición, ten que seleccionar unha no diálogo principal" +#~ msgstr "Para editar unha partición, ten que seleccionar unha no diálogo principal" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Rereading disk information..." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/sudo.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/sudo.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/sudo.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -105,8 +105,7 @@ #. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration #: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Non foi posible gardar a configuración. Desexa cambiar a configuración?" +msgstr "Non foi posible gardar a configuración. Desexa cambiar a configuración?" # NC # fuzzy @@ -336,32 +335,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -378,8 +373,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -"Para cancelar a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</" -"p>\n" +"Para cancelar a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 @@ -415,12 +409,9 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Regras de sudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tAs regras de sudo determinan os comandos que un usuario pode executar\n" -"\tnos hosts especificados (opcionalmente tamén como que usuario). Cada regra " -"de sudo\n" -"\té unha tupla integrada polo usuario, o host e unha lista de comandos, " -"cunha\n" -"\tespecificación opcional de ExecutarComo e etiquetas adicionais. A seguinte " -"táboa mostra \n" +"\tnos hosts especificados (opcionalmente tamén como que usuario). Cada regra de sudo\n" +"\té unha tupla integrada polo usuario, o host e unha lista de comandos, cunha\n" +"\tespecificación opcional de ExecutarComo e etiquetas adicionais. A seguinte táboa mostra \n" "\tun resumo. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -434,11 +425,9 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>A columna <b>Usuarios</b> indica o usuario local ou de sistema ou o alias " -"de usuario. \n" +"<p>A columna <b>Usuarios</b> indica o usuario local ou de sistema ou o alias de usuario. \n" "\tA columna <b>Hosts</b> determina os hosts ou grupos\n" -"\tde hosts ás que se fai referencia mediante alias de host nas que un " -"usuario pode executar os comandos especificados.\n" +"\tde hosts ás que se fai referencia mediante alias de host nas que un usuario pode executar os comandos especificados.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -446,19 +435,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "A columna <b>Ej¡xecutarComo</b> é un parámetro\n" -"\topcional que inclúe o nome do usuario (ou alias) cuxos privilexios de " -"acceso\n" -"\tutilizaranse para executar os comandos. <b>SENCONTRASINAL</b> é una " -"etiqueta que determina se\n" +"\topcional que inclúe o nome do usuario (ou alias) cuxos privilexios de acceso\n" +"\tutilizaranse para executar os comandos. <b>SENCONTRASINAL</b> é una etiqueta que determina se\n" "\tos usuarios se deben autenticar antes de executar os comandos.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -471,8 +456,7 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>O conxunto de comandos que o usuario pode executar nos hosts " -"especificados resúmese\n" +"<p>O conxunto de comandos que o usuario pode executar nos hosts especificados resúmese\n" "\tna columna <b>Comandos</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -485,10 +469,8 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para engadir unha regra, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e enche as " -"entradas\n" -"\tapropiadas. Débense proporcionar valores para o nome de usuario, o nome de " -"host e a lista de comandos.\n" +"<p>Para engadir unha regra, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e enche as entradas\n" +"\tapropiadas. Débense proporcionar valores para o nome de usuario, o nome de host e a lista de comandos.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -496,100 +478,74 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " -"button.\n" +"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar unha regra existente, seleccione unha entrada da táboa e " -"prema o botón\n" -"\t<b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema o botón " -"<b>Eliminar</b>.\n" +"<p>Para editar unha regra existente, seleccione unha entrada da táboa e prema o botón\n" +"\t<b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema o botón <b>Eliminar</b>.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>O nome de usuario oo alias<b></b> pódese especificar como un nome de " -"usuario soamente (p. ex. foo), como un nome de grupo co\n" +"<p>O nome de usuario oo alias<b></b> pódese especificar como un nome de usuario soamente (p. ex. foo), como un nome de grupo co\n" "\tprefixo '%' (p. ex. %bar) ou como un nome de alias de usuario. Se\n" -"\tutiliza a palabra clave 'ALL', corresponde a calquera usuario. Pódense " -"seleccionar usuarios, grupos ou alias existentes\n" +"\tutiliza a palabra clave 'ALL', corresponde a calquera usuario. Pódense seleccionar usuarios, grupos ou alias existentes\n" "\tno menú despregable ou escribir valores propios. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com), single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>A entrada do nome de host ou alias<b></b> pode consistir nun nome de host " -"(p. ex. www.ejemplo.com), un enderezo IP \n" -"\t(p. ex. 192.168.0.1), un enderezo IP combinado cunha máscara de rede ou un " -"alias de host. Se se poden executar comandos\n" -"\ten calquera host, débese empregar a palabra clave 'ALL'. O nome de host ou " -"o enderezo IP faise coincidir co seu propio nome de host\n" -"\tou enderezo IP, polo que, se non ten intención de compartir un ficherio /" -"etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" -"\tas entradas 'ALL' ou 'localhost' son suficientes na meirande parte dos " -"casos. \n" +"<p>A entrada do nome de host ou alias<b></b> pode consistir nun nome de host (p. ex. www.ejemplo.com), un enderezo IP \n" +"\t(p. ex. 192.168.0.1), un enderezo IP combinado cunha máscara de rede ou un alias de host. Se se poden executar comandos\n" +"\ten calquera host, débese empregar a palabra clave 'ALL'. O nome de host ou o enderezo IP faise coincidir co seu propio nome de host\n" +"\tou enderezo IP, polo que, se non ten intención de compartir un ficherio /etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" +"\tas entradas 'ALL' ou 'localhost' son suficientes na meirande parte dos casos. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>O nome de usuario de ExecutarComo ou alias<b></b> é un parámetro opcional " -"que especifica un usuario\n" +"<p>O nome de usuario de ExecutarComo ou alias<b></b> é un parámetro opcional que especifica un usuario\n" "\tcuxos privilexios de acceso \n" -"\tutilizaranse para executar un comando concreto. Se o deixa en branco, o " -"usuario por omisión é <b>root</b>.\n" -"\t Pode tratarse dun só nome de usuario, dun nome de grupo co prefixo '%' ou " -"dun nome de alias de run_as.\n" -"\tPódense seleccionar usuarios, grupos e alias existentes no menú " -"despregable ou escribir valores propios.\n" +"\tutilizaranse para executar un comando concreto. Se o deixa en branco, o usuario por omisión é <b>root</b>.\n" +"\t Pode tratarse dun só nome de usuario, dun nome de grupo co prefixo '%' ou dun nome de alias de run_as.\n" +"\tPódense seleccionar usuarios, grupos e alias existentes no menú despregable ou escribir valores propios.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t</p>\n" @@ -600,37 +556,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>A táboa <b>Comandos para executar</b> é unha lista de comandos (que poden " -"incluír\n" +"<p>A táboa <b>Comandos para executar</b> é unha lista de comandos (que poden incluír\n" "\tparámetros), directorios e alias de comando que pode executar \n" -"\tcada usuario concreto. Ao utilizar un nome de directorio, calquera comando " -"incluído nel poderase executar. \n" -"\tTamén é posible utilizar aquí a palabra clave 'ALL' para facer referencia " -"a calquerq comando, polo que se debe empregar con coidadiño.\n" +"\tcada usuario concreto. Ao utilizar un nome de directorio, calquera comando incluído nel poderase executar. \n" +"\tTamén é posible utilizar aquí a palabra clave 'ALL' para facer referencia a calquerq comando, polo que se debe empregar con coidadiño.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para engadir un comando novo, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b>, escriba o nome " -"do comando con parámetros opcionais\n" -"\te prema <b>Aceptar</b>. Para eliminar un comando, seleccione a entrada " -"axeitada da táboa\n" +"Para engadir un comando novo, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b>, escriba o nome do comando con parámetros opcionais\n" +"\te prema <b>Aceptar</b>. Para eliminar un comando, seleccione a entrada axeitada da táboa\n" "\te prema o botón <b>Eliminar</b>.\n" "\t" @@ -638,32 +585,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de usuario</big></b><br>\n" -"\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de usuario. Os alias de " -"usuario son conxuntos de usuarios aos que se asigna\n" -"\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a " -"todos os usuarios do conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de usuario. Os alias de usuario son conxuntos de usuarios aos que se asigna\n" +"\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a todos os usuarios do conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para engadir un novo alias de usuario, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e " -"complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" +"<p>Para engadir un novo alias de usuario, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" "\tO nome de alias e a lista de usuarios non poden estar baleiros. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -671,14 +612,12 @@ #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione unha entrada na " -"táboa e prema o botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" +"<p>Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione unha entrada na táboa e prema o botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" "\tPara eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema o botón <b>Eliminar</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -687,32 +626,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de host</big></b><br>\n" -"\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de host. Os alias de host " -"son conxuntos de hosts aos que se asigna\n" -"\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a " -"todos os hosts do conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de host. Os alias de host son conxuntos de hosts aos que se asigna\n" +"\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a todos os hosts do conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para engadir un novo alias de host, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e " -"complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" +"<p>Para engadir un novo alias de host, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" "\tO nome de alias e la lista de hosts non poden estar baleiros. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -720,14 +653,12 @@ #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione unha entrada na táboa " -"e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" +"<p>Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione unha entrada na táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" "\tPara eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema no botón <b>Eliminar</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -736,32 +667,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de ExecutarComo</big></b><br>\n" -"\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de ExecutarComo. Os alias de " -"ExecutarComo son conxuntos de usuarios aos que se asigna\n" -"\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome se emprégase despois para facer referencia a " -"todos os usuarios deste conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de ExecutarComo. Os alias de ExecutarComo son conxuntos de usuarios aos que se asigna\n" +"\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome se emprégase despois para facer referencia a todos os usuarios deste conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para engadir un novo alias de ExecutarComo, prema no botón <b>Engadir</b> " -"e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" +"<p>Para engadir un novo alias de ExecutarComo, prema no botón <b>Engadir</b> e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" "\tO nome de alias e a lista de usuarios non poden estar baleiros. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -769,14 +694,12 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar un alias de ExecutarComo existente, seleccione unha entrada " -"na táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" +"<p>Para editar un alias de ExecutarComo existente, seleccione unha entrada na táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" "\tPara eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema no botón <b>Eliminar</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -785,19 +708,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de comando</big></b><br>\n" -"\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de comandos. Os alias de " -"comando son conxuntos de comandos\n" -"\t(e parámetros opcionais) aos que se lles asigna un nome exclusivo. Este " -"nome emprégase despois para facer referencia\n" +"\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de comandos. Os alias de comando son conxuntos de comandos\n" +"\t(e parámetros opcionais) aos que se lles asigna un nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia\n" "\ta todos os comandos deste conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -805,14 +724,12 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para engadir un novo alias de comando, prema no botón <b>Engadir</b> e " -"complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" +"<p>Para engadir un novo alias de comando, prema no botón <b>Engadir</b> e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" "\tO nome de alias e a lista de comandos non poden estar baleiros. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -820,14 +737,12 @@ #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Para editar un alias de comando existente, seleccione unha entrada na " -"táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" +"<p>Para editar un alias de comando existente, seleccione unha entrada na táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" "\tPara eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema no botón <b>Eliminar</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -836,20 +751,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de usuario</big></b><br>\n" -"\tOs alias de usuario consisten nun ou varios usuarios, grupos de sistema " -"(co prefixo '%') ou outros \n" -"\talias de usuario. Asígnaselles un nome único (que pode incluír só letras " -"en maiúscula, números e caracteres de subliñado)\t, que despois se utiliza " -"para facer referencia a todos os usuarios do alias.\n" +"\tOs alias de usuario consisten nun ou varios usuarios, grupos de sistema (co prefixo '%') ou outros \n" +"\talias de usuario. Asígnaselles un nome único (que pode incluír só letras en maiúscula, números e caracteres de subliñado)\t, que despois se utiliza para facer referencia a todos os usuarios do alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -857,22 +766,16 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"<b>Add</b> button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para " -"engadir usuarios ou grupos ao \n" -"\talias, seleccione o nome correspondiente no menú despregable e prema no " -"botón <b>Engadir</b>.\n" -"\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione a entrada axeitada na táboa " -"e prema \n" +"<p>Introduza un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para engadir usuarios ou grupos ao \n" +"\talias, seleccione o nome correspondiente no menú despregable e prema no botón <b>Engadir</b>.\n" +"\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione a entrada axeitada na táboa e prema \n" "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para terminar a configuración, prema <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -884,39 +787,29 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<b>Nota:</b> O nome de alias non pode estar baleiro. Cada alias debe contar " -"alomenos cun membro.\n" +"<b>Nota:</b> O nome de alias non pode estar baleiro. Cada alias debe contar alomenos cun membro.\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de host</big></b><br>\n" -"\tOs alias de host consisten nun ou varios nomes de host, enderezos IP, " -"esderezos IP\n" -"\tcombinados con máscaras de rede en notación cuádruplo con puntos (p. ex. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) ou en notación\n" -"\t CIDR de número de bits (p. ex. 192.168.0.0/24) ou outros alias de host. " -"Asígnaselles\n" -"\tun nome exclusivo (que só pode incluír letras en maiúscula, números ou " -"caracteres de subliñado), que despois\n" +"\tOs alias de host consisten nun ou varios nomes de host, enderezos IP, esderezos IP\n" +"\tcombinados con máscaras de rede en notación cuádruplo con puntos (p. ex. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) ou en notación\n" +"\t CIDR de número de bits (p. ex. 192.168.0.0/24) ou outros alias de host. Asígnaselles\n" +"\tun nome exclusivo (que só pode incluír letras en maiúscula, números ou caracteres de subliñado), que despois\n" "\tutilízase para facer referencia a todos os hosts do alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -925,32 +818,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Introduza un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para " -"engadir hosts ao \n" -"\talias, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b>. Mostrarse unha fiestra emerxente, " -"onde se debe introducir \n" -"\tun nome de host ou un enderezo IP válidos e despois premer en <b>Aceptar</" -"b>.\n" +"<p>Introduza un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para engadir hosts ao \n" +"\talias, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b>. Mostrarse unha fiestra emerxente, onde se debe introducir \n" +"\tun nome de host ou un enderezo IP válidos e despois premer en <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un host do alias, seleccione a entrada axeitada da táboa e " -"prema no botón \n" +"Para eliminar un host do alias, seleccione a entrada axeitada da táboa e prema no botón \n" "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para completar a configuración, prema en <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -959,23 +846,17 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de ExecutarComo</big></b><br>\n" -"\tOs alias de EjecutarComo son moi semellantes aos alias de usuario. " -"Consisten nun ou varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" -"\t(co prefixo '%') ou outros alias de ExecutarComo. Asígnaselles un nombre " -"exclusivo (que só \n" -"\tpode incluór letras en maiúscula, números e caracteres de subliñado), que " -"despois se utiliza para facer referencia a todos os usuarios\n" +"\tOs alias de EjecutarComo son moi semellantes aos alias de usuario. Consisten nun ou varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" +"\t(co prefixo '%') ou outros alias de ExecutarComo. Asígnaselles un nombre exclusivo (que só \n" +"\tpode incluór letras en maiúscula, números e caracteres de subliñado), que despois se utiliza para facer referencia a todos os usuarios\n" "\tincluídos no alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -984,43 +865,31 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alias de comando</big></b><br>\n" -"\tOs alias de comando son listas dun ou varios comandos (con parámetros " -"opcionais), directorios ou\n" -"\toutros alias de comando. Asígnaselles un nome exclusivo (que só pode " -"incluír letras en maiúscula, números e \n" +"\tOs alias de comando son listas dun ou varios comandos (con parámetros opcionais), directorios ou\n" +"\toutros alias de comando. Asígnaselles un nome exclusivo (que só pode incluír letras en maiúscula, números e \n" "\tcaracteres de subliñado), que se utiliza despois\n" -"\tpara facer referencia a todos os comandos do alias. Cada comando pode " -"tener un ou varios \n" -"\tparámetros especificados. De seren así, os usuarios poderán executar o " -"comando só con eses parámetros. Se se\n" -"\temprega o nome dun directorio, pódese executar calquera comando que estea " -"incluído nel. \n" +"\tpara facer referencia a todos os comandos do alias. Cada comando pode tener un ou varios \n" +"\tparámetros especificados. De seren así, os usuarios poderán executar o comando só con eses parámetros. Se se\n" +"\temprega o nome dun directorio, pódese executar calquera comando que estea incluído nel. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -1028,14 +897,12 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un comando del alias, escolla a entrada axeitada da táboa e " -"prema\n" +"Para eliminar un comando del alias, escolla a entrada axeitada da táboa e prema\n" "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para completar a configuración, prema <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -1047,8 +914,7 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "Esta é unha regra necesaria para o correcto funcionamento de sudo.\n" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 @@ -1069,11 +935,8 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Perderanse todos os cambios. Está seguro de querer saír da configuración de " -"sudo sen gardar?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Perderanse todos os cambios. Está seguro de querer saír da configuración de sudo sen gardar?" #. Error message #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 @@ -1105,68 +968,47 @@ #~| "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" #~| "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" #~| "or single integer in the range 0 - 32" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \\n(4 integers in the " -#~ "range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \\nor single integer in the range 0 - " -#~ "32" +#~ msgid "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \\n(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \\nor single integer in the range 0 - 32" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "As máscaras de rede correctas poden ser expresións cuádruples con " -#~ "puntos \n" +#~ "As máscaras de rede correctas poden ser expresións cuádruples con puntos \n" #~ "(4 números enteiros comprendidos entre 128 e 255 separados por puntos) \n" #~ "ou un só número enteiro comprendido entre 0 e 32" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -#~| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. " -#~| "Really delete it?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\\nDeleting it may " -#~ "result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\\n" +#~| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +#~ msgid "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\\nDeleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O alias de host %1 está a ser utilizado nunha das regras de sudo.\n" -#~ "Ao eliminalo, pode xerar un ficheiro de configuración de sudo " -#~ "incoherente. Desexa eliminalo?\n" +#~ "Ao eliminalo, pode xerar un ficheiro de configuración de sudo incoherente. Desexa eliminalo?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -#~| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. " -#~| "Really delete it?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\\nDeleting it may " -#~ "result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\\n" +#~| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +#~ msgid "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\\nDeleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O alias de usuario %1 estase a utilizar nunha das regras de sudo.\n" -#~ "Se se eliminase, podería xerarse un ficheiro de configuración de sudo " -#~ "incoherente. Está seguro de querer eliminalo?\n" +#~ "Se se eliminase, podería xerarse un ficheiro de configuración de sudo incoherente. Está seguro de querer eliminalo?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -#~| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. " -#~| "Really delete it?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\\nDeleting it may " -#~ "result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\\n" +#~| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +#~ msgid "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\\nDeleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O alias %1 está a ser utilizado nunha regra de sudo.\n" -#~ "Se se borrase, podería xerar un ficheiro de configuración de sudo " -#~ "incoherente. Desexa eliminalo?\n" +#~ "Se se borrase, podería xerar un ficheiro de configuración de sudo incoherente. Desexa eliminalo?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -#~| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. " -#~| "Really delete it?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\\nDeleting it " -#~ "may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?" -#~ "\\n" +#~| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +#~ msgid "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\\nDeleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O alias da orde %1 está a ser utilizado nunha regra de sudo.\n" -#~ "Se se borrase, podería xerar un ficheiro de configuración incoherente. " -#~ "Desexa borralo ?\n" +#~ "Se se borrase, podería xerar un ficheiro de configuración incoherente. Desexa borralo ?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1181,13 +1023,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema " -#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" +#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1203,43 +1042,29 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n" #~| "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" #~| "\ton specified hosts (optionally also as what user). Each rule\n" -#~| "\tis a tuple consisting of user, host and list of commands, with " -#~| "optional \n" +#~| "\tis a tuple consisting of user, host and list of commands, with optional \n" #~| "\tRunAs specification and additional tags. These are summarized \n" #~| "\tin the following table. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\\n\tRules for sudo basically " -#~ "determine which commands an user may run \\n\ton specified hosts " -#~ "(optionally also as what user). Each rule\\n\tis a tuple consisting of " -#~ "user, host and list of commands, with optional \\n\tRunAs specification " -#~ "and additional tags. These are summarized \\n\tin the following table. \\n" -#~ "\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\\n\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \\n\ton specified hosts (optionally also as what user). Each rule\\n\tis a tuple consisting of user, host and list of commands, with optional \\n\tRunAs specification and additional tags. These are summarized \\n\tin the following table. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Regras de sudo</big></b><br>\n" #~ "\tAs regras de sudo determinan as ordes que un usuario pode executar\n" -#~ "\tnos hosts especificados (opcionalmente tamén como que usuario). Cada " -#~ "regra de sudo\n" -#~ "\té unha tupla integrada polo usuario, o host e unha lista de comandos, " -#~ "cunha\n" -#~ "\tespecificación opcional de ExecutarComo e etiquetas adicionais. A " -#~ "seguinte táboa mostra \n" +#~ "\tnos hosts especificados (opcionalmente tamén como que usuario). Cada regra de sudo\n" +#~ "\té unha tupla integrada polo usuario, o host e unha lista de comandos, cunha\n" +#~ "\tespecificación opcional de ExecutarComo e etiquetas adicionais. A seguinte táboa mostra \n" #~ "\tun resumo. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" @@ -1248,219 +1073,140 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" #~| "\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" -#~| "\tof hosts referred to by host alias an user may run specified " -#~| "commands.\n" +#~| "\tof hosts referred to by host alias an user may run specified commands.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \\n" -#~ "\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \\n\tof hosts " -#~ "referred to by host alias an user may run specified commands.\\n\t</p>\\n" -#~ "\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \\n\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \\n\tof hosts referred to by host alias an user may run specified commands.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A columna <b>Usuarios</b> indica o usuario local ou de sistema ou o " -#~ "alias de usuario. \n" +#~ "<p>A columna <b>Usuarios</b> indica o usuario local ou de sistema ou o alias de usuario. \n" #~ "\tA columna <b>Hosts</b> determina os hosts ou grupos\n" -#~ "\tde hosts ás que se fai referencia mediante alias de host nas que un " -#~ "usuario pode executar os comandos especificados.\n" +#~ "\tde hosts ás que se fai referencia mediante alias de host nas que un usuario pode executar os comandos especificados.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" -#~| "\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -#~| "privileges\n" -#~| "\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining " -#~| "whether\n" +#~| "\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +#~| "\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" #~| "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\\n\toptional parameter, containing user name " -#~ "(or alias) whose access privileges\\n\twill be used to run commands. " -#~ "<b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\\n\tusers need to authorize " -#~ "themselves before running commands.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\\n\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\\n\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\\n\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A columna <b>ExecutarComo</b> é un parámetro\n" -#~ "\topcional que inclúe o nome do usuario (ou alias) cuxos privilexios de " -#~ "acceso\n" -#~ "\tutilizaranse para executar as ordes. <b>SENCONTRASINAL</b> é una " -#~ "etiqueta que determina se\n" +#~ "\topcional que inclúe o nome do usuario (ou alias) cuxos privilexios de acceso\n" +#~ "\tutilizaranse para executar as ordes. <b>SENCONTRASINAL</b> é una etiqueta que determina se\n" #~ "\tos usuarios se deben autenticar antes de executar as ordes.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is " -#~| "summarized \n" +#~| "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" #~| "\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized " -#~ "\\n\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \\n\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O conxunto de ordes que o usuario pode executar nos hosts " -#~ "especificados resúmese\n" +#~ "<p>O conxunto de ordes que o usuario pode executar nos hosts especificados resúmese\n" #~ "\tna columna <b>Comandos</b>. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -#~| "appropriate \n" +#~| "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n" #~| "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate " -#~ "\\n\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\\n" -#~ "\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \\n\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para engadir unha regra, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e encha as " -#~ "entradas\n" -#~ "\taxeitadas. Débense fornecer valores para o nome de usuario, o nome de " -#~ "host e a lista de ordes.\n" +#~ "<p>Para engadir unha regra, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e encha as entradas\n" +#~ "\taxeitadas. Débense fornecer valores para o nome de usuario, o nome de host e a lista de ordes.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -#~| "\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " -#~| "button.\n" +#~| "\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" #~| "\t</p> \n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \\n" -#~ "\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " -#~ "button.\\n\t</p> \\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \\n\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\\n\t</p> \\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para editar unha regra existente, seleccione unha entrada da táboa e " -#~ "prema o botón\n" -#~ "\t<b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema o botón " -#~ "<b>Eliminar</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Para editar unha regra existente, seleccione unha entrada da táboa e prema o botón\n" +#~ "\t<b>Editar</b>. Para eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema o botón <b>Eliminar</b>.\n" #~ "\t</p> \n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g." -#~| "foo), group name prefixed\n" +#~| "<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" #~| "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -#~| "\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing " -#~| "users, groups and aliases \n" +#~| "\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" #~| "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g." -#~ "foo), group name prefixed\\n\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. " -#~ "If \\n\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from " -#~ "existing users, groups and aliases \\n\tin drop-down menu, or enter your " -#~ "own value. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\\n\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \\n\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \\n\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O nome de usuario oo alias<b></b> pódese especificar como un nome de " -#~ "usuario soamente (p. ex. foo), como un nome de grupo co\n" +#~ "<p>O nome de usuario oo alias<b></b> pódese especificar como un nome de usuario soamente (p. ex. foo), como un nome de grupo co\n" #~ "\tprefixo '%' (p. ex. %bar) ou como un nome de alias de usuario. Se\n" -#~ "\tutiliza a palabra clave 'ALL', corresponde a calquera usuario. Pódense " -#~ "seleccionar usuarios, grupos ou alias existentes\n" +#~ "\tutiliza a palabra clave 'ALL', corresponde a calquera usuario. Pódense seleccionar usuarios, grupos ou alias existentes\n" #~ "\tno menú despregable ou escribir valores propios. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -#~| "example.com), single IP \n" -#~| "\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -#~| "alias. If commands may be\n" -#~| "\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -#~| "against your own hostname\n" -#~| "\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -#~| "between multiple machines, \n" -#~| "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all " -#~| "purposes. \n" +#~| "<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" +#~| "\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +#~| "\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +#~| "\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" +#~| "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -#~ "example.com), single IP \\n\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address " -#~ "combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\\n\trun on any " -#~ "host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your " -#~ "own hostname\\n\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/" -#~ "sudoers file between multiple machines, \\n\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry " -#~ "will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \\n\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\\n\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\\n\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \\n\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A entrada do nome de host ou alias<b></b> pode consistir nun nome de " -#~ "host (p. ex. www.ejemplo.com), un enderezo IP \n" -#~ "\t(p. ex. 192.168.0.1), un enderezo IP combinado cunha máscara de rede ou " -#~ "un alias de host. Se se poden executar ordes\n" -#~ "\ten calquera host, débese empregar a palabra clave 'ALL'. O nome de host " -#~ "ou o enderezo IP faise coincidir co seu propio nome de host\n" -#~ "\tou enderezo IP, polo que, se non ten intención de compartir un " -#~ "ficherio /etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" -#~ "\tas entradas 'ALL' ou 'localhost' son suficientes na meirande parte dos " -#~ "casos. \n" +#~ "<p>A entrada do nome de host ou alias<b></b> pode consistir nun nome de host (p. ex. www.ejemplo.com), un enderezo IP \n" +#~ "\t(p. ex. 192.168.0.1), un enderezo IP combinado cunha máscara de rede ou un alias de host. Se se poden executar ordes\n" +#~ "\ten calquera host, débese empregar a palabra clave 'ALL'. O nome de host ou o enderezo IP faise coincidir co seu propio nome de host\n" +#~ "\tou enderezo IP, polo que, se non ten intención de compartir un ficherio /etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" +#~ "\tas entradas 'ALL' ou 'localhost' son suficientes na meirande parte dos casos. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " -#~| "user, \n" +#~| "<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" #~| "\twhose access privileges \n" -#~| "\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> " -#~| "is the default\n" -#~| "\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -#~| "run_as alias name\n" -#~| "\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or " -#~| "enter your own value.\n" +#~| "\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" +#~| "\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +#~| "\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " -#~ "user, \\n\twhose access privileges \\n\twill be used to execute " -#~ "particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\\n\tone. It " -#~ "can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias " -#~ "name\\n\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down " -#~ "menu, or enter your own value.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \\n\twhose access privileges \\n\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\\n\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\\n\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O nome de usuario de ExecutarComo ou alias<b></b> é un parámetro " -#~ "opcional que especifica un usuario\n" +#~ "<p>O nome de usuario de ExecutarComo ou alias<b></b> é un parámetro opcional que especifica un usuario\n" #~ "\tcuxos privilexios de acceso \n" -#~ "\tutilizaranse para executar unha orde concreta. Se o deixa en branco, o " -#~ "usuario por omisión é <b>root</b>.\n" -#~ "\t Pode tratarse dun só nome de usuario, dun nome de grupo co prefixo '%' " -#~ "ou dun nome de alias de run_as.\n" -#~ "\tPódense seleccionar usuarios, grupos e alias existentes no menú " -#~ "despregable ou escribir valores propios.\n" +#~ "\tutilizaranse para executar unha orde concreta. Se o deixa en branco, o usuario por omisión é <b>root</b>.\n" +#~ "\t Pode tratarse dun só nome de usuario, dun nome de grupo co prefixo '%' ou dun nome de alias de run_as.\n" +#~ "\tPódense seleccionar usuarios, grupos e alias existentes no menú despregable ou escribir valores propios.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -#~| "authenticate\n" -#~| "\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before " -#~| "running particular \n" +#~| "<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +#~| "\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" #~| "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" #~| "\tdisable this authentication\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -#~ "authenticate\\n\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's " -#~ "one) before running particular \\n\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' " -#~ "if you want to\\n\tdisable this authentication\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\\n\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \\n\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\\n\tdisable this authentication\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Sen contrasinal</b> é una etiqueta opcional. Normalmente, os " -#~ "usuarios deben autenticarse\n" -#~ "\t (proporcionar o seu propio contrasinal, non o do usuario root) antes " -#~ "de executar unha orde \n" +#~ "<p><b>Sen contrasinal</b> é una etiqueta opcional. Normalmente, os usuarios deben autenticarse\n" +#~ "\t (proporcionar o seu propio contrasinal, non o do usuario root) antes de executar unha orde \n" #~ "\tconcreta. Defina Sen contrasinal como 'Si' se quere\n" #~ "\tdesactivar esta autenticación.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" @@ -1469,106 +1215,70 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -#~| "\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will " -#~| "be allowed \n" -#~| "\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can " -#~| "be run. \n" +#~| "\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +#~| "\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" #~| "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\\n" -#~ "\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will " -#~ "be allowed \\n\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that " -#~ "directory can be run. \\n\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, " -#~ "so use it with care.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\\n\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \\n\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \\n\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A táboa <b>Ordes para executar</b> é unha lista de ordes (que poden " -#~ "incluír\n" +#~ "<p>A táboa <b>Ordes para executar</b> é unha lista de ordes (que poden incluír\n" #~ "\tparámetros), directorios e alias de comando que pode executar \n" -#~ "\tcada usuario concreto. Ao utilizar un nome de directorio, calquera orde " -#~ "incluída nel poderase executar. \n" -#~ "\tTamén é posible utilizar aquí a palabra chave 'ALL' para facer " -#~ "referencia a calquera orde, polo que se debe empregar con coidadiño.\n" +#~ "\tcada usuario concreto. Ao utilizar un nome de directorio, calquera orde incluída nel poderase executar. \n" +#~ "\tTamén é posible utilizar aquí a palabra chave 'ALL' para facer referencia a calquera orde, polo que se debe empregar con coidadiño.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name " -#~| "with optional\n" -#~| "\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate " -#~| "entry from the table\n" +#~| "To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" +#~| "\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" #~| "\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name " -#~ "with optional\\n\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, " -#~ "select appropriate entry from the table\\n\tand click on <b>Delete</b> " -#~ "button.\\n\t" +#~ msgid "To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\\n\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\\n\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para engadir unha nova orde, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b>, escriba o nome " -#~ "da orde con parámetros opcionais\n" -#~ "\te prema <b>Aceptar</b>. Para eliminar unha orde, seleccione a entrada " -#~ "axeitada da táboa\n" +#~ "Para engadir unha nova orde, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b>, escriba o nome da orde con parámetros opcionais\n" +#~ "\te prema <b>Aceptar</b>. Para eliminar unha orde, seleccione a entrada axeitada da táboa\n" #~ "\te prema o botón <b>Eliminar</b>.\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -#~| "users that is given\n" -#~| "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this " -#~| "set in sudo configuration. \n" +#~| "\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +#~| "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" #~| "\t</p> \n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\\n\tIn this dialog, you can " -#~ "configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\\n\tan " -#~ "unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in " -#~ "sudo configuration. \\n\t</p> \\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\\n\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\\n\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \\n\t</p> \\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Alias de usuario</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de usuario. Os alias de " -#~ "usuario son conxuntos de usuarios aos que se asigna\n" -#~ "\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a " -#~ "todos os usuarios do conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" +#~ "\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de usuario. Os alias de usuario son conxuntos de usuarios aos que se asigna\n" +#~ "\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a todos os usuarios do conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" #~ "\t</p> \n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -#~| "appropriate entries. \n" +#~| "<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" #~| "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -#~ "appropriate entries. \\n\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must " -#~ "not be empty. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \\n\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo alias de usuario, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e " -#~ "complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" +#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo alias de usuario, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" #~ "\tO nome de alias e a lista de usuarios non poden estar baleiros. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click " -#~| "on <b>Edit</b>\n" +#~| "<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" #~| "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click " -#~ "on <b>Edit</b>\\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</" -#~ "b> button. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione unha entrada na " -#~ "táboa e prema o botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione unha entrada na táboa e prema o botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" #~ "\tPara eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema o botón <b>Eliminar</b>. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" @@ -1576,58 +1286,40 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -#~| "hosts that is given\n" -#~| "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this " -#~| "set in sudo configuration. \n" +#~| "\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +#~| "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\\n\tIn this dialog, you can " -#~ "configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\\n\tan " -#~ "unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in " -#~ "sudo configuration. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\\n\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\\n\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Alias de host</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de host. Os alias de host " -#~ "son conxuntos de hosts aos que se asigna\n" -#~ "\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a " -#~ "todos os hosts do conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" +#~ "\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de host. Os alias de host son conxuntos de hosts aos que se asigna\n" +#~ "\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a todos os hosts do conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" #~ "\t</p> \n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -#~| "appropriate entries. \n" +#~| "<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" #~| "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -#~ "appropriate entries. \\n\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must " -#~ "not be empty. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \\n\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo alias de host, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e " -#~ "complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" +#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo alias de host, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b> e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" #~ "\tO nome de alias e la lista de hosts non poden estar baleiros. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click " -#~| "on <b>Edit</b>\n" +#~| "<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" #~| "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click " -#~ "on <b>Edit</b>\\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</" -#~ "b> button. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione unha entrada na " -#~ "táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione unha entrada na táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" #~ "\tPara eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema no botón <b>Eliminar</b>. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" @@ -1635,58 +1327,40 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set " -#~| "of users that is given\n" -#~| "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this " -#~| "set in sudo configuration. \n" +#~| "\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +#~| "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" #~| "\t</p> \n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\\n\tIn this dialog, you can " -#~ "configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\\n" -#~ "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this " -#~ "set in sudo configuration. \\n\t</p> \\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\\n\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\\n\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \\n\t</p> \\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Alias de ExecutarComo</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de ExecutarComo. Os alias " -#~ "de ExecutarComo son conxuntos de usuarios aos que se asigna\n" -#~ "\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a " -#~ "todos os usuarios deste conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" +#~ "\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de ExecutarComo. Os alias de ExecutarComo son conxuntos de usuarios aos que se asigna\n" +#~ "\tun nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia a todos os usuarios deste conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" #~ "\t</p> \n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -#~| "appropriate entries. \n" +#~| "<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" #~| "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -#~ "appropriate entries. \\n\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must " -#~ "not be empty. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \\n\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo alias de ExecutarComo, prema no botón <b>Engadir</" -#~ "b> e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" +#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo alias de ExecutarComo, prema no botón <b>Engadir</b> e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" #~ "\tO nome de alias e a lista de usuarios non poden estar baleiros. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and " -#~| "click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +#~| "<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" #~| "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click " -#~ "on <b>Edit</b>\\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</" -#~ "b> button. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para editar un alias de ExecutarComo existente, seleccione unha " -#~ "entrada na táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Para editar un alias de ExecutarComo existente, seleccione unha entrada na táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" #~ "\tPara eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema no botón <b>Eliminar</b>. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" @@ -1694,61 +1368,42 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a " -#~| "set of commands \n" -#~| "\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name " -#~| "is then used to refer\n" +#~| "\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +#~| "\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" #~| "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\\n\tIn this dialog, you can " -#~ "configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \\n\t" -#~ "(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -#~ "then used to refer\\n\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. " -#~ "\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\\n\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \\n\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\\n\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Alias de orde</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de ordes. Os alias de " -#~ "orde son conxuntos de ordes\n" -#~ "\t(e parámetros opcionais) aos que se lles asigna un nome exclusivo. Este " -#~ "nome emprégase despois para facer referencia\n" +#~ "\tNeste cadro de diálogo, pode configurar alias de ordes. Os alias de orde son conxuntos de ordes\n" +#~ "\t(e parámetros opcionais) aos que se lles asigna un nome exclusivo. Este nome emprégase despois para facer referencia\n" #~ "\ta todas as ordes deste conxunto na configuración de sudo. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -#~| "appropriate entries. \n" +#~| "<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" #~| "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -#~ "appropriate entries. \\n\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias " -#~ "must not be empty. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \\n\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo alias de orde, prema no botón <b>Engadir</b> e " -#~ "complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" +#~ "<p>Para engadir un novo alias de orde, prema no botón <b>Engadir</b> e complete as entradas axeitadas. \n" #~ "\tO nome de alias e a lista de ordes non poden estar baleiros. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and " -#~| "click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +#~| "<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" #~| "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and " -#~ "click on <b>Edit</b>\\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on " -#~ "<b>Delete</b> button. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para editar un alias de orde existente, seleccione unha entrada na " -#~ "táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Para editar un alias de orde existente, seleccione unha entrada na táboa e prema no botón<b>Editar</b>.\n" #~ "\tPara eliminar a entrada seleccionada, prema no botón <b>Eliminar</b>. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" @@ -1756,175 +1411,108 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -#~| "'%') or other\n" -#~| "\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -#~| "numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users " -#~| "in this alias.\n" +#~| "\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +#~| "\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\\n\tUser alias consists of one or " -#~ "more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\\n\tuser aliases. " -#~ "It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and " -#~ "underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias." -#~ "\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\\n\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\\n\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Alias de usuario</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\tOs alias de usuario consisten nun ou varios usuarios, grupos de sistema " -#~ "(co prefixo '%') ou outros \n" -#~ "\talias de usuario. Asígnaselles un nome único (que pode incluír só " -#~ "letras en maiúscula, números e caracteres de subliñado)\t, que despois se " -#~ "utiliza para facer referencia a todos os usuarios do alias.\n" +#~ "\tOs alias de usuario consisten nun ou varios usuarios, grupos de sistema (co prefixo '%') ou outros \n" +#~ "\talias de usuario. Asígnaselles un nome único (que pode incluír só letras en maiúscula, números e caracteres de subliñado)\t, que despois se utiliza para facer referencia a todos os usuarios do alias.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " -#~| "groups to the\n" -#~| "\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -#~| "<b>Add</b> button.\n" -#~| "\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the " -#~| "table, and click on\n" +#~| "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +#~| "\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" +#~| "\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" #~| "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " -#~ "groups to the\\n\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down " -#~ "menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\\n\tTo remove user from the alias, " -#~ "select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\\n\t<b>Remove</b> " -#~ "button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\\n\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\\n\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\\n\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Introduza un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para " -#~ "engadir usuarios ou grupos ao \n" -#~ "\talias, seleccione o nome correspondiente no menú despregable e prema no " -#~ "botón <b>Engadir</b>.\n" -#~ "\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione a entrada axeitada na " -#~ "táboa e prema \n" +#~ "<p>Introduza un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para engadir usuarios ou grupos ao \n" +#~ "\talias, seleccione o nome correspondiente no menú despregable e prema no botón <b>Engadir</b>.\n" +#~ "\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione a entrada axeitada na táboa e prema \n" #~ "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para terminar a configuración, prema <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least " -#~| "one member.\n" +#~| "<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least " -#~ "one member.\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Nota:</b> O nome de alias non pode estar baleiro. Cada alias debe " -#~ "contar polo menos cun membro.\n" +#~ "<b>Nota:</b> O nome de alias non pode estar baleiro. Cada alias debe contar polo menos cun membro.\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -#~| "addresses\n" -#~| "\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -#~| "192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -#~| "\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host " -#~| "aliases. It is \n" -#~| "\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and " -#~| "underscore only), which \n" +#~| "\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +#~| "\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +#~| "\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +#~| "\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" #~| "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\\n\tHost alias consists of one or " -#~ "more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\\n\tcombined with " -#~ "netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\\n" -#~ "\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host " -#~ "aliases. It is \\n\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -#~ "numbers and underscore only), which \\n\tis then used to refer to all " -#~ "hosts in this alias.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\\n\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\\n\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\\n\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \\n\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \\n\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Alias de host</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\tOs alias de host consisten nun ou varios nomes de host, enderezos IP, " -#~ "enderezos IP\n" -#~ "\tcombinados con máscaras de rede en notación cuádruple con puntos (p. " -#~ "ex. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) ou en notación\n" -#~ "\t CIDR de número de bits (p. ex. 192.168.0.0/24) ou outros alias de " -#~ "host. Asígnaselles\n" -#~ "\tun nome exclusivo (que só pode incluír letras en maiúscula, números ou " -#~ "caracteres de subliñado), que despois\n" +#~ "\tOs alias de host consisten nun ou varios nomes de host, enderezos IP, enderezos IP\n" +#~ "\tcombinados con máscaras de rede en notación cuádruple con puntos (p. ex. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) ou en notación\n" +#~ "\t CIDR de número de bits (p. ex. 192.168.0.0/24) ou outros alias de host. Asígnaselles\n" +#~ "\tun nome exclusivo (que só pode incluír letras en maiúscula, números ou caracteres de subliñado), que despois\n" #~ "\tutilízase para facer referencia a todos os hosts do alias.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where " -#~| "you can enter\n" +#~| "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" +#~| "\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" #~| "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" #~| "\t<p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to " -#~ "the\\n\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, " -#~ "where you can enter\\n\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click " -#~ "<b>OK</b>.\\n\t<p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\\n\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\\n\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\\n\t<p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Introduza un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para " -#~ "engadir hosts ao \n" -#~ "\talias, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b>. Mostrarse unha xanela emerxente, " -#~ "onde se debe introducir \n" -#~ "\tun nome de host ou un enderezo IP válidos e despois premer en " -#~ "<b>Aceptar</b>.\n" +#~ "<p>Introduza un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para engadir hosts ao \n" +#~ "\talias, prema o botón <b>Engadir</b>. Mostrarse unha xanela emerxente, onde se debe introducir \n" +#~ "\tun nome de host ou un enderezo IP válidos e despois premer en <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" #~ "\t<p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -#~| "and click on\n" +#~| "To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" #~| "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -#~ "and click on\\n\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click " -#~ "<b>OK</b>.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\\n\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para eliminar un host do alias, seleccione a entrada axeitada da táboa e " -#~ "prema no botón \n" -#~ "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para completar a configuración, prema en <b>Aceptar</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Para eliminar un host do alias, seleccione a entrada axeitada da táboa e prema no botón \n" +#~ "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para completar a configuración, prema en <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -#~| "users, system groups \n" -#~| "\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name " -#~| "(must contain \n" -#~| "\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -#~| "refer to all users \n" +#~| "\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +#~| "\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +#~| "\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" #~| "\tin this alias.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\\n\tRunAs alias is very similar to " -#~ "User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \\n\t" -#~ "(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -#~ "contain \\n\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is " -#~ "then used to refer to all users \\n\tin this alias.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\\n\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \\n\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \\n\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \\n\tin this alias.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Alias de ExecutarComo</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\tOs alias de EjecutarComo son moi semellantes aos alias de usuario. " -#~ "Consisten nun ou varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" -#~ "\t(co prefixo '%') ou outros alias de ExecutarComo. Asígnaselles un " -#~ "nombre exclusivo (que só \n" -#~ "\tpode incluír letras en maiúscula, números e caracteres de subliñado), " -#~ "que despois se utiliza para facer referencia a todos os usuarios\n" +#~ "\tOs alias de EjecutarComo son moi semellantes aos alias de usuario. Consisten nun ou varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" +#~ "\t(co prefixo '%') ou outros alias de ExecutarComo. Asígnaselles un nombre exclusivo (que só \n" +#~ "\tpode incluír letras en maiúscula, números e caracteres de subliñado), que despois se utiliza para facer referencia a todos os usuarios\n" #~ "\tincluídos no alias.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" @@ -1932,101 +1520,64 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -#~| "parameters), directories, or\n" -#~| "\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -#~| "letters, numbers and\n" +#~| "\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +#~| "\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" #~| "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -#~| "\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can " -#~| "optionally have one or more\n" -#~| "\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -#~| "parameters only. If a \n" +#~| "\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +#~| "\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" #~| "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\\n\tCommand Alias is a list of one " -#~ "or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\\n\tother " -#~ "command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -#~ "numbers and\\n\tunderscore only), which is \\n\tthen used to refer to all " -#~ "commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\\n" -#~ "\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -#~ "parameters only. If a \\n\tdirectory name is used, any command in that " -#~ "directory can be run. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\\n\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\\n\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\\n\tunderscore only), which is \\n\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\\n\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \\n\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Alias de orde</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "\tOs alias de orde son listas dun ou varias ordes (con parámetros " -#~ "opcionais), directorios ou\n" -#~ "\toutros alias de orde. Asígnaselles un nome exclusivo (que só pode " -#~ "incluír letras en maiúscula, números e \n" +#~ "\tOs alias de orde son listas dun ou varias ordes (con parámetros opcionais), directorios ou\n" +#~ "\toutros alias de orde. Asígnaselles un nome exclusivo (que só pode incluír letras en maiúscula, números e \n" #~ "\tcaracteres de subliñado), que se utiliza despois\n" -#~ "\tpara facer referencia a todas as ordes do alias. Cada orde pode ter un " -#~ "ou varios \n" -#~ "\tparámetros especificados. De seren así, os usuarios poderán executar a " -#~ "orde só con eses parámetros. Se se\n" -#~ "\temprega o nome dun directorio, pódese executar calquera orde que estea " -#~ "incluído nel. \n" +#~ "\tpara facer referencia a todas as ordes do alias. Cada orde pode ter un ou varios \n" +#~ "\tparámetros especificados. De seren así, os usuarios poderán executar a orde só con eses parámetros. Se se\n" +#~ "\temprega o nome dun directorio, pódese executar calquera orde que estea incluído nel. \n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new " -#~| "command to the alias,\n" -#~| "\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -#~| "enter command name\n" -#~| "\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. " -#~| "Additionally, you can\n" +#~| "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +#~| "\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +#~| "\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" #~| "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new " -#~ "command to the alias,\\n\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will " -#~ "appear, where you can enter command name\\n\t(or select one from file " -#~ "browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\\n" -#~ "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\\n\t" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\\n\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\\n\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\\n\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Escriba un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para " -#~ "engadir uuna nova orde ao alias,\n" -#~ "\tprema o botón <b>Añadir</b>. Amosarase unha xanela emerxente, onde pode " -#~ "escribir o nome da orde\n" -#~ "\t(ou seleccionrlo dun navegador de ficheiros premendo o botón " -#~ "<b>Examinar</b>). Tamén pode especificar\n" +#~ "<p>Escriba un nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Alias</b>. Para engadir uuna nova orde ao alias,\n" +#~ "\tprema o botón <b>Añadir</b>. Amosarase unha xanela emerxente, onde pode escribir o nome da orde\n" +#~ "\t(ou seleccionrlo dun navegador de ficheiros premendo o botón <b>Examinar</b>). Tamén pode especificar\n" #~ "\tparámetros da orde na entrada de texto <b>Parámetros</b>.\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the " -#~| "table, and click on\n" +#~| "To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" #~| "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" #~| "\t</p>\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the " -#~ "table, and click on\\n\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the " -#~ "configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" +#~ msgid "To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\\n\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\\n\t</p>\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para eliminar unha orde do alias, escolla a entrada axeitada da táboa e " -#~ "prema\n" +#~ "Para eliminar unha orde do alias, escolla a entrada axeitada da táboa e prema\n" #~ "\t<b>Eliminar</b>. Para completar a configuración, prema <b>Aceptar</b>.\n" #~ "\t</p>\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esta é unha regra necesaria para o correcto funcionamento de sudo.\n" +#~| msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +#~ msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Esta é unha regra necesaria para o correcto funcionamento de sudo.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" #~| "Really delete?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\\nReally delete?" +#~ msgid "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\\nReally delete?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Despois de eliminar isto, algúns aplicativos poderían non funcionar.\n" #~ "Desexa realmente eliminar?" @@ -2035,8 +1586,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" #~| "Really edit? " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\\nReally edit? " +#~ msgid "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\\nReally edit? " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se o cambia, algúns aplicativos deixarían de funcionar.\n" #~ "Desexa realmente editar?" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/support.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/support.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/support.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soporte" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aberto" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gardar como" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non se puideron escribir as opcións." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración Avanzada" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opcións" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -208,11 +208,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enderezos de correo-e" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nome" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Evolución" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nome do ficheiro" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -278,6 +278,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -294,6 +296,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Cancelar a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" +"Cancele a gravación premendo en <b>Cancelar</b>.\n" +"Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro facer isto ou non.\n" +"</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -318,16 +324,17 @@ "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando:</big></b><br>\n" +"Se preme <b>Editar</b>, abrirase un diálogo adicional no\n" +"que poderá cambiar a configuración.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -350,8 +357,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -368,38 +374,31 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball.</p>" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file.</p>" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -407,8 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</" -"i><br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" msgstr "" @@ -416,10 +414,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -433,16 +429,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" "<br></p>\n" @@ -453,8 +447,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -471,8 +464,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" "<br></p>\n" @@ -485,6 +477,9 @@ "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Segunda parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n" +"Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n" +"<br></p>\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -493,6 +488,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "</p>" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Selección dalgún elemento</big></b><br>\n" +"Non é posible. Débese codificar primeiro. :-)\n" +"</p>" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -553,15 +551,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -581,9 +575,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -639,9 +631,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -661,9 +651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -676,10 +664,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -712,21 +698,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -734,21 +714,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -768,47 +742,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -819,7 +779,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -828,7 +788,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasinal de root" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -847,30 +807,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribir as opcións" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Finalizado" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resumo de configuración..." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Establece o valor da variábel. Precisa das opcións 'variable' e 'value'" +msgstr "Establece o valor da variábel. Precisa das opcións 'variable' e 'value'" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -313,27 +312,17 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.</p>\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Tras gardar as modificacións, este editor cambia as variabeis no " -"ficheiro\n" -"sysconfig correspondente. Daquela inicia as ordes de activación que " -"modifican os ficheiros de configuración subxacentes, reinicia os daemons e " -"executa\n" -"as ferramentas de configuración de baixo nivel para que a configuración en " -"sysconfig teña efecto.</p>\n" +"<p>Tras gardar as modificacións, este editor cambia as variabeis no ficheiro\n" +"sysconfig correspondente. Daquela inicia as ordes de activación que modifican os ficheiros de configuración subxacentes, reinicia os daemons e executa\n" +"as ferramentas de configuración de baixo nivel para que a configuración en sysconfig teña efecto.</p>\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Importante:</b> Pode editar cada ficheiro de configuración " -"manualmente. O nome do ficheiro amósase na descrición da variábel.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Importante:</b> Pode editar cada ficheiro de configuración manualmente. O nome do ficheiro amósase na descrición da variábel.</p>" #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -346,23 +335,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Editor de configuración do sistema</B></P><P>O editor de configuración " -"do sistema permítelle cambiar a configuración do sistema. Tamén pode usar " -"YaST parar configurar o hardware e o sistema.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Editor de configuración do sistema</B></P><P>O editor de configuración do sistema permítelle cambiar a configuración do sistema. Tamén pode usar YaST parar configurar o hardware e o sistema.</P>" #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Nota:</B> as descricións non están traducidas porque se len " -"directamente dos ficheiros de configuración.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Nota:</B> as descricións non están traducidas porque se len directamente dos ficheiros de configuración.</P>" #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -391,13 +370,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Aquí pode ver os resultados da súa busca. Se ve o elemento que estaba a " -"buscar, prema nel e despois en \"Aceptar\". En caso contrario, prema " -"\"Cancelar\" para pechar este diálogo." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Aquí pode ver os resultados da súa busca. Se ve o elemento que estaba a buscar, prema nel e despois en \"Aceptar\". En caso contrario, prema \"Cancelar\" para pechar este diálogo." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -612,16 +586,12 @@ msgstr "Resumo da configuración" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p> SuSEconfig garda unha suma de comprobación de cada ficheiro de " -#~ "configuración, de\n" -#~ " xeito que pode detectar se modificou manualmente algún deles. Se " -#~ "modificou un\n" +#~ "<p> SuSEconfig garda unha suma de comprobación de cada ficheiro de configuración, de\n" +#~ " xeito que pode detectar se modificou manualmente algún deles. Se modificou un\n" #~ " ficheiro de configuración manualmente, este non será alterado.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -648,22 +618,17 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Use a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" #~| "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nUse a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\\n(e." -#~ "g., %1$%2).\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nUse a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\\n(e.g., %1$%2).\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Utilice un nome completo de variable co formato <VARIABLE_NAME>" -#~ "$<FILE_NAME>\n" +#~ "Utilice un nome completo de variable co formato <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" #~ "(ex., %1$%2).\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" #~| "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The currently selected value has more than one line.\\nJoined lines are " -#~ "displayed in the combo box.\\n" +#~ msgid "The currently selected value has more than one line.\\nJoined lines are displayed in the combo box.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O valor escollido actualmente ten máis dunha liña.\n" #~ "As liñas unificadas amósanse no cadro de selección.\n" @@ -674,8 +639,7 @@ #~| "does not match type '%2'.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really set this value?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Value '%1'\\ndoes not match type '%2'.\\n\\nReally set this value?\\n" +#~ msgid "Value '%1'\\ndoes not match type '%2'.\\n\\nReally set this value?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O valor '%1'\n" #~ "non se corresponde co tipo '%2'.\n" @@ -684,52 +648,31 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -#~| "changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -#~| "and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in " -#~| "sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the" -#~ "\\ncorresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, " -#~ "which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts " -#~ "daemons,\\nand runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration " -#~ "in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\\n" +#~| "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" +#~| "corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +#~| "and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\\ncorresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\\nand runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Tras gardar as modificacións, este editor cambia as variables no " -#~ "ficheiro\n" -#~ "sysconfig correspondente. Daquela inicia os comandos de activación que " -#~ "modifican os ficheiros de configuración subxacentes, reinicia os daemons " -#~ "e executa\n" -#~ "as ferramentas de configuración de baixo nivel para que a configuración " -#~ "en sysconfig teña efecto.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Tras gardar as modificacións, este editor cambia as variables no ficheiro\n" +#~ "sysconfig correspondente. Daquela inicia os comandos de activación que modifican os ficheiros de configuración subxacentes, reinicia os daemons e executa\n" +#~ "as ferramentas de configuración de baixo nivel para que a configuración en sysconfig teña efecto.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~| "detect if\n" -#~| " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~| "configuration file manually,\n" +#~| "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~| " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~| " it will not touch it.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\\n you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\\n it will not touch it.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\\n you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\\n it will not touch it.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p> SuSEconfig garda unha suma de control de cada ficheiro de " -#~ "configuración, de\n" -#~ "xeito que pode detectar se modificou manualmente algún deles. Se " -#~ "modificou un\n" +#~ "<p> SuSEconfig garda unha suma de control de cada ficheiro de configuración, de\n" +#~ "xeito que pode detectar se modificou manualmente algún deles. Se modificou un\n" #~ "ficheiro de configuración manualmente, este non será modificado.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease " -#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración de sysconfig</big></b>\n" #~ "Agarde un chisco...<br></p>\n" @@ -739,9 +682,7 @@ #~| "<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "<br></p>\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración de sysconfig</big></b>\n" #~ "Agarde un anaquiño...<br></p>\n" @@ -811,10 +752,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Gardando ..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so that it " -#~ "can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so that it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p> SuSEconfig garda un checksum de cada ficheiro de configuración, de\n" @@ -823,9 +762,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Change settings in /etc/sysconfig configuration files" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Modifique as opcións en /etc/rc.config, o ficheiro principal de " -#~ "configuración de SuSE Linux" +#~ msgstr "Modifique as opcións en /etc/rc.config, o ficheiro principal de configuración de SuSE Linux" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "System Configuration Editor" @@ -840,14 +777,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Initializing sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Modifique as opcións en /etc/rc.config, o ficheiro principal de " -#~ "configuración de SuSE Linux" +#~ msgstr "Modifique as opcións en /etc/rc.config, o ficheiro principal de configuración de SuSE Linux" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>With this editor, edit the variables in /etc/sysconfig configfiles</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>With this editor, edit the variables in /etc/sysconfig configfiles</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Con este editor, pode editar as variables de /etc/rc.config,\n" #~ "o ficheiro de configuración central de SuSE Linux</p>" @@ -858,10 +791,8 @@ #~ "Many of these variables are set by specialized YaST2\n" #~ "configuration modules like the \"Network configuration\".</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Teña en conta que moitas destas variables son definidas por módulos " -#~ "de\n" -#~ "configuración especializados do YaST2, como a \"Configuración da Rede\"</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "<p>Teña en conta que moitas destas variables son definidas por módulos de\n" +#~ "configuración especializados do YaST2, como a \"Configuración da Rede\"</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "abg &matches AbG" @@ -889,9 +820,7 @@ #~ "<p>As configuracións desta sección aínda non están organizadas.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>With this editor, edit the variables in /etc/sysconfig configfiles.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>With this editor, edit the variables in /etc/sysconfig configfiles.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Con este editor, pode editar as variables de /etc/rc.config,\n" #~ "o ficheiro de configuración central de SuSE Linux</p>" @@ -906,12 +835,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "An error occured during execution of SuSEconfig.\n" -#~ "Probably \"/sbin/SuSEconfig\" is missing or the module has no root " -#~ "permission.\n" +#~ "Probably \"/sbin/SuSEconfig\" is missing or the module has no root permission.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ocorreu un erro durante a execución do SuSEconfig\n" -#~ "Probablemente falta \"/sbin/SuSEconfig\" ou o módulo non ten permisos de " -#~ "root" +#~ "Probablemente falta \"/sbin/SuSEconfig\" ou o módulo non ten permisos de root" #~ msgid "&OK and Exit" #~ msgstr "&Aceptar e Saír" @@ -981,12 +908,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Please note, that many of these variables are\n" -#~ "set by specialized YaST2 configuration modules like the \"Network " -#~ "configuration\"</p>" +#~ "set by specialized YaST2 configuration modules like the \"Network configuration\"</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Teña en conta que moitas destas variables son definidas\n" -#~ "por módulos de configuración especializados do YaST2, como a " -#~ "\"Configuración da Rede\"</p>" +#~ "por módulos de configuración especializados do YaST2, como a \"Configuración da Rede\"</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>With this Editor, you can edit the variables in <b>/etc/rc.config,\n" @@ -997,22 +922,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p> This concept was choosen, because:\n" -#~ "<ul><li>now you have your basic configuration in \"one\" central file, " -#~ "which is easy to read\n" +#~ "<ul><li>now you have your basic configuration in \"one\" central file, which is easy to read\n" #~ " and to edit.</li>\n" -#~ "<li>you can easily copy the rc.config to another computer, run SuSEconfig " -#~ "and this system is\n" -#~ " nearly ready to work, without having to edit up to twenty individual " -#~ "configuration files\n" +#~ "<li>you can easily copy the rc.config to another computer, run SuSEconfig and this system is\n" +#~ " nearly ready to work, without having to edit up to twenty individual configuration files\n" #~ " manually.</li></ul></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p> Escolleuse este xeito de funcionamento, porque:\n" -#~ "<ul><li>agora ten a súa configuración básica nun ficheiro central, que é " -#~ "doado de ler e de editar.</li>\n" -#~ "<li>pode copiar facilmente o rc.config a outro ordenador, executar " -#~ "SuSEconfig e ese sistema estará case listo para funcionar, sen ter que " -#~ "editar ata vinte ficheiros de configuración individuais manualmente.</" -#~ "li></ul></p>" +#~ "<ul><li>agora ten a súa configuración básica nun ficheiro central, que é doado de ler e de editar.</li>\n" +#~ "<li>pode copiar facilmente o rc.config a outro ordenador, executar SuSEconfig e ese sistema estará case listo para funcionar, sen ter que editar ata vinte ficheiros de configuración individuais manualmente.</li></ul></p>" #~ msgid "Don't show logfile and exit" #~ msgstr "Non mostrar o ficheiro de rexistro e saír" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/tftp-server.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/tftp-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/tftp-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -91,12 +91,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use isto para activar un servidor para TFTP (protocolo trivial de " -"transferencia de ficheiros). O servidor vaise iniciar usando xinetd.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use isto para activar un servidor para TFTP (protocolo trivial de transferencia de ficheiros). O servidor vaise iniciar usando xinetd.</p>" #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -110,14 +106,12 @@ "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Directorio da Imaxe de arranque</b>:\n" "Especifique o directorio no que se atopen os ficheiros proporcionados.\n" "O valor habitual é <tt>/tftpboot</tt>.O directorio crearase se non existe.\n" -"O servidor utilizarao como directorio raíz (usando a opción <tt>-s</tt> ).</" -"p>\n" +"O servidor utilizarao como directorio raíz (usando a opción <tt>-s</tt> ).</p>\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -203,31 +197,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" -#~| "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value " -#~| "is\n" -#~| "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not " -#~| "exist. \n" -#~| "The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> " -#~| "option).</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\\nSpecify the directory where served " -#~ "files are located. The usual value is\\n<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory " -#~ "will be created if it does not exist. \\nThe server uses this as its root " -#~ "directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\\n" +#~| "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" +#~| "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" +#~| "The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\\nSpecify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\\n<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \\nThe server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Directorio da Imaxe de arrinque</b>:\n" #~ "Especifique o directorio no que se atopen os ficheiros proporcionados.\n" -#~ "O valor habitual é <tt>/tftpboot</tt>.O directorio crearase se non " -#~ "existe.\n" -#~ "O servidor utilizarao como directorio raíz (usando a opción <tt>-s</tt> )." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "O valor habitual é <tt>/tftpboot</tt>.O directorio crearase se non existe.\n" +#~ "O servidor utilizarao como directorio raíz (usando a opción <tt>-s</tt> ).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" #~| "and must not contain spaces." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The directory must start with a slash (/)\\nand must not contain spaces." +#~ msgid "The directory must start with a slash (/)\\nand must not contain spaces." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O directorio debe comezar por (/)\n" #~ "e non debe conter espazos." @@ -237,9 +221,7 @@ #~| "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" #~| "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" #~| "Exiting.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\\nHowever, another " -#~ "program is serving TFTP: %1.\\nExiting.\\n" +#~ msgid "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\\nHowever, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\\nExiting.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Este módulo só pode empregar xinetd para configurar TFTP.\n" #~ "Non obstante, outro programa está servindo a TFTP: %1.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -25,12 +25,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Detección de hardware - este módulo non soporta a interface de liña de " -"ordes, empregue '%1' no seu lugar." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Detección de hardware - este módulo non soporta a interface de liña de ordes, empregue '%1' no seu lugar." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -63,16 +59,11 @@ "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P>O módulo <B>Información do hardware</B> mostra a información sobre\n" -"o hardware do seu computador. Prema en calquera nodo para máis información.</" -"p>\n" +"o hardware do seu computador. Prema en calquera nodo para máis información.</p>\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> " -"and enter the filename.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Pode gardar información de hardware nun ficheiro. Prema en <B>Gardar en " -"ficheiro</B> e escriba o nome do ficheiro.</P>" +msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Pode gardar información de hardware nun ficheiro. Prema en <B>Gardar en ficheiro</B> e escriba o nome do ficheiro.</P>" #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -97,12 +88,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Detalles</B></P><P> Aquí móstranse os detalles dos compoñentes de " -"hardware seleccionados.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Detalles</B></P><P> Aquí móstranse os detalles dos compoñentes de hardware seleccionados.</P>" #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -153,36 +140,26 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Hardware detectado</B><BR>Esta táboa contén todos os compoñentes de " -"hardware detectados no seu sistema.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Hardware detectado</B><BR>Esta táboa contén todos os compoñentes de hardware detectados no seu sistema.</P>" #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " -"more detailed description of the component.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Detalles</B><BR>Seleccione un compoñente e prema en <B>Detalles</" -"B>para ver unha descrición polo miúdo do compoñente.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Detalles</B><BR>Seleccione un compoñente e prema en <B>Detalles</B>para ver unha descrición polo miúdo do compoñente.</P>" #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" -#| " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. " -#| "Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" +#| " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" msgid "" "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" msgstr "" "<P><B>Gardar a ficheiro</B><BR>pode gardar\n" -" información de hardware (<I>hwinfo</I>) nun ficheiro ou disquete. " -"Seleccione o tipo de destino en <B>Gardar a ficheiro</B>.</P>" +" información de hardware (<I>hwinfo</I>) nun ficheiro ou disquete. Seleccione o tipo de destino en <B>Gardar a ficheiro</B>.</P>" #. heading text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 @@ -312,51 +289,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>é posible engadir un ID PCI a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar " -"a base de datos interna de dispositivos compatibles.</P>" +msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "<P>é posible engadir un ID PCI a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar a base de datos interna de dispositivos compatibles.</P>" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " -"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Os números de identificación de PCI introdúcense e móstranse como números " -"hexadecimais. <b>Dir. SysFS </b> é o nome dun cartafol no directorio /sys/" -"bus/pci/drivers. Se está baleiro, empregarase o nome do controlador como " -"nome do directorio.</P>" +msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Os números de identificación de PCI introdúcense e móstranse como números hexadecimais. <b>Dir. SysFS </b> é o nome dun cartafol no directorio /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Se está baleiro, empregarase o nome do controlador como nome do directorio.</P>" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Se compila o controlador no kernel, deixe baleiro o nome do controlador e " -"introduza no seu lugar o nome do directorio SysFS.</P>" +msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Se compila o controlador no kernel, deixe baleiro o nome do controlador e introduza no seu lugar o nome do directorio SysFS.</P>" #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>" -"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Empregue os botóns situados baixo a táboa para mudar a lista de " -"identificadores ID PCI. Prema en <b>%1</b> para activar os axustes.</P>" +msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Empregue os botóns situados baixo a táboa para mudar a lista de identificadores ID PCI. Prema en <b>%1</b> para activar os axustes.</P>" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Aviso:</B> Esta é unha configuración avanzada. Continúe só se sabe o " -"que está a facer.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Aviso:</B> Esta é unha configuración avanzada. Continúe só se sabe o que está a facer.</P>" #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1108,12 +1062,9 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1126,26 +1077,18 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Activar teclas PetSis (SysRq)</big></b><br>\n" -"Se activa a tecla PetSis (SysRq), terá certo control sobre o sistema aínda " -"que este\n" -"se bloquee (por exemplo, durante a depuración do kernel). Si la opción está " -"activada, a combinación de teclas\n" -"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará a orde respectiva (por exemplo, " -"reiniciar o\n" -"computador, envorcar a información do kernel). Para máis información, " -"consulte \n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"Se activa a tecla PetSis (SysRq), terá certo control sobre o sistema aínda que este\n" +"se bloquee (por exemplo, durante a depuración do kernel). Si la opción está activada, a combinación de teclas\n" +"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará a orde respectiva (por exemplo, reiniciar o\n" +"computador, envorcar a información do kernel). Para máis información, consulte \n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).</p>\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 @@ -1308,96 +1251,59 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" #~| "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\\ndetails " -#~ "of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\\ndetails of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>O módulo <B>Información do hardware</B> mostra a información sobre\n" -#~ "o hardware do seu computador. Prema en calquera nodo para máis " -#~ "información.</p>\n" +#~ "o hardware do seu computador. Prema en calquera nodo para máis información.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" -#~| " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy " -#~| "disk. Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\\n hardware information " -#~ "(<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type " -#~ "in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" +#~| " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\\n hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B>Gardar a ficheiro</B><BR>pode gardar\n" -#~ " información de hardware (<I>hwinfo</I>) nun ficheiro ou disquete. " -#~ "Seleccione o tipo de destino en <B>Gardar a ficheiro</B>.</P>" +#~ " información de hardware (<I>hwinfo</I>) nun ficheiro ou disquete. Seleccione o tipo de destino en <B>Gardar a ficheiro</B>.</P>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -#~| "devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices " -#~| "in the\n" -#~| "system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -#~| "'cfq')\n" -#~| "will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -#~| "block\n" +#~| "devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +#~| "system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +#~| "will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" #~| "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\\nSelect the algorithm " -#~ "which orders and sends commands to disk\\ndevices. This is a global " -#~ "option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\\nsystem. If the " -#~ "option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\\nwill be " -#~ "used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block" -#~ "\\ndirectory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\\nSelect the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\\ndevices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\\nsystem. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\\nwill be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\\ndirectory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Planificador global de E/S</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Seleccione o algoritmo que ordena e envía ordes aos dispositivos\n" -#~ "de disco. Esta é una opción global, utilizarase con todos os dispositivos " -#~ "de disco\n" +#~ "de disco. Esta é una opción global, utilizarase con todos os dispositivos de disco\n" #~ "do sistema. Se a opción non está configurada, emprégase o planificador\n" -#~ "predeterminado (normalmente 'cfq'). Consulte a documentación no " -#~ "directorio\n" -#~ "/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) para obter " -#~ "máis información.</p>\n" +#~ "predeterminado (normalmente 'cfq'). Consulte a documentación no directorio\n" +#~ "/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) para obter máis información.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -#~| "If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system " -#~| "even if it\n" -#~| "crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -#~| "combination\n" -#~| "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +#~| "crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" +#~| "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" #~| "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -#~| "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source)." -#~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\\nIf you enable SysRq keys, " -#~ "you will have some control over the system even if it\\ncrashes (such as " -#~ "during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\\nAlt-" -#~ "SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the" -#~ "\\ncomputer, dump kernel information). For further information, see" -#~ "\\n<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-" -#~ "source).</p>\\n" +#~| "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\\nIf you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\\ncrashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\\nAlt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\\ncomputer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\\n<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Activar teclas PetSis (SysRq)</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Se activa a tecla PetSis (SysRq), terá certo control sobre o sistema " -#~ "aínda que este\n" -#~ "se bloquee (por exemplo, durante a depuración do kernel). Si la opción " -#~ "está activada, a combinación de teclas\n" -#~ "Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará a orde respectiva (por exemplo, " -#~ "reiniciar o\n" -#~ "computador, envorcar a información do kernel). Para máis información, " -#~ "consulte \n" -#~ "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Se activa a tecla PetSis (SysRq), terá certo control sobre o sistema aínda que este\n" +#~ "se bloquee (por exemplo, durante a depuración do kernel). Si la opción está activada, a combinación de teclas\n" +#~ "Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará a orde respectiva (por exemplo, reiniciar o\n" +#~ "computador, envorcar a información do kernel). Para máis información, consulte \n" +#~ "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Lendo a configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...</p>" @@ -1406,8 +1312,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~| "Please wait...</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Agarde...</p>" @@ -1523,25 +1428,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" #~ "<B>Current DMA Mode</B> shows the actual settings. <B>Required DMA\n" -#~ "Mode</B> shows settings that will be applied after <B>Finish</B> is " -#~ "pressed and\n" +#~ "Mode</B> shows settings that will be applied after <B>Finish</B> is pressed and\n" #~ "after each boot.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>A táboa contén información sobre os dispositivos IDE conectados. \n" #~ "<B>Modo DMA actual</B> mostra os axustes actuais. <B>Modo DMA\n" -#~ "requirido</B> mostra os axustes que se aplicarán despois de premer en " -#~ "<B>Terminar</B> y\n" +#~ "requirido</B> mostra os axustes que se aplicarán despois de premer en <B>Terminar</B> y\n" #~ "despois de cada arrinque.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from <B>DMA " -#~ "Mode</b>.\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from <B>DMA Mode</b>.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Cambio do modo DMA para IDE</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Seleccione un dispositivo na táboa, logo seleccione o modo DMA desexado " -#~ "en <B>Modo DMA</b>.\n" +#~ "Seleccione un dispositivo na táboa, logo seleccione o modo DMA desexado en <B>Modo DMA</b>.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1551,8 +1452,7 @@ #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Nota:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Se desactiva o modo DMA, retrásase o acceso ao dispositivo, pero algúns " -#~ "dispositivos\n" +#~ "Se desactiva o modo DMA, retrásase o acceso ao dispositivo, pero algúns dispositivos\n" #~ "poden non funcionar axeitadamente se DMA está activado.\n" #~ "</P>\n" @@ -1966,8 +1866,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Lance este módulo para configurar o rc_config." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You don't need to be logged in as <i>root</i> in order to do this.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>You don't need to be logged in as <i>root</i> in order to do this.</p>" #~ msgstr "<P>Para facer isto ten que acceder ó sistema como <i>root</i>.</P>" #~ msgid "&Abort" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/update.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/update.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/update.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -71,9 +71,7 @@ #. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 msgid "Remove &Old Backups from the Backup Directory" -msgstr "" -"Desinstalar as copias de seguridade &antigas do directorio de copias de " -"seguridade" +msgstr "Desinstalar as copias de seguridade &antigas do directorio de copias de seguridade" #. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 @@ -106,15 +104,13 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Crear unha copia de seguridade dos ficheiros modificados:</b>\n" -"Almacena eses ficheiros modificados que son substituídos durante a " -"actualización.</p>\n" +"Almacena eses ficheiros modificados que son substituídos durante a actualización.</p>\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Crear unha copia de seguridade\n" @@ -225,16 +221,14 @@ "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>A opción de actualización ofrécese de dous modos diferentes.\n" -"En calquera caso, recoméndase facer unha copia de seguridade dos seus datos " -"persoais.</p>\n" +"En calquera caso, recoméndase facer unha copia de seguridade dos seus datos persoais.</p>\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Con software novo:</b> esta opción\n" @@ -248,8 +242,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Só paquetes instalados:</b> esta selección só\n" @@ -262,13 +255,9 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n" "packages during the update.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Despois da actualización, algún software podería non funcionar. Active " -"<b>Eliminar paquetes non mantidos</b> para eliminar eses paquetes durante a " -"actualización.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Despois da actualización, algún software podería non funcionar. Active <b>Eliminar paquetes non mantidos</b> para eliminar eses paquetes durante a actualización.</p>\n" #. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 @@ -325,8 +314,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"Non foi posíbel resolver todos os conflitos. Precísase intervención manual." +msgstr "Non foi posíbel resolver todos os conflitos. Precísase intervención manual." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198 @@ -376,11 +364,8 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"O produto instalado non é compatíbel co produto do soporte de instalación." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgstr "O produto instalado non é compatíbel co produto do soporte de instalación." #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -395,13 +380,11 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system.<br>\n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"Actualizar o sistema a outra versión (%1 -> %2) non é compatíbel co sistema " -"que se executa.<br>\n" +"Actualizar o sistema a outra versión (%1 -> %2) non é compatíbel co sistema que se executa.<br>\n" "Arranque desde o soporte de instalación e use unha\n" "anovación normal ou desactive os repositorios de\n" "software de produtos con versións diferentes.\n" @@ -409,8 +392,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Aviso: actualizando desde '%1' a '%2', os produtos non coinciden exactamente." +msgstr "Aviso: actualizando desde '%1' a '%2', os produtos non coinciden exactamente." #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 @@ -430,10 +412,8 @@ "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Opcións de actualización</big></b> Seleccione que sistema vai " -"ser\n" -"actualizado. Escolla se só se deben actualizar os paquetes instalados ou se " -"tamén\n" +"<p><b><big>Opcións de actualización</big></b> Seleccione que sistema vai ser\n" +"actualizado. Escolla se só se deben actualizar os paquetes instalados ou se tamén\n" "se deben instalar novos paquetes (predeterminado). Decida que paquetes\n" "non mantidos hanse eliminar.</p>\n" @@ -581,8 +561,7 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Detectouse unha posíbel instalación incompleta na partición escollida.\n" @@ -703,8 +682,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -735,8 +713,7 @@ "\n" "Se está seguro de que a partición non é necesaria para a actualización\n" "(se non unha partición do sistema), prema Continuar.\n" -"Para comprobar ou corrixir as opcións de montaxe, prema en Especificar as " -"opcións de montaxe.\n" +"Para comprobar ou corrixir as opcións de montaxe, prema en Especificar as opcións de montaxe.\n" "Para interromper a actualización, prema en Cancelar.\n" #. push button @@ -798,14 +775,11 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"O seu sistema emprega unha partición /var separada, que é necesaria para que " -"o\n" +"O seu sistema emprega unha partición /var separada, que é necesaria para que o\n" "proceso de anovación detecte cambios no nome dos discos. Seleccione a\n" "partición /var manualmente para seguir co proceso." @@ -822,8 +796,7 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Non foi posíbel montar a partición /var con esta configuración de disco.\n" +msgstr "Non foi posíbel montar a partición /var con esta configuración de disco.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 @@ -841,19 +814,15 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" "Algunhas particións no sistema en %1 atópanse montadas polo nome\n" -"do dispositivo do kernel. Non é confiábel para unha actualización, xa que os " -"nomes\n" +"do dispositivo do kernel. Non é confiábel para unha actualización, xa que os nomes\n" "de dispositivo do kernel non son persistentes. Recoméndase iniciar o\n" -"sistema actual e cambiar o método de montaxe por algún outro para todas as " -"particións." +"sistema actual e cambiar o método de montaxe por algún outro para todas as particións." #. error message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 @@ -950,9 +919,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" #~| "create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\\ncreate a <b>backup</" -#~ "b> prior to updating.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\\ncreate a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para evitar calquera perda de información durante a actualización,\n" #~ "cree unha <b>copia de seguridade</b> antes de actualizar.</p>\n" @@ -961,9 +928,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n" #~| "backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\\nbackup. Only modified " -#~ "files will be saved.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\\nbackup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Advertencia:</b> isto non vai ser unha copia de\n" #~ "seguridade completa. Só se van gardar os ficheiros\n" @@ -977,26 +942,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n" -#~| "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\\nStores only those modified " -#~ "files that will be replaced during update.</p>\\n" +#~| "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\\nStores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Crear unha copia de seguridade dos ficheiros modificados:</b>\n" -#~ "Almacena eses ficheiros modificados que son substituídos durante a " -#~ "actualización.</p>\n" +#~ "Almacena eses ficheiros modificados que son substituídos durante a actualización.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" -#~| "/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" #~| "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\\n/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all " -#~ "configuration files that are part of the\\nsysconfig mechanism, even " -#~ "those that will not be replaced.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\\n/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\\nsysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Crear unha copia de seguridade\n" #~ "Completa de /etc/sysconfig:</b> Isto cubre todos os ficheiros\n" @@ -1006,15 +963,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n" -#~| "Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an " -#~| "earlier\n" -#~| "update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option " -#~| "to\n" +#~| "Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n" +#~| "update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\n" #~| "remove them.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\\nDirectory:</b> If your current " -#~ "system already is the result of an earlier\\nupdate, there may be old " -#~ "configuration file backups. Select this option to\\nremove them.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\\nDirectory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\\nupdate, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\\nremove them.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Eliminar copias de seguridade antigas do\n" #~ "directorio de copias de seguridade:</b> Se o sistema\n" @@ -1026,9 +978,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\n" #~| "You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\\nYou will " -#~ "lose that selection if you change the basic selection." +#~ msgid "You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\\nYou will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Xa escolleu o software na \"Selección detallada\".\n" #~ "Perderá esa selección se cambia a selección básica." @@ -1037,9 +987,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\n" #~| "Based on the Selection:\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\\nBased on the " -#~ "Selection:\\n" +#~ msgid "&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\\nBased on the Selection:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Actualizar coa instalación de &novo software e\n" #~ "funcionalidades baseadas na selección:\n" @@ -1048,27 +996,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n" #~| "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\\neither case, we " -#~ "recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\\neither case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>A opción de actualización ofrecese de dous modos diferentes.\n" -#~ "En calquera caso, recoméndase facer unha copia de seguridade dos seus " -#~ "datos persoais.</p>\n" +#~ "En calquera caso, recoméndase facer unha copia de seguridade dos seus datos persoais.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n" -#~| "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits " -#~| "of\n" -#~| "the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -#~| "predefined\n" +#~| "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" +#~| "the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" #~| "software selection.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\\nupdates the existing " -#~ "software and installs all new features and benefits of\\nthe new <tt>%1</" -#~ "tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\\nsoftware " -#~ "selection.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\\nupdates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\\nthe new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\\nsoftware selection.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Con software novo:</b> esta opción\n" #~ "predeterminada actualiza o software existente e instala\n" @@ -1079,16 +1018,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" -#~| "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</" -#~| "i>\n" -#~| "New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST " -#~| "modules, is\n" +#~| "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" +#~| "New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" #~| "not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\\nonly updates the " -#~ "packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\\nNew software in " -#~ "the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\\nnot " -#~ "available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\\nonly updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\\nNew software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\\nnot available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Só paquetes instalados:</b> esta selección só\n" #~ "actualiza os paquetes xa instalados no sistema. <i>Nota:</i>\n" @@ -1099,17 +1032,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>After the update, some software might not\n" -#~| "function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete " -#~| "those\n" +#~| "function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n" #~| "packages during the update.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>After the update, some software might not\\nfunction anymore. Activate " -#~ "<b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\\npackages during the " -#~ "update.</p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Despois da actualización, algún software podería non funcionar. Active " -#~ "<b>Eliminar paquetes non mantidos</b> para eliminar eses paquetes durante " -#~ "a actualización.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>After the update, some software might not\\nfunction anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\\npackages during the update.</p>\\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Despois da actualización, algún software podería non funcionar. Active <b>Eliminar paquetes non mantidos</b> para eliminar eses paquetes durante a actualización.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1122,43 +1048,27 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -#~| "running system.<br>\n" +#~| "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" #~| "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" #~| "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -#~ "running system.<br>\\nBoot from the installation media and use a normal " -#~ "upgrade\\nor disable software repositories of products with different " -#~ "versions.\\n" +#~ msgid "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\\nBoot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\\nor disable software repositories of products with different versions.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Actualizar o sistema a outra versión (%1 -> %2) non está soportado polo " -#~ "sistema que se executa.<br>\n" +#~ "Actualizar o sistema a outra versión (%1 -> %2) non está soportado polo sistema que se executa.<br>\n" #~ "Arrinque dende o soporte de instalación e use unha\n" #~ "actualización normal ou desactive os repositorios de\n" #~ "software de produtos con versións diferentes.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be " -#~| "updated.\n" -#~| "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should " -#~| "be\n" -#~| "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should " -#~| "be\n" +#~| "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n" +#~| "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" +#~| "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" #~| "deleted.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be " -#~ "updated.\\nChoose if only installed packages should be updated or new " -#~ "ones should be\\ninstalled as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained " -#~ "packages should be\\ndeleted.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\\nChoose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\\ninstalled as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\\ndeleted.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Opcións de actualización</big></b> Seleccione que sistema vai " -#~ "ser\n" -#~ "actualizado. Escolla se só se deben actualizar os paquetes instalados ou " -#~ "se tamén\n" -#~ "se deben instalar novos paquetes (a selección predeterminada). Decida que " -#~ "paquetes\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Opcións de actualización</big></b> Seleccione que sistema vai ser\n" +#~ "actualizado. Escolla se só se deben actualizar os paquetes instalados ou se tamén\n" +#~ "se deben instalar novos paquetes (a selección predeterminada). Decida que paquetes\n" #~ "non mantidos hanse eliminar.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1167,11 +1077,7 @@ #~| "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" #~| "current installation media, the system may not start or\n" #~| "some applications may not run properly." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The installed product is not compatible with the product\\non the " -#~ "installation media. If you try to update using the\\ncurrent installation " -#~ "media, the system may not start or\\nsome applications may not run " -#~ "properly." +#~ msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product\\non the installation media. If you try to update using the\\ncurrent installation media, the system may not start or\\nsome applications may not run properly." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O produto instalado non é compatible co produto do soporte\n" #~ "de instalación. Se intenta actualizar usando o soporte de\n" @@ -1206,9 +1112,7 @@ #~| "<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n" #~| "general overview of your system's partitions.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\\ngeneral overview " -#~ "of your system's partitions.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\\ngeneral overview of your system's partitions.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Mostrar todas as particións</b> expande a lista a\n" @@ -1219,9 +1123,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" #~| "on the selected partition." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\\non " -#~ "the selected partition." +#~ msgid "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\\non the selected partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou ningún sistema instalado na partición\n" #~ "seleccionada que poida actualizarse con este produto." @@ -1230,21 +1132,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" #~| "is different from the one of this product.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\\nis " -#~ "different from the one of this product.\\n" +#~ msgid "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\\nis different from the one of this product.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A arquitectura do sistema instalado na partición\n" #~ "seleccionada é diferente á deste produto.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -#~| "partition.\n" +#~| "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" #~| "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -#~ "partition.\\nAre sure you want to use it anyway?" +#~ msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\\nAre sure you want to use it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Detectouse unha posible instalación incompleta na partición escollida.\n" #~ "Está seguro que desexa utilizala?" @@ -1255,13 +1152,9 @@ #~| "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Are you sure you want to continue?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\\nIt " -#~ "is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\\n\\nAre you " -#~ "sure you want to continue?" +#~ msgid "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\\nIt is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\\n\\nAre you sure you want to continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por unha razón descoñecida fallou o inicio do sistema para a " -#~ "actualización.\n" +#~ "Por unha razón descoñecida fallou o inicio do sistema para a actualización.\n" #~ "É moi recomendable non continuar co proceso de actualización.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Está seguro que desexa continuar?" @@ -1270,8 +1163,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" #~| "about how to solve this problem." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "See the SDB article at %1 for details\\nabout how to solve this problem." +#~ msgid "See the SDB article at %1 for details\\nabout how to solve this problem." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Consulte o artigo de SDB en %1 para\n" #~ "obter máis detalles sobre como resolver\n" @@ -1284,10 +1176,7 @@ #~| "It is currently in use. If the partition stays mounted,\n" #~| "the data may be lost. Unmount the partition manually\n" #~| "or restart your computer.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot unmount partition %1.\\n\\nIt is currently in use. If the " -#~ "partition stays mounted,\\nthe data may be lost. Unmount the partition " -#~ "manually\\nor restart your computer.\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot unmount partition %1.\\n\\nIt is currently in use. If the partition stays mounted,\\nthe data may be lost. Unmount the partition manually\\nor restart your computer.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se puido desmontar a partición %1.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1300,9 +1189,7 @@ #~| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Do you want to continue mounting the device?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\\n\\nDo you want to " -#~ "continue mounting the device?\\n" +#~ msgid "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\\n\\nDo you want to continue mounting the device?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fallou a verificación do sistema de ficheiros do dispositivo %1.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1311,21 +1198,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -#~| "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -#~| "fit.\n" +#~| "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" #~| "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" #~| "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\\nWe recommend a size of no " -#~ "less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\\nIt is safer to " -#~ "either enlarge the partition\\nor not use a /boot partition at all.\\n" -#~ "\\nDo you want to continue updating the current system?\\n" +#~ msgid "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\\nWe recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\\nIt is safer to either enlarge the partition\\nor not use a /boot partition at all.\\n\\nDo you want to continue updating the current system?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A partición /boot é moi pequena (%1 MB).\n" -#~ "Recomendamos un tamaño non menor a %2 MB senón o novo Kernel non " -#~ "collerá.\n" +#~ "Recomendamos un tamaño non menor a %2 MB senón o novo Kernel non collerá.\n" #~ "O máis seguro é aumentar a partición\n" #~ "ou non usar toda a partición /boot.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1341,11 +1222,7 @@ #~| "update (not a system partition), click Continue.\n" #~| "To check or fix the mount options, click Specify Mount Options.\n" #~| "To abort the update, click Cancel.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\\n\\n%2\\n\\nIf you are sure that " -#~ "the partition is not necessary for the\\nupdate (not a system partition), " -#~ "click Continue.\\nTo check or fix the mount options, click Specify Mount " -#~ "Options.\\nTo abort the update, click Cancel.\\n" +#~ msgid "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\\n\\n%2\\n\\nIf you are sure that the partition is not necessary for the\\nupdate (not a system partition), click Continue.\\nTo check or fix the mount options, click Specify Mount Options.\\nTo abort the update, click Cancel.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se puido montar a partición %1.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1353,8 +1230,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Se está seguro de que a partición non é necesaria para a actualización\n" #~ "(se non unha partición do sistema), prema Continuar.\n" -#~ "Para comprobar ou corrixir as opcións de montaxe, prema en Especificar as " -#~ "opcións de montaxe.\n" +#~ "Para comprobar ou corrixir as opcións de montaxe, prema en Especificar as opcións de montaxe.\n" #~ "Para abortar a actualización, prema en Cancelar.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1377,9 +1253,7 @@ #~| "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" #~| "<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>\n" #~| "<b>udev path:</b> %6" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\\n<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:" -#~ "</b> %4,<br>\\n<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>\\n<b>udev path:</b> %6" +#~ msgid "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\\n<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\\n<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>\\n<b>udev path:</b> %6" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Sistema de ficheiros:</b> %1, <b>Tipo:</b> %2,<br>\n" #~ "<b>Etiqueta:</b> %3, <b>Tamaño:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -1388,27 +1262,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -#~| "upgrade\n" -#~| "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -#~| "manually\n" +#~| "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +#~| "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" #~| "to continue the upgrade process." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -#~ "upgrade\\nprocess to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var " -#~ "partition manually\\nto continue the upgrade process." +#~ msgid "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\\nprocess to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\\nto continue the upgrade process." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O seu sistema emprega unha partición /var separada, que é necesaria para " -#~ "que o\n" -#~ "proceso de actualización detecte modificacións no nome dos discos. " -#~ "Seleccione a\n" +#~ "O seu sistema emprega unha partición /var separada, que é necesaria para que o\n" +#~ "proceso de actualización detecte modificacións no nome dos discos. Seleccione a\n" #~ "partición /var manualmente para seguir co proceso." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" #~ msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non é posible montar a partición /var con esta configuración de disco.\n" +#~ msgstr "Non é posible montar a partición /var con esta configuración de disco.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -1423,32 +1289,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. " -#~| "This is\n" -#~| "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately " -#~| "not\n" -#~| "persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and " -#~| "change the\n" +#~| "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" +#~| "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" +#~| "persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" #~| "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. " -#~ "This is\\nnot reliable for the update since kernel-device names are " -#~ "unfortunately not\\npersistent. It is strongly recommended to start the " -#~ "old system and change the\\nmount-by method to any other method for all " -#~ "partitions." +#~ msgid "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\\nnot reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\\npersistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\\nmount-by method to any other method for all partitions." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Algunhas particións no sistema en %1 atópanse montadas polo nome\n" -#~ "do dispositivo do kernel. Non é confiable para unha actualización, xa que " -#~ "os nomes\n" +#~ "do dispositivo do kernel. Non é confiable para unha actualización, xa que os nomes\n" #~ "de dispositivo do kernel non son persistentes. Recoméndase iniciar o\n" -#~ "sistema actual e cambiar o método de montaxe por algún outro para todas " -#~ "as particións." +#~ "sistema actual e cambiar o método de montaxe por algún outro para todas as particións." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" #~ msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A partición raíz de /etc/fstab ten un dispositivo raíz incorrecto.\n" +#~ msgstr "A partición raíz de /etc/fstab ten un dispositivo raíz incorrecto.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" @@ -1459,9 +1314,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Limpar" #~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non se puideron ler os datos de paquetes dende o soporte de instalación. " -#~ "Erro no soporte?" +#~ msgstr "Non se puideron ler os datos de paquetes dende o soporte de instalación. Erro no soporte?" #~ msgid "Update based on selection \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "Actualizar baseándose na selección \"%1\"" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/users.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/users.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/users.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -103,12 +103,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Lista dos membros do grupo, polo xeral, nomes de usuarios separador por " -"comas. A lista dos DN de usuarios LDAP debe estar separada por dous puntos." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Lista dos membros do grupo, polo xeral, nomes de usuarios separador por comas. A lista dos DN de usuarios LDAP debe estar separada por dous puntos." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -153,33 +149,19 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Autenticación</b><br>\n" -"Seleccione o método de autenticación que se debe empregar cos usuarios do " -"sistema.\n" +"Seleccione o método de autenticación que se debe empregar cos usuarios do sistema.\n" "</p>" #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"<i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Local</b> se quere autenticar aos usuarios utilizando só os " -"ficheiros locais <i>/etc/passwd</i> e <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Local</b> se quere autenticar aos usuarios utilizando só os ficheiros locais <i>/etc/passwd</i> e <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"Se existe unha instalación anterior ou un sistema alternativo, pode crear " -"usuarios procedentes desta orixe. Para isto, seleccione <b>Ler datos de " -"usuario dunha instalación anterior.</b> Esta opción emprega un directorio " -"persoal existente ou crea un novo para cada usuario no lugar de instalación " -"especificado." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "Se existe unha instalación anterior ou un sistema alternativo, pode crear usuarios procedentes desta orixe. Para isto, seleccione <b>Ler datos de usuario dunha instalación anterior.</b> Esta opción emprega un directorio persoal existente ou crea un novo para cada usuario no lugar de instalación especificado." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -218,12 +200,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de " -"usuarios ou se queren\n" +"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios ou se queren\n" "autenticar usuarios nun servidor NT, escolla o valor apropiado. Despois,\n" "prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>" @@ -231,13 +211,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of " -"your client.</p>" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de " -"usuario\n" -"escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a " -"configuración do cliente.</p>" +"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de usuario\n" +"escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>" #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -246,8 +223,7 @@ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios ou " -"se queren\n" +"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios ou se queren\n" "autenticar usuarios nun servidor NT, escolla o valor apropiado. Despois,\n" "prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>" @@ -255,21 +231,15 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of " -"your client.</p>" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuario\n" -"escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a " -"configuración do cliente.</p>" +"escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>" #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Configurar autenticación de Kerberos</b> para configurar " -"Kerberos despois de configurar a orixe dos datos de usuario.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Configurar autenticación de Kerberos</b> para configurar Kerberos despois de configurar a orixe dos datos de usuario.</p>" #. check box label #. check box label @@ -353,10 +323,8 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"A diferenza dos usuarios normais do sistema, o usuario que escribe texto, " -"crea\n" -"gráficos ou navega por Internet, é dicir, o usuario \"root\", existe en " -"todos os\n" +"A diferenza dos usuarios normais do sistema, o usuario que escribe texto, crea\n" +"gráficos ou navega por Internet, é dicir, o usuario \"root\", existe en todos os\n" "sistemas e execútase cada vez que hai que realizar\n" "tarefas administrativas. Inicie sesión como root só\n" "cando deba actuar como administrador do sistema.\n" @@ -368,8 +336,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -388,15 +355,13 @@ "<p>\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Todas as regras para o contrasinal de usuario aplícanse para o de \"root\":\n" "Distinga entre maiúsculas e minúsculas. O contrasinal debe ter un mínimo de\n" -"5 caracteres e, como regra, non debe conter caracteres acentuados ou " -"diéreses.\n" +"5 caracteres e, como regra, non debe conter caracteres acentuados ou diéreses.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text, continued 5/5 @@ -423,12 +388,8 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para comprobar se a disposición do seu teclado é correcta, introduza " -"texto no campo <b>Proba de disposición de teclado</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para comprobar se a disposición do seu teclado é correcta, introduza texto no campo <b>Proba de disposición de teclado</b>.</p>" #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -584,13 +545,8 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método estándar de hashing actual, non se recomenda " -"utilizar outros algoritmos, a menos que os necesite por cuestións de " -"compatibilidade.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método estándar de hashing actual, non se recomenda utilizar outros algoritmos, a menos que os necesite por cuestións de compatibilidade.</p>" #. text entry #. text entry @@ -656,8 +612,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Introduza o <b>Nome completo do usuario</b>, o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o " -"<b>Contrasinal</b> para\n" +"Introduza o <b>Nome completo do usuario</b>, o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b> para\n" "asignar a esta conta de usuario.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -671,8 +626,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ao escribir un contrasinal, faga distinción entre maiúsculas e\n" -"minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma " -"acentos ou diéreses.\n" +"minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma acentos ou diéreses.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers @@ -680,8 +634,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -714,43 +667,30 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para garantir que o contrasinal foi introducido correctamente,\n" -"debe introducilo exactamente igual no segundo campo. Non esqueza o seu " -"contrasinal.\n" +"debe introducilo exactamente igual no segundo campo. Non esqueza o seu contrasinal.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para o <b>Nome de usuario</b> empregue só letras (non acentuadas), díxitos e " -"<tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a " -"facer.\n" -"Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. Pode " -"volver\n" -"definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man " -"para máis información.\n" +"Para o <b>Nome de usuario</b> empregue só letras (non acentuadas), díxitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a facer.\n" +"Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. Pode volver\n" +"definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man para máis información.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Usar este contrasinal para o administración do sistema</b> se o " -"contrasinal introducido para o primeiro usuario debe ser tamén empregado " -"para root.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Usar este contrasinal para o administración do sistema</b> se o contrasinal introducido para o primeiro usuario debe ser tamén empregado para root.</p>" #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -758,27 +698,20 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"O nome de usuario e o contrasinal creados aquí son necesarios para iniciar " -"sesión e traballar no seu sistema Linux. Co <b>Inicio de sesión automático</" -"b> activado, sáltase o procedemento de inicio de sesión. Este usuario " -"efectúa o inicio de sesión automaticamente.</p>\n" +"O nome de usuario e o contrasinal creados aquí son necesarios para iniciar sesión e traballar no seu sistema Linux. Co <b>Inicio de sesión automático</b> activado, sáltase o procedemento de inicio de sesión. Este usuario efectúa o inicio de sesión automaticamente.</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System " -"Mail</b>.</p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Volva enviar o correo do usuario root a este usuario activando a opción " -"<b>Recibir correo do sistema</b>.</p>\n" +"Volva enviar o correo do usuario root a este usuario activando a opción <b>Recibir correo do sistema</b>.</p>\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -865,8 +798,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" -msgstr "" -"Eliminar un usuario xa existente (o cartafol persoal non será eliminado)" +msgstr "Eliminar un usuario xa existente (o cartafol persoal non será eliminado)" #. translators: command line help text for list local option #: src/clients/users.rb:175 @@ -962,12 +894,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Vexa aquí a táboa de atributos permitidos para a entrada de LDAP actual que " -"non foron definidos en diálogos anteriores.</p>" +"Vexa aquí a táboa de atributos permitidos para a entrada de LDAP actual que non foron definidos en diálogos anteriores.</p>" #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -990,13 +920,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client " -"Module</b>.</p>\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Edite cada atributo usando <b>Editar</b>. Algúns atributos \n" -"poden ser necesarios segundo se define no modelo de usuario no <b>Módulo de " -"cliente LDAP</b>.</p>\n" +"poden ser necesarios segundo se define no modelo de usuario no <b>Módulo de cliente LDAP</b>.</p>\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1015,14 +943,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy " -"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified " -"user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Asigne un obxecto de directiva de contrasinal a este usuario en <b>DN do " -"obxecto de directiva de contrasinal.</b> Active <b>Restaurar contrasinal</b> " -"para restaurar o contrasinal do usuario modificado.</p>" +msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Asigne un obxecto de directiva de contrasinal a este usuario en <b>DN do obxecto de directiva de contrasinal.</b> Active <b>Restaurar contrasinal</b> para restaurar o contrasinal do usuario modificado.</p>" #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1118,48 +1040,26 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode configurar de cota do usuario no sistema de ficheiros seleccionado.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode configurar de cota do usuario no sistema de ficheiros seleccionado.</p>" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Defina un tamaño límite especificando o número de bloques de 1 KB\n" -"que o usuario pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros. Tamén pode definir " -"un límite de I-nodos especificando o número de I-nodos que o usuario pode " -"utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" +"que o usuario pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros. Tamén pode definir un límite de I-nodos especificando o número de I-nodos que o usuario pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode especificar límites relativos e absolutos no tamaño e número de I-" -"nodos. Os límites relativos definen un nivel de alarma no que se informa ao " -"usuario que está preto do límite, mentres que os límites absolutos definen o " -"límite a partires do cal as peticións denéganse.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode especificar límites relativos e absolutos no tamaño e número de I-nodos. Os límites relativos definen un nivel de alarma no que se informa ao usuario que está preto do límite, mentres que os límites absolutos definen o límite a partires do cal as peticións denéganse.</p>" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tan axiña como o usuario chegue ao límite relativo, actívanse os campos " -"para o intervalo de gracia. Especifique o tempo en que se permite ao usuario " -"exceder o límite relativo especificado anteriormente. A conta atrás do tempo " -"de gracia comezará de súpeto.</p>" +msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tan axiña como o usuario chegue ao límite relativo, actívanse os campos para o intervalo de gracia. Especifique o tempo en que se permite ao usuario exceder o límite relativo especificado anteriormente. A conta atrás do tempo de gracia comezará de súpeto.</p>" #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 @@ -1170,36 +1070,18 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pode especificar límites relativos e absolutos no tamaño e número de I-" -"nodos. Os límites relativos definen un nivel de alarma no que se informa ao " -"grupo que está preto do límite, mentres que os límites absolutos definen o " -"límite a partires do cal as peticións denéganse.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pode especificar límites relativos e absolutos no tamaño e número de I-nodos. Os límites relativos definen un nivel de alarma no que se informa ao grupo que está preto do límite, mentres que os límites absolutos definen o límite a partires do cal as peticións denéganse.</p>" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tan axiña como o grupo chegue ao límite relativo, actívanse os campos " -"para o intervalo de gracia. Especifique o tempo en que se permite ao grupo " -"exceder o límite relativo especificado anteriormente. A conta atrás do tempo " -"de gracia comezará axiña.</p>" +msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tan axiña como o grupo chegue ao límite relativo, actívanse os campos para o intervalo de gracia. Especifique o tempo en que se permite ao grupo exceder o límite relativo especificado anteriormente. A conta atrás do tempo de gracia comezará axiña.</p>" #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1516,8 +1398,7 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is path to directory @@ -1547,9 +1428,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Para usuarios remotos, só pode modificarse a súa pertenza a grupos " -"adicionais." +msgstr "Para usuarios remotos, só pode modificarse a súa pertenza a grupos adicionais." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 @@ -1821,14 +1700,12 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ao escribir un contrasinal faga distinción entre maiúsculas e\n" -"minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma " -"acentos ou diéreses.\n" +"minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma acentos ou diéreses.\n" "</p>\n" #. Help text 0/6 @@ -1839,8 +1716,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Defina aquí os valores predeterminados para usar ao crear usuarios novos " -"locais ou de sistema.\n" +"Defina aquí os valores predeterminados para usar ao crear usuarios novos locais ou de sistema.\n" "</p>\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1873,39 +1749,32 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.</P>\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Shell de inicio de sesión predeterminada:</b><br>\n" -"O nome da shell de inicio de sesión dun nuevo usuario. Seleccione un da " -"lista ou introduza a súa propia ruta á shell.</P>\n" +"O nome da shell de inicio de sesión dun nuevo usuario. Seleccione un da lista ou introduza a súa propia ruta á shell.</P>\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Directorio personal predeterminado</b><br>\n" -"O prefixo da ruta inicial para o directorio persoal dun usuario novo. O nome " -"de usuario engádese\n" -"ao final deste valor para crear o nome predeterminado do directorio " -"persoal.\n" +"O prefixo da ruta inicial para o directorio persoal dun usuario novo. O nome de usuario engádese\n" +"ao final deste valor para crear o nome predeterminado do directorio persoal.\n" "</P>\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. </p>\n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Directorio modelo</b><br>\n" -"O contido deste directorio cópiase no directorio persoal do usuario cando se " -"engade un usuario novo. </p>\n" +"O contido deste directorio cópiase no directorio persoal do usuario cando se engade un usuario novo. </p>\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1919,14 +1788,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Data de caducidade</b><br>\n" "A data na que se desactivará a conta de usuario. A data debe ter o formato\n" -"AAAA-MM-DD. Deixe esta opción en branco se a conta non debe caducar nunca.</" -"P>\n" +"AAAA-MM-DD. Deixe esta opción en branco se a conta non debe caducar nunca.</P>\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -1936,12 +1803,9 @@ "after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Validez do inicio de sesión (en días) despois de caducar o " -"contrasinal</B><BR>\n" -"Os usuarios poden iniciar sesión despois da expiración dos contrasinais. " -"Estableza cantos días\n" -"despois da caducidade do contrasinal é posible iniciar sesión. Use -1 para " -"permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" +"<P><B>Validez do inicio de sesión (en días) despois de caducar o contrasinal</B><BR>\n" +"Os usuarios poden iniciar sesión despois da expiración dos contrasinais. Estableza cantos días\n" +"despois da caducidade do contrasinal é posible iniciar sesión. Use -1 para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" "</P>\n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -1964,8 +1828,7 @@ "</P>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Abortando o inicio</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Para saír con seguridade da utilidade de configuración, prema agora en " -"<B>Cancelar</B>.\n" +"Para saír con seguridade da utilidade de configuración, prema agora en <B>Cancelar</B>.\n" "\n" "</P>" @@ -2015,11 +1878,9 @@ "Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n" "clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -2028,8 +1889,7 @@ "letras (sen acentuar), números e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" "Non use maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que estea ben seguro do quefai.\n" "Os nomes de usuario teñen máis restriccións ca os contrasinais. Pode volver\n" -"definir as restriccións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs. Consulte a páxina man " -"para máis información.\n" +"definir as restriccións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs. Consulte a páxina man para máis información.\n" "</p>\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -2038,32 +1898,23 @@ "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Para o <b>Nome de usuario</b> empregue só\n" "letras (non acentuadas), díxitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a " -"facer.\n" -"Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. Pode " -"volver\n" -"definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man " -"para máis información.\n" +"Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a facer.\n" +"Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. Pode volver\n" +"definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man para máis información.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Prema en <b>Xestión de usuarios</b> para engadir máis usuarios ou grupos " -"ao sistema.</p>" +msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Prema en <b>Xestión de usuarios</b> para engadir máis usuarios ou grupos ao sistema.</p>" #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -2074,8 +1925,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para ver máis detalles coma o directorio persoal ou o ID de usuario prema " -"en\n" +"Para ver máis detalles coma o directorio persoal ou o ID de usuario prema en\n" "<b>Detalles</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2083,13 +1933,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para editar distintas configuracións nos contrasinais deste usuario como, " -"por exemplo, a data de caducidade, prema en <b>Configuración do contrasinal</" -"b>.</p>\n" +"Para editar distintas configuracións nos contrasinais deste usuario como, por exemplo, a data de caducidade, prema en <b>Configuración do contrasinal</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2098,8 +1945,7 @@ "log in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Para impedir que un usuario\n" -"inicie sesión, active a opción <b>Desactivar inicio de sesión de usuario</b>." -"</p>" +"inicie sesión, active a opción <b>Desactivar inicio de sesión de usuario</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 @@ -2127,10 +1973,8 @@ "<b>Nome de grupo</b>\n" "Non empregue nomes longos para os grupos. A lonxitude normal oscila entre\n" "dous e oito caracteres. \n" -"Pode axustar a lista de caracteres permitidos para os nomes de grupos no " -"ficheiro\n" -"/etc/login.defs. Consulte a páxina do manual correspondente para obter " -"información.\n" +"Pode axustar a lista de caracteres permitidos para os nomes de grupos no ficheiro\n" +"/etc/login.defs. Consulte a páxina do manual correspondente para obter información.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 3/6, %1 is number @@ -2157,8 +2001,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Password:</b>\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2166,12 +2009,9 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Contrasinal</b> \n" -"Para que os usuarios que non sexan membros do grupo se identifiquen cando " -"desexen\n" -"acceder a este grupo (consulte a páxina man de <tt>newgrp</tt>), deberá " -"asignar un\n" -"contrasinal a este grupo. Por motivos de seguridade, este contrasinal non se " -"amosa\n" +"Para que os usuarios que non sexan membros do grupo se identifiquen cando desexen\n" +"acceder a este grupo (consulte a páxina man de <tt>newgrp</tt>), deberá asignar un\n" +"contrasinal a este grupo. Por motivos de seguridade, este contrasinal non se amosa\n" "aquí. Esta entrada non é obrigatoria.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2185,8 +2025,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Confirmar contrasinal</b> \n" -"Introduza o contrasinal unha segunda vez para evitar que se produzan erros " -"tipográficos.\n" +"Introduza o contrasinal unha segunda vez para evitar que se produzan erros tipográficos.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 6/6 @@ -2209,8 +2048,7 @@ " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" "A segunda lista amosa os usuarios para os que este grupo é\n" -"o grupo predeterminado. O grupo predeterminado pódese modificar só cando se " -"edita o usuario." +"o grupo predeterminado. O grupo predeterminado pódese modificar só cando se edita o usuario." #. help text 1/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 @@ -2253,10 +2091,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Se muda o UID dun usuario existente, os dereitos dos ficheiros\n" -"pertencentes a este usuario tamén deben mudarse. Isto sucede " -"automaticamente\n" -"para os ficheiros do directorio persoal do usuario, pero non para os " -"ficheiros situados\n" +"pertencentes a este usuario tamén deben mudarse. Isto sucede automaticamente\n" +"para os ficheiros do directorio persoal do usuario, pero non para os ficheiros situados\n" "noutros lugares.</p>\n" #. help text 4/8 @@ -2278,12 +2114,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's " -"home directory different from the default.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Opcionalmente, defina o <b>Modo de permisos do directorio persoal</b> " -"para o usar un distinto ao empregado de xeito predeterminado.</p>" +msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Opcionalmente, defina o <b>Modo de permisos do directorio persoal</b> para o usar un distinto ao empregado de xeito predeterminado.</p>" #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2293,47 +2125,28 @@ "is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Para crear só un directorio persoal baleiro,\n" -"prema en <b>Directorio personal baleiro</b>. En caso contrario, o novo " -"directorio persoal\n" +"prema en <b>Directorio personal baleiro</b>. En caso contrario, o novo directorio persoal\n" "crearase a partires do modelo predeterminado (%1).</p>\n" #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se desexa modificar o localización do directorio persoal dun usuario, " -"mova o contido do directorio actual coa opción <b>Mover á nova localización," -"</b> que está activada de xeito predeterminado. En caso contrario, o novo " -"directorio persoal crearase sen os datos existentes.</p>" +msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se desexa modificar o localización do directorio persoal dun usuario, mova o contido do directorio actual coa opción <b>Mover á nova localización,</b> que está activada de xeito predeterminado. En caso contrario, o novo directorio persoal crearase sen os datos existentes.</p>" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared.</p>" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O seu directorio persoal non pode estar cifrado cando se usa un lector de " -"pegadas dactilares. Para cifrar o seu directorio persoal desactive antes a " -"configuración do lector de pegadas.</p>" +msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O seu directorio persoal non pode estar cifrado cando se usa un lector de pegadas dactilares. Para cifrar o seu directorio persoal desactive antes a configuración do lector de pegadas.</p>" #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2356,11 +2169,9 @@ "shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Información adicional</b>\n" -"Aquí é posible definir algúns datos adicionais sobre o usuario. Este campo " -"pode conter ata\n" +"Aquí é posible definir algúns datos adicionais sobre o usuario. Este campo pode conter ata\n" "tres partes separadas por comas. O normal é escribir\n" -"<i>oficina</i>,<i>teléfono oficina</i>, <i>teléfono particular</i>. Esta " -"información\n" +"<i>oficina</i>,<i>teléfono oficina</i>, <i>teléfono particular</i>. Esta información\n" "amosarase cando utilice a orde <i>finger</i> neste usuario.</p>\n" #. help text 6/8 @@ -2424,12 +2235,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"<b>Launch</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para iniciar a configuración detallada dun complemento concreto, " -"seleccione <b>Executar</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para iniciar a configuración detallada dun complemento concreto, seleccione <b>Executar</b>.</p>" #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2462,10 +2269,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Aviso dos días que faltan para a caducidade do contrasinal</B><BR>\n" -"Os usuarios poden recibir un aviso antes de que os seus contrasinais " -"caduquen. Estableza\n" -"con canta antelación débese enviar o aviso. Estableza -1 para non enviar " -"ningún aviso. \n" +"Os usuarios poden recibir un aviso antes de que os seus contrasinais caduquen. Estableza\n" +"con canta antelación débese enviar o aviso. Estableza -1 para non enviar ningún aviso. \n" "</p>\n" #. Help text 3/6 @@ -2476,33 +2281,27 @@ "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Validez do inicio de sesión (en días) trala caducidade do contrasinal</" -"B><BR>\n" -"Os usuarios poden iniciar sesión despois de que os seus contrasinais " -"caduquen. Especifique durante cantos días\n" +"<P><B>Validez do inicio de sesión (en días) trala caducidade do contrasinal</B><BR>\n" +"Os usuarios poden iniciar sesión despois de que os seus contrasinais caduquen. Especifique durante cantos días\n" "se permitirá que inicien sesión. Use -1 para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" "</P>\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Duración máxima (en días) do mesmo contrasinal</B><BR>Determine cantos " -"días se pode\n" +"<P><B>Duración máxima (en días) do mesmo contrasinal</B><BR>Determine cantos días se pode\n" "utilizar o mesma contrasinal antes de que caduque.</P>\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Duración mínima en días do mesmo contrasinal</B><BR>Estableza a " -"antigüidade mínima que\n" +"<P><B>Duración mínima en días do mesmo contrasinal</B><BR>Estableza a antigüidade mínima que\n" "debe ter un contrasinal para que un usuario poida modificala.</P>\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2512,8 +2311,7 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Data de caducidade</B><BR>Especifica a data na que caduca unha " -"conta. \n" +"<P><B>Data de caducidade</B><BR>Especifica a data na que caduca unha conta. \n" "A data debe ter o formato AAAA-MM-DD. \n" "Deixe esta opción en branco se a conta non debe caducar nunca.</P>\n" @@ -2537,176 +2335,88 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Cambiar de valores</b><br>\n" -"Pode configurar estes axustes executando os módulos axeitados. Seleccione o " -"módulo coa opción <b>Configurar</b>.\n" +"Pode configurar estes axustes executando os módulos axeitados. Seleccione o módulo coa opción <b>Configurar</b>.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione as lingüetas <b>Directivas de cambio de contrasinais</b>, " -"<b>Directivas de antigüidade de contrasinais</b>, y <b>Directivas de " -"bloqueo</b>, para elixir os grupos de directivas de contrasinais LDAP dos " -"atributos que se deben configurar.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione as lingüetas <b>Directivas de cambio de contrasinais</b>, <b>Directivas de antigüidade de contrasinais</b>, y <b>Directivas de bloqueo</b>, para elixir os grupos de directivas de contrasinais LDAP dos atributos que se deben configurar.</p>" #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique o <b>Número máximo de contrasinais almacenados no historial</" -"b> para establecer cantos contrasinais previamente usados deben gardarse. Os " -"contrasinais gardados non se poderán usar.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique o <b>Número máximo de contrasinais almacenados no historial</b> para establecer cantos contrasinais previamente usados deben gardarse. Os contrasinais gardados non se poderán usar.</p>" #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque a opción <b>O usuario debe modificar o contrasinal despois de " -"restaurar</b> para obrigar aos usuarios a que modifiquen os seus " -"contrasinais despois de que o administrador as restaure ou as modifique.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque a opción <b>O usuario debe modificar o contrasinal despois de restaurar</b> para obrigar aos usuarios a que modifiquen os seus contrasinais despois de que o administrador as restaure ou as modifique.</p>" #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their " -"passwords.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque a opción <b>O usuario pode modificar o contrasinal</b> para que os " -"usuarios poidan modificar os seus contrasinais.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque a opción <b>O usuario pode modificar o contrasinal</b> para que os usuarios poidan modificar os seus contrasinais.</p>" #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se houbese que fornecer o contrasinal existente xunto co novo, marque a " -"opción <b>Necesítase o contrasinal vello para modificar o contrasinal.</b></" -"p>" +msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se houbese que fornecer o contrasinal existente xunto co novo, marque a opción <b>Necesítase o contrasinal vello para modificar o contrasinal.</b></p>" #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Indique se cómpre comprobar a calidade dos contrasinais ao modificalos ou " -"engadilos. Seleccione <b>Non comprobar</b> se non é necesario comprobar os " -"contrasinais de ningún xeito. Coa opción <b>Aceptar contrasinais non " -"verificables</b> os contrasinais acéptanse incluso se a comprobación non se " -"pode realizar (por exemplo, se o usuario proporcioniou un contrasinal " -"cifrado). A opción <b>Aceptar só contrasinais verificados</b> provoca o " -"rexeitamento dos contrasinais se a proba de calidade non é satisfactoria ou " -"se o contrasinal non se pode verificar.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Indique se cómpre comprobar a calidade dos contrasinais ao modificalos ou engadilos. Seleccione <b>Non comprobar</b> se non é necesario comprobar os contrasinais de ningún xeito. Coa opción <b>Aceptar contrasinais non verificables</b> os contrasinais acéptanse incluso se a comprobación non se pode realizar (por exemplo, se o usuario proporcioniou un contrasinal cifrado). A opción <b>Aceptar só contrasinais verificados</b> provoca o rexeitamento dos contrasinais se a proba de calidade non é satisfactoria ou se o contrasinal non se pode verificar.</p>" #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Determine o número mínimo de caracteres que se deben empregar nun " -"contrasinal en <b>Lonxitude mínima do contrasinal.</b></p>" +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +msgstr "Determine o número mínimo de caracteres que se deben empregar nun contrasinal en <b>Lonxitude mínima do contrasinal.</b></p>" #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Antigüidade mínima do contrasinal</b> indica canto tiempo debe " -"transcorrer entre as modificacións do contrasinal.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Antigüidade mínima do contrasinal</b> indica canto tiempo debe transcorrer entre as modificacións do contrasinal.</p>" #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password " -"expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Antigüidade máxima do contrasinal</b> indica cando caduca o " -"contrasinal despois da súa modificación.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Antigüidade máxima do contrasinal</b> indica cando caduca o contrasinal despois da súa modificación.</p>" #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En <b>Antelación para amosar aviso sobre a caducidade do contrasinal</b> " -"indique a antelación coa que se deben amosar as mensaxes de aviso de " -"caducidade ao usuario que se vai autenticar.</p>" +msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En <b>Antelación para amosar aviso sobre a caducidade do contrasinal</b> indique a antelación coa que se deben amosar as mensaxes de aviso de caducidade ao usuario que se vai autenticar.</p>" #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Estableza o número de veces que se pode usar un contrasinal caducado para " -"autenticarse en <b>Usos permitidos dun contrasinal caducado.</b></p>" +msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Estableza o número de veces que se pode usar un contrasinal caducado para autenticarse en <b>Usos permitidos dun contrasinal caducado.</b></p>" #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque a opción <b>Activar bloqueo de contrasinal</b> para impedir que un " -"contrasinal poda usarse despois do número especificado de intentos fallidos " -"consecutivos para conectarse.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque a opción <b>Activar bloqueo de contrasinal</b> para impedir que un contrasinal poda usarse despois do número especificado de intentos fallidos consecutivos para conectarse.</p>" #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Estableza o número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras os cales xa non " -"se poderá usar o contrasinal para autenticarse en <b>Fallos de conexión para " -"bloquear o contrasinal.</b></p>" +msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Estableza o número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras os cales xa non se poderá usar o contrasinal para autenticarse en <b>Fallos de conexión para bloquear o contrasinal.</b></p>" #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Estableza o tempo durante o que non se poderá usar o contrasinal en " -"<b>Duración do bloqueo do contrasinal.</b></p>" +msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Estableza o tempo durante o que non se poderá usar o contrasinal en <b>Duración do bloqueo do contrasinal.</b></p>" #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Duración en caché dos fallos de conexión</b> indica canto tiempo debe " -"transcorrer para que os erros de contrasinal se eliminen do contador de " -"fallos, aínda que no se producise ningunha autenticación correcta.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Duración en caché dos fallos de conexión</b> indica canto tiempo debe transcorrer para que os erros de contrasinal se eliminen do contador de fallos, aínda que no se producise ningunha autenticación correcta.</p>" #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2838,8 +2548,7 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Prema <b>Configurar</b> para configurar os valores gardados no\n" @@ -2854,15 +2563,11 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Configure a directiva de contrasinais seleccionada con <b>Editar</b>. Use " -"<b>Engadir</b> para agregar novas directivas de contrasinais. Esta " -"configuración\n" -" só é posible cando as directivas de contrasinais xa están activadas no " -"servidor LDAP.</p>" +"<p>Configure a directiva de contrasinais seleccionada con <b>Editar</b>. Use <b>Engadir</b> para agregar novas directivas de contrasinais. Esta configuración\n" +" só é posible cando as directivas de contrasinais xa están activadas no servidor LDAP.</p>" #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -3145,17 +2850,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Escolla un método de cifrado de contrasinais para usuarios locais e do " -"sistema.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, o método predeterminado de Linux, traballa en todos os ambientes " -"de rede, pero restrinxe a lonxitude do contrasinal a un máximo de 8 " -"caracteres. \n" +"Escolla un método de cifrado de contrasinais para usuarios locais e do sistema.\n" +"<b>DES</b>, o método predeterminado de Linux, traballa en todos os ambientes de rede, pero restrinxe a lonxitude do contrasinal a un máximo de 8 caracteres. \n" "</p>\n" #. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 @@ -3167,8 +2868,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>MD5</b> permite contrasinais máis longos, isto fornece maior seguridade, " -"pero algúns\n" +"<b>MD5</b> permite contrasinais máis longos, isto fornece maior seguridade, pero algúns\n" "protocolos de rede non o soportan e poden ocorrer problemas con NIS.\n" "</p>" @@ -3194,8 +2894,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -3223,25 +2922,18 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aquí pode ampliar os filtros de procura para usuarios e grupos máis alá " -"dos filtros de procura estándar.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aquí pode ampliar os filtros de procura para usuarios e grupos máis alá dos filtros de procura estándar.</p>" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>A opción <b>Predeterminado</b> permítelle cargar o filtro predeterminado " -"dos módulos\n" -"de configuración de usuarios e grupos gardados no servidor LDAP (valores dos " -"atributos 'suseSearchFilter').\n" +"<p>A opción <b>Predeterminado</b> permítelle cargar o filtro predeterminado dos módulos\n" +"de configuración de usuarios e grupos gardados no servidor LDAP (valores dos atributos 'suseSearchFilter').\n" "Se aínda non está conectado, pediráselle o contrasinal.</p>\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -3339,40 +3031,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"As características que se describen a continuación estarán dispoñibles só en " -"caso de usar KDM ou GDM como xestor de inicio de sesión.\n" +"As características que se describen a continuación estarán dispoñibles só en caso de usar KDM ou GDM como xestor de inicio de sesión.\n" "</p>\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" -"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inicio de sesión automático</b><br>\n" -"Se configura esta opción,<b></b> omitirase o procedemento de inicio de " -"sesión. O usuario que se escolla na lista iniciará sesión automaticamente.</" -"p>\n" +"Se configura esta opción,<b></b> omitirase o procedemento de inicio de sesión. O usuario que se escolla na lista iniciará sesión automaticamente.</p>\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.</p>\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inicio de sesión sen contrasinal</b><br>\n" -"Se esta opción está activada, todos os usuarios poderán iniciar sesión sen " -"necesidade\n" -"de especificar contrasinais. En caso contrario, pediráselle o contrasinal " -"incluso se establece que un usuario inicie sesión de xeito automático.</p>\n" +"Se esta opción está activada, todos os usuarios poderán iniciar sesión sen necesidade\n" +"de especificar contrasinais. En caso contrario, pediráselle o contrasinal incluso se establece que un usuario inicie sesión de xeito automático.</p>\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3536,8 +3220,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -3545,43 +3228,34 @@ "<p>\n" "Linux é un sistema multiusuario; varios usuarios diferentes poden estar\n" "conectados ao sistema ao mesmo tempo. Para evitar confusións, cada usuario\n" -"debe ter unha identidade exclusiva. Ademais, cada usuario debe pertencer a " -"un grupo.\n" +"debe ter unha identidade exclusiva. Ademais, cada usuario debe pertencer a un grupo.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" "Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Os usuarios e os grupos organízanse en conxuntos. Pode modificar o conxunto " -"que se amosa actualmente na táboa coa opción <b>Definir filtro</b>.\n" -"Tamén pode personalizar a súa vista de filtros usando <b>Personalizar " -"filtro</b>.</p>\n" +"Os usuarios e os grupos organízanse en conxuntos. Pode modificar o conxunto que se amosa actualmente na táboa coa opción <b>Definir filtro</b>.\n" +"Tamén pode personalizar a súa vista de filtros usando <b>Personalizar filtro</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Prema en <b>Opcións avanzadas</b> para editar varios axustes avanzados, " -"como\n" -"o tipo de cifrado, o método de autenticación, os valores predeterminados " -"para os\n" -"usuarios novos ou os axustes de inicio de sesión. A opción <b>Gravar cambios " -"agora</b> permite\n" -"gardar todos os cambios feito ata o de agora sen saír do módulo de " -"configuración.</p>\n" +"Prema en <b>Opcións avanzadas</b> para editar varios axustes avanzados, como\n" +"o tipo de cifrado, o método de autenticación, os valores predeterminados para os\n" +"usuarios novos ou os axustes de inicio de sesión. A opción <b>Gravar cambios agora</b> permite\n" +"gardar todos os cambios feito ata o de agora sen saír do módulo de configuración.</p>\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 @@ -3592,8 +3266,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para gardar no sistema a configuración dos grupos e os usuarios modificados, " -"prema en \n" +"Para gardar no sistema a configuración dos grupos e os usuarios modificados, prema en \n" "<b>%1</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -3608,8 +3281,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use este cadro de diálogo para obter información acerca dos usuarios " -"existentes e para engadir ou modificar\n" +"Use este cadro de diálogo para obter información acerca dos usuarios existentes e para engadir ou modificar\n" "usuarios. \n" "</p>\n" @@ -3655,14 +3327,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use este cadro de diálogo para obter información acerca dos grupos " -"existentes e para engadir ou modificar grupos.\n" +"Use este cadro de diálogo para obter información acerca dos grupos existentes e para engadir ou modificar grupos.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3717,8 +3387,7 @@ "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"O prefixo de ruta introducido para o directorio persoal non é un " -"directorio.\n" +"O prefixo de ruta introducido para o directorio persoal non é un directorio.\n" "Ténteo de novo.\n" #. yes/no popup @@ -4254,16 +3923,12 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Definíronse varios modelos como predeterminados. Seleccione o que se vai " -"empregar." +msgstr "Definíronse varios modelos como predeterminados. Seleccione o que se vai empregar." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Corríxaos de xeito manual antes de volver executar o módulo de usuarios de " -"YaST." +msgstr "Corríxaos de xeito manual antes de volver executar o módulo de usuarios de YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4295,10 +3960,8 @@ msgstr "" "O ficheiro %1 contén unha liña incorrecta:\n" "%2\n" -"Talvez haxa na liña un número erróneo de dous puntos ou flate algunha " -"entrada.\n" -"Corrixa o ficheiro manualmente antes de volver executar o módulo de usuarios " -"de YaST." +"Talvez haxa na liña un número erróneo de dous puntos ou flate algunha entrada.\n" +"Corrixa o ficheiro manualmente antes de volver executar o módulo de usuarios de YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 @@ -4308,10 +3971,8 @@ "Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." msgstr "" "Existe unha liña incorrecta no ficheiro %1.\n" -"Talvez haxa na liña un número erróneo de dous puntos ou falte algunha " -"entrada.\n" -"Corrixa manualmente o ficheiro antes de volver executar o módulo de usuarios " -"de YaST." +"Talvez haxa na liña un número erróneo de dous puntos ou falte algunha entrada.\n" +"Corrixa manualmente o ficheiro antes de volver executar o módulo de usuarios de YaST." #. default error message #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 @@ -4526,8 +4187,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "" -"Ocorreu un erro mentres se configuraba o envío do correo do usuario root." +msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se configuraba o envío do correo do usuario root." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -4595,8 +4255,7 @@ "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"O nome de usuario existente podería pertencer a un usuario de NIS ou de " -"LDAP.\n" +"O nome de usuario existente podería pertencer a un usuario de NIS ou de LDAP.\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") #: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 @@ -4712,8 +4371,7 @@ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Se selecciona unha shell inexistente, quizais o usuario non poida iniciar " -"sesión.\n" +"Se selecciona unha shell inexistente, quizais o usuario non poida iniciar sesión.\n" "Desexa usar esta shell?" #. error popup @@ -5044,17 +4702,14 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para os contrasinais, utilice só caracteres que estéan dispoñibles nunha " -"disposición de teclado\n" -"en inglés. En caso de producirse erros do sistema, talvez sexa preciso " -"iniciar a sesión sen unha\n" +"Para os contrasinais, utilice só caracteres que estéan dispoñibles nunha disposición de teclado\n" +"en inglés. En caso de producirse erros do sistema, talvez sexa preciso iniciar a sesión sen unha\n" "disposición de teclado localizada.\n" "</p>" @@ -5270,13 +4925,10 @@ #~ msgstr "&eDirectory LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se emprega un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar os datos do usuario " -#~ "ou se quere\n" +#~ "<p>Se emprega un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar os datos do usuario ou se quere\n" #~ "autenticar usuarios cun servidor NT, escolla o valor axeitado.</p>" #~ msgid "The authentication method is %1." @@ -5286,8 +4938,7 @@ #~ msgstr "O método de autenticación é %1 e Kerberos." #~ msgid "The configuration will be available later during the installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A configuración vai estar dispoñible máis tarde durante a instalación." +#~ msgstr "A configuración vai estar dispoñible máis tarde durante a instalación." #~ msgid "Users %1 will be imported." #~ msgstr "Vanse importar os usuarios %1." @@ -5307,79 +4958,52 @@ #~| "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n" #~| "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Authentication</b><br>\\nSelect the authentication method to use " -#~ "for users on your system.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Authentication</b><br>\\nSelect the authentication method to use for users on your system.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Autenticación</b><br>\n" -#~ "Seleccione o método de autenticación que se debe empregar cos usuarios do " -#~ "sistema.\n" +#~ "Seleccione o método de autenticación que se debe empregar cos usuarios do sistema.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~| "want\n" -#~| "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate " -#~| "value. Then\n" +#~| "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~| "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" #~| "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want" -#~ "\\nto authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate " -#~ "value. Then\\npress <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your " -#~ "client.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\\nto authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\\npress <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de " -#~ "usuarios ou se queren\n" +#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios ou se queren\n" #~ "autenticar usuarios nun servidor NT, escolla o valor apropiado. Despois,\n" #~ "prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -#~| "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration " -#~| "of your client.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the" -#~ "\\nappropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with " -#~ "configuration of your client.</p>" +#~| "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\\nappropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de " -#~ "usuario\n" -#~ "escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a " -#~ "configuración do cliente.</p>" +#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de usuario\n" +#~ "escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -#~| "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -#~| "Then\n" +#~| "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" #~| "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to" -#~ "\\nauthenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -#~ "Then\\npress <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\\nauthenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\\npress <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios " -#~ "ou se queren\n" +#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios ou se queren\n" #~ "autenticar usuarios nun servidor NT, escolla o valor apropiado. Despois,\n" #~ "prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -#~| "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration " -#~| "of your client.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the" -#~ "\\nappropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with " -#~ "configuration of your client.</p>" +#~| "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\\nappropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuario\n" -#~ "escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a " -#~ "configuración do cliente.</p>" +#~ "escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -5390,18 +5014,11 @@ #~| "administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" #~| "when you need to be the system administrator.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nUnlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create" -#~ "\\ngraphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\\nevery " -#~ "system and is called into action whenever\\nadministrative tasks need to " -#~ "be performed. Only log in as root\\nwhen you need to be the system " -#~ "administrator.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nUnlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\\ngraphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\\nevery system and is called into action whenever\\nadministrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\\nwhen you need to be the system administrator.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "A diferenza dos usuarios normais do sistema, o usuario que escribe texto, " -#~ "crea\n" -#~ "gráficos ou navega por Internet, é dicir, o usuario \"root\", existe en " -#~ "todos os\n" +#~ "A diferenza dos usuarios normais do sistema, o usuario que escribe texto, crea\n" +#~ "gráficos ou navega por Internet, é dicir, o usuario \"root\", existe en todos os\n" #~ "sistemas e execútase cada vez que hai que realizar\n" #~ "tarefas administrativas. Inicie sesión como root só\n" #~ "cando deba actuar como administrador do sistema.\n" @@ -5410,23 +5027,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the " -#~| "password\n" -#~| "for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -#~| "numbers\n" +#~| "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +#~| "for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" #~| "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" #~| "reenter it in a second field.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nBecause the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the " -#~ "password\\nfor \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of " -#~ "letters and numbers\\nis recommended. To ensure that the password was " -#~ "entered correctly,\\nreenter it in a second field.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nBecause the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\\nfor \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\\nis recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\\nreenter it in a second field.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Por mor de ter o usuario root permisos moi amplos, o contrasinal de\n" -#~ "\"root\" ten que ser escollido coidadosamente. Aconséllase unha " -#~ "combinación\n" +#~ "\"root\" ten que ser escollido coidadosamente. Aconséllase unha combinación\n" #~ "de letras e números. Para asegurarse que o contrasinal foi introducido\n" #~ "correctamente, deberá escribilo de novo nun segundo campo.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -5436,22 +5046,14 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" #~| "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -#~| "least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -#~| "umlauts.\n" +#~| "least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nAll the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:" -#~ "\\nDistinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at" -#~ "\\nleast 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -#~ "umlauts.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nAll the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\\nDistinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\\nleast 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Todas as regras para o contrasinal de usuario aplícanse para o de \"root" -#~ "\":\n" -#~ "Distinga entre maiúsculas e minúsculas. O contrasinal debe ter un mínimo " -#~ "de\n" -#~ "5 caracteres e, como regra, non debe conter caracteres acentuados ou " -#~ "diéreses.\n" +#~ "Todas as regras para o contrasinal de usuario aplícanse para o de \"root\":\n" +#~ "Distinga entre maiúsculas e minúsculas. O contrasinal debe ter un mínimo de\n" +#~ "5 caracteres e, como regra, non debe conter caracteres acentuados ou diéreses.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -5469,9 +5071,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" #~| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\\nit has " -#~ "to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\\nit has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se desexa empregar este contrasinal para crear certificados,\n" #~ "deberá ter como mínimo %1 caracteres.</p>" @@ -5498,9 +5098,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" #~| "the password should have at least %1 characters." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\\nthe password should have at least " -#~ "%1 characters." +#~ msgid "If you intend to create certificates,\\nthe password should have at least %1 characters." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se desexa crear certificados,\n" #~ "o contrasinal debe ter como mínimo %1 caracteres." @@ -5510,9 +5108,7 @@ #~| "The root password could not be set.\n" #~| "You might not be able to log in.\n" #~| "Try setting it again?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The root password could not be set.\\nYou might not be able to log in." -#~ "\\nTry setting it again?\\n" +#~ msgid "The root password could not be set.\\nYou might not be able to log in.\\nTry setting it again?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non é posible establecer o contrasinal de root.\n" #~ "Posiblemente non vai poder iniciar a sesión.\n" @@ -5524,9 +5120,7 @@ #~| "you will be asked for it later during the configuration sequence.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Leave it empty for now?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you leave the password empty,\\nyou will be asked for it later during " -#~ "the configuration sequence.\\n\\nLeave it empty for now?" +#~ msgid "If you leave the password empty,\\nyou will be asked for it later during the configuration sequence.\\n\\nLeave it empty for now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se quere deixar o contrasinal baleiro,\n" #~ "váiselle pedir despois durante a secuencia de configuración.\n" @@ -5544,56 +5138,37 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~| "want\n" -#~| "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want" -#~ "\\nto authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate " -#~ "value.</p>" +#~| "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~| "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\\nto authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Se emprega un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar os datos do usuario " -#~ "ou se quere\n" +#~ "<p>Se emprega un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar os datos do usuario ou se quere\n" #~ "autenticar usuarios cun servidor NT, escolla o valor axeitado.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -#~| "<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, " -#~| "but it\n" +#~| "<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" #~| "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nChoose a password encryption method for local and system users." -#~ "\\n<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network " -#~ "environments, but it\\nrestricts passwords to eight characters or less." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nChoose a password encryption method for local and system users.\\n<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\\nrestricts passwords to eight characters or less.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Escolla un método de cifrado de contrasinais para usuarios locais e do " -#~ "sistema.\n" -#~ "<b>DES</b>, o método predeterminado de Linux, traballa en todos os " -#~ "ambientes de rede, pero restrinxe a lonxitude do contrasinal a un máximo " -#~ "de 8 caracteres. \n" +#~ "Escolla un método de cifrado de contrasinais para usuarios locais e do sistema.\n" +#~ "<b>DES</b>, o método predeterminado de Linux, traballa en todos os ambientes de rede, pero restrinxe a lonxitude do contrasinal a un máximo de 8 caracteres. \n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\n" -#~| "network protocols do not support this and you may have problems with " -#~| "NIS.\n" +#~| "network protocols do not support this and you may have problems with NIS.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but " -#~ "some\\nnetwork protocols do not support this and you may have problems " -#~ "with NIS.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\\nnetwork protocols do not support this and you may have problems with NIS.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>MD5</b> permite contrasinais máis longos, isto fornece maior " -#~ "seguridade, pero algúns\n" +#~ "<b>MD5</b> permite contrasinais máis longos, isto fornece maior seguridade, pero algúns\n" #~ "protocolos de rede non o soportan e poden ocorrer problemas con NIS.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5602,9 +5177,7 @@ #~| "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" #~| "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" #~| "Leave it empty?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\\nin a network environment " -#~ "with an authentication server.\\nLeave it empty?" +#~ msgid "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\\nin a network environment with an authentication server.\\nLeave it empty?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Deixar o nome de usuario baleiro só ten sentido\n" #~ "nun ambiente de rede cun servidor de autenticación.\n" @@ -5613,17 +5186,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> " -#~| "to\n" +#~| "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" #~| "assign to this user account.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nEnter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and " -#~ "<b>Password</b> to\\nassign to this user account.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nEnter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\\nassign to this user account.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Introduza o <b>Nome completo do usuario</b>, o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o " -#~ "<b>Contrasinal</b> para\n" +#~ "Introduza o <b>Nome completo do usuario</b>, o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b> para\n" #~ "asignar a esta conta de usuario.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -5631,34 +5200,25 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -#~| "lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -#~| "umlauts.\n" +#~| "lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nWhen entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and" -#~ "\\nlowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -#~ "umlauts.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nWhen entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\\nlowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Ao escribir un contrasinal, faga distinción entre maiúsculas e\n" -#~ "minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma " -#~ "acentos ou diéreses.\n" +#~ "minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma acentos ou diéreses.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -#~| "between\n" +#~| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" #~| " %2 and %3 characters.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nWith the current password encryption (%1), the password length " -#~ "should be between\\n %2 and %3 characters.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nWith the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\\n %2 and %3 characters.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Co método actual de cifrado de contrasinais (%1), a lonxitude do mesmo " -#~ "ha\n" +#~ "Co método actual de cifrado de contrasinais (%1), a lonxitude do mesmo ha\n" #~ "estar entre %2 e %3 caracteres.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -5668,88 +5228,56 @@ #~| "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" #~| "repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo ensure that the password was entered correctly,\\nrepeat it " -#~ "exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo ensure that the password was entered correctly,\\nrepeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para garantir que o contrasinal foi introducido correctamente,\n" -#~ "debe introducilo exactamente igual no segundo campo. Non esqueza o seu " -#~ "contrasinal.\n" +#~ "debe introducilo exactamente igual no segundo campo. Non esqueza o seu contrasinal.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), " -#~| "digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -#~| "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -#~| "doing.\n" -#~| "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -#~| "information.\n" +#~| "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +#~| "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +#~| "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +#~| "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nFor the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), " -#~ "digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\\nDo not use uppercase letters in this entry " -#~ "unless you know what you are doing.\\nUsernames have stricter " -#~ "restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\\nrestrictions in the /" -#~ "etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nFor the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\\nDo not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\\nUsernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\\nrestrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para o <b>Nome de usuario</b> empregue só letras (non acentuadas), " -#~ "díxitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -#~ "Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a " -#~ "facer.\n" -#~ "Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. " -#~ "Pode volver\n" -#~ "definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man " -#~ "para máis información.\n" +#~ "Para o <b>Nome de usuario</b> empregue só letras (non acentuadas), díxitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +#~ "Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a facer.\n" +#~ "Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. Pode volver\n" +#~ "definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man para máis información.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work " -#~| "with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login " -#~| "procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe username and password created here are needed to log in and " -#~ "work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the " -#~ "login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\\n" +#~| "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "O nome de usuario e o contrasinal creados aquí son necesarios para " -#~ "iniciar sesión e traballar no seu sistema Linux. Co <b>Inicio de sesión " -#~ "automático</b> activado, sáltase o procedemento de inicio de sesión. Este " -#~ "usuario efectúa o inicio de sesión automaticamente.</p>\n" +#~ "O nome de usuario e o contrasinal creados aquí son necesarios para iniciar sesión e traballar no seu sistema Linux. Co <b>Inicio de sesión automático</b> activado, sáltase o procedemento de inicio de sesión. Este usuario efectúa o inicio de sesión automaticamente.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System " -#~| "Mail</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nHave mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive " -#~ "System Mail</b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nHave mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Volva enviar o correo do usuario root a este usuario activando a opción " -#~ "<b>Recibir correo do sistema</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "Volva enviar o correo do usuario root a este usuario activando a opción <b>Recibir correo do sistema</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -#~| "that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nHere, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP " -#~ "entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +#~| "Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nHere, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Vexa aquí a táboa de atributos permitidos para a entrada de LDAP actual " -#~ "que non foron definidos en diálogos anteriores.</p>" +#~ "Vexa aquí a táboa de atributos permitidos para a entrada de LDAP actual que non foron definidos en diálogos anteriores.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -5758,9 +5286,7 @@ #~| "(which is currently:\n" #~| "<br>%1).\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\\n" -#~ "(which is currently:\\n<br>%1).\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\\n(which is currently:\\n<br>%1).\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "A lista de atributos é dada polo valor de \"objectClass\"\n" @@ -5772,59 +5298,36 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" -#~| "could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client " -#~| "Module</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nEdit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \\ncould be " -#~ "required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</" -#~ "b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nEdit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \\ncould be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Edite cada atributo usando <b>Editar</b>. Algúns atributos \n" -#~ "poden ser necesarios segundo se define no modelo de usuario no <b>Módulo " -#~ "de cliente LDAP</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "poden ser necesarios segundo se define no modelo de usuario no <b>Módulo de cliente LDAP</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -#~| "user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -#~| "limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file " -#~| "system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\\nuser " -#~ "may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit " -#~ "specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~| "user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\\nuser may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Defina un tamaño límite especificando o número de bloques de 1 KB\n" -#~ "que o usuario pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros. Tamén pode " -#~ "definir un límite de I-nodos especificando o número de I-nodos que o " -#~ "usuario pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" +#~ "que o usuario pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros. Tamén pode definir un límite de I-nodos especificando o número de I-nodos que o usuario pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -#~| "group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -#~| "limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file " -#~| "system.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the" -#~ "\\ngroup may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an " -#~ "inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file " -#~ "system.</p>\\n" +#~| "group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\\ngroup may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Defina un tamaño límite especificando o número de bloques de 1 kB\n" -#~ "que o grupo pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros. Tamén pode definir " -#~ "un límite de inodos especificando o número de inodos que o grupo pode " -#~ "utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" +#~ "que o grupo pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros. Tamén pode definir un límite de inodos especificando o número de inodos que o grupo pode utilizar neste sistema de ficheiros.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" #~| "Please log off the user first." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\\nPlease log " -#~ "off the user first." +#~ msgid "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\\nPlease log off the user first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non pode eliminar este usuario porque o usuario está activo.\n" #~ "Execute a desconexión do rexistro do usuario primeiro." @@ -5844,10 +5347,7 @@ #~| "to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n" #~| "support case-sensitive names.<br>\n" #~| "You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\\nto this user, because " -#~ "mail systems generally do not\\nsupport case-sensitive names.<br>\\nYou " -#~ "could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\\nto this user, because mail systems generally do not\\nsupport case-sensitive names.<br>\\nYou could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Isto podería causar problemas ao enviar o correo a\n" #~ "este usuario porque os sistemas de correo polo xeral non\n" @@ -5859,9 +5359,7 @@ #~| "To access the data required to modify\n" #~| "the encryption settings for this user,\n" #~| "enter the user's current password." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the data required to modify\\nthe encryption settings for this " -#~ "user,\\nenter the user's current password." +#~ msgid "To access the data required to modify\\nthe encryption settings for this user,\\nenter the user's current password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para acceder aos datos requiridos para\n" #~ "modificar a configuración de cifrado deste usuario,\n" @@ -5873,19 +5371,14 @@ #~| "'%1' and '%2'\n" #~| "were found. Use them for current user?\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "This means that data from this image will be used instead of current " -#~| "home directory." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Crypted directory image and key files\\n'%1' and '%2'\\nwere found. Use " -#~ "them for current user?\\n\\nThis means that data from this image will be " -#~ "used instead of current home directory." +#~| "This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +#~ msgid "Crypted directory image and key files\\n'%1' and '%2'\\nwere found. Use them for current user?\\n\\nThis means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Atopáronse ficheiros de imaxe e chave de directorio cifrados\n" #~ "'%1' e '%2'. \n" #~ "Quere empregalos para o usuario actual?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Isto significa que os datos desa imaxe vanse empregar en lugar do " -#~ "directorio persoal actual." +#~ "Isto significa que os datos desa imaxe vanse empregar en lugar do directorio persoal actual." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -5898,20 +5391,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For remote users, only additional \\ngroup memberships can be changed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para usuarios remotos, só pode modificarse a súa pertenza a grupos " -#~ "adicionais." +#~ msgid "For remote users, only additional \\ngroup memberships can be changed." +#~ msgstr "Para usuarios remotos, só pode modificarse a súa pertenza a grupos adicionais." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" #~| "because the user is currently logged in.\n" #~| "Log the user out first." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\\nbecause the user " -#~ "is currently logged in.\\nLog the user out first." +#~ msgid "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\\nbecause the user is currently logged in.\\nLog the user out first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O directorio persoal deste usuario non pode ser descifrado.\n" #~ "porque o usuario ten unha sesión iniciada.\n" @@ -5921,33 +5409,24 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -#~| "lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -#~| "umlauts. \n" +#~| "lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nWhen entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and" -#~ "\\nlowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -#~ "umlauts. \\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nWhen entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\\nlowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Ao escribir un contrasinal faga distinción entre maiúsculas e\n" -#~ "minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma " -#~ "acentos ou diéreses.\n" +#~ "minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma acentos ou diéreses.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system " -#~| "users.\n" +#~| "Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nHere, set default values to use when creating new local or system " -#~ "users.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nHere, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Defina aquí os valores predeterminados para usar ao crear usuarios novos " -#~ "locais ou de sistema.\n" +#~ "Defina aquí os valores predeterminados para usar ao crear usuarios novos locais ou de sistema.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -5956,9 +5435,7 @@ #~| "<b>Default Group</b><br>\n" #~| "The group name of a new user's primary group.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Default Group</b><br>\\nThe group name of a new user's primary " -#~ "group.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Default Group</b><br>\\nThe group name of a new user's primary group.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Grupo predeterminado</b><br>\n" @@ -5971,9 +5448,7 @@ #~| "<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n" #~| "Names of additional groups to which to assign new users.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\\nNames of additional groups to which " -#~ "to assign new users.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\\nNames of additional groups to which to assign new users.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Grupos secundarios</b><br>\n" @@ -5983,57 +5458,39 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" -#~| "The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or " -#~| "enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\\nThe name of the new user's login " -#~ "shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>" -#~ "\\n" +#~| "The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\\nThe name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Shell de inicio de sesión predeterminada:</b><br>\n" -#~ "O nome da shell de inicio de sesión dun nuevo usuario. Seleccione un da " -#~ "lista ou introduza a súa propia ruta á shell.</P>\n" +#~ "O nome da shell de inicio de sesión dun nuevo usuario. Seleccione un da lista ou introduza a súa propia ruta á shell.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" -#~| "The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -#~| "added\n" -#~| "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home " -#~| "directory.\n" +#~| "The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +#~| "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\\nThe initial path prefix for a new user's " -#~ "home directory. The username is added\\nto the end of this value to " -#~ "create the default name of the home directory.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\\nThe initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\\nto the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Directorio personal predeterminado</b><br>\n" -#~ "O prefixo da ruta inicial para o directorio persoal dun usuario novo. O " -#~ "nome de usuario engádese\n" -#~ "ao final deste valor para crear o nome predeterminado do directorio " -#~ "persoal.\n" +#~ "O prefixo da ruta inicial para o directorio persoal dun usuario novo. O nome de usuario engádese\n" +#~ "ao final deste valor para crear o nome predeterminado do directorio persoal.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" -#~| "The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory " -#~| "when a new user is added. </p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\\nThe contents of this directory are " -#~ "copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\\n" +#~| "The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\\nThe contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Directorio modelo</b><br>\n" -#~ "O contido deste directorio cópiase no directorio persoal do usuario cando " -#~ "se engade un usuario novo. </p>\n" +#~ "O contido deste directorio cópiase no directorio persoal do usuario cando se engade un usuario novo. </p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n" #~| "Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\\nUmask to use for creating new " -#~ "home directories.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\\nUmask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Umask para o Directorio persoal</b><br>\n" #~ "Umask empregada para crear novos directorios persoais.</p>\n" @@ -6041,19 +5498,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" -#~| "The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -#~| "format\n" +#~| "The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" #~| "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\\nThe date on which the user account is " -#~ "disabled. The date must be in the format\\nYYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if " -#~ "this account never expires.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\\nThe date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\\nYYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Data de caducidade</b><br>\n" -#~ "A data na que se desactivará a conta de usuario. A data debe ter o " -#~ "formato\n" -#~ "AAAA-MM-DD. Deixe esta opción en branco se a conta non debe caducar nunca." -#~ "</P>\n" +#~ "A data na que se desactivará a conta de usuario. A data debe ter o formato\n" +#~ "AAAA-MM-DD. Deixe esta opción en branco se a conta non debe caducar nunca.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -6061,17 +5512,11 @@ #~| "Users can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \n" #~| "after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable</B><BR>\\nUsers can " -#~ "log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \\nafter " -#~ "expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable</B><BR>\\nUsers can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \\nafter expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Validez do inicio de sesión (en días) despois de caducar o " -#~ "contrasinal</B><BR>\n" -#~ "Os usuarios poden iniciar sesión despois da expiración dos contrasinais. " -#~ "Estableza cantos días\n" -#~ "despois da caducidade do contrasinal é posible iniciar sesión. Use -1 " -#~ "para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" +#~ "<P><B>Validez do inicio de sesión (en días) despois de caducar o contrasinal</B><BR>\n" +#~ "Os usuarios poden iniciar sesión despois da expiración dos contrasinais. Estableza cantos días\n" +#~ "despois da caducidade do contrasinal é posible iniciar sesión. Use -1 para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6079,9 +5524,7 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Please wait...\n" #~| "<BR></P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "\\n<BR></P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...\\n<BR></P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Iniciando a xestión de usuarios</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Agarde...\n" @@ -6093,13 +5536,10 @@ #~| "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" #~| "now.\n" #~| "</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG></B><BR>\\nYou can safely " -#~ "abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\\nnow.\\n</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG></B><BR>\\nYou can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\\nnow.\\n</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Abortando o inicio</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Para saír con seguridade da utilidade de configuración, prema agora en " -#~ "<B>Cancelar</B>.\n" +#~ "Para saír con seguridade da utilidade de configuración, prema agora en <B>Cancelar</B>.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "</P>" @@ -6108,9 +5548,7 @@ #~| "<P><B><BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~| "Please wait...\n" #~| "<BR></P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait..." -#~ "\\n<BR></P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\\nPlease wait...\\n<BR></P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración de usuario</BIG></B><br>\n" #~ "Agarde un chisco...\n" @@ -6122,15 +5560,11 @@ #~| "Abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" #~| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG></B><BR>\\nAbort the save " -#~ "process by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you " -#~ "whether it is safe to do so.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG></B><BR>\\nAbort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Cancelar</b>.\n" -#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se facer isto é seguro ou " -#~ "non.\n" +#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se facer isto é seguro ou non.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6140,9 +5574,7 @@ #~| "<b>Username</b>, and\n" #~| "<b>Password</b> to assign to this user.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nEnter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \\n<b>Username</b>, " -#~ "and\\n<b>Password</b> to assign to this user.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nEnter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \\n<b>Username</b>, and\\n<b>Password</b> to assign to this user.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Introduza o <b>Nome</b>, os <b>Apelidos</b>, o \n" @@ -6156,33 +5588,19 @@ #~| "Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n" #~| "clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" #~| "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -#~| "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -#~| "doing.\n" -#~| "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -#~| "information.\n" +#~| "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +#~| "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +#~| "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nCreate the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by" -#~ "\\nclicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\\nletters " -#~ "(no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\\nDo not use " -#~ "uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing." -#~ "\\nUsernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine " -#~ "the\\nrestrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -#~ "information.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nCreate the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\\nclicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\\nletters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\\nDo not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\\nUsernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\\nrestrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Cree o <b>Nome de usuario</b> a partires dos compoñentes do nome " -#~ "completo\n" +#~ "Cree o <b>Nome de usuario</b> a partires dos compoñentes do nome completo\n" #~ "premendo en <b>Suxerencia</b>. Pode modificalo, pero empregue só\n" #~ "letras (sen acentuar), números e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -#~ "Non use maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que estea ben seguro do " -#~ "quefai.\n" -#~ "Os nomes de usuario teñen máis restriccións ca os contrasinais. Pode " -#~ "volver\n" -#~ "definir as restriccións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs. Consulte a páxina " -#~ "man para máis información.\n" +#~ "Non use maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que estea ben seguro do quefai.\n" +#~ "Os nomes de usuario teñen máis restriccións ca os contrasinais. Pode volver\n" +#~ "definir as restriccións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs. Consulte a páxina man para máis información.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6190,29 +5608,18 @@ #~| "<p>\n" #~| "For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n" #~| "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -#~| "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -#~| "doing.\n" -#~| "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -#~| "information.\n" +#~| "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +#~| "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +#~| "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nFor the <b>Username</b>, use only\\nletters (no accented " -#~ "characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\\nDo not use uppercase letters in " -#~ "this entry unless you know what you are doing.\\nUsernames have stricter " -#~ "restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\\nrestrictions in the /" -#~ "etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nFor the <b>Username</b>, use only\\nletters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\\nDo not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\\nUsernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\\nrestrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para o <b>Nome de usuario</b> empregue só\n" #~ "letras (non acentuadas), díxitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -#~ "Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a " -#~ "facer.\n" -#~ "Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. " -#~ "Pode volver\n" -#~ "definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man " -#~ "para máis información.\n" +#~ "Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a facer.\n" +#~ "Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. Pode volver\n" +#~ "definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man para máis información.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6221,40 +5628,30 @@ #~| "To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n" #~| "<b>Details</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, " -#~ "click\\n<b>Details</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\\n<b>Details</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para ver máis detalles coma o directorio persoal ou o ID de usuario prema " -#~ "en\n" +#~ "Para ver máis detalles coma o directorio persoal ou o ID de usuario prema en\n" #~ "<b>Detalles</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -#~| "click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration " -#~ "date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\\n" +#~| "To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para editar distintas configuracións nos contrasinais deste usuario como, " -#~ "por exemplo, a data de caducidade, prema en <b>Configuración do " -#~ "contrasinal</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "Para editar distintas configuracións nos contrasinais deste usuario como, por exemplo, a data de caducidade, prema en <b>Configuración do contrasinal</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To forbid this user to\n" #~| "log in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To forbid this user to\\nlog in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To forbid this user to\\nlog in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para impedir que un usuario\n" -#~ "inicie sesión, active a opción <b>Desactivar inicio de sesión de usuario</" -#~ "b>.</p>" +#~ "inicie sesión, active a opción <b>Desactivar inicio de sesión de usuario</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -6276,40 +5673,26 @@ #~| "You can redefine the list of characters allowed for group names in\n" #~| "the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Group Name:</b>\\nAvoid long names for groups. Normal lengths " -#~ "are between \\ntwo and eight characters. \\nYou can redefine the list of " -#~ "characters allowed for group names in\\nthe /etc/login.defs file. Read " -#~ "its man page for information.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Group Name:</b>\\nAvoid long names for groups. Normal lengths are between \\ntwo and eight characters. \\nYou can redefine the list of characters allowed for group names in\\nthe /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Nome de grupo</b>\n" -#~ "Non empregue nomes longos para os grupos. A lonxitude normal oscila " -#~ "entre\n" +#~ "Non empregue nomes longos para os grupos. A lonxitude normal oscila entre\n" #~ "dous e oito caracteres. \n" -#~ "Pode axustar a lista de caracteres permitidos para os nomes de grupos no " -#~ "ficheiro\n" -#~ "/etc/login.defs. Consulte a páxina do manual correspondente para obter " -#~ "información.\n" +#~ "Pode axustar a lista de caracteres permitidos para os nomes de grupos no ficheiro\n" +#~ "/etc/login.defs. Consulte a páxina do manual correspondente para obter información.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b>Group ID (gid):</b>\n" -#~| "In addition to its name, a group must be assigned a numerical ID for " -#~| "its\n" +#~| "In addition to its name, a group must be assigned a numerical ID for its\n" #~| "internal representation. These values are between 0 and\n" -#~| "%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during installation. You will " -#~| "be\n" +#~| "%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during installation. You will be\n" #~| "warned if you try to use an already set one.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Group ID (gid):</b>\\nIn addition to its name, a group must be " -#~ "assigned a numerical ID for its\\ninternal representation. These values " -#~ "are between 0 and\\n%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during " -#~ "installation. You will be\\nwarned if you try to use an already set one." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Group ID (gid):</b>\\nIn addition to its name, a group must be assigned a numerical ID for its\\ninternal representation. These values are between 0 and\\n%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during installation. You will be\\nwarned if you try to use an already set one.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>ID do Grupo (gid):</b>\n" @@ -6323,28 +5706,18 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b>Password:</b>\n" -#~| "To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -#~| "when\n" +#~| "To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" #~| "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" -#~| "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not " -#~| "shown\n" +#~| "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" #~| "here. This entry is not required.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Password:</b>\\nTo require users who are not members of the " -#~ "group to identify themselves when\\nswitching to this group (see the man " -#~ "page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\\npassword to this group. For security " -#~ "reasons, this password is not shown\\nhere. This entry is not required." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Password:</b>\\nTo require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\\nswitching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\\npassword to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\\nhere. This entry is not required.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Contrasinal</b> \n" -#~ "Para que os usuarios que non sexan membros do grupo se identifiquen cando " -#~ "desexen\n" -#~ "acceder a este grupo (consulte a páxina man de <tt>newgrp</tt>), deberá " -#~ "asignar un\n" -#~ "contrasinal a este grupo. Por motivos de seguridade, este contrasinal non " -#~ "se amosa\n" +#~ "Para que os usuarios que non sexan membros do grupo se identifiquen cando desexen\n" +#~ "acceder a este grupo (consulte a páxina man de <tt>newgrp</tt>), deberá asignar un\n" +#~ "contrasinal a este grupo. Por motivos de seguridade, este contrasinal non se amosa\n" #~ "aquí. Esta entrada non é obrigatoria.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -6354,14 +5727,11 @@ #~| "<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n" #~| "Enter the password a second time to avoid typing errors.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Confirm Password:</b>\\nEnter the password a second time to " -#~ "avoid typing errors.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Confirm Password:</b>\\nEnter the password a second time to avoid typing errors.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Confirmar contrasinal</b> \n" -#~ "Introduza o contrasinal unha segunda vez para evitar que se produzan " -#~ "erros tipográficos.\n" +#~ "Introduza o contrasinal unha segunda vez para evitar que se produzan erros tipográficos.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6370,9 +5740,7 @@ #~| "<b>Group Members:</b>\n" #~| "Here, select which users should be members of this group.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Group Members:</b>\\nHere, select which users should be members " -#~ "of this group.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Group Members:</b>\\nHere, select which users should be members of this group.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Membros do grupo</b>\n" @@ -6383,13 +5751,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" #~| " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\\n " -#~ "group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." +#~ msgid "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\\n group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A segunda lista amosa os usuarios para os que este grupo é\n" -#~ "o grupo predeterminado. O grupo predeterminado pódese modificar só cando " -#~ "se edita o usuario." +#~ "o grupo predeterminado. O grupo predeterminado pódese modificar só cando se edita o usuario." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -6411,11 +5776,7 @@ #~| "a UID larger than %1 because the smaller UIDs are used\n" #~| "by the system for special purposes and pseudo logins.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>User ID (uid):</b>\\nEach user is known to the system by a " -#~ "unique number,\\nthe user ID. For normal users, you should use\\na UID " -#~ "larger than %1 because the smaller UIDs are used\\nby the system for " -#~ "special purposes and pseudo logins.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>User ID (uid):</b>\\nEach user is known to the system by a unique number,\\nthe user ID. For normal users, you should use\\na UID larger than %1 because the smaller UIDs are used\\nby the system for special purposes and pseudo logins.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>ID de usuario (uid):</b>\n" @@ -6432,18 +5793,12 @@ #~| "this user owns must be changed. This is done automatically\n" #~| "for the files in the user's home directory, but not for files \n" #~| "located elsewhere.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nIf you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files" -#~ "\\nthis user owns must be changed. This is done automatically\\nfor the " -#~ "files in the user's home directory, but not for files \\nlocated " -#~ "elsewhere.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nIf you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\\nthis user owns must be changed. This is done automatically\\nfor the files in the user's home directory, but not for files \\nlocated elsewhere.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Se muda o UID dun usuario existente, os dereitos dos ficheiros\n" -#~ "pertencentes a este usuario tamén deben mudarse. Isto sucede " -#~ "automaticamente\n" -#~ "para os ficheiros do directorio persoal do usuario, pero non para os " -#~ "ficheiros situados\n" +#~ "pertencentes a este usuario tamén deben mudarse. Isto sucede automaticamente\n" +#~ "para os ficheiros do directorio persoal do usuario, pero non para os ficheiros situados\n" #~ "noutros lugares.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6454,10 +5809,7 @@ #~| "/home/username. \n" #~| "To select an existing directory, click <b>Browse</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Home Directory:</b>\\nThe home directory of the user. Normally " -#~ "this is\\n/home/username. \\nTo select an existing directory, click " -#~ "<b>Browse</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Home Directory:</b>\\nThe home directory of the user. Normally this is\\n/home/username. \\nTo select an existing directory, click <b>Browse</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Directorio persoal</b>\n" @@ -6471,56 +5823,33 @@ #~| "<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n" #~| "check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" #~| "is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To create only an empty home directory,\\ncheck <b>Empty Home</b>. " -#~ "Otherwise, the new home directory\\nis created from the default skeleton " -#~ "(%1).</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>To create only an empty home directory,\\ncheck <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\\nis created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Para crear só un directorio persoal baleiro,\n" -#~ "prema en <b>Directorio personal baleiro</b>. En caso contrario, o novo " -#~ "directorio persoal\n" +#~ "prema en <b>Directorio personal baleiro</b>. En caso contrario, o novo directorio persoal\n" #~ "crearase a partires do modelo predeterminado (%1).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n" -#~| "Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -#~| "directory\n" -#~| "does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -#~| "shared\n" -#~| "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise " -#~| "system\n" -#~| "security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the " -#~| "encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be " -#~| "physically shared.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home" -#~ "\\nDirectory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -#~ "directory\\ndoes not provide strong security from other users. If this " -#~ "machine is shared\\namong multiple users, it may be possible for a user " -#~ "to compromise system\\nsecurity by obtaining another user's key and " -#~ "gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the " -#~ "system should not be physically shared.</p>" +#~| "Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +#~| "does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" +#~| "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" +#~| "security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\\nDirectory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\\ndoes not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\\namong multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\\nsecurity by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Para cifrar o directorio persoal do usuario, active <b>Usar directorio " -#~ "persoal cifrado</b>\n" -#~ "e estableza o tamaño do directorio. Ao cifrar o directorio persoal dun " -#~ "usuario non se aporta un\n" -#~ "nivel de seguridade alto con respecto a outros usuarios. Se este equipo " -#~ "está compartido con\n" -#~ "varios usuarios, é posible que un usuario comprometa a seguridade do " -#~ "sistema, ao obter a chave\n" -#~ "doutro usuario e consiga acceder aos datos cifrados. Se cómpre un nivel " -#~ "más alto de seguridade, o sistema non debería compartirse fisicamente.</p>" +#~ "<p>Para cifrar o directorio persoal do usuario, active <b>Usar directorio persoal cifrado</b>\n" +#~ "e estableza o tamaño do directorio. Ao cifrar o directorio persoal dun usuario non se aporta un\n" +#~ "nivel de seguridade alto con respecto a outros usuarios. Se este equipo está compartido con\n" +#~ "varios usuarios, é posible que un usuario comprometa a seguridade do sistema, ao obter a chave\n" +#~ "doutro usuario e consiga acceder aos datos cifrados. Se cómpre un nivel más alto de seguridade, o sistema non debería compartirse fisicamente.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "The home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\n" #~| "file server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the" -#~ "\\nfile server.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\\nfile server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "O directorio persoal dun usuario LDAP pódese modificar só no\n" @@ -6529,24 +5858,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Additional Information:</b>\n" -#~| "Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up " -#~| "to\n" +#~| "Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n" #~| "three parts, separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\n" #~| "<i>office</i>,<i>work phone</i>,<i>home phone</i>. This information is \n" #~| "shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Additional Information:</b>\\nSome additional user data could be " -#~ "set here. This field may contain up to\\nthree parts, separated by " -#~ "commas. The standard usage is to write\\n<i>office</i>,<i>work phone</i>," -#~ "<i>home phone</i>. This information is \\nshown when you use the " -#~ "<i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Information:</b>\\nSome additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\\nthree parts, separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\\n<i>office</i>,<i>work phone</i>,<i>home phone</i>. This information is \\nshown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Información adicional</b>\n" -#~ "Aquí é posible definir algúns datos adicionais sobre o usuario. Este " -#~ "campo pode conter ata\n" +#~ "Aquí é posible definir algúns datos adicionais sobre o usuario. Este campo pode conter ata\n" #~ "tres partes separadas por comas. O normal é escribir\n" -#~ "<i>oficina</i>,<i>teléfono oficina</i>, <i>teléfono particular</i>. Esta " -#~ "información\n" +#~ "<i>oficina</i>,<i>teléfono oficina</i>, <i>teléfono particular</i>. Esta información\n" #~ "amosarase cando utilice a orde <i>finger</i> neste usuario.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6557,10 +5878,7 @@ #~| "Select a shell from the list of all shells installed\n" #~| "on your system.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Login Shell:</b>\\nThe login shell (command interpreter) for the " -#~ "user.\\nSelect a shell from the list of all shells installed\\non your " -#~ "system.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Login Shell:</b>\\nThe login shell (command interpreter) for the user.\\nSelect a shell from the list of all shells installed\\non your system.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Shell de inicio de sesión</b> \n" @@ -6576,10 +5894,7 @@ #~| "The primary group to which the user belongs. Select one group\n" #~| "from the list of all groups existing on your system.\n" #~| "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Default Group:</b>\\nThe primary group to which the user " -#~ "belongs. Select one group\\nfrom the list of all groups existing on your " -#~ "system.\\n</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Default Group:</b>\\nThe primary group to which the user belongs. Select one group\\nfrom the list of all groups existing on your system.\\n</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Grupo predeterminado</b> \n" @@ -6593,9 +5908,7 @@ #~| "<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n" #~| "Select additional groups in which the user should be a member.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Additional Groups:</b>\\nSelect additional groups in which the " -#~ "user should be a member.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Additional Groups:</b>\\nSelect additional groups in which the user should be a member.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Grupos adicionais:</b>\n" @@ -6606,9 +5919,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n" #~| "extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\\nextensions of user and group " -#~ "configuration.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\\nextensions of user and group configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Consulte a lista de complementos e as\n" #~ "extensións da configuración de grupo e usuario.</p>\n" @@ -6617,9 +5928,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n" #~| "is currently in use." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in" -#~ "\\nis currently in use." +#~ msgid "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\\nis currently in use." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A marca na parte esquerda da táboa indica que o complemento\n" #~ "está en uso actualmente." @@ -6637,89 +5946,60 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change the\n" #~| "password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n" #~| "<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change the" -#~ "\\npassword at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to" -#~ "\\n<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change the\\npassword at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\\n<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Active <b>Forzar cambio de contrasinal</b> para forzar ao usuario " -#~ "mudar\n" -#~ "de contrasinal na súa seguinte entrada ao sistema.Se <b>Mudar último " -#~ "contrasinal</b>\n" -#~ "está establecido como <i>Nunca</i>, obrigarase ao usuario mudar o " -#~ "contrasinal.</p> " +#~ "<p>Active <b>Forzar cambio de contrasinal</b> para forzar ao usuario mudar\n" +#~ "de contrasinal na súa seguinte entrada ao sistema.Se <b>Mudar último contrasinal</b>\n" +#~ "está establecido como <i>Nunca</i>, obrigarase ao usuario mudar o contrasinal.</p> " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b>Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</B><BR>\n" #~| "Users can be warned before their passwords expire. Set \n" -#~| "how long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to " -#~| "disable\n" +#~| "how long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\n" #~| "the warning. \n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</B><BR>\\nUsers " -#~ "can be warned before their passwords expire. Set \\nhow long before " -#~ "expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\\nthe warning. " -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</B><BR>\\nUsers can be warned before their passwords expire. Set \\nhow long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\\nthe warning. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Aviso dos días que faltan para a caducidade do contrasinal</B><BR>\n" -#~ "Os usuarios poden recibir un aviso antes de que os seus contrasinais " -#~ "caduquen. Estableza\n" -#~ "con canta antelación débese enviar o aviso. Estableza -1 para non enviar " -#~ "ningún aviso. \n" +#~ "Os usuarios poden recibir un aviso antes de que os seus contrasinais caduquen. Estableza\n" +#~ "con canta antelación débese enviar o aviso. Estableza -1 para non enviar ningún aviso. \n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<P><B>Days after Password Expires with Usable Login</B><BR>\n" -#~| "Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days " -#~| "to\n" +#~| "Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\n" #~| "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" #~| "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Days after Password Expires with Usable Login</B><BR>\\nUsers can " -#~ "log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\\nallow " -#~ "login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\\n</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Days after Password Expires with Usable Login</B><BR>\\nUsers can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\\nallow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\\n</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Validez do inicio de sesión (en días) trala caducidade do " -#~ "contrasinal</B><BR>\n" -#~ "Os usuarios poden iniciar sesión despois de que os seus contrasinais " -#~ "caduquen. Especifique durante cantos días\n" -#~ "se permitirá que inicien sesión. Use -1 para permitir un acceso " -#~ "ilimitado.\n" +#~ "<P><B>Validez do inicio de sesión (en días) trala caducidade do contrasinal</B><BR>\n" +#~ "Os usuarios poden iniciar sesión despois de que os seus contrasinais caduquen. Especifique durante cantos días\n" +#~ "se permitirá que inicien sesión. Use -1 para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many " -#~| "days a user \n" +#~| "<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n" #~| "can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many " -#~ "days a user \\ncan use the same password before it expires.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \\ncan use the same password before it expires.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Duración máxima (en días) do mesmo contrasinal</B><BR>Determine " -#~ "cantos días se pode\n" +#~ "<P><B>Duración máxima (en días) do mesmo contrasinal</B><BR>Determine cantos días se pode\n" #~ "utilizar o mesma contrasinal antes de que caduque.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the " -#~| "minimum age of \n" +#~| "<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n" #~| "a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum " -#~ "age of \\na password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \\na password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Duración mínima en días do mesmo contrasinal</B><BR>Estableza a " -#~ "antigüidade mínima que\n" +#~ "<P><B>Duración mínima en días do mesmo contrasinal</B><BR>Estableza a antigüidade mínima que\n" #~ "debe ter un contrasinal para que un usuario poida modificala.</P>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6727,13 +6007,9 @@ #~| "<P><B>Expiration Date</B><BR>Set the date when this account expires. \n" #~| "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" #~| "Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Expiration Date</B><BR>Set the date when this account expires. " -#~ "\\nThe date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \\nLeave it empty if this " -#~ "account never expires.</P>\\n" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Expiration Date</B><BR>Set the date when this account expires. \\nThe date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \\nLeave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Data de caducidade</B><BR>Especifica a data na que caduca unha " -#~ "conta. \n" +#~ "<P><B>Data de caducidade</B><BR>Especifica a data na que caduca unha conta. \n" #~ "A data debe ter o formato AAAA-MM-DD. \n" #~ "Deixe esta opción en branco se a conta non debe caducar nunca.</P>\n" @@ -6744,10 +6020,7 @@ #~| "Here, see a summary of modules that could affect sources\n" #~| "of user accounts or authentication type.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\\nHere, see a summary of modules " -#~ "that could affect sources\\nof user accounts or authentication type.\\n</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\\nHere, see a summary of modules that could affect sources\\nof user accounts or authentication type.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Resumo da configuración</b><br>\n" @@ -6759,18 +6032,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" -#~| "You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select " -#~| "the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" +#~| "You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\n<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\\nYou can configure these settings " -#~ "by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>." -#~ "\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\n<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\\nYou can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Cambiar de valores</b><br>\n" -#~ "Pode configurar estes axustes executando os módulos axeitados. Seleccione " -#~ "o módulo coa opción <b>Configurar</b>.\n" +#~ "Pode configurar estes axustes executando os módulos axeitados. Seleccione o módulo coa opción <b>Configurar</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6785,55 +6053,35 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~| "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~| "direct\n" -#~| "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#~| "manage\n" +#~| "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~| "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" #~| "user home directories.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine," -#~ "\\ncheck the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~ "direct\\naction. It is only information for the YaST users module, which " -#~ "can manage\\nuser home directories.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\\ncheck the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\\naction. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\\nuser home directories.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Se se deben almacenar neste equipo directorios personais dos\n" -#~ "usuarios LDAP, marque a opción axeitada. Modificar este valor non causa " -#~ "ningunha\n" -#~ "acción directa. Trátase só de información para o módulo de usuarios de " -#~ "YaST, que\n" +#~ "usuarios LDAP, marque a opción axeitada. Modificar este valor non causa ningunha\n" +#~ "acción directa. Trátase só de información para o módulo de usuarios de YaST, que\n" #~ "pode xestionar os directorios persoais dos usuarios.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -#~| "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected " -#~| "yet or\n" +#~| "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" #~| "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\\nLDAP " -#~ "server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or" -#~ "\\nhave changed your configuration.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\\nLDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\\nhave changed your configuration.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Prema <b>Configurar</b> para configurar os valores gardados no\n" -#~ "servidor LDAP. Pediráselle o contrasinal se aínda non está conectado ou " -#~ "se\n" +#~ "servidor LDAP. Pediráselle o contrasinal se aínda non está conectado ou se\n" #~ "modificou a configuración.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</" -#~| "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~| "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~| " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</" -#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\\n " -#~ "if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\\n if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Configure a directiva de contrasinais seleccionada con <b>Editar</b>. " -#~ "Use <b>Engadir</b> para agregar novas directivas de contrasinais. Esta " -#~ "configuración\n" -#~ " só é posible cando as directivas de contrasinais xa están activadas no " -#~ "servidor LDAP.</p>" +#~ "<p>Configure a directiva de contrasinais seleccionada con <b>Editar</b>. Use <b>Engadir</b> para agregar novas directivas de contrasinais. Esta configuración\n" +#~ " só é posible cando as directivas de contrasinais xa están activadas no servidor LDAP.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -6859,46 +6107,33 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "You have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nYou have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nYou have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Modificou o cifrado predeterminado para os contrasinais de usuario.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -#~| "environments,\n" +#~| "<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" #~| "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" #~| "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -#~ "environments,\\nyou might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user " -#~ "password is\\nencrypted with a method other than DES.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\\nyou might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\\nencrypted with a method other than DES.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Semella estar executando un servidor NIS. Nalgúns contornos de rede,\n" -#~ "pode non seren posible iniciar sesión nun cliente NIS se o contrasinal do " -#~ "usuario está\n" +#~ "pode non seren posible iniciar sesión nun cliente NIS se o contrasinal do usuario está\n" #~ "cifrado cun método distinto a DES.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -#~| "configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of " -#~| "'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +#~| "configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" #~| "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group" -#~ "\\nconfiguration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of " -#~ "'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\\nIf you are not connected yet, you are " -#~ "prompted for the password.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\\nconfiguration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\\nIf you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>A opción <b>Predeterminado</b> permítelle cargar o filtro " -#~ "predeterminado dos módulos\n" -#~ "de configuración de usuarios e grupos gardados no servidor LDAP (valores " -#~ "dos atributos 'suseSearchFilter').\n" +#~ "<p>A opción <b>Predeterminado</b> permítelle cargar o filtro predeterminado dos módulos\n" +#~ "de configuración de usuarios e grupos gardados no servidor LDAP (valores dos atributos 'suseSearchFilter').\n" #~ "Se aínda non está conectado, pediráselle o contrasinal.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6909,10 +6144,7 @@ #~| "<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" #~| "<br>\n" #~| "only obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Example:</b>\\n<br>With the user filter\\n<br>\\n<tt>(&" -#~ "(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\\n<br>\\nonly obtain users with " -#~ "a username beginning with 'u'.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Example:</b>\\n<br>With the user filter\\n<br>\\n<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\\n<br>\\nonly obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Exemplo:</b>\n" #~ "<br>Co filtro de usuario\n" @@ -6925,21 +6157,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" #~| "Really use it?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\\nReally " -#~ "use it?\\n" +#~ msgid "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\\nReally use it?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O novo filtro de usuarios non contén o filtro predeterminado de " -#~ "usuarios.\n" +#~ "O novo filtro de usuarios non contén o filtro predeterminado de usuarios.\n" #~ "Está seguro de que desexa utilizalo?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\n" #~| "Really use it?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\\nReally " -#~ "use it?\\n" +#~ msgid "The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\\nReally use it?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O novo filtro de grupos non contén o filtro predeterminado de grupos.\n" #~ "Desexa empregalo?\n" @@ -6947,61 +6174,40 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or " -#~| "GDM as the login manager.\n" +#~| "The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nThe features described below are only available if you are using " -#~ "KDM or GDM as the login manager.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "As características que se describen a continuación estarán dispoñibles só " -#~ "en caso de usar KDM ou GDM como xestor de inicio de sesión.\n" +#~ "As características que se describen a continuación estarán dispoñibles só en caso de usar KDM ou GDM como xestor de inicio de sesión.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" -#~| "By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen " -#~| "from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\\nBy setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login " -#~ "procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~| "By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\\nBy setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Inicio de sesión automático</b><br>\n" -#~ "Se configura esta opción,<b></b> omitirase o procedemento de inicio de " -#~ "sesión. O usuario que se escolla na lista iniciará sesión automaticamente." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "Se configura esta opción,<b></b> omitirase o procedemento de inicio de sesión. O usuario que se escolla na lista iniciará sesión automaticamente.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" -#~| "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without " -#~| "entering\n" -#~| "passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a " -#~| "user to log in automatically.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\\nIf this option is checked, all users " -#~ "are allowed to log in without entering\\npasswords. Otherwise, you are " -#~ "asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~| "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" +#~| "passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\\nIf this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\\npasswords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Inicio de sesión sen contrasinal</b><br>\n" -#~ "Se esta opción está activada, todos os usuarios poderán iniciar sesión " -#~ "sen necesidade\n" -#~ "de especificar contrasinais. En caso contrario, pediráselle o contrasinal " -#~ "incluso se establece que un usuario inicie sesión de xeito automático.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Se esta opción está activada, todos os usuarios poderán iniciar sesión sen necesidade\n" +#~ "de especificar contrasinais. En caso contrario, pediráselle o contrasinal incluso se establece que un usuario inicie sesión de xeito automático.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You cannot delete this user, because the user is\n" #~| "currently logged in.\n" #~| "Log the user out first." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You cannot delete this user, because the user is\\ncurrently logged in." -#~ "\\nLog the user out first." +#~ msgid "You cannot delete this user, because the user is\\ncurrently logged in.\\nLog the user out first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non pode eliminar este usuario porque ese usuario ten\n" #~ "unha sesión iniciada actualmente.\n" @@ -7039,9 +6245,7 @@ #~| "You cannot delete this group because\n" #~| "there are users in the group.\n" #~| "Remove these users from the group first." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You cannot delete this group because\\nthere are users in the group." -#~ "\\nRemove these users from the group first.\\n" +#~ msgid "You cannot delete this group because\\nthere are users in the group.\\nRemove these users from the group first.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non pode eliminar este grupo porque\n" #~ "aínda contén usuarios.\n" @@ -7050,68 +6254,43 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" #~| "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" -#~| "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one " -#~| "group.\n" +#~| "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nLinux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged " -#~ "in to the\\nsystem at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must " -#~ "have\\na unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least " -#~ "one group.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nLinux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\\nsystem at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\\na unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Linux é un sistema multiusuario; varios usuarios diferentes poden estar\n" -#~ "conectados ao sistema ao mesmo tempo. Para evitar confusións, cada " -#~ "usuario\n" -#~ "debe ter unha identidade exclusiva. Ademais, cada usuario debe pertencer " -#~ "a un grupo.\n" +#~ "conectados ao sistema ao mesmo tempo. Para evitar confusións, cada usuario\n" +#~ "debe ter unha identidade exclusiva. Ademais, cada usuario debe pertencer a un grupo.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -#~| "shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" +#~| "Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" #~| "Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nUsers and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set " -#~ "currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\\nCustomize your " -#~ "view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nUsers and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\\nCustomize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Os usuarios e os grupos organízanse en conxuntos. Pode modificar o " -#~ "conxunto que se amosa actualmente na táboa coa opción <b>Definir filtro</" -#~ "b>.\n" -#~ "Tamén pode personalizar a súa vista de filtros usando <b>Personalizar " -#~ "filtro</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "Os usuarios e os grupos organízanse en conxuntos. Pode modificar o conxunto que se amosa actualmente na táboa coa opción <b>Definir filtro</b>.\n" +#~ "Tamén pode personalizar a súa vista de filtros usando <b>Personalizar filtro</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -#~| "password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -#~| "new\n" +#~| "password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" #~| "users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n" #~| "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nClick <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as" -#~ "\\npassword encryption type, user authentication method, default values " -#~ "for new\\nusers, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save" -#~ "\\nall changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nClick <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\\npassword encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\\nusers, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\\nall changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Prema en <b>Opcións avanzadas</b> para editar varios axustes avanzados, " -#~ "como\n" -#~ "o tipo de cifrado, o método de autenticación, os valores predeterminados " -#~ "para os\n" -#~ "usuarios novos ou os axustes de inicio de sesión. A opción <b>Gravar " -#~ "cambios agora</b> permite\n" -#~ "gardar todos os cambios feito ata o de agora sen saír do módulo de " -#~ "configuración.</p>\n" +#~ "Prema en <b>Opcións avanzadas</b> para editar varios axustes avanzados, como\n" +#~ "o tipo de cifrado, o método de autenticación, os valores predeterminados para os\n" +#~ "usuarios novos ou os axustes de inicio de sesión. A opción <b>Gravar cambios agora</b> permite\n" +#~ "gardar todos os cambios feito ata o de agora sen saír do módulo de configuración.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -7119,13 +6298,10 @@ #~| "To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n" #~| "<b>%1</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo save the modified user and group settings to your system, press" -#~ "\\n<b>%1</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\\n<b>%1</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para gardar no sistema a configuración dos grupos e os usuarios " -#~ "modificados, prema en \n" +#~ "Para gardar no sistema a configuración dos grupos e os usuarios modificados, prema en \n" #~ "<b>%1</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -7133,18 +6309,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Use this dialog to get information about existing users and add or " -#~| "modify\n" +#~| "Use this dialog to get information about existing users and add or modify\n" #~| "users. \n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>\\nUse this dialog to get information about existing users and add " -#~ "or modify\\nusers. \\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>\\nUse this dialog to get information about existing users and add or modify\\nusers. \\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Use este cadro de diálogo para obter información acerca dos usuarios " -#~ "existentes e para engadir ou modificar\n" +#~ "Use este cadro de diálogo para obter información acerca dos usuarios existentes e para engadir ou modificar\n" #~ "usuarios. \n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -7178,9 +6350,7 @@ #~| "To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n" #~| "click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list " -#~ "and\\nclick <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\\nclick <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Para editar ou eliminar un usuario existente, seleccióneo da lista e\n" @@ -7191,17 +6361,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or " -#~| "modify groups.\n" +#~| "Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<p>\\nUse this dialog to get information about existing groups and add " -#~ "or modify groups.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<p>\\nUse this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Use este cadro de diálogo para obter información acerca dos grupos " -#~ "existentes e para engadir ou modificar grupos.\n" +#~ "Use este cadro de diálogo para obter información acerca dos grupos existentes e para engadir ou modificar grupos.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7234,13 +6400,10 @@ #~| "To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n" #~| "click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" #~| "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\\nTo edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list " -#~ "and\\nclick <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\\n</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\\nclick <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\\n</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Para editar ou eliminar un grupo existente, seleccione un grupo na lista " -#~ "e\n" +#~ "Para editar ou eliminar un grupo existente, seleccione un grupo na lista e\n" #~ "prema <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Borrar</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -7248,8 +6411,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\n" #~| "Try again.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\\nTry again.\\n" +#~ msgid "The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\\nTry again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O modelo introducido para o directorio persoal non é un directorio.\n" #~ "Ténteo de novo.\n" @@ -7260,8 +6422,7 @@ #~| "Try again.\n" #~ msgid "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\\nTry again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O prefixo de ruta introducido para o directorio persoal non é un " -#~ "directorio.\n" +#~ "O prefixo de ruta introducido para o directorio persoal non é un directorio.\n" #~ "Ténteo de novo.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7288,9 +6449,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n" #~| "may be unable to log in. Continue?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\\nmay be unable to log in. " -#~ "Continue?\\n" +#~ msgid "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\\nmay be unable to log in. Continue?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se selecciona unha shell que non existe, o usuario\n" #~ "podería no ser quen de iniciar sesión. Quere continuar?\n" @@ -7311,10 +6470,7 @@ #~| "of users and groups than the local system \n" #~| "database in the /etc directory.\n" #~| "Select which one to configure.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have installed a NIS master server.\\nIt is configured to use a " -#~ "different database\\nof users and groups than the local system " -#~ "\\ndatabase in the /etc directory.\\nSelect which one to configure.\\n" +#~ msgid "You have installed a NIS master server.\\nIt is configured to use a different database\\nof users and groups than the local system \\ndatabase in the /etc directory.\\nSelect which one to configure.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instalou un servidor mestre NIS.\n" #~ "Está configurado para usar unha base de datos\n" @@ -7326,8 +6482,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" #~| "%3" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\\n%3" +#~ msgid "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\\n%3" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro %1 contén varios usuarios co mesmo nome (\"%2\").\n" #~ "%3" @@ -7336,8 +6491,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" #~| "%3" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\\n%3" +#~ msgid "There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\\n%3" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro %1 contén varios grupos co mesmo nome (\"%2\").\n" #~ "%3" @@ -7348,33 +6502,23 @@ #~| "%2\n" #~| "Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" #~| "Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is a strange line in the file %1:\\n%2\\nPerhaps the number of " -#~ "colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\\nCorrect the file " -#~ "manually before running the YaST users module again." +#~ msgid "There is a strange line in the file %1:\\n%2\\nPerhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\\nCorrect the file manually before running the YaST users module again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O ficheiro %1 contén unha liña incorrecta:\n" #~ "%2\n" -#~ "Talvez haxa na liña un número erróneo de dous puntos ou flate algunha " -#~ "entrada.\n" -#~ "Corrixa o ficheiro manualmente antes de volver executar o módulo de " -#~ "usuarios de YaST." +#~ "Talvez haxa na liña un número erróneo de dous puntos ou flate algunha entrada.\n" +#~ "Corrixa o ficheiro manualmente antes de volver executar o módulo de usuarios de YaST." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "There is a strange line in the file %1.\n" #~| "Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" #~| "Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is a strange line in the file %1.\\nPerhaps the number of colons is " -#~ "wrong or some line entry is missing.\\nCorrect the file manually before " -#~ "running the YaST users module again." +#~ msgid "There is a strange line in the file %1.\\nPerhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\\nCorrect the file manually before running the YaST users module again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Existe unha liña incorrecta no ficheiro %1.\n" -#~ "Talvez haxa na liña un número erróneo de dous puntos ou falte algunha " -#~ "entrada.\n" -#~ "Corrixa manualmente o ficheiro antes de volver executar o módulo de " -#~ "usuarios de YaST." +#~ "Talvez haxa na liña un número erróneo de dous puntos ou falte algunha entrada.\n" +#~ "Corrixa manualmente o ficheiro antes de volver executar o módulo de usuarios de YaST." #~ msgid "Blowfish" #~ msgstr "Blowfish" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/vm.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/vm.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/vm.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -40,12 +40,8 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"A arquitectura x86_64 é a única soportada para aloxar máquinas virtuais. A " -"súa arquitectura é " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "A arquitectura x86_64 é a única soportada para aloxar máquinas virtuais. A súa arquitectura é " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 @@ -53,8 +49,7 @@ "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"A instalación da máquina virtual non pode ser iniciada dentro da máquina " -"UML.\n" +"A instalación da máquina virtual non pode ser iniciada dentro da máquina UML.\n" "Iniciar a instalación da máquina dentro do sistema.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 @@ -75,43 +70,23 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Configurador do servidor de Máquinas Virtuais</b></big></p><p>A " -"configuración do servidor de máquinas virtuais (dominio 0) consta de dúas " -"partes.</p>" +msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "<p><big><b>Configurador do servidor de Máquinas Virtuais</b></big></p><p>A configuración do servidor de máquinas virtuais (dominio 0) consta de dúas partes.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vaise instalar primeiramente os paquetes requiridos no seu sistema. " -"Despois o cargador de arrinque cambia a GRUB (se non era xa o que estaba en " -"uso) e engádeselle a sección XEN ao menú do cargador de arrinque se non " -"estivese presente.</p>" +msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vaise instalar primeiramente os paquetes requiridos no seu sistema. Despois o cargador de arrinque cambia a GRUB (se non era xa o que estaba en uso) e engádeselle a sección XEN ao menú do cargador de arrinque se non estivese presente.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>GRUB é necesario porque soporta o estándar de arrinque múltiple requirido " -"para arrincar Xen e o kernel Linux.</p>" +msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>GRUB é necesario porque soporta o estándar de arrinque múltiple requirido para arrincar Xen e o kernel Linux.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Cando a configuración termina correctamente, é posible iniciar o servidor " -"VM desde o menú do cargador de arrinque.</p>" +msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cando a configuración termina correctamente, é posible iniciar o servidor VM desde o menú do cargador de arrinque.</p>" #. error popup #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 @@ -230,13 +205,8 @@ msgstr "Pasarela de rede." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "" -"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configuracións normais de rede aloxando máquinas virtuais, precísase " -"dunha pasarela de rede.</p><p>Desexa configurar unha pasarela de rede " -"predeterminada?</p>" +msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para configuracións normais de rede aloxando máquinas virtuais, precísase dunha pasarela de rede.</p><p>Desexa configurar unha pasarela de rede predeterminada?</p>" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -253,27 +223,15 @@ #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar convidados Xen, reinicie a máquina e seleccione a sección Xen " -"no menú do cargador de arrinque.\n" +#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "Para instalar convidados Xen, reinicie a máquina e seleccione a sección Xen no menú do cargador de arrinque.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar convidados Xen, reinicie a máquina e seleccione a sección Xen " -"no menú do cargador de arrinque.\n" +#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Para instalar convidados Xen, reinicie a máquina e seleccione a sección Xen no menú do cargador de arrinque.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy @@ -296,32 +254,19 @@ #~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install." #~ msgstr "Seleccione a plataforma de virtualización para instalar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary " -#~ "drivers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para instalar convidados KVM, reinicie a máquina para cargar os " -#~ "controladores necesarios." +#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers." +#~ msgstr "Para instalar convidados KVM, reinicie a máquina para cargar os controladores necesarios." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" #~| "Start installation in the host system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine." -#~ "\\nStart installation in the host system.\\n" +#~ msgid "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\\nStart installation in the host system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A instalación da máquina virtual non pode ser iniciada dentro da máquina " -#~ "UML.\n" +#~ "A instalación da máquina virtual non pode ser iniciada dentro da máquina UML.\n" #~ "Iniciar a instalación da máquina dentro do sistema.\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#~| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#~ "in the boot loader menu.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para instalar convidados Xen, reinicie a máquina e seleccione a sección " -#~ "Xen no menú do cargador de arrinque.\n" +#~| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +#~ msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Para instalar convidados Xen, reinicie a máquina e seleccione a sección Xen no menú do cargador de arrinque.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/wagon.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/wagon.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/wagon.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -44,10 +44,8 @@ "install the previously installed ones and contact Novell Customer Center\n" "to get update repositories." msgstr "" -"A ferramenta de migración precisa desinstalar os produtos temporais da " -"migración,\n" -"para instalar aqueles anteriormente instalados e contactar coa Central de " -"Clientes\n" +"A ferramenta de migración precisa desinstalar os produtos temporais da migración,\n" +"para instalar aqueles anteriormente instalados e contactar coa Central de Clientes\n" "de Novell para obter os repositorios de actualización." #: src/clients/wagon.rb:295 @@ -55,8 +53,7 @@ "<p>Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this step,\n" "you will have to do them manually.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Varias tarefas poden ser realizadas pola ferramenta de migración. Se " -"salta\n" +"<p>Varias tarefas poden ser realizadas pola ferramenta de migración. Se salta\n" "este paso, ten que facelo a man.</p>" #. popup dialog caption @@ -163,9 +160,7 @@ #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:86 msgid "The packages will be switched to versions in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"Cambiaranse os paquetes por versións existentes nos repositorios " -"seleccionados." +msgstr "Cambiaranse os paquetes por versións existentes nos repositorios seleccionados." #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:94 msgid "Selected" @@ -193,12 +188,8 @@ msgstr "Estes son os repositorios que se empregarán na migración." #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106 -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." -msgstr "" -"Cambiaranse os paquetes instalados por versións existentes nos repositorios " -"de migración seleccionados." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." +msgstr "Cambiaranse os paquetes instalados por versións existentes nos repositorios de migración seleccionados." #. The version is the same, release can be different #: src/clients/wagon_migration_products.rb:133 @@ -284,33 +275,20 @@ msgstr "O produto <b>%1</b> non está rexistrado, fallou o rexistro." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product <b>%1</b> has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." -msgstr "" -"O rexistro do produto <b>%1</b> foi reintegrado, o produto non está " -"rexistrado." +msgid "Registration for product <b>%1</b> has been refunded, the product is not registered." +msgstr "O rexistro do produto <b>%1</b> foi reintegrado, o produto non está rexistrado." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product <b>%1</b> has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." +msgid "Registration for product <b>%1</b> has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." msgstr "O rexistro do produto <b>%1</b> expirou, o rexistro xa non é correcto." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product <b>%1</b> is provisional only, no updates available" -msgstr "" -"O rexistro do produto <b>%1</b> é provisional, non hai actualizacións " -"dispoñíbeis" +msgid "Registration for product <b>%1</b> is provisional only, no updates available" +msgstr "O rexistro do produto <b>%1</b> é provisional, non hai actualizacións dispoñíbeis" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." -msgstr "" -"O estado do rexistro é de %1 días. O resumo pode non ser correcto, execute o " -"rexistro para actualizar o estado." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." +msgstr "O estado do rexistro é de %1 días. O resumo pode non ser correcto, execute o rexistro para actualizar o estado." #. display a critical warning #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:305 @@ -318,21 +296,13 @@ msgstr "Aviso:" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." -msgstr "" -"É recomendábel rexistrar os produtos non rexistrados ou os caducados antes " -"de iniciar a migración." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." +msgstr "É recomendábel rexistrar os produtos non rexistrados ou os caducados antes de iniciar a migración." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." -msgstr "" -"A migración dun sistema non rexistrado ou rexistrado parcialmente pode " -"volverse un sistema corrupto." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." +msgstr "A migración dun sistema non rexistrado ou rexistrado parcialmente pode volverse un sistema corrupto." #. heading text #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:329 @@ -364,8 +334,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ningunha modificación foi feita na lista de repositorios rexistrados.\n" "Isto significa que pode ter omitido o rexistro ou que pode haber\n" -"un erro na configuración ou os repositorios poden ter sido engadidos " -"anteriormente.\n" +"un erro na configuración ou os repositorios poden ter sido engadidos anteriormente.\n" "\n" "Desexa executar novamente o rexistro?\n" @@ -475,9 +444,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/welcome_in_wagon.rb:47 msgid "<p>This tool updates the running system to a service pack.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta ferramenta actualiza o sistema em execución para un paquete de " -"servizos.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta ferramenta actualiza o sistema em execución para un paquete de servizos.</p>" #. warning message, system managed by SUSE Manager cannot be migrated by wagon #. display this message and exit @@ -572,12 +539,8 @@ "Pode utilizar zypper.\n" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta o nome do ficheiro obxectivo (opción 'xmlfile'). Use a opción de liña " -"de ordes xmlfile=<ficheiro_XML_obxectivo>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta o nome do ficheiro obxectivo (opción 'xmlfile'). Use a opción de liña de ordes xmlfile=<ficheiro_XML_obxectivo>." #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -586,29 +549,12 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." -msgstr "" -"Non hai espazo libre suficiente no disco para migrar o sistema empregando a " -"descarga en modo avanzado. A partición %1 precisa de, como mínimo, %2MB máis " -"de espazo libre no disco. (O tamaño necesario é estimado, é recomendábel " -"para engadir un pouco máis de espazo). Engada máis espazo libre no disco ou " -"desactive a descarga en modo avanzado." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgstr "Non hai espazo libre suficiente no disco para migrar o sistema empregando a descarga en modo avanzado. A partición %1 precisa de, como mínimo, %2MB máis de espazo libre no disco. (O tamaño necesario é estimado, é recomendábel para engadir un pouco máis de espazo). Engada máis espazo libre no disco ou desactive a descarga en modo avanzado." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." -msgstr "" -"Pode que non haxa espazo libre no disco para a descarga en modo avanzado. O " -"espazo libre estimado despois da migración é de %2MB, para evitar erros de " -"instalación é recomendábel aumentar o espazo libre en caso de que a " -"estimación sexa incorrecta. " +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." +msgstr "Pode que non haxa espazo libre no disco para a descarga en modo avanzado. O espazo libre estimado despois da migración é de %2MB, para evitar erros de instalación é recomendábel aumentar o espazo libre en caso de que a estimación sexa incorrecta. " #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:667 @@ -638,21 +584,14 @@ #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (nevertheless selected by user or directly by YaST) #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 -msgid "" -"<font color='red'><b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be removed.</font>" -msgstr "" -"<font color='red'><b>Aviso:</b> o produto <b>%1</b> vai ser desinstalado.</" -"font>" +msgid "<font color='red'><b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be removed.</font>" +msgstr "<font color='red'><b>Aviso:</b> o produto <b>%1</b> vai ser desinstalado.</font>" #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"<font color='red'><b>Error:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be automatically " -"removed.</font>" -msgstr "" -"<font color='red'><b>Erro:</b> o produto <b>%1</b> será desinstalado " -"automaticamente.</font>" +msgid "<font color='red'><b>Error:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" +msgstr "<font color='red'><b>Erro:</b> o produto <b>%1</b> será desinstalado automaticamente.</font>" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 msgid "Product <b>%1</b> will be upgraded" @@ -685,11 +624,8 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 -msgid "" -"<p>To change the update settings, go to <b>Packages Proposal</b> section.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para cambiar a configuración da actualización, vaia á sección <b>Proposta " -"de paquetes</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To change the update settings, go to <b>Packages Proposal</b> section.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para cambiar a configuración da actualización, vaia á sección <b>Proposta de paquetes</b>.</p>" #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:961 @@ -757,9 +693,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot revert to the previous state of installed products.\n" #~| "You will have to revert manually.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot revert to the previous state of installed products.\\nYou will " -#~ "have to revert manually.\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot revert to the previous state of installed products.\\nYou will have to revert manually.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non foi posible reverter ao estado anterior dos produtos instalados.\n" #~ "Debe revertelos de xeito manual.\n" @@ -767,31 +701,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Migration tool has to remove the temporary migration products,\n" -#~| "install the previously installed ones and contact Novell Customer " -#~| "Center\n" +#~| "install the previously installed ones and contact Novell Customer Center\n" #~| "to get update repositories." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Migration tool has to remove the temporary migration products,\\ninstall " -#~ "the previously installed ones and contact Novell Customer Center\\nto get " -#~ "update repositories." +#~ msgid "Migration tool has to remove the temporary migration products,\\ninstall the previously installed ones and contact Novell Customer Center\\nto get update repositories." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A ferramenta de migración precisa eliminar os produtos temporais da " -#~ "migración,\n" -#~ "para instalar aqueles anteriormente instalados e contactar coa Central de " -#~ "Clientes\n" +#~ "A ferramenta de migración precisa eliminar os produtos temporais da migración,\n" +#~ "para instalar aqueles anteriormente instalados e contactar coa Central de Clientes\n" #~ "de Novell para obter os repositorios de actualización." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this " -#~| "step,\n" +#~| "<p>Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this step,\n" #~| "you will have to do them manually.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this step," -#~ "\\nyou will have to do them manually.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this step,\\nyou will have to do them manually.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Varias tarefas poden ser realizadas pola ferramenta de migración. Se " -#~ "salta\n" +#~ "<p>Varias tarefas poden ser realizadas pola ferramenta de migración. Se salta\n" #~ "este paso, ten que facelo a man.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -823,11 +747,7 @@ #~| "<p>Please visit us at %1.</p>\n" #~| "<p>Have a nice day!<br>\n" #~| "Your SUSE Linux Team</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b><br>\\nYou have successfully finished the on-" -#~ "line migration.</p>\\n<p>The whole system has been upgraded. It should be " -#~ "rebooted\\nas soon as possible.</p>\\n<p>Please visit us at %1.</p>" -#~ "\\n<p>Have a nice day!<br>\\nYour SUSE Linux Team</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b><br>\\nYou have successfully finished the on-line migration.</p>\\n<p>The whole system has been upgraded. It should be rebooted\\nas soon as possible.</p>\\n<p>Please visit us at %1.</p>\\n<p>Have a nice day!<br>\\nYour SUSE Linux Team</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Parabéns!</b><br>\n" #~ "Vén de rematar a migración en liña correctamente.</p>\n" @@ -841,9 +761,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration.\n" #~| "Restart the system as soon as possible.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration.\\nRestart the system as soon " -#~ "as possible.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration.\\nRestart the system as soon as possible.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Finalizar</b> pechará a migración.\n" #~ "Deberá reiniciar o sistema o máis axiña posible.</p>\n" @@ -852,9 +770,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Product %1 does not have a machine-readable 'name'.\n" #~| "Automatic reverting of the product state will be impossible." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product %1 does not have a machine-readable 'name'.\\nAutomatic reverting " -#~ "of the product state will be impossible." +#~ msgid "Product %1 does not have a machine-readable 'name'.\\nAutomatic reverting of the product state will be impossible." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O produto %1 no ten un 'nome' que poida ser lido polo computador.\n" #~ "A reversión automática do estado do produto é imposible." @@ -881,9 +797,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Product %1 does not have a machine-readable 'name'.\n" #~| "It cannot be disabled." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product %1 does not have a machine-readable 'name'.\\nIt cannot be " -#~ "disabled." +#~ msgid "Product %1 does not have a machine-readable 'name'.\\nIt cannot be disabled." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O produto %1 non ten un 'nome' que poida ser lido polo computador.\n" #~ "Non pode ser desactivado." @@ -895,16 +809,11 @@ #~| "error in the configuration, or the repositories have been added before.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Do you want to rerun the registration?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No changes were made to the list of registered repositories.\\nThis means " -#~ "that you either skipped the registration, there has been an \\nerror in " -#~ "the configuration, or the repositories have been added before.\\n\\nDo " -#~ "you want to rerun the registration?\\n" +#~ msgid "No changes were made to the list of registered repositories.\\nThis means that you either skipped the registration, there has been an \\nerror in the configuration, or the repositories have been added before.\\n\\nDo you want to rerun the registration?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ningunha modificación foi feita na lista de repositorios rexistrados.\n" #~ "Isto significa que pode ter omitido o rexistro ou que pode haber\n" -#~ "un erro na configuración ou os repositorios poden ter sido engadidos " -#~ "anteriormente.\n" +#~ "un erro na configuración ou os repositorios poden ter sido engadidos anteriormente.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Desexa executar novamente o rexistro?\n" @@ -913,10 +822,7 @@ #~| "<p>Choose whether to use the <b>Customer Center</b>\n" #~| "to handle the installation repositories during migration or use \n" #~| "<b>Custom &URL</b> to set them manually.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose whether to use the <b>Customer Center</b>\\nto handle the " -#~ "installation repositories during migration or use \\n<b>Custom &URL</b> " -#~ "to set them manually.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose whether to use the <b>Customer Center</b>\\nto handle the installation repositories during migration or use \\n<b>Custom &URL</b> to set them manually.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Escolla entre empregar o <b>Centro de atención ao cliente</b>\n" #~ "para manipular os repositorios de instalación durante a migración ou\n" @@ -927,10 +833,7 @@ #~| "<p>Select <b>Check Automatic Repository Changes</b> to ensure\n" #~| "that Customer Center has modified the repositories correctly. \n" #~| "You can also modify them there.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Check Automatic Repository Changes</b> to ensure\\nthat " -#~ "Customer Center has modified the repositories correctly. \\nYou can also " -#~ "modify them there.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Check Automatic Repository Changes</b> to ensure\\nthat Customer Center has modified the repositories correctly. \\nYou can also modify them there.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Comprobar cambios automáticos nos repositorios</b>\n" #~ "para estar seguro de que o Centro de atención ao cliente modificou\n" @@ -942,9 +845,7 @@ #~| "running system to a service pack.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Click 'Next' to start the update." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This tool will help to update the\\nrunning system to a service pack.\\n" -#~ "\\nClick 'Next' to start the update." +#~ msgid "This tool will help to update the\\nrunning system to a service pack.\\n\\nClick 'Next' to start the update." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esta ferramenta axudaralle a actualizar\n" #~ "o sistema actual a un paquete de actualización.\n" @@ -957,9 +858,7 @@ #~| "YaST wagon module cannot migrate systems managed by SUSE Manager.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Press OK to exit." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This system is managed by SUSE Manager,\\nYaST wagon module cannot " -#~ "migrate systems managed by SUSE Manager.\\n\\nPress OK to exit." +#~ msgid "This system is managed by SUSE Manager,\\nYaST wagon module cannot migrate systems managed by SUSE Manager.\\n\\nPress OK to exit." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Este sistema é xestionado por SUSE Manager,\n" #~ "o mulo wagon de YaST non pode migrar sistemas xestionados por\n" @@ -971,9 +870,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot continue without installing the required patches.\n" #~| "Are you sure you want to abort the upgrade process?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot continue without installing the required patches.\\nAre you sure " -#~ "you want to abort the upgrade process?\\n" +#~ msgid "Cannot continue without installing the required patches.\\nAre you sure you want to abort the upgrade process?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pode continuar sen instalar os parches necesarios.\n" #~ "Está seguro de que desexa cancelar o proceso de actualización?\n" @@ -992,9 +889,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "This module does not support command-line interface.\n" #~| "Use zypper instead.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThis module does not support command-line interface.\\nUse zypper " -#~ "instead.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThis module does not support command-line interface.\\nUse zypper instead.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Este módulo non permite unha interface en liña de ordes.\n" @@ -1005,10 +900,7 @@ #~| "<li><b>%1 products will be removed.\n" #~| "Go to the packages proposal and resolve the issue manually.<br>\n" #~| "It is safe to abort the migration now.</b></li>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<li><b>%1 products will be removed.\\nGo to the packages proposal and " -#~ "resolve the issue manually.<br>\\nIt is safe to abort the migration now.</" -#~ "b></li>\\n" +#~ msgid "<li><b>%1 products will be removed.\\nGo to the packages proposal and resolve the issue manually.<br>\\nIt is safe to abort the migration now.</b></li>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li><b>%1 produtos hanse eliminar.\n" #~ "Vaia á proposta de paquetes e resolva o problema manualmente.<br>\n" @@ -1019,10 +911,7 @@ #~| "<li><b>One product will be removed.\n" #~| "Go to the packages proposal and solve the issue manually.<br>\n" #~| "It is safe to abort the migration now.</b></li>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<li><b>One product will be removed.\\nGo to the packages proposal and " -#~ "solve the issue manually.<br>\\nIt is safe to abort the migration now.</" -#~ "b></li>\\n" +#~ msgid "<li><b>One product will be removed.\\nGo to the packages proposal and solve the issue manually.<br>\\nIt is safe to abort the migration now.</b></li>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li><b>Vaise eliminar un produto.\n" #~ "Vaia á proposta de paquetes e resolva o problema manualmente.<br>\n" @@ -1037,11 +926,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Minimal - upgrade from repositories added by registration" #~ msgstr "Actualización &mínima desde os repositorios engadidos polo rexistro" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A instalación &completa de parches tamén está dispoñible ademais da " -#~ "migración mínima" +#~ msgid "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" +#~ msgstr "A instalación &completa de parches tamén está dispoñible ademais da migración mínima" #~ msgid "Advanced..." #~ msgstr "Avanzado..." @@ -1049,22 +935,11 @@ #~ msgid "Select the requested migration type." #~ msgstr "Seleccione o tipo de migración solicitado." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full " -#~ "migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any " -#~ "enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A migración mínima só emprega os repositorios engadidos polo rexistro, a " -#~ "migración completa migra todos os paquetes á última versión dispoñible en " -#~ "calquera repositorio activado. A migración completa pode usar " -#~ "repositorios de terceiros." +#~ msgid "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." +#~ msgstr "A migración mínima só emprega os repositorios engadidos polo rexistro, a migración completa migra todos os paquetes á última versión dispoñible en calquera repositorio activado. A migración completa pode usar repositorios de terceiros." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press <b>Advanced</b> to manually select the repositories used for " -#~ "upgrading." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prema en <b>Avanzado</b> para seleccionar manualmente os repositorios " -#~ "empregados para a actualización." +#~ msgid "Press <b>Advanced</b> to manually select the repositories used for upgrading." +#~ msgstr "Prema en <b>Avanzado</b> para seleccionar manualmente os repositorios empregados para a actualización." #~ msgid "Selected unknown migration type: %1." #~ msgstr "Tipo de migración seleccionado descoñecido: %1." Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/wol.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/wol.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/wol.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -87,8 +87,7 @@ "over the network.</p>" msgstr "" "<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\n" -"<p>WOL permítelle 'espertar' ao seu PC simplemente enviando un 'paquete " -"máxico' \n" +"<p>WOL permítelle 'espertar' ao seu PC simplemente enviando un 'paquete máxico' \n" "a través da rede.</p>" #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); @@ -122,17 +121,14 @@ msgstr "" "Non se atopou ningún cliente xa configurado.\n" "Sen embargo, atopouse unha configuración DHCP no sistema. Desexa importar\n" -"os datos de configuración das máquinas (enderezos MAC e nomes de sistemas) " -"de \n" +"os datos de configuración das máquinas (enderezos MAC e nomes de sistemas) de \n" "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Package could not be installed.\n" #~| "Install the missing packages and try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Package could not be installed.\\nInstall the missing packages and try " -#~ "again." +#~ msgid "Package could not be installed.\\nInstall the missing packages and try again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O paquete non se puido instalar.\n" #~ "Instale os paquetes que faltan e ténteo de novo." @@ -140,16 +136,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" -#~| "<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic " -#~| "packet' \n" +#~| "<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" #~| "over the network.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\\n<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by " -#~ "sending a 'magic packet' \\nover the network.</p>" +#~ msgid "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\\n<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \\nover the network.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\n" -#~ "<p>WOL permítelle 'espertar' ao seu PC simplemente enviando un 'paquete " -#~ "máxico' \n" +#~ "<p>WOL permítelle 'espertar' ao seu PC simplemente enviando un 'paquete máxico' \n" #~ "a través da rede.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -167,14 +159,9 @@ #~| "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" #~| "configuration data (MAC addresses and host names) from \n" #~| "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No previously configured clients found.\\nHowever, a DHCP configuration " -#~ "was found on this system. Import the host\\nconfiguration data (MAC " -#~ "addresses and host names) from \\n'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\\n" +#~ msgid "No previously configured clients found.\\nHowever, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\\nconfiguration data (MAC addresses and host names) from \\n'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se atopou ningún cliente xa configurado.\n" -#~ "Sen embargo, atopouse unha configuración DHCP no sistema. Desexa " -#~ "importar\n" -#~ "os datos de configuración das máquinas (enderezos MAC e nomes de " -#~ "sistemas) de \n" +#~ "Sen embargo, atopouse unha configuración DHCP no sistema. Desexa importar\n" +#~ "os datos de configuración das máquinas (enderezos MAC e nomes de sistemas) de \n" #~ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/xpram.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/xpram.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/xpram.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -61,30 +61,18 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta ferramenta só admite actualmente a asignación de XPRAM a unha " -"partición. Para ter varias particións, consulte \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" (Controladores de dispositivos, funcións e " -"ordes, 30 de novembro de 2004) para o kernel de Linux 2.6 (abril de 2004).</" -"p><p>Neste caso, desactive XPRAM neste módulo.</p>" +msgid "<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta ferramenta só admite actualmente a asignación de XPRAM a unha partición. Para ter varias particións, consulte \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" (Controladores de dispositivos, funcións e ordes, 30 de novembro de 2004) para o kernel de Linux 2.6 (abril de 2004).</p><p>Neste caso, desactive XPRAM neste módulo.</p>" #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Elixa o punto de montaxe correcto na opción <b>Punto de montaxe</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Elixa o punto de montaxe correcto na opción <b>Punto de montaxe</b>.</p>" #. help text for XPRAM 4/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A continuación, escolla o sistema de ficheiros para usar no dispositivo.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p>A continuación, escolla o sistema de ficheiros para usar no dispositivo.</p>" #. radio button label for to not start xpram #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 @@ -98,8 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" -msgstr "" -"Instalar Sistema de ficheiros ou Swap aínda que &XPRAM conteña datos válidos" +msgstr "Instalar Sistema de ficheiros ou Swap aínda que &XPRAM conteña datos válidos" #. frame label #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/yast2-apparmor.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/yast2-apparmor.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/yast2-apparmor.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751) @@ -65,19 +65,15 @@ "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " ?\n" -"Despois desta operación, o módulo AppArmor volverá cargar o conxunto de " -"perfís." +"Despois desta operación, o módulo AppArmor volverá cargar o conxunto de perfís." #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please make a \n" -#| "\t\tselection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -#| "profile." -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." +#| "\t\tselection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." msgstr "" "Escolla un \n" "\t\tdos perfís da lista e prema Seguinte para eliminar o perfil." @@ -89,12 +85,9 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Please make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to edit " -#| "the profile." +#| msgid "Please make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to edit the profile." msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." -msgstr "" -"Escolla un dos perfís da lista e prema en Seguinte para editar o perfil." +msgstr "Escolla un dos perfís da lista e prema en Seguinte para editar o perfil." #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit" @@ -170,9 +163,7 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 @@ -259,9 +250,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method." -msgstr "" -"Requírese un enderezo de correo-e para cada método de notificación " -"seleccionado." +msgstr "Requírese un enderezo de correo-e para cada método de notificación seleccionado." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " @@ -287,8 +276,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -372,31 +360,20 @@ msgstr "Erros detectados nos perfís de AppArmor" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used.</p> " -msgstr "" -"<p>Estes problemas deben correxirse para que sexa posible iniciar AppArmor " -"ou poder utilizar as ferramentas de xestión de perfís.</p>" +msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> " +msgstr "<p>Estes problemas deben correxirse para que sexa posible iniciar AppArmor ou poder utilizar as ferramentas de xestión de perfís.</p>" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p>You can find a description of AppArmor profile syntax by running " msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " -msgstr "" -"<p>Para acceder a unha descrición da sintaxe de perfís de AppArmor execute " +msgstr "<p>Para acceder a unha descrición da sintaxe de perfís de AppArmor execute " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -#| "Administration guide. This is available in the directory: " -msgid "" -"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"<p>Atopará documentación completa sobre AppArmor na guía de administración. " -"Esta guía está dispoñible no seguinte directorio: " +#| msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide. This is available in the directory: " +msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "<p>Atopará documentación completa sobre AppArmor na guía de administración. Esta guía está dispoñible no seguinte directorio: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -828,51 +805,38 @@ "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Nun sistema que teña definida a opción [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED], \n" -"isto anula a restrición de cambiar a propiedade de ficheiro e de grupo.</" -"li></ul>" +"isto anula a restrición de cambiar a propiedade de ficheiro e de grupo.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Anular todo acceso de DAC, incluído o acceso de execución de ACL se " -"a opción \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] está definida. O acceso de DAC cuberto por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE " -"está excluido.</li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Anular todo acceso de DAC, incluído o acceso de execución de ACL se a opción \n" +"[_POSIX_ACL] está definida. O acceso de DAC cuberto por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE está excluido.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -896,15 +860,9 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<ul><li>Allow modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -#| "li></ul>" -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permitir a modificación dos atributos de ficheiro S_IMMUTABLE e " -"S_APPEND</li></ul>" +#| msgid "<ul><li>Allow modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Permitir a modificación dos atributos de ficheiro S_IMMUTABLE e S_APPEND</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -921,16 +879,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" @@ -953,8 +909,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -964,8 +919,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -991,8 +945,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permitir a configuración de contabilidade de procesos </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Permitir a configuración de contabilidade de procesos </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 msgid "" @@ -1023,8 +976,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" @@ -1035,8 +987,7 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 @@ -1049,8 +1000,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" @@ -1071,10 +1021,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1084,14 +1032,12 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" @@ -1274,8 +1220,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" "<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1340,8 +1285,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" #. ---------------------------- @@ -1351,8 +1295,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" @@ -1380,12 +1323,8 @@ msgstr "<b>Modos de acceso</b><br>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Os modos de acceso ao permiso de ficheiros consisten en combinacións dos " -"seguintes seis modos:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Os modos de acceso ao permiso de ficheiros consisten en combinacións dos seguintes seis modos:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1519,37 +1458,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>*</b> pode substituír calquera número de caracteres, agás '/'<li>" +msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "<li><b>*</b> pode substituír calquera número de caracteres, agás '/'<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>**</b> puede substituir calquerar número de caracteres, incluíndo " -"'/'</li>" +msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>**</b> puede substituir calquerar número de caracteres, incluíndo '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" msgstr "<li><b>?</b> pode substituír un único carácter, agás '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> substituirá un carácter único a, b ou c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" +msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 @@ -1687,9 +1616,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Entry will not added. Entry name or permissions not defined." msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." -msgstr "" -"A entrada non se vai engadir. O nome da entrada ou os permisos non están " -"definidos." +msgstr "A entrada non se vai engadir. O nome da entrada ou os permisos non están definidos." #. Prompts the user for a hatname #. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] @@ -1721,32 +1648,23 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" -#| "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this " -#| "wizard." -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +#| "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." msgstr "" "O perfil xa contén o nome de Hat xa proporcionado. \n" -"Introduza un nome diferente de aplicativo para tentalo de novo ou prema " -"Abortar para saír deste asistente." +"Introduza un nome diferente de aplicativo para tentalo de novo ou prema Abortar para saír deste asistente." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p>In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual " -#| "profile. \n" -#| "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a " -#| "modification dialog.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" +#| "<p>In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual profile. \n" +#| "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" +msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Neste formulario pode ver e modificar o contido dun perfil individual. \n" -"Pode facer dobre clic sobre os permisos das entradas existentes para acceder " -"a un cadro de diálogo de modificación.</p>" +"Pode facer dobre clic sobre os permisos das entradas existentes para acceder a un cadro de diálogo de modificación.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1760,9 +1678,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text - part x1 @@ -1770,41 +1686,34 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile</li>" msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<p><ul><li><b>Ficheiro</b><br>Engadir unha entrada de ficheiro a este " -"perfil</li>" +msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Ficheiro</b><br>Engadir unha entrada de ficheiro a este perfil</li>" #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile</li>" msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>Directorio</b><br>Engade unha entrada de directorio a este perfil</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>Directorio</b><br>Engade unha entrada de directorio a este perfil</li>" #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile</li>" msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>Capacidade</b><br>Engade unha entrada de capacidade para este perfil</" -"li>" +msgstr "<li><b>Capacidade</b><br>Engade unha entrada de capacidade para este perfil</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" @@ -1812,36 +1721,28 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n" "aware</b> application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"</ul><p><b>Editar entrada:</b><br>Permite editar a entrada seleccionada.</p>" +msgstr "</ul><p><b>Editar entrada:</b><br>Permite editar a entrada seleccionada.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Eliminar entrada:</b><br>Suprime a entrada seleccionada deste perfil.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Eliminar entrada:</b><br>Suprime a entrada seleccionada deste perfil.</p>" #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" # CL @@ -1907,15 +1808,9 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage " -#| "Include entries." -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"As entradas include non se poden editar. Escolla engadir ou eliminar para " -"xestionar as entradas include." +#| msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "As entradas include non se poden editar. Escolla engadir ou eliminar para xestionar as entradas include." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -1929,12 +1824,8 @@ msgstr "Seleccione un ficheiro para cargar." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Ficheiro #include incorrecto. Os ficheiros include deben estar localizados " -"nun dos seguintes directorios: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Ficheiro #include incorrecto. Os ficheiros include deben estar localizados nun dos seguintes directorios: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 #, fuzzy @@ -2213,12 +2104,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Base de datos de eventos non iniciada." #~ msgid "The events database has not been populated. No records exist." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A base de datos de eventos non ten información. Non hai ningún rexistro." +#~ msgstr "A base de datos de eventos non ten información. Non hai ningún rexistro." #~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A base de datos de eventos non ten rexistros que coincidan coa busca." +#~ msgstr "A base de datos de eventos non ten rexistros que coincidan coa busca." #~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Informe de eventos arquivados - Páxina" @@ -2390,14 +2279,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Auditoría" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and " -#~| "try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O subdominio non se iniciou. Active o subdominio e ténteo outra vez." +#~| msgid "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and try again." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "O subdominio non se iniciou. Active o subdominio e ténteo outra vez." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Can't find subdomain profiles in %s." @@ -2424,8 +2308,7 @@ #~ "to create a profile or select Browse to find the \n" #~ "application on your system.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Este asistente vaille axudar a crear un perfil de seguridade para " -#~ "AppArmor \n" +#~ "Este asistente vaille axudar a crear un perfil de seguridade para AppArmor \n" #~ "para un aplicativo ou pode utilizalo para mellorar un perfil \n" #~ "xa existente permitindo a AppArmor aprender novos \n" #~ "comportamentos do aplicativo. \n" @@ -2609,8 +2492,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgid "<h3>Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Informe de incidentes de seguridade - Xerado por AppArmor</h3>\n" +#~ msgstr "<h3>Informe de incidentes de seguridade - Xerado por AppArmor</h3>\n" #~ msgid "<h4>Period: %s - %s</h4>\n" #~ msgstr "<h4>Período: %s - %s</h4>\n" @@ -2673,8 +2555,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Non se pode abrir %s. Imposible engadir informe: %s" #~ msgid "Duplicate report name not allowed. Didn't schedule new report: %s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nome de informe duplicado non permitido. Non se programou novo informe: %s" +#~ msgstr "Nome de informe duplicado non permitido. Non se programou novo informe: %s" #~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed." #~ msgstr "Non é posible abrir %s. Non se realizou ningún cambio." @@ -2686,20 +2567,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| " ?\n" #~| "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." -#~ msgid "" -#~ " ?\\nAfter this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." +#~ msgid " ?\\nAfter this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." #~ msgstr "" #~ " ?\n" -#~ "Despois desta operación, o módulo AppArmor volverá cargar o conxunto de " -#~ "perfís." +#~ "Despois desta operación, o módulo AppArmor volverá cargar o conxunto de perfís." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This is worth reporting bug in Novell Bugzilla:\n" #~| "https://bugzilla.novell.com" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is worth reporting bug in Novell Bugzilla:\\nhttps://bugzilla.novell." -#~ "com" +#~ msgid "This is worth reporting bug in Novell Bugzilla:\\nhttps://bugzilla.novell.com" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Paga a pena informar deste erro a Bugzilla de Novell:\n" #~ "https://bugzilla.novell.com" @@ -2708,9 +2585,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" #~| " the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\\n the " -#~ "corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\\n the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Escolla un dos módulos de rede dispoñibles para\n" #~ "configurar os dispositivos correspondentes e prema <b>Lanzar</b>.</p>" @@ -2721,10 +2596,7 @@ #~| "Email address must be less than 129 characters \n" #~| " and of the format \"name@domain\". \n" #~| " Please enter another address." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Email address format invalid.\\nEmail address must be less than 129 " -#~ "characters \\n and of the format \"name@domain\". \\nEnter a valid " -#~ "address.\\n" +#~ msgid "Email address format invalid.\\nEmail address must be less than 129 characters \\n and of the format \"name@domain\". \\nEnter a valid address.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Formato de enderezos de coore-e non válido.\n" #~ "O enderezo de correo-e debe ter alomenos 129 caracteres \n" @@ -2736,88 +2608,57 @@ #~| "<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n" #~| "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" #~| "and group ownership.</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, " -#~ "\\nthis overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \\nand group " -#~ "ownership.</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \\nthis overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \\nand group ownership.</li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Nun sistema que teña definida a opción " -#~ "[_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED], \n" -#~ "isto anula a restrición de cambiar a propiedade de ficheiro e de grupo.</" -#~ "li></ul>" +#~ "<ul><li>Nun sistema que teña definida a opción [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED], \n" +#~ "isto anula a restrición de cambiar a propiedade de ficheiro e de grupo.</li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -#~| "[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by " -#~| "CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \\n" -#~ "[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by " -#~ "CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +#~| "[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \\n[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Anular todo acceso de DAC, incluído o acceso de execución de ACL " -#~ "se a opción \n" -#~ "[_POSIX_ACL] está definida. O acceso de DAC cuberto por " -#~ "CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE está excluido.</li></ul>" +#~ "<ul><li>Anular todo acceso de DAC, incluído o acceso de execución de ACL se a opción \n" +#~ "[_POSIX_ACL] está definida. O acceso de DAC cuberto por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE está excluido.</li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -#~| "[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by " -#~| "CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \\non " -#~ "files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -#~ "defined. \\nExcluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></" -#~ "ul>" +#~| "[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \\non files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \\nExcluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Anular todo acceso de DAC, incluído o acceso de execución de ACL " -#~ "se a opción \n" -#~ "[_POSIX_ACL] está definida. O acceso de DAC cuberto por " -#~ "CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE está excluido.</li></ul>" +#~ "<ul><li>Anular todo acceso de DAC, incluído o acceso de execución de ACL se a opción \n" +#~ "[_POSIX_ACL] está definida. O acceso de DAC cuberto por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE está excluido.</li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" #~| "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, " -#~ "\\nremove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \\nremove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li> Transferir todas as capacidades do conxunto permitido a todos " -#~ "os \n" -#~ "pid, eliminar todas as capacidades do conjunto permitido de todos os pid</" -#~ "li></ul>" +#~ "<ul><li> Transferir todas as capacidades do conxunto permitido a todos os \n" +#~ "pid, eliminar todas as capacidades do conjunto permitido de todos os pid</li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" #~| "<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \\n<li> Allows " -#~ "binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \\n<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Permite a ligazón de sockets TCP/UDP por debaixo do porto 1024 </" -#~ "li> \n" +#~ "<ul><li>Permite a ligazón de sockets TCP/UDP por debaixo do porto 1024 </li> \n" #~ "<li> Permite a conexión a VCIs de ATM por debaixo do porto 32</li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li> Allow interface configuration</li> \n" -#~| "<li> Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -#~| "li> \n" +#~| "<li> Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" #~| "<li> Allow setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" #~| "<li> Allow modification of routing tables</li>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \\n<li> Allows " -#~ "administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \\n<li> " -#~ "Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \\n<li> Allows modification " -#~ "of routing tables</li>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \\n<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \\n<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \\n<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li> Permitir a configuración da interface</li> \n" -#~ "<li> Permitir a administración da devasa IP, enmascaramento e " -#~ "contabilidade</li> \n" +#~ "<li> Permitir a administración da devasa IP, enmascaramento e contabilidade</li> \n" #~ "<li> Permitir establecer a opción de depuración nos sockets</li> \n" #~ "<li> Permitir a modificación das táboas de encamiñamento</li>" @@ -2825,9 +2666,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li> Allow use of RAW sockets</li> \n" #~| "<li> Allow use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \\n<li> Allows use of PACKET " -#~ "sockets </li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \\n<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li> Permitir o emprego de sockets RAW</li> \n" #~ "<li> Permitir o emprego de sockets PACKET </li></ul>" @@ -2835,59 +2674,40 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li> Allow locking of shared memory segments</li> \n" -#~| "<li> Allow mlock and mlockall (which doesn't really have anything to do " -#~| "with IPC) </li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -#~ "and\\nmlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </" -#~ "li></ul>" +#~| "<li> Allow mlock and mlockall (which doesn't really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\\nmlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li> Permitir o bloqueo de segmentos de memoria compartida</li> \n" -#~ "<li> Permitir mlock e mlockall (que realmente non ten nada que ver con " -#~ "IPC) </li></ul>" +#~ "<li> Permitir mlock e mlockall (que realmente non ten nada que ver con IPC) </li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -#~| "li> \n" +#~| "<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" #~| "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -#~ "li> \\n<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \\n<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li> Inserir e eliminar módulos do núcleo - modificar núcleo sen " -#~ "límite</li> \n" +#~ "<ul><li> Inserir e eliminar módulos do núcleo - modificar núcleo sen límite</li> \n" #~ "<li> Modificar cap_bset </li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li> Allow ioperm/iopl access</li> \n" -#~| "<li> Allow sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></" -#~| "ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \\n<li> Allows sending USB " -#~ "messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +#~| "<li> Allow sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \\n<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li> Permitir o acceso mediante ioperm/iopl</li> \n" -#~ "<li> Permitir o envío de mensaxes USB a calquera dispositivo mediante /" -#~ "proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +#~ "<li> Permitir o envío de mensaxes USB a calquera dispositivo mediante /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li> Allow interface configuration</li> \n" -#~| "<li> Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -#~| "li> \n" +#~| "<li> Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" #~| "<li> Allow setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" #~| "<li> Allow modification of routing tables</li>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \\n<li> " -#~ "Allows administration of the random device</li> \\n<li> Allows " -#~ "examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \\n<li> Allows " -#~ "configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \\n<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \\n<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \\n<li> Allows configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li> Permitir a configuración da interface</li> \n" -#~ "<li> Permitir a administración da devasa IP, enmascaramento e " -#~ "contabilidade</li> \n" +#~ "<li> Permitir a administración da devasa IP, enmascaramento e contabilidade</li> \n" #~ "<li> Permitir establecer a opción de depuración nos sockets</li> \n" #~ "<li> Permitir a modificación das táboas de encamiñamento</li>" @@ -2895,40 +2715,27 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<ul><li> Allow configuration of tty devices</li> \n" #~| "<li> Allow vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \\n<li> Allows vhangup" -#~ "() of tty </li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \\n<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li> Permitir a configuración de dispositivos tty</li> \n" #~ "<li> Permitir vhangup() de tty </li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete " -#~| "profile \n" -#~| "and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by " -#~| "stripping the environment \n" -#~| "that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -#~| "variables are:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained " -#~ "\\nexecute permissions provide added security by stripping the " -#~ "\\nenvironment that is inherited by the child program of specific " -#~ "\\nvariables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize " -#~ "the\\nenvironment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process." -#~ "\\nThe variables are:" +#~| "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" +#~| "and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +#~| "that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" +#~ msgid "The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \\nexecute permissions provide added security by stripping the \\nenvironment that is inherited by the child program of specific \\nvariables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\\nenvironment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\\nThe variables are:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>*Execución limpa</b><br>A opción Clean Exec para os \n" -#~ "permisos de execución de perfil discreto e sen limitacións, fornece " -#~ "seguridade engadida eliminando variables específicas do ambiente \n" +#~ "permisos de execución de perfil discreto e sen limitacións, fornece seguridade engadida eliminando variables específicas do ambiente \n" #~ "herdado polo programa fillo. As variables son as seguintes:" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Please enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n" #~| "to add to the profile" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \\nto add to the profile\\n" +#~ msgid "Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \\nto add to the profile\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduza o nome do Hat que desexe \n" #~ "engadir ao perfil" @@ -2937,63 +2744,40 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\n" #~| "Please \n" -#~| "enter a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this " -#~| "wizard." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\\nPlease \\nenter " -#~ "a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +#~| "enter a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +#~ msgid "You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\\nPlease \\nenter a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non se pespecificou ningún nome de hat para engadir.\n" #~ "Introduza\n" -#~ "un nome de hat para crear un novo ou prema en Abortar para saír do " -#~ "asistente." +#~ "un nome de hat para crear un novo ou prema en Abortar para saír do asistente." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete " -#~| "profile \n" -#~| "and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by " -#~| "stripping the environment \n" -#~| "that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -#~| "variables are:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile " -#~ "\\nand unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by " -#~ "stripping the environment \\nthat is inherited by the child program of " -#~ "specific variables. These variables are:" +#~| "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" +#~| "and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +#~| "that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" +#~ msgid "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \\nand unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \\nthat is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>*Execución limpa</b><br>A opción Clean Exec para os \n" -#~ "permisos de execución de perfil discreto e sen limitacións, fornece " -#~ "seguridade engadida eliminando variables específicas do ambiente \n" +#~ "permisos de execución de perfil discreto e sen limitacións, fornece seguridade engadida eliminando variables específicas do ambiente \n" #~ "herdado polo programa fillo. As variables son as seguintes:" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -#~| "directories: \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -#~ "directories: \\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ficheiro #include incorrecto. Os ficheiros include deben estar " -#~ "localizados nun dos seguintes directorios: \n" +#~| msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +#~ msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \\n" +#~ msgstr "Ficheiro #include incorrecto. Os ficheiros include deben estar localizados nun dos seguintes directorios: \n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Would you like to save the changes to this profile? \n" #~| "(Note: after saving the changes the AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Save the changes to this profile? \\n(Note: after saving, AppArmor " -#~ "profiles will be reloaded.)\\n" +#~ msgid "Save the changes to this profile? \\n(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desxa gardar os cambios para este prefil? \n" -#~ "(Nota: despois de gardar os cambios volveranse a gardar os perfís de " -#~ "AppArmor.)" +#~ "(Nota: despois de gardar os cambios volveranse a gardar os perfís de AppArmor.)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Consulte aquí para obter información máis detallada sobre AppArmor</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Consulte aquí para obter información máis detallada sobre AppArmor</p>" #~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." #~ msgstr "Seleccione unha acción que desexe desenvolver nos botóns seguintes." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe@opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner@opensuse.org